BUTLER UNIVERSITY Indianapolis, Indiana
2013–2015 bulletin BUTLER UNIVERSITY
2013–2015 B u l l e t i n V o l . XCIV
J u ly 2013 I ndianapolis , I n d i a n a
The Butler University Bulletin (USPS 081-140) is published by Butler University, 4600 Sunset Ave., Indianapolis, IN 46208-3485. POSTMASTER: Send address changes to: Butler University Bulletin, Butler University, 4600 Sunset AAve.,bout Indianapolis, Butler U niversityIN 46208-3485. ii Academic Calendar
Fall 2013 Aug. 28 W First day of instruction Sept. 2 M Labor Day Holiday (no classes) Oct. 17–18 R–F Fall Break (no classes) Nov. 25–29 M-F Thanksgiving Holiday (no classes) Dec. 14 S Reading Day Dec. 16–20 M–F Final examinations Dec. 22 Sun. Commencement Dec. 23 M Grades due in R&R by 3 p.m.
Spring 2014 Jan. 13 M First day of instruction Jan. 20 M Martin Luther King holiday (no classes) March 10–14 M–F Spring break (no classes) Apr. 28 M Last meeting of classes Apr. 29 T Reading day Apr. 30–May 6 W–T Final examinations May 8 R Grades due in R&R by 10 a.m. May 10 S Commencement
Fall 2014 Aug. 27 W First day of instruction Sept. 1 M Labor Day Holiday (no classes) Oct. 16–17 R–F Fall Break (no classes) Nov. 24–28 M–F Thanksgiving Holiday (no classes) Dec. 13 S Reading day Dec. 15–20 M–S Final examinations Dec. 21 Sun. Commencement
Spring 2015 Jan. 12 M First day of instruction Jan. 19 M Martin Luther King holiday (no classes) Mar. 9–13 M–F Spring break (no classes) Apr. 27 M Last meeting of classes Apr. 28 T Reading day Apr. 29–May 5 W–T Final examinations May 9 S Commencement
ii Academic Calendar Contents
About Butler University...... 1 Admission Information The goals of the University...... 1 and Requirements...... 39 Student learning...... 1 Visiting campus ...... 39 Butler University today...... 1 Freshmen (First–time students)...... 39 Advanced course placement...... 39 Academic Programs...... 7 Applying for Freshman Admission...... 40 The Core Curriculum...... 7 Freshman Application Dates...... 42 Academic programs...... 12 Early Action...... 42 Graduation honors...... 14 Regular Decision...... 42 International Education...... 16 Enrolling in the University as a Freshman..... 42 Domestic off-campus programs...... 18 Explanation of Benefits...... 42 ROTC programs...... 18 Transfer Students...... 42 Applying for Transfer Admission...... 43 Areas of Distinction...... 22 College of Pharmacy and Center for Citizenship and Community...... 22 Health Sciences Transfer Applicants — Center for Faith and Vocation...... 22 Special Requirements...... 43 Center for Global Education...... 23 Enrolling in the University Center for High Achievement and Scholarly as a Transfer Student...... 44 Engagement (CHASE)...... 23 Other Admission Options...... 44 CUE: Center for Urban Ecology...... 23 Non-degree...... 44 Non-degree to Degree-Seeking Status...... 45 Academic Enhancement Programs and Resources...... 25 Tuition and Fees...... 47 The Center for High Achievement and Educational Costs 2013–2014...... 47 Scholarly Engagement (CHASE)...... 25 Educational Costs 2014–2015...... 48 Internship and Career Services...... 26 Accept Financial Responsibility...... 48 Learning Resource Center...... 27 Payment Terms...... 48 Student Disability Services...... 29 Monthly Payment Plan Option...... 48 Information Technology...... 29 E-Pay and E-Bill...... 48 Learning Assistance...... 30 Prepaid Tuition...... 49 Butler University Libraries...... 31 Federal Student Permissions...... 49 Irwin Library...... 31 Tuition Refund Schedule...... 49 Lilly Science Library...... 32 Withdrawals...... 49 Butler University Return of Funds Campus Services...... 33 Procedures...... 49 Credit Balance Accounts...... 49 The Division of Student Affairs...... 33 Unpaid items charges...... 50 Campus safety...... 33 Delinquent bills...... 50 Diversity programs...... 33 Outside billing...... 50 Health and Recreation Complex...... 34 Business services...... 50 Residence Life and Dining Services...... 35 Greek life...... 36 Leadership and Service Programs...... 36 Financial Aid...... 53 University Band and Spirit Programs...... 36 Freshman Academic Scholarships...... 53 Spiritual life...... 36 JCA Audition Awards...... 53 Athletic events...... 37 Athletic Grant-In-Aid...... 53 Grants...... 54 Loans...... 54 Financial Aid and Study Abroad at Butler University...... 55 Leave of absence policy...... 55
Contents iii Academic Regulations Science, Technology and Society ...... 157 and Definitions...... 59 Sociology and Criminology...... 159 Unit of instruction...... 59 Grading system...... 59 College of Education...... 167 Repeat policy...... 60 Graduation requirements...... 167 Independent study policy...... 60 Educational Placement...... 167 Dean’s list...... 60 College of Education Undergraduate Classification of Students...... 60 Transition Points...... 167 Registration...... 60 College of Education Core I and Consortium for Urban Education...... 60 College of Education Core II...... 168 Pass/Fail Option...... 60 College of Education Core III Special Non-Credit...... 60 Program Specific...... 168 Grade Reports and Transcripts...... 61 College of Education Core IV: Student Social Security Numbers...... 61 Student Teaching and Internship...... 169 Final year of Academic Residence...... 61 Elementary Education...... 169 Graduation...... 61 Middle/Secondary Education...... 169 Education courses...... 170 Physical Education/Health Education...... 177 The College of Liberal Arts College of Education Graduate Programs.... 183 and Sciences...... 63 Experiential Program for Preparing Core Values of the College of Liberal Arts School Principals (EPPSP)...... 183 and Sciences...... 63 Effective Teaching and General Information...... 64 Leadership Program (METL)...... 184 Areas of instruction...... 67 Graduate Initial Licensure Program African Studies Minor...... 67 (GILP)...... 188 Biological Sciences Department...... 67 School Counseling Program...... 190 Chemistry Department...... 74 Accelerated Alternative Program for Initial Classical Studies Program...... 78 Licensure in Mild Intervention (P–12).... 192 Computer Science and Software Engineering...... 81 The College of Business...... 195 Economics Program...... 85 Undergraduate Program Requirements Engineering Dual-Degree Program for Graduation...... 196 (EDDP)...... 88 Student Learning Objectives...... 196 English Language and Literature...... 89 Curriculum...... 197 M.F.A. in Creative Writing...... 94 Graduate Programs...... 209 Gender, Women, and Sexual Studies...... 95 MBA Courses...... 209 History and Anthropology— MPA Courses...... 214 Including Geography...... 98 Anthropology...... 100 The College of Pharmacy Geography...... 103 History...... 104 and Health Sciences...... 219 Individualized Major Program...... 109 COPHS mission and goals...... 219 International Studies...... 110 History...... 220 Irwin Library...... 117 Accreditation...... 220 Mathematics and Actuarial Science...... 117 Licensure and experience requirements.... 220 Modern Languages, Literatures and Degree programs...... 221 Cultures Department...... 123 Pre-professional Health Science Courses...... 233 Neuroscience Minor...... 133 Physician assistant (PA) courses...... 234 Peace Studies...... 133 Pharmacy courses...... 238 Philosophy and Religion...... 135 Physics and Astronomy...... 144 Jordan College of the Arts...... 251 Political Science Department...... 148 Undergraduate Degree Programs...... 251 Psychology Department...... 153 Admission...... 252
iv Butler University Art Program...... 253 The University strives to assure the accuracy Department of Arts Administration...... 255 of the information in this Bulletin at the time Department of Dance...... 258 of the publication, however certain statements School of Music...... 268 contained in the catalog may change or need Department of Theatre...... 294 correction. This Bulletin is not intended to confer contractual rights on any individual. The College of Communication.....301 university has the right to modify programs, Communication Sciences and course numbers and titles and instructor/faculty Disorders Program...... 302 designations. Creative Media and Entertainment Program...... 305 Butler University has been accredited since Recording Industry Studies...... 306 1915 by what is now the Higher Learning Digital Media Production...... 307 Commission of the North Central Association Eugene S. Pulliam School of Journalism...... 310 of Colleges and Schools. Media, Rhetoric and Culture Program...... 314 Programs in the College of Business are accred- Organizational Communication ited by AACSB International, the Association and Leadership...... 317 to Advance Collegiate Schools of Business. Strategic Communication Program: Programs in the College of Education are ac- Public Relations and Advertising...... 317 credited by these associations: • National Council for Accreditation Graduate Studies...... 325 of Teacher Education (NCATE) General Information...... 326 • Office of Educator Licensing and Graduate Degree-Seeking Admission...... 326 Development (OELD) Applying for Graduate Admission...... 326 Programs in the College of Pharmacy and Renewed Enrollment...... 327 Health Sciences are accredited by these Graduate Transfer Credit...... 327 associations: Time Limitations...... 327 • American Council on Pharmaceutical Degree Requirements...... 327 Education (ACPE) Student Status...... 328 • Accreditation Review Commission Financial Assistance...... 328 on Education for the Physician Conduct Code...... 328 Assistant (ARC-PA) College of Liberal Arts and Sciences...... 328 College of Education...... 329 Programs in the Jordan College of the Arts College of Business...... 329 are accredited by these associations: College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences... 330 • National Association of Schools of Dance Master of Science in Pharmaceutical (NASD) Sciences...... 330 • National Association of Schools of Jordan College of the Arts...... 334 Theatre (NAST) • National Association of Schools of Music Trustees, Faculty (NASM) and Administration...... 339 Some Programs in the Department of Chemistry Board of Trustees...... 339 are accredited by the American Chemical Trustees Emeriti...... 340 Society (ACS). Faculty 2013-2015...... 341 Adjunct Faculty...... 358 Emeriti Faculty...... 360 Emeriti Administration...... 361 University Administration...... 362 Subject Abbreviation Index.....364 Index...... 365
Contents v
About Butler University
The goals of the University learning. The University learning outcomes are: Butler University is an independent university • Students will explore various ways composed of a College of Liberal Arts and of knowing in the humanities, social Sciences and five professional colleges. and natural sciences, creative arts, and Butler University is committed to its mission quantitative and analytic reasoning. to provide the highest quality of liberal and • Students will articulate and apply required professional education and to integrate the content knowledge within their area(s) of liberal arts into professional education by study. creating and fostering a stimulating intellectual Students will know how to find, community built upon interactive dialogue and understand, analyze, synthesize, evaluate, inquiry among students, faculty, and staff. and use information, employing Butler University is committed to: technology as appropriate. • Providing the highest quality of teaching • Students will explore a variety of cultures. and to achieving the highest ideals of • Students will recognize the relationship student learning, which include clear and between the natural world and broader effective communication, appreciation societal issues. of beauty and a commitment to lifelong • Students will communicate clearly and learning, community service, and global effectively. awareness. • Students will demonstrate collaborative • Being a national university that serves behavior with others. students from other regions and other • Students will practice ways and means of countries, while recognizing its special physical well-being. responsibility to serve the undergraduate • Students will make informed, rational, and and graduate students of Indiana and the ethical choices. Midwest. Students will appreciate diverse cultures, • Being a residential campus, one on which ethnicities, religions, and sexual both academic and nonacademic aspects of orientations. student life receive important attention. • Students will share their talents with Butler • Recruiting and sustaining practicing and the greater community at large. scholars and professionals dedicated to • Students will be exposed to the value of intellectual self-renewal for the benefit of lifelong learning. their students. Students are afforded ample opportunities to • Cultivating an awareness and achieve these learning outcomes through a understanding of other cultures in its combination of courses—both in the major curriculum and to promoting cultural and in the core curriculum—and through co- and ethnic diversity of its faculty and its curricular experiences. students. • Providing intellectual, cultural, and Butler University today artistic opportunities and leadership in In 1855, Butler University enrolled 20 students. Indianapolis and the surrounding areas. Today, Butler is an independent, co-educational • Providing opportunities and lifelong university with a total undergraduate enrollment support to its alumni in recognition of of approximately 4,200 students. The faculty, their special relationship to the institution. too, has grown from two when the University was founded, to 406 full-time; 83 percent hold the Student learning highest degree in their fields. The original charter In furtherance of the first goal cited above, of the University established in 1855 required the Butler has established learning outcomes for all establishment of departments or colleges for the students. The outcomes are assessed in students’ instructing of students in every branch of liberal coursework and elsewhere throughout their and professional education, and for the promotion undergraduate years, and the results of these of the sciences and arts. assessments are used to improve teaching and
About Butler University 1 True to the vision of its founders, the restoration and renovation to incorporate University emphasizes the warmth and sense of multiple computer labs, an electronic language community characteristic of a small liberal arts laboratory, administrative and faculty offices, institution while offering the educational and student accounts, registration, classrooms, cultural advantages of an urban center. and several departments of the College of The University maintains a favorable student Liberal Arts and Sciences and the College of to faculty ratio of 12 to 1. Because of its size, Education. Butler can offer its students opportunities The Richard M. Fairbanks Center for to work closely with the faculty. Classes are Communication and Technology houses small, and students are encouraged to seek out Computer Sciences and the College of faculty in their offices, studios, or laboratories. Communication, which includes the Eugene S. Undergraduate research and independent study Pulliam School of Journalism, the first school are encouraged. Although Butler professors to be endowed at Butler. are teaching faculty, they understand that Adjoining Jordan at its west end is the Dorothy first-rate teaching must be complemented with and Edward Gallahue Science Hall, which houses scholarly activity that extends the boundaries of the departments of biological sciences, chemistry, knowledge. and physics and astronomy, and provides Butler students represent 45 states and 49 extensive facilities and equipment for faculty and countries, reflecting diverse cultures, interests, student research. aspirations, personalities, and experiences. Linked to Gallahue is the Holcomb Students can join one of more than 150 student Building, home to the College of Business. The organizations, 15 Greek organizations, and 19 structure was originally known as the Holcomb varsity athletic teams. More than 94 percent of Research Institute, established through a Butler students are involved in campus activities; bequest from Indianapolis industrialist J.I. 69 percent participate in community service. Holcomb. In addition to the college offices, the As it has since its founding, Butler continues to building also is home to the Ruth Lilly Science both value tradition and embrace innovation. Library and the Butler Business Accelerator. Completing the U-shaped mall is the The campus Pharmacy and Health Sciences Building. A The City of Indianapolis encircles the 40,000-square-foot, four-story addition to University, while the 295-acre campus rests the building has LEED gold certification in a historic north-side neighborhood. This for its environmentally con-scious materials, serene, beautiful area has nearly 30 buildings, construction, and operations. Its state-of-the- playing fields, a formal botanical garden and art laboratories, classrooms, and technology nature preserve surrounded by well-established support student and faculty collaboration. residential communities and the White River. Lilly Hall, housing the programs of the Located five miles from the heart of the city, Jordan College of the Arts, is located south of the campus offers easy access to downtown. the Pharmacy and Health Sciences Building. The campus is home to 70 percent of the Adjoining Lilly is Clowes Memorial Hall, University’s full-time students. designed as a multipurpose hall for the Its urban location allows Butler to performing arts and other civic functions. Butler offer students a wide range of internship students and faculty, as well as internationally opportunities that are excellent preparation renowned artists, perform in the hall, a 2,200- for careers and graduate schools. In addition, seat facility with a 90-foot stage. full-time faculty in several disciplines, such In April 2013, the 450-seat Howard L. as accounting, journalism, and instrumental Schrott Center for the Arts theatre opened. music, are supplemented with adjunct It provides performance and exhibition space instructors, drawing on the vast resources of the for the theatre, dance, music, and visual arts professionals in the surrounding community. programs. The campus is hailed as one of the most To the south of Clowes stands the Irwin attractive in the Midwest. Arthur Jordan Library, designed by world-famous architect Memorial Hall, built in 1927, was placed on Minoru Yamasaki. It provides basic research tools the National Register of Historic Places in and holds the majority of the University’s over 1984. The building has undergone extensive 350,000 volumes of books, bound periodicals,
2 Butler University and manuscripts. Butler Libraries also offer and bicycling route for students, especially with 100,000 e-books, access to more than 170 the addition of two pedestrian bridges that link online databases, and 30,000 online journals the main campus to athletic fields, the Center and magazines. Irwin is home to Butler’s rare for Urban Ecology’s Campus Farm, and Butler book and archives collections. The library’s Prairie, a nature preserve. digital environment provides access to numerous From the Holcomb Gardens entrance, the electronic databases and Internet through road winds east, past the Holcomb Carillon and dedicated workstations. pond, through a quiet wooded area to the Health Diagonally across a wide grassy mall from and Recreation Complex, Hinkle Fieldhouse, the library is Atherton Union. The University and the Butler Bowl. Like Jordan Hall, Hinkle bookstore is located here, as is Indianapolis’ first is on the National Register of Historic Places. Starbucks Café. A student lounge, food service The 10,000-seat fieldhouse is the home of Butler operations, a 24-hour computer lab, meeting basketball and volleyball teams, the physical rooms, and lounges round out the union education program, and spring commencement facilities. The Efroymson Diversity Center and ceremonies. The Butler Bowl is the site of Butler the Office of Internship and Career Services are football and soccer. located in the union, along with the offices of Student Affairs, student leadership and service Indianapolis education, international student services, Butler University remains deeply committed residence life, Greek life, and orientation to serving its community. Clowes Memorial programs. Various student organizations based Hall and Jordan College of the Arts fulfill a in the union include the Student Government cultural responsibility by presenting a vast array Association, Commuter Association, The Drift of performing arts and spoken word programs (yearbook), and different cultural organizations. open to the public, with many enriching Residential College (ResCo) is located on the area elementary and secondary students. south end of the campus. ResCo features suites Indianapolis schools, corporations, and cultural for students, four apartments for faculty-in- organizations benefit from the University’s residence, and dining services. In addition to the cooperation, and student interns serve in a regular facilities for residence hall supervisors, wide variety of Central Indiana businesses, the building accommodates nearly 500 upper- governmental offices, non-profit agencies, class students. Ross Hall, Schwitzer Hall, the schools, hospitals, and pharmacies. Butler seeks upperclassman residential Apartment Village, to continue to strengthen its partnership with a University Terrace, and fraternity and sorority vital, growing city and region. houses provide additional campus housing. Butler is located on the north side of At the north end of campus is the Holcomb Indianapolis in a residential neighborhood. The Observatory and Planetarium with a 38-inch Hoosier capital is the 12th-largest city in the telescope, one of the largest in the state. Just west United States with a metropolitan area of more of the observatory is Robertson Hall. It houses than 1.8 million inhabitants. the offices of admission, financial aid, alumni In recent years, the city has emerged as a leader and parent programs, and the Eidson-Duckwall in science, medicine, research, technology, Recital Hall, a 140-seat concert venue for faculty and sports. Indianapolis is on the cutting edge and student recitals and guest performances. of medical science with research facilities for From this point, winding roads lead through insulin and advanced genetic engineering. the most scenic and historic areas of the campus Pharmaceutical giant Eli Lilly and Company through the 20-acre Holcomb Gardens. is located in the city, as are two of the top 11 Like many cities that developed along rivers, teaching hospitals in the United States. The city Indianapolis was chosen as the state capital is considered a leading center of research and because of its proximity to the White River that development for robotics and automation with borders the far-west end of the campus. In the more than 100 computer software companies. mid-1880s, a canal was built in an effort to link Many performing arts companies call Indianapolis with waterways going to Lake Erie Indianapolis home, including the Indianapolis to the north and the Ohio River to the south. Symphony Orchestra, the Indianapolis Though this effort was unsuccessful, the canal Repertory Theatre, Dance Kaleidoscope, and still runs through the city and the Butler campus. Indianapolis Opera. Museum offerings include The tow path is a favorite walking, jogging, About Butler University 3 the world’s largest children’s museum, the began establishing precedents virtually unheard Eiteljorg Museum of American Indians and of in the world of academia: Western Art, Conner Prairie, and the nearby • Women were admitted on an equal basis Indianapolis Museum of Art. Popular citywide with men—a first for Indiana—and only celebrations include the Indianapolis 500 the second university in the nation to do Festival, Indiana Black Expo, Greek Festival, so. Penrod Art Fair, International Festival, Circle • Butler admitted students representing all City Classic, and the Talbot Street Art Fair. minorities, and has continued to do so Also of interest is the Indianapolis Zoo; Eagle throughout its history. Creek Park, with 4,000 acres including a 1,300- • The first in the state to allow its students, acre reservoir; and Circle Centre mall, a vast with parental consent, to choose subjects three-city-block complex for shopping, dining, suited to their needs under a new “elective” and entertainment. system. Once known only in the athletic world for • In 1870, Catharine Merrill was appointed the annual 500-mile race at the Indianapolis as Demia Butler professor and was the Motor Speedway, the city has two major league first female professor of English literature professional sports teams: the Indianapolis in Indiana. This appointment positioned Colts of the National Football League and Butler as the first in the nation to establish the Indiana Pacers of the National Basketball an endowed chair specifically for a female Association, along with the Indiana Fever of the professor and only the second university Women’s National Basketball Association. The to appoint a woman to the faculty (Maria city also has an AAA professional baseball team Mitchell, Vassar College was the first). and a hockey team representing the United Merrill also was the first to use the lecture States Hockey League. The city hosts the method for any subject other than science. NASCAR Brickyard 400 and the Indianapolis Professor Susan Neville is the current chair. MotoGP races. In addition, Indianapolis • Phi Delta Theta fraternity was the first also has hosted hundreds of national and Greek-letter organization on campus in international amateur sporting events, 1859, followed by Sigma Chi in 1865 and including numerous Olympic trials, NCAA Delta Tau Delta in 1878. Kappa Alpha championships, and the 2001 World Police and Theta sorority founded a chapter in 1874 Fire Games. Indianapolis boasts world-class before the move to Irvington; Kappa Kappa sports facilities, including a domed stadium, Gamma, Butler’s oldest continuously active natatorium, track and field stadium, and a sorority, established itself in 1878. The 1,300-acre reservoir certified for international country’s first chapter of Sigma Gamma rowing competition. Rho, Inc. sorority for African-American The home of the NCAA national women was founded on campus on Nov. headquarters and Hall of Champions, 12, 1922. Indianapolis has long been an advocate of In the absence of high schools or adequate college athletics. The University has been the private academies, the University also operated proud cohost of the NCAA Men’s Basketball its own preparatory department until 1907. At Division I Final Four Championships six times its inception, this department enrolled about since 1991, including the 2010 championship 60 students, with another 54 in the pre-prep game featuring the Butler Bulldogs versus the classes. In 1875, the board of directors decided Duke University Blue Devils. to sell the downtown campus and accept a gift of 25 acres in Irvington, then a suburb east of History Indianapolis. Four years later the school became Ahead of its time in higher education known as Butler University, in honor of Ovid Six years before the Civil War, in 1855, two Butler, a prominent Indianapolis attorney professors, a couple of assistant teachers, and and abolitionist who wrote the University’s 20 students walked through the doors of North charter in 1850. The handwritten document is Western Christian University (later renamed preserved in Irwin Library. Butler University) located at 13th Street and College Avenue. The University immediately
4 Butler University About Butler University 5 6 Butler University Academic Programs
The Core Curriculum • Global and Historical Studies (6 credit hours) Butler University is home to six colleges, • Areas of Inquiry: These requirements all of which believe that the University’s first are designed to provide students with responsibility is the liberal education of its a solid introduction to a variety of students. At the heart of Butler’s education intellectual fields and a diversity of learning is the University’s core curriculum, a set experiences. Students are required to of academic requirements embodying our successfully complete one course in each definition of what it means to be a liberally- Area of Inquiry; the number of credit hours educated person. Our core curriculum apprises required is listed. Students select courses to students of the great ideas and dilemmas of fulfill each Area of Inquiry from approved human civilization across different times and course lists presented in the online Course cultures at the levels of self, community, and Search each semester and identified by the world. The human capacities our students nomenclature for each area. develop in the core’s educational experience The six Areas of Inquiry are: are general and, hence, can be put to use in • AR: Analytic Reasoning (3 credit hours) all parts of their lives. Intellectual capacities • NW: Natural World (5 credit hours, provide understanding of the nature of lecture + lab) ourselves and of the natural and social world • PCA: Perspectives in the Creative Arts in which we live. Moral and ethical capacities (3 credit hours) help us discern what is good, and pursue such • PWB: Physical Well Being (1 credit hour) principles as justice, fairness, kindness, and • SW: Social World (3 credit hours) service. Aesthetic capacities enable us to take • TI: Texts and Ideas (3 credit hours) pleasure in beauty and also see relationships among form, pattern, harmony, and shape. In order to ensure academic quality and Created in 1945, the core curriculum is integrity, some core curriculum requirements one of Butler’s oldest academic landmarks. may only be satisfied by taking courses at Butler Like all good ideas, the core has not remained University. Other core curriculum requirements static but has expanded to meet the needs of a have provisions which allow for completion via changing society. Today’s core curriculum was transfer credit, AP, or other exemptions. Details implemented in fall 2010 and is required for all are found under each requirement below. baccalaureate and associate degrees. All Butler students, no matter their major field of study, First Year Seminar (FYS) complete the core curriculum. The First Year Seminar (FYS101 and Students are expected to consult with their FYS102) is a topics-based, two-semester academic advisor prior to registration each sequenced course that serves as an introduction semester to plan ways of fulfilling the core to the vitality of the liberal arts. FYS101 is curriculum requirements, and to fully engage taken in the fall semester; FYS102 is taken with the learning opportunities in core courses. in the spring semester. Students will develop, For more information on the core curriculum, practice, and advance their abilities with please see www.butler.edu/core. critical reading and thinking, effective oral communication and academic writing, and information literacy and retrieval. Core Curriculum for Students Students assigned to EN101, Writing Matriculating at Butler in Tutorial, must enroll in EN101 during their first semester at Butler concurrently with Fall 2010 or After FYS101. Some students also may be required The core curriculum consists of several key to take EN101 concurrently with FYS102, components, all of which must be fulfilled prior contingent upon student performance in to graduation. EN101 or FYS101. The English Department These key components are: administers EN101, including placement tests. • The First Year Seminar: Self, Community and World (6 credit hours) Academic Programs 7 Transfer students who have completed two nine or more credit hours of coursework while semesters of 100-level English, or other critical abroad, the student automatically receives a reading, thinking, and writing coursework at one-semester/three-credit-hour waiver from another institution, may be allowed to satisfy GHS. the FYS requirement with a total of not fewer Learning objectives: than six transferred semester hours. • To employ a conceptual framework All students are expected to complete the for global and historical studies which First Year Seminar program during their first appreciates cultures as dynamic, year at Butler. heterogeneous, and constantly in Exemptions: None. conversation with one another. Course Structure: A two-semester sequence • To draw on a variety of sources and taken in the first year. disciplines—including the arts, the Learning Objectives: humanities, and the social and natural • Listen and read critically—texts, speech, sciences. media, and other cultural productions in • To recognize both the benefits and order to examine, challenge, and reshape challenges of living in a culturally diverse themselves and the world in which they and increasingly globalized world. live. • To continue development of skills of • Express themselves clearly and persuasively expository writing. in exposition and in argument, in both written and oral forms. Areas of Inquiry • Carry out research for the purpose of Analytic Reasoning (AR) supplying evidence and support for claims Course Structure: A menu of three-credit-hour made in exposition and argument. courses to be taken in the first or second year. Exemptions: Exempt for students who Global and Historical Studies (GHS) have completed at least five credit hours of Global and Historical Studies (GHS201- mathematics or computer sciences courses 209) is an array of interdisciplinary courses that above algebra and pre-calculus; students in allow students to engage in the investigation professional colleges (COPHS or COB) with of and reflection about cultures different from college mathematics requirements; or students their own, especially non-western cultures. receiving a 4 or higher on the AP exam for Students explore these cultures using a variety of Calculus AB, Calculus BC, Computer Science sources and disciplines drawn from the arts, the A, Computer Science B, or Statistics. humanities, and the social and natural sciences. Learning Objectives: Students learn to recognize both the benefits • To develop capacities for quantitative and and challenges of living in a culturally diverse analytic reasoning. and increasingly globalized world, and continue • To understand the centrality of these to develop the skills of expository writing capacities to the natural and social sciences. introduced in the First Year Seminar. • To recognize the applications of such All students are required to complete two capacities to matters of personal and public semesters of GHS201-209 (six credit hours), life. ideally during their sophomore year. One semester of Global and Historical Studies is The Natural World (NW) automatically waived for international students. Course Structure: A menu of five-credit-hour Other exceptions require the approval of the lecture/lab courses to be taken from the first faculty director of Global and Historical Studies. year onward. Courses not required of science Course Structure: Two courses taken in the majors. second year, chosen from a limited selection Exemptions: Exempt for students who of three-hour courses. Students may not take have completed at least eight credit hours of both GHS203 and GHS209 to complete their laboratory science; or students receiving a 4 or Global and Historical Studies requirement. Any higher on the AP exam for Biology, Chemistry, other combination of courses is allowed. Environmental Science, Physics B, or Physics C Exemptions: If a student studies abroad in (Electricity and Magnetism or Mechanics). a Butler-approved program AND completes
8 Butler University Learning Objectives: and leadership; media, rhetoric and culture; • To gain awareness of some significant strategic communication; political science; scientific theories and achievements, sociology; economics; psychology; STS; and to recognize how they are related communication science and disorders; or both to other areas of science and to our majors in the College of Education; or students understanding of broader societal issues. receiving a 4 or higher on the AP exam for • To develop an understanding of the Economics-Macro, Economics-Micro, or methods of natural science and a capacity Psychology. to reason scientifically. Learning Objectives: • To experience first-hand the scientific • To study selected questions about human process method through discovery-based beings and the social, cultural, economic, learning. and political world in which they are embedded. Perspectives in the Creative Arts (PCA) • To develop an understanding of the variety Course Structure: A menu of three-credit-hour of quantitative and qualitative research courses to be taken from the first year onward. methods social scientists use to study the Exemptions: Exempt for students taking at social world. least nine credit hours in art, dance, theater, • To develop the ability to discern the social, music, digital media production, recording scientific, and ethical dimensions of issues industry studies, or creative writing. in the social world, and to understand the Learning Objectives: interaction between a society’s values and • To develop cognitive and affective its definition of social problems. appreciation for the process and products of artistic creation. Texts and Ideas (TI) • To participate actively in the creation of an Course Structure: A menu of three-credit-hour artistic product. courses to be taken from the first year onward. • To reflect on the nature and sources of Exemptions: Exempt for students taking at aesthetic value. least nine credit hours in humanities courses, • To develop habits of participation in including most English, history, philosophy, artistic and cultural events that will lead and religion courses, as well as literature courses to lifelong engagement within the creative taught in classical and modern languages; or arts. students receiving a 4 or higher on the AP exam for English Composition and Literature. Physical Well Being (PWB) Learning Objectives: Course Structure: A one-credit-hour, two- • To engage in reading, writing, and contact-hour, pass/fail course selected from a discussion about important ideas drawn menu of courses devoted to physical and health from the study of important texts in a education and activities taken any time in the variety of areas, including, among others, first through fourth years. literary texts, dramatic texts, sacred texts, Exemptions: None. historical texts, philosophical texts, and Learning Objectives: scientific texts. • To develop lifelong habits of good health • To develop capacities for argument, and physical activity. interpretation, and aesthetic appreciation • To increase awareness of the centrality of through engagement with these texts and health and wellness for the pursuit of a ideas. good life. Additional Graduation The Social World (SW) Course Structure: A menu of three-credit-hour Requirements courses to be taken from the first year onward. Students also must fulfill these four graduation Exemptions: Exempt for students taking at requirements, also identified in the online least nine credit hours in the social sciences, Course Search by specific nomenclature: including anthropology; international studies; journalism; organizational communication
Academic Programs 9 Writing Across the Curriculum innovative learning experiences that extend Requirement (W) Butler classrooms into the Indianapolis Requirement Structure: Students must take community—to the benefit of students, the one course at or above the 300-level in any part University, and community alike. ICR courses of the University that provides opportunities can accelerate the process whereby students for formal and informal writing, with master the skills of their respective disciplines, opportunities for revision. The course must enhance their understanding of personal and be taken after the student has attained junior social responsibility, develop intercultural standing at the University. Courses meeting competencies, and foster civic-mindedness. Writing across the Curriculum requirements Where volunteers may donate time to a project, will be designated with a “W” suffix. the ICR is based on connecting experience Exemptions: None. outside of the Butler classroom to academic Learning Objectives: learning goals within the classroom. • To refine habits conducive to good writing Requirement Structure: Students must developed at earlier stages in core education take one course in any part of the University and education in the major. that involves active engagement with the • To use writing both as a tool for learning Indianapolis community. and as a means for communicating about Exemptions: None ideas within a discipline or profession. Learning Objectives: • To have an active learning experience Speaking Across the Curriculum that integrates classroom knowledge with activities in the Indianapolis community. Requirement (C) • To use an experience in Indianapolis Requirement Structure: Students must take to further the individual student’s one course at or above the 300-level in any part understanding of the nature of community of the University that provides opportunities and the relationship between community for formal oral communications assignments. and his or her self. Courses meeting the Speaking across the • To further students’ commitment to service Curriculum requirement are designated with a and ongoing involvement as community “C” suffix. actors. Exemptions: The Speaking across the Curriculum requirement is suspended for Butler Cultural Requirement students matriculating between Fall 2010 and Butler University has a rich set of cultural Spring 2012. activities in the form of artistic performances, Learning Objectives: seminars, and public lectures that collectively • To develop oral communications skills comprise one of our most remarkable in the context of course- and discipline- educational resources. The aim of the Butler specific materials. Cultural Requirement (BCR) is to engage • To use oral communications assignments students in these most valuable and exciting to aid students in mastery of course- and learning opportunities, and to encourage discipline-specific content. students to develop habits of participation in The Speaking Across the Curriculum (C) artistic and cultural events that will lead to requirement is suspended for students lifelong engagement with the creative arts and matriculating between fall 2010 and spring public intellectual life. 2012” (approved by Faculty Senate, Nov. 27, Requirement Structure: Students must attend 2012). Students who matriculated (started) at a total of eight cultural events on the Butler Butler fall 2012 and after must fulfill Speaking campus, such as lectures, performances, recitals, Across the Curriculum (C) as a graduation or exhibitions. Events eligible for BCR credit requirement. carry the BCR symbol. Ideally, attendance will be spread out over their time at Butler, but Indianapolis Community this is not required. Transfer students must Requirement (I or S) complete at least one BCR credit for each The Indianapolis Community Requirement semester enrolled at Butler University. (ICR) involves students in a wide range of Exemptions: None
10 Butler University Learning Objectives: Global and Historical Studies/ • To discover that some of the most valuable Formerly Change and Tradition and exciting learning opportunities at Students may fulfill the former Change and Butler take place outside of the classroom. Tradition (ID201-202) requirements with • To develop habits of participation in two Global and Historical Studies courses. All artistic and cultural events that will lead to students are required to complete two semesters lifelong engagement within the creative arts of GHS201-209 (six hours), ideally during and public intellectual life. their sophomore year. One semester of Global and Historical Studies is automatically waived Core Curriculum for Students for international students and for students Matriculating at Butler Before who complete nine or more hours of Study Abroad. Other exceptions require the approval Fall 2010 of the faculty director of Global and Historical The core curriculum for students Studies. matriculating at Butler University before fall 2010 consists of two parts: general Physical Well Being/Formerly requirements and distribution requirements. Physical Education 1. General requirements Students may fulfill the former Physical Education requirement (PE101, Lifetime First Year Seminar Fitness, and PE102, Physical Activity) with any Students may fulfill the former “Freshman Physical Well Being course. English” requirement (EN102, Freshman Writing Seminar and ID103, Humanities Colloquium) with the First Year Seminar 2. Distribution requirements requirement by completing FYS101 (three Students satisfy the distribution requirements credit hours) and FYS102 (3 hours). by completing one course in each of the five Students assigned to EN101, Writing divisions, except the division of his or her Tutorial, must enroll in EN101 during their primary major. A student is exempt from the first semester at Butler, taking EN101 and distribution requirement in the division of his/ FYS101 concurrently. Some students also may her primary major. For the purpose of satisfying be required to take EN101 concurrently with the distribution requirement, students majoring FYS102, contingent upon student performance in the College of Business or the College of in EN101 or FYS 101. Education are considered majors in Division Transfer students who have completed two 3, Social Sciences. Students majoring in the semesters of 100-level English, or other critical College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences reading, thinking, and writing coursework at are considered majors in Division 4, Natural another institution, may be allowed to satisfy Sciences. the requirement with a total of not fewer than six transferred semester hours. The following restrictions must be observed: • Unless otherwise noted, only the courses listed as follows may be counted Speech toward a fulfillment of the distribution Students who substitute AP, transfer, or requirements. other credit for one or both of FYS101 and • A student may not fulfill the distribution FYS102 are required to pass COM101, requirement with a course offered by the Rhetoric and the American Democracy (three department of his/her primary major. credit hours), during the first year. A student • A student may not fulfill the distribution may become exempt by demonstrating a requirement with more than one course degree of proficiency in public speaking and offered by the same department. rhetorical analysis determined by the College of • Students with double or split majors are Communication or by approved participation exempt from only one of their major on the forensics team. divisions in the distribution requirement.
Academic Programs 11 • Distribution courses in divisions one Majors, Degrees, Concentrations through four, except PS201 and some College 300-level PL and RL courses, do not have Accelerated Alternate Program COE other courses as prerequisites. However, in Initial Licensure in students should consult their advisors to Mild Interventions determine the best order in which to take Accounting, B.S., MPA COB core courses. Actuarial Science, B.A., B.S. LAS • Prior to fulfilling the Division 5 requirement, Anthropology, B.A. LAS all students shall demonstrate proficiency by Anthropology and Psychology, B.A. LAS passing: Art + Design, B.A. JCA 1) A placement examination given by Arts Administration JCA the Department of Mathematics and B.S. in Arts Administration Actuarial Science; or B.S. in Dance—Arts Administration 2) An appropriate algebra or pre-calculus B.S. in Arts Administration—Music course. This requirement must be B.S. in Arts Administration—Theatre completed during the first year. Biology, B.A., B.S. LAS Business Administration, MBA COB Students should work with their advisors Chemistry, B.A., B.S. LAS to determine which current courses are Classical Studies, B.A. LAS appropriate to satisfy core courses. Communication Sciences and CCOM Disorders, B.A. Academic Programs Computer Science, B.A., B.S. LAS Today, students discover Butler’s challenging Creative Writing, M.F.A. LAS learning environment, a wide range of Criminology, B.A. LAS academic programs steeped in the liberal Criminology and Psychology, B.A. LAS arts, and excellent career and graduate school Dance JCA preparation. Butler offers more than 60 B.F.A. in Dance—Performance major academic fields of study in six colleges: B.A. in Dance—Pedagogy Colleges of Liberal Arts and Science, Business, B.S. in Dance—Arts Administration Communication, Pharmacy and Health Digital Media Production, B.A. CCOM Sciences, Education, and the Jordan College Economics, B.A., B.S.E. LAS, COB of the Arts. Graduate programs are available Educational Administration, COE within five of the six colleges. M.S. (EPPSP) Continued partnerships include the Effective Teaching and COE Engineering Dual Degree Program with Purdue Leadership, M.S. (METL) University at Indianapolis enabling students Elementary Education, B.S. COE to obtain two degrees in five years—a bachelor English, B.A. LAS of science degree from Butler as well as a English Writing bachelor of science in engineering from Purdue Theory, Culture and Criticism University. English, M.A. LAS Butler also offers pre-professional programs English, M.F.A. LAS in dentistry, forestry, law, medicine, physical Entrepreneurship and Innovation, B.S. COB therapy, seminary, and veterinary medicine. Finance, B.S. COB Butler is fully accredited by the North Central French, B.A. LAS Association of Colleges and Schools. The Gender, Women and LAS University is licensed for teacher training by Sexuality Studies, B.A. the Indiana Office of Educator Licensing General Program, A.A., A.S. LAS and Development. University colleges and German, B.A. LAS departments are accredited by their respective Graduate Initial Licensure COE professional associations. Program (GILP) History, B.A., M.A. LAS History and Anthropology, B.A. LAS History and Political Science, B.A. LAS Individualized Major, B.A., B.S. LAS International Business, B.S. COB 12 Butler University International Studies, B.A. LAS Psychology, B.A. LAS Africa, Asia, Europe, or Latin America Masters of Public Accounting, M.P.A. COB Journalism, B.A. CCOM Recording Industry Studies, B.A. CCOM Management Information Systems, B.S. COB Religion, B.A. LAS Marketing, B.S. COB Risk Management and Insurance, B.S. COB Mathematics, B.A., B.S. LAS School Counseling, M.S. COE Media, Rhetoric and Culture, B.A. CCOM Science, Technology and LAS Middle/Secondary Education, B.S. COE Society, B.A., B.S. Music, B.A. JCA Sociology, B.A. LAS Music Applied Specialization in social work and social policy Composition Sociology and Criminology, B.A. LAS Music History Specialization in social work and social policy Music Theory Sociology and Psychology, B.A. LAS Piano Pedagogy Specialization in social work and social policy Music, B.M. JCA Software Engineering, B.A., B.S. LAS Composition Spanish, B.A. LAS Music Education (choral/general; Strategic Communication: Public CCOM instrumental/general; or area/combined— Relations & Advertising, B.A. five year program) Theatre, JCA Performance (orchestral instrument, piano or B.A. in Theatre voice) B.S. in Arts Administration—Theatre Piano Pedagogy Concentrations in Jazz Studies Undergraduate students may choose to add a Areas of Emphasis minor to their study. Minors are posted to the Applied Music student’s transcript along with the major and Composition degree earned. Music History Music, M.M. JCA Minors Composition Actuarial Science French Conducting (choral or instrumental) African Studies Gender, Women and Music Education Anthropology Sexuality Studies Music History Art + Design Geography Music Theory Astronomy German Performance (orchestral instrument, piano or Biology Healthcare voice) Business Management Piano Pedagogy Administration History M.M. with a double major Business Law Information Literacy Organizational Communication CCOM Chemistry International Business and Leadership, B.A. Chinese International Studies Pharmaceutical Science, M.S. COPHS Classical Studies Jazz Studies Medicinal Chemistry, Computer Science Journalism Pharmacy Administration, Criminology Management Pharmacology, Pharmaceutics, Dance Information Systems Clinical Science Digital Media Marketing Pharmacy, Pharm.D. COPHS Production Mathematics Pharmacy, Pharm.D./M.S. in COPHS Economics Media, Rhetoric and Pharmaceutical Sciences Early Childhood Culture Pharmacy, Pharm.D./ MBA COPHS/COB English as a New Music Philosophy, B.A. LAS Language Peace Studies Philosophy and Religion, B.A LAS English Literature Philosophy Philosophy and Psychology, B.A. LAS English Writing Physics Physician Assistant, B.S.H.S., COPHS Entrepreneurship and Political Science M.P.A.S. Innovation Psychology Physics, B.A., B.S. LAS Ethics Reading Teacher Political Science, B.A. LAS Academic Programs 13 Recording Industries Spanish honors thesis approved by the department Studies Special Education— and the University Honors Program Religion Mild Interventions Committee and passes a comprehensive Risk Management Strategic examination in the major subject. and Insurance Communication: Science, Technology, Public Relations & All comprehensive exams must comply with and Society Advertising five minimum standards. They must: Sociology Theatre 1. Be developed and administered by the departments or programs—i.e., GRE and Graduation Honors other external standardized tests are not Butler University offers two types appropriate. of graduation honors—University and 2. Be relevant to the student’s coursework in departmental. Students may graduate with the department. University honors, departmental honors, or 3. Include a written component. both. To be eligible for these honors, a student 4. Include a component that is common must be an undergraduate who has completed to all students, and that tests their at least 60 academic hours for a grade at Butler understanding of core knowledge in the University. discipline. 5. Include questions that require synthesis University Honors of ideas and comprehensive reflection Cum laude—a Butler cumulative grade point about a substantial portion of the student’s average of 3.70, or both an average of 3.50 coursework in the department. and completion of the University Honors Program. University Honors Program Magna cum laude—a Butler cumulative grade The Butler University Honors Program point average of 3.70 and completion of exists to meet the expectations of academically the University Honors Program. outstanding students in all colleges and Summa cum laude—a Butler cumulative grade majors who wish to develop their talents and point average of 3.90 and completion of potential to the fullest. It is designed—through the University Honors Program. a combination of honors courses, cultural events, independent study, and creative Departmental honors activity—to foster a diverse and challenging The purpose of departmental honors is to intellectual environment for honors students recognize students for exceptional achievement and to enhance the academic community within their major. Students are nominated by adding a distinctive note of innovative for departmental honors by the head of the thinking and interdisciplinary dialogue. The department of their academic major. Three program will issue invitations to apply to the levels of departmental honors are awarded: University Honors Program based on test scores • “in (major) with honors” is awarded to a (1320 or higher combined SAT score or 30 nominee who has a grade point average of or higher composite ACT score) or class rank at least 3.60 in the academic major (not (top five percent). Admission to the program awarded to students receiving their degree for incoming students will be based on an cum laude). application essay. Students who complete one • “in (major) with high honors” is awarded or two semesters at Butler University (16 or 32 to a nominee who has a grade point credits) with a cumulative grade point average average of at least 3.70 in the academic of at least 3.60 also are invited to enter the major and who either presents an honors program. Other students may be admitted thesis approved by the department and the upon the approval of the University Honors University Honors Program Committee or Board. passes a comprehensive examination in the The University Honors Program requires major subject. satisfactory completion of the following: • “in (major) with highest honors” is awarded to a nominee who has a grade Honors Courses point average of at least 3.80 in the Four honors courses are required, including academic major and who both presents an at least one HN200 and at least one HN300, 14 Butler University in addition to either HN397 or HN398 semester of their second year, i.e. in the fourth and the departmental honors course most semester at Butler. To remain active in the relevant to one’s thesis. A student must earn a program, students must have a minimum of minimum grade of B for an honors course to 64 credit hours at Butler with a GPA of at least count toward completion of University Honors 3.4, progress toward completion of the honors Program requirements. Honors First Year curriculum (at least two honors courses), and Seminar (HN110 and HN111) is taken in the satisfactory attendance at cultural events. All first year. Students who do not take HN110 students have the right of petition to waive or and HN111 in their first year must replace this substitute certain criteria. experience with another honors course, either an HN200 or an HN300. Honors Courses HN110, Honors First-Year Seminar: Departmental Honors Course This introductory course of the honors Students must take the designated departmental curriculum is designed to transition students honors course within their department or from high school academic experiences to college for credit. The designated departmental Butler’s Honors Program. A topic or subject honors course does not count toward the four area will be explored allowing students to required honors courses. reflect on “big questions” about themselves, their community, and their world. Individual Honors Thesis Proposal Course sections of HN110 will have more detailed (HN397, 398) course descriptions. Students who enroll in Typically taken during spring semester of the this course are expected to enroll in HN111 penultimate academic year, the product of the in the spring. Completion of HN110 and course will be a thesis proposal, which will HN111 together will satisfy the requirements be submitted for review on the Friday before of FYS101, FYS102, and one HN seminar. Spring Break. Completion of HN110 alone will only satisfy the requirement for FYS101. Completion of Honors Thesis HN111 alone (four credits) will only satisfy All University Honors Program students are the requirement for CC102 or FYS102 (three required to complete an honors thesis. The credits). Prerequisites: Must be registered in thesis is a major research or creative project, the University Honors Program, or receive usually (but not necessarily) in the field of the permission from the director of the University student’s major, and advised by a full-time Honors Program. (U)(4) Fall. faculty member. The project begins following approval of the thesis proposal, and the HN111, Honors First-Year Seminar: The completed thesis is due during the semester of second semester of the introductory course of the student’s intended graduation date. Each the honors curriculum is designed to transition student must give an oral presentation of her or students from high school academic experiences his thesis before an audience at an appropriate to Butler’s Honors Program. A topic or subject forum. area will be explored allowing students to reflect on “big questions” about themselves, their Other Requirements community and their world. Individual sections Honors Community Events: Students are of HN111 will have more detailed course required to attend eight honors community descriptions. Completion of HN110 and events during their first three years. These HN111 together will satisfy the requirements community events will be announced to all of FYS101, FYS102, and one HN seminar. honors students and may include: honors Completion of HN111 alone will only satisfy course speakers; honors course presentations; the requirement for FYS102. Prerequisites: presentations/performances of undergraduate Must be registered in the University Honors thesis work; community events sponsored by Program, or receive permission from the the Student Honors Council; and/or special director of the University Honors Program. (U) events sponsored by the University Honors (4) Spring. Program. Satisfactory progress at the sophomore review: HN200, In-Depth Honors Seminar: Students All students will be reviewed in the second will participate in a comprehensive exploration
Academic Programs 15 of a single topic: a great book or an enduring honors course is strongly recommended prior text; a masterwork of music, art, dance, film, to enrolling in this course. Prerequisites: a or drama; a particular individual (artist, provisional pass or pass for honors sophomore author, historical figure, scientist, etc.); or a review; instructor’s consent; and approval by theory, institution, or organization. Individual the honors director. P/F (U)(1) sections will have detailed course descriptions. Students with an approved honors thesis Prerequisite: Must be registered as active in the proposal may have the option of to take XX499 University Honors Program or have permission (AN499, BI499, CH499, etc.) for three hours from the University Honors Program director. of graded credit in the department of the thesis. (U)(2) Fall and spring. This is not a requirement of the University Honors Program. Fall and spring. HN300, Interdisciplinary Honors Seminar: Students will explore selected interdisciplinary HN398, Honors Independent Study—Thesis topics of interest presented in an active and Proposal: This course grants credit to honors challenging learning format. Wide-ranging thesis proposal writers and is required by subject areas will be considered from multiple the University Honors Program curriculum. perspectives. Individual sections will have Students are required to attend three proposal detailed course descriptions. Prerequisite: workshops during the semester; create a study Must be registered as active in the University plan with thesis advisor; submit the study plan Honors Program or have permission from the to the honors office early in the semester; and University Honors Program director. (U)(2) submit a thesis proposal by the designated due Fall and spring. date. Completion of the required departmental honors course is strongly recommended prior HN351, Honors Tutorial: In this tutorial, to enrolling in this course. Prerequisites: a students will explore a topic guided by an provisional pass or pass for honors sophomore instructor. Students will be required to review; instructor’s consent; and approval by submit an outline of a plan of study to the the honors director. P/F (U)(2) honors office early in the semester and a final Students with an approved honors thesis instructor evaluation of the completed tutorial. proposal may have the option of to take XX499 Prerequisites: At least one HN110-HN111, (AN499, BI499, CH499, etc.) for three hours HN200, or HN300 experience; the instructor’s of graded credit in the department of the thesis. consent; and approval by the honors University This is not a requirement of the University Honors Program director. (U)(1) Fall and spring. Honors Program. Fall and spring. HN352, Honors Tutorial: In this tutorial, HN499, Honors Thesis: (U)(2) Fall and students will explore a topic guided by an spring. Students with an approved honors instructor. Students will be required to thesis proposal may have the option to take submit an outline of a plan of study to the XX499 (AN499, BI499, CH499, etc.) for three honors office early in the semester and a final hours of graded credit in the department of the instructor evaluation of the completed tutorial. thesis. This is not a requirement of the Honors Prerequisites: At least one HN110-HN111, Program. HN200, or HN300 experience; the instructor’s consent; and approval by the University Honors Program Director. (U)(2) Fall and spring. International Education Butler University encourages students to HN397, Honors Independent Study—Thesis study in international settings as part of their Proposal: This course grants credit to honors academic experience. Students may choose thesis proposal writers and is required by to study for a semester, academic year, or the University Honors Program curriculum. during the summer. All students who wish to Students are required to attend three proposal study abroad must apply through the Center workshops during the semester; create a study for Global Education and are expected to plan with thesis advisor; submit the study plan select their program from the Center’s List to the honors office early in the semester; and of Approved Programs for Overseas Study. submit a thesis proposal by the designated due Students may study abroad during their date. Completion of the required departmental sophomore and junior years, and possibly their
16 Butler University senior year, if their academic dean approves Butler has established reciprocal student their petition to intrude upon their final 30 exchange relationships with several premier hours at Butler. universities in other countries including Australia, New Zealand, Canada, Wales, Butler Semester in Spain Program The Netherlands, Germany, France, Spain, Butler offers a faculty-led program at the Switzerland, Chile, Brazil, Turkey, China, Hong University of Alcalá de Henares each fall Kong, Taiwan, and Japan. A wide range of term. Butler students are able to take an entire courses are available at the partner universities semester’s load of 12 credits that can be applied in areas such as business, education, languages toward the Spanish major and minor, or can and cultural studies, and many other disciplines count as electives. All participating students in the arts and sciences. Students also have take one course with the Butler faculty director, access to the comprehensive services available to while the rest are taught by professors at the all students attending the university, as well as University of Alcalá de Henares in courses the continued support provided by the Center designed for non-native speakers of Spanish. for Global Education. Students with superior Spanish language skills Butler is a member of the International can petition to enroll in university courses for Student Exchange Program (ISEP), native Spanish speakers. The program includes headquartered in Washington, D.C. ISEP is a guided excursions to other regions of Spain. worldwide network for international education, All students live with carefully selected Spanish consisting of 340 institutions from more than families, thus enriching their opportunities 35 different countries, through which students for cultural immersion. Students must have may exchange on a one-for-one reciprocal basis. completed two, 300-level Spanish courses in Each student Butler sends to an ISEP member order to be eligible for the program. institution receives tuition, room and board, and other benefits as defined by the hosting Global Adventures in the Liberal institution. Since ISEP is a totally integrated Arts (GALA) Programs program, students studying in countries where Each spring semester, Butler offers a the language of instruction is not English must faculty-led study program in a particular prove sufficient language proficiency in order to world region. Previous destinations have been participate. Europe, Latin America, and East Asia. Up to 20 students travel to several countries in the Study Abroad Programs region while taking four or five undergraduate Butler University has been fortunate to have courses taught by Butler faculty members. The a cooperative agreement with the Institute courses are designed to satisfy core curriculum for Study Abroad (IFSA-Butler), founded on requirements that are usually undertaken in the Butler’s campus in 1988. IFSA-Butler is one sophomore year. Some cross-listing is possible of the main study abroad program providers in order to provide flexibility for students who for Butler students. The organization annually already may have completed some of the core sends about 3,000 students from 400 U.S. requirements included in the program. universities to more than 90 universities in Argentina, Australia, Chile, Costa Rica, International Exchange Programs Egypt, England, Mexico, New Zealand, Reciprocal exchanges provide an opportunity Northern Ireland, Republic of Ireland, and for Butler students to attend carefully selected Scotland. IFSA-Butler is a separate service partner universities abroad while students from organization and helps students through the those universities attend Butler, on a one-for- application process, assists with travel plans, one basis. Butler has developed some of these arranges overseas housing, and advises on a exchange opportunities; others are available variety of related issues. In addition to the through the International Student Exchange Indianapolis office, IFSA-Butler maintains Program (ISEP). The University’s faculty and fully staffed offices in each country where it has study abroad advisor will work closely with programs. The overseas offices conduct student individual students to select the program that orientations, sponsor excursions, and provide best fits each student’s academic and personal various student services. All grades earned development needs. through an IFSA-Butler program are posted to an official Butler University transcript. Academic Programs 17 Students also may select their overseas study Public Arts of Washington, D.C.” and “Foreign opportunity from programs offered by over 15 Policy.” Students register and pay tuition with other colleges, universities and well-respected Butler, receive their regular financial aid and study abroad organizations. All provide a scholarships, and earn credits in their degree wide range of student services and give careful programs. Information and applications are attention to safety and security issues. Approved available on the CHASE website. programs represent a broad range of geographic regions and areas of study. Educational DC300, Washington Semester Enrollment: opportunities may be classroom based or Program includes academic seminars and experiential, including internships or service supervised internship in the nation’s capital. learning. Open to Butler students in all colleges. Internships are arranged according to Tuition and Financial Aid student’s academic and professional interests. Applicability for Study Abroad Prerequisites: Admission to the D.C. Program, In most cases, federal and state aid will apply second semester sophomore standing, upper to study abroad costs if the student currently level work in the field, and approval by is receiving aid. Students who study abroad academic advisor. (U)(0) Fall and spring. will pay Butler University tuition during their semester(s) abroad. Those who participate in DC301, Washington, D.C. Seminar: Offered the Butler Semester in Spain program and the in D.C., a special topics seminar designed Global Adventures in the Liberal Arts program to make use of the learning opportunities as well as in reciprocal exchange programs— particular to the nation’s capital. Available through Butler’s bilateral exchanges or to students enrolled in Butler’s Washington ISEP—may apply 100 percent of their Butler Learning Program. Approval by program institutional financial aid to their tuition for coordinator required. Seminar is repeatable for their semester(s) abroad. Those who participate credit. (U)(1) Fall and spring. in other approved study abroad programs may apply 50 percent of their Butler institutional ROTC Programs financial aid toward their tuition for their first Butler students may enroll in Air Force and study abroad semester, and 25 percent for their Army ROTC (Reserve Officer Training Corps) second semester abroad. programs. Army ROTC courses (100- and 200-level) are taught on the Butler campus. Domestic Off-Campus Programs Through classes and field training, Army Semester Away Programs ROTC provides the tools to become an Army Officer without interfering with other classes. Washington Learning Semester ROTC also provides students with discipline Butler University runs a semester-long and money for tuition while enhancing the program in Washington, D.C., which features college experience. Students interested in internships for Butler students from a wide enrolling in Army ROTC can start by taking variety of colleges and disciplines. Butler’s an Army ROTC basic elective course that on-site program director identifies internship is open to all students. Talk to the Butler opportunities tailored to each student’s Military Science instructor about other ways career interests and academic needs. Recent to join Army ROTC and incentives available, Butler student internships have included including opportunities to compete for two-, chemistry research at the Food and Drug three-, or four-year scholarships. For more Administration; marketing/administration for information on being part of the Army ROTC National Geographic Magazine; working in the program please contact: (317) 274-2691; fax: management/operations division of the Improv (317) 274-0069; email: [email protected]; Club; and interning in the White House, or website: www.butler.edu/rotc. Air Force the Smithsonian Museum, the office of the ROTC (AF ROTC) courses are offered at the Speaker of the House, as well as in the offices Indiana University campus, Bloomington, and of numerous senators and representatives. also may be available for online administration During their intern semester, students also or individualized distance learning options take courses that are specially designed to depending on your schedule. All Air force enhance their D.C. experience, such as “The ROTC (100-400 levels) courses include a 18 Butler University separate Leadership Laboratory, which meets AI301, Leadership Studies 1: These courses once each week. This laboratory augments the study the anatomy of leadership, the need AF ROTC academic curriculum by providing for quality leaders and development of prospective Air Force officers the opportunities management expertise, the role of discipline in and feedback needed to develop the leadership, leadership situations, and the variables affecting followership, managerial, and supervisory skills the successful exercise of individual leadership. required of successful Air Force officers. For Case studies are used to examine Air Force more information about the Air Force ROTC leadership and management situations as a program, please contact (800) IUB-ROTC or means of demonstrating and exercising practical [email protected]. applications of leadership concepts. Students will also contend with actual leadership Air Force ROTC courses problems and complete projects associated AI101, The Air Force Today 1: These survey with planning and managing the AF ROTC courses briefly cover topics relating to the Leadership Laboratory. (U)(2) Fall. Air Force and national defense. It focuses on the structure and missions of Air Force AI302, Leadership Studies 2: These courses organizations, officership, and professionalism. study the anatomy of leadership, the need It also serves as an introduction into the for quality leaders and development of development and use of professional management expertise, the role of discipline in communication skills that will continue to be leadership situations, and the variables affecting developed and employed throughout the entire the successful exercise of individual leadership. Aerospace Studies curriculum. (U)(2) Fall. Case studies are used to examine Air Force leadership and management situations as a AI102, The Air Force Today 2: These survey means of demonstrating and exercising practical courses briefly cover topics relating to the applications of leadership concepts. Students Air Force and national defense. It focuses will also contend with actual leadership on the structure and missions of Air Force problems and complete projects associated organizations, officership, and professionalism. with planning and managing the AF ROTC It also serves as an introduction into the Leadership Laboratory. (U)(2) Spring. development and use of professional communication skills that will continue to be AI401, National Security Affairs and developed and employed throughout the entire Preparation for Active Duty: In these courses, Aerospace Studies curriculum. (U)(2) Spring. students learn about the role of the professional military leader in a democratic society; societal AI201, The Evolution of USAF Air and attitudes toward the armed forces; the requisites Space Power: These survey courses are for maintaining a national defense structure; concerned with the beginnings of manned the impact of technological and international flight and the development of aerospace power developments on strategic preparedness and in the United States, including the employment the overall policy-making process; and military of air power in WWI, WWII, Korea, Vietnam, law. In addition, students will study topics that the Gulf War, and beyond, as well as the will prepare them for their first active-duty peaceful/humanitarian employment of U.S. air assignments as officers in the United States Air power in civic actions, scientific missions, and Force. (U)(3) Fall. the support of space exploration. (U)(2) Fall. AI402, National Security Affairs and AI202, The Evolution of USAF Air and Preparation for Active Duty: In these courses, Space Power: These survey courses are students learn about the role of the professional concerned with the beginnings of manned military leader in a democratic society; societal flight and the development of aerospace power attitudes toward the armed forces; the requisites in the United States, including the employment for maintaining a national defense structure; of air power in WWI, WWII, Korea, Vietnam, the impact of technological and international the Gulf War, and beyond, as well as the developments on strategic preparedness and peaceful/humanitarian employment of U.S. air the overall policy-making process; and military power in civic actions, scientific missions, and law. In addition, students will study topics that the support of space exploration. (U)(2) Spring. will prepare them for their first active-duty Academic Programs 19 assignments as officers in the United States Air personal assessments make up the leadership Force. (U)(3) Spring. development program. Instruction in troop leading procedures is emphasized. Periodic Army ROTC Courses leadership labs, physical training sessions, and RZ101, Foundations of Officership: a weekend field training exercise are mandatory This course introduces you to issues course requirements. (U)(3) Fall. and competencies that are central to a commissioned officer’s responsibilities. Topics RZ302, Leadership and Ethics: Examine include leadership, values and ethics, fitness, the importance of ethical decision making and time management. Gain insight into the in setting a positive climate that enhances Army profession and the officer’s role within team performance. Training also includes the Army. Leadership labs, physical training small unit battle drills, road marches, combat sessions, and a weekend field training exercise water survival, confidence course, and tactical are optional, but highly encouraged. (U)(1) reporting. Periodic leadership labs, physical Fall. training sessions, and a weekend field training exercise are mandatory course requirements. RZ102, Basic Leadership: Learn and apply (U)(3) Spring. principles of effective leading by focusing on leadership theory and decision making. RZ401, Leadership and Management: Begin Reinforce self-confidence through participation the transition from cadet to lieutenant. Focus in physically and mentally challenging exercises on attaining knowledge and proficiency in involving land navigation, basic military several critical areas to operate effectively as tactics, and communication skills. Leadership Army officers. Coordinate activities, manage labs, physical training sessions, and a weekend training, and lead the cadet battalion. Periodic field training exercise are optional, but highly leadership labs, physical training sessions, and encouraged. (U)(1) Spring. a weekend field training exercise are mandatory course requirements. (U)(3) Fall. RZ201, Individual Leadership Studies: Learn and apply ethics-based leadership skills RZ402, Officership: This course completes that contribute to building effective teams. the transition from cadet to lieutenant. Develop skills in oral presentations, writing Topics include the legal aspects of leadership, concisely, leading groups, advanced first aid, administrative and logistical management, and land navigation and basic military tactics. reporting to a new unit. A capstone exercise The course concludes with major case study. challenges cadets to solve problems commonly Leadership labs, physical training sessions, and faced by junior officers. Periodic leadership a weekend field training exercise are optional, labs, physical training sessions, and a weekend but highly encouraged. (U)(2) Fall. field training exercise are mandatory course requirements. (U)(3) Spring. RZ202, Leadership and Teamwork: Draw on the various components of values, communications, decision making, and leadership to learn about the unique purpose, roles, and obligations of commissioned officers. The capstone case study traces the Army’s evolvement from the Vietnam War to the present. Leadership labs, physical training sessions, and a weekend field training exercise are optional, but highly encouraged. (U)(2) Spring.
RZ301, Leadership and Problem Solving: Build leadership competencies and prepare for success at the National Advanced Leadership Camp and as a commissioned officer. Practical opportunities to lead small groups and receive
20 Butler University Academic Programs 21 Areas of Distinction
The Butler Institute for that immerses students in environments wherein they learn about civic-mindedness, Research and Scholarship diversity, social justice, and personal and (BIRS) social responsibility and thereby enhance their Administration academic learning while becoming better citizens Theresa Bailey, PhD., director of their communities and of the world.
The Butler Institute for Research and The center’s activities include: Scholarship (BIRS) serves as the university’s • Bringing together community members office of sponsored programs and research and leaders with University faculty, integrity. Students interact with BIRS primarily students, and staff to address pressing through its research integrity programs, community issues. including the Responsible Conduct of Research • Coordinating the Indianapolis Community (RCR), the Institutional Review Board Requirement and service-learning (IRB), the Institutional Animal Care and Use opportunities as they relate to University Committee (IACUC), Conflict of Interest, curricula. Exports Control, Intellectual Property and the • Building courses and learning experiences Institutional Health and Safety Committee that will help our students develop the (IHSC). All students who participate in research civic-mindedness that is foundational to undertaken through a grant from the National becoming responsible citizens prepared to Science Foundation and the National Institutes address future challenges. of Health are required to undergo Responsible For more information, contact: Donald Conduct of Research training. Butler uses the Braid, director, Center for Citizenship and Collaborative Institutional Training Initiative Community, Butler University, 4600 Sunset (CITI), an online program that administers Ave., Indianapolis, IN 46208-3485, (317) 940- training modules targeted by user to ensure 8353, [email protected], or visit our website at compliance with federal research guidelines. All www.butler.edu/centerforcc. faculty, students and staff who employ research methodologies requiring oversight, including working with human subjects involving Center for Faith and Vocation quantitative or qualitative data, are directed to (CFV) the BIRS to complete the required application The Butler University Center for Faith for IRB, IACUC or IHSC review. More and Vocation at the Blue House provides information about Butler’s research compliance a place where all people at Butler discover programs can be found on its website at lives of purpose, meaning, and contribution. www.butler.edu/birs. The center is rooted in Butler’s belief that reflection on religious and spiritual questions Center for Citizenship and and commitments can support this discovery. Community (CCC) We encourage open discussion, curiosity, and Butler University’s Center for Citizenship respect for the diverse and distinct views people and Community (CCC), founded in 1996, bring to our campus community. Students can facilitates civic engagement for Butler students, experience internships, one-on-one advising, faculty, and staff and serves to create innovative salon-style conversations, and service projects. academic learning experiences that extend Butler Butler faculty and staff are involved too, taking classrooms into the Indianapolis community— part in workshops to learn how to help their to the benefit of students, the university, and students understand what they are called to community alike. The CCC coordinates the do with their lives. Also, the Center for Faith Indianapolis Community Requirement (ICR), a and Vocation is home to diverse student reli- civic-learning component of the core curriculum gious organizations, from the Butler Catholic Community, to Hillel at Butler, and the Butler
22 Butler University Muslim Students Association. There are diverse wide honors program, programs to support evangelical groups such as Campus Crusade, undergraduate research and creative activity, Young Life, Grace Unlimited, and Orthodox domestic semester-away programs, advising for Christian fellowships. We encourage students graduate and professional school, and advising to form new religious groups and support for nationally competitive scholarships and them in networking with the wider religious fellowships. communities of Indianapolis. For more information, please contact Judith For more information, please contact Judith Harper Morrel, executive director of CHASE, Cebula, (317) 923-7253, [email protected], in Jordan Hall, Room 253; (317) 940-9723; or visit our website at www.butler.edu/cfv. [email protected]; or visit our website at www.butler.edu/chase. Center for Global Education The Center for Global Education (CGE) The Center for Urban Ecology provides leadership, coordination, and administrative support for the comprehensive (CUE) internationalization of the University. CGE TThe vision of the CUE is to be a national manages all study abroad activity; it provides leader in the study and practice of urban advising, organizes pre-departure and reentry ecology. In the liberal arts tradition, we view sessions, and maintains Butler’s list of approved urban ecology as inherently interdisciplinary programs for overseas study. These programs and aspire to create a culture within Butler offer a wide variety of options to Butler and in the city of Indianapolis that recognizes students interested in studying abroad during the fundamental importance of ecological the academic year. All programs on the list knowledge for a sustainable society. The meet Butler’s high standards for academic mission of the CUE is to innovatively explore, excellence. Students are expected to select their steward and enhance urban ecosystems. overseas study program from the approved list. The CUE operates with a foundation The programs fall into two broad categories: in ecological science and facilitates reciprocal exchanges and study abroad interdisciplinary research and education, programs, in addition to some of Butler’s own place-based projects, and public outreach by programs. For more information, please contact creatively engaging Butler students, faculty, CGE Director Monte Broaded (Jordan Hall, staff. and community partners. Room 212; (317) 940-8312; mbroaded@ CUE activities include: butler.edu) or Associate Director Jill McKinney • Internships that place students with our (Jordan Hall, Room 212; (317) 940-8473; campus and community partners for real- [email protected]), or visit CGE’s website at world experiences. www.butler.edu/global-education. •Interdisciplinary research projects sponsored by faculty and the CUE staff. • Service projects on campus and in the The Center for High community. Achievement and Scholarly • Outreach programs with local nonprofit Engagement (CHASE) organizations, local governments and local schools • Campus sustainability initiatives. The CHASE office provides services and support for Butler students who want For more information, please contact to enhance their education by pursuing Timothy Carter, director, at (317) 940-6506, additional opportunities while at Butler and [email protected], or visit our website at for those who wish to continue their education www.butler.edu/cueb. beyond Butler. Included are the University-
Areas of Distinction 23
Academic Enhancement Programs and Resources
The Center for High expand their scholastic and professional horizons. Achievement and Scholarly • The Undergraduate Student Research Engagement (CHASE) Program encourages undergraduate Administration students in the sciences (broadly defined) Judith Harper Morrel, Ph.D., executive director to collaborate on research projects with a member of the faculty by providing a grant The CHASE office, located in Jordan Hall, to support their joint project through the Room 153, provides services and support academic year. for Butler students who want to enhance • The Butler University Undergraduate their education by pursuing additional Research Conference, held every spring, opportunities while at Butler and for those attracts over 500 participants from colleges who wish to continue their education and universities around the Midwest and beyond Butler. Included are the University- beyond. Presentations are given in a wide wide honors program, programs to support variety of disciplines. undergraduate research and creative activity, • Student Thesis Grants support some of the domestic semester-away programs, advising for costs of conducting research necessary for graduate and professional school, and advising completion of honors theses. for nationally competitive scholarships and • Travel Grants are available to support fellowships. Additional information about the travel costs of presenting the results any of the CHASE-sponsored programs is of research or creative endeavors at available on the CHASE website at international or national conferences. www.butler.edu/chase or by emailing [email protected]. Graduate and Professional School Advising Undergraduate Research The CHASE office helps students make and Creative Activity informed decisions about pursuing a graduate With support from the Holcomb or professional school education. A diverse array Endowment and the Fairbanks Foundation, the of activities, programs, and services are available Programs for Undergraduate Research (PUR) to students with an interest in law, medicine, Committee and the CHASE office assist the dentistry, optometry, veterinary medicine, research and creative projects of students in all theology, and various graduate programs. disciplines in a variety of ways. The office maintains a library, which includes • The Butler Summer Institute provides an catalogues from graduate and professional opportunity for students of all disciplines programs, entrance exam preparation materials, to work one-on-one with a faculty mentor career-oriented publications, and alumni for nine weeks during the summer on placement information. CHASE also offers a creative, scholarly or research project. advising and guidance to students and alumni Students who are accepted to the program on the application process, including assistance receive $2,500 and free lodging for the in selecting programs, preparing personal duration of the program. In addition to statements, and obtaining recommendation conducting their projects and presenting letters. CHASE staff members serve as advisors their findings, students participate in to the Pre-Health Society (a recognized chapter luncheon seminars and other activities. of the American Medical Students Association) They also are encouraged to engage in a and the Pre-Law Society. Students interested group community service project. This is in pre-health, pre-law, or pre-graduate school a wonderful opportunity for students to advising should contact the CHASE office early experience a close working relationship in their academic careers. with a member of the faculty, and to Academic Enhancement Programs and Resources 25 • Pre-Health Professions (pre-medicine, social sciences, or the natural sciences.” pre-dentistry, pre-veterinary medicine, In addition, courses introducing legal pre-optometry, pre-physical therapy) principles may be helpful to students in Although any major may be chosen, most assessing whether to continue to pursue pre-health students elect a major in either law. Finally, courses in logic, mathematics, the biological sciences or chemistry. For and analytical reasoning may enhance admission, most professional schools preparation for the Law School Admissions require a minimum of one year of biology, Test. Students also may participate in one year each of general and organic engaged-learning experiences such as chemistry, and one year of physics; internship opportunities in Indianapolis however, the expectations of professional or in Washington, D.C., through the schools vary, and students should consult Washington Learning Semester. with their Butler advisor and the pre- • Pre-seminary health advisor concerning the requirements Butler offers a wide range of advising of the particular professional schools services to pre-theological students through in which they are interested. The pre- the Center for Faith and Vocation or the health coursework varies according to the Department of Philosophy and Religion. student’s goal, but every student has the choice of a number of elective courses. Nationally Competitive These are offered both to enhance pre- Scholarships and Fellowships professional training and to broaden and The CHASE office provides recruiting, deepen the student’s education. Students mentoring, advising, and coaching for also may participate in research programs, students interested in applying for nationally shadowing experiences, and campus and competitive scholarships such as Fulbright, community service opportunities. Many Goldwater, Marshall, Rhodes, and Truman. pre-health students also are in Butler’s In recent years, Butler has had a distinguished Honors Program. A science major (biology, record of success in these competitions. Most, chemistry, etc.) in the College of Liberal but not all, support graduate study, and Arts and Sciences at Butler requires a many support study at overseas institutions. minimum of 30 hours of coursework in Most of these programs require institutional that department. Regardless of the major endorsement through an internal selection area of study, courses in biology, chemistry, process. For more information about specific and physics are required to adequately scholarship programs and internal deadlines, prepare the student for success in his or her please visit the CHASE website or contact the professional field. Trained faculty advisors CHASE office at [email protected]. work one-on-one with students to tailor an academic program designed to meet Internship and Career Services individual needs and career goals. Students’ Administration individualized academic schedules will Gary Beaulieu, director allow them to meet all professional school entrance requirements and prepare them The Internship and Career Services (ICS) for the nationally administered entrance office provides Butler students and alumni examinations for health professional support in development of academic and career schools. opportunities. ICS offers many individualized • Pre-Law services to help students explore internship Butler pre-law students may choose any and career options including help with major. The Law School Admission Council résumé and cover letter development, practice advises that: “Law schools want students interviewing skills, job or internship searching, who can think critically and write well, and networking with alumni. The office also and who have some understanding of leads the on-campus employment effort at the forces that have shaped the human Butler. With over 900 student jobs, working experience. These attributes can be on campus is a great way to earn some extra acquired in any number of college courses, spending money while gaining valuable work whether in the arts and humanities, the experience.
26 Butler University ICS offers additional resources as well. The center plays a collaborative role in Students who need help deciding on a coordinating New Student Registration Days, major or those who wish to look at career Welcome Week, January registration, and other options for majors, for example, can do transition-to-college programs. so through individualized career advising or interest assessments such as the Strong Academic Success Workshops Interest Inventory and the MBTI. Extensive Academic Success Workshops provide information on a variety of topics involving students with a comprehensive array of occupation exploration, résumé development, strategies and techniques that can assist in interviewing, job searching, and networking meeting the unique demands of college-level are found on the ICS website. The office offers academics. Workshop topics may vary from a variety of workshop options throughout the semester to semester, but generally include the academic year to prepare students for the job following: or internship search. During the school year, • Time and self-management. many employers seeking interns or full-time • Effective study habits. employees visit campus to interview students • Exam preparation. for open positions. For students completing • Memory enhancement. an internship over the summer months in • Effective reading and note-taking strategies. Indianapolis, the Indy Summer Experience program allows them to live on campus and Academic Success Coaching explore the city by participating in cultural Individual Academic Success Coaching activities and visiting local attractions. A sessions are available to any Butler student complete listing of programs, employers visiting interested in enhancing and refining academic campus, and information about Indy Summer skills. Students will gain insight into areas of Experience are available on the ICS website academic strength and will identify strategies at www.butler.edu/ics. To make an individual to address areas of concern. Students will appointment, please contact us at (317) 940- work collaboratively with an academic success 9383 or by email at [email protected]. coach to develop a plan of action to improve academic performance. Students will learn Learning Resource Center strategies and techniques to aid in approaching their coursework in an active, engaged, and Administration goal-directed manner. Jennifer Griggs, director
The Learning Resource Center (LRC) is Study Tables and Tutoring committed to supporting and guiding students Butler students have access to multiple as they strive to reach the highest standards of resources that can assist them with coursework. academic excellence. It serves as a coordination Through departmental study tables and site for services, programs, and resources individualized peer tutoring, students have that promote academic success. Services are the opportunity to interact with peers who designed to assist students who are interested previously have mastered the material and in enhancing their study skills; who wish to understand the challenges that each subject explore a variety of academic, intellectual, and presents. professional pursuits; who need help in their Study Tables are group walk-in tutoring coursework; and who need a friendly ear to sessions that meet at a specified time and discuss any problems or concerns they may be place on a regular basis. Each department experiencing. Students are encouraged to take coordinates study tables and students are advantage of these support services early in the notified of the schedule within the first two semester to increase their chances of success. weeks of each semester. This service is staffed LRC services are available to Butler students at by student moderators who have been chosen no cost. by the faculty based on their performance in the subject area. Students may come and Academic Transition go freely from study tables, where they have The Learning Resource Center is dedicated access to student moderators for questions and to assisting new students as they acclimate to assistance. The Study Table program is available the academic environment of Butler University. in a variety of academic disciplines. Study Academic Enhancement Programs and Resources 27 Table schedules are available to students via • Workshops and guest speakers. their professors, the Learning Resource Center • Self assessments. website (www.butler.edu/learning), as well as • Assistance in setting up job shadowing and in the Learning Resource Center office (Jordan informational interviewing opportunities. Hall, Room 136). • Transitional counseling for students who Individualized peer tutoring is coordinated are in the process of changing majors. through the Learning Resource Center and requires the endorsement of the course Courses instructor. Individual tutoring allows the LC100, Strategies for Success: This course student to meet one-on-one with a qualified is designed to offer tools and techniques to and recommended peer tutor. This service is enhance academic success at the college level. provided on an as-needed basis and is offered Topics may include time and self management, to the student for a limited time. The goal of effective classroom strategies, goal setting, individualized tutoring is to bring the student and academic planning. The course will up-to-speed so that they are able to continue involve discussion and reflection on the at the same pace as the rest of the class. Before proven strategies for creating greater academic, requesting an individual tutor through the professional, and personal success. (U)(1) FALL Learning Resource Center, the following & SPRING conditions should be met: LC103, Exploratory Studies: This course is • Endorsement by the instructor of the specifically designed for first year Exploratory course is required. Studies Majors. Decision making, self- • Student must be attending all classes and assessment, academic exploration, and career laboratories. planning are foundational components. The • Student must be completing all course encourages students to reflect upon assignments to the best of his/her ability. assessments, personal values, skills, interests, • Student must be attending departmental and decision-making styles while being exposed study tables if available for the subject. to various academic fields of study. Students • Student must be working with the course apply this knowledge to investigate suitable instructor during office hours. career options. (U)(2) FALL If the student has met the above conditions LC200, Peer Education: A training course for and is referred to the Learning Resource Center peer educators who participate in the PAWS for tutoring by the course instructor, the (Peers Advocating Wellness for Students) or center will pay for the service. In most cases, GEAR (Greeks as Educators, Advocates and individualized tutoring is limited to one or Resources) program, designed to enhance two sessions per week for a limited number of knowledge and skills regarding collegiate health weeks, depending on individual circumstances. and wellness. Enrollment by permission of the Exploratory Studies Program Coordinator for Health Education only. (P/F) (U)(1) SPRING Exploratory Studies is a structured program aimed at helping students identify interests, LC201, Residence Life: College Student explore academic options, gain exposure to Development: A training course for residence the career-development process, and gather assistants, designed to enhance skills in information about careers that interest them. interpersonal communication, community Students who are undecided or who have building, programming, and counseling. By multiple interests are encouraged to exercise permission of the Director of Residence Life their intellectual curiosity through a number of only. (P/F) (U)(1) SPRING programs and classes designed to help students determine their own best course of study. In LC301, Career Planning Strategies: addition, students receive specialized attention Foundations for Success: This course is from trained academic advisors who assist the designed to teach lifelong career planning skills students in their decision-making process. critical to a smooth and successful transition Program services include: to the workplace. Assignments include résumé • Developmental academic advising. composition, practice interviews, and career • Exploratory Studies class (LC103). research. Additionally, students will learn to
28 Butler University navigate challenges, while working toward to Butler’s online library resources, printers and independent career goals. This course is network file storage. Most labs are available for intended for juniors and seniors. (U)(1) FALL use outside of scheduled class time. Visit & SPRING www.butler.edu/labs for hours and locations. Student Disability Services Center for Academic Technology Administration Academic computing resources include the Michele Atterson, director Center for Academic Technology, a division of Academic Affairs located in the lower level Butler University is committed to providing of Jordan Hall, and Information Commons, a equitable access for all members of the collaboration between the Center for Academic University community. For qualified students Technology and the Butler Libraries, with with disabilities, accommodations and support locations in Jordan Hall and Irwin Library. services are arranged on a case-by-case basis Support includes one-on-one consultation and through Student Disability Services (SDS). training; small-group training for students, Written documentation from an appropriate faculty, and staff; faculty/staff development licensed professional should be submitted activities; and a lending library of digital tools directly to SDS in Jordan Hall, Room 136. for faculty and staff. For more information, An individualized discussion will then be visit www.butler.edu/it/cat. arranged by SDS staff as part of the process for accommodation consideration. For further Information Commons information, contact SDS at 940-9308 or The mission of the Information Commons www.butler.edu/disability. is to provide student-led support for Butler University students in the academic use of Information Technology technology. They facilitate discovery and Butler University offers a wide variety of creation of information, academic technology technology services ranging from University assistance and training, library and research computing equipment to systems and network assistance, and training in the use of specialized infrastructure, as well as technology consulting content such as digital video, desktop and support services for students, faculty, and publishing, social media applications, and staff. Butler’s standard technologies, including ePortfolio. Student-consultants are available Network Infrastructure in the Irwin Library, the Information The Butler Network is a joint effort Commons in Jordan Hall, Room 037, between Information Technology and Facilities or by individual appointment. Visit Management that provides voice and data www.butler.edu/information-commons or services to the entire Butler campus. The email [email protected] for more network is accessible by Ethernet and wireless information. connection and provides connectivity for computers, printers, phones, and myriad other Electronic Resources IP-enabled devices. The network supports All students are provided with a Butler all generally accepted computing platforms network account that allows access to most of (Macintosh, Windows, Unix/Linux) and is Butler’s electronic resources. The most popular available to all students, faculty, and staff. Use services are listed below. of the Butler network is governed by Butler’s • Email and personal calendaring (BUmail). computer-use policy. Visit www.butler.edu/it bumail.butler.edu for more information. • Password management. password.butler.edu Computing Labs • Moodle—course management. Butler University supports 20 student- moodle.butler.edu computing facilities, several of which are open • My.Butler—grades, course registration, 24-hours-per-day during the fall and spring student account, etc. semesters. Standard applications include my.butler.edu Microsoft Office, Adobe Creative Suite and • BUfiles—network file storage. other software. All computer labs have access www.butler.edu/it/bufiles
Academic Enhancement Programs and Resources 29 • BUconnect—access BUfiles from Desk provides phone, email, web, and walk-in anywhere. support for all Butler technology services. buconnect.butler.edu • Google Apps—collaborate with others. Help Desk Contact Information www.butler.edu/it/google-apps Phone: (317) 940-HELP (4357) • PrintSmart—print quotas and Web: itrequest.butler.edu environmental impact. Email: [email protected] www.butler.edu/it/printsmart Walk-in: Holcomb Building, Room 315 www.butler.edu/it/help Students also have access to networked printers, personal website hosting, and, through the library, Learning Assistance access to 150+ subscription-based databases. Mathematics Tutoring Lab Technology in University Housing The University core curriculum requires all students to take a course in Analytic Reasoning. All University residences (residence halls and There is a wide range of courses to fulfill this Apartment Village) have wireless and wired- core requirement. The Mathematics Tutoring network access as well as 24-hour computer Lab provides free help to students enrolled labs. Each room has one connection to the in prerequisite math courses such as MA101 campus cable TV network. Students may and MA102, and the core courses AR210- supply their own cable-ready TV. Basic cable is MA, AR211-MA, AR212-MA, MA106, provided. MA125, and MA162. Peer tutors are students Students who connect personal computers majoring in mathematics, actuarial science, to the Butler network are required to meet and/or mathematics education. The lab is open minimum standards by keeping their computer Monday–Thursday, from 2:30 to 4:30 p.m. and up-to-date and running an updated antivirus 7–10 p.m. and Sunday evenings from 7 to10 program. More information on these standards, p.m. The Mathematics Tutoring Lab is located as well as computer recommendations, can be in Jordan Hall, Room 272C and is the longest- found at www.butler.edu/it. running tutoring lab on campus. Appointments Computer and Software Purchases are not required; students may drop in any time Butler provides discounts on a variety of the Tutoring Lab is open. More information computer hardware and software. Visit the IT can be obtained by calling the Department of website at www.butler.edu/it for information Mathematics and Actuarial Science at (317) and links to the online stores. 940-9521 or (317) 940-9441. Printing and PrintSmart Modern Language Center PrintSmart is Butler’s print-accountability The Modern Language Center (MLC) is a program. All students receive an allotment multilingual facility to advocate and support of print credits to use for their academic second language and culture acquisition. The printing needs, and faculty and staff use MLC (Jordan Hall, Room 391) includes a PrintSmart to print, copy, fax, and scan. Print comprehensive foreign-feature and instructional allotments help make the most responsible film collection, a large group-viewing area, film use of Butler’s printing resources and support viewing stations for individuals, computers, a our commitment to be environmentally Smart Board, gaming systems (DS, Wii, etc.) responsible. All students should review the with games in a variety of languages, and more. PrintSmart Frequently Asked Questions section In addition to state-of-the-art facilities, the in order to understand the allotment program MLC hosts a number of activities including and know what to expect when printing on tutor tables, movie nights, and karaoke club to campus. Visit www.butler.edu/it/printsmart for promote language and culture learning. The details. MLC staff is trained in academic technology and research methodology to support all facets Technology Support of language learning and teaching at Butler. All technology is supported through the Information Technology Help Desk. The Help
30 Butler University Speakers Lab audiovisual materials, and more than 17,000 The Speakers Lab is a peer-to-peer tutoring musical scores organization that provides assistance in creating Library faculty are available to offer individual and delivering oral presentations. Speakers research assistance through walk-up assistance Lab tutors also engage the community by at the libraries’ information desks, via instant volunteering with Girls Inc. Located in the messaging at www.butler.edu/library/ask, by Fairbanks Building, Rooms 140 and 250, phone at (317) 940-9235, and by appointment. tutors are available Sunday–Thursday to Librarians also collaborate with assigned colleges assist students by walk-in or appointment. and departments to provide discipline-specific, Services include topic selection, research, classroom instruction on library research outlining, organization, and delivery. For skills. In addition, students can obtain basic more information, visit their website at research and technology support for their www.butler.edu/speakers-lab or contact classes by visiting or contacting the Information Director Kristen Hoerl at [email protected]. Commons. This is a student-staffed, class support service where students can receive basic Writers’ Studio research help or technology training related Writing is essential to intellectual life, the to their classes. The Information Commons learning process, and professional development. service includes a walk-up desk in Irwin Library; University study involves communicating ideas, numerous online communication options: analysis, and information across a wide range of texting, IM, email and phone; and prearranged subjects and disciplines. Peer tutors are available appointments. to help other students at any point in the writ- The libraries’ website, www.butler.edu/library, ing process. Assistance is available to generate serves as a portal to the libraries’ online and ideas for writing, develop those ideas, and print collections and provides details about work on documentation, style and editing. The services, staff, policies, and hours. A great place services of the Writers’ Studio are free of charge. to start one’s research is at the subject LibGuides Hours are generally 10 a.m.–8 p.m., directory. Created by library faculty, LibGuides Monday–Thursday; 10 a.m.–2 p.m. on are available based on subject areas, Butler Friday; and 3–6 p.m. on Sunday. Students may majors and specific Butler classes. either stop by the Writers’ Studio in Jordan Hall, Room 304, call for an appointment at Irwin Library (317) 940-9804, or email [email protected]. The Irwin Library opened for service on Additional writing resources are available at Sept. 9, 1963. It was dedicated in memory of www.butler.edu/writers-studio, as well as William G. Irwin, a longtime benefactor of information regarding Writers’ Studio online Butler University and member of the Board tutorials. of Trustees. World-famous architect Minoru Yamasaki designed the building in a unique Butler University Libraries blending of Middle Eastern, Classical Greek, The Butler University Libraries make Italian Gothic, and Japanese influences. Slender available the materials needed to support columns of pre-cast concrete, an expanse of study, teaching, and research in all areas of arched windows, an atrium open to all three intellectual endeavor pursued at Butler. There stories set off by cylindrical chandeliers and a are two libraries on campus. The Irwin Library skylight above, and a fountain and pool on the includes the business; education and curriculum main level create a unique study environment. resources; liberal arts; and performing and fine The Irwin Library provides seating for about arts collections. The Ruth Lilly Science Library 400 students at study tables, individual study houses materials supporting studies in the fields carrels, and group/individual study rooms. of computer, mathematics, pharmaceutical, Collaborative learning spaces are available physical, biological, and behavioral sciences. where students can move soft seating to The combined holdings of the Butler Libraries facilitate group work. Irwin Library provides include approximately 100,000 e-books, access to desktop PCs and Macs, maintains a 200 databases, 35,000 electronic journal computer lab in the Information Commons subscriptions, 350,000 print materials, 16,000 area, offers laptops and iPads for checkout, and supports wireless access throughout the
Academic Enhancement Programs and Resources 31 building. The lower level also houses a rich Holcomb Building. Comfortable furnishings media room, where students can record and and a skylight on the third floor create a edit audio and video presentations. pleasant and quiet atmosphere for research The Hugh Thomas Miller Rare Books and study. The Science Library can seat and Special Collections Room is located approximately 100 users, provides access to on Irwin Library’s third floor. Early or rare desktop PCs, offers laptops for checkout, and books, prints, manuscripts, scores, maps, supports wireless access. newspapers, and memorabilia can be found In addition to printed materials, the library here. Special collections include the largest maintains extensive DVD/video collections English language collection about the Pacific and provides online access to numerous science Islands in the mainland United States and the and technology databases. The library and most important Sibelius collection outside of its services are available to the entire Butler Finland. This department also administers the community. A science librarian is available University Archives and the Eliza Blaker Room weekdays for assistance. Lilly Science Library The Ruth Lilly Science Library is located in the heart of the Butler University science complex, on the second and third floors of the
32 Butler University Campus Services
The Division of Student Affairs the University community. Student “Right to strives to integrate educational experiences Know” information, better known as the Clery and co-curricular programming into a campus Act, can be located by visiting the University setting with opportunities, challenges, and Department of Public Safety’s webpage at services that promote a student’s holistic www.butler.edu/public-safety. development. Within the Division of Student University Police Department (BUPD) Affairs, enhancing the overall quality of the The University Police are responsible for life of students is our mission. Residence life, investigating incidents, traffic enforcement, dining services, Greek life, leadership and issuing student identification cards, and service programming, recreation, diversity providing assistance in emergency situations, programs, band and spirit programs, health including contacting local fire and ambulance services, health education, and counseling services. Officers are on duty 24-hours-a-day, and consultation are within the realm of our seven-days-a-week. University Police also is services. Through the Division of Student responsible for coordinating crime prevention Affairs and under the direction of the vice programs for students, faculty, and staff president for student affairs, programs, throughout each semester. activities, and support services are designed Environmental Programs is responsible to meet the needs of our Butler students. for maintaining compliance with numerous The vice president for student affairs serves as federal, state, and local regulations that govern the primary liaison for students and various fire, safety, and environmental issues at Butler segments of the University community. Also, University. rules and regulations governing student life are outlined in the Student Handbook and Victim Advocate are available on the Butler University website. The Victim Advocate Program at Butler The primary offices of the Division of Student University provides 24-hour response Affairs are located in Atherton Union and the throughout the academic year by a trained Health and Recreation Complex. The Office of advocate to students who have experienced the Vice President for Student Affairs is located sexual assault or interpersonal violence. The in Atherton Union, Room 200. needs of someone who has been sexually John W. Atherton Union houses the assaulted vary from person to person and University bookstore, Starbucks, food service may vary over time. The Victim Advocate dining rooms, many offices within the can help a student connect to campus or Division of Student Affairs, and the Office community resources he or she would find of Internships and Career Services. Atherton most helpful and healing. To obtain assistance Union maintains numerous facilities, including and an explanation of services, contact the student organization offices, the Volunteer Victim Advocate at (317) 910-5572. To Center, the Diversity Center, meeting rooms, report a crime, contact University Police at student soft space, ATMs, and a computer lab. (317) 940-9396. Additionally, programs and Snacks, grill, and fountain items are available in workshops regarding issues such as sexual the C-Club (Campus Club) and in Starbucks. violence prevention/response, dating violence The Programs for Leadership and Service prevention/response, and healthy sexual choices Education (PuLSE) Office, which is responsible are available through the Health Education for the operation of Atherton Union, is located and Outreach Programs Office located in the in Atherton Union, Room 101. Any concerns Health and Recreation Complex, Room 101. regarding the physical space and maintenance You may contact this department at (317) 940- of Atherton Union may be directed to the 8311. PuLSE Office. Diversity Programs Campus Safety The Office of Diversity Programs, located The Department of Public Safety’s purpose in the Efroymson Diversity Center, Atherton is to maintain a safe and secure environment for Union, Room 004, combines campus services Campus Services 33 designed to enhance the cultural diversity from Lori Efroymson-Aguilera, the Efroymson and awareness of the campus community and Family Foundation and the Central Indiana exists to support the admission and retention Community Foundation. of students from diverse underrepresented The Office of Diversity Programs and the populations. The director serves as advisor to Office of International Student Services are several diversity student organizations, and housed in the Diversity Center. The Center, manages the Efroymson Diversity Center, also known as “The DC,” provides office space and the Morton-Finney Leadership Program. for several diversity student organizations. The director and staff also coordinate the Efroymson Diversity Center facilities include a Celebration of Diversity Distinguished multi-purpose lounge/program area equipped Lecture Series, a collaborative diversity with study tables, reception area, a flat-screen initiative between Butler University and the television and entertainment center with Office of the Mayor, and the campus-wide comfortable viewing area, a Diversity Resource Celebration of Diversity, which presents Library and art gallery, kitchen, prep room, and special thematic programming and events, storage space. The Center has wireless access, including the Hispanic Heritage Celebration, cable television, and is equipped with computer the Martin Luther King Jr. Holiday observance, terminals for student usage. African-American History Month, Women’s The Efroymson Diversity Center is located History Month, and various diversity in Atherton Union, Room 004. For more programs throughout the academic year. Visit information, visit www.butler.edu/diversity for www.butler.edu/diversity for more detailed a complete listing of programs, hours and other information on Diversity Programs. information, or call (317) 940-6570. International Student Services, located in the Efroymson Diversity Center, Atherton Health and Recreation Complex Union, Room 004, is the coordinating The Health and Recreation Complex (HRC) agency for Butler’s international students. is the administrative home to Recreation The Associate Director for International programs, Health Services, Health Education Student Services provides a wide range and Outreach, Counseling and Consultation of services and opportunities for students Services, and The Zia Juice Bar, which serves a attending Butler on a visa, including advice selection of juices, smoothies, and grab-and-go on cross-cultural concerns, immigration and options. visa requirements, and maintains all records The Health Education and Outreach in cooperation with the Registrar to ensure Programs Office addresses critical wellness compliance with the Student and Exchange issues affecting college students by coordinating Visitor Information System/U.S. Citizenship peer education programs including Peers and Immigration Services (SEVIS/USCIS). Advocated Wellness for Students (PAWS), Advising is also provided for international Greeks as Educators Advocates and Resources student organizations, which serves as the (GEAR), and The Red Cup Culture Facilitation vehicle for coordination of Butler international Team. The coordinator provides direct activities and special projects on campus, and programming and consultation to students in the International Living Unit, located in the areas related to wellness. The Health Education Residential College. Visit www.butler.edu/ and Outreach Programs office is part of the international for more detailed information on Division of Student Affairs and is inside the International Student Services. Health and Recreation Complex, Room 101. The Efroymson Diversity Center (DC) Health Services are available to graduate and of Butler University exists to enhance the undergraduate students of Butler University. personal development and academic success Office hours are posted on the website. Services of students by preparing them to be active are provided by appointment, and emergencies and responsible citizens demonstrating respect are given priority. The center is staffed by and appreciation for the diverse cultures registered nurses, a nurse practioner (NP), and represented on campus, as well as the diversity physicians who provide treatment for minor inherent within our global society. Dedicated accidents and illnesses on an outpatient basis. in December, 2006, the Efroymson Diversity Our physician is available by appointment Center was made possible by a generous gift Monday–Friday for acute care and for women’s
34 Butler University and men’s health issues. Conditions of a more liberal arts and professional education. Butler serious nature are referred to local emergency Recreation is part of the Division of Student rooms, emergent centers, or to the student’s Affairs and is located inside the Health and private physician or specialist for treatment. Recreation Complex. Students are responsible for payment of all medical services. Individual health insurance Residence Life and Dining will be billed, so students must bring their insurance cards when they visit the center. Services Co-payments and any balance owed may be The Office of Residence Life is an integral directed to the student’s University account so part of the Division of Student Affairs. The that cash on hand is not necessary in order to staff members in this area seek to provide a be seen. A completed health history (online positive living-learning environment in all portal, myhealth.butler.edu ), copy of a physical campus residence halls. Any matters pertaining exam completed in the last 12 months, a copy to housing, programming, food service, etc. of your original immunization records and should be directed to the staff members in proof of health insurance are required to be on residence life. The residence life staff works to file at Health Services prior to attending classes. provide a living environment that is conducive Health Services is part of the Division of to students’ intellectual, social, cultural, and Student Affairs and is located inside the Health personal development. The office is located in and Recreation Complex. Atherton Union, Room 303. Counseling and Consultation Services Butler University provides a variety of (CCS) helps all students on an individual housing options. All first-year students not and group basis with many academic and living at home with a parent or legal guardian personal issues during the student’s time at are required to live in one of the University the University. All counseling is voluntary and residence halls. All sophomore and junior students may expect to have their concerns students (including those affiliated with a addressed in usually no more than 10 sessions. Greek organization) not living at home with a Students seeking support and wishing to parent or legal guardian will be required to live work on specific issues, such as relationships, in University housing or an approved Greek depression, anxiety, grief and loss, survivor of housing unit of which he or she is a member. sexual assault, and other issues, do so through The housing requirement does not apply to individual and group therapy. Licensed fully employed persons who are residents of psychologists and closely supervised interns the Indianapolis metropolitan area and who staff the center. The pre-doctoral internship is wish to attend Butler on a part-time basis. fully accredited by the American Psychological Applications and agreements for campus Association. Students are seen by appointment. housing are available through the Office of Students who wish to start counseling can Residence Life. Beyond offering programming phone (317) 940-9385. Students seeking and housing needs, there are many leadership resources, information, and programs can also and employment opportunities available to find those services at CCS. Counseling and students within the residence halls as well. Consultation Services is part of the Division of Hall government, unit representatives, desk Student Affairs and is located inside the Health assistants and resident assistants all are examples and Recreation Complex, adjacent to Health of leadership roles that are available through the Services. Office of Residence Life. The Recreation Department creates Dining Services opportunities and environments for the An “All Access” meal plan is required for all University community and guests that inspire residence hall students. An all-you-care-to-eat people to participate in leisure activities, both meal plan with flex dollars is the feature of passive and active. Through intramurals, the plan. Students may dine as many times challenge education, club sports, fitness, and as they desire throughout established dining aquatics programs, Butler Recreation supports hours. Declining-balance flex dollars may the holistic development of Butler University’s be used at Starbucks, C-Club, Zia Juice Bar, students, faculty, staff, and alumni while and the Dawghouse (a convenience store in being committed to upholding the mission of
Campus Services 35 the Apartment Village). Dining managers are the student-run Volunteer Center, which available to meet with students about special connects students to service opportunities dietary needs and restrictions. Additionally, with Indianapolis agencies. The associate any student who resides off campus, as well director works to assist students in their service as faculty and staff, are able to purchase meal endeavors by acting as a liaison between the plans or Dawg Bucks which can be utilized community and Butler University. in all dining venues. Members of Greek In addition, the office collaborates with organizations may have the ability to secure numerous campus offices in the annual meal plans through their respective fraternity or coordination of Welcome Week and provides sorority. Dining services is part of the Division support to faculty in their service-learning of Student Affairs and offices are located on the based classes. PuLSE sponsors the Emerging main floor of the Atherton Union. Leaders Program, Ambassadors of Change (AOC), Bulldogs into the Streets (BITS), Greek Life and alternative break trips (FAB and ASB). Students who want to get involved in student Fifteen national Greek collegiate fraternities organizations or community service should and sororities maintain chapters at Butler. The stop by the PuLSE Office to talk with a staff fraternities are Delta Tau Delta, Lambda Chi member about their interests. The PuLSE Alpha, Phi Delta Theta, Phi Kappa Psi, Sigma Office is part of the Division of Student Affairs Chi, and Sigma Nu. The sororities are Alpha and is located in Atherton Union, Room 101, Chi Omega, Alpha Kappa Alpha, Alpha Phi, adjacent to the Reilly Room. Delta Delta Delta, Delta Gamma, Kappa Alpha Student organizations are a vital part of Theta, Kappa Kappa Gamma, Pi Beta Phi, and Butler students’ total educational experience. Sigma Gamma Rho. Butler supports the status of legitimate student The Office of Greek Life serves as the organizations and activities as important administrative focal point for all fraternity/ adjuncts to academic life. In keeping with this sorority activities. The director works with and tradition, the University offers a wide range of advises the Interfraternity Council, Panhellenic student activities, including honoraries, special Association, and Order of Omega leadership interest groups, athletics, service organizations, honorary, in addition to individual students religious activities, and student government. and organizations. The director is responsible A list of the various student organizations is for overseeing recruitment, working with house available on the PuLSE website, directors, serving as liaison to the alumni/ www.butler.edu/involvement. ae advisory and housing boards, organizing educational and leadership workshops, and University Band and Spirit providing individual and group advising for Programs fraternity/sorority members. The Office of The University Band and Spirit Programs Greek Life is part of the Division of Student encompass the marching and bands, Affairs and is located in Atherton Union, Room cheerleaders, and Hink, the University 312. costumed mascot. These student representatives are available for University-wide events, off- Leadership and Service campus events, and athletic events. Students Programs are encouraged to get involved in the Butler Marching Band, Basketball Band, cheerleaders, The Office ofPrograms for Leadership or mascot programs by visiting the band and Service Education (PuLSE) strives to website at www.butler.edu/spirit. University promote student learning and development Band and Spirit Programs is part of the through leadership and service opportunities. Division of Student Affairs and is located in The staff of PuLSE encourages the Atherton Union. development of students into critical thinkers with the ability to lead, serve, and contribute to their communities and commitments Spiritual Life through programming, education, and practical The spiritual and religious needs of the experiences. PuLSE staff members advise the Butler community are addressed by a number of Student Government Association and supervise individuals and student-led groups. The Center
36 Butler University for Faith and Vocation at the Blue House is the exception of football, will compete in the home to many of these religious organizations, newly formed Big East Conference beginning including Catholic, Jewish, Evangelical in July 2013. In addition to Butler, the Big Christian, Mainline Protestant, Orthodox East Conference includes Creighton University, Christian, and Muslim Student Association. DePaul University, Georgetown University, Clergy and other religious leaders are available Marquette University, Providence College, Seton for individual conferences and spiritual Hall University, St. John’s University, Villanova counseling. A wide range of programs dealing University, and Xavier University. The men with religious and spiritual concerns also are field Big East competitive programs in baseball, offered by the center. For more information, go basketball, cross country, golf, soccer, tennis, to www.butler.edu/cfv or call (317) 923-7252. and track and field. Likewise, the women field competitive teams in basketball, cross country, Athletic Events golf, soccer, softball, swimming, tennis, track and field, and volleyball. The Butler University Butler University is a Division I member football program competes at the Division I FCS institution of the National Collegiate Athletic level and is a member of the Pioneer Football Association (NCAA). Student-athletes at League (PFL), which includes other participating Butler University are known as “Bulldogs” members Campbell, Davidson, Dayton, Drake, and proudly wear the official school colors of Jacksonville, Marist, Morehead State, San Diego, blue and white. All of Butler’s 19 teams, with and Valparaiso.
Campus Services 37
Admission Information and Requirements
Admission In evaluating students’ credentials, the Contacting the Office of Admission Admission Committee strives to determine Office of Admission potential for success in Butler’s rigorous Butler University academic programs. The Admission Committee 4600 Sunset Ave. takes the following criteria into account in Indianapolis, IN 46208-3485 evaluating applicants: Local: (317) 940-8100 • Academic achievement in high school Fax: (317) 940-8150 (GPA, class rank and course selection). Toll free: 1-888-940-8100 • SAT and/or ACT scores, including Email: [email protected] the writing components (refer to the Web: www.butler.edu/admission International Students section for non- CEEB SAT code: 1073; ACT code: 1180 English speakers’ requirements). • Writing sample. Visiting Campus • Guidance counselor/teacher recommendations. Students and their families are encouraged • Leadership experience as demonstrated in to visit campus. Students will develop a better list of activities/résumé. understanding of the University setting after taking advantage of opportunities to meet All credentials for admission must be with an admission counselor, tour the campus, received by the Office of Admission before the and interact with current students and faculty. student’s application can be processed. It is the Appointments are generally scheduled from student’s responsibility to see that all required 9 a.m. to 4 p.m. weekdays. The office is open documents are sent. Admission decisions 10 a.m.–1 p.m. on most Saturdays during the for students applying by the Early Action academic year, with student-guided tours at deadline of Nov. 1 will be released on Dec. 15. various times throughout the day. In addition, Admission decisions for students applying by several campus visitation programs are the Regular Decision deadline of Feb. 1 will be scheduled throughout the year. To schedule released on a rolling basis beginning Feb. 15. a visit to campus, visit our website at Admitted students have until May 1 to decide www.butler.edu/visit. if they will attend, and may elect to defer their enrollment for one year, with written request. Freshmen (first–time students) All application materials become the Prospective freshmen, regardless of major, property of Butler University and are kept on are required to have the following academic file for one year. Application materials as well as preparation: transcripts received from other institutions will • Four years of English. not be returned to the student or released to • Three years of math, including Algebra I, another institution or third party. Algebra II and Geometry. • Three years of laboratory science. Advanced course placement • Two years of history or social studies. Butler offers advanced course placement, with • Two years of the same foreign language. appropriate academic credit, in most subjects covered by either: Butler University strongly urges all Indiana • Advanced Placement (AP) examinations students to complete the Indiana Academic (administered to high school students in Honors Diploma or CORE 40 curriculum in participating high schools). high school for admission to the University. • International Baccalaureate (IB) program. Students intending to major in science, • College Level Examination Program engineering, pharmacy and health sciences, or (CLEP) tests (administered at test centers). mathematics are strongly encouraged to have • Applicants should request that their AP, additional units in science and math. Students IB, and/or CLEP scores be reported to the intending to major in business or computer Office of Registration and Records. science are also encouraged to have additional units in mathematics. Admission Information and Requirements 39 Scores required for credit have been established siblings who graduated from or are by the appropriate department heads and are currently attending Butler. The fee is available in the Office of Admission and on the waived for applications filed online, as admission website. well. A student who has not attempted to qualify 2. Official high school transcript showing for credit under these programs may be placed coursework completed through at least the in an advanced course if the department sixth semester of the junior year, and, if head or senior faculty member in that area is the student is currently in high school, a satisfied that the student can handle the work. list of courses for the entire senior year. A student who wishes to receive credit for the 3. Secondary School Report from the high course or courses bypassed should consult the school guidance office. All admitted appropriate dean and department chair or students must submit an official designated faculty member. Upon their joint final transcript indicating the date of recommendation, credit may be awarded on graduation from a secondary school the basis of the student’s performance in the approved by a state or regional accrediting advanced course. agency. 4. Official score reports of the SAT Applying for Freshman Admission and/or ACT, including the writing Application Methods components, should be sent directly to Students who wish to complete the Butler University (codes: SAT-1073; ACT- Application for Freshman Admission and 1180). Scholarships may apply online at our website, 5. A writing sample as indicated in the www.butler. edu/apply, or submit the Common application. Application online at www.commonapp.org. 6. A list of activities/résumé as indicated in Butler gives equal consideration to both the the application. Butler and Common applications. II. International students A. Applying for admission—Students who are Arts Applicants not United States citizens or U.S. permanent All prospective students must submit a residents should submit the following items: Jordan College of the Arts (JCA) program 1. The Application for International application in addition to the Application for Undergraduate Admission and Freshman Admission before an audition or Scholarships; no application fee is interview can be scheduled. Both applications required. must be on file two weeks prior to the audition 2. Original or official certified/attested true or interview date. copies of transcripts from each secondary A personal audition is required for all dance, school (high school), college or university music, and theatre applicants. A personal attended. All transcripts must be sent interview and audition or portfolio presentation directly from each school to the Office of and interview also are available for theatre Admission in separate sealed envelopes applicants. An interview is required for all arts and must be accompanied by certified administration general students. A portfolio English translations, if needed. review and interview is required for all Art + 3. Test scores. International students must Design students. submit at least one of the following tests: I. High school students • Test of English as Foreign Language An application for freshman admission may be (TOEFL) score of 550 (paper-based made upon completion of the sixth semester of test), 213 (computer-based test) or 79 high school. Students attending high school in (internet-based test). the United States or similar institutions overseas • Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) should submit the following: Critical Reading score of 450. (Note: 1. The Application for Freshman Admission International students are required and Scholarships accompanied by the to submit SAT scores if they wish to non-refundable application fee. The compete in varsity athletics; all others application fee is waived for applicants are strongly encouraged to submit their who have parents, grandparents, or scores.)
40 Butler University • American College Test (ACT) English application fee is waived for applicants score of 19. who have parents, grandparents, or • International English Language Training siblings who graduated from or are System (IELTS) score of 6.0. currently attending Butler. The fee is • Michigan English Language Assessment waived for applications filed online, as Battery (MELAB) score of 80. well. • London or Cambridge General Certificate 2. The completed application should of Education (GCE)/General Certificate include an official copy of the academic of Secondary Education (GCSE) English record indicating the grade point Language Exam grade of A or B. average; a summary of all courses taught • International Baccalaureate (IB) Higher by the home school (curriculum list, Level English exam score of 5-7 or grade bibliography); the title of each course of A or B. completed by the student, the grade 4. Essay: Your personal statement/essay received, and the name of the instructor (if should include information concerning that person is different than the registered your life, education, practical experience, home schooler); and official transcripts special interest, and specific purpose for received through a correspondence school applying to Butler University. or a regional organization that provides 5. Secondary School Report and/or a letter this service for home schools (should of recommendation from a guidance list courses completed, grades, and the counselor or teacher. accreditation status of the school or B. Completing the application for the I-20: organization). After admission to Butler University, 3. If you have registered with your state international students must also complete department of education, the registration Butler University’s Application for Form number and name of the home educator I-20. This application will provide us with registered should be indicated on biographical information, an affidavit of documents. If you have not registered, support and financial sponsor information please provide a statement of the home we need in order to issue the Form I-20 school’s mission and structure. in the United States Citizenship and 4. Official score reports of the SAT and/or Immigration Services SEVIS information ACT, including the writing component, system. For the 2011–2012 academic year, should be sent directly to Butler the estimated total cost used on the Form University (codes: SAT 1073; ACT 1180). I-20 for undergraduates is $46,478 for 5. Secondary School Report Form. tuition, room, board, fees, books, health 6. A writing sample as indicated in the insurance, and incidentals. Once you receive application. an I-20 from Butler University, you must 7. Two letters of recommendation. pay the SEVIS fee and then schedule an 8. A list of activities/résumé as indicated in appointment to meet with the nearest U.S. the application. Embassy or Consulate to apply for a visa. 9. All admitted students must submit an III. Home-schooled students official final transcript from an accredited Butler welcomes candidates who have received a home school institution or agency home-study based education. As is the case with indicating the date of graduation. Official all applicants to Butler University, home-study satisfactory General Education Degree candidates will be considered on an individual (GED) scores will be required in the basis to determine an appropriate admission absence of an official final transcript from decision. A candidate may be evaluated for an accredited home school agency. admission on the basis of six semesters of high school coursework. Home-schooled The following items may be requested: students are expected to present the following • Official results of SAT subject tests in each documents to the Office of Admission: of the following areas: mathematics, natural 1. The Application for Freshman Admission science, and social science. and Scholarships accompanied by the • Official General Education Degree (GED) non-refundable application fee. The scores General Educational Development
Admission Information and Requirements 41 Test (GED) Certificate—Students Enrolling in the University who did not complete high school, as a Freshman but successfully completed the General All newly admitted full-time students will Education Development Test (GED), are be asked to make an enrollment deposit, which expected to follow the same procedure as holds a place in the class and is applied toward indicated for first-time students and submit first-semester costs. The deposit is refundable official satisfactory GED results. Additional until May 1 prior to the fall term and Dec. 1 information may be requested depending prior to the spring term. Deposits paid after on the student’s academic record. In May 1 for fall enrollment or Dec. 1 for spring evaluating students’ credentials, the enrollment are non-refundable. Admission Committee strives to determine Admitted students also must submit an potential for success in Butler’s rigorous official final transcript indicating the date of academic program. graduation from a secondary school approved by a state or regional accrediting agency. Freshman Application Dates Butler offers two non-binding admission Explanation of Benefits programs for freshmen, each following an Course Registration established timeline. Students applying for (Early Registration/New Student Registration) Early Action should present a strong record Special registration days for early action of academic achievement and plan to take students begin in March of the student’s the SAT or ACT with Writing no later than senior year in high school. Registration session October/November of the senior year. placement is made based on the date the Early Action enrollment deposit is received. • Complete application submitted Freshman Academic Scholarship Program electronically/postmarked on or before See Financial Aid—Freshman Academic Nov. 1. Scholarship Program. • Decisions will be released on Dec. 15. • Consideration for the Freshman Academic Living-Learning Centers Scholarship program and the Honors Living-Learning Centers allow small groups Program. of students to share a common experience while • Enrollment Form and deposit returned by living in the same housing unit of a residence Jan. 31*. This deposit is refundable until hall. In each of these centers, a faculty-in- May 1. residence coordinates study efforts and provides *Returning the Enrollment Form and deposit other academic and co-curricular programming. by this date is not required; however, it This unique program helps students develop affords the student the opportunity to attend study groups and promotes interaction between Early Registration beginning in March and a students and faculty outside of the classroom. consideration for a Freshman Living-Learning Center. Transfer Students Any student who has completed 12 or Regular Decision more hours of college coursework after high • Complete application submitted school graduation and is seeking to complete electronically/postmarked on or before an undergraduate degree or any student Feb. 1. seeking a second undergraduate degree is • Decisions will be released on a rolling basis considered a transfer student and must submit beginning Feb. 15. the Application for Transfer Admission and • Consideration for the Freshman Academic Scholarships. Scholarship program. The admission of transfer students is made • Enrollment Form and deposit returned by on a selective basis. In evaluating transfer May 1*. applications for admission, the University *Returning the Enrollment Form and deposit takes into account the accreditation and by this date makes you eligible to attend New the general quality of previous coursework. Student Registration beginning in May. Transfer applicants must have earned at least a C average (2.0/4.0) to be considered for 42 Butler University entrance in a degree program and must be official satisfactory GED results. Neither qualified to carry a chosen program of study. is required of students who have earned a Transfer applicants to the College of Pharmacy four-year undergraduate degree. and Health Sciences’ pharmacy program must • A personal statement as indicated in the have earned at least a B average (3.0/4.0) to application. be considered for entrance. Transfer applicants • Official ACT (with writing) or SAT scores to the College of Pharmacy and Health (waived if applicant has graduated from Sciences’ physician assistant program must have high school (or equivalent) more than four earned at least a 3.2/4.0 to be considered for years prior). entrance. Eligibility for consideration does not • Official results of Advanced Placement guarantee admission. Any transfer applicant (AP) or the College Level Examination whose high school record would not have met Program (CLEP) exam scores should be Butler’s requirements for freshman admission sent to the Office of Registration and is required to demonstrate a strong record of Records. college-level work after a minimum of one year • International students must submit the of study. official results of the Test of English as a A student who has completed fewer than Foreign Language (TOEFL) indicating a 12 hours of successful college coursework after score of 550 (paper-based), 213 (computer- high school graduation will be required to meet based) or 79 (Internet-based). the criteria as defined for freshman admission, All application materials become the in addition to submitting official transcripts of property of Butler University. Transcripts all college-level work. received from other institutions will not be returned to the student or released to another Applying for Transfer Admission institution or third party. Students who have completed 12 hours or more of college coursework after high school Transfer Scholarships graduation are considered transfer students. A limited number of scholarships are Applications for transfer admission are reviewed available for students who transfer to Butler on a rolling basis. (Students applying to the for the fall semester and enroll in a minimum College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences of 12 credit hours of study per semester. Only should refer to those sections below.) To be students applying to the colleges of business, considered for admission as a transfer student, communication, education, and liberal arts and students must submit the following: sciences are eligible for consideration. Contact • The Application for Transfer Admission the Office of Admission for application deadline accompanied by the non-refundable information. application fee. (The application fee is College of Pharmacy and Health waived for applications filed online.) • Official transcripts from all colleges Sciences Transfer Applicants— attended, sent directly from the schools to Special Requirements the Office of Admission. Only transcripts The College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences received from the Office of the Registrar of offers a doctor of pharmacy, master of science in former colleges will be treated as official. physician assistant studies, and master of science Concealing previous college attendance is in pharmaceutical sciences, as well as two dual- grounds for denial and dismissal. degree programs—doctor of pharmacy/master of • Certification that the student is in good business administration and doctor of pharmacy/ standing, not on probation and eligible to master of science in pharmaceutical sciences. return to that college. Pharmacy and physician assistant transfer • An official high school transcript indicating applicants are considered only for fall entry. the date of graduation from a secondary Previous applicants electing to re-apply to the school approved by a state or regional College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences should accrediting agency. Students who did not submit a new application for admission and complete high school, but successfully transcripts of additional coursework. The final completed the General Education decisions for determining which applicants will Development Test (GED) should submit be admitted and which will be placed on the
Admission Information and Requirements 43 waiting list for the professional phase are made a school outside the United States. by the Academic Affairs Committee of the • Students who submit official results of the College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences and Graduate Record Exam (GRE). the Office of Admission. Enrolling in the University Pharmacy Applicants as a Transfer Student Students transferring into pharmacy are Newly admitted transfer students must required to study no fewer than four years submit an enrollment deposit which will at Butler University to complete the degree. be applied to the first semester’s costs. For Transfer applications for the pre-professional students entering as a transfer student in the fall phase of the pharmacy program must be semester, the deposit is refundable through May submitted to the Office of Admission by 1. Fall semester deposits paid after May 1 are Dec. 1 (postmark date). Students applying to non-refundable. the professional phase of the program must Admitted students who have not already complete an application through the Pharmacy earned a four-year undergraduate degree also College Application Service (PharmCAS: must submit an official final transcript from the www.pharmcas.org) by Jan. 7. Selected most recent college attended. candidates will be invited to campus for an interview with faculty. Consideration for Other Admission Options transfer admission into the program is limited to: Renewed enrollment—Previously enrolled • Students with a minimum cumulative GPA undergraduate students who have not of 3.0/4.0. attended Butler for one or more semesters, • Students with less than a bachelor’s degree or previously enrolled graduate students who from regionally accredited schools in the have not attended Butler for two or more United States. semesters, must file an application for renewed • Students who hold a bachelor’s degree enrollment with the Office of Registration in any area other than pharmacy from a and Records. The application can be found regionally accredited school in the United online at www.butler.edu/media/514885/ States. renewed_enrollment_form.pdf. Due to the • Students who hold a bachelor’s degree in sequential and cumulative nature of health pharmacy from a school outside the United science curricula, students seeking renewed States. enrollment in the College of Pharmacy and • Students who submit official results of the Health Sciences after an absence from the Pharmacy College Admission Test (PCAT). college of two semesters or more must seek It is strongly suggested that students sit for approval for renewed enrollment from the dean the exam during the fall testing. of the college. Remedial coursework and/or • International students must also submit assessment of current knowledge and skills may TOEFL scores as described above for be required as a condition for enrollment. An transfer students. official transcript of any coursework taken since Physician Assistant applicants last attending Butler must be sent directly to Applications and supporting documents the Office of Registration and Records from the for the professional phase of the PA program college(s) attended. must be filed through the Central Application Students seeking to renew enrollment Service for Physician Assistants (CASPA: into a program different than their previous www.caspaonline.org) by Dec. 1. Selected degree, or at a new degree level, must submit candidates will be invited to campus for an the appropriate application to the Office of interview with faculty. Admission. Students who have been dismissed Consideration for transfer admission into the for academic or disciplinary reasons during program is limited to: their previous enrollment at Butler also must be • Students with a minimum cumulative GPA approved for re-admission by the appropriate of 3.2/4.0. college dean. • Students who hold a bachelor’s degree in any area from a regionally accredited school Non-degree in the United States. Applicants who wish to take courses for • Students who hold a bachelor’s degree from credit while not pursuing a degree may apply 44 Butler University for non-degree status. Non-degree applications with the academic department(s) and/or the may be obtained from the Office of Admission, Learning Resource Center. Credits earned may or found on the admission website and must be be applied toward a degree at Butler. submitted to the Office of Admission one week Such students must submit to the Office prior to the first day of the term. of Admission a non-degree application, Non-degree applicants who have completed a written recommendation from a high high school but who have not attended a school teacher or principal, and a transcript college or university must have an official high indicating exceptional ability. Applications will school transcript (or a copy of their satisfactory be reviewed by the Admission Committee; GED results) sent to the Office of Admission to depending upon the course selection, additional complete the application. review by academic departments may also be Students who have attended a college or necessary. Students are limited to six hours of university must submit an official transcript credit each semester and no more than 15 total from the last school attended indicating a C hours at a reduced tuition rate. Students who (2.0/4.0) or higher cumulative grade point continue to take work beyond 15 hours will be average and eligibility to return. charged the regular undergraduate tuition rate. A non-degree student may apply only 18 hours of credit earned as a non-degree student Shortridge-Butler Early College Program— toward a degree program. A degree-seeking By special agreement between Butler University student at Butler may not be reclassified as non- and the Indianapolis Public Schools, an Early degree. College Program has been established with Shortridge Magnet High School for Law and The following are all non-degree options: Public Policy. Beginning fall 2011, select Audit for Enrichment (AFE)—The Audit Shortridge high school students who are in for Enrichment (AFE) program is designed their junior or senior year will enroll in one for adults who have achieved at least a high Butler class per semester, earning Butler college school academic diploma to participate in credit while working toward completion of some courses. With your first application, their high school degree. Information for you will be asked to provide transcripts of students and families regarding application your highest-level academic work. You will be process, student selection, scholarships, and notified of your acceptance into the program course availability is available at Shortridge. by the registrar. Departmental approval is Information for Butler faculty is available from required for all AFE enrollments. Courses the associate provost for student academic taken in this program are not listed on an affairs. official transcript nor may you change your enrollment to “credit” later in the semester. You Visiting Students—Students who are may register as early as the first day of class and attending other collegiate institutions and wish all registrations are on a space-available basis. to enroll at Butler as visiting students must Auditors will not have access to any electronic submit to the Office of Admission a non- resources associated with the course. The audit degree application and an official tran-script or for enrichment fee of $100 per credit hour statement from the registrar at the home school is payable at the time of registration and is indicating an overall average of C (2.0/4.0) or not refundable. For an application visit the higher and eligibility to return. registrar’s office in Jordan Hall, Room 133 or find it online at www.butler.edu/media/ Non-degree to Degree-Seeking Status 2885075/audit_for_enrichment_appl.pdf. Students who have been attending Butler University in a non-degree capacity may Gifted and Talented—Selected high school apply for degree-seeking status by submitting students may be admitted as non-degree an application for admission and following students to take courses for college credit at the guidelines listed in the Bulletin. Check Butler University while still attending high with the Office of Admission or the Office of school. Enrollment in courses is based upon Registration and Records for the appropriate placement exam results and consultation application dates.
Admission Information and Requirements 45
Tuition and Fees
Tuition, fees, and other charges paid by Pharm.D. (6th year only) $39,920/year the student cover approximately 80 percent 1-20 hours is billed: of the educational costs at Butler University. 5% Summer I $2,000 The University provides the remaining funds 5% Summer II $2,000 through income from its endowment and 45% Fall $17,960 gifts from foundations, business and industry, 45% Spring $17,960 alumni, and friends. Tuition and fee levels are Each hour above 20 hours is $1,510/hour set by the Butler University Board of Trustees 1–11 hours* $1,510/hr and are subject to change by action of the *exception: Pharm D.—6th year board. The college year consists of two semesters Graduate Tuition and a summer school comprised of two Tuition rate is based on college of summer sessions. The academic year includes enrollment: the fall and the spring semesters. The unit Liberal Arts and Sciences $483/hr of instruction is the semester hour, which MFA Creative Writing $700/hr normally signifies one recitation a week College of Education $483/hr throughout a semester or an equivalent. Jordan College of the Arts $483/hr Pharmacy and Health Educational Costs 2013–2014 Sciences $643/hr Tuition charges are based on the number PA Master’s — of credit hours (with the exception of Pharm Clinical Phase $517/hr D.—6th year) and the college of enrollment. MBA $700/hr The rates are as follows: MPA $700/hr
Undergraduate Tuition Miscellaneous Fees COB, COE, JCA, LAS, CCOM Full-time activity fee $144/semester Full time (12–20 hours) $16,745/semester Health and Recreation 1–11 hours $1,410/hr Complex fee $295/semester Each hour above 20 hours $1,410/hr Applied music fee $275/credit hour Welcome Week fee College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences (first year student)* $145 Full-time (12–20 hrs) Welcome Week fee Health Sciences (transfer student)* $100 Health Sciences year 1 New student registration fee* $100 (pre-Health) $16,745/semester Residence hall program fee $40/year Health Sciences year 2 COPHS Mobile Comp. (pre-Health) $16,745/semester (P2, P3, PA3) $475/semester Health Sciences COPHS Mobile Comp. year 3 curriculum $18,060/semester (P1, PA1, PA2) $175/semester Health Sciences COPHS Mobile Comp. year 4 curriculum $18,060/semester Fee (P4) $150/semester Pharmacy *one-time fee Pharmacy year 1 Student Health Insurance** $1,050 annual **May be waived by providing evidence of comparable health (pre-Pharmacy) $16,745/semester insurance coverage in an online insurance waiver process. For Pharmacy year 2 details, please visit www.butler.edu/student-accounts. (pre-Pharmacy) $16,745/semester Pharmacy year 3 (P1) $18,060/semester Room and Board Rates Pharmacy year 4 (P2) $18,060/semester Ross Hall/Schwitzer Hall (9 month contract) Pharmacy year 5 (P3) $18,060/semester Triple/Quad Room $2,205/semester Double Room $2,495/semester
Tuition and Fees 47 Single Room $3,710/semester Payment Plan for fall 2013. Students not Residential College (Resco) (9 month enrolled in the Monthly Payment Plan who contract) have not paid in full by the first day of classes, Double Room $2,785/semester will be assessed a monthly finance charge of 1.5 Single Room $4,010/semester percent (18 percent APR). Course registration University Terrace (9 month contract) may also be cancelled. Students who register Shared Room $3,240/semester after their regular registration time frame will Single Room $3,825/semester be required to pay all charges in full to receive Studio Apartment, shared $3,000/semester grade or transcript information. If enrollment Apartment Village (10 month contract) is added AFTER the term or semester has Single Room $4,410/semester ended, the student must pay for the course(s) BEFORE grade and/or transcript information Board Rates will be released from the University. All Access Plan $2,980/semester Commuter Meal Plans Monthly Payment Plan Option 75 Block Meal Plan Butler University offers a payment plan plus $315 Flex/semester $885/semester that allows students and families to divide 50 Block Meal Plan the semester charges (e.g. tuition, fees, plus $450 Flex/semester $885/semester room, board, etc.) into manageable monthly payments. There is a nominal participation fee The above charges do not include the cost of of $25 (four payments). Further information books, supplies, parking fee, or other incidental regarding the 2013–2014 payment plan is expenses students may incur during the course available at www.butler.edu/student-accounts. of the academic year. Any scheduled payment-plan payment that is not received by the due date on the E-Bill will Educational Costs 2014–2015 be assessed a late fee of $40. Payment plans will Tuition and fees for the 2014–2015 academic be cancelled if two payment-plan payments year will be published in the Fall 2014 Schedule are not received in full by the due date on the of Classes. This schedule will be available in E-Bill. If the payment plan is cancelled due to (E-Bill) March 2014. late payment, the standard finance charge will accrue against the total outstanding balance. Accept Financial Students with past-due balances may also have classes cancelled. Individuals with past-due Responsibility balances or poor payment histories with the Butler University policy requires all students University may be denied participation in the to complete the Acceptance of Financial plan. Responsibility process now accessible via my.butler.edu (located under the Finance section in the Student Center). Acceptance is E-Pay and E-Bill The Office of Student Accounts required prior to enrollment each semester. implemented electronic billing (E-Bill) The Acceptance of Financial Responsibility and electronic payment (E-Pay) in summer statement outlines the student’s responsibility 2009. Please refer to the Office of Student for paying all expenses incurred including any Account’s website at www.butler.edu/student- applicable penalties. accounts for details. Payment is accepted electronically by check (no fee) or credit card. Payment Terms Credit card payments include a 2.75 percent Students who register through the early non-refundable convenience fee. Master registration process for fall 2013 will receive Card, Discover, American Express, and Visa an electronic billing statement (E-Bill) July are accepted. Note: The Office of Student 10, 2013, for tuition, fees, room and board. Accounts also accepts paper checks, cash, and (E-Bill notification is via student’s Butler email money orders for payment. address.) Payment is due in full Aug. 6, 2013 if the student is not enrolled in the Monthly
48 Butler University Prepaid Tuition Withdrawals The University provides a tuition Students who fail to attend class and/or pay prepayment plan, which guarantees a fixed tuition charges are NOT considered withdrawn tuition rate for all pre-paid semesters. The from the course(s). Withdrawals must be made prepaid tuition rates are based on the first through the advisor or dean of the college in term in which the student participates in the which the student is enrolled. All past-due prepaid program. This program applies only balances must be paid before a student will be to students enrolled on a full-time basis in an permitted to enroll for a new semester. undergraduate degree program or Pharm.D. during the fall and spring terms only. The Butler University Return of pre-payment plan does not apply to graduate programs and does not apply to summer tuition Funds Procedures charges. Please contact the Office of Student Federal regulations require that, as a part Accounts for contract and cost information. of an institution’s Return of Funds Policy, an office or offices must be designated as the point-of-contact for students to begin the Federal Student Permissions withdrawal process. The designated office(s) Federal regulations require that Butler must document the date the student withdraws University apply federal (Title IV) financial aid or otherwise provides official notification funds first to “allowable charges,” which are to the institution of the intent to withdraw. tuition, mandatory fees, and room and board The Office of Registration and Records is charges contracted with Butler University. the designated office at which a student must To apply any remaining federal funds to withdraw. Official notification from the student miscellaneous charges (e.g. bookstore charges, must be in writing. The date of withdrawal will parking decal, health services charges, traffic be utilized by the Office of Financial Aid in fines, interest charges), the University is determining the amount of financial assistance required to obtain student authorization. If which may be retained by the student, based authorization is not received before financial upon the percentage of the enrollment period aid funds post to the student account, the (semester) which the student completed to that federal Title IV funds will not be applied to point in time. In the case of a student who miscellaneous charges. This may result in an does not withdraw or otherwise notify Butler outstanding balance on the student account, University of the intent to withdraw, the date resulting in late fees and services restricted until used will be the mid-point of the payment the outstanding balance is paid in full. Students period for which assistance was disbursed, may grant permission for federal Title IV funds unless the attendance records document an to pay miscellaneous charges by logging on to earlier or later date. my.butler.edu. Navigation instructions are available at www.butler.edu/student-accounts. Once Federal Student Permission is granted, Credit Balance Accounts it continues to be valid for future years. The The Office of Student Accounts requires permission can only be revoked if the student students to complete a refund request form submits a written request directly to the Office to receive a refund check for a credit balance of Student Accounts. on the account. However, if the credit on the account is due to federal (Title IV) financial aid funds, the Office of Student Accounts will issue Tuition Refund Schedule a check automatically. If the credit balance is The official schedule is available at due to a federal Parent Loan for Undergraduate www.butler.edu/student-accounts. Students Students (PLUS), the refund check will be should refer to the refund schedule prior to issued in the name of the parent borrower making any schedule changes. Also, it is critical and mailed to the address on file for the for students receiving financial assistance, PLUS borrower. If the student is anticipating particularly the Higher Education Award and a credit balance, it is recommended that a Freedom of Choice Grant to contact the Office refund request form be completed regardless of Financial Aid before changing enrollment. of funding sources. Refund checks are issued weekly while classes are in session. Forms must
Tuition and Fees 49 be submitted by end of day on Tuesday to Outside Billing receive a check on Friday. Refund checks are The University will bill a third party for NOT issued when classes are not in session. tuition, room and board, and miscellaneous fees provided: 1) a voucher and/or written Unpaid Items Charges authorization is received by the Office of A student who is past due in any debt to the Student Accounts prior to the beginning of University is not permitted to register in any each semester; and 2) payment will be made school or college of the University and is not on or before the first day of the semester. entitled to an official transcript, grade report, The University will not bill any employer or or diploma from the Office of Registration and third party who pays upon completion of the Records until the indebtedness has been paid in course(s). Any balance remaining unpaid on full. Any check presented to the University that the first day of the semester will be assessed fails to clear the bank shall be subject to a non- a monthly finance charge of 1.5 percent (18 refundable $25 handling charge. If the check is percent APR). If the third party will not pay the for payment of a debt, it also will be considered finance charge, the student will be responsible as non-payment. Any E-Check transaction that for payment. Students will continue to receive is rejected by either banking institution will be a billing statement directly from Butler charged a non-refundable returned E-Check University until the account balance is paid in fee of $25. Students may be assessed reasonable full. It is the responsibility of the student to collections fees, attorney fees and court costs contact the third-party payer to determine why without relief of evaluation and appraisement a delay in payment has occurred. law to collect outstanding balances. When a student is in possession of University property Business Services or owes a particular department for charges not Check Cashing—up to $100 per day for applied to the student account, the department enrolled students with a valid Butler I.D. may call for a department-requested hold during cashiering hours for the Office of to be placed on a student’s record. The hold Student Accounts. The University reserves prevents the release of University records and the right to deny check-cashing privileges for future enrollment. This hold is removed upon students on financial hold or students with a confirmation from the requesting department. history of returned checks with the University. The release of grades and/or transcripts will Delinquent Bill Accounts be prevented for any unpaid returned checks. Students who have not met their financial Anyone with an unpaid returned check may obligations to Butler University will be lose check-cashing privileges. refused grades, transcripts, and re-admission. Money orders—available for purchase with Delinquent accounts will be charged interest cash only up to a maximum of $200 each for a on the unpaid balance. Accounts that remain $2 fee. A valid Butler I.D. must be presented to delinquent will be assigned to a collection purchase a money order. agency. All costs of collection will be the responsibility of the student. Interest charges and collection fees will be charged to the student account.
50 Butler University
Financial Aid
Butler University offers a variety of financial renewable for the standard length of the aid programs based on academic excellence, student’s academic program or until a bachelor’s performance ability, or the family’s ability to degree is conferred, whichever comes first, contribute. Financial aid may be offered in the provided the recipient maintains a minimum form of scholarships, grants, student loans, and grade point average. on-campus employment. Funding for these Continuing students may renew their programs is provided by federal, state, and academic scholarship each year by maintaining Butler University resources. Students who are a 3.0 or better cumulative G.P.A. (not seeking the maximum amount of financial aid rounded). If a student does not meet the are encouraged to file the Free Application for scholarship renewal criteria, the amount of Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) by March 1 each the scholarship may be adjusted based on the year; complete their financial aid file by May student’s cumulative G.P.A. Students may 1; and be registered for full-time enrollment by request reinstatement of the original amount May 15. of the scholarship upon meeting the required Any application materials or documents G.P.A. G.P.A.s are reviewed for renewal at for scholarships or financial aid submitted by the end of the spring semester. Please refer to the student and his or her family become the the original award letter and acceptance form property of the University and a permanent regarding the criteria specific to your award. record of the Office of Financial Aid. The Office of Financial Aid is responsible for JCA Audition Awards compliance with University, federal, and state Audition awards are based upon performance regulations and guidelines. ability and artistic potential. Audition awards All information was correct at the time of are offered after admission. An audition publication. Changes to any program may or interview is required. The awards are occur without notice. given toward tuition and may be renewed. Our financial aid counselors will help you Renewal of your talent award is determined by explore the options that are right for you. If satisfactory academic progress toward a degree you’d like to speak with a member of our staff, in the Jordan College of the Arts (JCA) and contact our office at (317) 940-8200, (877) artistic achievement. Recipients are selected by 940-8200 toll free, or by email at finaid@ the faculty of the Jordan College of the Arts butler.edu. Forms and applications are available and approved by the Office of Financial Aid. in the Office of Financial Aid and online at JCA awards may be renewed for an additional www.butler.edu/financial-aid. six consecutive semesters of enrollment, as long
as the student upholds the standards outlined Freshman Academic Scholarships in the scholarship offer. Recognizing the highest of academic achievements is the purpose of the Freshman Athletic Grant-In-Aid Academic Scholarship Program. Butler Athletic Grant-in-Aid for men and women University offers scholarships to entering is offered through the Butler University freshmen that possess a strong high school Department of Athletics. Varying amounts academic record. Entering freshmen may be for tuition, room or board may be offered, offered an academic scholarship based on a dependent upon athletic ability and the athletic combination of ACT or SAT scores, high program. Recipients are selected by the coach school performance, and academic major. and approved by the Office of Financial Aid All application material for admission must within compliance of NCAA-Division I be received by Nov. 1 to receive maximum regulations. scholarship consideration. Complete applications for admission received after Nov. 1 will be given consideration for scholarship based on available funds and the quality of the application pool. The scholarships are Financial Aid 53 Grants Loans Grants do not have to be paid back and Student-loan programs are available and we are offered to students who demonstrate encourage students to consider what is involved financial need and are enrolled full time as when borrowing to meet educational expenses. an undergraduate student pursuing their Loans must be repaid, and loan levels must be first bachelor’s degree. The Free Application managed carefully. for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) must be completed each year to determine eligibility for Federal Perkins Loan financial aid, such as the Butler Grant and the The Federal Perkins Loan is a low-interest Federal Direct Loans. (fixed five percent) federally funded loan administered by Butler University and may be Indiana State Grants (Frank part of the financial aid package. Very limited O’Bannon Grant—Higher funds for this program are available each Education Award and Freedom of year. This loan is need-based and awarded to undergraduate students to meet financial aid Choice Grant and Twenty-First eligibility. A promissory note must be signed Century Scholars) for the loan, and repayment of principal and Dependent students, whose parents interest begins nine months after graduation. are residents of Indiana, and independent residents of Indiana, apply for financial aid Federal Direct Loan from the Indiana Commission of Higher The Federal Direct Loan is a low-interest Education Division of Student Financial Aid loan with eligibility based on financial by completing a FAFSA each year. Eligible information as reported on the FAFSA each students must be enrolled full time as an year. The student must be accepted into a undergraduate student pursuing their first degree or aid-eligible certificate program and bachelor’s degree. Due to limited funds, the enrolled at least half time (six credit hours FAFSA must be received on or before March 10 per semester undergraduate, four and one each year. Applications received after this date half hours per semester graduate). There are will not be considered. two components to the Federal Direct Loan Program—subsidized and unsubsidized. The Federal Pell Grant terms and conditions of loans made under Undergraduate students pursuing their first the unsubsidized Federal Direct Loan are bachelor’s degree will be considered for the identical to a subsidized Federal Direct Loan Federal Pell Grant by completing the FAFSA except the student is responsible for paying each year. Award amounts vary, depending on the interest or electing to capitalize the interest need and the number of hours for which the onto the loan for repayment after he or she student is registered. graduates or is enrolled less than half time. The maximum a student can borrow per year Butler Grant as an undergraduate is $3,500 as a freshman; These awards are made based on financial aid $4,500 as a sophomore; and $5,500 as a third-, eligibility as determined by the Free Application fourth- or fifth-year student; or $8,500 at the for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) and the graduate level. An additional $2,000 is available student’s academic strength. Priority is given to undergraduate students in the form of an to students who file the FAFSA by March 1, unsubsidized loan. For current interest rates, go complete their financial aid file by May 1, and to www.butler.edu/financial-aid. who are enrolled full time for the fall semester by May 15 each year. These awards are not automatically renewed, so it is important to file the FAFSA annually. Butler Grants are available to full-time undergraduate students enrolled in coursework on the Butler campus and pursuing their first degree.
54 Butler University Federal Direct PLUS Loan scholarships, audition awards, Butler University Parents who wish to borrow on behalf of grants, and endowed and departmental the student and who do not have adverse scholarships. The full amount of federal and credit history, may borrow up to the cost state awards (i.e. Federal Pell Grant, Federal of attendance less financial aid received for Direct Loans) may be used for the study abroad the period of enrollment. Repayment begins semester, depending upon the cost of the within 60 days after the loan is fully disbursed. program. Deferment options may be available through In order to receive Butler University funds the lender. For current interest rates, go to for study abroad programs, the student must www.butler.edu/financial-aid. complete one full academic year at Butler University prior to beginning the study abroad Private Education Loans term. These loan programs are specifically designed Leave of Absence Policy to provide students and their families with Requests for a leave of absence without additional loan choices for their post-secondary forfeiting merit aid must be made in writing education. Students must be credit ready/ and coordinated by the Office of Financial Aid worthy and may borrow up to the cost of prior to the start of the semester for which the attendance less financial aid received for the leave is being requested. period of enrollment. Private loans are based on A student may request a leave of absence for the borrower’s (and co-borrower’s) credit and up to one year. Only one request for a leave financial history. While we may recommend of absence will be granted to a student. The different programs, approval of any loan will be request should be made for each individual based on information each lender has obtained semester of leave. Leaves can be for medical and their specific credit criteria. For specific and personal reasons. Personal reasons do details about the loan programs, go to not include enrolling at another college or www.butler.edu/financial-aid/financing- university. If, during an academic year, the options/education-loans. student enrolls at another college or university, the award is forfeited even if the student re- Financial Aid and Study Abroad at enrolls at Butler at a later date. Butler University Butler University is supportive of students Outside Scholarships who wish to include the study abroad According to federal regulations, experience in their education. Numerous scholarships received from donors outside opportunities for study abroad exist. For of Butler University are considered to be example, students studying on a true exchange a resource available to meet your financial program, such as the International Student aid eligibility. As a financial aid recipient, a Exchange Program (ISEP), will be able to student must report all outside scholarships apply all financial aid to the program costs. from sources other than the federal, state and Actual award amounts will be available after the University programs. Please see our policy student has received a financial aid notification for treatment of outside scholarships at (FAN) for the semester abroad and after www.butler.edu/financial-aid. the Office of Financial Aid has received all documents necessary to complete the Statement Satisfactory Academic Progress of Financial Responsibility. As always, the Federal regulations require that all student amount of tuition-specific financial aid cannot financial aid recipients make satisfactory exceed the cost of actual tuition charged. academic progress toward achieving a Institutional policy allows students to use certificate or degree. The standards apply one-half (50 percent) of one semester’s Butler to all terms regardless of whether or not the University funds for their first semester of student received financial aid. The Satisfactory study abroad programs through non-exchange Academic Progress Standards can be found programs, such as IFSA. Students studying at www.butler.edu/financial-aid. In addition, abroad for a second semester will be allowed students must also meet the retention standards to use 25 percent of one semester’s Butler of the University as outlined in the Butler University funded awards. These awards University Handbook. include, but are not limited to: academic Financial Aid 55 Special Circumstances Withdrawal If a significant loss of income is projected Before withdrawing from all classes, a resulting in circumstances that restrict student should visit the Office of Financial Aid. your parents’ ability to contribute to your The University’s refund policy is administered education, please write a letter explaining the through the Office of Student Accounts. circumstances and the Office of Financial However, Federal law dictates that the refund Aid will review your situation. Special of financial aid is calculated based on days of circumstances are defined as situations that attendance (earned aid), which can result in a the family has minimal control over: death, balance owed to the University or to financial disability, loss of income due to lay-off, and aid programs. unemployment. Voluntary circumstances are not eligible for consideration. Such voluntary items would include: consumer debt, voluntary leave of employment, loss of income due to change in job or school attendance.
56 Butler University Financial Aid 57
Academic Regulations and Definitions
All undergraduate students are urged to obtain B- 2.67 grade points D+ 1.33 grade points a copy of the Student Handbook detailing the C+ 2.33 grade points D 1.00 grade points academic regulations of the University and to C 2.00 grade points D- 0.67 grade points refer to it when in doubt as to the rules and regu- C- 1.67 grade points F 0.00 grade points lations in force during their stay at Butler University, or visit www.butler.edu/studentlife. The following grades are not computed in the While academic advisors are available to help grade point average: students plan their academic career, the Butler W—Official withdrawal. Permitted until the student is responsible for: 10th week of a regular 14-week semester or • Knowing and meeting degree requirements. the fourth week of a six-week summer session. • Consulting with an advisor prior to each Students should contact registration and records registration period. for withdrawal dates for short session courses. • Enrolling in appropriate courses to ensure The instructor’s signature is required for all timely progress toward a degree. withdrawals. • Discussing issues related to academic perfor- P—Passing grade. For courses taken under mance. pass/fail option. Semester hours are counted as hours passed, but are not used in computing the However, the availability of an advisor does grade point average. not relieve the student of the responsibility for PV—Pass with validation. Grade given in knowing and following the published programs student-teaching classes to students who may be and policies. Each student should become an certified to teach. expert on the program being pursued, and on NC—Enrollment in a course on a non-credit the regulations and procedures of the University. basis. A student may change from credit to A student must maintain high standards of con- non-credit in a course until the 10th week of duct to continue in, and to be graduated from, a regular semester, fourth week of the summer the University. session. The instructor’s signature is required. An The school year at Butler consists of two instructor may change the non-credit grade to semesters approximately 15 weeks in length and withdrawal if the student does not attend class. two six-week summer sessions. I—Incomplete grade. This grade may be assigned by an instructor when exceptional cir- Unit of Instruction cumstances prevent a student’s finishing all work Each course offered carries an approved num- required in a course. The “I” must be removed ber of semester hours credit. A semester hour is within the next regular session of the student’s generally equivalent to one lecture per week, or enrollment or within two years if the student is two or three hours of laboratory work per week. not again enrolled during that time. If the “I” is Most degree programs require an average of 16 not removed within the stated time, the “I” will semester hours each semester for eight semesters. be changed to “X.” Neither more nor less credit than the amount X—Unredeemed incomplete grade. This stated in the catalog is permitted in any course. indicates no credit earned, no hours attempted and no grade points.
Grading System Academic Standing. A student’s grade point Each student is expected to attend all class average is figured by dividing the total number meetings in which he or she is enrolled. Being of hours attempted into the total number of absent from class therefore may affect the final grade points earned. grade assigned for the course. Butler is on a 4.0 When a student’s cumulative grade point grading system. When a student completes a average falls below a 2.0, he or she is placed on course, one of the following grades with the cor- academic probation. Excessive probation, or responding grade points will be assigned: continued probation without improvement, can A 4.00 grade points B+ 3.33 grade points lead to the student being declared academically A- 3.67 grade points B 3.00 grade points ineligible.
Academic Regulations and Definitions 59 Repeat Policy published deadlines. If a student wishes to make A student, with the approval of his or her a change in his or her registration, permis- advisor, may repeat a course one time that is not sion from the dean of the college in which the otherwise repeatable for credit. Upon comple- student is enrolled must be secured. Permission tion of the subsequent attempt, only the second also is required if a student intends a complete attempt will count in his or her grade point withdrawal from the University. A student may average. When repeating a course, a student may register for an “independent study” course with not withdraw from the course or change the permission of the department chair or dean course credit registration to non-credit unless concerned. the student withdraws from the University. This policy shall apply only to courses taken at Butler. Consortium for Urban Education The same policy applies to graduate students. The Consortium for Urban Education (CUE) consists of the following higher educational Independent Study Policy institutions in and around Indianapolis: Butler Not more than six hours of credit in indepen- University; Franklin College; University of India- dent study may be counted toward an under- napolis; Indiana University Purdue University graduate degree, except for students majoring in Indianapolis, including the Herron School science, who may take a maximum of nine hours of Art; Indiana Vocational Technical College; of independent study. Marian University; and Martin University. CUE allows a student of one member institution, Dean’s List under specified conditions, to enroll at another Any degree-seeking undergraduate student CUE institution in a course not available at the earning at least 12 academic hours of grade home institution. Butler students interested in credit in a given semester may be placed on the enrolling for a course not currently taught at dean’s list of the college of enrollment if the Butler, but available at a member institution, are semester grade point average is in the top-20 invited to consult the registration and records percent of all eligible students in that college. office, Jordan Hall, Room 133, (317) 940-9442 Courses taken under the pass/fail option do not or visit www.butler.edu/registrar/registration/ count toward 12 academic hours of grade credit. urban-education for details. Classification of Students Pass/Fail Option To attain a class standing, a student should The University permits students to elect up have twice the number of grade points as hours to four courses from their total undergraduate attempted and have earned the following num- degree for pass/fail credit. Courses offered only ber of hours. as pass/fail credit are not included in this total. Courses required for graduation by the Uni- LAS, COE, COB, JCFA, versity core curriculum, individual colleges or COPHS, CCOM departments, or in the student’s academic major Freshman 0-28 hours 0-28 hours or minor may not be taken as pass/fail. Courses Sophomore 29-58 hours 29-58 hours taken for pass/fail do not count in the grade Junior 59-90 hours 59-90 hours point average if passed; if failed, they are counted Senior 91+ hours 91-132 hours as F. Upper-division courses taken pass/fail 5th year Pharmacy 133-170 hours shall count for upper-division credit if passed. 6th year Pharmacy 171+ hours A change from pass/fail to grade credit or from grade credit to pass/fail shall not be permitted Registration after the last day noted in the academic calendar. Each fall and spring semester, enrollment Pass/fail is not available to graduate students as begins with a two-week rollout of individually an option, but some courses in the Jordan Col- assigned My.Butler registration appointments. lege of the Arts are designated as pass/fail. Registration remains open until the fifth day of class each semester. Students must meet with Special Non-Credit their advisor before registering. Registration in During the fall and spring semesters, full- any course for credit, in any course under the time, degree-seeking students may, with the pass/fail option, or any change involving the approval of the department chair or dean whose addition of a course, is not permitted after the subject matter is involved and if resources are 60 Butler University available, register for a maximum of two courses per semester on a non-credit basis without addi- program. This option is available to a student tional tuition, with the exception of independent in one college who completes a minimum of study and applied music (individual instruction) 39 hours in another college (30 hours in a classes. Students should register for special non- major field and at least nine additional hours credit courses at the end of the registration period. designated by the dean of that college). The secondary major is indicated on transcripts and Grade Reports and Transcripts in the graduation program, however only one After the close of each semester or session, degree is awarded. grade reports are posted on My.Butler.edu for each student, providing the student has met his Graduation with Minors or her financial obligations to the University. The Minors can be obtained in a college or depart- University, only upon the written request of the ment separate from the student’s primary major student, will release transcripts of the student’s by satisfying the program as designated by that academic record. A fee is charged for each official college or department. A minor consists of 18 transcript. to 24 semester hours; it will be indicated on transcripts. Student Social Security Numbers New students will receive a random student Requirements for graduation All candidates for undergraduate degrees must identifier when they are admitted that will be complete the University core curriculum. All used as the student’s I.D. The Social Security students with a previous bachelor’s degree are number is a secondary identifier for all stu- waived from the core. dents. In accordance with federal and state law, At least 45 semester hours of work must be students have the right to refuse disclosure of the completed at Butler. At least 30 of the 45 hours social security number. must be in the college granting the undergradu- Final Year of Academic Residence ate degree. At least 40 hours of the total curriculum must Normally, a student is expected to take his or be courses numbered at the 300 level or above. her final 30 hours of academic work at Butler Candidates for undergraduate degrees must University; however, the dean of the college have at least a 2.0 grade point average (GPA). concerned may, for reasons deemed valid, allow Candidates for graduate degrees must have at intrusions up to 30 semester hours if the student least a 3.0 GPA. has completed at least 64 semester hours at All candidates in the College of Liberal Arts Butler with a cumulative grade point average of and Sciences must pass a minimum of 120 at least 2.0. semester hours. Candidates in the College of Graduation Education must pass a minimum of 126 semes- ter hours. Candidates in Jordan College of the The student must file a degree application Arts must pass a minimum of 124-128 semester in the Office of Registration and Records by hours depending on the major. Candidates in the specific dates as published in the academic the College of Business must pass a minimum calendar. In the year in which the degree is of 121. Candidates for the bachelor of science in awarded, candidates are expected to attend the health sciences must pass a minimum of 140 se- Commencement exercises in academic costume. mester hours; master of physician assistant stud- If a student finds it necessary to have the degree ies candidates will complete an additional year conferred in absentia, he or she must notify the (52 semester hours) of coursework. Candidates Office of Registration and Records at least two for the doctor of pharmacy degree must pass a weeks before the Commencement exercises. If minimum of 210 semester hours. Candidates the petition is approved, the diploma may be in the College of Communication must pass a picked up several days after the Commencement minimum of 126 semester hours. exercises or the student may contact registration Candidates who hold a bachelor’s degree from and records to make arrangements to have the Butler University may earn a second bac-calau- diploma mailed. No diploma will be released reate degree from Butler University; they must before the date of graduation. complete a minimum of 30 additional hours at Graduation with Major in Two Colleges Butler University and must meet all the specific Majors may be obtained in two colleges of requirements for the second degree. the University through the secondary major Academic Regulations and Definitions 61
The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences
Administration Jay Howard, Ph.D., dean; Stuart Glennan, Core Values of the College of Ph.D., associate dean; Jennifer L. Poor, Ph.D., associate dean for student affairs Liberal Arts and Sciences The liberal arts’ basic and historic purpose is at once to teach us to think for ourselves, to act The power, importance, and centrality wisely and well in the world, and to undertake of the liberal arts are affirmed daily in the occupations useful to ourselves and others. College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. The Liberal arts education seeks ultimately to open college offers 27 majors and 31 minors us to the human condition in its pains and joys, across 12 departments and seven programs thereby to nurture our personal integrity, and in the humanities, the social sciences, to foster in us compassion and respect for those and the natural sciences. Students in the whose lives we share in our own communities college are encouraged and expected to and around the world. explore different ways of understanding the Liberal arts education rests on a paradox: world, to experience cultures diverse from thinking soundly oneself means first listening their own, to practice critical thinking, to carefully to the thoughts of others. The liberal appreciate the value of and joy associated arts urge us to cultivate ourselves through the with learning, and to recognize the power consciousness of others; careful attention to their their education provides them for personal ideas and actions help us refine our own. gain and social change. A liberal arts degree Liberal arts education is pluralistic. It is from Butler positions students to do almost composed of many voices, each appropriate to anything with their lives beyond Butler and time and place, some discordant, none absolute. to make a difference in their lives and in the It seeks to develop in us wit to judge which lives of those with whom they interact. skills are appropriate at which times. Liberal arts We work on a daily basis to strengthen education is restless. It takes nothing for granted. ties between students and faculty members. Its characteristic activity is not uncritical assent Students and their faculty mentors work but critical judgment. It scrutinizes sacred truths closely together both in and out of the of every sort. classroom. They conduct collaborative The liberal arts develop not only critical but research projects, make joint presentations also creative skills, not only rational analysis but at professional meetings, and publish the also creative expression. They seek to develop results of their work in the literature of their and realize the fullness of the human personality. disciplines. They talk about ideas, the future, Their exercise aims as well at preparing students and the world. And they very frequently to educate themselves long after they have left remain in touch long after graduation. formal school. Liberal arts education is meant We also believe that learning takes to train its students for public responsibility, not place in many settings in addition to the just private good. classroom. Students in the College of Liberal A liberal arts education is as much about the Arts and Sciences participate in internships journey as the destination. It takes as much de- in Indianapolis and around the world, and light in the minute-by-minute quirks of learning they regularly study abroad and in various as in the fulfillment of distant goals. It balances field locations. the will to know with empathy and wonderment. The Latin word ars means at once skill, knowledge, and practice. A liberal arts education begins with the skills of language and thought. It teaches us to read well; to listen well; to write clear, concise prose; to speak privately in conversation, publicly in discussion, and formal- ly in speeches; to judge one’s audience and regard continued
The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences 63 one’s own words through the eyes and ears the costs and benefits of modern human of others; to learn proper ways of integrating life to the individual and the planet; seek and citing the words and thoughts of others to grasp and reduce the sources of human into one’s own work; to do these things hatred and conflict; aim to understand and reasonably well in languages and worldviews strengthen what inspires human coopera- other than our own. tion; explore the workings of the human It teaches us to set out a case or hypothesis mind and body; unknot claims of teachers, or argument; to evaluate the rigor of others’ politicians, advertisers, scientists, preachers, arguments; to find and judge information columnists and your roommate; ponder his- in libraries, on the Internet, and in other tory from the earliest epochs to the unfold- repositories. It teaches us modes of ascer- ing present; investigate the mechanisms of taining truth and falsehood; resourcefulness the cosmos, from the atom to the stars; delve appropriate to moral and aesthetic judgment; into the past experiences of our own and methods of logical, experimental, scientific, other societies, as well as the current news; mathematical, and statistical reasoning. make ourselves at home in other cultures; These skills allow us to tackle and solve make those from other cultures at home increasingly difficult and challenging prob- among ourselves; see the interplay between lems, appreciate sources of bias and means of our beliefs about the natural world and our overcoming them, and entertain arguments beliefs about religion, politics and culture; from dissonant points of view. They develop search out purpose, ponder the meaning of in us a sense of subtlety, depth, and complex- life, scrutinize the human heart, weigh con- ity. science; discover the sweep of living systems, A liberal arts education sees the cultiva- from microbes to biomes; learn to account tion of these skills not only as an end in itself for ourselves in a moral world that is neither but also as a preparation for the pursuit of black nor white; engage in a careful search knowledge and the other purposes of human for truth; know the ways of money and the life. The Chinese Book of Changes well nature of work; wrestle with ideas about captures a fundamental quality of liberal arts God; fathom the relations between technol- education when it intimates that knowledge ogy and human life; raise children, our own and practice cannot be mastered until they and those of others; consider the well-being have been regarded from different perspec- of future generations; appreciate the beauty tives. and uses of mathematics; forge agreements As students of the liberal arts, we cultivate with loved ones, friends and enemies; engage as fully as possible the legacy of human ourselves in the principles, purposes, and thought, imagination, creativity and re- practice of public life. search; observe nature; confront and evaluate As students of the liberal arts, we do these important theories that shape our under- things as part of a community with venerable standing of the world and how to care for it; roots; a community still evolving in space figure out how societies, our own and those and time; a community of thought, imagina- of others, work and can be improved; weigh tion, value, labor, and action.
General Information the foreign language requirement, and a major in the college. College Graduation Requirements Students may be graduated upon completion Bachelor of science degree of 120 semester hours, including the core In addition to the college and university curriculum, 40 hours of upper-division work, requirements for the bachelor of arts degree, the foreign language requirement, and a major a student seeking a bachelor of science degree in the college. must meet certain requirements determined by the nature of the field of specialization. Bachelor of arts degree For the bachelor of science in natural science, Students may be graduated upon completion a student must take a minimum of 60 hours in of 120 semester hours, including the core natural science. This includes a major of at least curriculum, 40 hours of upper-division work, 30 hours in one department. 64 Butler University For the bachelor of science in natural • Individualized major science and mathematics, a student must take • International studies a minimum of 60 hours in natural science and • Mathematics mathematics. This includes a major of at least • Peace and conflict studies 30 hours in one department. • Philosophy • Physics Foreign Language Requirements • Political science Students in the College of Liberal Arts and • Psychology Sciences seeking the degree of bachelor of • Religion arts or bachelor of science must demonstrate • Science, technology, and society competence in a foreign language by earning at • Sociology least six hours of credit in one foreign language • Sociology with specialization in social work at the 200- or 300-level. Foreign language and social policy courses are offered at the 100-level for students • Software engineering in need of preparation for more advanced study. • Spanish Although 100-level courses do not satisfy the foreign language requirement, they do count All majors consist of at least 30 hours in the as credit hours toward the degree. All first-year subject with a minimum of 20 hours in courses students must take a placement examination. numbered above 299. Ten hours of each major Further information is available in the must be completed at Butler University. Grades Department of Modern Languages, Literatures, below C- and courses taken pass/fail do not and Cultures. American Sign Language also count toward the major. fulfills the language study requirement in LAS. Students may earn double majors (two Students should contact the Communication majors within the college) or add a secondary Sciences and Disorders Program for more major (a major in another college) to their information. major in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. Majors Students in the College of Liberal Arts Combined Majors and Sciences must declare their majors in the Combined majors consist of at least 40 hours Office of the Dean. They then will be assigned in closely related fields, with 20 hours of upper- an advisor in the department of their major. division courses, and must have the approval Programs are planned in consultation with this of the chair of each department or program advisor and bear his or her approval. Students concerned. who change majors must declare this change in To assist students considering combined the Office of the Dean of the college. Students majors, LAS departments have developed may choose majors from any of the following standard lists of requirements for certain fields in the college: combined majors: • Actuarial science • Criminology and psychology • Anthropology • History and anthropology • Biology • History and political science • Chemistry • Philosophy and psychology • Classical studies • Philosophy and religion • Computer science • Political science and psychology • Criminology • Psychology and anthropology • Economics • Sociology and criminology • English • Sociology (with a specialization in social • Concentration in literature work/social policy) and Criminology • Concentration in creative writing • Sociology (with a specialization in social • Concentration in theory, culture, and work/social policy) and psychology criticism • French Students may consult departments or the • Gender, women, and sexuality studies College of Liberal Arts and Sciences website for • German further information on these combined majors. • History They may also petition departments to consider
The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences 65 other combined majors, or they may elect to • All core curriculum requirements of Butler propose an individualized major. University for the bachelor’s degree. • Foreign language and computer Minors competency requirements of the college. Students who choose to add minors to • Ninety-eight hours (including two hours of their programs indicate their choice on a form physical education) with a minimum grade available in the Office of the Dean. They confer point average of 2.0. (Transfer students in with the chair of the department for advising. pre-professional programs of the College The college offers minors in the following areas: of Liberal Arts and Sciences who have • Actuarial science successfully completed at least 64 semester • African studies hours at Butler University, of which at least • Anthropology 10 hours are upper division, and who have • Astronomy a total of at least 98 hours also may spend • Biology the senior year in professional school and • Classical studies complete the requirements for the B.A. or • Chemistry B.S. degree at Butler.) • Chinese • All requirements for the major. • Computer science • At the professional school, a number of • Criminology credits equivalent in hours and grade • Economics points to the omitted work of the senior • English literature year at Butler University. • English writing • Ethics Preparation for Teacher Licensure • French Students in the College of Liberal Arts • Gender, women, and sexuality studies and Sciences may seek a teaching license, but • Geography preparation for licensure is handled by the • German College of Education. Students may choose a • History primary major in the College of Education and • International studies a secondary major in the College of Liberal • Mathematics Arts and Sciences. Alternatively, students • Neuroscience may choose a primary major in the College • Peace and conflict studies of Liberal Arts and Sciences, while taking • Philosophy courses required for licensure in the College of • Physics Education. In either case, advising concerning • Political science requirements for licensure is handled by the • Psychology College of Education. • Religion • Science, technology, and society Associate Degree • Sociology To earn an associate degree, students are • Spanish required to complete a minimum of 60 semester hours, including the University A minor must consist of at least 18 hours of core, but excluding the Writing Across coursework in the subject. Ten hours of each the Curriculum and Speaking Across the minor must be completed at Butler University. Curriculum requirements, and with a reduced Grades below C- and courses taken pass/fail do number of Butler Cultural Requirement not count toward a minor. events. A cumulative grade point average of at Degree After Completing One Year least 2.00 is needed to graduate. The elective of Professional Study hours taken as part of an associate degree program may be taken in a particular field or Candidates for the degree of bachelor of major. Students may consult the Office of the arts or bachelor of science may be permitted to Dean of Liberal Arts and Sciences for further spend their senior year in an approved school information concerning the degree. of medicine, dentistry, law, religion, or forestry In addition, the last 20 hours must be taken and may receive a degree from Butler University in residence at Butler unless permission for provided they complete the following: an exception is granted. Students who hold 66 Butler University associate degrees may later earn bachelor’s • HST305, Topic: Old and New South degrees. To do so, they must complete a Africa minimum of 15 additional hours at Butler • HST381, History of Africa University and all requirements for the second • HST382, Modern Africa degree. A minimum of 20 hours of the associate • PO350, African Politics degree must be taken at Butler University. • PO386, Black Political Thought An associate of science degree is awarded if • RL354, Islam: Religion, Culture, Society the majority of the elective hours are in a department that awards a bachelor of science Courses that are listed with special African degree to four-year degree recipients. Others content or focus in the areas of African receive the A.A. degree. literature, international communication, African film courses; topics courses in these Graduate Programs departments with African content or focus. Graduate programs in the college require Study abroad: Students who complete a a 30-hour major, plus a thesis, or a 36-hour study abroad program in Africa may count major (non-thesis option), depending upon the credit from that experience toward the departmental requirements. The College of minor. For details, consult the coordinator of Liberal Arts and Sciences offers the following the African Studies Program (Terri Jett, Ph.D., graduate degrees: Jordan Hall, Room 347B). • Master of Arts in English Literature Foreign language: Students complete the • Master of Arts in History liberal arts and sciences requirement in foreign • Master of Fine Arts in Creative Writing language, with the recommendation that the language selected be one widely spoken on the Information about these degrees is listed African continent (such as French). under the entries for the History and English Language and Literature Departments. Biological Sciences Department Administration Areas of Instruction Travis J. Ryan, Ph.D., department chair African Studies Minor Professors Administration: Thomas E. Dolan, Ph.D.; Carmen M. Salsbury, Terri Jett, Ph.D., program coordinator Ph.D.; James L. Shellhaas, Ph.D. Jordan Hall, Room 347B, (317) 940-8451 Associate Professors Shelley Etnier, Ph.D.; Travis J. Ryan, Ph.D.; The minor in African studies at Butler Katherine M. Schmid, Ph.D.; Philip J. Villani, University is designed for students with any Ph.D. major who wish to enrich their program with Assistant Professors study of one of the most interesting areas of Nathanael R. Hauck, Ph.D.; Jennifer R. the world. The program is interdisciplinary, Kowalski, Ph.D.; Lindsay K. Lewellyn, Ph.D.; drawing upon areas of the humanities, social Andrew M. Stoehr, Ph.D. sciences, and occasionally, the fine arts. Instructors Students are encouraged to individualize their Tim Carter, Ph.D., director, Center for Urban programs with study-abroad experiences in Ecology; Rebecca Dolan, Ph.D., director, Africa, if possible, or internships focusing Friesner Herbarium; Erin Gerecke, Ph.D.; on museums, performing arts organizations, Marva Meadows, M.S.; Charissa Osborne, communication and media agencies, or Ph.D.; Paula A. Trillo, Ph.D. nongovernmental agencies. Note that faculty in the program may also offer special topics Why Study Biology? courses with African content that may be Biology is the study of living things, including substituted or added to the list of classes below. plants, animals, and microbes. A major in Requirements: 18–19 semester hours* biology will provide you with a broad education Courses selected from the following in the biological sciences, exposing you to many (each 3 semester-hours): different facets of this diverse science. Biological • AN360, People and Cultures of Africa sciences is a liberal arts major, and therefore it • FR334, Topics in Francophone Culture is largely about teaching students how to learn • FR485, Topics in Francophone Studies and think about the world. Students will develop
The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences 67 an understanding of the scientific method, a a variety of courses at the molecular, cellular, process that develops analysis and reasoning organismal, and population levels of biological skills. Students will learn to think logically, organization. for example, by designing and following an Personalized attention is an important aspect experiment through to its conclusion and of studying biology at Butler. Our biology analyzing the results. Many students do not class sizes are small relative to those at many realize the amount of creative thinking and institutions: even most of our introductory problem-solving skills that also go into biology; classes typically have fewer than 30 students, these will be developed as well. Biology majors and many upper-level courses have fewer also have the opportunity to hone their than 20 students. Classes are thus interactive communication skills, both oral and written, learning environments that foster not only as they present the results of their experiments. hands-on scientific inquiry skills, but also While many of these skills are emphasized in the communication and critical thinking skills that classroom, independent research projects with serve students well no matter what professional faculty members and external internships afford path they may choose after graduation. many students the opportunity to apply these The low student-to-faculty ratio also skills to real questions and problems. provides opportunities for students to A biology degree is versatile. While many gain more intensive experiences through students major in biology as a precursor to independent study with a faculty mentor. medical or dental school, there are a number of During the academic year, students are other fields that students may pursue as well. welcome to register for research credits. Students may go on to work as lab technicians at Another popular option, the Butler Summer hospitals, or at the state crime lab; others may go Institute (BSI), is a nine-week program in on to teach at the primary, secondary, or college which participants undertake independent level. Many choose to pursue environmental projects they design with a faculty mentor. careers, such as working in forestry or parks, or Student research is frequently showcased during even as an environmental lobbyist. Many biology the annual Butler Undergraduate Research majors choose to go on to graduate school, Conference, which attracts college students where they pursue research in genetics, ecology, throughout the Midwest each spring to present cell biology, medical research, or any other of their research results to their peers. Students the wide variety of fields in biology. Many other may also apply for funds to travel to other career opportunities are available in biomedical regional or national meetings via the Holcomb research, agriculture, and environmental Undergraduate Grants program. And, finally, management among other fields. students often co-author papers with faculty members for publication in professional Why Study Biology at Butler? journals or presentation at conferences. For The Department of Biological Sciences example, recent joint student–faculty articles offers a curriculum emphasizing broad training have been published in Biochemical Genetics, in biology as the key to success in graduate Evolution, Journal of Experimental Biology, school, professional school, teacher education, Journal of Herpetology, American Naturalist, and and technical careers. The major is built upon Animal Behavior. a strong foundation of core courses in the Students studying biology at Butler also have liberal arts, general biology courses, and biology opportunities for off-campus study, internships, electives to meet student interests. Students and career exploration through special programs studying science should be exposed early and affiliated with Biological Sciences. For example, often to the methods of discovery, inquiry, and the Center for Urban Ecology educates and problem solving used by scientists to explain engages Butler students and citizens in the the natural world. Our faculty is familiar local community about the discipline of urban with these methods as we apply them in our ecology and to create “citizen scientists” dedi- individual research programs, and we strive cated to continued stewardship of the natural to develop such capabilities in our students. world. Students can attend workshops, take Therefore, we give our students opportunities classes, devise independent research projects, to actively use the tools of scientific or participate in internship opportunities in investigation in the lab and the field through ecology and environmental topics through our
68 Butler University affiliation with the center. Another option, the • Question and formulate new ideas through Smithsonian Tropical Research Institute (STRI) the synthesis of scientific information. in Panama, is dedicated to understanding • Appreciate the importance of science tropical biodiversity. The unique Butler–STRI in shaping our past, present, and future partnership includes opportunities for students societies. to serve as paid interns in Panama for existing research projects conducted by STRI scientists Degrees and for students to engage in new research • Major in Biology: B.S. (requires 60 hours initiatives with Butler faculty in Panama. of science), B.A. Further, the partnership includes two field- • Minor in Biology based courses taught on-site in Panama by Butler biology faculty. Students may also want Requirements for the Major A total of 38 hours of biology courses to apply for biology internships, which are are required1,2. All first-year students must available throughout Indianapolis, the state of complete BI111—Contemporary Issues Indiana and surrounding states. in Biology. Subsequently, all majors must Some students choose a major in biology complete three fundamentals courses— as a gateway toward a career in health-related BI201, 202, and 203. A minimum of two fields. Butler students who have qualified fundamentals courses serve as the prerequisites themselves with outstanding academic for all other majors-level biology courses, performance in the major have great success and students must complete BI111 or in entering professional schools in medicine, have sophomore standing to enroll in the dentistry, optometry, physical therapy, fundamentals courses. All fundamentals courses and veterinary medicine. Students receive should be completed by the end of a student’s individual advising by faculty on the selection second year in the major, and BI202 must be of courses that will both satisfy the minimum completed before BI203. All students must entrance requirements and prepare them well also complete BI299—Biology Seminar (pass/ for the professional school of their choice. fail) in the spring semester of their second year In addition, the Office of Pre-Graduate and in the major. To acquire the remaining credit Pre-Professional Advising plans co-curricular hours for the major, students must take biology activities, maintains a reference library of useful electives at the 300 level or above; at least four publications, and coordinates the application of these electives must be lab courses3. One of process. the electives taken must be an organism-based Biological Sciences Student course chosen from the following: BI301, Learning Outcomes BI302, BI311, or BI 438. Students will be allowed to use a maximum of three hours of We expect that students will be able to show independent study credit, internship credit, mastery of various types of learning during research, or honors thesis credit toward the their progression through different types of 38-hour minimum required for the biology courses in the major. By the time they complete major. All senior biology majors must complete the biology major, students should be able to: BI480—Senior Biology Capstone. • Demonstrate a broad knowledge of all Students must earn a C- or better in all general areas of biology. prerequisite courses needed to advance in the • Analyze and interpret qualitative and major. quantitative data using graphic and statistical analyses. Required courses: • Recognize the unifying role of evolution to BI111 Contemporary Issues in Biology the field of biology. (3 hours; first semester majors and • Read, critique, and properly use scientific exploratory students only; transfer literature. students and those joining the major • Design and perform research using the after their first semester at Butler are accepted scientific technique of hypothesis exempt from BI111 but they must testing. complete three additional hours of • Demonstrate proficiency in basic biology elective credit at the 300 level) laboratory skills. BI201 Ecology and Evolutionary Biology— • Communicate scientific ideas/concepts fundamentals (5 hours) through writing and speaking. The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences 69 BI202 Cellular and Molecular Biology— 1 In addition, all biology majors must fundamentals (4 hours) take general chemistry. (CH105/106 BI203 Genetics—fundamentals (4 hours) or CH107). BI299 Biology Seminar (1 hour P/F) 2 Students must earn a C- or better in BI480 Senior Biology Capstone (3 hours) each course to count it towards the major or as a prerequisite. Note that ALL BI courses numbered 300 and 3 BI325 cannot be counted toward the above require a minimum of TWO fundamentals 38-hour minimum required for the courses as prerequisites. Specific fundamentals biology major. prerequisites are listed in parentheses. BI301* Principles of Zoology (BI201) Requirements for the minor BI302* Principles of Botany (BI201) The minor consists of 21 credit hours. BI306 Mammalogy (BI201) Students must complete the three fundamentals BI307 Vertebrate Biology (BI201) courses (BI 201, 202, and 203) and two BI BI308 Tropical Field Biology (BI201) elective courses with lab at the 300 level or BI309 Local Flora (BI201) above (excluding BI325). BI311* Biology of Algae and Fungi (BI201) Core Courses offered by Biological BI320 Animal Behavior (BI201) BI323 Principles of Immunology (BI105 or Sciences BI202) NW200-BI, Biology and Society: This BI339 Philosophy of Biology (two course will examine current societal issues with fundamentals courses or by biological connections, the role scientists and permission of the instructor) others play toward helping us understanding BI401-403 Independent Study these issues, and the underlying biological BI405-409 Topics in Biology (two concepts for each topic. Course includes lecture fundamentals courses or by and laboratory components. A course for non- permission of the instructor) science majors only. Annually, term varies. BI411 Principles of Physiology (BI202) NW201-BI, Environmental Biology: BI413 Vertebrate Histology and Application of scientific principles to Microtechnique (BI202) understanding and managing the environment. BI418 Population and Community Ecology Emphasizes the human relationship with (BI201) the environment and possible solutions BI419 Conservation Biology (BI201) to environmental problems. Lecture and BI421 Landscape Ecology (BI201) laboratory. A course for non-science majors. BI430 Developmental Biology (BI203) (U)(5). Occasionally. BI431 Plant Development (BI203) BI432 Plant Physiology (BI202) NW202-BI, The World of Plants: BI435 Molecular Genetics (BI203) Introduction to plant biology. How the BI436 Genomics, Bioinformatics and Gene anatomy and physiology of diverse plants help Evolution (BI203) them to survive, reproduce, and benefit humans BI438* Microbiology (BI202 and 203) and ecosystems. Lecture and laboratory. BI440 Practical Molecular Biology (BI202 A course for non-science majors. (U)(5). and 203) Annually, term varies. BI480 Biology Capstone (BI201, 202, and NW203-BI, Genetics and Evolution: A 203) study of the significant concepts in molecular, BI490 Internship in Biological Sciences organismal, and population genetics and the (two fundamentals courses or by theory of evolution. All topics will be taught permission of the instructor) within their historical and contemporary BI499 Honors Thesis (BI201, 202, and contexts. Lecture and laboratory. A course for 203) non-science majors. (U)(5). Annually, term * Designates course that satisfies the varies. organism requirement NW204-BI, Survey of Biology: A survey of the major concepts in the biological sciences. Lecture and laboratory. A course for non- 70 Butler University science majors. (U)(5). Occasionally. NW205-BI, Urban Ecology: Exploring will be addressed such as: biodiversity, global and Enhancing the Urban Environment of climate change, infectious diseases, cancer, Indianapolis: The majority of the world’s sustainability, human population growth, population now lives in urban areas, but only and invasive species. In addition to coverage recently have environmental scientists begun to of background information, a portion of the explore the ecology in and of cities. This course course will be dedicated to problem-based uses the city of Indianapolis as a case study to activities and class discussions. This course is understand the effect that cities have on the open only to biology majors or exploratory environment, the processes that take place in natural science students in their first semester. the urban ecosystem, and the opportunities (U)(3). Fall. cities hold for ecological restoration. Lecture BI201, Ecology and Evolutionary Biology— and laboratory. A course for non-science Fundamentals: This course introduces students majors. (U)(5). Annually, term varies. to basic theory of ecology and evolutionary NW206-BI, Life, Death and Immortality: biology. Laboratories emphasize experimental How the HeLa Monster Did and Didn’t design, statistical analysis, and scientific Change the World: A patient on a 1951 communication. Prerequisites: BI111 or “colored” ward unknowingly contributed to second-year Butler status. (U)(5). Fall and science, changing medicine forever. Exploring spring. the underlying biology/genetics through BI202, Cellular and Molecular Biology— lecture and laboratories, we’ll also review the Fundamentals: This course introduces students ethical, socio-economic, racial, and gender to basic properties and functions of cells and issues related to these HeLa cells, including a the molecules they contain, including the community outreach project which may be relationship between the structure and function used to satisfy the ICR. (U)(5). Occasionally. of diverse cell types. Prerequisites: BI111 or NW261-BI-I, Food: Pasture, Table, Body, second-year Butler status. (U)(4). Fall and and Mind: This course about food will spring. encourage students to consider how food BI203, Genetics—Fundamentals: This connects to both society and to science and course introduces students to basic principles how society and science connect to one of transmission and molecular genetics. another. By using a framework of pasture, table, Topics include meiosis, transmission body, and mind, we will explore the ecological genetics, gene expression, and mutations. relationship between a healthy environment Laboratories emphasize basic techniques and growing healthy food, the factors that along with experimental design and scientific influence our food choices, the constituents of communication. Prerequisite: BI 202. (U)(4). food and how they contribute to our physical Fall and spring. well-being, and the ways in which society and culture influence our eating habits. A course for BI257, Human Anatomy and Physiology: non-science majors. (U)(5). Occasionally. A course for non-major students to relate structure and function in the human body. Biological Science Courses Prerequisite: Any NW-BI course, or two of the BI105, Introductory Cell Biology: An following: BI 201, 202, and 203. (U)(5). Fall. introduction to the basic principles of cell biology for freshmen pharmacy students. BI301, Principles of Zoology: A survey of The course will cover introductory chemistry, the basic principles of animal biology, covering biochemistry, cell structure, metabolism, the major animal groups, their evolutionary genetics, and embryology. Will not count for relationships and their structural and functional credit toward a major in biology. Open only characteristics. Prerequisite: BI201 and either to students of the College of Pharmacy and BI202 or 203. (U)(4). Annually, term varies. Health Sciences. (U)(3). Fall and spring. BI302, Principles of Botany: A survey of BI111, Contemporary Issues in Biology: This the basic principles of plant biology, covering topic-driven course is designed to illustrate the the major plant groups, their evolutionary central connection between biology and current relationships, and their structural and societal issues. Various broad biological issues functional characteristics. Prerequisites: BI201
The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences 71 and either BI202 or 203. (U)(4). Annually, microbiological concepts/principles regarding term varies. the mechanisms of infection and disease of major organ systems as well as their control. BI306, Mammalogy: This course will address Open only to students of the College of the taxonomy, ecology, evolution, behavior, Pharmacy and Health Sciences. Prerequisite: and economic importance of mammals. The BI105 or both BI202 and 203. (U)(3). Spring. laboratory portion of the course will emphasize the taxonomy of mammals and the observation BI339, Philosophy of Biology: A study of and trapping/handling of small mammals. philosophical problems in biology. The course Prerequisites: BI201 and either BI202 or 203. explores both theoretical problems within (U)(4). Occasionally. biology, like the evolution of altruism and problems of taxonomy, and philosophical BI307, Vertebrate Biology: Phylogeny, problems that are influenced by biological taxonomy, behavior, and life histories of the theory, including the nature of morality and vertebrates. Prerequisite: BI201 and either the status of religious belief. Prerequisite: BI202 or 203. (U)(4). Occasionally. Two of the following: BI 201, 202, or 203 or BI308, Tropical Field Biology: Introduction permission of instructor. (U)(3). Occasionally. to the habitats, distribution, and ecology of BI401, Independent Study: Open to juniors tropical fauna. Includes a field trip to a tropical and seniors who wish to do research with a habitat during the semester. Prerequisite: biological science faculty member in an area of permission of the instructor. (U/G)(3). Spring. the animal and plant sciences. Permission of BI309, Local Flora: Collection, identification, the faculty member and the chairman of the classification, uses, and ecology of Indiana biological sciences department required. (U/G) flowering plants. Learning the use of (1). Fall and spring. identification keys will be stressed. Prerequisite: BI402, Independent Study: Open to juniors BI201 and either BI202 or 203, or any NW-BI and seniors who wish to do research with a course. (U/G)(3). Occasionally. biological science faculty member in an area of BI310, Evolution: Analysis of organic the animal and plant sciences. Permission of evolution, the mechanisms of evolutionary the faculty member and the chairman of the changes, and the evolution of higher forms of biological sciences department required. (U/G) life. Prerequisite: BI201 and either BI202 or (2). Fall and spring. BI203. (U)(3). Occasionally. BI403, Independent Study: Open to juniors BI311, Biology of Algae and Fungi: The and seniors who wish to do research with a biology of algae and fungi including structure, biological science faculty member in an area of life histories, classification, physiology, ecology, the animal and plant sciences. Permission of and experimental aspects of algae and fungi. the faculty member and the chairman of the Prerequisites: BI201 and either BI202 or 203. biological sciences department required. (U/G) (U)(4). Occasionally. (3). Fall and spring. BI314, Ornithology: (U)(3). Occasionally. BI405, Topics in Biology: Study of a current biological topic. Prerequisite: Permission of the BI320, Animal Behavior: The adaptive instructor. (U/G)(1). Occasionally. behavior of animals is approached from physiological, developmental, ecological, and BI406, Topics in Biology: Study of a current evolutionary perspectives. Prerequisite: BI201 biological topic. Prerequisite: Permission of the and either BI202 or 203. (U)(4). Annually, instructor. (U/G)(2). Occasionally. term varies. BI407, Topics in Biology: Study of a current BI323, Principles of Immunology: Basic biological topic. Prerequisite: Permission of the concepts and techniques of immunology. instructor. (U/G)(3). Occasionally. Prerequisite: BI105 or both BI202 and 203. BI408, Topics in Biology: Study of a current (U)(2). Fall. biological topic. Prerequisite: Permission of the BI325, Principles of Pathogenic instructor. (U/G)(4). Occasionally. Microbiology: The course will address
72 Butler University BI409, Topics in Biology: Study of a current BI431, Plant Development: An introduction biological topic. Prerequisite: Permission of the of the cellular and molecular mechanisms instructor. (U/G)(5). Occasionally. important in the development of members in the plant kingdom, from multi-cellular BI411, Principles of Physiology: Analysis algae to flowering plants. The laboratory will of the functions of all major systems of the include techniques important in investigating vertebrates with emphasis on mammalian developmental phenomena such as scanning physiology. Prerequisite: BI202 and either electron microscopy and tissue culture. BI201 or 203. (U)(4). Annually, term varies. Prerequisites: BI202 and 203. (U)(4). BI413, Vertebrate Histology and Occasionally. Microtechique: A study of the structure of BI432, Plant Physiology: Introduction to vertebrate tissues and the techniques used in how plants work, including housekeeping microscope slide preparations. Prerequisite: functions (photosynthesis, mineral nutrition, BI301 or permission of the instructor. water relations, metabolism), growth and Prerequisites: BI202 and either BI201 or 203. reproduction, defenses, and responses to the (U/G)(4). Occasionally. environment. Laboratories include necessary BI418, Population and Community anatomy but emphasize biochemistry and Ecology: Fundamental concepts of ecology molecular biology. Prerequisites: BI202 and at the population and community levels of either BI201 or 203, and CH106 or CH107. organization, illustrated by modeling, field and/ (U)(4). Occasionally. or laboratory investigations. There will be an BI435, Molecular Genetics: Molecular emphasis on quantitative reasoning and critical structure, biochemical function of the gene as thinking. Prerequisites: BI201 and BI202 or illustrated by the original research literature, 203. (U)(4). Occasionally. viruses, and eukaryotes cells. Prerequisite: BI419, Conservation Biology: This course BI202 and 203 and CH361. (U)(3). will focus on the biological principles that Occasionally. must be the anchor for the management and/ BI436, Genomics, Bioinformatics, and or preservation of native flora and fauna. Gene Evolution: This course will introduce Conservation biology, however, is by necessity a students to the new, rapidly expanding fields multidisciplinary endeavor, and the course also of genomics, proteomics, and bioinformatics, deals with the social, political, and economic as well as the overarching field of systems factors that weigh on conservation decisions. biology. The students will also learn what these BI201 and either BI202 or 203. (U)(3). new approaches reveal about how genes and Occasionally. genomes evolve. Prerequisites: BI203 and either BI421, Landscape Ecology: This course will BI201 or 202. (U)(4). Occasionally. focus on ecological patterns and processes at BI438, Microbiology: Basic principles the landscape level. An emphasis will be placed of microbiology and associated laboratory on spatial analyses of native flora and fauna techniques. Lecture, demonstration, and using geographic information systems software laboratory. Prerequisites: BI202, 203 and applications. Students will conduct individual CH106 or 107. (U)(4). Fall. research projects. Prerequisite: BI201 and either BI202 or 203. (U)(4). Occasionally. BI480, Biology Capstone: This course provides a capstone experience, a chance to BI430, Developmental Biology: A study of put into practice the knowledge and analytical embryonic development from the formation skills learned as a biology major. The course of gametes, through fertilization, and up to will explore a specific area of biology through the development of the multicellar organism. reading and discussion of the scientific Emphasis will be on the anatomical changes literature and preparation of a review paper. during development and on the cellular Open only to senior biology majors. (U)(3). and molecular events causing these changes. Fall and spring. Prerequisite: BI203 and either BI201 or 202. (U)(4). Occasionally. BI490, Internship in Biological Sciences: A course offering the student supervised work/
The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences 73 research experience in a setting pertinent to the to pursue undergraduate research with major area of study but outside the department. faculty whose expertise span a wide range of Permission of the department chair is required. chemistry sub-disciplines. Departmental poster (U)(3). Occasionally. sessions, weekly seminars, and project-driven laboratories encourage interaction between BI499, Honors Thesis: (U)(3). Occasionally. students and faculty during and outside class Chemistry Department starting in the first year curriculum. Administration Chemistry Department Student Stacy O’Reilly, Ph.D., department chair Learning Outcomes Professors • Understand key concepts related to the Geoffrey C. Hoops, Ph.D. ; Joseph L. Kirsch, physical and chemical properties of matter. Ph.D.; Shannon G. Lieb, Ph.D.; Stacy A. • Communicate within and outside the O’Reilly, Ph.D.; Robert A. Pribush, Ph.D., chemical discipline. Anne M. Wilson, Ph.D. • Develop problem-solving skills through Associate Professors experimentation and analysis. Olujide Akinbo, Ph.D.; John Esteb, Ph.D.; • Appreciate the relationship between Todd Hopkins, Ph.D.; LuAnne McNulty, integrity, science, and society. Ph.D.; Michael Samide, Ph.D. • Demonstrate knowledge of and use of Assistant Professors appropriate safety protocols in laboratory R. Jeremy Johnson, Ph.D. settings. Instructors Adam Azman, Ph.D.; Tracy LeGreve, Ph.D.; Degrees Paul Morgan, Ph.D. • Major in Chemistry • Minor in Chemistry Why Study Chemistry? Chemistry is often referred to as the “central Requirements for the Major science.” It plays a role in the discovery of Students who plan to enter the chemical better medicines, in the development of profession or pursue graduate studies in safer chemicals for household use, and in chemistry should complete the requirements the development of the next generation of (or as many of the requirements as possible) electronic gadgets. It also must ensure that all of for American Chemical Society Certification. these things are done in a sustainable manner. Students interested in chemistry as a path to a The study of chemistry will do more than professional program and who are considering just impart technical knowledge, ideas, and an additional major or a minor may want techniques useful in a laboratory setting. It to pursue the major with honors eligibility. will allow for experiences that will develop Students completing a major in chemistry problem-solving abilities and critical thinking with 32 hours should combine their chemistry skills. Class and conference presentations, major with another area of study and plan for a poster sessions and lab reports will help develop double major. proficiency in communicating in a variety of settings. The skills gained can be applied not Requirements for a Major in just to careers in chemistry, but also to careers Chemistry with Certification from in health care, law, business, education, and to the American Chemical Society the pursuit of advanced degrees in a variety of Introductory, Foundation, and Allied courses fields. • CH105-106, General Chemistry or Why Study Chemistry at Butler? CH107, Advanced General Chemistry The faculty and staff are dedicated to • CH351, Organic Chemistry I and CH352, providing a supportive yet challenging Organic Chemistry II environment for students interested in studying • CH321, Analytical Chemistry chemistry at the undergraduate level. The • CH332, Inorganic Chemistry curriculum is designed to prepare students for • CH361, Biochemistry the accelerating pace of change in chemistry • CH471 or CH472, Physical Chemistry I or II and across science. Students are encouraged • MA106, Calculus I and MA107, Calculus II
74 Butler University • PH201-202, Intro to Analytical Physics or • CH351, Organic Chemistry I and CH352, PH107-108, Elementary Physics Organic Chemistry II Three additional in-depth courses from the • MA106, Calculus I following list. • PH201-202, Intro to Analytical Physics or • CH422, Analytical Chemistry II PH107-108, Elementary Physics • CH431, Advanced Inorganic Chemistry Complete enough hours of upper-level • CH4x9, Special Topics in Chemistry chemistry courses from the following list to • CH462, Biochemistry II: Central reach 32 total hours of chemistry. Courses must Metabolism include work in two of the four remaining areas • CH465, Environmental Chemistry of chemistry. • CH471 or CH472, Physical Chemistry I or II • CH321, Analytical Chemistry; CH422, Chemistry Laboratory Experiences. A Analytical Chemistry II; CH424, minimum of 400 hours of in-lab experiences are Instrumental Analysis Laboratory required and must cover four of the five areas • CH332, Inorganic Chemistry; CH431, of chemistry. Labs taken as part of CH321, Advanced Inorganic Chemistry CH351, and CH352 count toward the 400 • CH361, Biochemistry I; CH462, hours of lab experience. Biochemistry Laboratory I; CH463, • CH424, Instrumental Analysis Laboratory Biochemistry IIA • CH432, Synthesis and Characterization • CH471 or CH472, Physical Chemistry • CH463, Biochemistry Laboratory I I or II; CH473 or CH474 Physical • CH473, Physical Chemistry Laboratory I Chemistry Laboratory I or II • CH474, Physical Chemistry Laboratory II • CH493-4, Undergraduate Research Requirements for a Minor in • Butler Summer Institute Chemistry • Research Experiences for Undergraduates General and Organic Chemistry Recommended Chemistry and Allied Courses • CH105-106, General Chemistry or • CH491, Chemistry Literature CH107, Advanced General Chemistry • CH392, Chemistry Seminar I • CH351, Organic Chemistry I and CH352, • CH492, Chemistry Seminar II Organic Chemistry II • CH493-4, Undergraduate research An additional course from this list: • MA208, Calculus and Analytic Geometry III • CH321, Analytical Chemistry • MA334, Differential Equations • CH332, Inorganic Chemistry • CH361, Biochemistry Requirements for a Major in • CH471 or CH472, Physical Chemistry I Chemistry with Honors Eligibility or II At least 32 hours of chemistry, not including CH392 Chemistry Seminar I, are required. Core Courses Offered by Chemistry • CH105-106, General Chemistry or NW210-CH, Chemistry and Society: CH107, Advanced General Chemistry Chemistry and Society is a study of chemistry • CH351, Organic Chemistry I and CH352, and its applications to and impact on society. Organic Chemistry II Four hours of lecture/discussion and one two- • CH321, Analytical Chemistry hour laboratory per week. Credit not applicable • CH332, Inorganic Chemistry toward a major in chemistry. (U)(5). Fall, • CH361, Biochemistry spring, and summer. • CH392 Chemistry Seminar I NW211-CH-I, Water Quality: Water Quality • CH471 or CH472, Physical Chemistry I or II is a study of chemistry and its applications to • MA106, Calculus I and MA107, Calculus II water systems in and around Indianapolis. Four • PH201-202, Intro to Analytical Physics or hours of lecture/discussion and one two-hour • PH107-108, Elementary Physics laboratory per week. Credit not applicable Requirements for a Major in Chemistry toward a major in chemistry. (U)(5). Introductory, Required and Allied courses Chemistry Courses • CH105-106, General Chemistry or CH105, General Chemistry: The study of CH107, Advanced General Chemistry atomic and molecular structure, reactions,
The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences 75 stoichiometry, thermochemistry, and states CH361, Biochemistry 1:Bio-Organic of matter. Four lectures and one three-hour Chemistry: Systematic study of the structure laboratory per week. For students with some of biological macromolecules (proteins, nucleic background in chemistry. (U)(5). Fall. acids, carbohydrates), binding of ligands in proteins, and the fundamentals of enzymatic CH106, General Chemistry: The study catalysis. Prerequisites: CH352 with a grade of of kinetics, equilibria, acid-base theories, C or better. Knowledge in introductory biology thermodynamics, and electrochemistry. Four strongly recommended for this course. Four lectures and one three-hour laboratory per hours lecture/week. (U)(4). Fall. week. Prerequisite: CH105 or equivalent with a grade of C or better. (U)(5). Spring. CH392, Chemistry Seminar 1: Attendance at and participation in the chemistry departmental CH107, Advanced General Chemistry: A seminar series, including pre- and post-seminar course for students with a strong chemistry reports. (P/F) credit. Prerequisites: 12 hours of background. Admission by placement exam chemistry. (U)(1). Fall and spring. only. Topics to be covered are chemical bonding, chemical kinetics, solution chemistry, CH402, Internship in Chemistry: Designed acid-base chemistry, chemical equilibrium, to give chemistry students professional and thermodynamics, and electrochemistry. (U)(6) practical experience in business, industry, and Fall. other activity related to their degree objectives. Oral presentation required. Course will not CH321, Analytical Chemistry 1: An count for laboratory hours required for ACS introduction to the fundamental theory and certification. Each course may only be taken techniques of quantitative analysis. Four once for credit. Prerequisites: junior standing lectures and one four-hour laboratory per week. and permission of the department chair. (U)(3). Prerequisite: CH106 or CH107 with a grade of Fall and spring. C or better. (U)(5). Fall and spring. CH403, Internship in Chemistry: Designed CH332, Inorganic Chemistry: The study of to give chemistry students professional and atomic structure, ionic, covalent molecular, and practical experience in business, industry, and metallic substances, acid/base theories, with other activity related to their degree objectives. an emphasis on main group elements and an Oral presentation required. Course will not introduction to coordination chemistry. Three count for laboratory hours required for ACS lectures per week. Prerequisite: CH351 with a certification. Each course may only be taken grade of C or better. (U)(3). Spring. once for credit. Prerequisites: junior standing CH351, Organic Chemistry: The systematic and permission of the department chair. (U)(6) study of organic compounds stressing structure Fall and spring. and reactions. The course covers nomenclature, CH411, Independent Study: These courses stereochemistry, resonance, reactions of provide an opportunity for a qualified student hydrocarbons and alkylhalides, and basic to pursue a special course of study under the laboratory techniques. Prerequisite: CH106 or direction of a faculty mentor. Prerequisite: CH107 with a grade of C or better. Four hours 14 hours of chemistry, permission of the of lecture and one three-hour laboratory per instructor, and permission of the head of the week. (U)(5). Fall. department. (U/G)(1). Occasionally. CH412, Independent Study: These courses CH352, Organic Chemistry 2: A provide an opportunity for a qualified student continuation of CH351 covering reactions to pursue a special course of study under the and mechanisms of alcohols, acids and their direction of a faculty mentor. Prerequisite: derivatives, amines, and other functional groups 14 hours of chemistry, permission of the as well as synthesis, spectroscopy, and advanced instructor, and permission of the head of the laboratory techniques. Prerequisite: CH351 department. (U/G)(2). Occasionally. with a grade of C or better. Four hours of lecture and one three-hour laboratory per week. CH422, Analytical Chemistry 2: This (U)(5). Spring. course provides an introduction to advanced instrumental theory, design, and technique. Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: CH321 with a grade of C or better. (U)(3). Annually, 76 Butler University term varies. CH424, Instrumental Analysis Laboratory: CH463, Biochemistry Laboratory Project-based application of specific 1: Laboratory separation, detection, instrumental methods of chemical analysis. quantitation, and characterization of proteins, Instrumental techniques covered could including enzyme-catalyzed kinetics, using include: atomic or molecular spectroscopy, chromatography, electrophoresis, and chromatography, or electrochemistry. The topic spectroscopy. This writing-intensive class will will vary by section number. One four-hour also emphasize reading, writing, and peer- laboratory per week. Prerequisite: CH321. (U) review skills involving biochemical literature. (2). Annually, term varies. One 1-hour lecture and one 3-hour laboratory per week. Prerequisite: CH361 and CH321, CH429, Special Topics in Analytical both with grade of C or better. (U)(2). Spring. Chemistry: Various advanced topics in analytical chemistry. The subject matter for CH465, Environmental Chemistry: This study will be listed when the course is offered. course focuses on the application of basic Prerequisite: one year of analytical chemistry chemistry principles in understanding the or permission of the instructor. (U/G)(3). source, fate, transport, and transformation Occasionally. of compounds in natural and polluted environmental compartments. This includes CH431, Advanced Inorganic Chemistry: The the atmosphere, hydrosphere, and lithosphere. study of coordination chemistry, organometallic Impact of these on a number of issues will be chemistry, and catalysis. Three lectures per discussed. Prerequisite: CH351. (U)(3). week. Pre-requisite: CH332 with C or better. Corequisite: CH471 or CH472. (U/G)(3). Fall. CH469, Special Topics in Biochemistry: Various advanced topics in biochemistry. The CH432, Synthesis and Characterization: subject matter for study will be listed when Project-based laboratory dealing with the the course is offered. Prerequisite: one year of synthesis, characterization and properties of biochemistry or permission of the instructor. synthetic products. One four-hour lab per (U/G)(3). Occasionally. week. Prerequisite: CH332 and CH361, or permission of instructor. (U)(2). Annually, term CH471, Physical Chemistry 1: The varies. introduction to quantum chemistry, bonding, spectroscopy, and statistical mechanics. CH439, Special Topics in Inorganic Prerequisites: CH352 or equivalent, MA107 Chemistry: Various advanced topics in or equivalent, PH202 or equivalent. (U/G)(3). inorganic chemistry. The subject matter for Spring. study will be listed when the course is offered. Prerequisite: one year of inorganic chemistry CH472, Physical Chemistry 2: The or permission of the instructor. (U/G)(3). introduction to chemical thermodynamics and Occasionally. chemical kinetics. Prerequisites: CH 352 or equivalent, MA 107 or equivalent, PH202 or CH459, Special Topics in Organic equivalent. (U/G)(3). Fall. Chemistry: Various advanced topics in organic chemistry. The subject matter for study will be CH473, Physical Chemistry Lab 1: listed when the course is offered. Prerequisite: Laboratory studies in thermodynamics, one year of organic chemistry or permission of chemical kinetics, and physical property the instructor. (U/G)(3). Occasionally. measurements. One four-hour laboratory per week including one hour of lecture. CH462, Biochemistry IIA: Central Corequisites: CH471 or CH472. (U/G)(2). Metabolism: Topics include carbohydrate Annually, term varies. and lipid metabolism, electron transport and oxidative phosphorylation, biological CH475, Computational Chemistry: The membranes: structure, transport, and signal course covers theoretical methods of computing transduction. Prerequisites: CH361 with a molecular structure. Based on the structure, grade of C or better. Three hours of lecture and thermodynamic properties, reactivity, and one two-hour computer laboratory per week. spectroscopic measurements (ultraviolet, visible, (U)(4). Spring. infrared, and nuclear magnetic resonance) can be computed. Computed values are compared
The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences 77 to experimental data. Prerequisites: CH352 the imagination of people throughout history with a C or better. (U)(2). Occasionally. and across the globe, from the Renaissance to the Founding Fathers of America, to modern CH479, Special Topics in Physical writers from the Caribbean. We continue to Chemistry: Various advanced topics in physical live in a world of classical roots, whether it be chemistry. The subject matter for study will be the Athenian roots of democracy or the Roman listed when the course is offered. Prerequisite: origins of our Republic, the Greek love for one year of physical chemistry or permission of the beauty of athletics, or an enthusiasm for the instructor. (U/G)(3). Occasionally. theater that moved from Greece to Rome to CH492, Chemistry Seminar 2: Attendance at Shakespeare and beyond. The Greeks and the and participation in the chemistry departmental Romans helped articulate the liberal arts that seminar series, including an oral presentation are at the heart of a Butler education. As we on a research project or literature review. engage with the thinking and the art of the Required for university honors. Prerequisites: ancients, we aim to develop an understanding, CH392 and 28 hours of chemistry. (U)(1). Fall enjoyment, and critical appreciation of some and spring. abiding principles of our world. We enter into dialogue with minds of the past in order to CH493, Undergraduate Research: Individual understand ourselves better now. Studying the research under guidance of a faculty member. Greeks and Romans, we become part of our Required for university honors. Prerequisite: larger family over time. We enrich our minds 14 hours of chemistry, permission of the and our imaginations, and we sharpen our skills instructor, and permission of the head of the for work and life today. department. (U/G)(1). Fall and spring. CH494, Undergraduate Research: Individual Why study Classical Studies at research under guidance of a faculty member. Butler? Required for University honors. Prerequisite: • Intimate and vibrant learning community: 14 hours of chemistry, permission of the Students in the Classical Studies program instructor, and permission of the head of the at Butler have the opportunity to work department. (U/G)(2). Fall and spring. closely with a small but dedicated faculty. Smaller classes give students a greater CH499, Honors Thesis: (U)(3). Annually, opportunity to engage directly with faculty term varies. and with each other. As part of a smaller CH518, Advanced Placement Workshop major, students develop a stronger sense Chemistry High School Teachers: The of a community of thinkers, engaging in a workshop will focus on the topics found on subject they are passionate about. the AP exam and in college general chemistry • Building on past knowledge: Our program (atomic structure, periodic properties, bonding, recognizes the quality of work many kinetics, thermodynamics, electrochemistry, students have done before arriving on our equilibrium, solutions, acid/base, and campus. Students placing into second or solubility). The focus of the workshop will be third year of Latin and completing at least on problem solving and course content material six hours of study in Latin are eligible for with some limited laboratory demonstration 3-9 advanced placement credit hours, which activities. (G)(3). Summer. may count toward the major or the minor. • Real engagement with the ancient world: Classical Studies Program Students are encouraged to immerse Administration themselves in the environments that Chad Bauman, Ph.D., department chair inspired the ancient Greeks and Romans. Assistant Professors Our program offers the opportunity to Christopher Bungard, Ph.D. study the culture and literature of the Lynne Kvapil, Ph.D. Romans while travelling to important sites in Rome and Italy. Our program is Why Study Classics? also supportive of students who wish to The culture, history, and literature of study abroad in programs in Greece and Ancient Greece and Rome have long captivated Italy specifically focused around Classical Studies. 78 Butler University • Practical experience: Our students Requirements for the Minor: are encouraged to take advantage of A minimum of 18 hours combined of CLA, opportunities to work with faculty on GK, and/or LT. A minimum of two 300-level research of their own, whether in the form courses altogether. Note: It is recommended of a Butler Summer Institute project or that students learn either Greek or Latin, at a senior thesis. Students who have done least at the beginning level. If they continue quality research have presented their work with two courses at the 200-level or above, at undergraduate conferences and regional these courses will count both toward their Classics conferences. minor and toward fulfilling the foreign • Making your education your own: Thanks language requirement for a liberal arts degree. to generous support from the Georgia Watkins Fund, our program provides funds Core Courses Offered by to help students participate in archaeological Classical Studies digs, select summer study programs, or PCA262-CLA, Greek Art and Myth: Art conferences in Classics. Grants are awarded illuminates myth; myth makes sense of art. on a competitive basis. Students will acquire a sense of the major • Embracing the liberal arts: Since the periods of western art, will consider artistic field of Classical Studies embraces a wide questions large (Is art subjective? Is there a variety of approaches to the study of the proper subject matter of art?) and small (What ancient Greeks and Romans, our program is contrapposto?), will study in some depth encourages students who wish to relate about 60 artistic images, mostly Greek, and will their interest in Classics with work in become acquainted with a set of Greek myths. other disciplines. Our students often take The course will include a museum visit, a skit, courses in English, history, philosophy, and a creative art project. (U)(3). Fall and religion, political science, and the modern spring. languages. TI200-CLA, Roman Perspectives: This CLA Program Student Learning course will examine civic engagement in the Outcomes Roman world, both as a pagan and Christian Students majoring in Classical Studies are capital for the West. We will undertake this expected to gain factual knowledge about investigation by looking at a variety of original key figures, historical events and concepts sources translated into English. As we examine from Greek and Roman antiquity. They the texts of these authors, we will also have the will interpret and analyze significant works opportunity to think about how the ideas of the from antiquity, and at the same time gain a ancient Romans have influenced cultures from better understanding of cultural diversity by Britain, France, and Spain in the West, to the comparing current values and practices to those shores of North Africa, to the civilizations of of the Greeks and Romans. They will become the Eastern Mediterranean. (U)(3). Fall. proficient in reading Latin or Ancient Greek TI201-CLA, Ancient Greek Perspectives: An texts and discover how knowledge of Latin or examination of areas of ancient Greek culture. Ancient Greek helps in the understanding of Sources include texts of poetry, history, drama, modern languages. law, medicine, and philosophy, as well as Degrees works of art. Themes will vary depending on the professor. Possible themes: deep thinking • Major in Classical Studies and free thinking, participating in democracy, • Minor in Classical Studies gender roles, warfare, and empire. (U)(3). Requirements for the Major: Spring. A minimum of 30 hours combined of CLA, Classical Studies Courses GK and/or LT, including one 300-level course CLA301, Epic Poetry: An in-depth study in GK or LT. A minimum of three 300-level of the ancient epic. Course will focus on courses altogether. Students may test out of the Homer’s Iliad, Homers Odyssey, or Virgil’s 200-level courses. Aeneid. Other material will be brought in as background. (U)(3). Spring.
The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences 79 CLA302, Lyric Poetry / Love Poetry: An in- repeatable for credit. The author will change depth study of ancient love poetry. Course will each semester. Prerequisite: GK203 and 204, focus on love poetry in Greek and Latin. Other placement into the 300 level, or the permission ancient love poetry (Hebrew, Sanskrit, Chinese) of the instructor. (U)(3). may be included. (U)(3). Occasionally. GK360, Topics in Greek: In-depth study CLA303, Drama on the Ancient Stage: of works not covered in earlier courses. This Course may focus on Greek or Roman tragedy course is repeatable for credit. Prerequisite: or comedy. Performance may be part of the GK203 and 204, placement into the 300 level, course. (U)(3). Fall. or permission of instructor. (U)(3). CLA323, Women in Antiquity: We will GK402, Independent Study: Directed reading examine current gender issues and search for in Greek. Consult head of department before their roots in antiquity, particularly in the Near registering. (U)(3). Occasionally. East and Greece. (U)(3). Occasionally. GK499, Honors Thesis: (U)(3). Occasionally. CLA360, Topics in Classics: In-depth study LT101, Elementary Latin 1: An introductory of special topics not covered in regular courses. course that prepares the student to read the (U)(3). Fall and spring. Latin prose and poetry of Virgil, Homer, Livy, CLA402, Independent Study: Individual Ovid and others. (U)(4). Fall. study of a specific topic in Classics that does LT102, Elementary Latin: An introductory not involve the reading of Latin or Greek texts. course that prepares the student to read the (U)(3). Occasionally. Latin prose and poetry of Virgil, Homer, Livy, CLA499, Honors Thesis: Thesis research. (U) Ovid and others. LT101 is a prerequisite. (U) (3). Occasionally. (4). Spring. Foreign Language Courses LT203, Intermediate Latin 1: A course at GK101, Elementary Greek 1: Introductory the intermediate level, with emphasis on course which prepares students to read the New vocabulary acquisition. Material will be chosen Testament and the works of Homer, Sophocles, for accessibility. Readings may include: Cicero’s Plato and others. (U)(4). Fall. orations, Virgil’s Aeneid, Pliny’s Letters. Prerequisite: LT101 and 102 or placement at GK102, Elementary Greek: Introductory the 200 level. (U)(3). Fall. course which prepares students to read the New Testament and the works of Homer, Sophocles, LT204, Intermediate Latin 2: A course at Plato and others. GK101 is a prerequisite. (U) the intermediate level, with emphasis on (4). Spring. vocabulary acquisition. Material will be chosen for accessibility. Readings may include: Cicero’s GK203, Intermediate Ancient Greek 1: A orations, Virgil’s Aeneid, Pliny’s Letters. course at the intermediate level, with emphasis Prerequisite: LT101 and 102 or placement at on vocabulary acquisition. Material will be the 200 level. (U)(3). Spring. chosen for accessibility. Readings may include: Euripides’ Alcestis, Plato’s Crito, selections LT301, Advanced Latin: A course at the from Homer’s Iliad or Herodotus’ History or advanced level with a vocabulary stretch and Lysias’ speeches, or selections from the New arcane points of grammar. Readings may Testament in Koine Greek. Prerequisite: GK include: Ovid’s Metamorphoses, lyric poetry by 101 and 102 or placement at the 200 level. (U) Catullus, Propertius, Tibullus and Ovid, satire (3). Occasionally. by Horace or Juvenal, the comedies of Plautus and Terence. Prerequisite: LT203 and 204, GK301, Advanced Ancient Greek: A course placement into the 300 level, or permission of at the advanced level with a vocabulary stretch the instructor. (U)(3). Spring. and arcane points of grammar. Readings may include: tragedies of Aeschylus, Sophocles, LT360, Topics in Latin: In-depth study of or Euripides; Plato’s Apology, Symposium, works not covered in earlier courses. This Phaedrus, or selections from the Republic; course is repeatable for credit. Prerequisite: Thucydides Peloponnesian War. This course is LT203 and 204, placement into the 300 level, or permission of instructor. (U)(3). 80 Butler University LT400, Independent Study: Directed reading freshman-level CS142 course and in the in Latin. Consult head of department before junior/senior level CS452 course. registering. (U)(1). Occasionally. • Most of our students add a second major or minor program and still graduate on LT401, Independent Study: Directed reading time. in Latin. Consult head of department before • Quality internships and part-time jobs are registering. (U)(2). Occasionally. plentiful in the Indianapolis area. LT402, Independent Study: Directed reading • Our alumni advisory board is active and in Latin. Consult head of department before engaged, not only mentoring our students registering. (U)(3). Occasionally. and visiting for pizza lunches with our students, but also advising the department LT499, Honors Thesis: (U)(3). Occasionally. on curriculum and career preparation. Computer Science and Software Our software engineering program prepares students for professional careers as Engineering software system designers, developers, testers, Administration maintainers, and project managers. Our Jonathan P. Sorenson, Ph.D., department chair computer science program is more broad-based Web page: www.butler.edu/csse and prepares students not only for a variety of Professors careers in the computing disciplines, such as Zhi-Hong Chen, Ph.D.; Panagiotis K. Linos, systems or database administration and web Ph.D.; Jonathan P. Sorenson, Ph.D. development, but also for graduate study either Associate Professor in computer science or a related discipline, or Ankur Gupta, Ph.D. for professional programs such as law school. Why Study Computer Science or Degrees Software Engineering? • Major in Computer Science These disciplines are an excellent choice for • Minor in Computer Science students who enjoy problem-solving and are • Major in Software Engineering good at mathematics and the sciences. Good communication skills are also a plus, as this CS Program Student Learning type of work is typically done in small groups Objectives or as part of a team. Computers and software • Analyze and solve mathematics-based have become essential tools in all disciplines, problems. so you can pair the study of computer science • Understand and explain the main concepts, or software engineering with a major or minor principles, algorithms, data structures, and in any other area of study, including the theories of computer science. sciences, business, fine arts, or the humanities. • Write programs and develop software to Employment prospects in computer science and solve problems. software engineering are excellent. • Communicate and work effectively in teams. Why Study Computer Science or • Articulate one’s role in society as a Software Engineering at Butler? computing professional, including ethical, There are several reasons we feel our legal, and social obligations. programs are distinctive: • Our Engineering Projects in Community Requirements for the Computer Service (EPICS) Program combines service- Science Major learning with the practice of software All of the following courses: engineering; student-run teams develop • MA106, 107, Calculus and Analytic software for charity and nonprofit clients. Geometry I, II • Our supercomputer is available for student • MA215, Linear Algebra research projects, with possible support • CS151, 252, Foundations of Computing I, available through the Honors Program and II the Butler Summer Institute. • CS248, Object-Oriented Programming • Our students learn parallel programming and Data Structures theory and techniques both in the The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences 81 • CS282 or 283, EPICS I • CS452, Parallel Algorithm Design and • CS321, Computer Organization Programming • CS351, Algorithms • CS485, Computer Ethics • SE361, Object-Oriented Design • SE361, Object-Oriented Design • CS433, Theory of Database Systems • SE461, Managing Software Development • CS452, Parallel Algorithm Design and • SE462, Modernizing Legacy Software Programming • SE463, Software Testing and Quality • CS485, Computer Ethics Assurance • CS473, Topics in Computer Science • SE411, Internship • One course numbered CS440-459 One of the following two courses: • One course numbered CS430-439 or • CS435, Computer Networks SE460 or above • CS441, Organization of Programming Languages Requirements for the Computer • Three additional credit hours of CS or SE Science Minor electives numbered 300 or above • CS151, Foundations of Computing I • CS248, Object-Oriented Programming Core courses offered by and Data Structures Computer Science • Twelve additional credit hours of CS or SE AR220-CS, Robot Programming: This electives numbered 250 or above introductory programming course features personal robots that can move, draw, and Software Engineering Student take digital pictures. Robot behaviors are Learning Objectives programmed and controlled remotely using • Analyze and solve mathematics-based a high-level language such as Python from a problems. desktop or laptop computer. Topics include • Understand and explain the main concepts, conditional execution, repetition, defining principles, algorithms, data structures, and functions, and using arrays. No prior theories of computer science and software programming experience required. (U)(3). Fall. engineering. • Write programs and develop software to Computer Science Courses solve problems. CS142, Introduction to Computer Science • Communicate and work effectively in and Programming: An introduction to teams. programming in a high-level language • Articulate one’s role in society as a (assignment, data types, expressions, selection, computing professional, including ethical, loops, functions, arrays) including parallel legal, and social obligations. programming for supercomputers. Topics such • Acquire and synthesize new knowledge as AI, software engineering, and databases, for software development in specific are also discussed. Prerequisite: MA101, or application domains. equivalent. (U)(3). Fall, spring, and summer. Requirements for the Software CS151, Foundations of Computer Science: Introduction to mathematical problem Engineering Major solving, with emphasis on techniques for All of the following courses: designing computer-based solutions. Concepts • MA106, 107, Calculus and Analytic include problem-solving principles, logic, Geometry I, II proof techniques, sets, sequences, functions, • MA162, Probability and Statistics relations, and inductive and recursive thinking. • CS151, 252, Foundations of Computing I, Prerequisites: MA101 or 102 or equivalent. (U) II (3). Fall. • CS248, Object-Oriented Programming and Data Structures CS248, Object-Oriented Programming and • CS282 or 283, EPICS I Data Structures: This course is an introduction • CS321, Computer Organization to object-oriented programming using Java. • CS351, Algorithms Topics include algorithm analysis, recursion, • CS433, Theory of Database Systems the stack, queue, tree, and heap data structures,
82 Butler University sorting algorithms, and GUI programming. execution cycle, addressing modes, symbolic A brief survey of computer science is also assembly language, and the fundamentals of included: history, software engineering, operating systems. Advanced topics including computer organization, operating systems, pipelined and parallel architectures are also networks, programming languages, databases, covered. Corequisite: CS 248. (U)(3). Fall. artificial intelligence, and theory. Prerequisites: CS351, Algorithms: A systematic study of data CS142 or equivalent and CS151. (U)(5). structures and algorithms with an introduction Spring. to theoretical computer science. Topics include CS252, Foundations of Computing 2: As lists, stacks, queues, trees, and graph structure, a continuation of CS151, concepts include searching and sorting algorithms, mathematical mathematical logic, formal grammars, algebraic algorithms, time and space complexity, an structures, finite state machines and automata, introduction to the theory of NP-completeness, graph theory, and combinatorics. Prerequisite: and an introduction to computability theory. CS151 (U)(3). Spring. Prerequisite: 248. (U)(3). Fall. CS271, Topics in Computer Science: In- CS 382S, Epics 2 Service Learning: depth study of special topics not covered in Supervised team software project for a local regular courses. (U)(1). Occasionally. charity or non-profit organization. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisites: concurrent CS 282S, Epics 1 Service Learning: registration in CS351 and SE361 and either Supervised team software project for a local CS282 or CS283, or permission of the charity or non-profit organization. May be department. (U)(2). Fall and spring. repeated for credit. Corequisite: CS248 or permission of the department. (U)(2). Fall and CS 383S, Epics 2 Service Learning: spring. Supervised team software project for a local charity or non-profit organization. May be CS 283S, Epics 1 Service Learning: repeated for credit. Prerequisites: concurrent Supervised team software project for a local registration in CS351 and SE361 and either charity or non-profit organization. May be CS282 or CS283, or permission of the repeated for credit. Corequisite: CS248 or department. (U)(3). Fall and spring. permission of the department. (U)(3). Fall and spring. CS401, Independent Study: Provides an opportunity for qualified students to CS300, Teaching Practicum: Students assist a pursue special topics under the guidance of faculty member teaching a 100 or 200 level CS a department staff member. Prerequisite: course by helping students with assignments permission of the department. (U/G)(1). and laboratory exercises, conducting help Occasionally. sessions, preparing course materials, and setting up laboratory exercises. The student receives CS402, Independent Study: Provides regularly scheduled supervision from the faculty an opportunity for qualified students to instructor. May be repeated once for credit. (U) pursue special topics under the guidance of (3). Occasionally. a department staff member. Prerequisite: permission of the department. (U/G)(2). CS308, Problem Seminar: A survey of basic Occasionally. problem-solving strategies such as recursion, divide and conquer, and backtracking, and CS403, Independent Study: Provides applying these strategies to sample problems an opportunity for qualified students to in mathematics, text processing, graphics, and pursue special topics under the guidance of games. Consolidates material from CS242 and a department staff member. Prerequisite: CS243. Prerequisite: CS248 or permission of permission of the department. (U/G)(3). the instructor. (U)(1). Fall and spring. Occasionally. CS321, Computer Organization: Principles CS411, Internship: Supervised work of computer architecture are introduced from a experience directly related to major area of layered point of view, beginning at the level of study. Prerequisites: junior or senior standing gates and digital logic, and progressing through and permission of department. (U)(3). micro-programming, the machine language Occasionally. The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences 83 CS431, Theory of Operating Systems: CS455, Numerical Analysis: Solutions of Introduces the major concept areas of operating equations and systems, error analysis, numerical systems principles, including the study of differentiation and integration, interpolation, process, storage, and processor management; least squares approximation, numerical solution performance issues; distributed systems; and of ordinary differential equations. Prerequisites: protection and security. Prerequisites: CS248, MA107 and CS142 or equivalent. (U/G)(3). CS252, and CS321. (U/G)(3). Occasionally. Occasionally. CS433, Database Systems: An introduction CS471, Topics in Computer Science: In- to the theory, design, and use of modern depth study of special topics not covered in database management systems. Topics include regular courses. Prerequisite: permission of the relational, entity-relationship, and object- department. (U/G)(1). Fall and spring. oriented data models, query languages such as CS472, Topics in Computer Science: In- SQL, file systems, concurrency and deadlock, depth study of special topics not covered in reliability, security, and query optimization. regular courses. Prerequisite: permission of Prerequisites: CS248, CS252, and CS321. department. (U/G)(2). Fall and spring. (U/G)(3). Fall. CS473, Topics in Computer Science: In- CS435, Computer Networks: An introduction depth study of special topics not covered in to computer networks from a layered point regular courses. Prerequisite: permission of of view beginning with the physical and department. (U/G)(3). Fall and spring. data link layers, and progressing through the medium access layer, the network layer, the CS482S, Epics 3 Service Learning: Supervised transport layer, and the applications layer. team software project for a local charity or non- Specific content includes Ethernet, TCP/IP, profit organization. May be repeated for credit. and the Web. Students will write client/server Prerequisite: Concurrent registration in SE461 programs that communicate across a network. and either CS382 or CS383, or permission of Prerequisite: CS321. (U/G)(3). Occasionally. the department. (U)(2). Fall and spring. CS441, Organization of Programming CS483S, Epics 3 Service Learning: Supervised Languages: Emphasizes the principles and team software project for a local charity or non- programming paradigms that govern the profit organization. May be repeated for credit. design and implementation of contemporary Prerequisite: Concurrent registration in SE461 programming languages. Includes the study of and either CS382 or CS383, or permission of language syntax, processors, representations, the department. (U)(3). Fall and spring. and paradigms. Prerequisites: CS252, CS 321, and SE 361. (U/G)(3). Occasionally. CS485, Computer Ethics: Ethical and social issues in computing with emphasis on CS451, Theory of Computation: Basic professional responsibilities, risks and liabilities, theoretical principles of computer science that and intellectual property. Prerequisite: CS142 are embodied in formal languages, automata, and sophomore standing. (U/G)(1). Fall. computability, and computational complexity. Includes regular expressions, context-free CS490, Research Methods: An introduction grammars, Turing machines, Church’s thesis, to research methodology in computer science, and unsolvability. Prerequisites: CS252, CS321 including an overview of computer science and CS351. (U/G)(3). Occasionally. literature and techniques for presenting and evaluating research results. Prerequisites: CS452, Parallel Algorithm Design and CS321, CS351, and SE361, or junior standing Programming: A study of theoretical and and permission of the department. (U)(2). practical paradigms of parallel algorithm design. Occasionally. Topics include model costs, lower bounds, architecture and topology, data-parallelism, CS491, Senior Seminar: Techniques for synchronization, transactional memory, giving oral presentations of research results message passing, and parallel design for in computer science. Prerequisite: CS490 sorting, graphs, string processing, and dynamic or permission of the department. (U)(1). programming. Spring. Occasionally. CS499, Honors Thesis: (U)(3). Occasionally. 84 Butler University Software Engineering Courses reverse engineering, and program SE267, Business Application Dev.: comprehension tools. A modernization project Programming in Visual Basic, with applications is required. Prerequisite: SE361. (U/G)(3). to business. Topics include data representation, Occasionally. control structures, arrays, functions, and SE463, Testing and Quality Assurance: objects. Prerequisites: none. (U)(3). Fall and Basic concepts, systematic techniques, and spring. tools involved in testing and QA of software SE331, Web-Based Client/Server systems. Some topics to be covered include Programming: Web-based applications black and white box testing techniques, object- programming in a Unix-based environment. oriented testing, regression testing, system Topics include XHTML/CSS and JavaScript integration testing, planning and reporting of on the client side, and a PHP and Perl CGI testing activities. Prerequisite: SE361 (U)(3). programming on the server side. Other topics Occasionally. include client/server object-oriented software SE472, Topics in Software Engineering: architectures, protection and security related In-depth study of special topics not covered in to network programming, and database regular courses. Prerequisite: permission of the connectivity. Prerequisite: CS248 (U)(3). department. (U/G)(2). Occasionally. Occasionally. SE473, Topics in Software Engineering: SE361, Object-Oriented Design: This course In-depth study of special topics not covered in uses the Unified Modeling Language (UML) regular courses. Prerequisite: permission of the as a vehicle to introduce the basic principles department. (U/G)(3). Occasionally. of object-oriented methodology and design, covering classes, objects, data abstraction, Economics Program polymorphism, information hiding, and Professors relationships among classes such as inheritance, Peter Grossman, Ph.D., Efroymson chair of association, aggregation, and composition. economics; Robert Main, Ph.D.; William Specific design techniques are covered for Rieber, Ph.D. object-oriented programming languages such as Associate Professor Java and C++. The course also provides a first Kathy Paulson Gjerde, Ph.D. exposure to the software development lifecycle Adjunct Faculty of object-oriented software applications. Robert Kirk, Ph.D.; Theodore Kuhn, M.A.; A small team design project is required. Thomas Litkowski, M.A.; Timothy Zimmer, Prerequisite: CS248. (U)(3). Spring. Ph.D. SE411, Internship: Supervised work experience in software engineering. Why Study Economics? Prerequisites: SE361, SE461, CS485, and Economics provides you with problem- one of SE462, CS382, or CS383. (U)(3). solving and data-gathering skills to make Occasionally. informed decisions in a variety of settings; e.g., government, law, finance, business, SE461, Managing Software Development: and journalism; and for a variety of job Techniques, principles, and processes for responsibilities—from college intern to a developing large, complex software systems: newly hired bank credit analyst at one end of Systems analysis and specification, modeling, the spectrum, to U.S. senator, Supreme Court design patterns, implementation, validation justice, or CEO of a successful business on the and verification, quality assurance, and project other. management. A team-based software project Besides being a strong major in its own right, is required. Prerequisite: SE361. (U/G)(3). economics is a nice complement for students Occasionally. who have interests in philosophy, political science, sociology, history, mathematics, SE462, Modernizing Legacy Software: psychology, foreign languages, engineering, and Fundamental concepts, principles, techniques, English. Indeed, the Nobel Prize in economics and tools for the maintenance and evolution of is often awarded to economists who also have a legacy software systems. Software maintenance keen interest in one of the above areas. and evolution process models, reengineering, The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences 85 Why Study Economics at Butler? • Foundation Course hours: 13 (Not You can study economics as a major in the counting MA125 or MA106, and with College of Liberal Arts and Sciences and also as MS101 being one hour) a major in the College of Business. The student Other Required in Liberal Arts and Sciences may have a given • EC332, Intermediate Macroeconomics career path in mind but often does not. He/ • EC354, Intermediate Microeconomics she knows that economics offers an array of • EC464, Quantitative Methods- opportunities and takes economics to learn Econometrics critical thinking skills and about the dynamic • Other Required Course hours: 9 economic environment in which we live. The career choice will follow. The same applies to a Any four courses numbered 300 or 400 level student who majors in the College of Business, • Economics Electives hours: 12 but the career choice is more targeted to the • Total Hours: 34 business sector. The economics courses taken in Requirements for the Minor either college are the same; the courses outside • EC231, Principles of Microeconomics of economics, though, are different between the • EC232, Principles of Macroeconomics two colleges. • Either EC332, Intermediate Economics Student Learning Outcomes Macroeconomics or EC354, Intermediate Students will learn and discuss issues such Macroeconomics as how the Federal Reserve creates money • Three courses numbered 300 or 400 level and influences interest rates domestically and • Total hours: 18 around the world, why the euro changes in Core Course Offered by Economics value against the dollar, and the reason behind SW 220-COB, The Economy and Society: Zimbabwe inflation. You’ll learn about the This course examines important concepts “Wealth of Nations” from rich countries (e.g. of microeconomics and macroeconomics the U.S.) to poor ones (e.g. Bangladesh), about and analyzes issues such as energy prices, growing countries (e.g. China) and countries prescription drug costs, pollution, and transitioning to capitalism (e.g. Russia). You’ll globalization of markets using these concepts. It learn about the invisible hand of the market explores how economic life is intertwined with and the different roles of government in a a society’s culture, politics, values, and history. mixed economy. Further, it considers the limitations of the The tools in addressing these questions include economic methodology to place economics in supply and demand, international trade and a context with the other social sciences. (U)(3). exchange rate determination, monetary and Fall and spring. fiscal policy, market structure, and statistical relationships. Economics Courses Degrees EC231, Principles of Microeconomics: This course examines the economic behavior of • Major in Economics individuals, firms, and markets. The course • Minor in Economics provides basic concepts of economics and the Requirements for the Major analytical tools for students to understand Required Foundation how and why people make economic choices. • EC231, Principles of Microeconomics Prerequisites: sophomore standing; or 15 hours • EC232, Principles of Macroeconomics and (MA106 or MA125). (U)(3). Fall, spring, • MA125, Business Calculus or MA106, and summer. Calculus and Analytical Geometry I (Either EC232, Principles of Macroeconomics: This course also satisfies the University core course studies aggregate output, employment, curriculum under Analytical Reasoning.) trade, government fiscal and monetary • MS100, Basic Excel Skills policies, and other national and international • MS264, Statistics economic issues. It provides a framework for • MS265, Information Technology understanding and evaluating economic policy choices made by political leaders throughout the world. Prerequisite: EC231. (U)(3). Fall, spring, and summer. 86 Butler University EC332, Intermediate Macroeconomics: problems. Prerequisite: EC101 or EC231. (U) Discusses measures of national income; it also (3). Occasionally. examines causes of growth and fluctuations in EC352, Personnel Economics: This course national income. Prerequisites: junior standing, presents an economic approach to a variety of EC231 and EC232. (U)(3). Annually, term human resource issues, including recruitment varies. and hiring, turnover, motivating workers to EC336, Comparative Economic Systems: high levels of productivity, and job assignment. An inquiry into the underlying principles and Basic microeconomic theory is applied to these operational methods of national economic topics to gain a better understanding of how systems throughout the world. Focuses on the to successfully manage people. Prerequisites: transition of the former socialist countries to EC231 and EC232. (U)(3). Spring. market economies, and reviews the alternative models of central planning, market socialism, EC354, Intermediate Microeconomics: and market capitalism. Compares the economic Economic theory and management decision- policy choices (and consequences) that making. Specific topics include demand countries adopt to further national objectives. determinants, cost-output functions, and Prerequisite: EC101 or EC231. (U)(3). pricing theory. Credit will not be given for both Occasionally. EC350 and EC354. Prerequisites: EC231 and EC232. (U)(3). Annually, term varies. EC339, Economic History of the United States: Study of the economic development of EC355, Money and Banking: The study of the United States, emphasizing both theoretical the U.S. monetary system, including the role and quantitative tools of analysis. Prerequisite: of the Federal Reserve System. The functions EC101 or EC231 (U)(3). Occasionally. and operations of commercial banks and other EC342, Law and Economics: This course looks depository institutions also are examined. at law and crime from an economic perspective. Credit will not be given to both EC355 and Topics include property law, contract law, FN371. Prerequisite: EC231, EC232. (U)(3). torts, and crime. The course examines theory Occasionally. as well as many actual cases. It also explores EC391, Environmental and Natural the evolution and economic impacts of our Resources: The economics of externalities and laws and legal structure. Prerequisite: EC101 their relation to property rights. Alternative or SW220 or (EC231 and EC232). (U)(3). strategies for dealing with environmental Occasionally. problems. Analysis of problems of allocating EC346, Health Care Economics: The course natural resources over time. Prerequisite: will apply economic tools and methods to EC101 or EC231. (U)(3). Occasionally. better understand the current health care EC401, Independent Study: (U)(1). system and possible reform policy initiatives. It Occasionally. is intended to be discussion based and should be attractive to students with a diverse academic EC402, Independent Study: (U)(2). background. Prerequisite: EC231 (U)(3). Fall Occasionally. and spring. EC403, Independent Study: (U)(3). EC350, Managerial Economics: Application Occasionally. of microeconomic theory to the management EC433, International Economics: Examines of firms: demand, cost and pricing; strategic theories of international trade, tariffs, and behavior; and the boundaries of the firm. regional economics integration; also examines Credit will not be given for both EC350 and foreign trade financing, international EC354. Prerequisites: EC231, EC232, MS264. investment, and balance of payments (U)(3). Occasionally. adjustment. Prerequisite: EC231, EC232. (U) EC351, Urban Economics: The application (3). Fall, spring, and summer. of economic analysis to urban affairs, e.g., EC434, Public Finance: Systems of ghetto redevelopment, growth, and fiscal expenditure, taxation, borrowing, and management. Theory and policy both are budgeting of national, state, and local considered in analyzing urban economic The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences 87 governments. Theories and principles of fine arts, and professional programs and also taxation. Prerequisite: EC101 or EC 231. (U) have access to ABET-accredited engineering (3). Occasionally. programs at the Purdue School of Engineering and Technology at Indianapolis. Students EC438, Economic History of Europe: A completing this program will earn degrees study of the economic development of selected from both institutions. The EDDP is not a 3-2 European states since 1500. Emphasis on program where students are expected to transfer economic, demographic, political, social, after three years to another school to complete and cultural forces affecting production and their engineering studies. The EDDP has a distribution. Prerequisite: EC101 or EC231. curriculum that integrates engineering, science, (U)(3). Occasionally. mathematics, computer science, social sciences, EC462, Mathematical Economics: This humanities, and fine arts courses and allows course is an introductory exploration of residence at Butler University for the duration mathematical economics. It examines of the program. economics through mathematical models and operations and explores basic issues in Engineering Dual Degree Program economics—supply and demand, profit and (EDDP) utility maximization, monetary and fiscal Students select a major from both institutions policy—using formal mathematical models. (Dual-Degree Butler University and Purdue Students will not simply go over mathematical School of Engineering and Technology at economic models but will develop an Indianapolis). appreciation for how formal economic models Major Options at Butler University are constructed. Prerequisites: EC231, EC232, • Biology MA106 or equivalent. (U)(3). Occasionally. • Chemistry • Computer science EC464, Quantitative Methods— • Economics Econometrics: Applications of statistical • Mathematics methods to economic analysis and forecasting. • Physics Examines methods of hypothesis testing, linear • Science, technology, and society regression, and time-series analysis, and applies these to issues of micro and macroeconomics. Major Options at Purdue School Prerequisites: EC231, EC232, and MS264 or MA260. (U)(3). Spring. of Engineering and Technology at Indianapolis EC495, Special Topics in Economics: • Biomedical engineering Seminar in selected economics topics. Course • Computer engineering content will vary from semester to semester. • Electrical engineering Prerequisite: EC101 or EC231. (U)(3). • Energy engineering Occasionally. • Mechanical engineering EC499, Honors Thesis: (U)(3). Occasionally. • Motorsports engineering Summary of program features Engineering Dual-Degree 1. The dual degree program leads to a Program (EDDP) degree in engineering from Purdue Administration School of Engineering and Technology Joseph L. Kirsch, Ph.D., program director; at Indianapolis (biomedical, computer, Jessica R. McCormick, program coordinator electrical, energy, mechanical, or motorsports) and a degree from Butler The EDDP (Engineering Dual Degree University (biology, chemistry, computer Program) results from a partnership science, economics, mathematics, physics between the well-established programs at or STS). Butler University and the Purdue School of 2. The EDDP s not a 3-2 program where Engineering and Technology at Indianapolis. students are expected to transfer after The EDDP allows students to study at three years to another school to complete Butler University, which is known for its their engineering studies. The EDDP has quality science, humanities, social science, a curriculum that integrates engineering, 88 Butler University science, mathematics, computer science, Ph.D.; Alessandra Lynch, M.F.A.; Rebecca social sciences, humanities, and fine arts Ries, M.A.; Robert Stapleton, M.F.A.; Susan courses. Sutherlin, M.A. 3. The biomedical, computer, electrical, and mechanical engineering programs are Why Major in English? ABET-accredited. The newer energy and The English major offers students the motorsports programs will be included in tools to master close reading, formal analysis, the next ABET review. literary history, critical theory, research 4. The dual degree programs are five years strategies, and creative expression. English with residence available at Butler University majors enjoy the beauty of great works of art throughout the programs. as they simultaneously ask important questions 5. One summer internship is part of the about the relationship between language and program. the production of meaning and value. Our 6. Courses in mathematics, sciences, students learn to discuss and write critically humanities, social sciences, and fine arts about the many ways literature and language are taught through Butler University have influenced the values and lived experiences while the engineering courses are taught of societies over centuries, among genders through Purdue School of Engineering and and classes, races and ethnicities, and across Technology at Indianapolis. geographical boundaries. When English majors 7. Normally engineering courses taken during head out into the world, we expect that they the first three years will be taught at Butler will carry with them a passion for reading and University. writing, and a commitment to use language 8. Transportation is facilitated between sites clearly, purposefully, and with sophistication (Butler and Purdue School of Engineering and elegance. and Technology at Indianapolis, approximately 5 miles). Why major in English at Butler? The English Department at Butler University 9. Job placement and career services are balances the study of traditional fields of English available to dual degree students at Butler and American literature with a commitment to University, Purdue School of Engineering interdisciplinary work, involving contemporary and Technology at Indianapolis, and fields such as gender and sexuality, film studies, Purdue University at West Lafayette. comparative literature, cultural studies, rhetoric The curriculum for the EDDP can be viewed of science and creative writing. Our full-time at www.butler.edu/engineering. Engineering faculty includes formalists and theorists, cultural courses are noted on the Butler University historians and rhetoricians, and novelists and transcript with a departmental designation of poets. Our course offerings reflect diversity: DD. students can choose a traditional English major, or the major with a concentration—Creative English Language and Writing or Theory, Culture and Criticism. Literature In each case, students will find small classes, dedicated teachers, and an active and engaged Administration group of fellow students. Andrew G. Levy, Ph.D., department chair Butler’s English Department is home to one Professors of the country’s most important Visiting Writers Dan Barden, M.F.A.: Joseph R. Colavito, Series, which encourages a sense of literary Ph.D.; Hilene Flanzbaum, Ph.D.; Andrew and creative community that goes beyond the G. Levy, Ph.D.; Susan Neville, M.F.A.; Carol classroom. Recent visitors to the series have Reeves, Ph.D.; William P. Walsh, Ph.D. included Joyce Carol Oates, Richard Russo, Associate Professors Yusef Kumonyaaka, Elmore Leonard, Jorie Chris Forhan, M.F.A.: Lee Garver, Ph.D.; Jason Graham, and Junot Diaz. The popular Visiting Goldsmith, Ph.D.; William Watts, Ph.D. Writers Series course offers students the chance Assistant Professors to meet and talk to many of these writers. The Michael Dahlie, M.F.A.: Ania Spyra, Ph.D.; department’s secondary programs also extend Brynnar Swenson, Ph.D. the opportunities for our majors, including a Instructors city-wide creative writing camp, a large peer- Barbara Campbell, Ph.D.; Angela Hofstetter, The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences 89 tutoring program where students help students six hours of EN literature courses, including across the University, and an internship program at least one course at the 300-level or where students gain experience in classrooms, above. pressrooms, and in small and large businesses. With Creative Writing English Student Learning Objectives Through the concentration in creative Our students graduate as incisive readers, writing, English majors have the opportunity cogent thinkers, and powerful writers, well to study the art and craft of creative writing. prepared for any profession requiring a rigorous Students are given the opportunity to take understanding and mastery of language. workshops in poetry, fiction, and nonfiction. Because of their exposure to a vast array of Recent independent study projects have human experiences in literature, English included screenplays, memoirs, and graphic majors are more likely to be able to listen to novels. Each year, through the nationally the voices of opposition and disagreement; to recognized Vivian S. Delbrook Visiting Writers accept the persistence in the world of ambiguity Series, students have the opportunity to meet and complexity without resorting to facile and work one-on-one with writers such as simplification, cliché or stereotypes; to consider Jonathan Lethem, Jean Valentine, and Lorrie evidence rather than rush to judgment; and Moore. Students who enroll in the creative to react to human dilemmas and suffering writing concentration will take: with compassion. English majors also carry • Minimum of 48 hours beyond freshman with them a lasting ability to take informed English pleasure in all forms of literature and creative Sophomore Requirements production. We believe that the education our • EN185, 218, 219, three of the four courses majors gain as readers and writers is invaluable in the Literary and Cultural History whether they work in education, the legal field, Sequence (EN245, 246, 265, and 266); the arts, electronic communication, publishing, EN321 OR 322 business, the nonprofit sector, government, or Junior/Senior Requirements other careers. • EN390: Research Seminar; one 300/400-level course in language, rhetoric, Requirements for English Major or literary criticism; two 300-level literature • Minimum of 36 hours beyond freshman courses; one 300/400-level course in subject English. area not covered in the Literary and Cultural Sophomore requirements History Sequence; two 300-level writing • EN185, three of the four courses in the courses; for seniors, EN410, Senior Creative Literary and Cultural History sequence Writing Seminar, one creative writing (EN245, 246, 265 and 266), EN321 or 322. portfolio, and one EN450 senior essay. Junior/Senior requirements With Theory, Culture and Criticism • EN390: Research Seminar; one Students will take additional courses in 300/400-level course in language, rhetoric, cultural studies, comparative literature, literary or literary criticism; two 300-level literature criticism, and critical theory in order to study courses; one 300/400-level course in subject literary texts in a global cultural context. area not covered in the Literary and Cultural LTCC courses will look at diverse cultural History Sequence; for seniors, one 400-level objects—novels, plays, films, visual arts, and seminar and one EN 450-level senior essay media—through the lens of the literary and with emphasis in writing cultural theories, with the goal of producing Requirements for English Minor sophisticated readers of the contemporary • Minimum of 18 hours beyond freshman world. This concentration is highly English; EN185; 3-6 hours of EN200-level recommended for those planning to pursue literature courses and 9-12 hours of EN300- advanced degrees in the humanities. and 400-level literature courses. With Emphasis in Literary Theory, Culture, Concentration in writing and Criticism • Minimum of 21 hours beyond freshman • Minimum of 48 hours beyond freshman English requirement; EN185, 218 or 219; English. nine additional hours in writing courses and
90 Butler University Sophomore Requirements later American literature, and thereby seek • EN185, three of the four courses in the to increase students’ understanding of major Literary and Cultural History Sequence works, authors, and literary movements of the (EN245, 246, 265, and 266), EN321, period. Texts for the course will come primarily EN322. from the period after the American Civil War, Junior/Senior Requirements and both the texts and the authors studied • EN390, Research Seminar; one will be placed within their larger literary and 300/400-level course in language or cultural contexts. Particular themes for the rhetoric; EN385, Studies in Literary course will be published each semester in the Criticism; EN387, Studies in Literary schedule of classes. (U)(3). Spring. Theory; two 300-level literature courses; two TI212-EN, Inquiries in Brit Lit and His I: 300/400-level Literary Theory, Culture and This course will be organized around early Criticism-approved electives; for seniors, British literature, and thereby seek to increase one 400-level seminar and one EN450-level students’ understanding of major works, senior essay. authors, and literary movements of the period. Core Courses Offered by English Texts for the course will come primarily from PCA232-EN, Seeing the World and the the period up to 1800, and both the texts and Self: When you look out the window do you the authors studied will be placed within their see a tree or the rhythmic sway of dark line larger literary and cultural contexts. Particular and bright color? Do you see a field of grass themes for the course will be published each or waves of innumerable greens? This course semester in the schedule of classes. (U)(3). Fall. will encourage you to see the world through TI 213-EN, Inquiries in Brit Lit and His the eyes of an artist by focusing on the natural II: This course will be organized around later world. To achieve this we will examine a variety British literature, and thereby seek to increase of formats including poetry, the personal students’ understanding of major works, essay, painting, and photography in relation authors, and literary movements of the period. to key aesthetic concepts such as the sublime, Texts for the course will come primarily from the beautiful, and the picturesque. We will the period after 1800, and both the texts and juxtapose contemporary writers and artists the authors studied will be placed within their with those from earlier periods to demonstrate larger literary and cultural contexts. Particular how the way we see the world is culturally themes for the course will be published each determined. We will complement our readings semester in the schedule of classes. (U)(3). with trips to nearby museums (IMA), galleries, Spring. and the studios of local artists. In addition, we will take advantage of such local natural TI 214-EN, Shakespeare: Introduces resources as the grounds of the IMA, the canal Shakespeare’s themes, stagecraft, language, walk, and Holcomb Gardens, where you will and moral vision with special attention to the find the raw material for your own reflection varieties of human experience portrayed in the and creative expression. (U)(3). Fall and spring. plays. (U)(3). Fall and spring. TI210-EN, Inquiries in Am Lit and His I: TI 215-EN, Theory, Culture, Criticism: This course will be organized around a theme This course is an introduction to cultural in early American literature, and thereby seek studies: a critical, theoretical, interpretive, and to increase students’ understanding of major interdisciplinary way to understand our world works, authors and literary movements of the and our place in it. This course will look at period. Texts for the course will come primarily diverse cultural objects—novels, plays, films, from the period up to the American Civil War, visual arts, and media—through the lens of and both the texts and the authors studied the literary and cultural theories, with the will be placed within their larger literary and goal of producing sophisticated readers of the cultural contexts. Particular themes for the contemporary world. (U)(3). Fall and spring. course will be published each semester in the schedule of classes. (U)(3). Fall. English Courses EN101, Writing Tutorial: Intensive practice TI 211-EN, Inquiries in Am Lit and His in discovering, shaping, and communicating II: This course will be organized around meaning through writing. Individualized The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences 91 instruction for students who need additional American Civil War, and both the texts and critical reading and writing development to the authors studied will be placed within their perform satisfactorily in the First-Year Seminar. larger literary and cultural contexts. Particular Students will meet during the first week of themes for the course will be published each classes at the published time, but thereafter, semester in the schedule of classes. (U)(3). students will arrange a weekly tutorial time Spring. with the professor as well as arrange weekly or EN265, Inquiries in British Literary and biweekly tutorials with a Peer Tutor from the Cultural History 1: This course will be Writers’ Studio. Students are assigned to the organized around early British literature, course on the basis of tests and writing samples. and thereby seek to increase students’ (P/F) credit. (U)(3). Fall. understanding of major works, authors, and EN185, Introduction to the Discipline of literary movements of the period. Texts for the English: Introduces students to the methods course will come primarily from the period up of critical reading and writing and helps them to 1800, and both the texts and the authors to develop the skills necessary for the study studied will be placed within their larger of literature. Required of all English majors. literary and cultural contexts. Particular themes Prerequisite: EN 102. (U)(3). Fall and spring. for the course will be published each semester in the schedule of classes. (U)(3). Fall. EN201, Advanced Composition: Studies the craft of expository prose. Emphasizes the EN266, Inquiries in British Literary and construction of well-developed and well- Cultural History 2: This course will be supported arguments. Prerequisites: FYS101 organized around later British literature, and and 102. (U)(3). Annually, term varies. thereby seek to increase students’ understanding of major works, authors, and literary EN218, Intro Creative Writing: Poetry: movements of the period. Texts for the course Focuses on the connection between reading will come primarily from the period after 1800, and writing. Emphasis on techniques of writing and both the texts and the authors studied poetry. (U)(3). Fall and spring. will be placed within their larger literary and EN219, Intro Creative Writing: Prose: cultural contexts. Particular themes for the Focuses on the connection between reading course will be published each semester in the and writing. Emphasis on techniques of prose schedule of classes. (U)(3). Spring. writing, fiction, and non-fiction. Prerequisites EN301, Topics in Advanced Composition: FYS101 and 102 (U)(3). Fall and spring. Studies specific prose methods or styles of EN245, Inquiries in American Literary writing. Recent offerings include review and Cultural History 1: This course will be writing, stylistic analysis, classical rhetoric, and organized around a theme in early American peer tutoring. Open to juniors and seniors. literature, and thereby seek to increase students’ (U/G)(3). Spring. understanding of major works, authors, and EN303, Studies in Professional Writing: literary movements of the period. Texts for You will learn some basic forms of professional the course will come primarily from the writing as well as some of its special purposes period up to the American Civil War, and such as public education and outreach; both the texts and the authors studied will be argument and advocacy; reporting; reviewing; placed within their larger literary and cultural or entertaining. You will learn to write within contexts. Particular themes for the course will such areas as the environment, health and be published each semester in the schedule of medicine, science and technology. (U/G)(3). classes. (U)(3). Fall. Annually, term varies. EN246, Inquiries in American Literary EN310, Intermediate Writing Workshop: and Cultural History 2: This course will be Students will have the opportunity to work organized around later American literature, and on their own writing in a workshop setting, thereby seek to increase students’ understanding which includes the participation and critique of major works, authors, and literary of all other students in the course. Students movements of the period. Texts for the course will read extensively in the specified genre and will come primarily from the period after the attend Butler’s Visiting Writers’ Series events. 92 Butler University Prerequisites: EN 218 and 219 or permission of EN370, Literature and Public Problems: This the director of creative writing. (U/G)(3). Fall course explores how literary works capture, and spring. contextualize, and imagine past, present, or future public problems such as environmental EN319, History of the English Language: health, economic, and other social issues Studies changes in our language from Indo- that impact locally, nationally, and/or European and Old English, through Middle internationally. (U)(3). Annually, term varies. English, to modern American and British English. Open to juniors and seniors. (U/G) EN381, Studies in Major Authors: Specific (3). Occasionally. courses focusing on extensive study of one or two major writers, their lives, their art, EN321, Comparative Literature 1: Studies and their development. Open to juniors and world literature in historical, aesthetic, and seniors. (U/G)(3). Annually, term varies. cultural context. Prerequisite: EN185. (U/G) (3). Fall and spring. EN382, Studies in Poetry: Specific courses on important groups of poets, historical periods EN322, Comparative Literature 2: Studies of poetry, or bodies of national poetry. Current world literature in historical, aesthetic, and offerings include modern American poetry, cultural context with special attention paid modern British poetry, and contemporary to issues in literary and translation theory. international poetry. Open to juniors and Prerequisites: EN321 or junior/senior status. seniors. (U/G)(3). Annually, term varies. (U/G)(3). Occasionally. EN384, Studies in Drama: Specific courses EN341, Topics in Nineteenth Century A: on genres of drama, historical periods of Studies major writers within the context of drama, or bodies of national drama. Current nineteenth century American culture. (U/G) offerings include Elizabethan and Jacobean (3). Annually, term varies. Drama, Modern American Drama and Modern EN362, Renaissance Literature: Studies European Drama. Open to juniors and seniors. English poetry, prose, and drama of the 16th (U/G)(3). Annually, term varies. and early 17th centuries. Open to juniors and EN385, Studies in Literary Criticism: seniors. (U/G)(3). Occasionally. Specific courses in the history of literary EN363, Shakespeare: Studies representative criticism, important groups of critics, or the comedies, tragedies, and histories in both their application of literary critical methods. (U/G) historical and intellectual contexts and their (3). Annually, term varies. adaptations to modern performance. Open to EN386, Studies in Rhetoric: Offers general juniors and seniors. (U/G)(3). Fall and spring. and specialized study of the history, criticism, EN366, Romanticism: Studies British poetry theory, literature, and application of the and prose of the late eighteenth through rhetorical arts. (U/G)(3). Annually, term varies. the mid nineteenth century. Examines the aesthetic, historical, and intellectual issues of EN387, Studies in Literary Theory: Specific the Romantic Revolution. Particular themes courses in the history of literary and critical will be published each semester in the schedule theory, important groups of theorists, or the of classes (U/G)(3). Occasionally. application of critical methodologies. Annually, term varies. EN367, Victorian Literature: Studies English poetry and prose from 1832 to the death EN390, Research Seminar: Focusing on a of Queen Victoria in 1901. Examines the single text, or a set of texts by a single author, aesthetic, historical, and intellectual issues this course is designed to equip students with of the period and shows how late-Victorian the research and writing skills necessary for literature provides a bridge to 20th-century advanced work in English. This course is aesthetics. Open to juniors and seniors. (U/G) required of all English majors, and should (3). Occasionally. be taken during the junior year. Prerequisite: EN185 and two of the following: EN245, EN368, 20th Century British Literature: EN246, EN265, and EN266. (U/G)(3). Fall Studies modern and postmodern British poetry and spring. and prose in historical, aesthetic, and cultural context. Open to juniors and seniors. (U/G)(3). Occasionally. The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences 93 EN393, Special Topics in Literature: Specific EN482, Studies in Poetry: Specific courses on courses on topics of interest. Open to juniors important groups of poets, historical periods and seniors. (U/G)(3). Fall and spring. of poetry, or bodies of national poetry. Current offerings include modern American poetry, EN395, Internship: Directed experience in a modern British poetry, and contemporary career setting. Students apply through the head international poetry. Open to juniors and of the department. Open to junior and senior seniors. (U/G)(3). Occasionally. majors. (U)(3). Fall and spring. EN493, Special Topics in Literature: Specific EN396, Internship: Directed experience in a courses on topics of interest. Open to juniors career setting. Students apply through the head and seniors. (U/G)(3). Occasionally. of the department. Open to junior and senior majors. (U)(6) Fall and spring. EN495, Independent Study: (U/G)(1). Fall and spring. EN410, Senior Creative Writing Seminar: Students will participate in an advanced writing EN496, Independent Study: (U/G)(2). Fall workshop, critique other students work, and spring. attend Butler Visiting Writers Series events, EN499, Honors Thesis: Senior majors. (U)(3). and complete a substantial writing project. Fall and spring. Prerequisites: Senior standing and pre-approval of course project by director of creative writing. EN501, Graduate Seminar Special Topic: (U)(3). spring. (U/G)(3). Fall and spring. EN422, Comparative Literature 2: Surveys EN710, Research Problems: (G)(3). Fall and major periods and texts in non-Western world spring. literature. (U/G)(3). Occasionally. EN711, Thesis: (G)(3). Fall and spring. EN450, The Senior Essay: In this course, students will work toward completing The English M.A. Program offers graduate their Senior Essay, a 20-25 page literary students the opportunity to pursue one of research-based paper that is a requirement two possible advanced paths of study. In for graduation in the English major. Students the thesis track, M.A. students complete 24 will master professional writing and research semester hours of coursework and six semester methods in their field, as well as techniques for hours of M.A. thesis work. In the non-thesis revising prose. (U)(3). Fall and spring. track, students complete 36 semester hours of coursework. Individuals who complete this EN 455S, Writing in Schools: This class degree should expect to acquire a rigorous will rotate classroom discussion sessions grounding in the fundamentals of professional where students examine various modes of literary analysis, criticism, and research. age-appropriate creative and expository writing pedagogy, and an active experience M.F.A. in Creative Writing where students guide and teach elementary or Butler’s M.F.A. in Creative Writing is a 36-hour secondary school students to express themselves studio program designed for students seeking in literary genres. (U)(3). Fall and spring. to enhance their creative and professional proficiency in the literary arts. The program EN463, Shakespeare: Studies representative features 10 three-credit courses and six hours comedies, tragedies, and histories in both their of formal thesis work with an advisor. We historical and intellectual contexts and their offer workshops in poetry, fiction, nonfiction, adaptations to modern performance. Open to electives in screenwriting, teaching creative juniors and seniors. (U/G)(3). Occasionally. writing, alternative forms, graphic novel, EN466, Romanticism: Studies British poetry young adult fiction, poetic craft, and literary and prose of the late eighteenth through editing and publishing. Students can also take the mid-nineteenth century. Examines the upper-level courses in English, or in other aesthetic, historical, and intellectual issues of departments, as part of their education. the Romantic Revolution. Particular themes The program features access to a will be published each semester in the schedule combination of top-flight, full-time faculty and of classes (U/G)(3). Occasionally. prominent visiting faculty, including the Booth Tarkington Writer-in-Residence. Through 94 Butler University the Vivian S. Delbrook Visiting Writer’s Gender, Women, and Sexuality Studies Series, students attend readings and small provides an interdisciplinary setting in which question-and-answer sessions with nationally students can examine gender—the social and internationally recognized writers. The meaning of the distinction between the sexes— program also operates a literary magazine, and sexuality—sexual identities, discourses, Booth (www.booth.edu), which offers students and institutions—as they intersect with race, a variety of editorial and teaching mentorship class, ethnicity, nationality, and transnational opportunities, and sponsors a rich variety movements. of community programs through the new In required courses, students will analyze Efroymson Center for Creative Writing. gender and sexuality from a variety of academic fields, and they will explore the theoretical M.F.A. Courses and historical basis of such study. Upper- EN501, Graduate Seminar Special Topic: division electives are chosen from at least three (U/G)(3). Fall and spring. disciplines, allowing students to pursue their EN502, Graduate Prose Workshop: Graduate inquiries in more depth without narrowing level creative writing workshop in one of the their focus to a single field. Internships provide following prose forms: fiction (novel, short students with the option to apply theoretical story, or mixed); creative nonfiction; children’s/ knowledge to work and/or community-based young adult; screenwriting; graphic novel; learning opportunities. or open genre. Open to M.F.A. in Creative Gender, Women, and Sexuality Studies Writing students only (G)(3). Fall and spring. is an excellent complement to all majors at Butler University, regardless of whether the EN503, Graduate Poetry Workshop: student plans to attend graduate school or seek Graduate level creative writing workshop in employment immediately after graduation. For poetry. M.F.A. in Creative Writing students students interested in graduate school, Gender, only. (G)(3). Fall and spring. Women, and Sexuality Studies provides a strong foundation in women’s and gender EN504, Project Workshop: Required of all studies, as well as for advanced work in any MFA students pre-thesis. Thesis preparation academic discipline that lends itself to gender and long-form study in one or more of the critique. For students interested in entering following genres: fiction, creative nonfiction, the work force, Gender, Women, and Sexuality poetry, screenwriting, young adult, digital Studies students are well equipped to work in forms, and/or other literary genres. (G)(3). a diverse and multicultural world, an attribute EN505, Literary Editing and Publishing: today’s employers are seeking in a variety of This course introduces students to the professions and occupations, including public production of literary publications. Through administration, social services, business, the lectures and discussions, we will examine arts, law, medicine, social work, anthropology, everything from the evaluation of manuscripts journalism, media, and criminology. to the marketing of a finished product. We Requirements for a major in Gender, Women will also survey the evolving field of literary and Sexuality Studies: magazines and related ethical concerns. (G)(3). Required Courses Annually, term varies. GWS102 Intersections of Identity: Gender, EN506, Reading for Writers: Required of all Race, Class, and Sexuality (3 hrs) MFA students. Reading practice and pedagogy GWS202 Resistance for Social Change (3 in one or more of the following genres: fiction, hrs) creative nonfiction, poetry, screenwriting, GWS304 Feminist and Queer Theory (3 young adult, digital forms, or other literary hrs) genres. (G)(3). Transnational Requirement—Select two of the following (6 hrs) Gender, Women, and GWS303 Special Topics: sexandthecity.org Sexuality Studies AN320 Gender and Sexuality in Globalization Administration AN322 Sex, Gender and Sexuality in Japan Ageeth Sluis, Ph.D., director Assistant Professor Brooke Beloso, Ph.D. The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences 95 AN380 Special Topics: Gender and GWS303 Special Topics: Health Disparities Colonial: Past and Present AN320 Gender and Sexuality in EN393 Special Topics: Gender, Language Globalization and Globalization AN322 Sex, Gender, and Sexuality in Japan HST314 Hidden History of Sex: Gender AN380 Special Topics: Gender and and Sexuality in Latin America Colonial: Past and Present PO380 Special Topics: Politics of Gender ART315 Postmodernism in the Arts and Sexuality in Africa ART382 Special Topics: Gender in Art RL377 Religion, Gender and the Goddess EN343 The American Renaissance and Its in Asia Others SP450 Slavery in the New World EN393 Special Topics: Fin-de-Siecle Fifteen credit hours of GWSS-approved Literature electives with no more than six credit hours in EN393 Special Topics: Gender, Language any one discipline. and Globalization EN493 Special Topics: Sex, Suffrage, and Requirements for a minor in Gender, Empire: Modernism and the New Woman Women and Sexuality Studies: HST338 The Era of Jim and Jane Crow GWS102 Intersections of Identity: Gender, HST341 U.S. Women’s History Race, Class, and Sexuality (3 hrs) JR418 Gender and Media: Global Views GWS202 Resistance for Social Change (3 hrs) MRC354 Gender and Communication GWS304 Feminist and Queer Theory (3 hrs) MRC420 Queering Film Transnational Requirement—Select one of the MRC465 Communication and Cultural following (3 hrs) Criticism GWS303 Special Topics: sexandthecity.org MRC468 Women and Rock AN320 Gender and Sexuality in MRC470 Sports, Media, and Culture Globalization MRC482 Voices of Dissent and Social AN322 Sex, Gender and Sexuality in Japan Change AN380 Special Topics: Gender and PO372 Role of Protest in US Politics Colonial: Past and Present PO380 Special Topics: Gender and EN393 Special Topics: Gender, Language Generation in War and Peace and Globalization PO380 Special Topics: Politics of Gender HST314 Hidden History of Sex, Gender, and Sexuality in Africa and Sexuality in Latin America PO386 Black Political Thought PO380 Special Topics: Politics of Gender PS305 Psychology of Gender and Sexuality in Africa PS333 Human Sexuality RL377 Religion, Gender and the Goddess RL377 Religion, Gender, and the Goddess in Asia in Asia SP450 Slavery in the New World SO317 Gender and Society Six credit hours of GWSS-approved electives. SO380 Gender, Race, and Crime Electives TI234-HST Reel American A separate list of GWSS-approved electives will TI231-HST Mad Women in America be published each semester, but examples of courses students have taken for GWSS credit in Core Courses offered by Gender, the past include the following: Women, and Sexuality Studies GWS300/PL348 Philosophy of Feminism SW 223-GWS, Resistance for Social Change: GWS303 Special Topics: Love for Sale: Civil rights, social movements, resistance Intimate Labor and the Commodification and liberation are the subjects of this course. of Love We will examine the ways in which such GWS303 Special Topics: Ransom Notes and minoritized populations as people of color, Radical Chic women, the lgbt-identified, and the poor have GWS303 Special Topics: sexandthecity.org demanded rights and responsibilities. (U)(3). GWS303 Special Topics: Written Out of Fall and spring. Wedlock: Living in Sin, Dancing on the SW 232-GWS, Intersections of Identity: This Altar course will explore the social construction of
96 Butler University difference and inequality with particular focus GWS301, Gender Studies: Theory and on gender, race, sexuality, and class. Students Methods: Theory and Method: Teaches will interrogate dominant ideologies and the process of gender critique by applying develop an understanding of how systems of that process to materials in the content area inequality impact everyone’s daily lives. (U)(3). chosen by the instructor. This may range Fall and spring. from literature, to music, to political theory. Students will engage in the inquiry about how Gender, Women, and Sexuality gender critique affects the material to which it Studies Courses is applied. This or GS 201 is required for the GWS100, Perspectives in Gender, Women, minor. Prerequisite: GS 200. Open to non- and Sexuality Studies: Designed to introduce minors. (U)(3). students to the wide range of topics addressed GWS303, Topics in Gender Studies: Selected in gender, women’s, and sexuality studies. The topics of significance in gender studies. (U)(3). course is largely made up of guest lectures given Annually, term varies. by faculty from a variety of disciplines across campus. Open to non-minors. Pass-fail credit. GWS304, Feminist and Queer Studies: (U)(1). This course investigates the central concepts of critical theory through the exploration GWS102, Intersections of Identity: This of the overlapping terrains of women’s and course will explore the social construction of gender studies, feminist and queer theory. difference and inequality with particular focus Prerequisites: GWS 102 and 202 or junior/ on gender, race, sexuality, and class. Students senior status. (U)(3). will interrogate dominant ideologies and develop an understanding of how systems of GWS398, Internship/Practicum in Gender inequality impact everyone’s daily lives. (U)(3). Studies: Designed to give students the opportunity to apply theoretical knowledge GWS201, Introduction to Feminism: to everyday experience through a volunteer Provides a history of feminist movements and position, internship, or employment in a setting feminist theory, giving students a sense of where they can explore gender issues. The how feminist thought has developed and how student will work in conjunction with a faculty it has influenced our political and domestic member; the project must be approved by the lives as well as scholarly endeavors in academic gender studies director. Prerequisite: GS 100, disciplines ranging from literary studies to GS 300, or 301, junior or senior standing and biology. Primarily for those interested in completion of six hours of electives. (U)(1). advanced work in women’s studies and for first- Annually, term varies. and second-year students. Prerequisite: GS 200. Open to non-minors. (U)(3). GWS400, Internship/Practicum in Gender Studies: Designed to give students the GWS202, Resistance for Social Change: This opportunity to apply theoretical knowledge course will examine social justice movements to everyday experience through a volunteer both within and beyond the United States. position, internship, or employment in a setting Taking an interdisciplinary, intersectional where they can explore gender issues. The approach, students will investigate how student will work in conjunction with a faculty marginalized groups, such as people of color, member; the project must be approved by the gays, women, and workers, have demanded gender studies director. Prerequisite: GS 100, greater rights and responsibilities. (U)(3). Fall GS 300, or 301, junior or senior standing and and spring. completion of six hours of electives. (U)(3). GWS300, Philosophy of Feminism: Annually, term varies. Introduces students to the philosophical GWS401, Independent Study: Offers method of thinking out issues that confront the qualified student of gender studies the women in contemporary American society and opportunity to pursue a topic of individual which challenge all of us. The course’s primary interest. Open only to seniors, by permission of focus is the study of feminist responses to the instructor. (U)(1). Annually, term varies. issues such as gender socialization, reproductive rights, affirmative action, pornography, beauty, eco-feminism, alternative families, and others. (U)(3). Occasionally. The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences 97 GWS402, Independent Study: Offers from Butler, either abroad or in Washington, the qualified student of gender studies the D.C., offering them a taste of this increasingly opportunity to pursue a topic of individual global world we inhabit. interest. Open only to seniors, by permission of the instructor. (U)(2). Annually, term varies. Why Study Anthropology? Anthropology explores the human condition, GWS403, Independent Study: Offers appreciating humans as both biological and the qualified student of gender studies the cultural creatures. The primary focus of our opportunity to pursue a topic of individual program is cultural anthropology, which studies interest. Open only to seniors, by permission of the ways that humans create meaning, forge instructor. (U)(3). Annually, term varies. alliances, assert differences, reinforce, and GWS490, Internship. (U)(3). create anew social and political hierarchies, and expose vectors of inequality. Students are History and Anthropology— trained to read critically and understand the Including Geography complexities of ethnography—the research Administration method and product that defines the discipline. Elise Edwards, Ph.D., department chair They also have the opportunity to produce Professors their own original ethnographic work in course Bruce Bigelow, Ph.D.; George Geib, Ph.D.; research assignments as well as larger honors Paul Hanson, Ph.D. thesis projects, which may be the outgrowth Associate Professors of study abroad, field school, or internship John Cornell, Ph.D.; Vivian Deno, Ph.D.; Elise experiences. The ability to analyze different Edwards, Ph.D.; Scott Swanson, Ph.D; Ageeth cultures, figure out how they work, and step Sluis, Ph.D. into them—applying the characteristic methods Assistant Professors and theories of our discipline—readily prepares Sholeh Shahrokhi, Ph.D.; Zachary Scarlett, students for a variety of careers: health care, Ph.D. education, NGOs, and, increasingly, various forms of business. Anthropology majors are The disciplines of history, anthropology, and also well prepared for advanced study in geography share the same home because they anthropology and archeology, public health, address the same fundamental questions about social work, law, and business. life from different perspectives, the interplay among which enlarges our students’ minds Why Study History? and lives. Butler is singular among American History explores the human condition universities in knitting these three disciplines throughout the world from earliest time to into a working organism. Prospective majors the present moment. It investigates what in both history and anthropology take actually happened in the world in order to together a freshman course, introducing them comprehend why people think what they think to each other and to the disciplines in their and do what they do. There is no question departments, thus offering all the advantages of or problem of human life foreign to history. self-standing disciplines and interdisciplinary One age-old purpose of history is to ready work and becoming themselves a community. people as citizens to care for the common good Members of the department offer expertise in and public life. Another, equally venerable, wide-ranging areas of the world: United States, is moral: history trained people to consider Latin America, East Asia, the Middle East, and carefully the possibilities of good life or better Europe. Within these areas we offer courses on life together. Not so long ago historians the fundamental conditions that shape human focused most of their attention on the politics, life past and present: citizenship, politics, peace wars, and thought of elites. In recent years, and war, gender, race, class, sexuality, language, history has broadened its scope to encompass economics, religion, and thought. We do not the lives of all people. History as a discipline process our students. The department offers a characteristically teaches its students to read small student-faculty ratio, individual attention, and analyze texts and artifacts of every sort. and abundant opportunities for undergraduate Its search for meaning requires of its students research. Most of our students also study away creative intelligence to develop from their
98 Butler University findings hypotheses and theories that seek an minors. We know our students well. The ever better, often changing, understanding of anthropology and history programs at Butler the patterns of human life. History is perforce a do not seek to train students for any particular conversation since it takes many eyes, ears, and profession but seek instead to equip our minds to fathom the complexities of life on this students with the skills to become who they planet, so historians offer their own thoughts wish to be. Because students come to our and listen carefully to the thoughts of others to programs with widely varying interests and refine both. It is uncommonly fun. Students of goals, we offer them no uniform regimen of history take these skills and habits of thought study or of practical experience. Each student, in every imaginable direction, to graduate grounded in several fundamental courses of and professional study, often to teaching, method and theory, builds a suitable course law, government, civil service and business, of study geared to their specific interests. The frequently to vocations that care for people, department offers more advanced students and finally to building communities and raising various opportunities for student research often children. culminating in honors theses. We seek to deepen book learning with Why Study Geography? various kinds of hands-on experience, and Cultural geography brings together history, our courses, when appropriate, regularly culture, and spatial patterning, and reinforces incorporate experiential components. the message of both history and anthropology Anthropology students helped Exodus in a common department. Geography at Butler International settle Burmese refugees in starts by studying Indianapolis, then moves Indianapolis and turn what they shared into outward to Indiana, the United States, and the ethnographies for class. Students in a course world. These courses are generally valuable but on working class history shadowed the Butler particularly so to students preparing to teach grounds crew, cleaners, and cafeteria workers. social studies in secondary school. The department also offers practical experience to test the waters for later life. During the past Why Study Anthropology and few years, students in the department have History at Butler? undertaken internships in circumstances as We offer just about the only curriculum in varied as the Indiana State House, the Indiana America that weds the depth of history and the State Archives, the U.S. Attorney General’s breadth of anthropology. Like the blind sages Office, the Center for American Progress, and the elephant, we address basic aspects of archeological fieldsites in Kenya, the Legal Aid life from different perspectives, and then talk Society of Indianapolis, the Kinsey Institute, about it with each other. Both programs work a Tibetan refugee camp in India, Father and together to train students to read with acuity, Families Inc. of Indianapolis, the Monroe attend carefully to detail, write clearly, listen County Historical Society, a women’s domestic carefully, say well what they have to say, think violence organization in Buenos Aires, Earth both imaginatively and analytically, and work House in Indianapolis, and humanitarian fruitfully with other people. We ask students organizations in Palestine. not just to listen to us, still less to mimic us, The graduates of our programs quickly but to do the things we do: pose their own scatter in all directions. Many first give their questions, seek answers to their questions in energies to help other people through programs archival research or ethnographic investigation, like Teach For America and the Peace Corps. develop their own ideas and opinions and Many seek graduate study, law school, and address the ideas and opinions of other people medical school; others enter government, the throughout time and across the world, grapple military or civil service, and still others enter with the fundamental moral questions which various forms of business. We also number life poses for us. We seek to give students among our graduates a fireman, a missionary, practice in thinking for themselves and good a carpenter, and research chemists, each of company in which to do so. whom is happy to explain how studying history Our small class size and student-to- and anthropology helped get them where they faculty ratio guarantee one-on-one attention, wished to go. Indianapolis offers much that mentoring, and guidance to all majors and we use in teaching and learning: Indiana’s seat
The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences 99 of government and hard-hit neighborhoods, • Master of arts in history a Rembrandt self-portrait, Chinese scroll • Combined major in anthropology and paintings and immigrant communities fresh off psychology (see Combined Majors) the boat, museums and archives, sports teams • Combined major in history and and political rallies, music, theater, homeless anthropology (see Combined Majors) people, domestic violence shelters, ethnic and • Combined major in history and political religious communities of every description. Our science (see Combined Majors) courses draw on them all. Anthropology Anthropology Program Student Anthropology Requirements Learning Objectives for the Major The anthropology program seeks to teach All anthropology majors are required to students to think for themselves independently complete: and critically; appreciate human and cultural • 36 credits differences and master the basic tools necessary • AN101, AN102, and GE109 for understanding those differences; employ • 3 hours in a subfield of anthropology (200- the ethnographic method; appreciate academic 400 level) and civil discourse; and ready themselves for • 3 hours of methodology (AN350, 354, responsible citizenship. More specifically, 356, or course approved by advisor) we seek to teach students the characteristic • 3 hours of theory (AN390) methods of anthropology and the basic • 12 hours of elective courses, at least 3 range of anthropological theories, to analyze hours in area courses, and 3 hours in topics evidence and develop arguments, conduct courses anthropological research alone and with other • 3 hours capstone: AN460 or other advisor people, incorporate the views of other people approved course or Honors Thesis into their projects, look at problems from a • 3 hours internship, field school or advisor- variety of perspectives, share their ideas and approved elective research in proper form. All students are also encouraged to participate History Program Student Learning in recommended anthropological field schools Objectives during their program at Butler. The history program seeks to teach students to think for themselves independently and Anthropology Requirements critically; master the history of one part of for the Minor the world; apply the past to understand the The minor in anthropology consists of 18 present; appreciate those who are different hours coursework, with at least 12 hours at from themselves; appreciate academic and civil the upper-division level, AN102, and AN101, discourse; and ready themselves for responsible GE102, or “subfield” course. citizenship. More specifically, we seek to teach students the characteristic methods of history Core Courses offered by and the basic range of historical theories, to Anthropology analyze evidence and develop arguments, SW210-AN, Sex, Gender and Sexuality conduct historical research, incorporate the in Japan: This course explores the socio- views of other people into their projects, look historical constructions of sex, gender, and at problems from a variety of perspectives, and sexuality in modern Japan from the Meiji share their ideas and research in proper form. Restoration (1868) to the present. Students will study the roles of various agents, including Degrees the state, medical science, and the media, in • Major in anthropology the production of sexual knowledge and the • Minor in anthropology shaping of gendered practices. (U)(3). • Minor in geography • Major in history SW215-AN, Being Human: Anthro • Minor in history Approaches to Life and Meaning: Cultural anthropology is a discipline focused on how
100 Butler University humans create meaning, forge alliances, and AN311, Anthropology of Difference: This assert differences. This course allows students to course is about exclusions and inclusions. All explore conceptual, theoretical, methodological, around us, there are walls and fences erected and ethical issues central to the anthropological to keep people out and hold ‘others’ in. Some study of what it means to be human and make partitions are concrete—harsh and visible; meaning in the world. (U)(3). Fall and spring. the rest remain fluid and negotiable. This SW262-AN, Sport, Empire and Identity: (U) is a course on power and the social life of (3). Occasionally. contemporary humans. (U)(3). Occasionally. Anthropology Courses AN312, Political Anthropology: Utilizes the AN101, First Year Seminar: This course comparative perspective to study authority, will introduce students to basic theories and organization, and power. Topics include methods in the disciplines of anthropology and the ways in which authority is acquired and history through the exploration of past and accepted as legitimate, issues of comparative present cultural encounters and exchanges, and political systems, local level politics, the the diverse responses they engendered. Topics connections between local and wider political will range across time and space and focus on systems, and the cultural and symbolic aspects exploration, trade, colonialism, imperialism, of power and legitimacy. Subject matter and current cross-cultural interactions. (U)(3). includes political communities in various Fall. cultural contexts. (U/G)(3). Occasionally. AN204, Cultures Through Film: An AN320, Gender and Sexuality in introduction to cultures of the world through Globalization: This course examines film, supplemented by related ethnographic how gender is culturally constructed; the texts. Students consider the role of the relationships between power, sexuality, and film in representation and cross-cultural social roles; and the key theoretical debates understanding. (U)(3). Occasionally. on gender in anthropology. (U/G)(3). Occasionally. AN300, Religion and Ritual: The cross- cultural study of such phenomena as witchcraft AN326, Youth Conflict Global Cinema: Will and magic; spirit possession; revitalization and explore teenage life across different cultural millenarianism; and Christianity and Islam, boundaries and social realities that inform primarily in contemporary, non-Western global inter-connections of our time. Examines societies. Theoretical and historical overview the cinematic image of youth in the U.S./ of anthropological approaches are addressed. world by exploring everyday life practices and (U/G)(3). Occasionally. problems that shape the desires of youth. (U) (3). Occasionally. AN302, The Body and Society: This course explores symbolism, ideologies, and treatments AN328, Popular Culture: This course of the body cross-culturally. Topics considered examines the role and function of popular include imageries of the human body, ideas culture in different social and cultural settings about bodily aesthetics and bodily health, throughout the world. Students will compare physical treatments of the body, the relationship the impact of popular culture in different of body ideologies and identify, and the body regions, examining the cultural importance and power dynamics. (U/G)(3). Occasionally. of such media as film, television, sporting events, music, and the Internet. (U/G)(3). AN304, Medical Anthropology: An Occasionally. introduction to the field of medical anthropology, which explores the links AN329, Japanese Popular Culture: This between culture, society, disease, and illness. course will examine Japanese popular culture, Topics include discussion of biomedical, including comics (manga), fashion magazines, epidemiological, and other models of disease; feature films, anime, music, sports, and knowledge and practice of healers cross- even children’s games, to understand the culturally; the relationship between religion and social pervasiveness and cultural force of the healing; and occupational health issues. (U/G) mediums. While focusing on Japan, the course (3). Occasionally. will introduce students to critical theoretical
The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences 101 perspectives about popular culture that can be AN352, Ethnography: Ethnography is most applied more broadly. (U/G)(3). Occasionally. generally a qualitative research approach focused on providing detailed, in-depth AN335, The Global Society: This course is description. We will approach ethnography an exploration of globalization and the social from two angles in this course: (1). as a topic and cultural processes that are transforming of intellectual analysis and critique, and (2). local life throughout the world. The course as a methodology that we will employ in a introduces students to the impact of global research project at a specific field site. (U/G)(3). capitalism, transnational culture and political Occasionally. flows, and the role of global non-government organizations in different regions. (U/G)(3). AN354, The American City: A Occasionally. methodological introduction to American urban studies from the perspectives of AN338, Language and Culture: The course geography and anthropology; geographical and will consider the topic of human language and cultural change of the structure of the American its use in society. Current linguistic and socio- city in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries linguistic assumptions, language differences and with emphasis upon Indianapolis and the similarities, and the influence of cultural factors Butler-Tarkington neighborhood. Fieldwork will be discussed. (U/G)(3). Occasionally. and service learning are highlighted. (U/G)(3). AN340, Ethnographic Arts: This course Occasionally. examines the cultural and social significance of AN360, Peoples and Cultures of Africa: A art in non-Western contexts, paying particular study of the rich and diverse cultural traditions attention to expressive forms found in Africa, of Africa. Topics include: the analysis of the Americas, and the Pacific. Relevant media stereotypes associated with African cultures; include sculpture and masking, architecture, effects of colonialism on contemporary life; body ornamentation, dance and music. (U/G) religion and cosmology; ecological adaptation; (3). Occasionally. kinship and social organization; the expressive AN342, Science, Technology and Society: arts; and ethnicity. (U/G)(3). Occasionally. This course explores the cultural aspects of AN362, Peoples and Cultures of Latin scientific knowledge and its effects, as well as America: A survey of the peoples, societies, and the socio-cultural consequences of scientific and cultures of Latin America, giving attention to technological innovation. Students will examine demographic features, social differentiation, issues including the power of scientific “truth” and stratification and the major social claims, the social dynamics of laboratory institutions. (U/G)(3). Occasionally. settings, and science’s effect on what it means to be human. (U/G)(3). Occasionally. AN364, Native American Cultures: A survey course on the original, indigenous peoples AN346, The Anthropology of Sport: of the Americas. The course will explore This course will look at sport as a topic of stereotypes of Native Americans; the effects of anthropological study. We will explore (1). conquest and colonialism; and the resiliency the cultural and political values produced of their traditions in contemporary settings. and reaffirmed through sports training and (U/G)(3). Occasionally. competition, (2). the ritualistic and symbolic aspects of sporting events and spectacles, (3) the AN366, East Asia Through Ethnography: An messages transmitted through media-produced introduction to selected topics in the society images of sport. (U/G)(3). Occasionally. and cultures of East Asia (China, Japan, and Korea), Southeast Asia (Indonesia, Malaysia, AN350, Anthropological Methods: An Thailand, and the Philippines), and South Asia introduction to the research process in cultural (the Indian sub-continent). Topics include post- anthropology, with an emphasis on qualitative colonialism, transnational processes, family and methods. Students also are prepared to conduct kinship, world and local religious traditions and research, including fieldwork, to evaluate and ritual practices, economic development, and present research, and to critically evaluate the gender issues. (U/G)(3). Occasionally. research of others. (U/G)(3). Occasionally.
102 Butler University AN368, Coming of Age in the Middle East: AN484, Internship: A program offering the This Peoples and Cultures course explores life superior student the opportunity to participate in an enigmatic geopolitical region called the in a closely supervised work experience in a Middle East. Issues of religiosity, Islam, gender, setting pertinent to the major area of study. sexuality, urbanization of life, revolution, war, Majors are strongly encouraged to engage and global politics are considered in the context in the internship experience. Prerequisites: of local diversity and global political economy. AN102 and permission of the director. (U)(3). (U/G)(3). Occasionally. Occasionally. AN370, Peoples and Cultures of Europe: A AN485, Internship: A program offering the survey of the peoples, societies, and cultures superior student the opportunity to participate of Western and Eastern Europe. In light of in a closely supervised work experience in a globalization and movements unifying Europe setting pertinent to the major area of study. such as the European Union, the course will Majors are strongly encouraged to engage pay special attention to demographic features, in the internship experience. Prerequisites: cultural practices, and major social institutions. AN102 and permission of the director. (U)(6) (U/G)(3). Occasionally. Occasionally. AN380, Selected Topics in Anthropology: An AN486, Seminar in Anthropology: Intensive in-depth analysis of the theory, methodology, reading with problems for investigation in and subject matter in an area not provided some special field. Pre-requisites: AN102 and for in the current offerings of the department. permission of the director. (U)(3). Occasionally. (U/G)(3). Occasionally. AN499, Honors Thesis: (U)(3). Occasionally. AN390, Development of Anthropological Thought: This course inquires into the Geography emergence and development of anthropological Geography Requirements thought, theories, methods, and generalizations for the Minor in the context of western social and cultural A minor in geography consists of 18 hours of milieu. The particular emphasis is on the coursework, with at least 12 hours at the upper- changing shape of the academic discipline of division level. anthropology, from the late nineteenth century to the present. Pre-requisite: AN102 and junior Geography Courses standing. (U/G)(3). Occasionally. GE109, Cultural Geography: A survey of 11 AN460, Culture and History: This course cultural regions of the world. Course includes explores anthropologists’ use of historical study of the ecological base, history, economy, methods and historians’ employment of cultural politics, and ethnic relations. Emphasis is on analysis. Students will examine the history of conflict between Western and non-Western the rapprochement between the disciplines, the societies since 1500. (U)(3). Annually, term fields’ most influential interlocutors, significant varies. debates, and some of the scholarly work GE305, Topics in Geography: Regional and emerging from this disciplinary pairing. (U/G) thematic study of contemporary issues in (3). Occasionally. geography not treated in traditional courses. AN481, Independent Study: An opportunity (U/G)(3). Occasionally. for qualified students to pursue a topic of GE310, Historical Geography of United individual interest. With permission of the States: The creation and persistence of regional director. (U/G)(1). Occasionally. variations of culture in the United States from AN482, Independent Study: An opportunity the colonial era to the present. (U/G)(3). for qualified students to pursue a topic of Occasionally. individual interest. With permission of the GE400, Independent Study: (U)(1). director. (U/G)(2). Occasionally. Occasionally. AN483, Independent Study: An opportunity GE401, Independent Study: (U)(2). for qualified students to pursue a topic of Occasionally. individual interest. With permission of the director. (U/G)(3). Occasionally. The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences 103 GE402, Independent Study: (U)(3). shed and accrue meanings over time. (U)(3). Occasionally. Occasionally. History SW265-HST, The Mexican Revolution: As the first social revolution in world history, the History Requirements for the Major Mexican Revolution (1910-1920) toppled All history majors are required to complete a repressive dictatorship and rang in a new • 30 hours in history, at least 21 of which era of state formation, nationalism, and must be taken at the upper-division modernization. Victorious new leaders sought level (courses numbered 300 or above). to alter not only the political structures of Geography courses automatically count the country, but also “revolutionize” Mexican toward the history major. Specific society through a series of far-reaching reforms anthropology and other University courses to “mold the hearts and minds” of New Men may be applied to the history major when and New Women. “The Mexican Revolution approved by the department chair; and the Archeology of Knowledge” will provide • 6 hours of lower-division courses students with the opportunity to study the (HST111, 205, 211, 212, 214), one of class, race, and gender politics of the Mexican which must be U.S. history and one of Revolution as they were shaped through the which must be non-U.S. history; disciplines of anthropology and history. In • At least one course numbered 300-402 analyzing the cultural project of the revolution, from three of the following five areas: 1) especially indigenismo, or indigenism, “the U.S.; 2) Latin America; 3) Europe; 4) Asia; valorization of Mexico’s indigenous past 5) Africa and the Middle East; and study of indigenous cultures,” students • HST301, Historiography, typically offered will examine the relationship between social once a year in the fall semester; and science and nation building, historiography • HST480, Seminar in History. and national identity, and knowledge and As a liberal arts major with relatively few power. By tracing “IMagined” Mexican cultures program requirements, history works well for through the lenses of archeology, ethnography many students as a secondary major or minor. and history, students will assess the political objectives and consequences of the cultural History Requirements for the Minor phase of the revolution. (U)(3). Occasionally. A minor in history consists of 18 hours of TI 231-HST, Mad Women in America: coursework, with at least 12 hours at the upper- Mother. Daughter. Wife. For generations division level. those titles were assumed to contain the hopes History Requirements for the and dreams of all women, and any woman Master of Arts who denied this was ‘mad’—angry or crazy. In this course, we will examine the lives and The department offers a master of arts in experiences of actual and fictional women history. Graduate students may select either designated as ‘mad’ and consider how they have a 30-hour program of courses with a master’s been represented in the arts and in history texts. thesis or a 36-hour program of courses without We will start with readings of cross-cultural a thesis. Those in the 36-hour track must examples of mad women Lilith, Medea, and complete at least two HST480 seminars. La Lllorna, and then narrow our focus to Core Courses offered by History consider such women in U.S. history and SW264-HST, Japan’s Past and Present: culture. Course sources include music, film, art, Understanding Japan on the Ground: An poetry, and traditional history accounts. (U)(3). introduction to central anthropological Occasionally. concepts “on the ground” in Japan for two TI234-HST, Reel America: Film and the weeks. The course will develop students’ American Experience: 1890-1965 appreciation of Japanese cultural forms and Famed film director Sydney Pollack said of practices and products of and responses to film, “It’s the 20th century’s real art form.” historical circumstances and exigencies, and the This has been particularly true in the U.S. ways they become transfigured as they where film has been an important means of transmitting definitions about American values 104 Butler University and identity. This course examines the role of HST214, Major Themes in Asian History: film in depicting the American experience in A survey of major themes in South, Southeast, the 20th century and does so with a particular and East Asian history from ancient times to emphasis upon the interpretation of film within the present, with a focus on the modern period. a community of other texts drawn from the It examines such processes as the formation of period. (U)(3). Occasionally. classical civilizations, rise and fall of empires, cultural encounters, transformations of TI 235-HST, American Visions: American societies, and such themes as imperialism, Visions? American Dreams? American nationalism, and Communism. (U)(3). Nightmares? What does it mean to be an Occasionally. American? Are their connective cultural/ historical threads across time that help to form HST215, Themes in World History: This a national identity? These and other questions course emphasizes the increasing connectivity are at the heart of a raucous, multifaceted of regional cultures, especially from the rise of exploration of American history, identity, and the Silk Road civilizations 2000 years ago to the culture. (U)(3). Fall and spring. present. Specific topics include the diffusion of cultural innovations, immigration, long- History Courses distanced trade, the spread of diseases, and HST101, First Year Seminar: This course empire-building. (U)(3). will introduce students to basic theories and methods in the disciplines of anthropology and HST301, Historical Method and history through the exploration of past and Historiography: Course examines important present cultural encounters and exchanges and methods and approaches to the study of the diverse responses they engendered. Topics the past and prepares students to undertake will range across time and space and focus on significant research projects. Prerequisite: Junior exploration, trade, colonialism, imperialism, standing. Non-departmental students only by and current cross-cultural interactions. (U)(3). permission of the department. (U/G)(3). Fall. Fall. HST305, Topics in History: Selected topics HST111, Introductory Seminar: Exploration of significance in contemporary historical of selected topics in history. (U)(3). scholarship. Freshmen admitted only by Occasionally. permission of the department. (U/G)(3). Fall and spring. HST205, Questions in History: Course examines questions in history with a focus on HST306, Topics in the History of Science: issues of social, political, scientific, and/ or This class will explore the many connections economic concern. Topics vary by instructor. between periods of geographical expansion and May be repeated once for credit toward the the expansion of scientific knowledge. While major. (U)(3). Annually, term varies. beginning with earlier examples of empire, the readings will mainly focus on the Age of HST211, Major Themes in European Exploration and the Scientific Revolution, History: This course will survey formative and 19th century imperialism and a second periods in European societies from the “revolution” in science. Topics will include late Middle Ages to the present. Emphasis the use of technology in empire building, throughout will be on the development of the impact of cross-cultural contact on the capitalist/industrialist economies, state-building expansion of knowledge, and the connections and nationalism, and major transformations in between applications of science and imperial European thought. (U)(3). Occasionally. politics. Freshmen admitted only by permission HST212, American Visions: America’s of the department. (U/G)(3). Occasionally. past from the perspective of important, HST308, The Greek World: Freshmen representative individuals and groups, showing admitted only by permission of the department. changing perceptions of the American (U)(0). Occasionally. experience. Developments in thought from Puritan times to the present. (U)(3). Fall and HST309, History of Rome: Freshmen spring. admitted only by permission of the department. (U)(3). Occasionally.
The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences 105 HST310, Sex, Gender, Love, Friendship HST319, French Revolution and Napoleon: in the Classical World: Examines classical An intensive study of the political, social, Mediterranean culture from the inside out. and cultural currents in France during the Course focuses upon dimensions of private revolutionary era. Freshmen admitted only life and interplay between private and public by permission of the department. (U/G)(3). worlds. Discussion/seminar format. Freshmen Occasionally. admitted only by permission of the department. HST320, Enlightenment and Romanticism: (U/G)(3). Occasionally. Explores the history of two seminal social/ HST311, Europe in the Middle Ages: A study intellectual movements of the modern era. of western European history from the decline Major figures include Voltaire, Rousseau, of the Roman empire until the beginning of Mozart, Byron, Goethe, Beethoven, and J.S. the modern period. Freshmen admitted only Mill. Discussion/seminar format. Freshmen by permission of the department. (U/G)(3). admitted only by permission of the department. Occasionally. (U,G) Occasionally. HST312, Medieval England: History of Great HST321, 19th Century Europe: A study Britain from Alfred of Wessex to the accession of European history from 1815 to 1914. of the Tudors in 1485. Social, political, and Freshmen admitted only by permission of the constitutional development of England, and department. (U/G)(3). Occasionally. comparable developments in Scotland and HST322, 20th Century Europe: An Ireland. Freshmen admitted only by permission examination of European politics and society of the department. (U/G)(3). Occasionally. from 1900 to the present. Topics include HST314, Sex, Gender, Love, and Friendship the outbreak of the Great War, the Russian in Medieval World: A continuation of HS326. Revolution, Nazism and Fascism, World Focuses upon dimensions of private life and War II, the Holocaust, the reconstruction of interplay between private and public worlds Europe, the Cold War, European integration, in European society during the middle ages. and Europe today. Freshmen admitted only Discussion/seminar format. Freshmen admitted by permission of the department. (U/G)(3). only by permission of the department. (U/G) Occasionally. (3). Occasionally. HST323, Modern France: Examines themes HST315, Europe in the Renaissance 1300- in the political, social, and cultural history of 1600: A study of politics, society, and culture France from the defeat of Napoleon in 1815 to in Renaissance Europe. Freshmen admitted the presidency of Francois Mitterand. Freshmen only by permission of the department. (U/G) admitted only by permission of the department. (3). Occasionally. (U/G) Occasionally. HST316, Early Modern England: England in HST324, Modern Germany: A survey of the Tudor/ Stuart Era. Freshmen admitted only German culture, society, and the state from by permission of the department. (U/G)(3). the Napoleonic Era to the founding of the Occasionally. post-war Germanies. Freshmen admitted only by permission of the department. (U/G)(3). HST317, Early Modern Europe: A general Occasionally. history of the major changes in Europe from HST325, Contemporary Germany: Division 1500 to 1715. Freshmen admitted only by and Reunification—Examines German politics, permission of the department. (U/G)(3). culture, and society from the end of World War Occasionally. II to the present. Topics include denazification, HST318, Individual and Society in Europe the Cold War, the Berlin Wall, socialism and 1600-1850: Society and culture in modern capitalism in the two Germanies, protest Europe, focusing on the experience of common movements, and reunification. Freshmen people in an era of rapid economic and political admitted only by permission of the department. change. Freshmen admitted only by permission (U/G)(3). Occasionally. of the department. (U/G)(3). Occasionally. HST326, Modern to Postmodern: Explores major developments in modern thought and culture from the mid-19th century to 106 Butler University the present. Topics include the social and intellectual history of Liberalism, Marxism, HST339, Recent U.S. History: The U.S. from Darwinism, Modernism in art and music, the Great Depression to the present, with an Existentialism, Post-Modernism and more. emphasis on contemporary cultural, social, Discussion/seminar format. Freshmen admitted and political issues. Freshmen admitted only only by permission of the department. (U/G) by permission of the department. (U/G)(3). (3). Occasionally. Occasionally. HST331, Colonial America: The first British HST341, US Women’s History: This course empire in comparative global perspective. examines the history of U.S. women through Freshmen admitted only by permission of the an exploration of the political, social, and department. (U/G)(3). Occasionally. cultural contribution of women to the nation. The course focuses on the experiences of U.S. HST332, The American Revolution: An women from a variety of vantage points: as intensive study of the revolt from Great workers, reformers, political activists, artists, Britain, 1754-1789. Freshmen admitted only and more. At the discretion of the instructor, by permission of the department. (U/G)(3). the course either covers from the colonial Occasionally. period to the present, or from 1848 to the HST333, The Early American Republic: present. Freshmen admitted only by permission The United States between 1789 and 1850. of the department. (U/G)(3). Occasionally. Freshmen admitted only by permission of the HST342, Topics in Women’s History: Topics department. (U/G)(3). Occasionally. in Women’s History vary by semester and by HST334, The Age of Jackson: The instructor. Each class will take as its central United States between 1815 and 1850; the focus the experience of women, either in transportation revolution, Romanticism, particular geographic locales, historical time the second party system, and the rise of periods, or thematic concentrations. Class may nationalism. Freshmen admitted only by be repeated for credit with a different topic. permission of the department. (U/G)(3). Freshmen admitted only by permission of the Occasionally. department. (U/G)(3). Occasionally. HST335, The Civil War: A study of the HST343, Race and Ethnicity in the U.S.: causes, conduct, and consequences of the Examines the histories of race and ethnicity American Civil War. Freshmen admitted only in the U.S. and the ways in which racial and by permission of the department. (U/G)(3). ethnic identities have been deployed as tools Occasionally. of marginalization, assimilation, and group identity. Class explores race and ethnicity HST337, Emergence of Modern U.S.: The as legal, medical, historical, and gendered United States from the end of the Civil War concepts and lived experiences. Freshmen to the start of the Great Depression. Examines admitted only by permission of the department. the new urban industrial culture; shifting (U/G)(3). Occasionally. patterns of race, class, and gender relations; the relationship between science, technology, and HST345, History of the American government; and emerging tensions between Midwest: Emergence of the Midwest from religion and U.S. culture. Freshmen admitted the old Northwest Territory of the Early only by permission of the department. (U/G) American Republic through the Civil War (3). Occasionally. and the twentieth century; emphasis on the development of a distinctive regional culture HST338, The Era of Jim and Jane Crow: and interaction of various religious, ethnic, and Explores the racial and gender logic of state racial groups. (U)(3). Occasionally. sanctioned segregation, Jim and Jane Crow, and the struggle that eventually overthrew HST349, U.S. History though Film: Course the system. Multifocal in approach, the class examines filmic representations of U.S. History. examines Crow from both a raced and gendered The class focuses on the ideological content perspective and draws on the diverse ethnic and of films over their technique. Students are racial history of the nation. Freshmen admitted expected to have a familiarity with U.S. history. only by permission of the department. (U)(3). Topics to vary by instructor and may be Occasionally. The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences 107 repeated once for credit toward the major and/ the relations between China proper and the or minor. Lecture/discussion/viewing format. grassland, Sinification, conquest dynasties, Freshmen admitted only by permission of the state policies toward minority groups, forms department. (U/G)(3). Occasionally. of ethnic identity, and ethnic nationalism. Freshmen admitted only by permission of the HST350, History of Children and Youth: department. (U/G)(3). Occasionally. This course examines the experience of children in history. Topics include changing conceptions HST373, China and the World: This seminar of childhood, social/historical settings, course focuses on China’s changing position parenting practices, gender roles, schooling, in the world, China’s changing relations with and the emergence of youth culture. Readings the world, and China’s changing perceptions feature the history of children in America. of the world from ancient times to the present. Writing includes student autobiography and It examines China’s contact with the major projects on contemporary children/youth. regions of the world in different historical Freshmen admitted only by permission of the periods and the impact of such contacts on department. (U/G)(3). Occasionally. both China and the world. Freshmen admitted only by permission of the department. (U/G) HST351, American Constitutional History: (3). Occasionally. A study of the origins and development of Constitutional concepts which have served HST379, Asian Revolutions in Fiction and as the basis for the growth of the federal Film: This course will explore the literary and government. Recent trends are emphasized. visual representations of the Communist and Freshmen admitted only by permission of the nationalist revolutions in the villages of China, department. (U/G)(3). Occasionally. Vietnam, Korea, Japan, India, and/ or other Asian nations, with the purpose of examining HST353, U.S. Diplomacy in the 20th Asian values and ideas and understanding Century: Examines the formation of Asian peoples, cultures, societies, and histories fundamental principles and issues of U.S. through literature and film. Freshmen admitted diplomacy in the 20th Century, beginning with only by permission of the department. (U/G) the Spanish-American War of 1898, and the (3). Occasionally. evolution and consequences of those principles and issues to the present day. Freshmen HST390, American Military History: The admitted only by permission of the department. American military from the colonial era (U/G)(3). Occasionally. to the present; institutional development and the role of the armed forces in shaping HST366, Gender, Sex, and Sexuality in and implementing public policy. Freshmen Latin America: This course covers the history admitted only by permission of the department. of gender and sexuality in Latin America (U/G) Occasionally. from the start of colonialism until the recent times. Through the analysis of changing ideas HST401, Seminar in History: A particular of both femininity and masculinity, students phase or period of history will be studied will learn about the politics of gender in Latin each semester. Freshmen admitted only by America and how gender influences historical permission of the department. (U/G)(3). production. Freshmen admitted only by Occasionally. permission of the department. Occasionally. HST411, Independent Study: Offers the HST371, Modern China: Political and social qualified student of history the opportunity history of China since the Opium War (1839) to pursue a topic of individual interest. Open with emphasis on the revolutionary upheavals only to juniors, seniors, and graduate students of the 20th century. Freshmen admitted only by permission of the instructor. (U/G)(1). by permission of the department. (U/G) Occasionally. Occasionally. HST412, Independent Study: Offers the HST372, Peoples and Cultures of China: qualified student of history the opportunity This seminar course explores the multi-ethnic to pursue a topic of individual interest. Open nature of the Chinese state from ancient time only to juniors, seniors, and graduate students to the present. It covers such topics as by permission of the instructor. (U/G)(2). Occasionally. 108 Butler University HST413, Independent Study: Offers the who have completed an associate degree and qualified student of history the opportunity wish to complete a B.A. degree with a different to pursue a topic of individual interest. Open focus than their associate degree. Recent IMP only to juniors, seniors, and graduate students students have graduated in Chinese language by permission of the instructor. (U/G)(3). and culture, ancient Egyptian language and Occasionally. culture (Egyptology), music business, and medical illustration. HST421, Internship: Offers the qualified student the opportunity for supervised work Requirements experience in a setting pertinent to the major The IMP consists of at least 36 hours of area of study. Permission of the department course work, which must form a coherent chair. (U)(3). Occasionally. whole. This may include work taken at other HST422, Internship: Offers the qualified colleges including work taken through the student the opportunity for supervised work Consortium for Urban Education (CUE) experience in a setting pertinent to the major interchange in Indianapolis. All normal core area of study. Permission of the department and LAS college requirements must be met. chair. (U)(6) Occasionally. In LAS, the same course cannot be counted toward two different majors. The proposed HST499, Honors Thesis: (U)(3). program should include an experience beyond Occasionally. the normal classroom-based course such as an internship, a semester of study abroad, an HST518, Summer Workshop for Advanced honors or departmental thesis, a senior seminar Placement History Teachers: This course in a relevant department, or a service-learning is open to new and experienced AP History project in the junior or senior year. Because teachers. Participants will discuss the each IMP is unique, there is no fixed list or themes, habits of mind, and periodization sequence of courses for the major. of the Advanced Placement History course, integrating content with AP History best Admission to the IMP practices. We will also review and score past AP A student should submit to the IMP History exams. (G)(3). Summer. committee through its chairperson a proposal HST701, Research: For graduate students for an IMP anytime between the beginning researching a master’s thesis. By permission of of the sophomore year and the end of the fall instructor. (G)(3). Fall, spring, and summer. semester of the junior year. In general, this application will include a general statement HST711, Thesis: For graduate students writing which describes the nature of the proposed a master’s thesis. By permission of instructor. IMP, how this IMP relates to the student’s (G)(3). goals, and why these goals can better be pursued as an IMP rather than within a Individualized Major Program traditional major or double major. The Administration proposal also should demonstrate the coherence Stuart Glennan, Ph.D., chairperson of the LAS and integrity of the proposed IMP, show that Individualized Majors Program Committee course resources are available to support the Individualized majors meet the needs of IMP (including courses to be taken outside of students whose primary academic interests Butler), and provide evidence that the student cut across traditional academic disciplines. has the motivation and initiative to carry out This program allows students who have the IMP. The student should also recruit an shown interest in cross-disciplinary work to advisor for the IMP and provide a detailed design their own majors. The purpose of the list of courses, which will constitute the major individualized major program (IMP) option (subject to revision each year due to changes is to provide an option to study a cross- in available courses relevant to the IMP). The disciplinary topic in depth, not to constitute IMP committee will evaluate the proposal and a general studies option or to replace a double decide whether to approve it. More information major. The IMP may appeal to non-traditional and the application form to be used in and returning students as well as to students submitting a proposal can be found by going to the Academics page of the Butler website and
The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences 109 selecting the Individualized Majors Program International Studies (IMP) from the drop-down list of programs Administration and majors. Eloise Sureau-Hale, Ph.D., director Individualized Major Courses The major cuts across traditional barriers IM401, Independent Study: Offers the between intellectual disciplines and draws on qualified student in the Individualized Majors the resources of the Departments of English, Program the opportunity to pursue a topic History, Geography and Anthropology, Modern of individual interest which is related to the Foreign Languages, Philosophy and Religion, Individualized Major Program. Open only to Political Science, and Sociology in the College students in the Individualized Majors Program of Liberal Arts and Sciences; the Departments with permission of the instructor and approval of Economics, Finances and Management by the Individualized Majors Committee. (U) in the College of Business; and the College (1). Fall, spring, and summer. of Communication. Faculties most directly affiliated with the program are: IM402, Independent Study: Offers the Professors qualified student in the Individualized Majors Kwado Anowka, Ph.D., journalism, Program the opportunity to pursue a topic international communication, Africa; Robert of individual interest which is related to the B. Bennett, Jr., J.D., business in the European Individualized Major Program. Open only to Union; Bruce Bigelow, Ph.D., geography, students in the Individualized Majors Program globalization; Terri Carney, Ph.D., Spain; with permission of the instructor and approval Roberto Curci, Ph.D. international finance, by the Individualized Majors Committee. (U) Latin America; Peter Grossman, Ph.D., (2). Fall, spring, and summer. international economics, comparative economic IM403, Independent Study: Offers the systems; Paul Hanson, Ph.D., history, France qualified student in the Individualized Majors and China; Antonio V. Menéndez-Alarcón, Program the opportunity to pursue a topic Ph.D., sociology, Europe and Latin America; of individual interest which is related to the Gregory Osland, Ph.D., international Individualized Major Program. Open only to marketing, Latin America; Katherine B. Novak, students in the Individualized Majors Program sociology, research methods; William Rieber, with permission of the instructor and approval Ph.D., international economics; Paul Valliere, by the Individualized Majors Committee. (U) Ph.D., religion, Eastern Europe; Harry Van der (3). Fall, spring, and summer. Linden, Ph.D., philosophy, international ethics and justice; Linda Willem, Ph.D., Spanish, IM405, Internship: Offers the qualified Spain student the opportunity for supervised work Associate Professors experience in a setting pertinent to the area of Craig Auchter, Ph.D., political science, Latin study of their individualized major. Requires America; John Cornell, history, contemporary junior or senior standing and approval by the Europe; Bauman Chad, religion, India and student’s individualized major advisor and by Asia; Elise Edwards, anthropology, Japan; the individualized majors committee. (U)(3). Margaretha Geertsema Sligh, communication, Fall, spring, and summer. international communication; Siobhán McEvoy-Levy, Ph.D., political science, Europe, IM406, Internship: Offers the qualified Middle-East; Gabriela Muñiz, Spanish, student the opportunity for supervised work Latin America; Margaret Padgett, Ph.D., experience in a setting pertinent to the area of international organizational behavior; Ageeth study of their individualized major. Requires Sluis, Ph.D, history, Latin America; Eloise junior or senior standing and approval by the Sureau-Hale, French, France and Francophone student’s individualized major advisor and by World; Sylvie Vanbaelen, French, Francophone the Individualized Majors Committee. (U)(6) World Fall, spring, and summer. Assistant Professors IM499, Honors Thesis: (U)(3). Krista Cline, Ph.D., sociology, international crime, research methods; Irune Gabiola, Ph.D., Spanish, Latin America, and the Caribbean; Mike Koehler, J.D., legal aspects
110 Butler University of international business; Su-Mei Ooi, Ph.D., • A well-structured curriculum that gives political science, international relations, Asia; students the fundamental knowledge Robin Turner, Ph.D., political science, foreign in the field, while allowing students to policy, Africa, Sholeh Shahrokhi, Ph.D., concentrate in regional foci and subfields of anthropology, Middle East and Iran their interest. Visiting Assistant Professor • Washington, D.C. internship: Students can Robert Oprisko, Ph.D., political science, intern in many government agencies, in the Eastern Europe Congress, nongovernmental organizations, foreign embassies, international Why study International Studies organizations such as the OAE, IMF, etc, The international studies major is an and think-tanks. interdisciplinary program designed to give • International internships, where students students an awareness of the diversity, can acquire hands-on knowledge of many complexity, and interdependence of the world countries around the world. community, and to provide them with the • A comprehensive study abroad program necessary background to understand and with opportunities for study in nearly every analyze the political, economic, social, and country of the world. cultural aspects of current world problems and • Concrete experiences in diplomacy by issues. The international studies major offers participating at the Harvard National students the cultural competency necessary United Nations Model or McGill to be successful in an increasingly complex University United Nations Model in and global job market. It prepares students Montreal (cost of travel and lodging to for careers in government, international participate is covered by the program). organizations, journalism, international • Participation at the Midwest European consulting, business, education, community Union Model. development, and human rights work with • Financial support for students conducting nongovernment organizations. It also provides thesis research. a foundation for graduate work in such • Financial support for travel for students disciplines and programs of study as law, presenting papers at conferences. international studies, international relations, • An active student-run International Studies area studies, social sciences (anthropology, Club history, political science, sociology, etc.), comparative literature, religious studies, public International Studies Student policy, and public administration. Learning Objectives This program provides students with Why study International Studies at the opportunities to acquire, develop, and Butler? demonstrate knowledge and understanding The curriculum of the international studies on a range of skills and abilities in relation to program at Butler is flexible; it can be adapted the international system and the process of to meet the student’s individual interests and globalization. When completing this degree, career plan. The following outlines some of the students will be able to: key characteristics and advantages of studying • Demonstrate knowledge of the major international studies at Butler University. dimensions of globalization such • A student-oriented program. as economic, political, and cultural • A large number of full-time faculty globalization. from various departments and areas of • Describe the major functions of studies, rendering the curriculum truly international organizations, such as the comprehensive and global, and offering the United Nations, the World Bank, the students a great variety of perspectives. International Monetary Fund, and the • A curriculum that prepares students to World Trade Organization. be able to work and be successful in an • Draw connections between social issues increasingly multicultural environment. in their local community and the larger • A curriculum that prepares students for national and global context for such issues. interdisciplinary research.
The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences 111 • Describe and assess the main aspects of C. Research Methods Course international relations, including the main One of the following research methods aspects of U.S. foreign policy, colonialism, courses: and nationalism. AN350, Anthropological Methods • Demonstrate knowledge of appropriate AN352, Ethnography social scientific methods to compile and HST301, Historical Method and interpret data in assigned research projects Historiography or papers. PO201, Research and Analysis • Understand the complexity of the SO393, Research Methods Seminar contemporary world and demonstrate D. International Relations and Diplomacy familiarity with the variety and relativity of One of the following cultures within one major region HST381, U.S. Diplomacy in the Twentieth Century Major Requirements PO355, U.S. Foreign Policy Majors in International Studies must PO320, International Relations complete 42 credit hours, 33 of which must PL364, Ethics and International Relations be fulfilled at the 300-level or above. Minors E. Capstone Course (to be taken in the must complete 21 hours, 15 of which must be junior or senior year) fulfilled at the 300-level or above. IS410W, The Global Society I. Core (21 hrs) Prerequisites: IS101, another course from A. Introduction: Take IS101 and one of the A, and at least one 300-level course. other courses listed. II. International Studies Area Courses IS101, Introduction to International A. 18 hrs from two of the following Studies areas—9 hrs in each area—(two GE109, Cultural Geography disciplines must be represented). PO141, Introduction to International 1. Africa Politics AN360, Peoples and Cultures of Africa PO151, Introduction to Comparative FR334, Introduction to Francophone Politics Cultures TI 250-RL, Religions of the World FR485, Topics in Francophone Studies SW 220-COB 01, The Economy and (will count when at least ¾ of content Society focuses on Africa) B. International Arrangements and PO350, African Politics Interactions: Take IS390, United Nations 2. Asia and Other International Organizations, AN322, Sex, Gender, and Sexuality in and one of the following courses: Modern Japan AN320, Gender, Sex Through AN329, Japanese Popular Culture Globalization AN368, Coming of Age in the Middle East AN326, Youth Conflict, Global Cinema FL320, Chinese Civilization EC336, Comparative Economic Systems HST372, Peoples and Cultures of China (additional prerequisite: permission of HST373, China and the World the instructor) HST379, Asian Revolutions in Fiction and JR417, International Communications Film IB320, International Business Environment IB323, Contemporary Business Issues (additional prerequisite: permission of in East Asia (additional prerequisite: the instructor) permission of the instructor) IB321, The North American Business RL353, Buddhism Environment (additional prerequisite: RL354, Islam: Religion, Culture, and permission of the instructor) Society PO322, International Conflict and Peace 3. Europe Building EC438, Economic History of Europe SO355, International Crime EN381, Modern British Literature FR320, Modern French Civilization
112 Butler University FR345, France and the Francophone 5. Foreign Languages World: 1900 to present Nine hours at the 300/400-level on one FR465, 20th -21st Century French Novel modern foreign language. Classes in and Francophone World French, German, Spanish, and Chinese FR475, 20th -21st Century French Drama are offered at Butler University. Classes in and Francophone World other languages such as Arabic, Japanese, or GR340, German Studies II: Nation and Italian can be taken at other universities in Identity the area (IUPUI) and will transfer. GR342, German Studies III: Modernity B. One elective (3 hrs.) to be chosen from and Tyranny the following or any 300-400 course in I HST324, Modern Germany or II-A above: HST325, Contemporary Germany AN302, The Body and Society HST322, 20th Century Europe AN320, Gender and Sexuality in HST323, Modern France Globalization IB495, Business in the European Union EC433, International Economics IS301, Model European Union (prerequisite or permission of the PO370, Government and Politics of instructor) Europe EN321, 322, 421, 422, Comparative SO333, European Societies World Literatures SP440, Contemporary Spanish Studies FN451, International Financial SP340, Spain: 1700 to the Present Management (additional prerequisites: SP490, Seminar on Spanish Cultures FN340 and permission of the instructor) 4. Latin America IB336, Comparative Economic Systems AN362, Peoples and Cultures of Latin (prerequisites: EC101 or EC231) America IB367, Legal Aspects of International PO360, Political Regimes in Latin America Business (additional prerequisite: PO364, Popular Participation in Latin permission of instructor) America IB433, International Economics PO362, United States-Latin American (Prerequisite: EC231, EC232) Relations IB460, International Organizational SO331, Latin American Societies Behavior (additional prerequisite: SP330, Themes in Hispanic Studies (will permission of instructor) count when at least ¾ of content focuses MK491, International Marketing on Latin America) (additional prerequisite: permission of SP345, Hispanic Masterpieces instructor) SP350, Spanish American Culture: Mexico, PO302, Third World Politics Central America, Caribbean SO323, Racial and Ethnic Relations SP355, Spanish-American Culture: South SO343, Popular Culture: A Comparative America Study SP360, Hispanic Film (will count when SO349, Recent Social Movements: A at least ¾ of content focuses on Latin Comparative Study America) Any courses such as Special Topics, Seminars, SP365, Hispanic Short Story (will count or Studies in major Authors, Poetry, Fiction when at least ¾ of content focuses on or Drama which offer a contemporary Latin America) international focus in a given semester. SP370, Topics in Contemporary Hispanic Societies III. Special International Studies Courses SP450, Topics in Spanish-American Studies May include: SP460, Topics in 20th Century Spanish- IS401, 402, and 403, Independent Study American Studies in International Studies (1, 2, or 3 SP490, Seminar on Latin American hours) Cultures IS404 and 405, Internship in International Studies (3 or 6 hours)
The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences 113 IS470, Selected Topics in International EC336, Comparative Economic Systems Studies (3 hrs); Prerequisite: permission (Additional prerequisite: permission of of instructor the instructor) IS499, Honors Thesis (3 hrs) IS390, United Nations and Other International Organizations IV. Study Abroad-Highly recommended JR417, International Communications Experience abroad is strongly encouraged IB320, International Business Environment for all international studies students. (Additional prerequisite: permission of This may be in the form of attendance the instructor) at a foreign college or university, an IB321, The North American Business international internship, independent Environment (Additional prerequisite: travel connected with an approved permission of the instructor) independent study project, or participation PO322, International Conflict and Peace in an approved foreign study tour. Credits Building from those experiences abroad usually SO355, International Crime count toward fulfilling the requirements of C. International Relations and Diplomacy: the major or minor. One of the following courses: V. Model United Nations and Model HST381, U.S Diplomacy in the Twentieth European Union—Highly recommended Century International studies majors can PO355, U.S. Foreign Policy participate in the Model United Nations PO320, International Relations and the Model European Union. We PL364, Ethics and International Relations have participated in the Model United D. Capstone Course (to be taken in the Nations organized by McGill University junior or senior year) in Montreal, and University of Toronto, IS410W, The Global Society Canada, and Harvard Model United Prerequisites: IS101, another course from Nations, Boston. The Model European A, and at least one 300-level course. Union is held in Saint Louis. These two II. International Studies Area Courses (9 hrs) events play a very important role in (take courses from at least two different areas) the formation of students interested in 1. Africa international issues, because they learn AN360, Peoples and Cultures of Africa the rules of negotiation and diplomacy as FR334, Introduction to Francophone well as the workings of the United Nations Cultures and the European Union. The cost for FR485, Topics in Francophone Studies participating in these events (registration, (will count when at least ¾ of content airfare ,and lodging) is covered by the focuses on Africa) International Studies budget. PO350, African Politics Minor Requirements 2. Asia Minors in International Studies must AN322, Sex, Gender, and Sexuality in complete 21 credit hours, 15 of which must be Modern Japan fulfilled at the 300-level, or above. AN329, Japanese Popular Culture AN368, Coming of Age in the Middle East I. Core (12 hrs) FL320, Chinese Civilization A. Introduction. HST372, Peoples and Cultures of China IS101, Introduction to International HST373, China and the World Studies HST379, Asian Revolutions in Fiction and B. International Arrangements and Film Interactions: One of the following IB323, Contemporary Business Issues courses: in East Asia (Additional prerequisite: AN326, Youth Conflict, Global Cinema permission of the instructor) AN320, Gender, Sex Through RL353, Buddhism Globalization RL354, Islam: Religion, Culture, and Society
114 Butler University 3. Europe 5. Foreign Languages EC438, Economic History of Europe Nine hours at the 300/400-level on one EN381, Modern British Literature modern foreign language. Classes in FR320, Modern French Civilization French, German, Spanish, and Chinese FR345, France and the Francophone are offered at Butler University. Classes in World: 1900 to present other languages such as Arabic, Japanese, or FR465, 20th -21st Century French and Italian can be taken at other universities in Francophone Novel (will count when at the area (IUPUI) and will transfer. least ¾ of content focuses on Europe) AN302, The Body and Society FR475, 20th -21st Century French and AN310, Family, Household, and Other Francophone Drama (will count when at Social Relationships least ¾ of content focuses on Europe) AN320, Gender and Sexuality in GR342, German Studies III: Modernity Globalization and Tyranny EC433, International Economics HST324, Modern Germany (prerequisite or permission of the HST325, Contemporary Germany instructor) HST322, 20th Century Europe EN321, 322, 421, 422, Comparative HST323, Modern France World Literatures IB495, Business in the European Union FN451, International Financial IS301, Model European Union Management (Additional prerequisites: PO370, Government and Politics of FN 340 and permission of the Europe instructor) SO333, European Societies IB336, Comparative Economic Systems SP440, Contemporary Spanish Studies (Prerequisites: EC101 or EC231) SP340, Spain: 1700 to the Present IB367, Legal Aspects of International SP490, Seminar on Spanish Cultures Business (Additional prerequisite: 4. Latin America permission of instructor) AN362, Peoples and Cultures of Latin IB433, International Economics America (Prerequisite: EC231, EC232) PO360, Political Regimes in Latin America IB460, International Organizational PO364, Popular Participation in Latin Behavior (Additional prerequisite: America permission of instructor) PO362, United States-Latin American MK491, International Marketing Relations (Additional prerequisite: permission of SO331, Latin American Societies instructor) SP330, Themes in Hispanic Studies (will PO302, Third World Politics count when at least ¾ of content focuses SO323, Racial and Ethnic Relations on Latin America) SO343, Popular Culture: A Comparative SP345, Hispanic Masterpieces Study SP350, Spanish American Culture: Mexico, SO349, Recent Social Movements: A Central America, Caribbean Comparative Study SP355, Spanish-American Culture: South Any courses such as special topics, America seminars, or studies in major authors, SP360, Hispanic Film (will count when poetry, fiction or drama which offer a at least ¾ of content focuses on Latin contemporary international focus in a America) given semester. SP365, Hispanic Short Story (will count III. Special International Studies when at least ¾ of content focuses on Courses Latin America) May include: SP370, Topics in Contemporary Hispanic IS401, 402, and 403, Independent Study Societies in International Studies (1, 2, or 3 hours) SP450, Topics in Spanish-American Studies IS404 and 405, Internship in International SP460, Topics in 20th Century Spanish- Studies (3 or 6 hours) American Studies SP490, Seminar on Latin American Cultures The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences 115 IS470, Selected Topics in International IS301, European Union Model: This course Studies (3 hrs) (Prerequisite: consent of introduces the student to the organization instructor) and functioning of the different institutions IS499, Honors Thesis (3 hrs) of the European Union and prepares them to participate in the Midwest Model European IV. Study Abroad Union, which takes place every April for three Experience abroad is strongly encouraged days. The major topics we will address include: for all international studies students. the history of the European integration, This may be in the form of attendance government and politics of the European at a foreign college or university, an Union and its institutions. Prerequisites: international internship, independent Any 100-level course in the social sciences or travel connected with an approved permission of the instructor. (U)(1). Spring. independent study project, or participation in an approved foreign study tour. Credits IS390, The United Nations and Other from those experiences abroad usually International Organizations: This course count toward fulfilling the requirements of introduces students to several international the major or minor. organizations, with a focus on the United Nations. The broader theoretical and V. Model United Nations and Model experiential focus of the class will help students European Union understand international institutions and to International Studies majors can become more effective global citizens, while participate in the Model United Nations developing proficiency in policy formulation, and the Model European Union. We parliamentary procedure, negotiation, and have participated in the Model United conflict resolution. (U)(3). Fall. Nations organized by McGill University in Montreal, University of Toronto, Canada, IS401, Independent Study: Independent and Harvard Model United Nations, Study in International Studies offers the Boston. The Model European Union is qualified student in International Studies the held in Indianapolis. These two events play opportunity to pursue a topic of individual a very important role in the formation of interest. Prerequisite: junior or senior standing, students interested in international issues consent of the director of the project, and because they learn the rules of negotiation approval of the director of the International and diplomacy as well as the workings Studies Program. (U)(1). Fall and spring. of the United Nations and the European IS402, Independent Study: Independent Union. The cost for participating in these Study in International Studies offers the events (registration, airfare, and lodging) qualified student in International Studies the is covered by the International Studies opportunity to pursue a topic of individual budget. interest. Prerequisite: junior or senior standing, Core Courses offered by consent of the director of the project, and International Studies approval of the director of the International Studies program. (U)(2). Fall and spring. SW270-IS, Understanding Global Issues: The course addresses the intensification of IS403, Independent Study: Independent globalization during the first decade of the 21st Study in International Studies offers the century. It introduces students to contemporary qualified student in International Studies the issues related to globalization. (U)(3). Fall. opportunity to pursue a topic of individual interest. Prerequisite: junior or senior standing, International Studies Courses consent of the director of the project, and IS101, Introduction to International Studies: approval of the director of the International The course is designed to help students to Studies program. (U)(3). Fall and spring. understand and critically reflect on issues that affect both the United States and the IS404, Internship in International Studies: international community. The issues addressed Internship in International Studies offers the in this course are key pieces of the larger and qualified student the opportunity for supervised interrelated set of the international system. (U) experience in internationally oriented jobs (3). Fall and spring. in U.S. or foreign governments, business, or 116 Butler University international organizations. A popular and very Mathematics and Actuarial useful internship for an International Studies major is the Washington internship. (U)(3). Science Fall and spring. Administration William W. Johnston, Ph.D., department IS405, Internship in International Studies: chair; Lacey P. Echols, M.A.T., coordinator of Internship in International Studies offers the mathematics support services qualified student the opportunity for supervised Professors experience in internationally oriented jobs William W. Johnston, Ph.D.; Judith Harper in U.S. or foreign governments, business, or Morrel, Ph.D.; Prem L. Sharma, Ph.D. international organizations. A popular and very Associate Professors useful internship for an International Studies John W. Gaisser, Ph.D.; Duane Leatherman, M.A. major is the Washington internship. (U)(3). Assistant Professors Fall and spring. Rebecca G. Wahl, Ph.D.; Jonathan E. Webster, IS410, The Global Society: This course is Ph.D.; Christopher J. Wilson, Ph.D. about the constitution of the global system, Visiting Assistant Professor and the processes which are reproducing and Joshua A. Cole, Ph.D. transforming the structures of globalization. Instructors The course acquaints the student with the Lacey P. Echols, M.A.T.; Kathie J. Freed, M.S.; process of worldwide economic, cultural, and Kelsie Graham, M.A.; Karen Holmes, Ph.D.; political flows and provides an introduction to Mary Z. Krohn, Ph.D. the organization and functioning of the global The department offers both majors society. Prerequisite: IS101. (U/G)(3). Spring. and minors in each of the disciplines of IS470, Selected Topics in International mathematics and actuarial science. In addition Studies: Selected Topics in International to the departmental requirements listed below, Studies: In-depth study of selected topics not a student must complete the core curriculum covered in traditional courses. Prerequisite: requirement, the College of Liberal Arts and consent of instructor. (U)(3). Fall and spring. Sciences language requirement, and other IS499, Honors Thesis: Honors Thesis (U)(3). general requirements listed in this Bulletin. A Fall and spring. bachelor of science degree is also available in natural science and mathematics or in natural Disciplinary Courses science and actuarial science for majors who The descriptions for the other courses complete a total of at least 60 credits combined listed in the program are available in the from the two chosen areas. corresponding discipline of the catalog (i.e. history, political science, sociology, etc.). Mathematics Furthermore, a complete list and description of The mathematics major is well suited to and new courses or topic courses will be published designed for students who are interested in every semester. gaining employment in government or industry jobs that require problem-solving skills; Irwin Library attending graduate or professional school; or Administration teaching in secondary schools. Julie Miller, dean of libraries Why Study Mathematics at Butler? IL101, Library Research Methods: This • The department faculty provides a personal course promotes intelligent and thoughtful use education in a close-knit community. of information and information sources over Students and faculty members know the course of a student’s lifetime. Techniques one another in supportive, professional for developing search strategies that are most relationships, and faculty members care appropriate for use in various information about their students and their success structures and for evaluating the quality of and know every student by name. All of information will be emphasized. (U)(1). the department’s classes are small—fewer than 30 students in every one, including introductory-level courses. Every course is taught by faculty members with advanced The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences 117 degrees and with a wide range of specialties including set theory, logic, calculus, discrete in the different mathematical subfields, mathematics, linear and modern algebra, and there are no graduate students teaching and real and complex analysis. They can departmental classes. In these ways, the construct mathematical proofs using standard department offers a consistently student- techniques such as induction, contradiction oriented education. and contraposition, and they can solve • The department’s curriculum is top- mathematical problems by applying abstract rated in quality. It adheres to the CUPM theory and/or mathematical models as (Committee for Undergraduate Program appropriate. Our graduates communicate in Mathematics) guidelines—one of the well to various audiences—to individuals who few collegiate mathematics departments might be trained in mathematics and to those in the U.S. to commit enough teaching who are not. This ability includes the use of resources to do so. In summary, the Butler mathematical word processing systems to write mathematics major is a wonderful choice mathematics. In these many ways, our majors for a strong investment in any student’s understand various interconnections among future. the branches of mathematics, the discipline’s • Department professors are available breadth and depth, and its beauty. to students. Each one maintains office hours—no appointment necessary. The Requirements for the Major department’s office doors are open every • MA106, 107, 208, Calculus and Analytic single workday. Faculty members support Geometry I, II, III each other, and students may talk with any • MA200, Basics of Advanced Mathematics faculty member to get help needed. • MA205, Discrete Mathematics • The Department’s Mathematics Tutoring • MA215, Linear Algebra Lab hires mathematics and mathematics • MA312, Modern Algebra I education majors to provide support to • MA326, Real Analysis I students enrolled in lower-level and core • MA330, Complex Analysis mathematics classes—at no charge. • MA490, Senior Seminar • Mathematics faculty members are always • Choose one of MA313, Modern Algebra II open to sponsoring student/professor or MA327, Real Analysis II. collaborative research for the department’s • Programming course numbered CS142 or majors, such as in the Butler Summer higher. Institute (BSI). • Three upper-division electives to be • Dual degrees are available in engineering chosen from MA301, MA305, courses through a partnership with Purdue numbered between MA310 and MA399, University-Indianapolis (IUPUI). One or numbered MA473. dual-degree option, for example, is that a student can earn a dual major in both Requirements for the Minor • MA106, 107, Calculus, and Analytic mathematics (from Butler) and engineering Geometry I, II (from IUPUI). (See Engineering Dual- • MA200, Basics of Advanced Mathematics Degree Program—EDDP.) • MA205, Discrete Mathematics Mathematics Student Learning • Choose one of MA305, Graph Theory, or Outcomes MA208, Calculus and Analytic Geometry III Our graduates are problem solvers with a • MA215, Linear Algebra broad knowledge of mathematical subfields. • One additional upper-division elective to They are extraordinarily strong at thinking be chosen from MA301, MA305, courses about and proving abstract mathematical numbered between MA310 and MA399, statements, and they communicate or MA473 mathematical solutions and concepts clearly and effectively. Butler mathematics majors Actuarial Science carry with them an ability to understand An actuary is a mathematician responsible mathematical arguments and assess their for estimating risks, primarily in the insurance validity. They can identify the fundamental and financial security industries. The concepts in the main areas of mathematics, 118 Butler University Butler program prepares each major for a both written and spoken presentations. In successful career as an actuary, as well as for this way, our actuarial science majors are well the professional SOA (Society of Actuaries) prepared to take leadership roles in businesses Examinations in Probability (P), Financial that require risk management services. Mathematics (FM), Actuarial Models (MLC and MFE), and Construction and Evaluation of Requirements for the Major Actuarial Models (C). • MA106, 107, 208, Calculus and Analytic Geometry I, II, III Why Study Actuarial Science at • MA215, Linear Algebra Butler? • MA360, Probability Theory I • Butler is one of only a few institutions in • MA361, Statistical Theory Indiana to offer an undergraduate degree • MA362, Applied Statistical Methods in actuarial science. The department • MA363, Probability Theory II additionally offers a combined Actuarial • MA372, Loss Models Science/Management curricular option, in • MA395, Financial Mathematics which students can earn both an actuarial • MA397, Actuarial Mathematics I science undergraduate degree and an MBA • MA398, Actuarial Mathematics II degree. • MA399, Financial Derivatives • The department has a very active student club in actuarial science. It also works Requirements for the Minor • MA106, 107, Calculus and Analytic with a departmental board of advisors Geometry I, II for actuarial science, whose members are • MA360, Probability Theory I alumni who work with the department • MA395, Financial Mathematics faculty and student majors. For example, • Two of the following courses: they often offer advice for the program • MA363, Probability Theory II and support departmental efforts to help • MA372, Loss Models students find internships and jobs. • MA397, Actuarial Mathematics I • Each year, upper-level actuarial science • MA398, Actuarial Mathematics II major courses are taught by professional • MA399, Financial Derivatives actuaries, giving students a chance to see, from a professional who can provide an Actuarial Science/Management industry point of view, how classroom ideas and issues arise naturally in the workplace. Program The insurance and financial service industries • The departmental curricular program have a strong need for management prospects prepares students to take as many as three who combine analytic and technical skills or four actuarial science examinations (related to the department’s actuarial science while still a student at Butler, giving them a curriculum) with the leadership capabilities, jump-start on their career. people skills, and understanding of business Actuarial Science Student Learning practices (which come from advanced Outcomes education in management). The Actuarial Science/Management Program gives its enrolled Our graduates enter the job market with a students capability in this blend of skills and strong working knowledge of the basic concepts training. Our graduates are able to command and theories of actuarial science. They are excellent entry-level positions and are strong qualified to sit for the first five exams given by candidates for fast advancement to upper- the Society of Actuaries (as listed above, they level management positions. The Actuarial are the examinations P, FM, MLC and MFE, Science/Management Program includes an and C). These actuarial science majors can solve undergraduate major in actuarial science insurance and financial problems related to risk with a strong component of business theory, assessment, and they know how to perform followed by a 33-hour MBA program. Enrolled related calculations in applications of standard students may choose their graduate courses to actuarial methods. Finally, they are able to gain a concentration in either organizational communicate sophisticated quantitative analysis leadership or finance. clearly and correctly to various audiences in
The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences 119 Phase I—The Undergraduate Curriculum benefit from studying the methodology of Requirements for the Major statistics. These problems include finding ways • MA106, 107, 208, Calculus and Analytic to improve our environment and living standards Geometry I, II, III or studies conducted in an effort to fight diseases. • MA215, Linear Algebra This course is an introduction to applied statistics • MA360, Probability Theory I in the natural, social, and managerial sciences • MA361, Statistical Theory through the use of current environmental and • MA362, Applied Statistical Methods global issues. Topics include sampling, data • MA363, Probability Theory II analysis, experimental design, and the use of • MA372, Loss Models computer-based statistical software. (U)(3). Fall • MA395, Financial Mathematics and spring. • MA397, Actuarial Mathematics I AR 211-MA, Codes and Secret Messages: • MA398, Actuarial Mathematics II How can sensitive information such as credit • MA399, Financial Derivatives card numbers or military strategy be exchanged In addition, the following business courses are between two people without being intercepted by required: a third party? Are there ways to detect and correct • AC203, 204, Introduction to Accounting errors resulting from a mistyped identification I, II number or a scratched CD? Can information be • MS265, Information Technology exchanged securely among multiple individuals (Prerequisite: MS100) without anyone revealing his or her own • EC231, 232, Principles of Micro/ decryption scheme? In this course, students Macroeconomics will investigate various strategies for storing and • FN340, Corporate Finance transmitting information accurately, efficiently, • MK380, Introduction to Marketing and securely. Students will design several types Management of ciphers for sending secret messages, construct • MG360, Organizational Behavior various error detecting and error-correcting codes, and implement secure public-key cryptosystems A student must achieve a minimum of B in a for exchanging messages with classmates. As these given business course to waive the comparable issues are explored, students will discover the prerequisite (400 level) course in the MBA need for mathematical notions such as modular program arithmetic, permutations and combinations, Phase II — The graduate curriculum probability and statistics, vectors and matrices, Upon successful completion of Phase I, and and formal logic. Students will also become aware after meeting the MBA program admission of the central role played by cryptology and require-ments, students can complete the coding throughout history and modern society. College of Business MBA program with a (U)(3). Fall and spring. minimum of 33 hours of MBA coursework AR 212-MA, Win, Lose or Draw: Why do (500-level). To qualify for full admission into we play games? Whatever the reason, games are the MBA program, the following requirements a big piece of life. The world has played games must be satisfied: 1) students must obtain an for a long, long time—every time period, every appropriate score on the GMAT test; and 2) culture. We will study games and gambling in students must submit to the graduate admission our culture as well as those in other cultures. To office a graduation admission application, better understand games, the students will study two letters of recommendation, an official probability theory and its application to gaming. transcript, and a résumé. Applications include casino games, lotteries, Core courses offered by Mathematics racing, wagering systems, as well as other games. Some analytical tools that will arise during the and Actuarial Science course are counting methods, expected value, AR 210-MA, Statistically Speaking: Who needs trees, gambler’s ruin, and distributions. (U)(3). statistics in the 21st century? Anyone looking Fall and spring. critically at numerical information who does not want to be misled by incorrect or inappropriate calculations, or anyone dealing with issues in their environment, state/nation, or career would 120 Butler University Mathematics and Actuarial Science techniques. Prerequisite: C- in MA101. (U)(3). Courses Fall, spring, and summer. MA101, Algebra: Provides students with MA162, Statistical Methods: An introduction the necessary background to continue in to inferential statistics with applications in the mathematics. Topics include the number system, natural, social, and managerial sciences. Topics equations, inequalities, graphs, polynomials, include elementary probability, data analysis, algebraic functions, and exponents. Students descriptive statistics, confidence intervals, who have successfully completed any other hypothesis testing, linear regression, and mathematics course will not be given credit contingency tables. The Analytic Reasoning for MA101. Does not satisfy core curriculum core requirement is waived for students who requirement. Must not be taken (P/F). (U)(3). successfully complete MA162. Prerequisite: Fall and spring. MA101 or equivalent. (U)(4). Fall and spring. MA102, Precalculus: This course provides MA200, Basics of Advanced Mathematics: students with the necessary mathematical Introduces students to the concepts and methods background to successfully complete a calculus of higher mathematics with an emphasis on course or a course that has calculus as a major techniques of mathematical proof. Topics include topic. Topics include solving equations and foundations of logic, set theory, relations, partial inequalities, exponents, factoring, complex orders, well-ordering, isomorphism’s, induction, numbers, and functions—linear, quadratic, equivalence relations, and functions. Corequisite polynomial, rational, exponential, logarithmic, or prerequisite: MA106 or equivalent. (U)(3). and trigonometric. Students who have Fall and spring. successfully completed any other mathematics course (MA106 or above) will not be given credit MA205, Discrete Mathematics: Proofs by for MA102. Does not satisfy core curriculum induction, simple diagonalization proofs, requirement. Must not be taken (P/F). combinatorial theory, relations and functions, Prerequisite: Appropriate score on the Butler inclusion/exclusion principle, derangements, math placement test. (U)(3). Fall and spring. recurrence relations, and generating functions. Prerequisite: MA106 (U)(3). Fall. MA106, Calculus and Analytic Geometry 1: The beginning calculus course for properly MA208, Calculus and Analytical Geometry prepared students. Topics include differentiation, 3: Continuation of MA107. Topics include integration, elementary differential equations, vector calculus, multivariable calculus, partial and exponential, logarithmic, and trigonometric differentiation, multiple integration, line functions. Applications are emphasized. The integrals, and Green’s Theorem. Prerequisite: Analytic Reasoning core course is waived for MA107. (U)(3). Fall and spring. students who successfully complete this course. MA215, Linear Algebra: Systems of linear Prerequisite: Placement, or C- in MA102. (U)(5). equations, matrices, determinants, vector spaces, Fall, spring, and summer. linear transformations, and the eigenvalue MA107, Calculus and Analytic Geometry problem. Prerequisite: MA107. (U)(3). Fall, 2: Continuation of MA106. Topics include spring, and summer. methods of integration, improper integrals, MA301, History of Mathematics: Historical infinite series, conic sections, and polar development of number systems, including coordinates. Prerequisite: MA106. (U)(4). Fall, contributions from Egypt, Greece, China, spring, and summer. India, and medieval to early modern Europe. MA125, Business Calculus: This course Topics may include arithmetic, algebra, theory introduces students to the concepts and of equations, geometry, trigonometry, number methods of calculus by studying differentiation theory, combinatorics, probability, and the and integration with applications to business. beginnings of calculus. Prerequisites: MA107 and Additionally, the mathematics of finance, MA205. (U/G)(3). Fall. including simple and compound interest, future MA305, Graph Theory: Graphs and subgraphs, and present annuity values, and amortization, planar graphs, graph coloring and chromatic is developed. Other topics may include a brief polynominals, trees, weighted trees and prefix introduction to probability and counting
The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences 121 codes, transport networks, and matching theory. MA351, Geometry: Various topics from Prerequisite: MA205. (U)(3). Spring. Euclidean, projective, and non-Euclidean geometry. Prerequisite: MA107. (U/G)(3). MA308, Problem Seminar: A course Spring. emphasizing the process of solving mathematical problems. Problems will be drawn from various MA360, Probability Theory 1: Combinatorics, sources. Students and faculty will meet weekly to general probability, conditioning, discrete/ exchange ideas and present solutions. Students continuous random variables, transformed may earn up to three credits by repeated random variables. Joint, marginal, conditional registrations. Prerequisite: MA107. (U/G)(1). Fall continuous densities. Covariance. The central and spring. limit theorem. Topics may include order statistics, conditional expectation. Prerequisite: MA107 or MA311, Number Theory: Divisibility, the permission. (U)(3). Fall. Euclidean algorithm, prime numbers, unique factorization, linear congruences, the Chinese MA361, Statistical Theory: Tests of statistical Remainder Theorem, and applications to public- hypotheses, linear models, nonparametric key cryptography. Additional topics may include methods, multivariate distributions, and theory primitive roots, quadratic residues, factorization of statistical inference. Prerequisite: MA360. algorithms, Diophantine equations, continued (U/G)(3). Spring. fractions, and the distribution of primes. MA362, Applied Statistical Methods: Prerequisite: MA205. (U/G)(3). Occasionally. Simple linear regression, correlation, multiple MA312, Modern Algebra: Relations and regression, and time series. Regression topics graphs, groups, subgroups, normal subgroups, to be discussed include dummy variables, homomorphism theorems, rings, and fields. transformations of data, and multicollinearity. Prerequisites: MA200, 205, 215. (U/G)(3). Time series topics cover model identification, Spring. parameter estimation, diagnostic checking, and forecasting. Prerequisites: MA215 and 361. (U) MA313, Modern Algebra II: This course (3). Occasionally. is a continuation of MA312. Topics include Euclidean rings, principal ideal domains, unique MA363, Probability Theory 2: Poisson process, factorization domains, field extensions, and multistate Markov transition models, mixed Galois theory. Prerequisite: MA 312. (U)(3). Fall. continuous-discrete distributions (including expectation and cumulative distribution), MA326, Real Analysis 1: A rigorous study of moment generating functions, order statistics, the principles underlying real-variable calculus. conditional densities, and conditional Topics include limits, continuity, differentiation, expectation. Actuarial applications, such as net and Riemann integration. Prerequisites: MA107, benefit. Prerequisites: MA360 (U/G)(3). Spring. MA200, MA205. (U/G)(3). Fall. MA365, Numerical Analysis: Solutions of MA327, Real Analysis 2: Continuation of equations and systems, error analysis, numerical MA326. A variety of topics, such as sequences, differentiation and integration, interpolation, series, uniform convergence, introduction to least squares approximation, numerical solution Lebesgue measure and integration, line and of ordinary differential equations. Prerequisites: surface integrals. Prerequisite: MA326. (U/G)(3). MA107. (U/G)(3). Occasionally. Spring. MA372, Loss Models: Models for the amount MA330, Complex Analysis: Complex numbers, of a single payment, models for the number of analytic functions, complex integration, Cauchy’s payments, aggregate loss models. Prerequisite: Theorem, Taylor and Laurent series, contour MA361. (U/G)(3). Occasionally. integrals, and the residue theorem. Prerequisite: MA208. (U)(3). Spring. MA395, Financial Mathematics: Time value of money, annuities, loans, bonds, general MA334, Differential Equations: Analytical, cash flows, immunization, and introduction to numerical, and qualitative approaches to financial derivatives. Prerequisite: MA107 (U) differential equations, including linear (3). Fall. equations and systems, and nonlinear equations. Prerequisite: MA107. (U/G)(3). Fall and spring.
122 Butler University MA397, Actuarial Mathematics 1: Survival Modern Languages, Literatures distributions and life tables; the mathematics of life insurance, life annuities, net premiums, and and Cultures Department net premium reserves. Prerequisites: MA360, Administration MA395. (U/G)(3). Occasionally. Terri Carney, Ph.D., department chair Professors MA398, Actuarial Mathematics 2: Multiple Terri Carney, Ph. D; Larry W. Riggs, Ph.D.; life functions, multiple decrement models, Sylvie Vanbaelen, Ph.D.; Linda M. Willem, valuation theory for pension plans, ruin models. Ph.D. Prerequisite: MA397. (U/G)(3). Occasionally. Associate Professors MA399, Financial Derivatives: Put-call parity, Eloise Sureau-Hale, Ph.D. binomial options, Black-Scholes formula, delta- Assistant Professors hedging, lognormal distribution, Brownian Irune del Rio Gabiola, Ph.D.; Xiaoqing Liu, motion, and Ito’s lemma. (U)(3). Occasionally. Ph.D.; Gabriela Muniz, Ph.D.; Jose Alexander Quintanilla, Ph.D.; Juan Pablo Rodríguez MA401, Independent Study: Provides an Prieto, Ph.D. opportunity for qualified students to pursue Visiting Assistant Professors special topics under the guidance of a department Sarah Painitz, Ph.D. staff member. Prerequisite: permission of Instructors department. (U/G)(1). Fall and spring. Liliana Goens, M.A.; Paul Kanczuzewski, M.A.; Elisa Lucchi-Riester, M.A.; Michelle Stigter, M.A. MA402, Independent Study: Provides an opportunity for qualified students to pursue Why Study Modern Languages, special topics under the guidance of a department Literatures, and Cultures? staff member. Prerequisite: permission of The study of languages, literatures, and department. (U/G)(2). Fall and spring. cultures gives students access to a broader MA403, Independent Study: Provides an global community, invites them to deepen their opportunity for qualified students to pursue engagement with other linguistic and cultural special topics under the guidance of a department traditions, and teaches them to be sensitive staff member. Prerequisite: permission of and critical readers of cultural texts. Becoming department. (U/G)(3). Fall and spring. proficient or fluent in another language also enhances self-reflection, increases self- MA411, Internship: Supervised work experience knowledge, and heightens awareness of one’s directly related to the major area of study. own community and place in the world. Prerequisites: junior or senior standing and The communicative skills that students permission of department. (U)(3). Fall and sharpen in our classrooms are increasingly spring. valuable in many fields—business, education, MA471, Topics in Mathematics: In-depth study fine arts, government, media, social services, of special topics not covered in regular courses. and others. A language major or minor pairs Prerequisite: permission of department. (U/G) well with a variety of other majors, and many (1). Fall and spring. of our students choose to combine language study with areas that include: anthropology, MA490, Senior Seminar: Intended for seniors biology, health sciences, history, international majoring in mathematics, this seminar features studies, media, rhetoric and culture, pharmacy, student presentations on mathematical topics philosophy and religion. and selected readings. Prerequisites:15 hours of mathematics and junior standing or permission Why Study Modern Languages, of department. (U)(1). Spring. Literatures, and Cultures at Butler? MA499, Honors Thesis: (U)(3). Fall and spring. The Butler Modern Language faculty members hail from all over the world, including Argentina, Austria, Belgium, China, Columbia, France, and Spain, and their wide variety of linguistic and cultural expertise enriches our curriculum and keeps students connected to the
The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences 123 global communities they represent. Students • FR342, Survey of French Civilization who study with us find they are well-supported by the resources we have available in the German Modern Language Center, where they often German majors must fulfill the following study for quizzes on our comfy chairs, watch requirement: foreign language films, and work on group ONE of the following: projects around our computer stations. Modern • GR305, Germany Today Language students choose from a wide variety • GR310, German for Writing of well-established study-abroad options, from a three-week program in Costa Rica to Spanish Spanish majors must fulfill the following area full-semester programs in Germany and Spain. requirements: They can also try a service-learning course that ONE 300-level skills course: connects them to local language communities, • SP300, Spanish Grammar in Context where they can use their language skills to • SP305, Spanish for Oral Communication communicate with native speakers. Given the • SP310, Spanish for Written interdisciplinarity of our programs, students Communication often find creative and productive ways to • SP320WS, Service Learning in Spanish combine our majors and minors with other TWO Culture/Literature courses: areas. • SP330, Themes in Hispanic Studies MLLC Student Learning Outcomes • SP335, Spain: Middle Ages to 1700 Students will be able to do the following, • SP340, Spain: 1700 to the Present in the target language: • SP345, Analysis of Literary Genres • Clearly communicate in conversation and • SP350, Spanish American Culture: Mexico, written form on a variety of topics. Central America, Caribbean • Articulate a cogent interpretation of a • SP355, Spanish American Culture: South cultural text by applying concepts and America terminology pertaining to artistic, cultural • SP360, Hispanic Film studies, linguistic, or literary theories. • SP365, Hispanic Short Story • Demonstrate pluralist values, global • SP370, Topics—Contemporary Hispanic awareness, and diversity-mindedness. Societies • SP420, Topics—Golden Age of Spain Degrees • SP430, Topics—18th- and 19th-Century • Majors in French, German, and Spanish Spain • Minors in Chinese, French, German, and • SP440, Topics—Contemporary Spanish Spanish Studies • SP450, Topics—Spanish-American Studies Requirements for the Major • SP460, Topics—20th-Century Spanish- A major in French, German, or Spanish American Studies consists of 33 hours in the language, at least 24 • SP470, Topics—Hispanic Culture in the of these hours being at the 300 and 400 levels. United States All language majors will need to take at least • SP490, Seminar one 300-level skills course and two 400-level ONE Linguistics course: courses. Specific area requirements are listed • SP325, Introduction to Hispanic below by language. Linguistics • SP375, Spanish Pronunciation French • SP410, Topics in Communication Skills in French majors must fulfill the following Spanish requirements: • SP435, Spanish Dialectology • FR300, Oral and Written Communication • SP445, Topics in Hispanic Linguistics *All majors must complete this course for the 300-level skills requirement. Requirements for the Minor ONE of the following Culture/Literature A minor in Chinese, French, German, or survey courses: Spanish consists of 21 hours in the language, • FR334, Introduction to Francophone at least 12 of these hours being at the 300 and Cultures 400 levels. 124 Butler University Study Abroad FL320, Chinese Civilization: An overview of Through membership in the International Chinese civilization from the early dynasties Student Exchange Program, Butler offers through the present. This course is taught programs in Argentina, Austria, Canada in English and does not count toward the (Quebec), Chile, China, Colombia, Costa Rica, language requirement. (U)(3). Occasionally. France, Germany, Mexico, Spain, and other FL380, Methods Teaching Foreign countries. Students may choose to participate Language: Acquaints students with current in other programs through Butler-directed methods of teaching foreign languages. Provides study abroad through the Center for Global opportunities for use of the latest technologies, Education. Students receive credit for study practical work, and discussion of problems abroad. encountered when teaching foreign languages Advanced Placement and cultures. Also applicable for teacher All students enrolling in language courses certification. (U)(3). Occasionally. at Butler must take a placement exam before FL390, Seminar: Study in depth of a selected enrolling unless they have completed courses at topic in European, French, German, or the college level in the same language. Students Hispanic culture, such as historical or social who place at the 200- or 300-level on this exam conditions, individual writers, artists, political earn from three to nine hours of advanced figures, or literary genres. (U)(3). Occasionally. placement credit after completion of six credits of coursework at the 300-level (with grades FL480, Topics: Chinese Studies: Study of C or better) in that language. Students of a selected topic in the culture of China. who have taken the College Board Advanced Themes may deal with literary, social, political, Placement Test in high school and receive a economic, and/or ethical concerns. Course four or five are placed at the 300-level of the may be repeated with each different topic. appropriate language. Those students will also This course is taught in English and does not receive an additional three hours of 300-level count toward the language requirement. (U)(3). credit. Occasionally. Modern Language Center FL490, Seminar: Study in depth of a selected topic in European, French, German, The Modern Language Center (MLC) is a or Hispanic culture such as historical or multilingual facility to advocate and support social conditions, individual writers, artists, second language and culture acquisition. The political figures, or literary genres. (U/G)(3). MLC (Jordan Hall, Room 391) includes a Occasionally. comprehensive foreign feature and instructional film collection, a large group viewing area, film Courses in Foreign Languages viewing stations for individuals, computers, a To help students gain fluency, the target Smart Board, and gaming systems (DS, Wii, language is used extensively from the first etc.) with games in a variety of languages, etc. day. Courses on the 300- and 400-levels are In addition to state-of-the-art facilities, the conducted completely in the target language. MLC hosts a number of activities designed to promote language and culture learning, Core Courses including tutor tables, movie nights, and TI 225-GR, Literary Responses to Two karaoke club. The MLC staff is trained in World Wars: Our investigation of British, academic technology and research methodology German, French, Italian, and Russian literature to support all facets of language learning and will be structured around the two world teaching at Butler. wars, arguably the most defining catastrophes to befall modern Europe. We will consider Courses in English how writers such as Virginia Woolf, Franz Language majors can count one FL course Kafka, George Orwell, Paul Celan, Heinrich towards a major. Courses taught in English do Boll, Gunter Grass, and Vladimir Nabokov not satisfy the foreign language competency responded to the violence of the wars as well as requirement in the College of Liberal Arts and to the far-reaching social changes they brought Sciences. about. (U)(3).
The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences 125 Chinese Courses CN491, Independent Study: Independent CN101, Beginning Chinese 1: Emphasis on study of Chinese culture, literature, and spoken Chinese. Development of speaking, language. (U)(1). Annually, term varies. listening, and writing skills, and insights CN492, Independent Study: Independent into Chinese culture. Regular practice in the study of Chinese culture, literature, and language center. (U)(4). Annually, term varies. language. (U)(2). Annually, term varies. CN102, Beginning Chinese 2: Emphasis on CN493, Independent Study: Independent spoken Chinese. Development of speaking, study of Chinese culture, literature, and listening, reading, and writing skills and language. (U)(3). Annually, term varies. insights into Chinese culture. Regular practice in the language center. (U)(4). Annually, term French Courses varies. FR101, Beginning French 1: Development of CN203, Intermediate Chinese 1: Practice in speaking, listening, reading, and writing skills, listening, speaking, reading, and writing for and insights into French and Francophone communication skills. Review of fundamentals. cultures. Prerequisite: No previous formal Use of the Language Center. Prerequisite: French instruction. (U)(4). Annually, term One year of college Chinese or placement by varies. evaluation. (U)(4). Annually, term varies. FR102, Beginning French 2: Continuation of CN204, Intermediate Chinese 2: Continuing FR 101. Development of speaking, listening, practice in listening, speaking, reading, and reading and writing skills, and insights into writing for communicative skills. Further French and Francophone cultures. Prerequisite: review of fundamentals. Use of the Language FR101 or placement test authorization. (U)(4). Center. Prerequisite: CN 203, placement by Annually, term varies. evaluation or the equivalent. (U)(4). Annually, FR203, Intermediate French I: Review of term varies. basics and new grammatical structures and CN305, Advanced Chinese 1: Further develop vocabulary. Continued practice in listening, students’ overall language proficiency and speaking, reading, and writing to develop emphasize vocabulary building, consolidation competence in French. Study of cultural of essential grammatical patterns, and insights texts. Prerequisite: FR102 or placement test into Chinese culture. Use of the language authorization. (U)(3). Annually, term varies. laboratory and videos. Prerequisite: Two years FR204, Intermediate French II: Continuation of college Chinese or placement on the 300 of FR203. Further review of basics and new level. (U)(3). Annually, term varies. grammatical structures and vocabulary. CN306, Advanced Chinese 2: Continue to Continued practice in listening, speaking, develop students’ overall language proficiency reading and writing to develop competence in and emphasize vocabulary building, French. Study of cultural texts. Prerequisite: consolidation of essential grammatical patterns, FR203 or placement by evaluation or the and insights into Chinese culture. Use of the equivalent. (U)(3). Annually, term varies. language laboratory and videos. Prerequisite: FR300, Oral and Written Communication: CN305, placement by evaluation, or the Intensive work on oral and written skills equivalent. (U)(3). Annually, term varies. through grammar review, readings, films. CN370, Summer Chinese Language and Discussions, oral presentations, short Culture Program: Develop students’ language essays, rewriting, work on pronunciation. proficiency and verbal skills, and consolidate Prerequisites: Two years of college French or grammatical patterns and insights into Chinese placement on the 300 level. (U)(3). Annually, culture through classroom instruction and term varies. daily one-on-one tutoring and excursions in FR320, Contemporary French Culture: Study other cities. Use of the language laboratory of contemporary French culture using news and videos. Prerequisite: Two years of college media, films, interviews, online newspapers, Mandarin Chinese or placement on the TV programs in the French language, etc. 300-level. (U)(6) Occasionally. Prerequisite: FR334 or 342. (U)(3). Annually, term varies. 126 Butler University FR325, Intro to French Linguistics: Basic FR435, 18th Century France: Overall elements of French linguistics, phonetics, view of the French Enlightenment and phonology and stylistics. Prerequisite: FR334, study of the literary works of the period. FR342, or permission of instructor. (U)(3). Prerequisite: FR310 and either FR334 or Occasionally. FR342, or permission of the instructor. (U)(3). Occasionally. FR334, Intro to Francophone Cultures: This course is an in-depth introduction FR450, 19th Century France: Overall view to the cultures of the Francophone world. of the French culture and literature of the It will introduce students to the historical 19th century. Study of the significant literary background, the linguistic characteristics, works of the period. Prerequisite: FR310 and the literature, music, and cinema of areas either FR334 or FR342, or permission of the with a strong Francophone presence. (U)(3). instructor. (U)(3). Occasionally. Occasionally. FR465, 20th and 21st Century French: Study FR335, France: Middle Ages to 1700: A of selected important French and Francophone survey of the evolution of France from the novels of the 20th and 21st centuries. Lectures, Middle Ages to 1700 through the study reading assignments, and films. Emphasis of literature and other cultural material. on class discussion, writing, and rewriting. Prerequisites: FR305 or 310 (U)(3). Prerequisites: FR310 and either FR334 or Occasionally. FR342, or permission of the instructor. (U)(3). Occasionally. FR340, France: 18th and 19th Century: Survey of the evolution of France in the FR475, 20th and 21st Century French: Study 18th and 19th centuries through the study of selected important French and Francophone of literature and other cultural material. plays of the 20th and 21st centuries. Lectures, Prerequisite: FR334 or FR342, or permission of reading assignments, and films. Emphasis the instructor. (U)(3). Occasionally. on class discussion, writing, and rewriting. Prerequisites: FR310 and either FR334 or FR342, Survey of French Civilization: Study FR342, or permission of instructor. (U)(3). of French civilization from its origins to the Occasionally. present time. Focus will be on the people, the cultural processes, and ideas that have shaped FR485, Topics in Francophone Studies: the country. (U)(3). Study of the literatures and/or cultures of French-speaking countries. Use of literary FR345, France and Francophone texts, social documents, and movies. Emphasis World:1900 to Present: A survey of France on class discussion, writing, and rewriting. and the Francophone world in the 20th and Course may be repeated with each different 21st centuries through the study of literature topic. Prerequisite: FR310 and either FR334 or and other cultural material. Prerequisite: FR310 FR342, or permission of instructor. (U/G)(3). and either FR334 or FR342, or permission of Occasionally. instructor. (U)(3). Occasionally. FR490, Seminar: Study of a selected topic FR415, The French Renaissance: Study in the cultures of French-speaking countries. of the French Renaissance as the beginning Themes may deal with literary, social, political, of modernity. Focus on prose and poetry. and/or esthetic concerns of these countries, Emphasis on writing, rewriting, and discussion. of one nation, or of a region. Course may be Also emphasizes continued development of repeated with each different topic. Prerequisite: the four language skills: listening, speaking, Three years of college French or the equivalent. reading, and writing. (U/G)(3). Occasionally. (U/G)(3). Occasionally. FR425, 17th Century France: Study of FR491, Independent Study: An opportunity 17th Century France in the context of early for qualified students to pursue a topic of modernity. Focus on prose and theatre. special interest. Open to majors and minors Emphasis on writing, rewriting, and discussion. in French, by permission of the instructor and Also emphasizes continued development of department chair. Prerequisite: three years listening, speaking, reading, and writing skills. of college French or equivalent. (U/G)(1). Prerequisites: FR310 and either FR334 or 342 Annually, term varies. or permission. (U/G)(3). Occasionally.The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences 127 FR492, Independent Study: An opportunity Prerequisite: Three semesters of college German for qualified students to pursue a topic of or placement in GR204. (U)(3). Annually, term special interest. Open to majors and minors varies. in French, by permission of the instructor and GR301, German Conversation: (U)(1). department chair. Prerequisite: three years of college French or equivalent. (U/G)(2). GR305, Germany Today: This course offers Annually, term varies. practice in oral German to develop accuracy and fluency through guided conversations, FR493, Independent Study: An opportunity discussions, individual presentations, for qualified students to pursue a topic of vocabulary building, and grammar review. special interest. Open to majors and minors Topics deal with contemporary German in French, by permission of the instructor and culture, society, politics, media, and business. department chair. Prerequisite: three years Prerequisite: Two years of college German or of college French or equivalent. (U/G)(1). placement at the 300-level. (U)(3). Annually, term varies. GR310, German for Writing: This course FR499, Honors Thesis: (U)(3). Annually, offers practice in written German to develop term varies. accuracy and fluency through the analysis of German Courses various writing styles and genres, vocabulary GR101, Beginning German 1: Development building, and grammar review. Emphasis is on of speaking, listening, reading, and writing the process of writing, guided corrections, and skills and insights into German speaking enhancement of self-evaluation. Prerequisite: cultures. Prerequisite: No previous formal Two years of college German or placement in German instruction or placement in German German on the 300-level. (U)(3). 101. (U)(4). Annually, term varies. GR311, Contemporary German Authors: GR102, Beginning German 2: Development A course providing reading and discussion of of speaking, listening, reading, and writing selected texts by post-war authors. Oral and skills and insights into German speaking written literary analysis. Prerequisite: Two years cultures. Prerequisite: GR101 or placement in of college German or placement in 300 level GR102. (U)(4). Annually, term varies. German. (U)(3). Annually, term varies. GR200, German Conversation: Students will GR315, German for Business: This course develop their oral proficiency by concentrating offers an introduction to the structures, on pronunciation and practical vocabulary. institutions, procedures, and terminology of the Extensive use of class discussion to increase German business world. Current business news accuracy and fluency. Course cannot be is explored through a variety of media, such as counted toward the major or minor and print, television, and Internet. Prerequisite: Two does not fulfill the language requirement. years of college German or placement on the Prerequisite: One year of college German or 300-level. (U)(3). placement in GR203. (U)(1). GR320, Contemporary German Authors: GR203, Intermediate German I: Review An introduction to literary studies in German of the basic structures of German with an through close readings and critical analysis emphasis on active skills. Introduction to of selected texts by post-war authors such as German literature through readings, film, and Grass, Durrenmatt, and Wolf. Prerequisite: Two discussion in German. Prerequisite: one year of years of college German or placement at the college German or placement in GR203. (U) 300-level. (U)(3). (3). Annually, term varies. GR335, Germany Studies I: Tradition GR204, Intermediate German II: and Innovation: A survey of the evolution Continuation of the review of the basic of Germany from the Middle Ages to the structures of German with an emphasis on Enlightenment through the study of literature, active skills. Practice through readings, films, art, and other cultural material. Prerequisite: and discussions in German. Exploration of Two years of college German or placement at social, artistic, historical, and/or political topics. the 300-level. (U)(3).
128 Butler University GR340, German Studies II: Nation and GR467, Topics in German Studies: Age of Identity: A survey of the evolution of Germany Goethe: Study of select writers, genres, or from Storm and Stress to Realism through themes within the context of German culture the study of literature, art, and other cultural from Enlightenment to Romanticism. Topics material. Prerequisite: Two years of college may include the Faust theme in literature, art, German or placement at the 300 level. (U)(3). and music, the rebel and the genius, Goethe and Schiller. Prerequisite: Three years of college GR341, Romanticism to the Modern Period: German or equivalent. (U)(3). Representative works of authors and artists of the 19th century up to Nietzsche’s time. GR470, Topics in German Studies: The Prerequisite: Two years of college German 19th Century: Study of select writers, genres, or placement on the 300-level. (U)(3). or themes within the context of nineteenth- Occasionally. century German culture. Topics may include the German Nation, fairy tales and fantastical GR342, German Studies III: Modernity and literature, the novella. Prerequisite: Three years Tyranny: A survey of the evolution of Germany of college German or equivalent. (U)(3). from Naturalism to the present through the study of literature, art, and other cultural GR475, Topics in German Studies: The 20th material. Prerequisite: Two years of college Century: Study of select writers, genres, or German or placement on the 300-level. (U)(3). themes within the context of the twentieth- century German culture. Topics may include GR351, German Civilization: Investigation fin-de-siècle literature, Kafka, GDR literature, of German literature and culture in a historical multicultural Germany. Prerequisite: Three context. Course may focus on a specific theme years of college German or equivalent. (U)(3). or time period. Prerequisite: Two years of college German or placement in German at the GR490, Seminar: Investigation of a selected 300-level. (U)(3). Occasionally. topic in German such as a genre, time period, writer, artist, or historical figure in its historical GR360, German Film: Analysis and discussion and social context. Course may be repeated of German films within their cultural, with each different topic. Prerequisite: Three historical, political, and social contexts. years of college German or equivalent. (U/G) Prerequisite: Two years of college German or (3). Occasionally. equivalent or placement on the 300-level. (U) (3). Occasionally. GR491, Independent Study: An opportunity for qualified students to pursue a topic of GR390, Topics in Literature and Culture: special interest. Open to majors and minors in Study of a selected topic in German literature German, by permission of the instructor and or culture. Course may be repeated with each department chair. Prerequisite: Three years different topic. Prerequisite: Two years of of college German or equivalent. (U/G)(1). college German or placement at the 300-level. Annually, term varies. (U)(3). Occasionally. GR492, Independent Study: An opportunity GR400, Internship: A supervised work for qualified students to pursue a topic of experience in business, government, media, or special interest. Open to majors and minors in other institutions. Primary language must be German, by permission of the instructor and German. May be complete abroad or in the department chair. Prerequisite: Three years U.S. Prerequisite: Acceptance into the program of college German or equivalent. (U/G)(2). and permission of the department chair. (U/G) Annually, term varies. (3). Occasionally. GR493, Independent Study: An opportunity GR430, German Drama after 1945: An in- for qualified students to pursue a topic of depth study of selected dramas by authors such special interest. Open to majors and minors in as Brecht, Borchert, Durrenmatt, and Jelinek. German, by permission of the instructor and Discussion in German. Prerequisite: Three department chair. Prerequisite: Three years years of college German or equivalent. (U)(3). of college German or equivalent. (U/G)(3). Occasionally. Annually, term varies.
The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences 129 GR499, Honors Thesis: (U)(3). Annually, cultural texts, and create written material to see term varies. the interaction of language skills. Prerequisite: SP204/Placement test at 300 level. (U)(3). Spanish Courses Annually, term varies. SP101, Beginning Spanish I: The first course in Spanish. Focus is on developing the SP305, Spanish for Oral Communication: four skills of language acquisition: listening, Practice in oral Spanish to increase fluency speaking, reading, and writing production. through activities and discussion. Intensive Although learning grammar is an important controlled conversation and the facilitation of part of the process, it will be used around debates and group discussions in relation to everyday situations and cultural topics. audiovisual materials and cultural readings. Prerequisites: No previous Spanish instruction. Prerequisite: Two years of college Spanish or Permission granted upon personal interview placement on the 300 level. (U)(3). Annually, with the department chair. (U)(4). Annually, term varies. term varies. SP310, Spanish for Written Communication: SP102, Beginning Spanish II: This is the Writing in Spanish; facilitate expression second course in the basic Spanish language of ideas; review of grammatical structures. sequence. The course continues to develop basic Analysis: writing styles and writing process; communication skills in listening, speaking, guided correction to enhance self-evaluation reading, and writing at a more complex and improvement of writing skills; developing level. Prerequisites: SP101 or placement test a good thesis; adapting content to reader. authorization. (U)(4). Annually, term varies. Prerequisite: Two years of college Spanish or placement on the 300-level. (U)(3). Annually, SP201, Spanish Conversation and term varies. Pronunciation: Development of oral proficiency. Concentration on pronunciation SP315, Spanish for Business: Introduction to and practical vocabulary. Review of basic the Hispanic business world and examination structures. Practice of speaking skills in class of its structures, institutions, procedures, and discussions. Use of audiovisual materials to terminology. Prerequisite: two years of college increase accuracy and fluency. Prerequisite: Spanish or placement on the 300 level. (U)(3). one year of college Spanish or placement test Occasionally. authorization. (U)(3). Annually, term varies. SP 320S, Service Learning in Spanish: SP203, Intermediate Spanish I: First course in Increase students’ fluency in Spanish; encourage intermediate Spanish. Review of fundamentals, them to frame their community experience in develop intermediate skills in reading, meaningful ways. Class components: supervised writing, speaking, and listening; building volunteer tutoring (24 hours/semester) and communicative competence and enhancing weekly class meetings to discuss Latino social and cultural awareness of Spanish- Immigration. Writing intensive. Prerequisites: speaking world. Prerequisite: one year of college 300-level placement, or 305 and 310 preferred. Spanish or SP102, or placement exam results. (U)(3). Annually, term varies. (U)(3). Annually, term varies. SP325, Intro to Hispanic Linguistics: SP204, Intermediate Spanish II: Second Overview of the History, Phonetics, Syntax, course in intermediate Spanish. Further Acquisition, and Language Variation of the review of fundamentals; continue developing Spanish language (theories, analysis, and competence and enhance social and cultural application). Prerequisite: Two years of college awareness of the Spanish-speaking world. Spanish or placement on the 300-level. The Prerequisite: SP203, or placement exam results. department faculty strongly advise students (U)(3). Annually, term varies. enrolling in this course to have completed one 300-level skills course. (U)(3). Annually, term SP300, Grammar in Context: Study of varies. grammatical structures to master language at intermed/adv. level. Students review, reinforce, SP330, Themes in Hispanic Studies: Selected and practice grammar within contextual themes within the literature and culture of one framework so as to build vocabulary, read or more Spanish-speaking countries. Course
130 Butler University may be repeated with each different topic. SP360, Hispanic Film: Approach to Prerequisites: Two years of college Spanish or Hispanic cultures through film and visual equivalent or placement on the 300-level. The representations. Themes for analyses, department faculty strongly advise students discussions, and papers vary according to enrolling in this course to have completed one films chosen. Prerequisite: two years of college 300-level skills course. (U)(3). Occasionally. Spanish or equivalent or placement on the 300 level. The department faculty strongly SP335, Spain: Middle Ages to 1700: Use of advise students enrolling in this course to have selected reading and audio-visual materials to completed one 300-level skills course. (U)(3). study the history, literature, and arts of Spain Occasionally. from the Middle Ages through the seventeenth century. Prerequisite: two years of college SP365, Hispanic Short Story: Study of Spanish or placement on the 300 level. The selected stories by Spanish and Latin American department faculty strongly advise students authors. Prerequisite: two years of college enrolling in this course to have completed one Spanish or placement at the 300 level. The 300-level skills course. (U)(3). Occasionally. department faculty strongly advise students enrolling in this course to have completed one SP340, Spain:1700 to present: Use of selected 300-level skills course. (U)(3). Occasionally. reading and audio-visual materials to study the history, literature, and arts of Spain from the SP370, Topics: Contemporary Hispanic eighteenth century to the present. Prerequisite: Societies: A study of the contemporary two years of college Spanish or placement on societies of one or more countries of Latin the 300 level. The department faculty strongly America, of Spain, and/or the Latino society of advise students enrolling in this course to have the United States. This course may be repeated completed one 300-level skills course. (U)(3). with each different area studied. Prerequisite: Occasionally. two years of college Spanish or equivalent or placement on the 300 level. The department SP345, Analysis of Literary Genres: faculty strongly advise students enrolling in this Panoramic view of major and minor literary course to have completed one 300-level skills works of various genres across different time course. (U)(3). Occasionally. periods and geographical areas of the Hispanic World. Prerequisite: two years of college SP375, Spanish Pronunciation: This course Spanish or placement on the 300 level. The introduces the sounds of Spanish in order to department faculty strongly advise students achieve a near native-like pronunciation. It enrolling in this course to have completed one covers theory and practice. Prerequisite: three 300-level skills course. (U)(3). Occasionally. years of Spanish or equivalent. The department faculty strongly advise students enrolling in this SP350, Spanish Amer Culture: Mexico, C course to have completed one 300-level skills America, Caribbean: Geographically oriented course. (U)(3). Occasionally. approach to the study of the historical events, literary and cultural artifacts, and individual SP380, Spanish Morphosyntax: The study of figures which have shaped and defined the Spanish words and their internal structure as countries of Spanish Mexico and selected well as an overview of perspectives gained from countries from Central America and the the X bar theory to study Spanish word order, Caribbean. Prerequisite: two years of college semantic roles, constituents, clause structure, Spanish or placement on the 300 level. (U)(3). grammaticality judgments, and so on. The Occasionally. department faculty strongly advise students enrolling in this course to have completed one SP355, Spanish American Culture: The study 300-level skills course. (U)(3). Occasionally. of historical events, and the literary and cultural productions of the Southern Cone and Andean SP400, Internship: A supervised work countries. Prerequisite: two years of college experience in business, government, media or Spanish or placement on the 300 level. The other institutions in a Spanish-speaking country department faculty strongly advise students as a part of a year or semester study abroad enrolling in this course to have completed one program or in bilingual settings in this country. 300-level skills course. (U)(3). Occasionally. Prerequisite: acceptance into the program and
The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences 131 permission of the department chair. (U/G)(3). SP450, Topics: Spanish-American Studies: Occasionally. Literary, historical, social, and/or artistic aspects of Spanish-American culture and civilization. SP410, Topics: Communication Skills in Topics will focus on a historical period, Spanish: Communications Skills in Spanish: literary genre, social theme, or other cultural Practice in communication in Spanish. Topics phenomenon. Course may be repeated with vary. Course may be repeated with a different each different topic. Prerequisite: three years topic. Prerequisite: three years of college of college Spanish or equivalent. (U/G)(3). Spanish or equivalent. (U/G)(3). Occasionally. Occasionally. SP420, Topics: Golden Age of Spain: SP460, Topics: 20th Cent Span-Amer Exploration of the 16th and 17th centuries Studies: Emphasis on the contemporary through literature, history, and/or artistic cultures of the nations of Spanish-America. expression. Course may be repeated with Through the use of literary texts, historical each different topic. Prerequisite: three years and social documents, movies, and other of college Spanish or equivalent. (U/G)(3). audiovisual media, topics will focus on the Occasionally. dynamics of this rapidly developing cultural SP425, Phonetics of the Spanish Language: region. Course may be repeated with each Introduction to the sounds of Spanish, native different topic. Prerequisite: three years of speaker pronunciation, recognition of Spanish college Spanish or equivalent. (U/G)(3). main dialects and Spanish-English phonetic Occasionally. contrasts. Prerequisite: three years of college SP490, Seminar: Study of a selected topic in Spanish or equivalent. (U/G)(3). Occasionally. the cultures of Spain and/or Latin America. SP430, Topics: 18th and 19th Century Themes may deal with literary, social, political, Spain: 18th- and 19th-Century Spain: Study and/or esthetic concerns of these countries, one of historical, literary, and/or artistic aspects nation or a region. Prerequisite: three years of of the period. Course may be repeated with college Spanish or the equivalent. (U/G)(3). each different topic. Prerequisite: three years Occasionally. of college Spanish or equivalent. (U/G)(3). SP491, Independent Study: An opportunity Occasionally. for qualified students to pursue a topic of SP435, Spanish Dialectology: The geography special interest. Open to majors and minors in of Spanish in terms of origin, change, dialects, Spanish, by permission of the instructor and society, contact with other languages, slang, department chair. Prerequisite: three years of etc. Prerequisite: three years of Spanish or college Spanish or equivalent. (U/G)(1).(3). equivalent. (U)(3). Occasionally. Annually, term varies. SP440, Topics: Contemporary Spanish SP492, Independent Study: An opportunity Studies: Analysis of aspects of 20th- and for qualified students to pursue a topic of 21st century Spain through study of literary, special interest. Open to majors and minors historical, artistic works, and/or the media, in Spanish, by permission of the instructor offering such topics as the transition from and department chair. Prerequisite: three years dictatorship to democracy or the roles of of college Spanish or equivalent. (U/G)(2). women and men in contemporary society. Annually, term varies. Course may be repeated with each different SP493, Independent Study: An opportunity topic. Prerequisite: three years of college for qualified students to pursue a topic of Spanish or equivalent. (U/G)(3). Occasionally. special interest. Open to majors and minors SP445, Topics in Hispanic Linguistics: Study in Spanish, by permission of the instructor of a selected topic in the field of linguistics and department chair. Prerequisite: three years (the study of language) from the perspective of college Spanish or equivalent. (U/G)(3). of Spanish. Themes may deal with phonetics, Annually, term varies. syntax, morphology, history, semantics, SP499, Honors Thesis: (U)(3). Annually, term pragmatics, sociolinguistics, Spanish in contact, varies. etc. Prerequisite: three years of Spanish or equivalent. (U)(3). Occasionally. 132 Butler University Neuroscience Minor university education. Contemporary peace Administration studies is an arena of interdisciplinary research, Tara T. Lineweaver, Ph.D., program director study, dialogue, reflection, and action that is Jordan Hall, Room 286, (317) 940-9848 supported by a broad disciplinary base drawing on all of the social sciences and courses in the Neuroscience, an interdisciplinary approach arts and humanities, sciences, education, and to understanding the nervous system and its business. Through multi- and interdisciplinary impact on behavior, cognition and emotion, study and practice, students in peace studies is a relatively new and rapidly expanding prepare for graduate study and a wide variety scientific field. Neuroscientific research of careers in policy analysis, government, describes the normal functioning of the nongovernmental organizations, journalism, nervous system, examines how the nervous teaching, law, and business. system develops across the life span, and investigates the consequences of and potential Peace and Conflict Studies Student interventions for neurological dysfunction due Learning Objectives to abnormal development, disease, or injury. • Acquire a complex understanding of However, the implications of neuroscience the nature and origins of violence, its stretch well beyond this scope and provide dynamics, and different manifestations and both a cornerstone and important tools for modes of expression. understanding all human behavior. The • Better understand why conflict occurs, neuroscience minor at Butler University when and how conflicts become violent, introduces students to an interdisciplinary and constructive methods of approaching viewpoint of the science and the philosophy and processing distinct types of conflicts of the mind. Students from any major may that occur along a continuum from elect to complete a neuroscience minor by interpersonal to global settings. taking courses in the fields of biological science, • Critically evaluate and devise strategies psychology, and philosophy. for peace through reflection on ethical, religious, philosophical, and cultural Requirements: approaches to peace, the work of leading 21 semester hours including: thinkers and activists in the field, and Biology: 12 hours public policy. • BI202 Cellular and Molecular Biology— • Develop knowledge, analytical skills, and Fundamentals practical training through: • BI203 Genetics—Fundamentals • Analysis of theories and theoretical models, • BI460 Cellular and Molecular case studies, language and value systems, Neurobiology and historical precedents and trends. Psychology: 6 hours • Service learning, practical training • PS235 Biological Bases of Behavior in conflict mediation skills, selected • PS412 Advanced Applied Neuroscience internships, and study abroad Philosophy: 3 hours experiences. • PL346 Philosophy of Mind Peace and Conflict Studies Major Peace Studies Program Requirements Administration The major in Peace and Conflict Studies Craig W. Auchter, Ph.D., director (PACS) consists of 36 hours of courses, The Peace and Conflict Studies Program including six hours of internship or service seeks to promote a critical understanding of the learning. nature and dynamics of conflict, violence, and Required Peace and Conflict Studies Courses the conditions and practice of peace. It provides A PACS major must complete 21 hours a structured program of study for students who of Peace and Conflict Studies courses. The wish to make issues of violence and conflict following courses are required: (interpersonal, intergroup and interstate), social 1. PACS/PO102: Introduction to Peace and justice, human rights, ecological integrity, and Conflict Studies peace at multiple levels more central to their 2. PACS/PO220: Community Mediation
The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences 133 3. PACS/PO322: International Conflict and requirements are fulfilled at locations Peace Building in Indianapolis such as Exodus Refugee 4. PACS: One theory or methods class in Center, Peace Learning Center, a relevant discipline (consult with PACS Kaleidoscope Youth Center, the Julian advisor).* Center, or through SP300 Service Learning 5. PACS: One 400-level class or thesis in Spanish. Students may also fulfill this (consult with PACS advisor)** requirement through Washington, D.C., 6. PACS: Internship and/or service learning semester internships or as a component of (6 hrs) study abroad. 4. PACS/PO490: Senior Seminar: Special Internship and service learning requirements Topics in Peace Studies (such as Cultures of are fulfilled at locations in Indianapolis such as Peace in Latin America; Youth, Violence, Exodus Refugee Center, Peace Learning Center, and Peace; War in Iraq). Kaleidoscope Youth Center, the Julian Center, or through SP300 Service Learning in Spanish. Electives (6 Hours) Students may also fulfill this requirement The remaining six hours are fulfilled by through Washington, D.C. semester internships electives. or as a component of study abroad. Elective options are listed below and in the schedule of classes each semester. Relevant *Students may fulfill this requirement courses taken during study abroad may be with a research methods or theory class in, counted toward the major with permission of for example, political science, sociology, the PACS director. anthropology, or rhetorical criticism. Peace and Conflict Studies electives include, **Students may opt to take the PO490 Senior but are not limited to, the following: Seminar as their capstone course for PACS or History and Anthropology another 400-level seminar class in anthropology • AN368 Peoples and Cultures of the or international studies that addresses issues of Muslim World: Coming of Age in the conflict, peace, and justice. Middle East • AN380 Selected Topics: Youth and Electives Conflict in Global Cinema Students in the major are required to • AN380 Selected Topics: Conflict complete 15 hours of Peace and Conflict Resolution Through the Arts: Studies electives at the 300 level or above. Anthropological Inquiry Elective options are listed below and in the • AN380 Selected Topics: Trespassing: An schedule of classes each semester. Relevant Anthropology of Our Segmented Lives courses taken during study abroad may be • AN320 Gender and Cross-Cultural counted toward the major with permission of Perspective the PACS director. • AN389 Topics: New Social Movements Peace and Conflict Studies Minor • HS340 The Civil War • HS390 Topics in History: The Cinema of Requirements War The minor in Peace and Conflict Studies • HS390 Topics: War and Peace in the (PACS) consists of 18 hours of courses. Middle Ages Required Courses (12 hours) • HS390 History of Human Rights. A minor in Peace and Conflict Studies must • HS390 1968 complete 12 hours of required courses. The • HS344 Jim and Jane Crow following courses are required: Modern Foreign Languages 1. PACS/PO102: Introduction to Peace • SP320S 01W Service Learning in Spanish Studies Philosophy and Religious Studies 2. One of the following: • RL354 Islam: Religion, Culture, Society - PACS/PO220: Community Mediation • RL363 Religion, Politics, and Conflict in - PACS/PO322: International Conflict and South Asia Peace Building • RL391 Topics in Religion: CFV Seminar 3. PACS Internship or Service Learning (e.g. Jerusalem and Religious Peacemaking) (3 hrs): Internship and service learning • PL364 Ethics and International Relations 134 Butler University • PL375 Ethics of War and Peace empty rhetoric. Philosophy majors learn how Political Science to communicate clearly both in speech and in • PO220 Community Mediation writing. Philosophy helps you to think carefully • PO322 International Conflict and Peace about ethical decisions. Collectively, these are Building skills that will help you in future graduate and • PO350 African Politics professional education. They will also help you • PO355 US Foreign Policy to live your life well, and what could be a more • PO362 Popular Participation in Latin practical skill than that? America Philosophy majors regularly outscore other • PO372 Role of Protest in US Politics majors on standardized tests such as the LSAT • PO380 Understanding the Israel-Palestine and MCAT, because they do equally well Conflict on both the verbal and analytic/quantitative • PO380 Understanding Conflict: Northern sections. Philosophy is the only liberal arts Ireland major that specifically teaches both verbal • PO380 The Earth Charter and logic skills. In addition, the most basic • PO380 Environmental Justice assumptions in law, the sciences, and other • PO380 Youth and Conflict disciplines are studied not in those disciplines Sociology but in philosophy of law, philosophy of science, • SO349 Social Movements etc. • SO339 Violence, Media, Culture Communications Why Study Philosophy at Butler? • COM481 Topics Communication Studies: Our philosophy classes are fairly small, Social Movements which further encourages students to • JR417 International Communication participate in class discussion and allows the Systems faculty to devote considerable attention to each • COM353 Interpersonal Communication of our students. The enrollment limit in our • COM412 Advocacy introductory classes is generally 25, and the Other number of students enrolled in our upper-level • SW240 Gender and Generations in War classes is roughly between 10 and 20. All classes and Peace are taught by professors; there are no teaching • IS390 01 The UN and Other International assistants at Butler. Many students engage in Organizations independent study and write honors theses • GWS202 1 Resistance for Social Change in under the supervision of professors. Additional US learning opportunities include the Philosophy • TI262 Self and Service Club, which meets regularly for discussion, film viewing, speakers, and social activities. Philosophy and Religion The reasoning skills of our majors are valued by Administration graduate and professional schools as well as by Chad Bauman, Ph.D., department chair employers. For example, a growing number of Professors our majors have been accepted into reputable Katharina Dulckeit, Ph.D.; Stuart Glennan, medical schools and very prestigious law Ph.D.; Paul Valliere, Ph.D.; Harry van der schools. Linden, Ph.D. Associate Professors PL Program Student Learning Chad Bauman, Ph.D.; James F. McGrath, Outcomes Ph.D.; Tiberiu Popa, Ph.D. Students majoring in philosophy at Butler Instructor University will learn about a wide range of Brent Hege, Ph.D. philosophical ideas and outlooks, and will become acquainted with some of the most Philosophy influential thinkers in western philosophy. Besides exploring fundamental questions Why Study Philosophy? pertaining to knowledge and reality, students Philosophy can help you hone some very will be able to discern and respond to practical skills. As a philosopher you learn philosophical issues that arise in areas as diverse to distinguish between sound reasoning and The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences 135 as religion, science, politics, the arts, and the is offered when they are studying abroad. law. While critical thinking is encouraged Students may also substitute PL499, and emphasized throughout the liberal arts, Honors Thesis for three hours of PL410. it is especially at home in philosophy; our Plus 12 hours of additional philosophy courses majors are able to read and write clearly, to for a total of 33 hours. No more than 12 hours critically evaluate evidence and arguments, and of 100- or 200-level courses may be applied to to determine the quality of their sources of the 33 hours required for the major. information. Philosophical training helps deepen our Requirements for the Combined students’ reflection on issues in the here and Philosophy and Religion Major now. Our professors encourage engagement in A combined major in philosophy and the community, including internships or research religion consists of 42 hours. Detailed projects in which students’ work can inform and requirements are posted at the department be informed by their philosophical study. website, www.butler.edu/philosophy-religion/ More generally, philosophy majors’ ability philosophy/program-requirements, or can be to examine and question their own and others’ obtained at the department’s office. values and convictions puts them in a position to make wise choices that will affect the quality Requirements for the Combined and course of their lives and those of the people Philosophy and Psychology Major with whom they interact. A combined major in psychology and Degrees philosophy consists of 51 hours. Detailed • Major in Philosophy requirements are posted at the department • Minor in Philosophy website, www.butler.edu/philosophy-religion/ • Ethics Minor philosophy/program-requirements, or can be • Combined Major in Philosophy and obtained at the department’s office Religion • Combined Major in Philosophy and Requirements for the Minor A minor in philosophy consists of 18 hours Psychology in philosophy, nine of which should be at the Requirements for the Major 300- or 400-level. Minors will be strongly One course in logic: advised to create a suitable package of courses • PL310, Logic in consultation with a philosophy professor • or any course so designated appointed by the chair. Two courses in history sequence: • PL311, History of Ancient Philosophy Requirements for the Ethics Minor The Ethics Minor consists of 18 credit hours, • PL313, History of Modern Philosophy 12 of which should be philosophy (PL) courses One course in analytic philosophy: and nine of which should be at the 300-or • PL320, Theory of Knowledge 400-level. Specifically: • PL323, Introduction to Analytic • A foundational PL course in ethics covering Philosophy basic moral theories and concepts (3 credit • PL343, Philosophy of Science hours). • PL346, Philosophy of Mind • Two additional PL courses to be chosen • or any course designated analytic from a wide variety of courses in normative philosophy philosophy (6 credit hours). One course in value theory (normative • A course in applied ethics showing how philosophy): moral deliberation is pivotal to some • PL345, Contemporary Social and Political specific profession or field of human Philosophy activity (3 credit hours). • PL360, Ethics • Two electives, to be selected from PL • or any course designated value theory courses or courses with an ethical focus Two offerings (6 hours) of PL410—Seminar in from other disciplines (6 credit hours). Philosophy: For more details, contact the director of the • Students may request a substitute for three program, Dr. Harry van der Linden, or visit hours of this seminar requirement if PL410 www.butler.edu/philosophy-religion.
136 Butler University Core Courses Offered by Philosophy TI244-PL, Ethics, The Good Life, and AR231-PL, Principles of Reasoning: A survey Society: Fundamental philosophical questions of principles of reasoning used in a variety of about right conduct, virtues and vices, the good disciplines, including philosophy, mathematics, life, and social policy will be examined on basis statistics, the natural and social sciences, and of classical and contemporary texts. Topics law. Attention also will be paid to how to include issues of personal and social ethics, recognize and avoid fallacies. (U)(3). Fall and such as forgiveness, tolerance and hate speech, spring. abortion, animal rights, and world poverty. Theories of justice, human rights, and meta- TI240-PL, Ethics of War and Peace: This ethical topics may also be covered. (U)(3). Fall course will focus on two normative approaches and spring. to war, just war theory, and pacifism. We will first examine how soldiers learn to kill and Philosophy Courses how killing impacts them psychologically PL245, Classics of Social and Political and morally. Next, we will explore just-war Philosophy: A critical study of major texts principles for justly starting and executing of the history of Western social and political war on basis of case studies, such as the terror thought, such as Plato’s Republic, Aristotle’s bombing in the Second World War, the Gulf Politics, Machiavelli’s The Prince, Hobbes’ War, the Kosovo intervention, the Afghanistan Leviathan, and Marx’s Communist Manifesto. war, and the second Iraq War. Special attention Attention will be given to both the historical will be paid to humanitarian intervention, and contemporary relevance of the texts. (U) terrorism, and the doctrine of preventive war. (3). Occasionally. During the final weeks of the semester we will 0.2083 inPL310, Symbolic Logic: An discuss the philosophy of nonviolence and introduction to symbolic logic. Topics antiwar pacifism. (U)(3). Occasionally. will include systems for proving logical propositions, the interpretation of symbolic TI241-PL, Classics of Soc and Pol Thought: systems, and the relationship between symbolic A critical study of major texts of the history and natural languages. Consideration will be of Western social and political thought, given to the applications of symbolical logic such as Plato’s Republic, Aristotle’s Politics, to problems in philosophy, mathematics, Machiavelli’s The Prince, Hobbes’ Leviathan, computer science, and the natural sciences. (U) and Marx’s Communist Manifesto. Attention (3). Occasionally. will be given to both the historical and contemporary relevance of the texts. (U)(3). PL311, History of Ancient Philosophy: Occasionally. A study of important figures of ancient philosophy, with particular emphasis on Plato TI242-PL, Marginalized in America: and Aristotle. Prerequisite: one philosophy Marginalized in America: Gender at the course or permission of instructor. (U/G)(3). Intersection of Race and Class. This course Occasionally. introduces the student to the philosophical method and skills of thinking out problems and PL313, History of Modern Philosophy: issues that confront women in contemporary A study of important figures of modern American society, viewed from the intersection philosophy, including Descartes, Hume, of gender, race, and class. (U)(3). Fall and and Kant. Prerequisite: one philosophy spring. course or permission of instructor. (U/G)(3). Occasionally. TI243-PL, Knowledge and Reality: Fundamental philosophical questions about PL320, Theory of Knowledge: A study of knowledge and reality will be studied through some fundamental problems of epistemology: the analysis of classical and contemporary texts. the nature of knowledge and certainty, the Topics may include skepticism, the relationship relation of knowledge to belief, evidence and between faith and reason, the nature of mind, the justification of beliefs, and the problem free will, the nature and existence of the of skepticism. Prerequisite: one philosophy external world, and the nature and existence of course or permission of instructor. (U/G)(3). God. (U)(3). Fall and spring. Occasionally.
The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences 137 PL323, Intro to Analytic Philosophy: A and feminism. Topics include economic survey of some of the important themes in justice within the state, global justice, analytic philosophy from the late 19th century rights, equality, the family, and workplace to the present, focusing on such figures as democracy. Prerequisite: one philosophy Russell and Wittgenstein. Prerequisite: one course or permission of instructor. (U/G)(3). philosophy course or permission of instructor. Occasionally. (U/G)(3). Occasionally. PL346, Philosophy of Mind: A study of PL339, Philosophy and Literature: This philosophical questions concerning the mind: course will explore philosophical problems the nature of mind, the mind-body problem, (ethical dilemmas, self and society, the nature the problem of free will and methodological of time, the idea of God, etc.) as they are approaches to the study of mind. Discussion formulated or suggested in texts belonging of the power and limits of contemporary to various literary genres. A segment of this cognitive science. Prerequisite: one philosophy course will also analyze the nature of literature course or permission of instructor. (U/G)(3). itself from a philosophical perspective. (U)(3). Occasionally. Occasionally. PL347, Existentialism: A study of PL340, Philosophy of Art: A study of some existentialism, one of the most important of the major topics in the philosophy of philosophical movements of the twentieth art, including the essential nature of artistic century, focusing on the philosophical essays, representation, the problems entailed by novels, and plays of Jean-Paul Sartre, Albert aesthetic perception, and the relation between Camus, and Simone de Beauvoir. Prerequisite: interpretation and the artist’s intention. (U)(3). one philosophy course or permission of Occasionally. instructor. (U/G)(3). Occasionally. PL342, Philosophy of Religion: A study of PL348, Philosophy of Feminism: A study of the logic and function of religious language cultural values, social practices, and policies with special reference to the problem of that shape women’s lives, and the philosophical religious knowledge and the validity of religious responses to these. Topics include the claims. Prerequisite: one philosophy course or workplace, the legal system, pornography, art sophomore standing. (U/G)(3). Occasionally. and popular culture, abortion, reproductive rights, sexual practice, alternative families, PL343, Philosophy of Science: An analysis militarism, and ecofeminism. Prerequisite: one of some philosophical questions about the philosophy course or one Gender, Women’s natural sciences, including the problem of and Sexuality Studies course. (U/G)(3). distinguishing science from pseudoscience, the Occasionally. nature of scientific explanation, the structure and confirmation of scientific theories, scientific PL349, Philosophy of Biology: A study of revolutions, and the relationship between philosophical problems in biology. The course science and reality. Prerequisite: one philosophy explores both theoretical problems within course or permission of instructor. (U/G)(3). biology, like the evolution of altruism and Occasionally. problems of taxonomy, and philosophical problems that are influenced by biological PL344, Philosophy of Law: Consideration theory, including the nature of morality and of general theories of law and justice; nature the status of religious belief. Prerequisite: of judicial reasoning; topics such as relation of BI110 or permission of instructor. (U/G)(3). law and morality, punishment, legal rights, and Occasionally. legal liabilities. Prerequisite: one philosophy course or sophomore standing. (U/G)(3). PL360, Ethics: An examination of the Occasionally. fundamental concepts and problems of morality, facts and values, duty and self- PL345, Contemporary Social and Political interest, and the logic and justification of Philosophy: A critical study of major moral judgments. Attention to major figures contemporary social and political philosophies, in history of ethical theory such as Aristotle, such as welfare liberalism, libertarianism, Butler, Kant, and Mill. Prerequisite: one communitarianism, democratic socialism, philosophy course or permission of instructor. (U/G)(3). Occasionally. 138 Butler University PL363, Biomedical Ethics: A study of juniors and senior philosophy majors. (U)(3). fundamental ethical problems in medical Occasionally. practice, health policy, and biomedical research. PL406, Internship in Philosophy: Offers the Topics include patients’ rights and professional qualified student the opportunity for supervised responsibilities, abortion, physician-assisted work experience in a setting pertinent to their suicide, surrogate motherhood, justice in area of study and their career goals. Contact the allocation of medical resources, human department chair if interested. Open to genetics, and experimentation on human juniors and senior philosophy majors. (U)(6) subjects and animals. Prerequisite: one Occasionally. philosophy course or sophomore standing. (U/G)(3). Annually, term varies. PL407, Internship in Ethics: Offers students the opportunity for supervised work PL364, Ethics and Int. Relations: A study of experience relevant to the study of application foundational and contemporary writings on the of normative philosophy. Open to minors ethics of international relations. Key concepts in ethics and philosophy majors. (U)(3). and issues include realism, nationalism, Occasionally. cosmopolitanism, sovereignty, global poverty, immigration, humanitarian intervention, and PL410, Seminar in Philosophy: Advanced global warming. Prerequisites: sophomore course in a major philosophical figure or issue. standing; IS101 or one PL course. (U)(3). Non-majors need permission of the instructor. Occasionally. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: two philosophy courses and junior standing. (U/G) PL375, Topics in Philosophy: Treats a specific (3). Spring. subject area of philosophy that is not the major subject of a regularly scheduled course. (U/G) PL499, Honors Thesis: Undergraduate honors (3). Occasionally. thesis in philosophy. (U)(3). Occasionally. PL380, Topics of Ethics: Treats a topic in normative philosophy that is not the major Religion subject of a regularly scheduled course. (U)(3). Why Study Religion? Occasionally. For some, the academic study of religion is a way of exploring their own commitment PL401, Independent Study: Individual to a particular religious tradition. For others, it study of a specific topic in philosophy under is a way of trying to learn about and understand supervision of a member of the department. the perspectives, values, and traditions of Assigned readings, papers, and tutorials. Obtain others. Whatever the student’s motivation, permission from department chair before the religion major offers the opportunity to enrolling. (U/G)(1). Occasionally. engage in a critical and sympathetic study of PL402, Independent Study: Individual various religious traditions; to study religious study of a specific topic in philosophy under literatures, practices and beliefs; and to supervision of a member of the department. investigate general questions regarding the Assigned readings, papers, and tutorials. Obtain nature of religion and the scholarly study permission from department chair before thereof. A major in religion is a liberal arts enrolling. (U/G)(2). Occasionally. major, and as such, exposes students to a wide spectrum of subjects and skills in order PL403, Independent Study: Individual to produce broadly educated, sophisticated, study of a specific topic in philosophy under and flexible leaders. What can one do with a supervision of a member of the department. religion major? Just about anything. Recent Assigned readings, papers, and tutorials. Obtain graduates of the program have gone on to permission from department chair before study religion, law, public policy, medicine, and enrolling. (U/G)(3). Occasionally. creative writing at the graduate level. Others have entered the nonprofit sector or religious PL405, Internship in Philosophy: Offers the ministries. Still others have found employment qualified student the opportunity for supervised in a range of professions, like teaching, acting, work experience in a setting pertinent to their and politics. area of study and their career goals. Contact department chair if interested. Open to The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences 139 Why Study Religion at Butler? Religion Student Learning • Vocational discernment—Butler’s religion Outcomes program offers a close mentoring process Students majoring in religion are expected designed—through careful advising, to gain a basic core of factual knowledge experiential learning, and internship about the world’s major religious traditions, opportunities, and in collaboration with acquire skills in critical thinking and textual Butler’s Center for Faith and Vocation— analysis, develop the ability to identify and to connect theory and practice and help deploy credible sources of information (digital, students discern their vocational direction, print, or otherwise), cultivate understanding integrating who they are (in terms of the of and empathy for people of other faiths values they hold most dear) and what they (in Indianapolis and beyond), and nurture a want to do collaborative and civil disposition, that is, to • A big “back yard””—Within a few work critically, openly, and with humility in the minutes of the campus are numerous context of academic discussion and dispute. churches, synagogues, mosques, temples, and meditation centers representing all Degrees of the world’s largest religious traditions. • Major in Religion Butler’s urban location therefore allows • Minor in Religion students to explore both traditional and • Combined Major in Philosophy and emerging American religious phenomena, Religion and the ways in which these are increasingly intertwined with and inseparable from Requirements for Major global religious trends. Butler religion Majors must fulfill each of the following six majors also often study abroad through requirements. Butler’s Center for Global Education, (Courses may fulfill more than one distribution sometimes with support from departmental requirement if they appear in more than one awards. category below.) • Close contact with top-notch faculty— 1. Jewish and Christian Traditions (6 credit Butler’s religion program offers small hours required from the list below): classes and boasts an unparalleled faculty- • RL307, The Historical Jesus to-student ratio. Students therefore get to • RL308, Paul and the Early Church work closely (whether in class, through • RL346, Heresy independent studies, or as research • RL347, History of Christianity assistants) with professors who are active, • RL350, Topics in Judaism widely recognized scholars. • RL366, Topics in Jewish and Christian • Empathetic approach—Whereas religion Traditions (e.g., Theology from the programs in religiously affiliated colleges Margins) and universities sometimes teach religion • RL370, Modern Religious Thought from a specific doctrinal perspective, • RL372, Mysticism Butler’s religion major is designed to expose • RL374, Faith and Doubt students more broadly to the world’s • Any approved three-credit internship, field major religious traditions. This approach study or study-abroad opportunity challenges students to hone their skills of 2. Islam and the Asian Faiths (6 credit hours critical thinking, develops the ability to required from the list below): appreciate multiple religious perspectives, • RL353, Buddhism: Past and Present and provides an excellent preparation for • RL354, Islam: Religion, Culture, Society many professions, including for those who • RL358, Hinduism: Past and Present intend to enter seminary or graduate work • RL363, Religion, Politics, and Conflict in in religious ministry. South Asia • An education both sound and savvy— • RL367, Topics in Islam/Asian Faiths The religion program at Butler University • RL377, Religion, Gender, and the Goddess grounds its students in the classically broad in Asia tradition of the liberal arts, while at the • Any approved three-credit internship, field same time providing them with the skills study, or study-abroad opportunity that are most crucial in the digital age. 140 Butler University 3. Texts and Textual Interpretation (3 credit Core Courses Offered by Religion hours required from the list below): SW 260-RL, Sects in the City: A basic • TI251-RL, The Bible (formerly RL202) introduction to the religions and religious • RL213, Biblical Hebrew* communities of Indianapolis, and an • RL304, Psalms exploration of prominent issues and themes • RL308, Paul and the Early Church related to our city’s (and our country’s) • RL309, The Gospel of John increasing religious diversity. (U)(3). • RL375, Topics in Texts/Textual Occasionally. Interpretations 4. RL391, 392, Seminar on Religion and TI 250-RL, Religions of the World: An World Civilization (3 total credit hours) introduction to the texts, practices, and ideas of 5. RL405, Internship (3 credit hours) the world’s major religious traditions, including 6. RL381W, Theory and Method (3 credit Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, hours) Shintoism, Judaism, Christianity, Islam, and the indigenous traditions of Africa and the Plus 33 total hours in religion, including (not Americas. (U)(3). Fall and spring. in addition to) credits for courses fulfilling distributional requirements TI 251-RL, The Bible: Introduction to the content, historical context, methods of study, In addition to the course requirements above, religious ideas, and cultural influence of the majors will complete the following two require- Jewish and Christian scriptures. (U)(3). Fall ments: and spring. 1. Oral Expression Development—Majors will give an oral presentation in their junior TI 220-MU, Music and Religion: This course or senior year (ask departmental faculty for introduces students to two universals of human details). culture: music and religion. We will explore the 2. Butler Seminar on Religion and World complex, contradictory, and often symbiotic Civilization—Majors not enrolled in relationship of these two major cultural RL391, 392 are expected, each year, products in comparative and global perspective. to attend all quarterly dinners/lectures We will look for connections between ritual, associated with this annual seminar series. culture, and doctrine through an examination of several major religious and musical *Both RL213 and RL214 (Biblical Hebrew, traditions, including the praise songs of the second year) can count as elective religion modern-day American evangelical movement, credit. But only RL213 may be used to fulfill a the spirituals of the nineteenth-century African distribution requirement. (RL214 can only be American church, the chants and mystery used as elective credit.) plays of medieval European nuns, Indonesian Requirements for the combined cremation rituals, and the epic sacred stories of Philosophy and Religion Major Turkic Siberia. Students will be encouraged to A combined major in philosophy and learn not only through readings on theology, religion consists of 42 hours. Detailed ritual, and music (texts), but experientially requirements are posted at the department through attendance at worship events in the website, www.butler.edu/philosophy-religion/ Indianapolis community, and participation in philosophy/program-requirements, or can be ethnographic research and live performances obtained at the department’s office. (ideas). We will reflect upon our experiences analytically and descriptively through writing Requirements for the Minor and discussion. (U)(3). A minor in religion consists of 18 hours in religion, 12 of which must be at the 300- or Religion Courses 400-level, and three of which must be RL381W RL304, The Book of Psalms: Study of the (Theory and Method in the Study of Religion). book of Psalms, the most frequently read and Minors should create a suitable package of recited book of the Bible. Topics include the courses in consultation with a religion professor origin and composition of the Psalms in ancient appointed by the chair. Israel, the ethical and religious significance of the Psalms, and the impact of the Psalms on
The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences 141 world literature and music. Prerequisite: One RL353, Buddhism: Past and Present: religion course of sophomore standing. (U)(3). Introduction to the basic concepts, Occasionally. philosophies, and practices of Buddhism in South Asia and East Asia from antiquity to the RL307, The Historical Jesus: A close look present. Prerequisite: One religion course or at Jesus of Nazareth focused on sources sophomore standing. (U)(3). Occasionally. and methods of knowledge about Jesus as a historical figure. Attention will also be paid to RL354, Islam: Religion, Culture, Society: historical and cultural context, and to beliefs An introduction to Islam: origins, sacred texts, about and depictions of Jesus in early Christian world view, culture and society, history and literature. Prerequisite: One religion course or expansion, and Islam in the modern world. sophomore standing. (U)(3). Occasionally. Origins and sacred texts are emphasized; relative emphasis on other topics varies. RL308, Paul and the Early Church: The Prerequisite: One religion course or sophomore New Testament Epistles: Focus on the New standing. (U)(3). Occasionally. Testament letters, especially of Paul, with attention to the emergence and growth of the RL358, Hinduism: Past and Present: This Christian movement in the Graeco-Roman course will examine Hinduism’s practices and world from the death of Jesus to the middle beliefs as depicted in its foundational scriptures of the second century A.D. Prerequisite: One as well as in the lives of modern Hindus. religion course or sophomore standing. (U)(3). Topics may include the following: Meditation Occasionally. practices, Indian medicine, male and female saints, Hinduism as portrayed in literature/ RL309, The Gospel of John: This course will film, Hinduism and modern South Asian study the Gospel of John both as literature politics. (U)(3). Occasionally. and in relation to its historical setting. (U)(3). Occasionally. RL363, Religion, Politics, and Conflict in South Asia: Investigation of the interaction RL346, Heresy: This course focuses on the of South Asia’s many religious communities, study of primary texts that didn’t make it into especially Hinduism, Islam, Christianity, the Bible, and in the process explores how Sikhism, and Buddhism, paying particular various definitions of what is orthodox and attention to how religious ideas, practices, what is heretical came about. In addition to the and demographics have affected communal so-called Gnostic Gospels, students will also relations at various points in the Subcontinent’s learn about Gnostic group that has survived history. The course will focus on moments of from the ancient world down to the present conflict and movements of peace. (U/G)(3). day. (U)(3). Occasionally. Occasionally. RL347, History of Christianity: Historical RL366, Topics in Jewish and Christian: development of Christianity from the first Treats a specific subject area of Judaism or century to the present. Special attention to Christianity which is not the major subject the selected topics, such as Eastern Orthodox of a regularly scheduled course. (U)(3). worship and icons, Benedictine monasticism, Occasionally. the Roman Papacy, Luther and the Protestant Reformation, African Christianity, and the RL367, Topics in Islam/Asian Faiths: Treats a challenges to Christian belief in modern times. specific subject area of Islam or the Asian faiths Prerequisite: One religion course or sophomore which is not the major subject of a regularly standing. (U)(3). Occasionally. scheduled course. (U)(3). Occasionally. RL350, Topics in Judaism: Study of RL368, Topics in Religion and Society: Treats some central area of Jewish studies such as a specific subject area of religion and society introduction to Judaism, American Judaism, which is not the major subject of a regularly Jewish religious thought and philosophy, and scheduled course. (U)(3). Occasionally. Jewish-Christian relations. May be repeated RL369, Topics in Religious Studies: Treats a with a different topic. Prerequisite: One specific subject area of religion that is not the religion course of sophomore standing. (U)(3). major subject of a regularly scheduled course. Occasionally. (U)(3). Occasionally. 142 Butler University RL370, Modern Religious Thought: A survey Durkheim, Otto, Eliade, Turner, Daly, of important religious thinkers and theological Freud, Geertz, and others Prerequisite: Two issues of the 19th and 20th centuries (e.g., religion courses or junior standing. (U)(3). Buber, Tillich, Weil, liberation theology, Occasionally. feminism). Emphasis is on the Christian and RL391, Seminar on Religion and World: Jewish traditions and how they relate to earlier Course is based on attendance at four public theological developments and to contemporary evening seminars and four Saturday morning philosophical and cultural movements. workshops during the academic year. Theme Prerequisite: One religion course or sophomore varies annually. Students enrolled in RL391 are standing. (U)(3). Occasionally. expected to take RL392 the following semester. RL371, Religion and Science: Surveys (U)(1). Fall. some main issues in the interaction between RL392, Seminar on Religion and World: science and religion: a comparison of the Continuation of RL391. Course is based on tasks of scientific and theological research; attendance at four public evening seminars models of interaction between science and and four Saturday morning workshops during religion; the Big Bang, evolution and creation; the academic year. Theme varies annually. contemporary ideas of God. Prerequisite: One Prerequisite: RL391 or instructor permission. religion course or sophomore standing. (U)(3). (U)(2). Spring. Occasionally. RL397, Field Seminar Abroad: The Field RL372, Mysticism: Study of the varieties of Seminar Abroad provides an opportunity to mysticism in world religion, with emphasis observe and enter into dialogue with religious on Christian and Jewish mysticism. Readings communities abroad. Each seminar consists drawn from the Bible, spiritual writings, of preparatory study, a trip of one week in the autobiographies of mystics, letters, poems, field, and an assessment process including a and philosophical sources. Prerequisite: One paper. (U)(1). Occasionally. religion course or sophomore standing. (U)(3). Occasionally. RL398, Field Seminar Abroad: The Field Seminar Abroad provides an opportunity to RL375, Topics in Texts/ Textual observe and enter into dialogue with religious Interpretations: Treats a topic related to communities abroad. Each seminar consists religious scriptures, their history, and/or their of preparatory study, a trip of two to three interpretation. (U)(3). Occasionally. weeks in the field, and an assessment process RL377, Religion, Gender, and the Goddess including a paper. (U)(2). Occasionally. in Asia: A study at the intersection of religion RL399, Field Seminar Abroad: The Field and gender studies. Course will begin with Seminar Abroad provides an opportunity to a discussion of feminist and theoretical observe and enter into dialogue with religious perspectives on religion, and will then apply the communities abroad. Each seminar consists knowledge gained therein to various goddess- of preparatory study, a trip of two to three oriented communities, past and present, with a weeks in the field, and an assessment process focus on Asia. (U)(3). Occasionally. including a paper. (U)(3). Occasionally. RL378, Religion and Science Fiction: This RL401, Independent Study: Individual course will explore and critically reflect on study of a specific topic in religion under religious themes, motifs, concepts, and allusions supervision of a member of the department. in science fiction (including television and film Assigned readings, papers, and tutorials. Obtain as well as classic and more recent literature). permission from department chair before Philosophical and ethical issues with a religious enrolling. (U/G)(1). Occasionally. component will also be considered. (U)(3). Occasionally. RL402, Independent Study: Individual study of a specific topic in religion under RL 381W, Theory and Method in the supervision of a member of the department. Study of Religion: Introduction to theories Assigned readings, papers, and tutorials. Obtain and methods used in the academic study of permission from department chair before religion with some attention to the history enrolling. (U/G)(2). Occasionally. of the discipline. Readings in James, Weber, The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences 143 RL403, Independent Study: Individual and law. Graduates find opportunities for study of a specific topic in religion under employment in education, industry, and supervision of a member of the department. research. A bachelor’s degree in physics is also Assigned readings, papers, and tutorials. Obtain excellent preparation for pursuit of an advanced permission from department chair before degree not only in physics but also in other enrolling. (U/G)(3). Occasionally. fields such as computer science, engineering, medicine, and law. RL405, Internship: Offers the qualified student the opportunity for supervised work Why Study Physics at Butler? experience in a setting pertinent to their • Majors participate in research experiences area of study and their career goals. Contact at about twice the national rate. department chair if interested. Open to • Our students have 100 percent placement junior and senior religion majors. (U)(3). for those who seek undergraduate research/ Occasionally. internship positions. RL406, Internship: Offers the qualified • Our student-to-faculty ratio is small: 7 to 1. student the opportunity for supervised work • Faculty members have expertise in atomic experience in a setting pertinent to their physics, geophysics, astrophysics, nuclear area of study and their career goals. Contact physics, computational physics, and department chair if interested. Open to condensed matter, allowing students a junior and senior religion majors. (U)(3). number of choices for on-campus research. Occasionally. • The department belongs to the Southeastern Association for Research in RL499, Honors Thesis: Undergraduate honors Astronomy, a consortium with telescopes thesis in religion. (U)(3). Occasionally. in Chile and Arizona, allowing research through remote observing as well as on-site Physics and Astronomy visitation. Administration • Students have the opportunity to work in Xianming L. Han, Ph.D., department chair our Laboratory for Laser and Quantum Professors Physics, which houses a YAG laser pumped Xianming Han, Ph.D.; Brian W. Murphy, tunable dye-laser to study interactions Ph.D., director, J. I. Holcomb Observatory and between light and matter. Planetarium • The department directs the Holcomb Associate Professor Observatory and Planetarium, which is Dan W. Kosik, Ph.D. home to a robotic 1-meter class telescope. Assistant Professor Butler University is a member of the SARA Gonzalo Ordonez, Ph.D. consortium, which operates two remotely Instructor operated telescopes located at Kitt Peak Jennifer L. Poor, Ph.D. National Observatory in Arizona and Cerro Associate Director, J. I. Holcomb Tololo Inter-American Observatory in Observatory and Planetarium Chile. These three telescopes are available Richard B. Brown, M.S. for our faculty and students for learning and research. Why Study Physics? • Butler recently acquired Big Dawg, a super- Physicists seek to understand the computer with 384 compute cores, which fundamental workings of the physical world we use for departmental research. from the tiniest particles known to the entire • Students can earn a degree in mechanical universe. Majors develop mathematical, engineering, electrical engineering, computer, and problem-solving skills to solve computer engineering, biomedical problems in areas such as classical mechanics, engineering, energy engineering, or electricity, magnetism, thermodynamics, motorsports engineering concurrently relativity, optics, and quantum mechanics. through our Engineering Dual Degree The skills mastered by physics majors are an Program (see Engineering Dual Degree excellent foundation for many professions Program). in science, engineering, medicine, business
144 Butler University Physics Program Student Learning astronomy and astrophysics should combine Objectives the physics degree with the astronomy minor. Students majoring in physics at Butler will gain a working knowledge of the basic Requirements for the Physics Minor concepts and theories of physics, which they • PH201 and PH202, Introduction to will demonstrate by applying them to novel Analytical Physics situations. They will learn to make inferences • PH301, Modern Physics and deductions about physical systems using • PH303, Electromagnetic Waves and Optics critical thinking, problem-solving techniques, • PH311, Experimental Modern Physics mathematical and computer modeling, and • PH321, Intermediate Classical Mechanics laboratory experiments. They will gain the skills Requirements for the Astronomy to conduct lab or modeling experiments, to analyze measurements, to evaluate uncertainty, Minor and they will learn to communicate their • AS102, Modern Astronomy with findings both through speaking and through Laboratory writing. • PH201, 202, Introduction to Analytical Physics Degrees • AS301, Modern Astronomical Techniques • Major in Physics • AS311, Astrophysics I • Minor in Astronomy • AS312, Astrophysics II • Minor in Physics • Major in Physics with Engineering Dual Note that MA106 and MA107 are prerequisites Degree Program (See Engineering Dual to the upper-division astronomy courses. Degree Program.) Core Courses Offered by Physics Requirements for the Major NW262-PH, The Physical World: A one- • PH201, 202, Introduction to Analytical semester study of selected topics in physics, Physics astronomy, chemistry, and other related fields, • PH301, Modern Physics and the mathematical analysis of physical • PH303, Electromagnetic Waves and Optics problems. Some mathematical tools will be • PH311, Experimental Modern Physics introduced as needed. Four lecture periods and • PH321, Intermediate Classical Mechanics two hours of laboratory per week. (U)(5). Fall, • PH325, Thermodynamics and Statistical spring, and summer. Physics* Physics Courses • PH331 and PH332, Electromagnetic PH105, Concepts of Physical Science: A one- Theory I and II** semester study of selected topics in physics and • PH495, Senior Seminar the mathematical analysis of physical problems. ** Mechanical engineering students in The student should be already competent with the Engineering Dual Degree Program algebra; a few additional mathematical tools may substitute an appropriate engineering will be introduced as needed. Four class periods mechanics course. and two hours of laboratory per week. (U)(5). ** Electrical engineering students in the Occasionally. Engineering Dual Degree Program may PH107, Elementary Physics 1: A two- substitute appropriate engineering electronics semester course based on algebra and courses. elementary trigonometry. This course is suitable A student who intends to pursue graduate preparation to meet the entrance requirements studies in physics also should complete at least of most dental, medical, and pharmacy schools. PH315, 421, and 422. Other electives may be Three class periods and two hours of laboratory advised by the department in consideration of a per week. PH108 must be preceded by PH107. student’s individual career plans. Consideration (U)(4). Fall. should be given to the requisites for each course PH108, Elementary Physics 2: A two- in both math and physics. MA106, 107, and semester course based on algebra and 208 are prerequisites for most 300-level physics elementary trigonometry. This course is suitable courses. Students wishing to pursue a career in The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences 145 preparation to meet the entrance requirements electromagnetic waves. Two lectures and two of most dental, medical, and pharmacy schools. hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites: Three class periods and two hours of laboratory MA208 (may be concurrent) and PH202 or per week. PH108 must be preceded by PH107. permission of instructor. (U)(3). Fall. (U)(4). Spring. PH311, Experimental Modern Physics: The PH152, Preparatory Analytical Physics: student performs a series of experiments to A course in physical-problem analysis and explore and verify experimental implications of solution using calculus and other mathematical relativity and quantum mechanics. Experiments tools required for PH201. Recommended for include determination of Planck’s constant, science and mathematics majors who need/wish speed of light, charge-to-mass ratio of electron, to study PH201, but whose mathematical and Franck-Hertz experiment, Bragg scattering, physical-problem solving experience is limited. Rutherford scattering, and radioactive decay Prerequisite or corequisite: MA106. (U)(4). processes. Prerequisite: PH 301 or permission of instructor. (U) Spring. PH200, Physics for the Health Sciences: A survey of topics in physics applied to the PH315, Mathematical Methods for Physics: human body and to medical diagnostic and Differential equations; coordinate systems treatment devices. (U)(3). and differential geometry; special functions; linear operators, groups and representation PH201, Introduction to Analytical Physics: theory; complex analysis; Fourier series and An introduction to Newtonian mechanics, integral transforms. Applications to problems thermal physics, waves, electromagnetism, and in electromagnetic theory, classical mechanics, optics using calculus. Familiarity with algebra, and quantum mechanics will be presented. trigonometry, and calculus is assumed. Four Four lectures per week. Prerequisite: MA208, lectures and two hours of laboratory per week, PH201, and PH202. (U)(4). Occasionally. plus one hour of recitation per week. PH202 must be preceded by PH201. Prerequisite: PH316, Mathematical Methods for Physics: MA106 (may be concurrent) or permission of Differential equations; coordinate systems instructor. (U)(5). Fall. and differential geometry; special functions; linear operators, groups and representation PH202, Introduction to Analytical Physics: theory; complex analysis; Fourier series and An introduction to Newtonian mechanics, integral transforms. Applications to problems thermal physics, waves, electromagnetism, and in electromagnetic theory, classical mechanics, optics using calculus. Familiarity with algebra, and quantum mechanics will be presented. trigonometry, and calculus is assumed. Four Four lectures per week. Prerequisite: MA208, lectures and two hours of laboratory per week, PH201, and PH202. (U)(4). Occasionally. plus one hour of recitation per week. PH202 must be preceded by PH201. Prerequisite: PH321, Intermediate Classical Mechanics: MA106 (may be concurrent) or permission of A study of the classical dynamics of oscillators, instructor. (U)(5). Spring. gravitational systems, calculus of variations, Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms, PH301, Modern Physics: An introduction dynamics of many-particle systems, and to special relativity and quantum mechanics continuous media, including noninertial emphasizing fundamental principles. Topics motion, rotational motion, normal modes, and include Lorentz transformations, relativity, wave theory. Prerequisites: PH202 and MA208 blackbody radiation, photoelectric effect, or permission of instructor. (U)(4). Fall. Compton effect, Schrödinger equation, quantum statistics, lasers, superconductivity, PH325, Thermodynamics and Statistical nuclear properties and reactions, and Physics: A study of the theory and applications elementary particle properties. Prerequisites: of the first and second laws of thermodynamics; MA208 (may be concurrent) and PH202 or thermodynamic potentials; kinetic theory; permission of instructor. (U)(4). Fall. classical and quantum statistical mechanics; and ensemble theory to thermodynamic systems. PH303, Electromagnetic Waves and Optics: Four lecture hours per week. Prerequisites: A study of geometric and wave optics, PH202 and MA107 or permission of interference, diffraction, and polarization of instructor. (U/G) Spring. 146 Butler University PH331, Electromagnetic Theory 1: A PH421, Quantum Theory 1: A study of the study of classical electric and magnetic fields, Schroedinger and Heisenberg pictures of simple boundary value problems, dielectric and systems including the harmonic oscillator and magnetic materials, Maxwell’s equations, inverse-r potential, approximation methods, radiation, and special relativity. Three hours and the theory of angular momentum. Four of lecture per week. Prerequisites: PH202 and hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: PH301 MA208 or permission of instructor. (U/G) Fall. and PH331 or permission of instructor. (U/G) (4). Occasionally. PH332, Electromagnetic Theory 2: A study of classical electric and magnetic fields, PH422, Quantum Theory 2: A study of boundary value problems, dielectric and applications of quantum theory to atoms and magnetic materials, Maxwell’s equations, molecules, time-dependent theory, second radiation, and special relativity. Three hours quantization and scattering theory, and of lecture per week. Prerequisites: PH202 and relativistic quantum theory. Four lectures per MA208 or permission of instructor. (U/G) week. Prerequisite: PH421 or permission of Spring. instructor. (U/G)(4). Occasionally. PH351, Analog Electronics I: Survey PH427, General Relativity and Gravity of electronic devices. Measurement of I: Tensor analysis in classical field theory, continuously varying quantities in time and Einstein’s field equations, the Schwarzschild frequency domains. Rectifiers, amplifiers, solution, linearized field equations, feedback, with emphasis on operational experimental gravitation, cosmological models, amplifiers and their uses. Three lectures and and gravitational collapse. Prerequisites: PH321 three hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: and PH332 or permission of instructor. (U/G) PH202 or permission of instructor. Fee. (U) (3). (4). Fall. PH428, General Relativity and Gravity PH352, Digital Electronics: Logic design, II: Tensor analysis in classical field theory, Karnaugh maps, state diagrams. Arithmetic and Einstein’s field equations, the Schwarzschild logic functions. Flip-flops, counters, and shift solution, linearized field equations, registers. Introduction to design with MSA and experimental gravitation, cosmological models, LSI devices. Two lectures and three hours of and gravitational collapse. Prerequisites: PH427 laboratory per week. Prerequisite: PH351 or or permission of instructor. (U/G)(3). permission of instructor. Fee. (U)(3). PH461, Computational Physics: An PH411, Theoretical Physics: A study of introduction to numerical methods frequently mathematical methods of physics, including used in physics for solving problems that boundary-value problems, special functions, cannot be solved analytically in a closed linear operators, and group theory, with mathematical form. Topics include numerical applications to problems in electromagnetic solution of problems dealing with oscillatory theory, classical and quantum mechanics. Three motion, gravitation, electrical fields, fluid lectures per week. Prerequisites: PH331 and dynamics, heat conduction, Schrödinger MA334 or permission of instructor. (U/G) equation, and elastic wave motion. Occasionally. Prerequisites: PH321, PH331, or permission of the instructor. (U)(3). Occasionally. PH412, Theoretical Physics: A study of mathematical methods of physics, including PH480, Special Topics: By arrangement with boundary-value problems, special functions, appropriate staff. (U/G)(3). linear operators, and group theory, with PH491, Undergraduate Tutorial and applications to problems in electromagnetic Research: (U)(3). theory, classical and quantum mechanics. Three lectures per week. Prerequisites: PH331 and PH492, Undergraduate Tutorial and MA334 or permission of instructor. (U/G) Research: (U)(6) PH413, Independent Study in Physics: (U) PH493, Undergraduate Tutorial and (1). Research: (U)(9) PH414, Independent Study in Physics: (U) (1-3) The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences 147 PH495, Senior Seminar: This seminar, for the kinematics and dynamics of stars and junior and senior physics majors, features stellar systems, galactic structure, formation student presentations on special research and evolution of galaxies, relativity, Big Bang projects and selected readings in scientific and inflationary models of the origin of the current literature. A comprehensive physics universe, and the large-scale structure and exam covering all areas of physics in the ultimate fate of the universe. Prerequisite: curriculum will be given to all senior physics AS311. (U)(3). Spring. majors in the course. (U)(1). Fall. Political Science Department PH499, Honors Thesis: (U)(3). Administration Core Courses Offered by Astronomy Siobhán McEvoy-Levy, Ph.D., department NW263-AS, The Astronomical Universe: A chair one-semester survey of astronomy including Professors ancient Greek astronomy, the motions of the Margaret A. Brabant, Ph.D. night sky, the solar system, other solar systems, Associate Professors the lives of stars including the Sun, and the Craig W. Auchter, Ph.D,; Terri R. Jett, Ph.D.; origin and fate of the universe. This will be a Siobhán McEvoy-Levy, Ph.D. four lecture hour/two hour lab course. (U)(5). Assistant Professor Fall, spring, and summer. Robin Turner, Ph.D.; Su-Mei Ooi, Ph.D. Professor Emeritus Astronomy Courses Dave Mason, Ph.D. AS100, The Astronomical Universe: A descriptive study of basic astronomy including Why Study Political Science? the planets and the apparent motions of The faculty members of the Political celestial objects, the seasons, constellations, Science Department at Butler University see comets and meteors, stars, galaxies and large- our discipline as connected to liberal arts, scale structure of the universe, plus current which are about studying and understanding events in space exploration. There will be ourselves, other peoples, different ways of planetarium demonstrations and telescope being and knowing, of developing tolerance observations. Some hands-on lab experiences and empathy, and learning to use evidence and are provided. (U)(3). Fall, spring, and summer. think critically. As political scientists, we seek to understand the causes of wars, social injustices, AS301, Modern Astronomical Techniques: economic disparities, and uneven technological Introduction to techniques and equipment growth for the purpose of alleviating suffering. used in modern astronomy with emphasis Because a liberal arts education encourages an on detection and analysis of electromagnetic activist disposition, we look for ways to address radiation and the fundamental properties problems such as world poverty, inadequate of telescopes and detectors. Lectures and health care, educational disparities between laboratory. Laboratories focus on observational neighboring communities and environmental techniques and data reduction. Prerequisites: degradation, and seek nonviolent solutions AS102 and PH202. (U)(3). Spring. to human rights violations worldwide. The department deliberately challenges systems, AS311, Astrophysics 1: The first semester of institutions, and leaders that dehumanize, an introductory course on stellar astrophysics marginalize, and oppress any persons and other using nearly every branch of physics. Emphasis living beings. We seek to engage in intellectual is on the underlying physical principles; practices that provide sustainable solutions for including the nature of stars, stellar energy the betterment of all. generation, stellar structure and evolution, astrophysical neutrinos, binary stars, white Why Study Political Science at dwarfs, neutron stars and pulsars, and novae and supernovae. Prerequisites: AS102 and Butler? The department is committed to teaching PH202. (U)(3). Fall. students how to effect positive social change. AS312, Astrophysics 2: A continuation of In practicing citizenship skills that include AS311. The course covers the application of empathetic listening, moral reasoning, personal physical principles to the inter-stellar medium, responsibility, and a greater awareness of one’s 148 Butler University responsibility to the human polity, our students Core Courses offered by Political develop as active and engaged citizens at the Science local, national, and international levels. We SW240-PO, Gender and Generations: War offer courses that include service-learning and Peace: This course is organized around the and community-based research, encourage following inquiry: When gender and generation students to accept responsibility for their are used as categories of analysis, what do we learn learning, and recognize that knowledge may be about the politics of violence and peace? We are obtained from a variety of different people and taking the lenses of gender and age and training situations. them on different aspects of global politics, Political Science Program Student society, and culture. What forms of violence do we see? (U)(3). Annually, term varies. (U)(3). Learning Outcomes Annually, term varies. 1. Analyze and differentiate various political movements, structures, and institutions in TI 255-PO, The Politics of Alice Walker: the United States and other countries. This course will introduce students to the great 2. Differentiate and make connections works of Alice Walker who is accomplished in between theory and practice, between many literary areas—poetry, short stories, novels, global and local events, and between and political/cultural essays. Infused in all of political science and other disciplines. her works is her personal and evolving political 3. Demonstrate an awareness of different worldview, of which so many diverse people cultures and their effect on domestic and identify and yet her voice is distinctly African international affairs. American female. We will read an array of her 4. Demonstrate leadership and collaborative texts and develop an understanding of what skills through active engagement in service drives her political identity. (U)(3). Spring. learning and internships. 5. Apply research and communication Political Science Courses techniques effectively. PO101, Introduction to Politics: The ideas 6. Value the fundamental importance of and practice of politics, with consideration of one’s membership in the human polity, the political systems and foreign policies of the emphasizing citizenship and political United States and countries in Europe and the community. Third World. (U) Occasionally. Degrees PO101SL, Introduction to Politics: The ideas and practice of politics, with consideration of • Major in political science the political systems and foreign policies of the • Minor in political science United States and countries in Europe and the Requirements for Political Science Third World. (U)(3). Occasionally. Major PO102, Introduction to Peace Studies: 33 hours of PO courses, of which at least 20 This course provides a basic introduction to hours must be in courses numbered above 299. the study of Peace Studies. It begins with an Majors must take PO201, plus three of the examination of the history of the field and its other introductory courses (PO101, PO102, major theoretical and philosophical currents. PO131, PO141, PO151, PO210, or PO220) The second part of the course deals with and at least one writing-intensive departmental structural, cultural, and direct violence and seminar (PO490) issues such as social justice, human rights, and peace building with reference to contemporary Requirements for Political Science cases. (U)(3). Annually, term varies. Minor PO131, Introduction to US Politics: The 18 hours of PO courses, including PO101 contemporary political system with emphasis and PO201 and at least nine hours at the upper on the functioning of the institutions of the level (above 299). Undergraduates enrolled in national government in the context of the any college or program are eligible to minor in political culture and the political economy the field. of the United States. (U)(3). Annually, term varies.
The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences 149 PO141, Introduction to International PO332, State and Local Govt and Politics: Politics: An analysis of patterns in international American state and local government activities politics with emphasis on conflict and and electoral politics, emphasizing the issues of cooperation, the international economy, political management and policy analysis. (U) resource scarcity, and the foreign policies of (3). Occasionally. major powers. (U)(3). Annually, term varies. PO335, Racial and Ethnic Politics: The PO151, Intro to Comparative Politics: course will examine racial and ethnic group Study of several political systems in Europe, efforts to gain political power within American Asia, Africa, and Latin America examining society, mostly as a result of access to and similarities, differences, and factors involved representation within the formal structures of in stability, change, or revolution. (U)(3). American politics. Particular attention will be Annually, term varies. given to the increasing political competition between these groups and to strategies for PO201, Research and Analysis: This course, cooperation. (U)(3). Occasionally. required of all majors, will introduce students to the process of designing and executing PO337, Politics of the Urban Experience: research projects (large and small) in political Students develop a comprehensive science; to library, archival, and web-based understanding of political processes and resources for political research; to quantitative problem solving in the urban environment. and qualitative methods of analysis; and to Through service-learning, students learn writing research reports for various audiences. how the urban community is transformed, (U)(3). Fall and spring. analyze contemporary challenges that drive its development of stagnation, and anticipate the PO210, Basic Political Thought: Structured importance of the urban community to our around certain perennial topics of politics, this survival as a nation. (U/G)(3). course introduces students to the philosophical ideas that form the foundation of political PO350, African Politics: A study of the institutions. (U)(3). Annually, term varies. problems and policies of African states regarding nationalism, national integration, PO220, Community Mediation: This ideologies of development, democratization, course focuses on conflicts experienced by and stability. Focus on sub-Saharan Africa, human communities and ways in which these although a continent-wide consideration for conflicts can be understood as opportunities some topics. Prerequisite: PO151 or junior for constructive change through the cultivation standing. (U)(3). Annually, term varies. of multiple perspectives, identification of underlying shared needs and interests, and PO355, United States Foreign Policy: collaborative approaches to forging agreements Evolution of U.S. foreign policy since World amidst challenging circumstances. (U)(3). War II and the processes and institutions Annually, term varies. involved in shaping and implementing that policy. (U/G)(3). Occasionally. PO320, International Relations: Problems in world politics since 1900 with particular PO358, Foreign Policy Making in attention to the efforts at peaceful settlement of Washington: This course focuses on foreign international conflicts. (U/G)(3). Occasionally. policy-making as practiced in Washington, D.C.; it examines how politicians, lobbyists, PO322, International Conflict and Peace citizens, and diplomats interact in and around Building: The course examines theories of Washington’s corridors of power to determine conflict and peace building and analyzes, in international policy outcomes. Firsthand depth, specific cases of inter-state and intra- insights gained through dialogue with those state warfare and post-war reconstruction. who make and implement policy and close Students participate in simulated peace scrutiny of key international issues provide negotiations. (Prerequisite: PO141 or PO220, students with a “laboratory” for understanding or consent of the instructor.) (U/G)(3). the politics of foreign policy-making in the Annually, term varies. U.S. capitol, how these policies are shaped, and why they succeed or fail to achieve their stated objectives. (U)(3). Occasionally. 150 Butler University PO360, Political Regimes Latin America: policy issue such as housing, the environment, Comparative study of the politics of or the workplace. Prerequisite: (one of the development in Latin America with particular following) PO101, PO131, PO151, or consent attention given to the interdependence of of instructor. (U/G)(3). economic, social, cultural, and external PO374, Public Administration: (U)(3). influences upon political regimes as well as PO375, Public Opinion: This course is an the efficacy and legitimacy of the regimes introduction to the design, implementation, themselves. Prerequisite: PO101, PO151, use, and abuse of public opinion surveys for or permission of the instructor. (U/G)(3). social and political research, news and policy Annually, term varies. analysis, and political campaigns. In the course PO362, Popular Participation in Latin of the semester, we will develop a survey America: This course focuses upon the efforts instrument, conduct interviews with CATI of peasants, urban workers, neighborhoods, (computer-assisted telephone interviewing) church groups, and students to organize and software, and do some basic analysis of the mobilize in politically efficacious ways. The results. Prerequisite: One of the following: themes of social class, gender, ethnicity, and the PO101, PO201, junior standing, or consent of informal sector are interwoven in an analysis of instructor. (U/G)(3). Occasionally. the successes and failures of these attempts at PO377, Constitutional Law: Examination of popular participation in the political process. Supreme Court cases in areas such as freedom Prerequisite: PO101, PO151, or permission of of speech, religion, criminal due process, the instructor. (U/G)(3). Annually, term varies. government regulation of commerce, and racial PO364, United States-Latin American discrimination. (U/G)(3). Occasionally. Relations: Historical orientation to the PO379, The Presidency and the Congress: evolving context, institutions, and central The modern president’s role as leader of public concerns of United States-Latin American opinion, the executive branch, and Congress. relations with particular focus upon divergent Congressional leaders and their relationship perspectives of definitions of interests and with the president, each other, and Congress. responsibilities, as well as a search for viable (U/G)(3). Occasionally. solutions to common problems in the Western Hemisphere. Prerequisite: PO101, PO141, or PO380, Topics in Political Science: Selected permission of the instructor. (U/G)(3). topics of contemporary significance in scholarship in political science. Prerequisite: At PO371, U.S. Parties and Politics: least one political science class, junior standing, Examination of interplay between the main or permission of instructor. (U)(3). Fall and components of our two major parties, party spring. organization, party-in-government, and party- in-the-electorate. Emphasis on recent trends, PO 381S, Ancient and Medieval Political particularly in the process of presidential Thought: This course examines the foundation selection. (U/G)(3). Occasionally. of Western political thought and considers the ways in which the successors of a tradition PO372, Role of Protest in U.S. Politics: simultaneously criticize and incorporate the Protest movements in U.S. politics. An work of their predecessors as they seek to examination of the historical context of protest construct new theories of politics. Prerequisite: movements and a consideration of theoretical PO101, PO210, or permission of instructor. approaches to understanding them. Includes (U/G)(3). Occasionally. the Civil Rights and anti-war movements of the 1960s. Prerequisite: (one of the following) PO382, Modern Political Thought: Study of PO101, PO131, PO141, or consent of several leading political writers from Hobbes instructor. (U/G)(3). Occasionally. through Marx, with attention to certain basic similarities in addition to pronounced PO373, Public Policy: An introduction to differences. Prerequisite: Junior standing the study of how public policies are established or permission of the instructor. (U/G)(3). in the United States. Emphasis on developing Occasionally. and applying analytical skills. Students are expected to research, in depth, a particular The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences 151 PO 383S, U. S. Political Thought: Selected experience in a setting pertinent to political writings of U.S. authors focusing on four science. Prerequisite: permission of the periods: founding of the republic, slavery, department chairman. (U)(2). Fall and spring. suffrage, and the civil rights movement. PO404, Internship: Offers the qualified Prerequisite: PO131, PO210, or permission of student the opportunity for supervised work the instructor. (U/G)(3). Occasionally. experience in a setting pertinent to political PO384, Politics Through Film: Post-war science. Prerequisite: permission of the Hollywood films as they reflect and help to department chairman. (U)(3). Fall and spring. create the persuasive political culture of the United States. Draws on analytical, historical, PO405, Internship: Offers the qualified aesthetic, and political economy approaches. student the opportunity for supervised work Prerequisite: PO101, PO131, or consent of experience in a setting pertinent to political instructor. (U/G)(3). Occasionally. science. Prerequisite: permission of the department chairman. (U)(6) Fall and spring. PO 385SL, The Enduring Quest for Community Service Learning: This course PO406, Internship: Offers the qualified examines various ideas of the meaning and student the opportunity for supervised work purpose of communities throughout the experience in a setting pertinent to political history of western political thought. Beginning science. Prerequisite: permission of the with Greek conceptions of what it means department chairman. (U)(9) Fall and spring. to live together, we will consider how the PO407, Student Apprenticeship in definition and purpose of community evolves Political Science: Students work with faculty to the contemporary period. Consideration mentors on their teaching or their research. of contemporary efforts to recover idyllic In teaching apprenticeships, students work communities will also be considered as part with the professor in the development and of the continuing effort on the part of human discussion of the classroom experience. In beings to link personal and political practices. research apprenticeships, students work with a The course includes a service-learning faculty mentor on his or her current research. component. (U)(3). Occasionally. Prerequisites: Junior standing, two courses in PO386, Black Political Thought: Students political science. By application only. (U)(1). will develop a historical understanding of Fall and spring. political thought that is reflective of the black PO408, Student Apprenticeship in experience. We will explore black political Political Science: Students work with faculty theorists of Africa, America, and other contexts mentors on their teaching or their research. of the African diaspora. (U)(3). Occasionally. In teaching apprenticeships, students work PO400, Independent Study: Offers the with the professor in the development and qualified student of political science the discussion of the classroom experience. In opportunity to pursue a topic of individual research apprenticeships, students work with a interest. Open only to seniors, by permission of faculty mentor on his or her current research. the instructor. (U)(1). Fall and spring. Prerequisites: Junior standing, two courses in political science. By application only. (U)(2). PO401, Independent Study: Offers the Fall and spring. qualified student of political science the opportunity to pursue a topic of individual PO409, Student Apprenticeship in interest. Open only to seniors, by permission of Political Science: Students work with faculty the instructor. (U)(2). Fall and spring. mentors on their teaching or their research. In teaching apprenticeships, students work PO402, Independent Study: Offers the with the professor in the development and qualified student of political science the discussion of the classroom experience. In opportunity to pursue a topic of individual research apprenticeships, students work with a interest. Open only to seniors, by permission of faculty mentor on his or her current research. the instructor. (U)(3). Fall and spring. Prerequisites: Junior standing, two courses in PO403, Internship: Offers the qualified political science. By application only. (U)(3). student the opportunity for supervised work 152 Butler University PO490, Seminar in Political Science: A during their undergraduate years. Research particular subject in political science will be involvement is structured so that students studied each semester. Writing Intensive. evolve from apprentices to collaborators by Prerequisite: Junior standing or permission of taking progressively greater responsibility for the instructor. (U/G)(3). the design and execution of psychological research projects. Some students complete an PO499, Honors Thesis: (U) Occasionally. Honors Thesis, a year-long research project. They routinely make presentations at the Psychology Department Butler Undergraduate Research Conference Administration and at national professional meetings such Robert H. I. Dale, Ph.D., department chair as the annual convention of the Association Professors for Psychological Science. Approximately 80 John Neil Bohannon III, Ph.D.; Robert H. I. percent of our graduates have participated in at Dale, Ph.D.; Kathryn A. Morris, Ph.D. least one research project. Associate Professors Students benefit from participating in R. Brian Giesler, Ph.D.; Tara T. Lineweaver, student-faculty collaborative research in several Ph.D.; Joel Martin, Ph.D.; Robert J. Padgett, ways. They have the opportunity to apply the Ph.D. concepts, theories, and ideas learned in the Assistant Professors classroom. They also learn how to think like Amanda C. Gingerich, Ph.D.; Alison L. psychologists and how to conduct scientific O’Malley, Ph.D. research. No amount of reading about Visiting Assistant Professor psychology or listening to instructors can Andrew J. Butler, Ph.D. replace the experience of conducting research in Why Study Psychology? behavioral science. The goal of an undergraduate psychology Because a career as a professional program is to introduce students to knowledge psychologist requires a graduate degree, of the principles of emotion, behavior, and the knowledge and skills students acquire cognition as established by scientific methods. through coursework and research experience Students majoring in psychology study the core in our program prepare them for graduate content areas of psychology in preparation for study. About one-third of our students graduate study and later professional pursuits in attend graduate school immediately after psychology or related fields. completing our program. Another third enter graduate school after working for one to five Why Study Psychology at Butler? years in a field related to psychology. Most Students in our program develop an of these students enter graduate programs understanding of psychological science in psychology, social work, and counseling. through instruction in the classroom and Some attend medical or law school. The hands-on participation in research projects. remaining students begin careers in a wide The classroom portion of the curriculum range of fields, most of which are health care is structured so that students first receive a or service related (pharmaceutical companies, general overview of the topics and methods nonprofit organizations, health care services, in psychology, followed by a more thorough management, computer services, human exploration of specific content areas. We resources, sales, education, and advertising, to emphasize a broad and stable base of content; name a few). every psychology major studies the same basic core of subject matter and methods in Psychology Student Learning psychology. Further, each psychology student Outcomes has the opportunity to add depth to that Psychology students will not only master the knowledge by studying particular content areas core content areas of psychology, but will also more specific to his or her interests. value an empirical approach to the study of Participation in student-faculty collaborative behavior. In doing so, students will develop the research is the hallmark of our program. We skills to analyze behavior within a theoretical encourage students to become involved in context, design studies to address research research projects with one or more professors questions, and evaluate the validity of scientific claims. The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences 153 Degrees philosophy, physics, and sociology as they plan • Major in psychology their undergraduate career. • Minor in psychology • Combined major in psychology and Requirements for the Minor sociology/criminology (see combined A minor in psychology (21-23 credit hours) majors) consists of: SW250 or equivalent, or NW220; • Combined major in psychology and PS210 and PS211; any three of PS202, sociology/social work (see combined PS235, PS320, PS350, PS385, or PS440; and majors) any psychology course at the 300-400 level • Combined major in psychology and (including courses in the previous list). anthropology (see combined majors) Core Courses Offered by Psychology • Combined major in psychology and SW225-PS, Humans and the Natural philosophy (see combined majors) Environment: Understanding how people • Combined major in psychology and think about and interact with nature is crucial political Science (see combined majors) for promoting both human well-being and • The department participates in the environmental sustainability. We will apply neuroscience minor (an interdisciplinary psychological research on human cognitive, program) emotional, and behavioral responses to nature Requirements for the Major in hopes of fostering interaction with nature The major in psychology (39 or 41 credit and encouraging conservation-oriented hours) sets three goals for student development: behavior at both individual and societal levels. to master a central core of psychological This course fulfills the ICR requirement and knowledge, to acquire basic methodological and this entails engaging with local sustainability computer skills, and to attain a sophisticated initiatives. (U)(3). Annually, term varies. knowledge of at least one area within SW 250-PS, Psychological Inquiry: An psychology. Students must take the following introduction to the general principles and courses: facts of behavior, cognition, and emotion as Content Core: established by the methods of social science. • SW250-PS, Psychological Inquiry or (U)(3). Fall and spring. equivalent, or NW220-PS, Behavioral NW 220-PS, Behavioral Science: Students Science will learn the core theories in psychology • PS202, Learning and the methods used to derive and test the • PS235, Biological Bases of Behavior adequacy of those theories. Included in this • PS320, Life Span Developmental are concepts of behavioral measurement and Psychology statistics, operational definitions used to assess • PS350, Social Psychology theoretical concepts/mechanisms, hypothesis • PS385, Cognitive Processes testing, and scientific report writing according • PS440, Psychology of Personality to APA guidelines. Each content area will be Methodological Core: covered through current and past theories and • PS210, Research Methods/Statistics I their methods of testing theoretical adequacy. • PS211, Research Methods/Statistics II (U)(5). Occasionally. • PS310, Advanced Statistics in Psychology Specialized Courses: NW 221-PS, Human Behavioral • One additional psychology elective at the Measurement: An introduction to the 300-400 level philosophy and nature of science and scientific • One additional psychology elective at the reasoning as applied to the problem of 400-level measuring human cognition and behavior. • One 400-level seminar (from the list of five Topics include the development of surveys, special-topics seminars) tests, time, and event sampling, reaction time measures, signal detection methods, as well as Psychology majors are encouraged to include physiological measures of human behavior. (U) courses in anthropology, the biological sciences, (5). Occasionally. chemistry, computer science, mathematics,
154 Butler University Psychology Courses and social behavior. Prerequisite: C- or better PS105, Careers in Psychology: Overview in SW250-PS or NW220-PS, or permission of of major’s program. Discussions of potential instructor. (U)(3). Fall and spring. career options and credentials required for each. PS333, Human Sexuality: This survey course Outside speakers. Development of statement of is intended to provide an introduction to the career objectives. (P/F) (U)(1). Spring. scientific study of human sexuality. Although PS202, Learning: A survey of various types psychological approaches to sexuality will be of learning, including classical conditioning, emphasized, the course will be grounded in the instrumental conditioning, and observational biopsycholosocial model and will incorporate learning. The course introduces behaviorist perspectives from a variety of disciplines. theories of learning for both humans and Prerequisite: C- or better in SW250-PS or animals, and includes discussion of theoretical NW220-PS, or permission of instructor. (U) and methodological issues. Prerequisite: (3). Occasionally. C- or better in SW250-PS or NW220-PS, PS350, Social Psychology: A study of or permission of instructor. (U)(3). Fall and variables in a social context, which may help spring. determine the cognition, perception, and PS210, Research Methods/Statistics I: This behavior of the individual. Special emphasis is course is the first in a two-course sequence placed on the current theory and research of designed to introduce students to research social psychology. Prerequisite: C- or better in methods and statistics commonly used in SW250-PS or NW220-PS, or permission of psychology. Prerequisite: Prerequisite: C- or instructor. (U)(3). Fall and spring. better in SW250-PS or NW220-PS, or PS360, Industrial/Organizational Psych: permission of instructor. (U)(3). Fall and Psychology’s methods and principles are spring. applied to both ‘industrial’ topics associated PS211, Research Methods/Statistics II: A with human resources management such as continuation of Research Methods/Statistics employee selection and training as well as I. This semester focuses on more advanced ‘organizational’ topics such as motivation, research and statistical techniques commonly leadership, and stress. Prerequisite: C- or better used in psychology. Prerequisite: C- or better in in SW250-PS or NW220-PS, or permission of Research Methods/Statistics I or permission of instructor. (U)(3). Occasionally. instructor. (U)(3). Fall and spring. PS385, Cognitive Processes: A compare and PS235, Biological Bases of Behavior: contrast theory course, covering basic issues Relations between the anatomy and physiology in memory, information processing, problem of the organism and its behavior. Prerequisite: solving, psycholinguistics, artificial intelligence, C- or better in SW250-PS or NW220-PS, and expert systems as they reflect memory or permission of instructor. (U)(3). Fall and abilities and thought processes in people. spring. Prerequisite: C- or better in SW250-PS or NW220-PS, or permission of instructor. (U) PS305, Psychology of Gender: This course (3). Fall and spring. emphasizes the biological, cognitive, social, and cultural factors that produce, enhance, PS391S, Internship: An opportunity for the and maintain similarities and /or differences in qualified student to participate in a supervised men’s and women’s behavior and psychological work experience in a setting pertinent to the functioning. Applied topics related to gender major area of study. Open to junior and senior will also be covered. Introductory psychology is majors with permission of instructor. May be strongly recommended. (U)(3). Occasionally repeated up to 6 hours. (U)(1). Fall, spring, and summer. PS320, Life Span Developmental Psychology: Behavioral, cognitive, and PS396, Directed Research: Students working developmental principles and theories of on faculty research can earn research credit. human psychological development. Special Students will help run experiments, read emphasis is placed on the development of relevant literature, and write papers on related intellectual, emotional, perceptual, linguistic, topics. Students gain hands-on
The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences 155 research experience. Prerequisite: permission of cognition, theories of learning, eyewitness instructor. May be repeated up to six hours. (U) testimony, or other specialty areas in learning (1). Fall, spring, and summer. and cognition. Prerequisites: C- or better in PS385 or permission of instructor. (U/G)(3). PS412, Advanced Applied Neuroscience: Occasionally. This course provides an advanced overview of the principles and methods of neuroscience PS476, Advanced Seminar in Biopsychology: as applied to understanding brain systems Continued exploration within an area of and dysfunction. Prerequisite: C- or better in biological psychology. The topic of each PS235, PS385 or permission of instructor. (U) advanced seminar will be announced in the (3). Occasionally. class schedule. Prerequisites: C- or better in PS235 or permission of instructor. (U/G)(3). PS415, Psychological Testing: An Occasionally. introduction to the theory and problems involved in the measurement of psychological PS477, Advanced Seminar in Social variables leading to critical discussion and Psychology: A focused and in-depth analysis of tests of ability and personality. examination of a specialized topic in the Prerequisite: 10 hours or permission of field of social psychology. Examples of instructor. (U/G)(3). Annually, term varies. such topics include: Small group processes, self-perception and disclosure, attribution, PS420CW, History of Psychology: The interpersonal attraction, altruistic behavior, historical antecedents of psychology leading to social influence, attitude formation and change, discussion of the events and trends of the recent and leadership. Prerequisite: C- or better in past and their impact on modern psychology. PS350 or permission of instructor. (U/G)(3). Prerequisite: 10 hours or permission of Occasionally. instructor. (U/G)(3). Annually, term varies. PS478, Advanced Seminar in Developmental PS440W, Psychology of Personality: An Psychology: Continued coverage of an area intensive study of the more important theories within developmental psychology. The topic regarding the nature and determinants of each advanced seminar will be announced of personality. Prerequisites: 10 hours or in the class schedule and will consist of an permission of instructor. (U/G)(3). Fall and in-depth exploration of research and theory. spring. Prerequisite: C- or better in PS210, PS211, PS441, Abnormal Psychology: Current PS320, or permission of instructor. (U/G)(3). research relating to description, classification, Occasionally. and dynamics of the varieties of deviant PS479, Advanced Seminar in Applied behavior including elementary consideration Psychology: Continued coverage of an area of diagnostic and therapeutic techniques. within applied psychology. The topic of each Prerequisite: 10 hours or permission of advanced seminar will be announced in the instructor. (U/G)(3). Fall. class schedule and will consist of an in-depth PS443, Intervention in the Community/ exploration of research and theory. Prerequisite: Psychotherapy: An advanced examination 10 hours or permission of instructor. (U/G)(3). and critique of the concepts and methods Occasionally. of psychological intervention in dealing PS496, Independent Study: This course with individuals facing psychological stress. provides the student with academic credit for Special attention is given to the heritage, the completion of projects not usually included assumptions, and success in application of in an academic program. Prerequisite: 10 hours psychotherapeutic techniques. Prerequisites: 10 and permission of instructor. (U/G)(1-6). Fall, hours or permission of instructor. (U/G)(3). spring, and summer. Occasionally. PS499, Honors Thesis: (U)(3). PS475, Advanced Seminar in Cognitive Psychology: This is a capstone course for Science, Technology and Society learning and cognition. The topics will vary Administration across semesters. They may include neural Carmen Salsbury, Ph.D., director networks and connectionism, comparative 156 Butler University Is there any part of our world that is not Requirements for the Major transformed and challenged by science and STS core courses (6 hours): technology? Our health, our families and ST200, Introduction to Science Studies communities, and our environment are all impacted by developments in science and One of these: technology. Science and technology are also ST320, Philosophy of Science driven by society. Economics, ethical principles, ST330, The Social and Rhetorical Study of cultural practices, and politics all influence Science and Technology the funding, progress, implications, and the Twenty-four (24) hours of STS elective public’s overall understanding of science and courses from various departments for a total technology. The Science Technology and of 30 hours. Of these, 18 hours must be at the Society (STS) major is designed to prepare 300-400 level. A total of no more than three you for a number of career paths in health, hours of independent study (ST401, ST402, environment, education, law, public policy, or ST403) and/or internship credit (ST405 or communications, and many other fields. ST406) can be used to satisfy this requirement. The STS program integrates the natural Fifteen (15) hours in the natural sciences sciences (biology, chemistry, physics, and and/or technology (engineering or computer computer science), humanities (history, science). One course from the Natural World philosophy, and English), and social sciences requirement of the core curriculum can be used (anthropology, political science, sociology, and to satisfy part of this requirement. The 15 hours psychology). Service learning and hands-on of science and/or technology courses are not community experience are emphasized in understood to be part of the STS major, and as several of these classes. STS internships with such, they may be counted toward a minor or local health, environmental, and technological major in a science and technology discipline. agencies and companies allow students to Co-curricular requirements: STS majors apply their academic learning to community must participate in at least six (6) designated problems and to network with employers. co-curricular activities—typically public Student Learning Objectives lectures or other events concerned with STS Students majoring in STS will: issues. The program publishes a calendar • understand that science and technology of events that can be used to meet this influence, and are influenced by, politics, requirement. Students must submit a report sociology, economics, and other elements describing their impression of the event to the of the social sciences. director of the STS program. • understand that science and technology Requirements for the minor influence, and are influenced by, religion, STS core courses (6 hours): the various branches of philosophy, ethics, ST200, Introduction to Science Studies and other elements of the humanities. • understand that science and technology One of these: influence, and are influenced by, language, ST320, Philosophy of Science communication, public translation and ST330, The Social and Rhetorical Study of transmission, and other elements of Science and Technology rhetoric. Twelve (12) hours of STS elective courses • research, write, and speak about issues from various departments for a total of 18 concerning science and technology as they hours. Of these, nine (9) hours must be at the relate to society. 300-400 level. A total of no more than three • value the interdisciplinary nature of hours of independent study (ST401, ST402, pressing problems related to health, or ST403) and/or internship credit (ST405 or technology, and the environment, and also ST406) can be used to satisfy this requirement. recognize the necessity of interdisciplinary Ten (10) hours in the natural sciences solutions to those problems. or technology (engineering or computer Degrees science). One course from the Natural World Major in STS requirement of the core curriculum can be used Minor in STS to satisfy part of this requirement. The 10
The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences 157 hours of science or technology courses are not ST390, Topics in Science, Technology and understood to be part of the STS minor, and as Society: An investigation of a topic in the study such, they may be counted toward a minor or of science, technology, and society. (U/G)(3). major in a science and technology discipline. Occasionally. Co-curricular requirements: STS minors ST391, Topics in Science, Technology, and must participate in at least three (3) designated Society: An investigation of a topic in the study co-curricular activities—typically public of science, technology, and society. (U/G)(1). lectures or other events concerned with STS Occasionally. issues. The program publishes a calendar of events that can be used to meet this ST392, Topics in Science, Technology, and requirement. Students must submit a report Society: An investigation of a topic in the study describing their impression of the event to the of science, technology and society. (U/G)(2). director of the STS program. Occasionally. Core Courses offered by Science, ST401, Independent Study: Offers the Technology, and Society qualified student of Science, Technology, and TI 261-STS, Science and Society: Society the opportunity to pursue a topic of Introduction to key social, historical, rhetorical, individual interest. Open only to juniors and and societal dimensions of a scientific field seniors with the permission of the instructor or discovery. Instructors will select the field and of the director of the STS program. (U/G) or discovery but follow the same pedagogical (1). Occasionally. model. (U)(3). Summer. ST402, Independent Study: Offers the qualified student of Science, Technology, and Science, Technology, and Society Society the opportunity to pursue a topic of Courses individual interest. Open only to juniors and ST200, Intro to Scienceand Tech Studies: An seniors with the permission of the instructor introductory survey of the variety of humanistic and of the director of the STS program. (U/G) and social scientific approaches to the study (2). Occasionally. of science and technology. Topics include the social, political, cultural, and economic ST403, Independent Study: Offers the structure of science and technology, scientific qualified student of Science, Technology, and objectivity, scientific communication and Society the opportunity to pursue a topic of rhetoric, science education. (U)(3). Spring. individual interest. Open only to juniors and seniors with the permission of the instructor ST320, Philosophy of Science: An analysis and of the director of the STS program. (U/G) of some philosophical questions about the (3). Occasionally. natural sciences, including the problem of distinguishing science from pseudoscience, the ST405, Internship: Offers the qualified nature of scientific explanation, the structure student of Science, Technology, and Society and confirmation of scientific theories, the the opportunity to participate in a supervised relationship between theories in different work experience in a position that will enhance scientific domains, scientific revolutions, and their understanding of STS issues. Open only the relationship between science and reality. to juniors and seniors with the permission (U/G)(3). Occasionally. of the director of the STS program. (U)(3). Occasionally. ST330, The Social and Rhetorical Study of Science and Technology: This course ST406, Internship: Offers the qualified investigates the social and rhetorical processes student of Science, Technology, and Society that participate in the production of scientific the opportunity to participate in a supervised and technological knowledge. We investigate work experience in a position that will enhance the language of science, its development and their understanding of STS issues. Open only its conventions, and its use and misuse. We to juniors and seniors with the permission also explore social, economic, and political of the director of the STS program. (U)(6) influences on science. (U)(3). Annually, term Occasionally. varies.
158 Butler University ST499, Honors Thesis: (U)(3). Fall and multicultural and global issues. The department spring. provides comprehensive, sociology-based coursework in sociology, sociology with a STS elective courses specialization in social work and social policy, Courses counting for STS elective credit and criminology. Our program is distinguished by: come from various departments within the • A curriculum that emphasizes the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences, as connection between theory and practice. well as the College of Business, College of Students have numerous opportunities Communication, and College of Pharmacy to apply what they have learned in the and Health Sciences. A complete list of STS classroom to “real world” settings and to elective courses will be published on the STS everyday life. . website, www.butler.edu/science-technology, • Majors that culminate in a capstone each semester in advance of the advising and experience. Students undertake and registration period. complete an independent empirical research project in their senior year that Sociology and Criminology demonstrates their mastery of sociology or Administration criminology. Students present their research Katherine B. Novak, Ph.D., department chair findings at the Butler Undergraduate Professors Research Conference or a professional Kenneth D. Colburn Jr., Ph.D.; Antonio V. meeting. Menendez, Ph.D.; Katherine B. Novak, Ph.D.; • An emphasis on multicultural and global Marvin B. Scott, Ph.D. issues. Our curriculum introduces students Assistant Professor to other cultures and societies and prepares Krista M. C. Cline, Ph.D. them for participation in an increasingly diverse and multicultural world. Why Study Sociology and • Student participation in internships Criminology? and service-learning courses. Internships Sociology and Criminology majors are in criminal justice, human services, taught the basics of human interaction and businesses, and community contexts relationships and acquire an understanding of provide students with practical experience social life, social change, and the social causes and career opportunities. Service learning and consequences of social behavior. As all courses promote learning through the human behavior is primarily social, sociology active participation of students in the local promotes an awareness and understanding of community. a wide range of social and cultural issues from • Student engagement in the research the study of crime and deviance; to the study process. Students have many opportunities of social inequality and social welfare; to the to engage in the research process and study of racial, gender, and sexual diversity; to to collaborate with faculty on research the study of globalization and multiculturalism. projects. With an understanding of society and how the • A curriculum that prepares students for social context and social forces shape behaviors the job market and for advanced study. and an emphasis on strong critical thinking Graduates of the department work in a and research skills, majors in sociology and wide range of employment fields including criminology are well-prepared for a wide range human services, social policy agencies, the of opportunities after graduation. criminal justice system, health care, and business. Majors also pursue advanced Why Study Sociology and professional degrees in law and social work, Criminology at Butler? as well as degrees in sociology, criminology, The Department of Sociology and and other related fields. Criminology aspires to be a cornerstone • Numerous student opportunities beyond program in the social sciences, emphasizing the classroom. The department sponsors writing and critical thinking, analytical a chapter of Alpha Kappa Delta, an skills, experiential learning, and an in-depth international honor society for sociology. understanding of the changing world, including The Student Sociology Association
The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences 159 conducts community service projects Major Core Requirements such as tutoring disadvantaged youths (15 credit hours) and collecting food and blankets for the • SW200SO, Understanding Society homeless. The association also sponsors • SO205, Contemporary Social Issues speakers and a career panel each year • SO391W, Social Theory Seminar • A diverse faculty of dedicated teachers • SO393, Research Methods Seminar and researchers. Faculty work closely with • SO486, Senior Research Seminar I students and encourage student learning • SO487, Senior Research Seminar II through hands-on experiences in and out of the classroom. NOTE: SO499, Honors Thesis may be completed in place of SO486 and 487. Sociology and Criminology Student Additional Area Requirements Learning Outcomes (24 credit hours) The core values of the Sociology and At least one course from each of the following Criminology Department are placed squarely four areas: within a liberal arts tradition that strives to Socio-Cultural Institutions foster critical reflection, social awareness and • SO301, Families and Gender Roles responsibility, socio-cultural diversity, and a • SO303, Political Behavior, Polity, and global perspective. The department’s central Society mission is to (a) foster a knowledge of social • SO311, Law and Society and cultural issues, theories, and research • SO315, Film, Media, and Society methods; (b) cultivate students’ abilities to • SO319, Mental Illness, Culture, and succinctly and clearly express this knowledge in Society oral and written form; (c) provide opportunities • SO351, Punishment and Society for students to utilize these acquired skills in an • SO353, Juvenile Justice and Delinquency applied context; and (d) develop an awareness Social Structure and Differentiation of global and multicultural issues. Students will • SO317, Gender and Society develop a perspective that emphasizes critical • SO321, Crime and Society inquiry and reasoning to address challenging • SO323, Racial and Ethnic Relations social problems. Ultimately, our program and • SO325, Class, Status, and Power curriculum cultivates values that will shape • SO326, Gender, Race, and Crime students into life-long, active, responsible, and • SO329, The Sociology of Racism informed members of the greater community. Socio-Cultural Process and Integration Degrees • SO339, Violence, Media, and Culture • Major in sociology • SO341, Self and Society • Minor in sociology • SO343, Popular Culture • Major in sociology with a specialization in • SO345, Deviance and Social Control social work and social policy • SO347, Urban Community • Major in criminology • SO349, Social Movements • Minor in criminology Global and Comparative Studies • Combined major in sociology and • SO331, Latin American Societies criminology (see “combined majors”) • SO333, European Societies • Combined major in sociology with • SO335, Global Society a specialization in social work and • SO355, International Crime criminology (see “combined majors”) An internship or service-learning course is • Combined major in criminology and required. psychology (see “combined majors”) • Combined major in sociology with Requirements for Sociology Minor a specialization in social work and (21 credit hours) psychology (see “combined majors”) Minor Core Requirements Requirements for Sociology (9 credit hours) • SW200SO, Understanding Society (39 credit hours + Internship or • SO391W, Social Theory Seminar Service Learning Course) • SO393, Research Methods Seminar
160 Butler University Additional Area Requirements • SO349, Social Movements (12 credit hours) Global and Comparative Studies At least one course from each of the four • SO331, Latin American Societies concentration areas in Sociology (see Sociology • SO333, European Societies Major). • SO335, Global Society • SO355, International Crime Requirements for Sociology with a An internship or service-learning course is specialization in Social Work and required. Social Policy (39 credit hours + Internship or Service Learning Course) Requirements for Criminology Major Core Requirements (15 credit (39 credit hours + Internship or Service hours) Learning Course) • SW200SO, Understanding Society Major Core Requirements • SO205, Contemporary Social Issues (15 credit hours) • SO391W, Social Theory Seminar • SW200SO, Understanding Society • SO393, Research Methods Seminar • SO205, Contemporary Social Issues • SO486, Senior Research Seminar I • SO391W, Social Theory Seminar • SO487, Senior Research Seminar II • SO393, Research Methods Seminar • SO486, Senior Research Seminar I NOTE: SO499 Honors Thesis may be • SO487, Senior Research Seminar II completed in place of SO486 and SO487. NOTE: SO499 Honors Thesis may be Social Work Practice Requirements completed in place of SO486 and SO487. (9 credit hours) • SO381, Social Work and Social Policy Additional Area Requirements • SO383, Social Work Methods (24 credit hours) • SO385, Practice Skills in Social Work Law and Crime Area, Five Courses (15 credit hours) Additional Area Requirements • SO321, Crime and Society (15 credit hours) and At least one course from each of the following Four of the following: four areas: • SO311, Law and Society Socio-Cultural Institutions • SO326, Gender, Race, and Crime • SO301, Families and Gender Roles • SO339, Violence, Media, and Culture • SO303, Political Behavior, Polity, and • SO345, Deviance and Social Control Society • SO351, Punishment and Society • SO311, Law and Society • SO353, Juvenile Justice and Delinquency • SO315, Film, Media, and Society Socio-Cultural Diversity, One Course • SO319, Mental Illness, Culture, and (3 credit hours) Society • SO317, Gender and Society • SO351, Punishment and Society • SO323, Racial and Ethnic Relations • SO353, Juvenile Justice and Delinquency • SO325, Class, Status, and Power Social Structure and Differentiation • SO329, The Sociology of Racism • SO317, Gender and Society Global and Comparative Studies, One • SO321, Crime and Society Course (3 credit hours) • SO323, Racial and Ethnic Relations • SO331, Latin American Societies • SO325, Class, Status, and Power • SO333, European Societies • SO326, Gender, Race, and Crime • SO335, Global Society • SO329, The Sociology of Racism • SO355, International Crime Socio-Cultural Process and Integration Sociology Elective, One Course • SO339, Violence, Media, and Culture (3 credit hours) • SO341, Self and Society • Any other 300-level sociology course • SO343, Popular Culture excluding SO381, SO383, or SO385. • SO345, Deviance and Social Control • SO347, Urban Community The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences 161 An internship or service-learning course is documentary and literature based search skills required. from bibliographical databases and online web- based materials. Prerequisite: SW200-SO or Requirements for Criminology Minor any introduction to social sciences course. (U) (21 credit hours) (3). Fall. Minor Core Requirements SO293, Statistics for Social Research: (9 credit hours) An introduction to statistical techniques • SW200SO, Understanding Society and their application to problems in social • SO391W, Social Theory Seminar research. This course covers descriptive and • SO393, Research Methods Seminar inferential statistics including measures of Additional Area Requirements central tendency and variability, correlation, (12 credit hours) cross-classification, sampling and statistical Crime and Law Area, Three Courses inference, and an introduction to multivariate analysis. An emphasis is placed on the (9 credit hours) sociological application of such techniques, • SO321, Crime and Society and on developing an understanding of when and they are appropriate, and the information that Two of the following: they yield. Students will also learn to use the • SO311, Law and Society computer in data analysis. Prerequisite: MA101 • SO326, Gender, Race, and Crime or equivalent. (U)(3). Spring. • SO339, Violence, Media, and Culture • SO345, Deviance and Social Control SO301, Families and Gender Roles: The • SO351, Punishment and Society organization and functions of marriage and • SO353, Juvenile Justice and Delinquency the family. Cross-cultural and historical • SO355, International Crime perspectives provide background for analysis Socio-Cultural Diversity, One course of contemporary family patterns. Prerequisite: (3 credit hours) SW200-SO. (U/G)(3). Occasionally. • SO317, Gender and Society • SO323, Racial and Ethnic Relations SO303, Political Behavior, Polity and • SO325, Class, Status, and Power Society: An analysis of social power and • SO329, The Sociology of Racism decision-making in small groups, complex organizations, communities, and societies; Core Courses offered by Sociology social and personality factors, and political SW200-SO, Understanding Society: An behavior; and political movements and social exploration of key concepts, research methods, change. Prerequisite: SW200-SO. (U/G)(3). and theoretical perspectives in sociology Occasionally. applied to a specific topic, theme, or set of SO311, Law and Society: An analysis of topics. Concepts covered include: culture, the legal system, legal doctrines, and legal socialization, deviance, social structure, social institutions as social phenomena. The focus is stratification, inequality (inc. class, race, and on law in action as it reflects the relationship gender), and social institutions. Prerequisite to between law and society. (U/G)(3). Fall. all upper-level sociology courses. (U)(3). Fall and spring. SO315, Film, Media, Society: This course examines how film and electronic media Sociology Courses have impacted our cultural values and social SO205, Contemporary Social Issues: Analysis institutions. Film and media will be studied of selected social problems in contemporary sociologically both as a form of popular society using readings from both academic and culture (symbolic analysis) and as a new social popular sociological analysis. The emphasis institution in its own right (structural analysis). of this course is on developing in the students Prerequisite: SW200 (U)(3). Occasionally. the ability to identify social phenomena, to understand how these causes may influence SO317, Gender and Society: An examination social policy, and to develop an ability of gender as a system of stratification and a to conduct basic research on social issues social construction which changes over time using social science methodology; including and differs cross-culturally. Focus is on the
162 Butler University structural and interactional aspects of gender be explored in events that have influenced inequality and the intersection of gender, class, the establishment of racist institutions and race, and sexuality. Prerequisite: SW200 (U)(3). behaviors. Prerequisite: SW200-SO. (U/G)(3). Occasionally. Occasionally. SO319, Mental Illness, Culture, and Society: SO331, Latin American Societies: This course A sociological analysis of mental health and introduces the student to the culture and social mental illness. This course examines the social, structures of Latin American societies and aims cultural, and political factors involved in the at undermining the traditional stereotypes definition of mental illness and the control of that have long been a part of Latin American mental illness in society. Emphasis is placed images circulating throughout the United on labeling theory; on the impact of status States. It examines in particular Latin America characteristics (e.g. race, social class, and in the context of the globalizing of social life. gender) and social relationships on levels of Prerequisite: SW200-SO or any Introduction to stress and social functioning; and on legal and Social Studies course. (U/G)(3). Occasionally. ethical issues associated with current health SO333, European Societies: Politics, Culture, care trends, including the deinstitutionalization Economics, and the process of European of mental patients and the movement toward Integration: This course acquaints the student community-based care. Prerequisite: SW200- with the culture, economics, and politics of SO or permission of the instructor. (U/G)(3). Western Europe and with the general process Occasionally. of European integration. First, it provides a SO321, Crime and Society: An analysis general overview of contemporary Western of the definition and extent of crime; the Europe and then emphasizes the workings impact of crime on society; and the theoretical of the European Union, introducing the explanations of crime, offending, and student to the organization and functioning victimization. Prerequisite: SW200 and junior of the different institutions of the European standing (U)(3). Occasionally. Union and interpreting the meaning of this process within the global context. (U/G)(3). SO323, Racial and Ethnic Relations: Analysis Occasionally. of the ethnic (including racial) composition of society, the minority group status of SO335, The Global Society: This course is some ethnic groups, and the strains toward about the constitution of the global system assimilation or cultural pluralism. Prerequisite: and the processes which are reproducing and SW200-SO. (U/G)(3). Occasionally. transforming the structures of globalization. The course acquaints the student with the SO325, Class, Status, and Power: A study of process of worldwide economic, cultural, and the dynamics of class and caste, class mobility, political flows and provides an introduction power, authority, influence, and prestige in to the organization and functioning of the different kinds of communities. Prerequisite: global society. Prerequisite: SW200-SO or any SW200-SO. (U/G)(3). Occasionally. Introduction to Social Sciences course. (U/G) SO326, Gender, Race, and Crime: Current (3). Occasionally. sociological and criminological theories will SO339, Violence, Media, and Culture: be used to examine gender and crime, race This course examines the topic of crime in and crime, and the intersection between the popular culture: crime as portrayed in print two. We will cover topics such as: men and and electronic media, film, and entertainment women as offenders and as victims, domestic industries. We will study the “POpular” violence, child abuse, and juvenile delinquency. manifestation of crime as it exists in the stories Prerequisite: SW 200 (U)(3). Occasionally. reported by news media and in the cultural SO329, The Sociology of Racism: This images produced for mass entertainment. (U) course is designed for students interested in (3). Occasionally. understanding how racism affects our social SO341, Self and Society: The socialization of institutions and interactions. We will take a the individual; the bearing of culture and social close look at understanding prejudices and structure on the formation of personality; and myths about race. A clear retrospective will group influences upon human response and The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences 163 patterns of perception. Prerequisite: SW200- terrorism. Special consideration is given SO. (U/G)(3). Occasionally. to the role of international law, including international organizations and enforcement SO343, Popular Culture: An examination practices. The course will cover the major topics of the role and function of popular culture in in the international legal system, such as the generating and sustaining a common realm sources and subjects of international law, the of meaning and values in contemporary jurisdiction of states (relationship between society. Popular works of fiction, television, international law and the internal law of states), film, sporting events, parades, etc. will be and the use of force. Prerequisite: SW200-SO considered. Prerequisite: SW200-SO. (U/G) or any Introduction to Social Sciences course. (3). Occasionally. (U)(3). Occasionally. SO345, Deviance and Social Control: The SO360, Selected Topics in Criminology: ways in which the discrepancies between Designed to give the advanced undergraduate social reality and the individual experience student academic flexibility. Likely topics generate deviance, with emphasis on the roles are Policing a Democratic society, Ethical of institutions and counter-institutions in Issues in Criminal Justice, Legal Aspects of maintaining or changing behavior patterns. Law Enforcement, History of the Criminal Prerequisite: SW200. (U/G)(3). Occasionally. Justice System, and Crime in Comparative SO347, Urban Community: Urban origins, Perspective. Prerequisite: SW200-SO. (U/G) the genesis of the modern city, and the (3). Occasionally. metropolitan area and region—structure, SO380, Selected Topics in Sociology: An ecology, problems, and programs for their in-depth analysis of the theory, methodology, control. Prerequisite: SW200. (U/G)(3). and subject matter in an area not provided Occasionally. for in the current offerings of the department. SO349, Social Movements: Analysis of Prerequisite: SW200-SO. (U/G)(3). representative economic, political, religious, and Occasionally. other social movements, defining typical lines SO381, Social Work and Social Policy: Social of genesis, objectives, structures, leadership, and Work and Social Policy: The history and types methods of operation. Prerequisite: SW200- of public and private social work in the United SO. (U/G)(3). Occasionally. States from early colonial times to the present. SO351, Punishment and Society: Analyzes Prerequisites: SW200SO or permission. (U) the incidence of deviance and crime, and the (3). Fall. different approaches to social control and SO383, Social Work Methods: Social Work prevention of crime. It offers an introduction Methods: An introduction to social work fields to penology and corrections and explores of practice and the methods used by social public reaction to contemporary corrections. work professionals. Prerequisites: SO381 or Prerequisite: SW200-SO. (U/G)(3). Spring. permission. (U)(3). Spring. SO353, Juvenile Justice and Delinquency: SO385, Practice Skills in Social Work: This This course will focus on the topic of childhood foundation practice course focuses on basic and juvenile justice from a sociological social work theories and skills that are necessary perspective. We will examine how society when working with a wide variety of client provides a framework for how we understand, systems; individuals, families, small groups, interact with, and pattern our relationships communities, and organizations. Students will with children in general and with “delinquent” have opportunities to learn about themselves children in particular. Prerequisite: SW200. and will examine their personal values and (U/G)(3). Occasionally. any conflict between personal and professional SO355, International Crime: This course values so they are able to practice with diverse is intended to introduce students to the basic populations in a confident and professional concepts and problems of international crime manner. Prerequisites: SO381 or permission. and international law. It will also address the (U)(3). Spring. definition, detection, prosecution, sentencing, SO391, Social Theory Seminar: An historical and impact of international crime, including and analytical survey of major contributions 164 Butler University to social theory with major emphasis upon late SO484, Internship: A program offering the 19th-century, 20th-century, and contemporary superior student the opportunity to participate developments. Pre-requisites: SW200, two in a closely supervised work experience in a sociology courses and junior standing. (U)(3). setting pertinent to the major area of study. Spring. Majors are strongly encouraged to engage in the internship experience. Prerequisites: SW200- SO393, Research Methods Seminar: The SO, 10 hours in sociology, and permission principal methods of social research— of the department chair. (U/G)(3). Fall and formation of research problem concepts and spring. hypotheses; measurement and data collection and analysis; and reporting of research. SO485, Internship: A program offering the Prerequisites: SW200, SO293 or equivalent, superior student the opportunity to participate and junior standing. (U/G)(3). Fall and spring. in a closely supervised work experience in a setting pertinent to the major area of study. SO461, Directed Research: An independent Majors are strongly encouraged to engage in the research experience in which students assist a internship experience. Prerequisites: SW200- faculty member on a research project. Activities SO, 10 hours in sociology, and permission of may include library research, data collection, the department chair. (U/G)(6) Fall and spring. data entry, and data analysis. Prerequisites: permission of instructor, two courses in SO486, Senior Research Seminar I: First sociology, and junior standing. (U)(1). Fall and of a two course sequence in the senior year. spring. Capstone experience with emphasis on synthesis, integration, and application of SO462, Directed Research: An independent theories and methods in completion of an research experience in which students assist a independent student research project. Proposal, faculty member on a research project. Activities IRB approval, and data collection are expected. may include library research, data collection, Prerequisites: SO391, SO393, senior. (U)(2). data entry, and data analysis. Prerequisites: Fall. permission of instructor, two courses in sociology, and junior standing. (U)(2). Fall and SO487, Senior Research Seminar II: Second spring. of a required two-course sequence. Capstone experience with emphasis on synthesis, SO463, Directed Research: An independent integration, and application of theories and research experience in which students assist a methods in completion of an independent faculty member on a research project. Activities student research project. Data collection and may include library research, data collection, analysis, final paper, and URC presentation are data entry, and data analysis. Prerequisites: expected. Prerequisite: SO486. (U)(1). Spring. permission of instructor, two courses in sociology, and junior standing. (U)(3). Fall and SO499, Honors Thesis: (U)(3). Fall. spring. SO481, Independent Study: An opportunity for qualified students to pursue a topic of individual interest. Open to seniors and juniors with permission of department chair. (U/G)(1). Fall and spring. SO482, Independent Study: An opportunity for qualified students to pursue a topic of individual interest. Open to seniors and juniors with permission of department chair. (U/G)(2). Fall and spring. SO483, Independent Study: An opportunity for qualified students to pursue a topic of individual interest. Open to seniors and juniors with permission of department chair. (U/G)(3). Fall and spring. The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences 165
College of Education
The College of Education of Butler Director of Student Personnel Services: University was created in 1930 when Butler’s Sue Stahl, M.S. Department of Education, established in 1919, The College of Education offers curricula and the Teachers College of Indianapolis, leading to the bachelor of science degree founded in 1892, were combined. The College in elementary education or the bachelor of of Education has two major purposes: science degree in middle/secondary education. • preparing teachers, counselors, and The programs in teacher education include administrators for positions in elementary field and clinical experiences throughout the education and middle/secondary curriculum with the capstone experience being education. integrated laboratory and student teaching. • providing services to schools and allied Butler University teacher education programs professionals, educational organizations, are accredited by the Indiana Office of agencies and the general community Educator Licensing and Development and the through surveys, consultative services, National Council for Accreditation of Teacher research, cooperative studies, and clinical Education. services. Graduation Requirements Administration All undergraduate students who plan to teach Ena Goodrich Shelley, Ph.D., dean; Debra in an elementary, middle, or high school must Lecklider, Ph.D., associate dean; Angela complete the bachelor’s degree. Candidates Lupton, M.S., assistant dean must satisfactorily complete a minimum of 126 Professors semester hours of college coursework. They Stephen Bloom, Ph.D.; Deborah Corpus, also must meet all requirements listed under Ed.D.; Arthur Hochman, Ed.D.; Thomas respective program areas. Keller, Ed.D.; Matthew Maurer, Ph.D.; Ena At least 40 of the 126 semester hours needed Goodrich Shelley, Ph.D.; Marilyn Strawbridge, for graduation must be in upper-division Ed.D. courses—courses numbered 300 or above. Associate Professors Student teaching is required for initial licensure Kathryn Brooks, Ph.D.; Suneeta Kercood, programs. Ph.D.; Debra Lecklider, Ph.D.; Meredith McAllister, Ph.D.; Mindy Welch, Ph.D. Educational Placement Assistant Professors The College of Education has moved Daniel Abbott, Ph.D.; Nicholas Abel, Ed.D.; to entirely self-managed credentials. Self- Susan Adams, Ph.D.; Susan Adamson, Ph.D.; managed files are appropriately responsive and Rebecca Cramer, Ph.D. (ABD); Kelli Esteves, practical in the era of portfolios and electronic Ed.D.; Lisa Farley, Ed.D.; Ryan Flessner, applications and communications. Current Ph.D.; Shelly Furuness, Ph.D.; Brooke Kandel- job listings for Indiana are on “Blue” on the Cisco, Ph.D.; Brandie Oliver, Ed.D.; Catherine Butler website or on individual school district Pangan, Ed.D. websites. Instructors Cathy Hargrove, M.S.; Angela Lupton, M.S.; College of Education Theresa Meyer, M.S.; Richard Mitchell, M.S.; Marilyn Sudsberry, Ph.D. Undergraduate Transition Director of EPPSP: Points Marilyn Sudsberry, Ph.D. The College of Education has set four Director of School Counseling: transition points for delineation and progress Tom Keller, Ed.D. through the licensure/degree program. Students Director of METL: who transfer into the College of Education Brooke Kandel-Cisco, Ph.D. from another Butler University college must Accreditation Coordinator: have a 2.3 cumulative grade point average. Karen Farrell, M.S. Updates will be made annually. Please check www.butler.edu/coe for updates. College of Education 167 College of Education Core I and Resources/FORMS and meet the following criteria: College of Education Core II 1. Recommendation by the College Upon completion of COE CORE I and Committee or the senior college. COE CORE II, it is expected that students will 2. Cumulative grade point average of 2.5 have met the following criteria: 3. Completion of approved professional 1. A cumulative grade point average of 2.5. education courses with a grade point 2. A student receiving a grade of C-, D, or F average of 2.5 or better and no grade less in FYS 101 and FYS 102 will have repeated than a C (C- is not acceptable). These the course and received a grade of C or courses are: ED112, ED245, ED241, better or obtained a grade of C or above in ED242, and ED244. a comparable or higher-level class. 4. Satisfactory completion of appropriate 3. Successful completion of COE CORE I clinical and field experiences. (grade of C or better): 5. A grade of C- in the major or any • ED112: Introduction to the Profession education course must be repeated, or of Teaching (grade of C or better) with the advisor’s permission, a class may • ED245: Introduction to Computers in be substituted and a grade of C or above Education (grade of C or better) attained. • PRAXIS I—Passing scores must be 6. Satisfactory progress in completing received one week prior to the start of requirements for a specific major must be classes each semester, or other accepted met. benchmark indicator is on file. • Philosophy of Teaching Statement College of Education Core III • Disposition assessment • Decision based on above criteria by Program-Specific college committee (with appropriate To enter COE CORE III the student program representation) on ability to must have successfully completed COE continue in the program. CORE I and COE CORE II and must be 4. Successful completion of COE CORE II admitted to Teacher Education based on the (grade of C or better): aforementioned criteria. • ED241: Developmental Theory and Decision is made by the program area Application in Education (grade of C or for admittance to COE CORE IV: Student better) Teaching and is based on disposition, • ED242: Educating Children with Special assessment rubrics and grades. Needs (grade of C or better) Apply to Student Teaching • ED244: Concepts of Education (grade 1. Candidates for student teaching must of C or better) have completed COE CORE I and COE • Disposition assessment CORE II and have been admitted to • Decision based on above criteria by Teacher Education. college committee (with appropriate 2. During the first semester of the junior program representation) on ability to year, candidates for student teaching must continue in the program. obtain a student teaching application Students who do not meet the above criteria available online under Student Resources/ may appeal in writing to the administrative Student Teaching. Completed applications team of the College of Education and may be (except for fall semester grades) are to be asked to appear in person. submitted to the advisor by the December published date. Completed applications Apply to Teacher Education including fall semester grades are due in JH (end of COE CORE II) 185 the first week of the second semester In the second semester of the sophomore (January published date). If applications year, any student who wishes to be admitted to are not received by the January date, there the Teacher Education Program must complete is no guarantee that a placement will be the application available online in Student made.
168 Butler University 3. Candidates must have a cumulative grade and Information Literacy. Specific curriculum point average of 2.5, a grade point average requirement sheets are available online at of 2.75 in the teaching major, and a grade www.butler.edu/coe under Student Resources. point average of 2.5 in all education This program addresses these University courses. Student Learning Objectives. 4. At least 15 semester hours must be taken at • SLO #1. Students will articulate and apply Butler University to qualify for admission required content knowledge within their to Teacher Education and Student area(s) of study. (Cognitive) Teaching. • SLO #2. Students will communicate clearly and effectively. (Psychomotor) Students who do not meet these criteria may • SLO #3. Students will share their talents appeal in writing to the administrative team of with Butler and the greater community at the College of Education and may be asked to large. (Affective) appear in person. Middle/Secondary Education College of Education Core The Middle/Secondary Program at IV: Student Teaching and Butler University is committed to preparing Internship teachers and other professionals to work toward achieving our college’s core values and The student must have successfully shared vision for education. We believe all completed COE CORE I, COE CORE II, our programs must prepare our candidates and COE CORE III, be recommended for for schools as they should be, not simply student teaching or internship by the program, perpetuating schools as they currently exist. and have met all of the above criteria to be The Middle/Secondary Program at Butler admitted. University is a comprehensive teacher PRAXIS II, CPR/Heimlich/AED education program that combines in-depth certification and suicide prevention training are preparation in the academic content areas required for original licensure. of English; Mathematics; Science (Biology, Recommendation for licensure is made Chemistry, Physics); Social Studies; Physical by the program area based on disposition, Education; Health Education; or Foreign assessment rubrics, and grades. Language (French, German, Spanish) with the professional teacher education skills necessary Elementary Education for success in the classroom for undergraduates In addition to a comprehensive liberal seeking licensure in grades 5-12 in these arts background, the elementary education areas. Indiana teacher licensure for Physical program prepares students for teaching and Education, Health Education, and Music instructional leadership in elementary schools. Education is P-12. Minors and/or licensing are With extensive site-based instruction, students also available in English as a New Language, learn alongside their professors, through Special Education, and Information Literacy. guided practice and reflection that increases Specific curriculum requirements for each in scope over time, culminating in a full year content area are available online at of student teaching. Students will be in the www.butler.edu/coe under Student Resources. classroom, working with children and program The Middle/Secondary program is grounded faculty, seven of their eight semesters. The in a set of beliefs, which serves as a compass to elementary program and its faculty emphasize guide the work we do with students within our learning through doing, collaborative inquiry, a program and are the principles that we hope nurturing environment, and the development will guide the work our candidates will do with of a professional identity. By completing the their future students. We believe in the: program and all required standardized tests, Primacy of the learner: students will meet state licensing requirements Core Value: Diversity and Similarity for grades K-6. Minors and/or licensing are • Meeting the needs of the learner through also available in Reading, Special Education, the development of caring relationships is English as a New Language, Early Childhood the most important part of our work.
College of Education 169 • Student needs are social, cultural, These beliefs further reflect our college’s core linguistic, developmental, physical, values and guide the student learning outcomes emotional, and cognitive in nature. we strive to achieve. The Student Learning • Meeting the foregoing needs provides safe Outcomes (SLO) are as follows: opportunities for students to take risks that • SLO #1: Based on both formative lead to individual growth. and summative assessments, develop, • Students come first. implement, and adapt developmentally appropriate, inquiry-based, and engaging Ethic of Care: Core Value: instructional lessons for students in middle Integrity and Responsibility school and high school. • Our work with students, schools, teachers, • SLO #2: Using critical reflection as a basis the community, and each other will be for improving their professional practices, grounded in an ethic of care, compassion, create positive and inclusive instructional honesty, respect, and transparency. environments using their understanding • Developing caring relationships creates of social, cultural, literacy, academic, and space for transformative experiences to cognitive developmental characteristics of happen. adolescent learners. Significance of Knowledge Base:Core Value: • SLO #3: Demonstrate responsibility Collaboration of Theory and Practice for their interpersonal and instructional • Content knowledge and pedagogical interactions with students, parents, knowledge are inextricably intertwined. colleagues, and community partners. • Theory and practice are linked, but ever-changing. This means we must Education Courses intentionally model life-long learning. ED112, Introduction to the Profession • Having a deep understanding of this of Teaching: This introductory course knowledge base strengthens teachers’ ability helps potential teachers explore the essential to make informed curriculum decisions in questions: How do people learn? What is the classroom. curriculum and where does it come from? What is the teacher’s role in the school? What role Integrated Inquiry Curriculum: Core Value: does the community take in the education of Collaboration of Theory and Practice children? Do I want to be a teacher? (U)(2). • Content areas are integrated through Fall, spring, and summer. meaningful connections and shared assessments. ED204, Infusing Arts in Early and Middle • Inquiry mindset is modeled by learning Childhood Curriculum: This course is alongside our students and being open designed to prepare the pre-service teacher to living with uncertainty and yet-to-be- to use the fine arts of dance, music, theatre, answered questions. and visual arts to enrich classroom life and enhance learning across the curriculum, as well Site-based Collaborative Experiences: Core as to enhance personal aesthetic development. Value: Teaching, Learning, and Mentoring Prerequisite: Completion of COE CORE I. (U) • Placements are purposeful and community (4). Fall and spring. stakeholders are considered a part of the larger learning community. ED206, Intro to Early and Middle • Relationships are nurtured with classroom Childhood Education: This course explores teachers, university supervisors, and faculty. the history and philosophy of Early and Middle • Collaboration is seen as an intentional part Childhood education including significant of a teacher’s work. trends and research. Students will be introduced to the guiding themes of the Early and Middle Childhood Education program. (U)(3). Fall and spring.
170 Butler University ED227S, Introduction to Middle and and common instructional strategies used for Secondary Students and Schools: This course students who require support in the general introduces middle school and high school education classroom or resource room. structures and philosophies. Students will Instructor guided fieldwork is required. (U)(3). investigate appropriate school environments, Both Fall and spring. activities, and curricular organization aimed ED244, Concepts of Education: Examines at meeting the range of developmental needs the sociological, historical, political, legal, and of early adolescents and young adults. Field economic concepts in education. This course is experience is required. Prerequisite: Completion part of the COE CORE II requirements for the of COE CORE I, may co-enroll in COE College of Education. Prerequisites: Successful CORE II and ED228. (U)(3). Fall and spring. completion of COE CORE I and Praxis I. ED228S, Content Area Literacy in Middle- Sophomore standing required or permission of Secondary Curriculum: This course instructor. (U)(3). Fall, spring, and summer. introduces content area literacy instruction ED245, Introduction to Computers in in the middle and secondary classroom. Education: This class emphasizes development Students will acquire the skills necessary to of knowledge, skills, and dispositions to select strategies and plan content specific effectively use technology to enhance learning. literacy instruction to improve comprehension The secondary goal is to advance skill with of subject-specific content for middle school computer hardware/software for classroom and high school students. Field experience is management purposes. Prerequisite: Must be required. Prerequisite: Completion of COE an education major, have taken or be enrolled CORE I, ED227 or Co-enrollment. (U)(3). in ED112. Not intended for enrollment by Fall, spring, and summer. non-education majors. (U)(3). Fall, spring, and ED241, Developmental Theory and summer. Application in Education: Topics include ED301, Individualized Study of Growth: (U) theories of development and their application at (1). Fall and spring. various age levels. Developmentally appropriate practice, as well as a basic introduction to ED302, Individualized Study of Growth: (U) social, moral, emotional, and cognitive (2). Fall and spring. development of children and adolescents ED303, Reading and Language Arts: is included. Content is focused on teacher Early Childhood: This course will provide education. Prerequisites: Successful completion students with opportunities to explore current of COE CORE I and Praxis I. (U)(3). Fall, theoretical perspectives of emergent and early spring, and summer. literacy. Students will explore a wide variety of ED242, Educating Children with Special narrative and informational texts that support Needs: Surveys the characteristics of literacy growth, and they will gain practical exceptional children and explores methods experience in emergent and early instruction and materials for teaching and assessing such and assessment. Writing Intensive. Prerequisite: students. Includes 15 hours of non-class time Completion of COE CORE I and COE field experiences. Prerequisite: Successful CORE II. (U)(6). Fall and spring. completion of COE CORE I and Praxis I. (U) ED307, Children’s Literature: This (2). Fall, spring, and summer. introductory course in children’s literature ED243, Methods and Materials: Strategies is designed to acquaint and develop an for Teaching Students w/ Mild Disabilities: appreciation of a wide variety of traditional and Methods and Materials: Strategies for contemporary literature available for children. Teaching Students with Mild Disabilities Pre-service students are provided opportunities This course examines the application of to prepare, present, and evaluate the effective research-validated practices in the areas of use of literature in curriculum planning. (U) placement, differentiation instruction and (3). Fall and spring. assessment, adaptations to curriculum areas,
College of Education 171 ED308WS, Reading and Language Arts: ED346, Integration of Computers in Middle Childhood: Students will explore Education: The primary emphasis of this the nature of literacy for middle childhood course will be to develop a philosophy and including current theoretical perspectives on associated strategies for integrating technology developing literacy. Students will gain practical into the K-12 curriculum. A secondary experience in instruction and assessment for emphasis will be to continue to develop skill in developing readers. Writing Intensive. ED308S, the use of computers in an educational setting. ED317S, ED414S, ED418S are taken as a (U)(3). Fall and spring. block fulfilling the Indianapolis Community ED348, Perspectives in Leadership: The Requirement. Prerequisite: Completion of the Perspective in Leadership course is the COE CORE I and CORE II. (U)(6). Fall and introduction course for students working spring. toward a leadership certificate in the College ED316, Teaching Mathematics: Early of Education and for students who want to Childhood: This course examines how primary expand their understanding of leadership. grade children learn mathematics while The main purpose of the course is to create exploring instructional strategies, supportive a learning experience where you will come learning environments, and materials that to understand leadership theories, styles, and promote meaningful learning. Emphasis on skills. You will learn leadership development effective teaching and learning will include is a process of leading yourself before trying to child development, lesson development, lead others through the development of your planning, guidance, assessment, evaluation, and own Personal Leadership Plan (LDP). You will professionalism. Prerequisite: Completion of collaborate with university and community COE CORE I and COE CORE II. (U)(3). Fall leaders on how leadership styles are applied and and spring. practiced. (U)(3). Spring. ED317S, Teaching Social Studies: Middle ED371, Intro to Information Literacy— Childhood: This course provides students with undergraduate: This information literacy the theoretical and practical foundation for course is designed to help education majors, teaching Social Studies in Middle Childhood and others, discover how best to learn and teach settings. Through readings, discussions, information, media, and technological literacy projects, and presentations, students explore skills through the process of research and the conceptual framework that undergirds the inquiry. (U)(3). Spring. Social Studies. On-site practical experiences ED385, Information Literacy Practicum: provide a laboratory in which to integrate This supervised practicum, in either an curriculum and reflect on teaching experiences. Academic Library setting or in a K-12 media ED308S, ED317S, ED414S, ED418S are setting with a certified and licensed school taken as a block fulfilling the Indianapolis library media specialist, will provide students Community Requirement. Prerequisite: pursuing the Information Literacy minor the Completion of COE CORE I and COE opportunity to implement ideas and strategies CORE II. (U)(2). Fall and spring. presented in the Butler-based Information ED327, Curriculum and Instructional Literacy coursework. (U)(2). Occasionally. Strategies for the Middle Grades: This course ED386, Information Literacy Culminating involves the study of a variety of curriculum Project: In this course, students pursuing designs and instructional strategies utilized at the Information Literacy minor will define the middle grade level. Emphasis is placed on and complete an approved project that brings strategies and innovative middle level programs together previous coursework from the minor. and practices. Extensive field experience (U)(3). Occasionally. is required and portions of the course are conducted off campus. Prerequisite: ED227, ED398, Multilingual Learners and Their ED228 and completion of COE CORE I Cultural Contexts: This course focuses on the and COE CORE II. (U)(3). Fall, spring, and cultural practices and norms that affect the summer. language development and academic success of multilingual learners who are learning English as a new language. The conditions that inhibit 172 Butler University and support learning English and content will ED414S, Teaching Mathematics: Middle be analyzed. Prerequisites: ED241, 242, 244. Childhood: This course examines how middle (U)(3). Fall, spring, and summer. grade children learn mathematics while exploring instructional strategies, supportive ED401, Workshop in Education: Short-term learning environments, and materials that concentrated study of a specific topic related promote meaningful learning. Emphasis on to the field of education. (U/G)(1). Fall and effective teaching and learning will include spring. child development, lesson development, ED402, Workshop in Education: Short-term planning, guidance, assessment, evaluation, concentrated study of a specific topic related and professionalism. ED308S, ED317S, to the field of education. (U/G)(2). Fall and ED414S, ED418S are taken as a block fulfilling spring. the Indianapolis Community Requirement. Prerequisite: Completion of COE CORE I and ED403, Workshop in Education: Short-term COE CORE II. (U)(3). Fall and spring. concentrated study of a specific topic related to the field of education. (U/G)(3). Fall and ED415, Methods for Teaching Language spring. Arts K-8: Students will learn methods for ED404, Differentiation: Culturally teaching and assessing all aspects of the Responsive Teaching in Early Childhood: language arts: reading, writing, speaking, This course will provide an opportunity listening, and viewing. Students will examine for students to explore personal beliefs and ways of organizing classroom instruction assumptions about teaching and learning for the integrated study of the language arts through constructivist learning experiences. across developmental levels. (Summer I, even- Readings, discussions, and activities will focus numbered years) (U/G)(3). Summer. on individual differences, diversity, equity, ED416, Curriculum: Early Childhood: inclusion, and fairness to support students in This course will acquaint the learner with the understanding the challenge and complexity theory of constructivism and its application of effectively teaching all learners. (U/G)(3). to designing curriculum for young children. Occasionally. How children, parents, and teachers ED407, Survey of Children’s Literature: construct meaning and knowledge and how Exploration of the field of literature for children this information should be used to develop and adolescents and uses of recent research in meaningful learning experiences for children the area. Methods of selection and utilization will be examined. Prerequisite: Completion of are emphasized. (U/G)(3). Occasionally. COE CORE I and COE CORE II. (U)(3). Fall and spring. ED408, Foundations of Effective Reading Instruction: This course focuses on teaching ED417, Methods of Teaching in Early of reading in elementary and secondary Childhood Education: This course combines settings. The course consists of three hours a content area teaching methods lab with of instruction and a zero-credit, one-hour lab a practicum in early childhood education. each week. Students will be required to tutor The class requires extensive field experiences a child in reading under the supervision of the with some coursework taught off-campus instructor as part of the lab. (U/G)(3). Fall and in an early childhood setting, where Butler spring. students will experience early childhood content specific methods modeled by veteran ED412, Reggio-inspired Teaching and preschool teachers. Prerequisite: permission of Documentation of Learning: This course the program faculty and director of personnel explores the philosophy and guiding principles services, and satisfactory completion of ED243, of the internationally renowned Italian schools ED307, ED404, and ED412. (U/G)(3). of Reggio Emillia, including concepts of the Occasionally. “image of the child,” the “environment as the third teaching,” the assessment practice of ED 418S, Teaching Science: Middle “documentation,” and the arts as a language Childhood: This course focuses on inquiry- through which children express meanings and based experiences designed to offer the demonstrate learning. (U/G)(3). Occasionally. elementary pre-service teacher the opportunity College of Education 173 to examine personal, cultural, and scientific are beyond the scope of typical coursework. concepts that provide the foundations for Prerequisite: Completion of COE CORE I, science literacy and the teaching of science in COE CORE II, and COE CORE III. (U)(1). multicultural classrooms. ED308S, ED317S, Fall and spring. ED414S, ED418S are taken as a block fulfilling ED431, Current Issues Early and Middle the Indianapolis Community Requirement. Childhood Ed 2: This course supplements Prerequisite: Completion of COE CORE I and the student teaching seminar and engages COE CORE II. (U)(2). Fall and spring. the student teacher in issues of relevance that ED420, Adolescent Literature and Strategies are beyond the scope of typical coursework. for Teaching: This hybrid course familiarizes Prerequisite: Completion of COE CORE I, students with a wide variety of fiction and COE CORE II, and COE CORE III. (U)(1). non-fiction aimed at young adolescent Fall and spring. through young adult audiences and includes ED433, Content Specific Secondary multicultural and ethical considerations. At Methods: This course combines a content the same time, good teaching and planning area teaching methods lab with a practicum strategies will be modeled and practiced. in secondary education. The class requires Portions of this course are conducted in an extensive field experiences and portions of the on-line setting. Prerequisite: Completion of course will be taught in a high school setting COE CORE I, ED227, ED228, and ED327 or where Butler students will experience secondary Co-Enrollment. (U/G)(3). Fall. content specific methods modeled by veteran ED423, Student Teaching Jr/Middle High: classroom teachers. Prerequisite: ED327 and Taken in conjunction with ED425, practical completion of COE CORE I and COE CORE experience in approved schools under the II. (U)(4). Fall and spring. guidance of supervising teachers and university ED434, Middle Secondary Student Teaching professors. Prerequisite: Permission of the Seminar: Examination and application of the director of student personnel services and content and methodology of middle level and completion of COE CORE I, COE CORE II, secondary pedagogy. Prerequisite: COE CORE and COE CORE III. (P/F) (U)(5). Fall and I, COE CORE II, and COE CORE III(U)(2). spring. Fall and spring. ED425, Secondary Student Teaching 1: ED440, Student Teaching: Early/ Middle Taken only in conjunction with ED423 or Childhood Student Teaching 1: Practical 426. Practical experience in approved schools experiences in approved early childhood under guidance of supervising teachers and settings under the guidance of a regular early university professors. Prerequisite: Permission childhood classroom teacher, the University of the director of student personnel services and staff; includes observations, planning, classroom completion of COE CORE I, COE CORE II, management, actual teaching, and directing and COE CORE III. (P/F) (U)(5). Fall and student learning. Prerequisite: Permission of spring. the director of student personnel services or ED426, Secondary Student Teaching 2: completion of COE CORE I, COE CORE II, Taken in conjunction with ED425. Practical and COE CORE III. (P/F) (U)(6). Fall and experience in approved schools under spring. guidance of supervising teachers and university ED441, Integrated Lab: Early Childhood: professors. Prerequisite: Permission of the Examination and application of the content director of student personnel services and and methodology of Early Childhood completion of COE CORE I, COE CORE II, pedagogy. Prerequisite: Completion of COE and COE CORE III. (P/F) (U)(5). Fall and CORE I, COE CORE II, and COE CORE spring. III. (U)(5). Fall and spring. ED430, Current Issues Early and Middle ED442, Student Teaching: Early/ Middle Childhood Ed 1: This course supplements Childhood Student Teaching 2: Practical the student teaching seminar and engages experiences in approved middle childhood the student teacher in issues of relevance that
174 Butler University settings under the guidance of a regular middle ED454, Assistive Technology: Students learn childhood classroom teacher, the University about the technology that is appropriate to staff; includes observations, planning, classroom support the learning of students with special management, actual teaching, and directing needs. A wide range of special needs are student learning. Prerequisite: Permission of considered, including issues related to vision, the director of student personnel services or hearing, mobility, cognition, and learning. completion of COE CORE I, COE CORE II, Students have an opportunity to put the issues and COE CORE III. (P/F) (U)(6). Fall and discussed in the class into action. (U/G)(3). spring. Occasionally. ED443, Integrated Lab: Middle Childhood: ED465, Second Language Acquisition and Examination and application of the content Assessment: This course will explore the socio- and methodology of Middle Childhood psycholinguistic factors that influence how pedagogy. Prerequisite: Completion of COE multilingual learners acquire English as a new CORE I, COE CORE II, and COE CORE language in terms of reading, writing, speaking, III. (U)(5). Fall and spring. and listening. Students will learn how to assess second language acquisition and literacy ED444, MC/EA Student Teaching Seminar: development. Prerequisites include ED408, Students will take this course with their student ED490, and ED 498. (U/G)(3). Fall. teaching semester, if they are pursuing MC/EA licensure. They will engage in reflection, collect ED467, Standards-Based Professional evidence on the effectiveness of their teaching Practices for Multilingual Learners: Through based upon standards for beginning teachers, a professional learning community seminar and build their skills as a teacher. (U)(2). Fall model, students will engage in critical self- and spring. reflection on their professional practices with multilingual learners. Using state ENL licensing ED445, Intro to Computers in Education: standards, students will document how they The emphasis of this class is on the support multilingual learners. Prerequisites development of skill with using computer include ED 408, ED490, ED497, ED498, and hardware and software, with a secondary goal of ED465. (U/G)(3). Spring. developing knowledge and ability to integrate computers into a classroom. Graduate students ED479, Communication and Collaboration will be required to write a research paper on the with Stakeholders in Special Education: computer applications for the classroom. (G) This course examines how to develop effective (3). Occasionally. communication models with education professionals, community leaders, and families. ED448, Instructional Tech Practicum: The Instructor guided fieldwork with professionals emphasis of this course will be on practice of is required. (U/G)(3). Occasionally. skills gained in other instructional technology classes. Students will work in schools ED480, Foundations of Teaching Children implementing technology, working with with Differences: This course addresses the teachers and students, and performing various various psychological principles as applied technology related duties. (U)(3). Occasionally. to understanding and teaching children with differences. Topics include theories of ED449, Exploration Internship: This course development and their application at various offers students, who aren’t pursuing licensure, age levels. Developmental appropriate practice, an opportunity to explore the non-teaching as well as a basic introduction to social, field of education through an intensive emotional, and cognitive development of internship experience. This course doesn’t lead students (P-12) is included. (G)(2). Spring. to licensure, but helps students discover or reinforce an appropriate career path. Specific ED490, Assessment of Students with Special site(s), mentor(s), and goals are defined with a Needs: This course examines formal and COE faculty member and must have program informal assessment and their application to approval. (U/G)(6). writing Individual Education Plans (IEPs), curriculum modifications, and adaptations
College of Education 175 (academic and social), behavioral management COE CORE II, and COE CORE III. (U/G) plans, and reports to families. Assessment bias (3). Fall and spring. and its implications will be studied. Fifteen ED496, Professional Practicum: Mild clock hours of instructor-guided fieldwork are Intervention Early Adolescent: Guided required. (U/G)(3). Fall and spring. professional experiences in early adolescent ED491, Behavior Management for Inclusive (ages 7-15) working with mild intervention Classrooms: This course examines positive, students. Student teachers demonstrate best effective classrooms, student motivation, practice in teaching and managing a classroom and practical methods for various behavioral in an inclusive school setting. The experience problems common in inclusion classrooms. includes observations, teaching, and other Emphasis is in designing, implementing, and professional activities which demonstrate evaluating positive management in general competency of the INTASC/CEC teaching education classrooms, including functional standards for mild intervention. Prerequisite: behavioral analyses and plans. Fifteen clock Completion of COE CORE I, COE CORE hours of instructor-guided fieldwork are II, and COE CORE III. (U/G)(3). Fall and required. (U/G)(3). Fall and spring. spring. ED492, Special Education Law: This online ED497, Inclusive Education for Multilingual course will cover information on P.L. 94-142- Learners: This course focuses on the cultural IDFA/IDEA-97; Section 504; Article 7 and its practices and norms that affect the language implication for teachers. The online activities development and academic success of will include reviewing articles, power point multilingual learners who are learning English presentations, hand-outs and case studies, as a new language. The conditions that inhibit and participating in discussion via e-mail. and support learning both English and content Prerequisite: Completion of COE CORE I. will be analyzed. (G)(3). Fall and spring. (U/G)(1). Fall, spring, and summer. ED498, Methods for Teaching Multilingual ED493, Professional Practicum:Mild Learners: This course will assist in intervention Early Childhood: Guided understanding effective content-based teaching professional experiences in a primary grade in a pluralistic, multilingual society. An (K-3) working with mild intervention students. understanding of socio-linguists and second Student teachers demonstrate best practice language acquisition will frame an analysis of in teaching and managing a classroom in curriculum, materials, instructional strategies, an inclusive school setting. The experience assessments, and classroom management. includes observations, teaching, and other Students are required to complete a field professional activities which demonstrate experience in a setting with culturally and competency of the INTASC/CEC teaching linguistically diverse students. (Fall and spring). standards for mild intervention. Concurrent (U/G)(3). Fall, spring, and summer. with ED 440. Prerequisite: Completion of ED499, Honors Thesis: Fall and spring. COE CORE I, COE CORE II, and COE CORE III. (U/G)(3). Fall and spring. SW 219-COE, World Geography through Media and Maps: Geography is the study of ED494, Prof Practicum: Mild Intervention the Earth and its relationship to humans and Middle Childhood: Guided professional human activities. This course will examine experiences in a primary grade (4-6) working both the physical and cultural aspects of the with mild intervention students. Student Earth and its inhabitants. This includes topics teachers demonstrate best practice in teaching such as major urban concentrations, descriptive and managing a classroom in an inclusive physical characteristics of continents and school setting. The experience includes countries, political subdivisions, and general observations, teaching, and other professional man-land relationships that reflect cultural activities which demonstrate competency of preferences. Class experiences will include map the INTASC/CEC teaching standards for study activities to enhance investigating the mild intervention. Concurrent with ED 442. Earth, its systems, and the human/environment Prerequisite: Completion of COE CORE I, interaction. (U)(3). Occasionally.
See other courses listed in graduate section. 176 Butler University Human Movement and Health sport participants, athletic training, physical therapy, occupational therapy; Science Education (formerly Community Health—advocacy and Physical Education/Health education for families, individuals, schools, and corporations; Nutrition—advocacy Education) and education for private and public The mission of the Human Movement entities; Health Promotion—advocacy and Health Science (HMHS) Education and education for private and public program is to prepare educational leaders who entities. promote quality programs for physical and 3. Post-Graduate Studies: Candidates health education, physical activity, fitness, who successfully complete the HMHS and sport in a variety of settings. The HMHS Education Program can pursue graduate Education Program is nationally recognized studies including but not limited to by two Specialized Program Associations: the Education, Education Administration, National Association for Sport and Physical Physical Therapy, Exercise Physiology, Education (NASPE), and the America Kinesiology, Exercise Science, Athletic Association for Health Education (AAHE). The Training, Sports Leadership, and School HMHS Education Program functions as 1) Counseling. The HMHS Education an academic content-specific teacher licensure program of study prepares all candidates to program in Physical Education (P-12) and sit for credible professional certifications Health Education (P-12), 2) a pre-professional such as: the Certified Health Education preparation program for allied careers in Specialist (CHES), the American College non-school settings, and 3) a post-graduate of Sports Medicine (ACSM), Certified school preparation program for various allied Personal Trainer (cPT), Health/Fitness disciplines. Instructor (ACSM-HFT), National 1. Teacher Licensure: Candidates who Strength and Condi-tioning Association successfully complete all Butler University, (NSCA), Certified Personal Trainer College of Education and program (NSCA-CPT), and/or Certified Strength graduation and certification requirements and Conditioning Specialist (CSCS) become eligible for Indiana state licensure exams. in two content areas: Physical Education and Health Education. The consensus Courses goal for physical and health education PE127, Intro to Health, Physical Education, revolves around developing the knowledge, Recreation, and Dance: An orientation course skills, and confidence for P-12 learners to for physical education majors and minors; develop health-enhancing, physically active considers history, philosophy, professional lifestyles for a lifetime. The progressive organizations, and job opportunities in areas model begins with school curricula of physical education, dance, recreation, and augmented by before- and after-school, health and safety. (U)(2). Fall and spring. community, and family-centered initiatives. 2. Allied Professions: Graduates from the PE128, Introduction to Health Education: HMHS Education program can pursue This introductory course discusses basic careers including but not limited to the philosophy and practice in health education. following: Coaching—sports for all ages, Emphases are on literature and organizations abilities and levels; Fitness—personal that support health educators. Topics include training, corporate wellness, group fitness safety education, community education, and instruction; Athlete Development and coordinated school health. (U)(2). Fall and Sports Performance—strength and spring. conditioning for secondary, collegiate, PE202, Skills Series: Basketball/Soccer: and professional level teams, sport-specific Course emphasizes content knowledge and industry, i.e. golf, distance running, and development of competent or proficient team sports; Rehabilitation—adjunct motor skill performance using basic sport- to athlete development and sports related skills that are foundational to effective performance for recreational and organized teaching and coaching. Related emphasis
College of Education 177 includes sport history, culture, conventions and PE207, Skills Series: Weight Training/ traditions, rules, language, tactics and strategies, Fitness-Track and Field/Cross Country: competition, and fair play. Prerequisite: Course emphasizes content knowledge and permission by the instructor for non-education development of competent or proficient majors. (U)(1). Fall. motor skill performance using basic sport- related skills that are foundational to effective PE203, Skills Series: Pickleball/Golf: teaching and coaching. Related emphasis Course emphasizes content knowledge and includes sport history, culture, conventions and development of competent or proficient traditions, rules, language, tactics and strategies, motor skill performance using basic sport- competition ,and fair play. Prerequisite: related skills that are foundational to effective permission by the instructor for non-education teaching and coaching. Related emphasis majors. (U)(1). Fall. includes sport history, culture, conventions and traditions, rules, language, tactics and strategies, PE218, Water Safety Instructor: Preparation competition, and fair play. Prerequisite: for teaching swimming and other water permission by the instructor for non-education activities. Meets requirements for Red Cross majors. (U)(1). Spring. WSI certificate. (U)(2). Fall and spring. PE204, Skills Series: Tennis/Badminton: PE224, Coordinated School Health: Course emphasizes content knowledge and This course features personal, school, and development of competent or proficient community health problems and needs, motor skill performance using basic sport- especially how they affect and concern children. related skills that are foundational to effective The focus is on the coordinated school teaching and coaching. Related emphasis health program (CSHP) model components, includes sport history, culture, conventions and including the relationship to health education traditions, rules, language, tactics and strategies, policy and funding. Prerequisite: PE 128. (U) competition and fair play. Prerequisite: (2). Spring. permission by the instructor for non-education PE235, Educational Gymnastics: This course majors. (U)(1). Spring. provides instruction in educational gymnastics PE205, Skills Series: Ultimate Frisbee/ emphasizing developmentally appropriate Team Handball: Course emphasizes content practice. The design is to establish content knowledge and development of competent knowledge, skills, and dispositions necessary for or proficient motor skill performance using teaching kindergarten through middle school basic sport-related skills that are foundational students with and without disabilities in the to effective teaching and coaching. Related physical education and/or physical activity emphasis includes sport history, culture, setting. (U)(2). Fall. conventions and traditions, rules, language, PE237, Educational Dance and Games: This tactics and strategies, competition, and fair course provides instruction in educational play. Prerequisite: permission by the instructor dance and games, emphasizing developmentally for non-education majors. (U)(1). Spring. appropriate practice. The purpose is to establish PE206, Skills Series: Baseball/Softball/ content knowledge, skills, and dispositions for Volleyball: Course emphasizes content movement as self-expression, and in games/ knowledge and development of competent activities necessary for teaching kindergarten- or proficient motor skill performance using middle school students with and without basic sport-related skills that are foundational disabilities in the physical education +/ or to effective teaching and coaching. Related physical activity settings. (U)(3). Spring. emphasis includes sport history, culture, PE240, Foundations of Fitness and Health: conventions and traditions, rules, language, This course includes the application of current tactics and strategies, competition, and fair fitness concepts, principles, and appropriate play. Prerequisite: permission by the instructor practices. Emphasis will be to achieve and for non-education majors. (U)(1). Spring. maintain personal fitness, fitness assessment, professional certifications, and education for all
178 Butler University ages, ability levels, and settings. Application of PE323, Kinesiology: A focus on mechanics of current equipment, technology, and research basic human movement with an emphasis in to promote health enhancing lifetime physical musculoskeletal and anatomical components. activity is required. (U)(2). Prerequisite: Analysis of specific joint movements and Physical Education major or permission of muscular actions will be performed as they instructor. Spring. relate to physical education and sports. Prerequisite: PE324 and completion of COE PE253, Motor Learning: This course and PE CORE I and COE CORE II. (U/G) examines the cognitive and neuromuscular (3). Fall. processes underlying motor skill acquisition, performance, or reacquisition of motor skills. PE324, Physiology of Exercise: A review of Human development is studied from infancy selected physiological systems with focus on across a lifespan in relationship to motor the response to acute bouts of exercise and learning and motor control. Emphasis is how these systems adapt to long term exposure application of concepts and theory to teaching to exercise training. Prerequisite: BI257 or motor skills. (U)(2). Fall. equivalent. (U)(3). Spring. PE261, Theory and Practice of Coaching: PE325, The Adapted Program in Physical Course provides in depth study of knowledge Education: (U)(3). Fall and spring. and skills necessary for effective coaching PE330, Introductory Methods for Physical on any level and in any setting. Topics and Health Education: This course provides include ethics and philosophy, teaching and instruction for developing teacher effectiveness communication, growth and development, in the physical and health education and physical conditioning, sport skills and tactics, related physical activity settings. Application safety and injury prevention, organization, and of instructional principles in small peer groups administration. (U)(2). Spring. using open and closed skills, task presentations, environmental conditions, content PE297, Orientation to Internships in development, and feedback. Prerequisite: Physical Education and Health Education: completion of CORE I and CORE II. (U)(3). This course provides an orientation to Fall. professional skills, knowledge, and dispositions necessary for careers in various non-school PE330, Introductory Methods for Physical settings related to physical education, health and Health Education: This course provides education, fitness, physical activity, and sport. instruction for developing teacher effectiveness Prerequisite: permission from instructor for in physical and health education and related non-Education majors. (U)(2). Fall. physical activity settings. Application of instructional principles in small peer groups PE321, Measurement in Physical Education: using open and closed skills, task presentations, The theory and practice of measurement in environmental conditions, content physical education; selection and applications development, and feedback. Prerequisite: of standardized and teacher-made testing; completion of CORE I and CORE II. (U)(3). testing as related to grading. Prerequisite: Fall. Completion of COE CORE I and COE CORE II. (U/G)(3). Fall. PE331, Physical and Health Education Methods for Early and Middle Childhood: PE322, Concepts in Health Education: Basic This course provides preparation with health concepts identified by the Center for content and pedagogical knowledge, skills, Disease Control including Alcohol, Tobacco and dispositions appropriate for teaching and Other Drugs, Nutrition, Mental Health, P-5 learners with and without disabilities in and Sexual Health with an emphasis on physical education, physical activity, and health program planning for health education in education settings. Emphases are classroom schools. Prerequisite: Completion of COE management, content development, and lesson CORES I and II, PE224. (U/G)(3). Fall. planning through seminar and field practicum. Prerequisite: PE330 (U)(5). Spring.
College of Education 179 PE335, Physical and Health Education PE445, Internships in Physical Education: Methods for Middle Secondary: This This course is a fulltime, field-based internship course provides preparation with content and at approved agencies under the guidance of pedagogical knowledge, skills, and dispositions site-based supervisors and university professors. appropriate for teaching 5-12 learners with Prerequisite: permission of the program faculty and without disabilities in physical education, and director of student personnel services physical activity, and health education and completion of COE and PE Core I-III. settings. Emphases are curriculum and Concurrent enrollment PE446 (U/G)(9) Fall, content development for short and long term spring, and summer. planning through seminar and field practicum. PE446, Seminar for Physical Education Prerequisite: PE331. (U)(5). Fall. Internship: This course is a professional PE352, Exercise Prescription: Course focuses seminar which meets during Internship on developing physical activity programs for in Physical Education (PE445). Focus is achieving physical fitness including screening on professional standards, relationships, instruments, risk appraisals, contraindication responsibilities, professional and career for exercise, and program planning assessments. development, and reflection. Prerequisite: Emphases include exercise workloads, lifestyle Completion of COE and PE CCORE I-III. assessment, and intervention with appropriate Concurrent enrollment PE445 (U/G)(3). Fall, health education for diverse populations. spring, and summer. Prerequisite: PE 323 and completion of COE PWB101, Ballroom Dance Sport: This and PE CORE I - CORE II. (U)(3). Spring. course is designed to give students a basic PE369, Supervised Field Experience for introduction to the International and American Coaches: Students act as an assistant with a Style of Ballroom, Latin, and Social dancing. coach in a local high school. Prerequisites: The primary focus is to teach and reinforce Two of the following: PE261, PE262, PE263, the life-long health and wellness benefits PE264, PE265, or PE 266 and permission of of partnership dancing, including physical the instructor and completion of COE CORE activity and fitness, stress reduction, intra and I and COE CORE II. (U)(3). Fall, spring, and interpersonal relationships, and self-efficacy. No summer. dance experience required. Open to students who have not completed a PWB course. (U)(1). PE407, Individualized Study of Growth: Fall and spring. For students who have a special topic that they want to study under faculty guidance. PWB102, Israeli Dancing: This course Prerequisite: Junior or senior standing and reflects cultural diversity and dance infusion of permission of the program coordinator. (U/G) Israel. Dance as a lifetime movement activity (1). Occasionally. is the primary emphasis with additional focus on a variety of dance performance, dance PE408, Individualized Study of Growth: as a socially constructed pastime, lyrical For students who have a special topic that interpretation, dance history, Biblical and they want to study under faculty guidance. liturgical connections, and Hebrew and Arabic Prerequisite: Junior or senior standing and languages. No previous dance experience permission of the program coordinator. (U/G) necessary. Open to students who have not (2). Occasionally. completed a PWB course. (U)(1). Fall and PE438, Sport Conditioning and Resistance spring. Training: This course will present systematic PWB103-DA, Beginning Ballet II (Non- physical training for general fitness and majors: Basic ballet technique in the recognized sports conditioning appropriate for a range classic form.) (For students who have had of experience and ability: beginners, elite no previous training. Not applicable to the performers, and some special populations. dance major; open to all other students). Two Emphasis is on a variety of training techniques meetings per week. Open to students who have and theory. Prerequisites: Core I, II, III. (U/G) not completed a PWB course. (U)(1). Fall. (3). Fall.
180 Butler University PWB104-DA, Beginning Jazz: Basic for both singles and doubles. Skill proficiency, jazz styles and forms for non-majors. No a focus on fitness, and tactical and strategic prerequisite. Two meetings per week. Open decision making during match play conditions to students who have not completed a PWB are intended to enhance sport enjoyment, course. (U)(1). Fall. personal challenge, and a more sophisticated appreciation of tennis that will promote good PWB 105-DA, Intermediate/Advanced Jazz: health and increased quality of life. During fall Intermediate/Advanced jazz styles and forms and spring terms, open to students who have for non-majors. Two meetings per week. Open not completed a PWB course. (U)(1). Fall, to students who have not completed a PWB spring, and summer. course. (U)(1). Spring. PWB123-PE, Learning Golf Through PWB106-DA, Modern Dance (non- Games: This course will provide players on all majors): Dance technique as a combination ability levels to advance golf as one movement of movement improvisation and modern form that contributes uniquely to the lifelong technique emphasizing qualities of movement habits of good health, physical activity benefits, in space and time. (Not applicable to dance and overall quality of life. Students will become majors; open to all other students). Two golf literate, competent, and confident through meetings per week. Open to students who have creative skill progressions and a modified games not completed a PWB course. (U)(1). Fall and approach to learning. Open to students who spring. have not completed a PWB course. (U)(1). PWB110, Hiking and Backpacking: In this Spring. semester-long course, we will consider hiking/ PWB124-PE, Basketball: Open to students backpacking as a recreational sport in both who have not completed a PWB course. (U)(1). its historical and cultural context. Students Fall and spring. will have the opportunity to go on hikes and develop/plan their own backpacking trip to PWB125-PE, T’ai Chi: T’ai Chi is a fulfill the Physical Well Being requirement. traditional Chinese system of stress relief and This course is designed to teach the value of exercise rooted in the martial arts. Recognizing both urban nature and wilderness experiences and relieving stress in conjunction with and the knowledge and skill necessary for increasing strength, balance, and coordination enjoyable and safe basic hiking and wilderness contribute to body and mind development. trips. During Fall and Spring terms, open This balanced approach to wellness promotes to students who have not completed a PWB good health, encourages lifespan physical course. (U)(1). Occasionally. activity, and an overall quality of life. Open to students who have not completed a PWB PWB121-PE, Beginning Tennis: This course. (U)(1). Fall and spring. course is designed for the novice or advanced beginner tennis player to develop competent PWB126-PE, Buda Khi: Buda Khi is a unique or proficient tennis skills, and to develop combination of aerobic, muscular strength, confidence in the game of tennis that can be and flexibility training that combines martial enjoyed across a lifespan. The students will also arts with overall physical conditioning. The learn to apply rules, regulations, and courtesies purpose of this course is for students to develop of tennis governed by the United States Tennis physical, mental, and emotional productivity Association (USTA) and the International that will enhance confidence and motivation Tennis Federation (ITF). No tennis experience that contributes towards health, wellness, and necessary. During fall and spring terms, open individual goal achievement. Open to students to students who have not completed a PWB who have not completed a PWB course. (U)(1). course. (U)(1). Fall, spring, and summer. Fall and spring. PWB122-PE, Advanced Tennis: This course PWB127-PE, Weighing in on Optimal is designed to advance player development for Health: Many college students battle body the intermediate and advanced tennis player weight and body image issues. Optimal both physically and mentally. Primary focus health requires more than exercise and proper will be on advanced tennis strategies and tactics nutrition. This course takes a holistic, quality
College of Education 181 of life approach to promote a physically active fitness, application of fitness principles, proper lifestyle as a healthy and sustaining approach nutrition, safety, interpersonal relationships, to weight management across a lifespan. Open and community awareness that contribute to students who have not completed a PWB to the centrality of health, wellness, and the course. (U)(1). Fall and spring. pursuit of a good life. Open to students who have not completed a PWB course. (U)(1). Fall. PWB128-PE, Enhancing your Physical Activity: Open to students who have not PWB145-PE, Fitness Bootcamp: This fitness completed a PWB course. (U)(1). Occasionally. bootcamp is designed to improve personal wellness through physical fitness, nutrition, PWB129-PE, Strength and Conditioning: and health maintenance. The physical activity Open to students who have not completed a portion of this course will be a mixture of PWB course. (U)(1). Fall, spring, and summer. outdoor and indoor group activities that PWB130, All about the Bike: Our reading, combine body weight and callisthenic exercises discussion, and writing in this class will explore with strength and interval training. All the ways in which cycling can contribute to fitness levels are welcome. During Fall and leading a healthy life. By participating in the Spring terms, open to students who have not group rides offered through the course, and by completed a PWB course. (U)(1). Occasionally. developing their own cycling plan, students PWB 150-PE, ACE Personal Trainer: This will cultivate healthy habits of exercise. Open course prepares students to take the national to students who have not completed a PWB American Council on Exercise (ACE) Personal course. (U)(1). Spring. Trainer Certification Exam by means of content PWB135-PE, Spinning: Spinning is an intense (lecture), application (lab), and practical form of indoor cycling. This course will utilize opportunities (hands-on). Students are prepared twice-weekly spinning sessions to improve and to sit for the ACE Certified Personal Trainer maintain physical fitness. You will sweat and (cPT) certification. Open to students who have have fun in this class! We will also explore other not completed a PWB course. (U)(1). Spring. health related topics such as nutrition, sleep, PWB160, Women’s Self Defense: Open to stress management, healthy relationships, sex, students who have not completed a PWB and alcohol. Open to students who have not course. (U)(1). Fall and spring. completed a PWB course. (U)(1). Annually, term varies. PWB161, Sport Fishing: This course is designed to increase student awareness of PWB140, Marching Band: Marching Band. the potential for lifelong health and wellness Butler University’s Marching Band understands through Sport Fishing. Students will develop and appreciates its dual role in providing related skills and knowledge that make a quality, spirited performances on behalf of the unique contribution to an overall quality of University and the development of its members’ life through recreation. Instruction will be musicianship, movement skills, and personal appropriate for the beginning and experienced wellness. The objective of this course is to angler. Areas of study will include fish develop and instill in its members a life-long identification and habitat, casting techniques, love of music making and the development of equipment selection, and safety while good habits of personal wellness and physical accessing the fishable waters in the Butler and activity. Open to students who have not Indianapolis communities. Open to students completed a PWB course. (U)(1). Fall. who have not completed a PWB course. (U) PWB141, Cheerleading: This course is (1). Fall. designed to advance the overall well-being for PWB 162S, Wagging, Walking, and Wellness: members of the Butler cheerleading squad. This course is designed to foster life-long habits Cheerleading is a sport-related activity that of good health and multidimensional wellness requires proficient gymnastics, tumbling, and by integrating physical activity, civic awareness, rhythmic skills for individuals and groups. and community service. Emphasis will be on Emphases will be on skillful performance, personal and social responsibility for optimal sufficient levels of health-related physical quality of life. Students will partner with the
182 Butler University Humane Society of Indianapolis to provide programs for graduate students make graduate physical activity and play for the animals, education at Butler very affordable (see Wiles learning through service to the community, and Krueger scholarship programs described in improved fitness, and awareness that health and this Bulletin). wellness are central to living a good life. During Additional information about these Fall and Spring terms, open to students who programs may be obtained from the College have not completed a PWB course. (U)(1). Fall of Education graduate studies office in Jordan and spring. Hall, Room 246, (317) 940-9501. You also may wish to consult the college website at PWB163, Introduction to Study of Yoga: www.butler.edu/coe/graduate/programs. Introduction to Physical Well Being through the Study of Yoga. An introductory course Experiential Program for Preparing in the physical techniques and philosophy of School Principals (EPPSP) yoga to achieve a healthier and more balanced The Experiential Program for Preparing life through the ancient practices. No pre- School Principals (EPPSP) is a leading requisite; yoga mat required. During Fall and principal preparation program with graduates Spring terms, open to students who have not throughout Indiana and the United States. completed a PWB course. (U)(1). Occasionally. EPPSP is a two-year, 36-credit-hour program PWB 164-DA, Continued Study of Yoga: resulting in a master of science degree. Continuing Physical Well Being through A cohort of approximately 25 students begins the Study of Yoga. A course designed for in January of each year. Requirements for students with prior experience in the physical admission to EPPSP may be found at techniques and philosophy of yoga to achieve www.butler.edu/educational-administration. a healthier and more balanced life through EPPSP at Butler: the ancient practices. Pre-requisite, two years • Combines theory and practice in an prior experience; yoga mat required. (U)(1). innovative and experience-based approach. Occasionally. • Utilizes the concept of adult learning as an PWB166, Intercollegiate Athletics: This essential foundation. course is designed to advance sport-specific • Encompasses the Interstate School Leaders knowledge, optimal skill levels, health and Licensure Consortium Standards, as well as motor performance fitness, and personal effective schools research wellness toward sustaining a health-enhancing • Fosters collaboration and collegiality in a and physically active lifestyle. During Fall and relationship-based, cohort setting. Spring terms, open to students who have not • Provides an opportunity for students to completed a PWB course. (U)(1). experience authentic and relevant learning NOTE: Enrollment is reserved for students and mastery of administrative skills currently participating on an NCAA Division through internships and group projects. I Butler intercollegiate sports team. Fall and • Challenges students to demonstrate spring. leadership skills in their school setting and community. PWB167, Independent Study: During EPPSP Student Learning Outcomes (SLO) Fall and Spring terms, open to students who 1. The student has the knowledge and ability have not completed a PWB course. (U)(1). to promote the success of all students by Occasionally. facilitating the development, articulation, implementation and stewardship of a College of Education school vision of learning supported by the Graduate Programs school community. Graduate coursework and degree programs 2. The student has the knowledge and ability are offered in the College of Education for to promote the success of all students teachers, counselors, administrators, and by collaborating with families and other others who seek advanced degrees, professional community members, responding to credentials, or personal enrichment. diverse community interests and needs, and Graduate tuition rates are competitive with mobilizing community resources. public institutions, and several scholarship College of Education 183 3. The student has the knowledge and ability success for all students, school improvement, to promote the success of all students professional development, and teacher by promoting a positive school culture, evaluation. Only open to EPPSP students. (G) providing an effective instructional (6). Fall. program, applying best practice to student ED559, The School Principalship—Phase learning, and designing comprehensive III: Phase III of the Experiential Program for professional growth plans for staff. Preparing School Principals (EPPSP) places 4. The student has the knowledge and ability an emphasis on school law, negotiations and to promote the success of all students collective bargaining, due process, rules and by understanding, responding to, and regulations, ethics, student diversity, cultural influencing the larger political, social, competency, and meeting the needs of special economic, legal, and cultural context, and populations. Only open to EPPSP students. by acting in a fair and ethical manner. (G)(6). Spring. 5. The student has the knowledge and ability to promote the success of all students by ED561, School Principalship—Phase IV: managing the organization, operations, Phase IV of the Experiential Program for and resources in a way that promotes Preparing School Principals (EPPSP) places a safe, efficient and effective learning emphasis on organizational management. environment. Focus is given to policy and administrative guidelines, school safety, facilities, budget, EPPSP Student Learning Outcomes data management technologies, models Aligned with Courses of organizational change, effective change SLO SLO SLO SLO SLO strategies, team development, and conflict #1 #2 #3 #4 # 5 management. Only open to EPPSP students. ED557 I I I (G)(6). Fall. ED558 R R R ED562, School Principalship—Transition I: Transition I of the Experiential Program ED559 R I I for Preparing School Principals (EPPSP) ED561 R R R R R places emphasis on internship and proficiency development; research; school reform; current ED562 R R R R R issues in education; and understanding, ED563 R R R R R responding to, and influencing the political, social, cultural, economic, and legal context. Courses Only open to EPPSP students. (G)(6). For course descriptions not given, see previous Summer. education course listings. ED563, School Principalship—Transition ED557, School Principalship—Phase II: Transition II of the Experiential Program I: Phase I of the Experiential Program for for Preparing School Principals (EPPSP) Preparing School Principals (EPPSP) places places an emphasis on research, internship emphasis on a vision of learning, collaboration and proficiency development, and experiential with families and community, school and activities designed to prepare future school community relations, and leadership. principals in authentic learning. Only open to Participants explore leadership styles through EPPSP students. (G)(6). Summer. the use of several inventories and self- assessment instruments. Only open to EPPSP Effective Teaching and Leadership students. (G)(6). Spring. Program (METL) The master’s in effective teaching and ED558, School Principalship—Phase leadership (METL) has a long history of II: Phase II of the Experiential Program serving educators seeking a master of science for Preparing School Principals (EPPSP) in education. METL is a 36-hour program places emphasis on the school culture and requiring the completion of 21 CORE hours instructional program. This course is focused and 15 hours tailored to student interest. The on curriculum, instructional practices, program is designed for working educational
184 Butler University practitioners to complete in two to three years. METL Student Learning Outcomes Aligned The program begins with the intensive Summer with CORE Curriculum Courses Cohort and culminates with the presentation SLO SLO SLO SLO of the thesis research project. More information #1 #2 #3 #4 about the program can be found at www.butler.edu/teaching-leadership. METL CORE courses METL at Butler: • Encourages educators to think deeply, ED530-531 I I I I creatively, and critically about the discipline ED504 R of education and is academically rigorous ED569 R R and personally transformative. • Includes a core curriculum and cohort ED535 R R R model while allowing students to individualize their course of study. Courses • Encourages students to connect educational ED407, Survey of Children’s Literature: theory to their professional context. Exploration of the field of literature for children • Challenges students to consider the and adolescents and uses of recent research in purpose of education in a pluralistic the area. Methods of selection and utilization society. are emphasized. (U/G)(3). Occasionally. • Nurtures students’ relationships with caring and committed faculty. ED408, Foundations of Effective Reading • Culminates with a thesis project grounded Instruction: This course focuses on teaching in the student’s area of interest. of reading in elementary and secondary • Prepares students to continue in their settings. The course consists of three hours classrooms, provide leadership within their of instruction and a zero-credit, one-hour lab school or corporation, or continue studies each week. Students will be required to tutor at the doctoral level. a child in reading under the supervision of the METL Student Learning Outcomes (SLO) instructor as part of the lab. (U/G)(3). Fall and 1. The student understands and applies spring. the notion that curricula is grounded in ED415, Methods for Teaching Language ideologies and historical context, is socially Arts K-8: Students will learn methods for situated, and that when implemented, has teaching and assessing all aspects of the an impact on students, schools, and self. language arts: reading, writing, speaking, 2. The student displays a commitment listening, and viewing. Students will examine to educational practice and research as ways of organizing classroom instruction moral, intellectual, and creative work that for the integrated study of the language arts demands knowledge, skill, imagination, across developmental levels. (Summer I, even- and care. numbered years) (U/G)(3). Summer. 3. The student appropriately applies an understanding of research design by ED420, Adolescent Literature and Strategies conducting data collection and analysis for Teaching: This hybrid course familiarizes strategies pertinent to classroom research. students with a wide variety of fiction and 4. The student demonstrates an non-fiction aimed at young adolescent understanding of teacher leadership and through young adult audiences and includes commitment to teacher leadership by multicultural and ethical considerations. At serving as educational leaders. the same time, good teaching and planning strategies will be modeled and practiced. Portions of this course are conducted in an on-line setting. Prerequisite: Completion of COE CORE I, ED227, ED228, and ED327 or Co-Enrollment. (U/G)(3). Fall.
College of Educaiton 185 ED445, Intro to Computers in Education: ED501, Concentrated Learning The emphasis of this class is on the Experience: Concentrated study of topic(s) development of skill with using computer of current importance, interest and relevance. hardware and software, with a secondary goal of Independent study and research will be stressed developing knowledge and ability to integrate along with classwork. (G)(1). Occasionally. computers into a classroom. Graduate students ED502, Concentrated Learning Experience: will be required to write a research paper on the Concentrated study of topic(s) of current computer applications for the classroom. (G) importance, interest, and relevance. (3). Occasionally. Independent study and research will be stressed ED465, Second Language Acquisition and along with classwork. (G)(1). Occasionally. Assessment: This course will explore the socio- ED503, Concentrated Learning Experience: psycholinguistic factors that influence how Concentrated study of topic(s) of current multilingual learners acquire English as a new importance, interest, and relevance. language in terms of reading, writing, speaking, Independent study and research will be stressed and listening. Students will learn how to along with classwork. (G)(1). Occasionally. assess second language acquisition and literacy development. Prerequisites include ED408, ED504, Curriculum Theory: Students in ED490, and ED498. (U/G)(3). Fall. this course examine curriculum discourse as an enduring, philosophical, and theoretical ED467, Standards-Based Professional debate by studying fundamental questions, Practices for Multilingual Learners: Through central ideas, and varied ideologies that inform a professional learning community seminar the development of curricula. Students in this model, students will engage in critical self- course connect theory with practice through reflection on their professional practices with study of educational reform in diverse contexts. multilingual learners. Using state ENL licensing (G)(3). Prerequisites: 530, 531. Fall. standards, students will document how they support multilingual learners. Prerequisites ED507, Developmental Reading: This course include ED408, ED490, ED497, ED498, and focuses on the research in reading development, ED465. (U/G)(3). Spring. including stages of oral language acquisition and literacy development. Students will explore ED497, Inclusive Education for Multilingual the psychological, cognitive, and sociological Learners: This course focuses on the cultural foundations of reading development from practices and norms that affect the language preschool through adult levels. Prerequisite: development and academic success of ED408 or similar course. (Summer I, even- multilingual learners who are learning English numbered years) (G)(3). Summer. as a new language. The conditions that inhibit and support learning both English and content ED508, Assessments and Interventions will be analyzed. (G)(3). Fall and spring. for Reading Difficulties: Students will enhance their knowledge of literacy and ED498, Methods for Teaching Multilingual literacy learning, particularly as it applies to Learners: This course will assist in recognizing, understanding, and working with understanding effective content-based teaching reading and writing difficulties. Students’ work in a pluralistic, multilingual society. An with children experiencing reading difficulties understanding of socio-linguists and second will frame class discussions of current research. language acquisition will frame an analysis of Prerequisite: ED408 or similar course. (G)(3). curriculum, materials, instructional strategies, Spring. assessments, and classroom management. Students are required to complete a field ED509, Literacy Coaching: Literacy experience in a setting with culturally and coaches will learn to constructively provide an linguistically diverse students. (U/G)(3). Fall, evaluation of their own and others’ teaching spring, and summer. practices. They will gain practice in assisting classroom teachers and paraprofessionals as they work to improve their reading instruction. Prerequisites: ED 508. (G)(3). Fall.
186 Butler University ED510, Advanced Literacy Coaching: This ED528, Issues and Directions in Curriculum course is a continuation of ED509. The literacy and Instruction: Students in this course will coaches will deepen their ability to evaluate study a variety of curriculum designs and teaching practices and track student and teacher instructional strategies. Students will examine progress. The literacy coaches will supervise recent trends in curriculum and instruction and coach teachers and paraprofessionals as and their implications for schools, teachers, and they work to improve their reading instruction. students. (G)(3). Occasionally. Prerequisites: ED 509 (G)(3). Spring. ED529, Teaching Reading in the Content ED514, Issues and Directions in Elementary Areas: Students will learn how reading Mathematics Curriculum, Learning, and instruction can be incorporated into any Instruction: Recent trends in elementary content area in ways that will increase student mathematics education and their implications comprehension and enjoyment of informational for school programs will be examined. The texts and literacy texts. (G)(3). Summer. course includes implications of research for ED530, Foundations in Effective Teaching teaching, learning, curriculum, assessment, and Leadership Part 1: Students in this and other current issues related to school course examine educational theories, research mathematics. (G)(3). frameworks, and teacher identity. This is the ED515, Intro to Information Literacy— initial core course in the Master of Science in graduate: This information literacy course Effective Teaching and Leadership Program. is designed to help graduate students in ED530 must be taken in summer session with education, and other disciplines, discover how ED531 as part of the summer cohort. (G)(3). best to learn and teach information, media, and Occasionally. technological literacy skills through the process ED531, Foundations in Effective Teaching of research and inquiry. (G)(3). Spring. and Leadership, Part II: Students in this ED525, Exploration of Best Practices in course apply knowledge of educational theories, Early Literacy: Three strands of inquiry will research frameworks, and teacher identity to guide this course: 1) an in-depth exploration teacher research and leadership in personal and of language learning theory; 2) collection and professional contexts. This is the second core analysis of language and literacy information course in the Master of Science in Effective for assessment and research purposes; and Teaching and Leadership Program. ED531 3) construction of curriculum and literacy must be taken in summer session with ED530 environments in the early childhood classroom. as part of the summer cohort. (G)(3). Summer. (G)(3). Occasionally. ED534, Topical Readings: This course is ED526, The Emergent Curriculum: designed to serve the needs and interests Introduction to the Project Approach: Early of students and faculty who choose to childhood and primary grade teachers will collaboratively pursue advanced study of a investigate the Project Approach curriculum topical nature within the field of education. (G) framework that is based upon constructive (3). theory. Students will develop a curriculum ED535, Teacher Research and Leadership using the three phases of the Project Approach in Education Part I: This course supports model to be used in their classroom setting. (G) the ongoing work of teacher researchers as (2). Occasionally. they engage in their own classroom inquiries. ED527, Exploration of the Principles and Students take this class either just before Practices of Reggio Emilia: Early childhood completing their thesis or in conjunction with and primary grade teachers will explore the their thesis. Each class session gives students philosophy and guiding principles of the an opportunity for collaborative data analysis, internationally renowned Italian schools of writing feedback, and help with a variety of Reggio Emilia. The “image of the child,” research strategies. (G)(3). Fall. “the environment as the third teacher,” “documentation,” and “the 100 languages of children” will be introduced. (G)(2). Occasionally. College of Educaiton 187 ED548, Using and Interpreting Mixed ED741, Independent Study—Elementary: Methods in Educational Research: Students Independent study arranged with adviser in this course will examine the conceptual with an emphasis on problem identification, issues surrounding the use of mixed methods in data gathering, analysis, organization. and educational research and will practice analysis presentation of the research report. (G)(3). of data using a variety of tools, including Occasionally. introductory descriptive and inferential ED744, Independent Study—Special statistics. Students will read and interpret Education: Independent study arranged published educational research representative with adviser with an emphasis on problem of qualitative, quantitative, and mixed method identification, data gathering, analysis, approaches. (G)(3). Occasionally. organization, and presentation of the research ED569, Problems, Issues, and Trends in report. (G)(l) Occasionally. American Education: Students in this course ED746, Independent Study— engage in an intensive and searching analysis of Administration: Independent study arranged selected theoretical, fundamental, and current with adviser with an emphasis on problem problems and issues in education. Students identification, data gathering, analysis, in this course connect theory to practice by organization, and presentation of the research examining the implications of current issues for report. (G)(1). Occasionally. the local context. Prerequisites: 530, 531, 504. (G)(3). Spring. ED751, Independent Study—Elementary: Independent study arranged with adviser ED600, Individualized Study of Growth: with an emphasis on problem identification, Course of arranged study to support the data gathering, analysis, organization, and ongoing work of METL students as they presentation of the research report. (G)(1). develop their knowledge and deepen their Occasionally. understandings. The course is arranged through the advisor in the student’s individualized study ED752, Independent Study—Secondary: of growth area. The instructor will create a Independent study arranged with adviser syllabus to be reviewed and approved by the with an emphasis on problem identification, dean. (G)(3). Occasionally. data gathering, analysis, organization, and presentation of the research report. (G)(1). ED601, Individualized Study of Growth: Occasionally. Course of arranged study to support the ongoing work of METL students as they develop their knowledge and deepen their Graduate Initial Licensure understandings. The course is arranged through Program (GILP) the advisor in the student’s individualized study The Graduate Initial Licensure Program of growth area. The instructor will create a (GILP) is a non-degree graduate program syllabus to be reviewed and approved by the designed for initial licensure in secondary dean. (G)(2). Occasionally. education. Licensure content areas include English/Language Arts, Mathematics, Science ED658, Teacher Research and Leadership in (Life Science, Physical Science, Physics, Education, Part II: Students will examine the Chemistry, Earth/Space Science), Social role of the teacher leader in educational settings Studies (Economics, Geographical Perspectives, by creating leadership projects and engaging Government and Citizenship, Historical in the practice of educational leadership in Perspectives, Psychology, Sociology), and personal and professional contexts. (G)(3). Foreign Languages (Spanish, French, German). Spring. GILP will be “housed” within the Master’s in ED700, Project/Thesis (M.S.): Credit and Effective Teaching and Leadership (METL) hours arranged (hours to be taken immediately Program, and by completing the GILP before completion of degree). (G)(3). requirements, candidates will make progress Occasionally. toward the M.S. degree. GILP candidates will not, however, be mandated to complete the M.S. degree as a part of the GILP requirements.
188 Butler University Admission Courses Those interested in applying to the program ED420, Adolescent Literature and Strategies should demonstrate a readiness for graduate for Teaching: This hybrid course familiarizes studies. Additionally, applicants must: students with a wide variety of fiction and • Possess an undergraduate degree from an non-fiction aimed at young adolescent accredited college or university through young adult audiences and includes • Complete the application for the METL multicultural and ethical considerations. At program (https://adm.butler.edu/apply/) the same time, good teaching and planning There is an option for GILP within the strategies will be modeled and practiced. METL application. Portions of this course are conducted in an on- • Submit either a GRE or MAT score, unless line setting. Prerequisite: Completion of COE undergraduate GPA is a 3.0 or higher. CORE I, ED 227, ED 228, and ED 327 or • Complete an admission interview with a Co-Enrollment. (U/G)(3). Fall. COE faculty member. ED438, Seminar for the Secondary Clinical • Demonstrate content expertise, which Capstone Experience: A professional seminar includes the following: to be taken concurrently with Secondary - Pass Praxis II in an area of intended Student Teaching or Secondary Intensive licensure. Field Experience for candidates enrolled - Undergraduate major or master’s degree in the Graduate Initial Licensure Program. from an accredited university in the Class focuses on relationships with grades content area of intended licensure OR 5-12 students, lesson planning, instruction, submit a portfolio providing evidence data-driven assessment, and integration of of competency in the content area of technology into instruction, professional intended licensure based upon the development, and collaborative efforts with Indiana Content Standards for that area. colleagues. (G)(2). Fall and spring. • There are additional requirements from the Indiana Department of Education. Those ED450, Introduction to Secondary applying to the program should visit the Education: This course utilizes an inquiry IDOE website for additional requirements. approach to explore the characteristics and needs of secondary (grades 5-12) learners; GILP Plan of Study theoretical approaches to serving secondary First Summer learners; and highly effective curriculum, Summer I: instructional strategies, and assessments to best • ED450 support learners in secondary settings. (G)(2). • ED534a Summer. Summer II: • ED534b ED528, Issues and Directions in Curriculum Fall and Instruction: Students in this course will • ED420 study a variety of curriculum designs and • ED528 instructional strategies. Students will examine • ED528a recent trends in curriculum and instruction • ED584 and their implications for schools, teachers, and Spring students. (G)(3). Occasionally. • ED438 ED 528A, Secondary Curriculum and • ED580 or ED581 Instruction Field Experience Lab: This course Second Summer is a field experience lab that candidates in the Summer I: Graduate Initial Licensure Program will take • ED530 concurrently with ED 528. This lab integrates Summer II: special teaching methods by discipline with • ED531 extensive field experience in a secondary setting. (G)(1). Occasionally.
College of Educaiton 189 ED530, Foundations in Effective Teaching School Counseling Program and Leadership Part 1: Students in this Master of Science in School course examine educational theories, research frameworks, and teacher identity. This is the Counseling initial core course in the Master of Science in The 48-semester-hour master’s degree Effective Teaching and Leadership Program. program in school counseling is nationally ED530 must be taken in summer session with accredited by the Council for Accreditation of ED531 as part of the summer cohort. (G)(3). Counseling and Related Educational Programs Occasionally. (CACREP) and meets its national standards. The program is experiential and emphasizes ED531, Foundations in Effective Teaching a theory-to-practice learning environment. and Leadership, Part II: Students in this State-of-the-art technology used for clinical course apply knowledge of educational theories, supervision maximizes learning and provides research frameworks, and teacher identity to opportunities to enhance faculty-student teacher research and leadership in personal and interaction. Our program has partnerships with professional contexts. This is the second core a local non-profit organization to assist grieving course in the Master of Science in Effective children and a local high-risk inner-city school. Teaching and Leadership Program. ED531 Our counselor education faculty is committed must be taken in summer session with ED530 to respecting diversity within ourselves, our as part of the summer cohort. (G)(3). Summer. graduate students, and the PK–12 students ED580, Secondary Student Teaching: our graduates are being prepared to serve. We Clinically-based experience in an approved encourage, promote, and respect diversity in setting with students in grades 5-12. the counselor education curriculum and in the Experience is supported with guidance of knowledge, skills, and attitudes of our graduate supervising teacher(s) and university professors. students and alumni. Only for candidates enrolled in Graduate The School Counseling Program complies Initial Licensure Program. Should be taken with all the national standards of CACREP, concurrently with ED 438. Prerequisite: including the eight core areas: 1) Professional Permission of the GILP director and director Orientation and Ethical Practice, 2) Social of student personnel services. (G)(5). Fall and and Cultural Diversity, 3) Human Growth spring. and Development, 4) Career Development, 5) Helping Relationships, 6) Group Work, ED581, Intensive Field Experience: 7) Assessment, and 8) Research and Program Clinically-based experience in an approved Evaluation. Student Learning Outcomes setting with students in grades 5-12. Experience cover knowledge and skills and practices is supported with guidance of supervising in the following areas: 1) Foundations of teacher(s) and university professors. Only the Counseling Profession, 2) Counseling, for candidates enrolled in Graduate Initial Prevention and Intervention, 3) Diversity Licensure Program who currently work as and Advocacy, 4) Assessment, Research and full-time instructional assistants. Should be Evaluation, 5) Academic Development, 6) taken concurrently with ED 438. Prerequisite: Collaboration and Consultation, and 7) Permission of the GILP director and director of Leadership student personnel services. (G)(5). Courses ED584, Strategies for Teaching Children ED547, Appraisal: Theory and Technique: Needing Mild Intervention: This course Theory and Technique: Studies that provide examines the application of research an understanding of individual and group validated practices in the areas of placement, approaches to assessment and evaluation of all differentiations in instruction and assessment, learners. (G)(3). Summer. adaptations to curriculum areas (P-12), and common instructional strategies used for ED553, Professional, Legal, and Ethical students who require intermittent and limited Issues in Counseling: An orientation to the support in the general education classroom or school counseling profession and associated resource room. Instructor guided fieldwork is legal and ethical concerns. (G)(3). Fall. required. (G)(3). Fall.
190 Butler University ED571, Career and Life Planning: Studies ED673, Research for School Counselors: that provide an understanding of career This course will emphasize critical review of development, assessment, and related life research in the counseling field. There will be a factors. (G)(3). Summer. specific focus on the research process, including problem identification, data gathering, and ED572, Fundamental Counseling Theory organization and presentation of a research and Techniques: A study of basic counseling project. (G)(3). Spring. theories and techniques, followed by application of those techniques to real and role- ED676, Consultation in Counseling: playing experiences. (G)(3). Spring. Individual and group study of problems in counseling and guidance. Major emphasis upon ED575, Human Development Over The problem-solving process and consultation. (G) Lifespan: An introduction to developmental (3). Summer. theory, developmental characteristics over the lifespan, and developmental assessment for ED677, Foundations of Mental Health counselors-in-training. Issues in today’s PK-12 Counseling: This course addresses professional schools will be viewed with a developmental practice issues in mental health counseling. focus. (G)(3). Fall. It includes history, identity, roles, and trends affecting the field and practice of mental health ED577, Group Procedures: A study of group counseling. (G)(3). Occasionally. interactions, occasions for group counseling, and techniques of group counseling. (G)(3). ED678, Diagnosis and Treatment Planning: Spring. This course provides an intensive study/ analysis of selected counseling cases to enhance ED630, Diversity and Similarity: This assessment competencies in case description, course is designed to help students develop problem appraisal, assessment, diagnostic multicultural and advocacy competencies classification, intervention strategies, as for working with people of diverse groups in well as case consultation and presentation society. Students will have opportunities to skills. Emphasis is given to the principles develop awareness of their own cultural values and practices that relate to psychopathy, and biases, to study prevalent beliefs and psychopharmacology, DSM diagnosis, etiology attitudes of different cultures, and to develop and assessment, systematic treatment planning, skills useful for appropriate interactions with interviewing, and short- and long-term particular groups. (G)(3). Summer. interventions. (G)(3). ED671, The Administration of Counseling ED679, Contextual Dimensions of Mental and Guidance Services: An exploration of Health Counseling: This class will provide effective counseling and guidance programs, an overview of community agency counseling, including the determination of sound principles the roll of the counselor in communities, and functions and selection and training of prevention, outreach, systemic issues, personnel, organization and administration multicultural issues in community agency of the program, and adjustments to changing counseling, advocacy and social change, and conditions. (G)(3). Fall and spring. service delivery programs. The course will ED672, Advanced Counseling Theories also focus on the application of community and Techniques: This course examines counseling theories and problem solving within various theories of counseling, principles and the community and agency setting. (G)(3). techniques of counseling and its application Occasionally. to professional counseling settings. The course ED712, Practicum: Counseling: A variety will provide students the competence to select of supervised counseling experiences within the form of counseling approach that will be the classroom and in the field. Prerequisite: most effective and appropriate for the client’s Permission of the instructor. (G)(3). Fall and worldview. Prerequisites: ED 572 and ED 577 spring. (G)(3). Fall.
College of Educaiton 191 ED722, Internship: Counseling: of having achieved a 3.25 or higher in the Counseling—Three hundred clock hours following subjects: Math, Social Science, of on-the-job experience in all aspects of Natural Science, and English. counseling and guidance with a qualified D. Successfully completing an interview with a supervisor. Prerequisites: Counseling practicum Butler faculty panel. and permission of the instructor. Repeatable E. Completing the application to be a for credit for up to six hours. (G)(3). Fall and non-degree seeking, initial-licensure-only spring. graduate student at Butler University. F. Demonstrating prerequisite knowledge: ED725, Advanced Internship: An intensive To assess prior learning, the candidate will practical opportunity for the counseling show the faculty panel that he or she has student in a selected mental health field setting; CLEP scores to show documentation of internship involves daily observation and testing out of other course work. personal implementation of counseling theory, strategy, and programming. A supervised Program Requirements: Total of 30 semester seminar (individual and group supervision) will hours compliment this on-the-job training program. Note: Schedules for courses are not finalized (G)(3). Occasionally. until one semester prior. Spring Semester: six hours ED743, Independent Study—Counseling: • ED480 Independent study arranged with adviser • ED583 with an emphasis on problem identification, • ED492 data gathering, analysis, organization, and Summer I and II: nine hours presentation of the research report. Permission • ED490 of program adviser. (G)(l) Occasionally. • ED491 ED753, Independent Study: Counseling: • ED408 Independent study arranged with program Fall Semester: nine hours adviser. (G)(2). Occasionally. • ED584 • ED479 Accelerated Alternative Program • Elective reading class for Initial Licensure in Mild Spring Semester: six hours Intervention (P–12) • ED589 • ED454 Students will be accepted to the program by **any other classes deemed necessary to fulfilling the following: complete the entrance to Butler University as A. Successfully passed PRAXIS I by decided by the faculty panel. meeting the cutoff scores in all three areas of: Reading— 176; Math—175; Courses Writing—172. Successful passing ED408, Foundations of Effective Reading scores must be submitted as part of Instruction: This course focuses on teaching the application. PRAXIS-I-PPST (Pre- of reading in elementary and secondary Professional Skills Test) is a basic skills test. settings. The course consists of three hours The three-part battery of tests measures the of instruction and a zero-credit, one-hour lab ability to understand, analyze, and evaluate each week. Students will be required to tutor written messages, solve mathematical a child in reading under the supervision of the problems with skills and knowledge instructor as part of the lab. (U/G)(3). Fall and acquired through secondary school, and spring. write effectively. B. Submitting three letters of ED454, Assistive Technology: Students learn recommendation on your potential with about the technology that is appropriate to children with exceptional learning needs. support the learning of students with special C. Providing an undergraduate transcript needs. A wide range of special needs are from an accredited university showing considered, including issues related to vision, a cumulative 3.0 grade point average or hearing, mobility, cognition, and learning. above. Applicants must provide evidence Students have an opportunity to put the issues
192 Butler University discussed in the class into action. (U/G)(3). ED583, Characteristics of Children Needing Occasionally. Mild Intervention: Surveys the characteristics of exceptional students (P-12) and explores ED479, Communication and Collaboration methods and materials for teaching and with Stakeholders in Special Education: assessing such students. This course also This course examines how to develop effective examines the historical and legal treatment, communication models with education identification, classification, and unique professionals, community leaders, and families. cognitive and social/emotional characteristics Instructor guided fieldwork with professionals of individuals requiring mild intervention in is required. (U/G)(3). Occasionally. school settings. 15 clock hours of instructor- ED480, Foundations of Teaching Children guided fieldwork are required. (G)(3). Spring. with Differences: This course addresses the ED584, Strategies for Teaching Children various psychological principles as applied Needing Mild Intervention: This course to understanding and teaching children examines the application of research with differences. Topics include theories of validated practices in the areas of placement, development and their application at various differentiations in instruction and assessment, age levels. Developmental appropriate practice, adaptations to curriculum areas (P-12), and as well as a basic introduction to social, common instructional strategies used for emotional, and cognitive development of students who require intermittent and limited students (P-12) is included. (G)(2). Spring. support in the general education classroom or ED490, Assessment of Children with Special resource room. Instructor-guided fieldwork is Needs: This course examines formal and required. (G)(3). Fall. informal assessment and their application to ED589, Practicum Teaching and Portfolio writing Individual Education Plans (IEPs), Development: Students will demonstrate curriculum modifications and adaptations differentiation through direct instructional (academic and social), behavioral management strategies in (P-12) classrooms, collaborate plans, and reports to families. Assessment with stakeholders, work with Individualized bias and its implications will be studied. 15 Education Plans and Functional Behavior clock hours of instructor- guided fieldwork are Plans, and document progress with students required. (U/G)(3). Fall and spring. needing mild intervention. A professional ED491, Behavior Management for Inclusive standards-based teaching portfolio will be Classrooms: This course examines positive, assembled and critiqued as it demonstrates effective classrooms, student motivation and competency in all INTASCCEC teaching practical methods for various behavioral standards for mild intervention. (G)(3). Spring. problems common in inclusion classrooms. Emphasis is in designing, implementing, and evaluating positive management in general education classrooms, including functional behavioral analyses and plans. 15 clock hours of instructor-guided fieldwork are required. (U/G) (3). Fall and spring. ED492, Special Education Law: This online course will cover information on P.L. 94-142- IDFA/IDEA-97; Section 504; Article 7 and its implication for teachers. The online activities will include reviewing articles, power point presentations, hand-outs and case studies, and participating in discussion via e-mail. Prerequisite: Completion of COE CORE I. (U/G)(1). Fall, spring, and summer.
College of Educaiton 193 194 Butler University The College of Business
The guiding theme in the College of Business The Master of Professional Accounting is “Real Life, Real Business.” (MPA) prepares students for successful careers Undergraduate business students in the in the accounting profession, both public and College of Business (COB) receive a rich, well- corporate, as well as successful completion rounded, academic experience that is grounded of the CPA exam. The one-year curriculum in the liberal arts and includes a rigorous includes a set of fundamental accounting core curriculum in the business disciplines. Students classes and allows students to choose additional have access to top internship opportunities, courses from two concentration areas: tax immersive study-abroad experiences at our and financial reporting. In addition, students partner schools around the globe, and the may incorporate a number of electives in their opportunity to participate in research with course of study, including a Becker FastPass faculty through the Honors Program. COB CPA review course and an international study students often continue their studies at top trip. graduate and law schools. Students begin their journey with the Freshman Business Our Vision Experience, in which they engage in guided The Butler University College of Business self-exploration, hone their teamwork skills, will become a recognized national center of and develop a business plan. This leads into excellence in business education. an innovative sophomore experience in which students develop and run a live business Our Mission The mission of the Butler University for real money. Students and faculty work College of Business is to prepare students alongside professional consultants in the Butler for success in life and leadership in business Business Accelerator, which is a consulting firm through experiential learning guided by a that is run within the college. Students also research-oriented faculty with relevant business participate in a four-year career development experience. program that involves two internships and career mentors. Interaction with real business Administration continues throughout the curriculum—from Chuck Williams, Ph.D., dean; Roberto Curci, the freshman through the senior year. Ph.D., associate dean; William K. Templeton, The college also offers two graduate degrees. Ph.D., associate dean; Robert B. Bennett Jr., The Master of Business Administration (MBA) JD, chair of economics, law, and finance; is a part-time program that connects theory Craig Caldwell, Ph.D., chair of marketing and with business practice. Students kick off their management; William Terando, Ph.D., chair of graduate coursework by participating in a accounting, management information systems, one-day business problem solving immersion operations, and statistics; Sarah Lutomski, MA, experience with a local company in the Gateway academic advisor; Larry A. O’Connor, MBA, Experience. This course gives students an executive director of Butler Business Accelerator initial exposure to the experiential, hands-on Professors learning process in the MBA program. At the Robert B. Bennett Jr., JD; Roberto Curci, end of the program, students participate in the Ph.D.; Peter Z. Grossman, Ph.D.; Sakthi integrated Capstone Experience, which serves Mahenthiran, Ph.D.; Robert S. Main, Ph.D.; as the bookend to the Gateway Experience. Gregory Osland, Ph.D.; William Rieber, This course pulls together everything the Ph.D.; William K. Templeton, Ph.D.; Chuck students have learned throughout the MBA Williams, Ph.D. program into a practical, applied, semester-long Associate Professors consulting project. In addition to these two Priscilla Arling, Ph.D.; Craig Caldwell, Ph.D.,; unique learning experiences, students encounter Steven Dolvin, Ph.D.; Richard E. Fetter, Ph.D.; “real life, real business” in a number of other Kathy A. Paulson Gjerde, Ph.D.; Anne Kelly, ways on their path to graduation, including Ph.D.; Barry E. King, D.B.A.; Larry J. Lad, participating in a leadership development D.B.A.; Robert Mackoy, Ph.D.; Daniel H. program, traveling with a faculty member on an McQuiston, Ph.D.; Margaret Padgett, Ph.D.; international study trip, or serving as a Board Fellow. College of Business 195 James F. Sander, Ph.D.; Deborah Skinner, director, executive education; Diana Todd, Ph.D.; William Terando, Ph.D.; Karel A. administrative assistant, B.B.A. Updyke, Ph.D. Assistant Professors Undergraduate Program Hilary Buttrick, JD.; Courtney Droms, Ph.D.; Requirements for Graduation Stephanie Fernhaber, Ph.D.; Jill Kirby, Ph.D.; Students may be graduated upon completion Peter Prescott, JD; Sheryl-Ann Stephen, Ph.D.; of 121 semester hours including: Denise Williams, Ph.D.; George Wilson, • University core curriculum and requirements. Ph.D.; Hongjiang Xu, Ph.D. • Necessary courses to complete a major in Instructors accounting, economics, entrepreneurship Jason Davidson, MBA; Zachary Finn, M.S., and innovations, finance, international director of the Davey Risk Management and business, management information systems, Insurance; Richard Halstead, MBA; Kathryn marketing, or risk management and King, MBA; Thomas Litkowski, M.A.; Richard insurance. McGowan, Ph.D.; James McKneight, JD; • No fewer than 40 semester hours in courses Stephen Nelson, MBA; Pamela Rouse, MBA; numbered 300 or higher. Sonali Shah, Ph.D. • An international business course or Adjunct Faculty experience. Eric Bedel, MBA; J. Douglas Boles, JD; Leah At least 50 percent of the required hours in Bovell, Ph.D.; Donald Broad, JD; David business and economics must be taken at Castor, MBA; Donald Coffin, Ph.D.; Richard Butler University. Furthermore, the last 30 Forsythe, MBA.; Ryan Fuhrmann, MBA; hours of the required 121 must be taken at David Futrell, Ph.D.; Richard Hofstetter, JD; Butler unless the student has the advance Robert Kirk, Ph.D.; Ted Kuhn, M.A.; John permission of the dean. Students must meet Lucas, MBA; Patrick Meister, Ph.D.; David several grade requirements as well. Morton, MBA; Jill Novotny, MBA; Lisa Pearo, • Overall grade point average must be 2.0 or DBA; John Peri, M.S.; Tim Robinson, JD; higher. Laura Rodman, MBA; Robert Rush, MBA; • Students must receive a grade of at least C- in Steve Schelonka, MBA; Michael Simmons, the introductory course or courses of their MBA; Marietta Stalcup, MBA; Brant Voight, majors. These courses are listed specifically in JD; Tim Zimmer, Ph.D. the curriculum guides available in the college. Executives in Residence • Students must obtain a grade point average Mark Foglesong, Ph.D.; Ed Friel, B.S.; Ronald of 2.3 or higher in the courses specifically in Gress, B.S., Rhoda Israelov, M.S.; Marvin the major. These details also appear in the Recht, B.B.A.; Jane Surges, M.S.; Jerry Toomer, curriculum guides. Ph.D.; Scott Troyer, M.S.; Karen Valencic, B.S.; Charles Williams, B.S. Student Learning Objectives COB Staff The faculty of the COB has identified the Katie Abernathy, MBA, business development following objectives for all students completing manager, B.B.A.; Mary Allen, reception; its undergraduate curriculum. They address Joyce Bacone, secretary, graduate programs; what students should know, be able to do, and Melissa Beckwith, MBA, project manager, value. B.B.A.; Angela Chaplin, career development 1. Describe and explain how generalized consultant; Sandra Coppadge, secretary, career business knowledge is used to make decisions development; Kelley Hahn, secretary, executive and solve business problems. education; Gina Head, secretary, dean’s office; 2. Recognize and apply specialized, functional Kathleen Hood, MBA, director of budgets and business knowledge to make decisions and analyses; Stephanie Judge, MBA, director of solve business problems. marketing and communications; Brian Landis, 3. Identify contemporary, global macro- M.S.I.A., managing director, B.B.A.; Carrie environmental trends and issues, and describe Meyer, career development consultant; Jill opportunities and threats they present to Novotny, coordinator of undergraduate career businesses. development; Chris Stump, MBA, project 4. Display knowledge and skills in the areas of manager, B.B.A.; Ronald Thomas, teamwork and leadership.
196 Butler University 5. Display clear, concise, and professional Majors — the Fourth Module communication skills. Accounting 6. Display critical thinking skills, including the The accounting major focuses on developing ability to integrate and analyze information, the knowledge and skills necessary to become make decisions, and solve problems. a successful professional. Knowledge includes 7. Demonstrate knowledge of ethical and coursework in a variety of accounting American law principles and concepts, and topics—financial, managerial, tax, auditing, practice ways to develop and evaluate sound and information systems. The program legal and ethical decision-making in life and emphasizes the development of intellectual, business. communication, and interpersonal skills. Graduates may prepare themselves to sit for Specific student learning objectives for each professional exams, including the CPA and major appear along with the description of each CMA exams, and are equipped to become major below. professionals in diverse environments Curriculum including public accounting, private business, Essential elements of the undergraduate government, and other organizations. curriculum are the university core, common Accounting student learning objectives— business studies, professional development graduates will be able to: and majors. Curriculum guides, which list 1. Explain and apply the purpose and process the specific courses required for each major of financial reporting, which conveys useful and their sequencing, may be obtained from information to decision-makers by reflecting the COB office. All students complete the an organization’s financial position, the results following four modules: of operations, and cash flows (this includes University core. The purpose of the core the accounting process, from gathering and is to build broad interests and knowledge as recording information to preparing financial a foundation for a change-oriented business statements). career and useful life. Roughly half of the hours 2. Explain and apply concepts of the theoretical required for graduation are in liberal arts and foundation and authoritative sources in sciences. The largest portion of the core is taken the profession that drive the analysis, when the student is a freshman or sophomore. measurement, recording, and reporting of Common business studies. The purpose transactions in the financial statements of of these courses is to provide students with a for-profit companies. thorough understanding of business basics. 3. Identify and describe the information The component comprises approximately system’s internal control procedures, as 50 credit hours of accounting, economics, required by external accounting regulators. marketing, finance, business law, operations management, organizational behavior, and Economics information technology courses. A capstone The major in economics builds on the academic experience also is required in addition nine-hour requirement of economics taken to practical experiences. Most of this element is by all business students and focuses on the taken in the sophomore and junior years. behavior of both large and small decision- Professional and Career Development making units. It provides the student with Program: The purpose of this portion of the problem-solving and data-gathering skills to program is to help the student develop a career make informed decisions in a variety of settings interest, a sense of emerging professionalism, (e.g. business, government, and not-for-profit) problem-solving skills, and communication and for a variety of job responsibilities, from experience, as well as aid in attaining entry- an entry-level position in a management- level employment. This program includes training program, on the one hand, to a CEO two required internships as well as a series of of a corporation, on the other. A student experiential courses and career development with a major in economics may enter many courses and activities. professions, including financial services, government, journalism, banking, and general business. Further, economics provides a useful background for students wishing to do graduate
College of Business 197 work in business administration, international in investments, corporate finance, bank relations, public policy, law, and economics. management, insurance, and related fields. Economics student learning objectives— Finance student learning objectives—graduates graduates will be able to. will be able to: 1. Determine how market structure affects 1. Explain investment decisions based on time market prices, quantities, and profitability. value of money principles. 2. Investigate the relationship of the 2. Appropriately structure a portfolio of international economy to the domestic investments applying the related concepts economy, including the role of exchange of diversification, portfolio theory, and asset rates. allocation. 3. Use econometric techniques to estimate 3. Incorporate the role of globalization in underlying relationships in economic models financial decision-making. and interpret the results. International Business Entrepreneurship and Innovation The International Business major is The Entrepreneurship and Innovation designed to provide students with a multi- major provides students with a fundamental disciplinary degree focused on the international understanding of the dynamic process of business world. Students gain knowledge creating something unique and adding value and skills to prepare them for the global by applying an innovative mindset and an environment of business. To facilitate their action-oriented perspective, while taking career, a concentration is encouraged, but calculated risks. It also equips students to not required, in a functional area of business apply this way of thinking and set of behaviors such as marketing or finance. Study abroad in new and existing organizations, whether is a highly recommended and integral part of for-profit or not-for-profit. The program the major. Graduates with an IB major are includes a foundational course in creativity well prepared for entry-level positions in the and innovation as well as a required practicum discipline of focus and often pursue careers where students run their own business. with corporations with international divisions Additional electives include, but are not or aspirations. Some work for not-for-profits, limited to, entrepreneurial finance, social governments, or start their own businesses. entrepreneurship, and salesmanship. It prepares Most begin their careers in a U.S.-based graduates to begin their careers as independent organization that does business around the entrepreneurs, as managers of new-venture world. divisions of major corporations, and other International Business student learning innovative corporate endeavors, or in venture objectives—graduates will be able to: capital and investment banking activities. 1. Identify contemporary, global macro- Entrepreneurship and Innovation student environmental trends and issues, and learning objectives—graduates will be able to: describe opportunities and threats they 1. Explain how innovativeness, pro-activeness, present to businesses. and calculated risk-taking contribute to the 2. Demonstrate the ability to conceptualize creation of something unique and of value. business from a global perspective. 2. Understand how to identify, critically 3. Demonstrate ability to communicate in a evaluate, plan, and exploit an opportunity in second language. an effective manner. Management information systems Finance MIS majors are able to combine a The finance major is designed to provide foundational knowledge of computer students a management-level understanding programming and information systems with of contemporary philosophies and tools a broad business background. In large firms, available to firms in acquiring and using graduates can bridge the gaps between formally capital. The program includes basic financial trained computer scientists and functional area management, investment theory and practice, employees. In smaller firms, Butler graduates and management of financial institutions. can manage MIS systems, perhaps designing Graduates are well prepared for careers and maintaining computer-based systems that
198 Butler University provide information throughout the firm. They There are separate minor programs in healthcare also can act as support personnel and are able management and management information to effectively communicate with suppliers, systems designed for students with a major in consultants, and service professionals. business. Details and curriculum guides for all of the minors are available in the College of Management Information Systems student Business office and online learning objectives—graduates will be able to: 1. Identify and define basic concepts and Accounting Courses terminology associated with information AC 100S, Volunteer Income Tax Assistance: systems. This is a service learning course which allows 2. Design and implement a database. students to learn the basics of income tax return 3. Analyze and design specifications for preparation prior to working as a volunteer to information systems and communicate the assist low-income individuals in preparing their solution to stakeholders. tax returns. The course is open to every student 4. Identify, define, and apply basic concepts and in the University. (U)(1). (P/F) Spring. terminology associated with data networks in developing basic data networks. AC203, Introduction to Accounting: 5. Recognize and apply the necessary balance Introduction to financial accounting and between people, processes, and technology in reporting and the accounting process and order to implement a successful management concepts. Emphasis on the accumulation information system. and reporting of data for external use by corporations. Topical areas include Marketing assets, current liabilities, and partnerships. Marketing encompasses all the activities Prerequisite: sophomore standing or 15 hours undertaken by organizations to design and and (MA106 or MA125). (U)(3). Fall, spring, deliver products and services that satisfy and summer. customer needs and wants. The marketing major at Butler helps students understand these AC204, Introduction to Accounting II: activities in the context of the other functions Introduction to management accounting of the organization as well. Basic areas of study systems with special emphasis on cost behavior, include marketing management, marketing cost determination, planning, and control. research, advertising and promotions, personal Prerequisite: AC 203. (U)(3). Fall, spring, and selling, and strategic planning of marketing summer. programs. Students are prepared for careers in AC301, Intermediate Accounting I: The sales, retailing, marketing research, product course provides a practical approach to the management, and related areas. accounting cycle and a conceptual approach to Marketing student learning objectives— the valuation uses underlying the construction graduates will be able to: of external financial statements. It is the 1. Analyze and create a strategic marketing foundation upon which extensive research and plan, including: mission and objective application practice will be based in AC 302. development, situational analysis, target Problem solving is heavily emphasized in this marketing development, marketing mix, course. The assignments, exams, and group control and evaluation. activities are designed to develop students’ 2. Implement multiple marketing strategic critical thinking and creative problem solving frameworks. skills, and written and oral communication skills. Prerequisites: AC 203 and AC204. (U) Minors in Business (3). Fall and spring. Students with primary majors in other colleges AC302, Intermediate Accounting II: This may pursue a variety of minor programs (18 course introduces the applied professional to 21 credit hours) in business. The college research process and offers the student offers minors in business law, entrepreneurship the opportunity to develop effective and and innovation, healthcare management, productive research skills at the introductory international business, marketing, management level. Students will learn to apply the research information systems, and risk management and process to selected financial accounting issues, insurance, as well as a general business minor.
College of Business 199 use the research findings to determine proper conclusions are stressed. Prerequisite: AC 204. accounting treatments, and communicate their (U)(3). Fall. results in professional memos. Required for AC411, Advanced Accounting Topics: master’s in professional accounting courses. Examines the theory, procedures, and Prerequisites: AC301. (U)(3). Spring. problems associated with advanced accounting AC310, Advanced Managerial Accounting: issues. Course will include such topics as Focuses on managerial accounting topics related consolidations, foreign currency transactions to the information needs of individuals within and financial statement translations, Securities organizations. Concentrates on identifying and Exchange Commission reporting, non- problems and analyzing relevant information for-profit accounting, and other current issues within specific situations. Prerequisite: AC 204. of importance to the accounting profession. (U)(3). Spring. Prerequisite: AC 302. (U)(3). Occasionally. AC320, Auditing: Auditing standards, AC495, Special Topics in Accounting: professional ethics duties and liabilities, and Seminar in selected accounting topics. Course techniques for examination of the internal content will vary from semester to semester. (U) control, records, and operations of a firm for (3). Occasionally. the purpose of expressing an informed opinion AC499, Honors Thesis: (U)(3). Occasionally. as to the fairness of its financial statements. Prerequisite: AC 301 or permission of College of Business Courses instructor. (U)(3). Fall. COB101, Professional and Career AC325, Accounting Information Development I: This year-long course will Systems: Focuses on analyzing, designing, introduce students to learning about themselves implementing, evaluating, and auditing the and their interests, skills, and strengths. It will accounting information systems within a firm. also introduce students to their career mentors, Prerequisites: AC 204, MS 265, and junior who will help guide them through their four- status. (U)(3). Fall. year professional and career development. Prerequisite: COB Major. (P/F) (U)(0). Fall AC342, Financial Statement Analysis: and spring. Presents financial statement analysis from the point of view of the primary users of financial COB201, Professional and Career statements: credit and equity analysts. Focuses Development II: This year-long course on how analysis is used to understand the will continue to encourage students to learn economic processes of a business, which allows about themselves and their interests, skills, users to make various judgments. Prerequisites: and strengths. It will further strengthen the AC 203, AC 204, and FN 340. (U)(3). relationship with students’ career mentors, Occasionally. who help students develop job strategies. This course will also help students begin to conduct AC401, Independent Study: (U)(1). research about career paths, industries, and Occasionally. educational qualifications. Prerequisites: COB AC402, Independent Study: (U)(2). major and COB 101 or COB 201. P/F (U)(0). Occasionally. Fall and spring. AC403, Independent Study: (U)(3). COB300, Career Planning and Occasionally. Development: This career seminar will focus on development of career goals and AC406, Fundamentals of Income Taxation: a professional-looking résumé, employer Course involves the evolution, theory, and identification, the interview process, and a structure of federal income taxation common strategic approach to job selection and career to all tax-payers. Social, economic, and political planning. Prerequisites: COB 201 and 44 considerations and influence on taxation are hours. (U)(1). Fall and spring. examined. Emphasis is on theory of taxation, income concepts, exclusions, deductions, COB301, Professional and Career and credits. Application of fundamental Development III: This year-long course will tax concepts, researching, and reporting continue to encourage students to develop career goals in preparation for internships. 200 Butler University Students will also develop sound job search and economics. Historically, environmental strategies, including résumé and cover letter and social impacts have been considered, if development, networking skills, business at all, as costs to be ignored, minimized, or etiquette, and interviewing skills. These externalized as much as possible. This new offerings complement COB 300. Prerequisites: body of thought argues that environmental COB major and COB 201 or COB 301. (P/F) quality and social performance should be (U)(0). Fall and spring. integrated into institutional strategy. This course will introduce students to economic COB401, COB Internship I: A one-semester and ethical analysis in order to help them to experience with a business firm or business- have appropriate bases for making judgments. related organization. The student will work The course will then explore the challenge of part time during a regular semester or full time minimizing environmental and social impacts. during the summer and will complete a series (U)(3). Occasionally. of academic assignments. Limited to COB students in good standing. Prerequisites: 60 Economics Courses credit hours, COB 300, a grade of at least C- EC231, Principles of Microeconomics: This in both MS 265 and the first 300-level major course examines the economic behavior of course, and at least 12 hours of 300 or 400 level individuals, firms, and markets. The course COB courses. (U)(3). Fall, spring, and summer. provides basic concepts of economics and the COB402, COB Internship II: A second analytical tools for students to understand experience, similar to COB 401. The student how and why people make economic choices. is encouraged to broaden his/her experience Prerequisites: sophomore standing or 15 hours by working at a different firm or in a and MA106 or MA125. (U)(3). Fall, spring, different function and/or by pursuing tasks and summer. and challenges truly different from the first EC232, Principles of Macroeconomics: This experience. COB majors in good standing only. course studies aggregate output, employment, Prerequisite: COB 401. (U)(3). Fall, spring, trade, government fiscal and monetary and summer. policies, and other national and international economic issues. It provides a framework for Core Courses offered by Economics understanding and evaluating economic policy SW 220-COB, The Economy and Society: choices made by political leaders throughout This course examines important concepts the world. Prerequisite: EC 231. (U)(3). Fall, of microeconomics and macroeconomics spring, and summer. and analyzes issues such as energy prices, prescription drug costs, pollution, and EC332, Intermediate Macroeconomics: globalization of markets using these concepts. It Discusses measures of national income; it also explores how economic life is intertwined with examines causes of growth and fluctuations in a society’s culture, politics, values, and history. national income. Prerequisites: junior standing, Further, it considers the limitations of the EC 231 and EC 232. (U)(3). Annually, term economic methodology to place economics in varies. a context with the other social sciences. (U)(3). EC336, Comparative Economic Systems: Fall and spring. An inquiry into the underlying principles and SW 221-COB, Sustainability in Institutions: operational methods of national economic There is an emerging body of thought that systems throughout the world. Focuses on the argues that institutions of all sorts, including transition of the former socialist countries to but not limited to businesses, in order to be market economies, and reviews the alternative successful in the long run need to take into models of central planning, market socialism, account economic performance, environmental and market capitalism. Compares the economic impacts, and social justice. The course will policy choices (and consequences) that explore what these concepts mean and countries adopt to further national objectives. the challenge of implementing a workable Prerequisite: EC 101 or EC 231. (U)(3). integration of these concepts. I would expect Occasionally. the course to be cross-disciplinary and to get EC339, Economic History of the United into issues of science, social science, ethics, States: Study of the economic development of College of Business 201 the United States, emphasizing both theoretical EC355, Money and Banking: The study of and quantitative tools of analysis. Prerequisite: the U.S. monetary system, including the role EC 101 or EC 231. (U)(3). Occasionally. of the Federal Reserve System. The functions and operations of commercial banks and other EC342, Law and Economics: This course depository institutions also are examined. looks at law and crime from an economic Credit will not be given to both EC355 and perspective. Topics include property law, FN371. Prerequisite: EC 231, EC 232. (U)(3). contract law, torts, and crime. The course Occasionally. examines theory as well as many actual cases. It also explores the evolution and economic EC391, Environmental and Natural impacts of our laws and legal structure. Resources: The economics of externalities and Prerequisite: EC 101 or SW220 or (EC 231 their relation to property rights. Alternative and EC232). (U)(3). Occasionally. strategies for dealing with environmental problems. Analysis of problems of allocating EC346, Health Care Economics: The course natural resources over time. Prerequisite: EC will apply economic tools and methods to 101 or EC 231. (U)(3). Occasionally. better understand the current health care system and possible reform policy initiatives. It EC401, Independent Study: (U)(1). is intended to be discussion-based and should Occasionally. be attractive to students with a diverse academic EC402, Independent Study: (U)(2). background. Prerequisite: EC231 (U)(3). Fall Occasionally. and spring. EC403, Independent Study: (U)(3). EC350, Managerial Economics: Application Occasionally. of microeconomic theory to the management of firms: demand, cost, and pricing; strategic EC433, International Economics: Examines behavior; and the boundaries of the firm. theories of international trade, tariffs, and Credit will not be given for both EC 350 and regional economics integration; also examines EC 354. Prerequisites: EC 231, EC 232, MS foreign trade financing, international 264. (U)(3). Occasionally. investment, and balance of payments adjustment. Prerequisite: EC 231, EC 232. (U) EC351, Urban Economics: The application (3). Fall, spring, and summer. of economic analysis to urban affairs, e.g., ghetto redevelopment, growth, and fiscal EC434, Public Finance: Systems of management. Theory and policy both are expenditure, taxation, borrowing, and considered in analyzing urban economic budgeting of national, state, and local problems. Prerequisite: EC 101 or EC 231. (U) governments. Theories and principles of (3). Occasionally. taxation. Prerequisite: EC 101 or EC 231. (U) (3). Occasionally. EC352, Personnel Economics: This course presents an economic approach to a variety of EC438, Economic History of Europe: A human resource issues, including recruitment study of the economic development of selected and hiring, turnover, motivating workers to European states since 1500. Emphasis on high levels of productivity, and job assignment. economic, demographic, political, social, Basic microeconomic theory is applied to these and cultural forces affecting production and topics to gain a better understanding of how to distribution. Prerequisite: EC 101 or EC 231. successfully manage people. Prerequisites: EC (U) Occasionally. 231 and EC 232. (U)(3). Spring. EC462, Mathematical Economics: This EC354, Intermediate Microeconomics: course is an introductory exploration of Economic theory and management decision- mathematical economics. It examines making. Specific topics include demand economics through mathematical models determinants, cost-output functions, and and operations and explores basic issues in pricing theory. Credit will not be given for both economics—supply and demand, profit and EC 350 and EC 354. Prerequisites: EC 231 utility maximization, monetary and fiscal and EC 232. (U)(3). Annually, term varies. policy—using formal mathematical models. Students will not simply go over mathematical
202 Butler University economic models but will develop an EI315, Creativity and Innovation: This one appreciation for how formal economic models semester writing intensive course is designed are constructed. Prerequisites: EC231, EC232, to develop personal creativity skills and MA106 or equivalent. (U)(3). Occasionally. entrepreneurial mindset while learning the impact of innovation strategies across industries EC464, Quantitative Methods— and organizations. Students will be exposed Econometrics: Applications of statistical to concepts and principles engaged in mind methods to economic analysis and forecasting. mapping, creative problem solving, leadership, Examines methods of hypothesis testing, linear and self-reflection. Prerequisites: EC231 and regression, and time-series analysis, and applies EI201 (formerly MG201). (U)(3). Annually, these to issues of micro and macroeconomics. term varies. Prerequisites: EC 231, EC 232, and MS 264 or MA 260. (U)(3). Spring. EI346, Entrepreneurial Finance: This course will examine the financial issues that are EC495, Special Topics in Economics: critical to entrepreneurs. Key topics include Seminar in selected economics topics. Course estimating capital requirements and risk, content will vary from semester to semester. identifying and evaluating sources of capital, Prerequisite: EC 101 or EC 231. (U) business valuations, exit strategies, and liquidity Occasionally. events. The issues associated with structuring EC499, Honors Thesis: Occasionally. partnership arrangements and alliances will also be discussed. Prerequisites: FN340 (U)(3). EC501, Independent Study in Economics: Annually, term varies. Occasionally. EC503, Independent Study in Economics: Finance Courses FN340, Corporate Finance: Analysis of the Occasionally. process by which profit-seeking corporations Entrepreneurship and Innovation acquire and use capital. Topics include financial Courses statement analysis, capital structure, capital budgeting, dividend policy, and working capital EI101, Freshman Business Experience: management. Prerequisites: Junior Standing, Introduces freshman students to the global AC204, EC 231, EC 232, MS264, and MS business environment. Exposes students to the 265. (U)(3). Fall, spring, and summer. basic business disciplines while emphasizing self-awareness, critical thinking, problem FN342, Financial Statement Analysis: solving, teamwork, and business ethics. Presents financial statement analysis from the Provides students with a variety of integrated, point of view of the primary users of financial experiential learning opportunities including: statements: credit and equity analysts. Focuses simulations, case studies, field trips, guest on how analysis is used to understand the speakers, and career counseling. Prerequisite: economic processes of a business, which allows Freshmen only. (U)(3). Fall and spring. users to make various judgments. Prerequisites: AC 203, AC 204, and FN 340. (U)(3). EI201, Real Business Experience 1: This class Occasionally. teaches students how to develop a real business plan. Working in teams, students identify a FN347, Investments: Covers the theory and business initiative, develop business strategies, practice of bond analysis and common stock write a business plan report, and make a major appraisal. Particular attention is paid to the presentation. Teams potentially receive funding behavior of capital markets and the analysis of for a (follow-up class) real business start-up. investment values. Prerequisite: FN 340. (U) Prerequisite: EI 101 (formerly MG101), or (3). Fall, spring, and summer. sophomore standing. (U)(3). Fall and spring. FN352, Real Estate Principles: An EI202, Real Business Experience 2: A introduction to the investment characteristics continuation of EI 201. Students will launch a of real property. Decision-making tools will be start-up business and operate it throughout the emphasized. Covers real estate appraisal and semester. Prerequisite: EI 201 (U)(3). Fall and mortgage markets. Prerequisite: FN 340. (U) spring. Fall.
College of Business 203 FN371, Financial Institutions, Instruments FN495, Special Topics in Finance: Seminar in and Markets: A detailed analysis of the selected finance topics. Course content will vary components of market yield and their from semester to semester. Prerequisite: FN relationships to asset value serves as the 340. (U)(3). Occasionally. foundation for the study of financial institution FN499, Honors Thesis: (U)(3). Occasionally. characteristics and the risk-management techniques of interest to these institutions. International Business Courses Credit will not be given for both EC355 and IB201, International Business Experience: FN371. Prerequisite: FN 340. (U) Fall. International study travel incorporating FN401, Independent Study: (U)(1). international business topics. Course content Occasionally. will vary from semester to semester. (U)(1). Occasionally. FN402, Independent Study: (U)(2). Occasionally. IB210, Business in the European Union: The course analyzes the business environment in FN403, Independent Study: (U)(3). the European Union while taking a look at the Occasionally. economic, political, legal, and cultural aspects FN450, Derivatives Securities and Risk of the European Union and selected member Management: This course provides an countries. It examines current economic, advanced treatment of options, futures, and political, and social developments in the area other derivative securities, including their and discusses implications for business inside theoretical and numerical valuation. Goal is and outside of Europe. (U)(3). Occasionally. to understand these contracts in a variety of IB320, International Business Environment: settings and understand their effect on risk Analyzes the global business environment, exposure including exchange rate risk, interest including geographical, cultural, and political rate risk, etc. Prerequisites: FN347. (U)(3). elements. Examines critical issues such as the Spring. rise of Pacific Rim economies, the European FN451, International Financial Union and the move to regionalism, and the Management: The course will develop a transition from centrally planned economies conceptual framework for understanding to just market economies. Considers effects international financial arrangements and of macroenvironmental changes on corporate introduce specific tools for financial decision strategies. Prerequisites: junior standing and EC making. The operations of foreign exchange 101 or SW220 or (EC 231 and EC 232). (U) markets will be considered, along with their (3). Fall and spring. impact on the management of the firm’s foreign IB323, Contemporary Business in East Asia: exchange exposure. Prerequisite: FN 340. (U) Analyzes the business environment of China, (3). Spring. Japan, and several newly-industrialized nations FN470, Applied Portfolio Management: in the East Asia region. Examines current Students serve as managers of a real dollar economic, political, and social developments (approximately $1 million) investment in the region, and discusses implications for portfolio. The course provides hands-on businesses inside and outside of East Asia. experience in portfolio management, including Prerequisite: EC 232, EC 101, or SW220; or investment policy statement preparation; permission of instructor. (U)(3). Occasionally. economic, industry, and company analysis; IB336, Comparative Economic Systems: hedging tactics; and investment strategy An inquiry into the underlying principles and implementation. Students will report on operational methods of national economic their performance to the Endowment and systems throughout the world. Focuses on the Investment Committee of Butler University’s transition of the former socialist countries to Board of Trustees. Prerequisites: FN347, senior market economies, and reviews the alternative status, and permission of the instructor. (U)(3). models of central planning, market socialism, Fall and spring. and market capitalism. Compares the economic policy choices (and consequences) that countries adopt to further national objectives.
204 Butler University Prerequisite: EC 101 or EC 231. (U)(3). Core Courses offered by Law and Occasionally. Ethics IB367, Legal Aspects of International TI 264-LE, Business Ethics: Examines Business: Examines contemporary legal the conceptual foundations for resolving problems affecting international business ethical challenges associated with business transactions, including contract performance, activity. Areas addressed in the course include licensing, delivery, payment, dispute resolution, the economic arrangement of a business export controls, and foreign corrupt practices. organization, the treatment of its stakeholders, Other legal topics, including nationalization and the treatment of the environment. (U)(3). and expropriation, which are relevant to Fall, spring, and summer. international business also will be discussed. Law and Ethics Courses Prerequisites: MG 365. (U)(3). Occasionally. LE263, Legal Environment of Business: IB433, International Economics: Theory of Examines: (i) sources of law, legal process, and international trade; foreign trade financing both dispute resolution; (ii) legal issues relevant under gold standard and managed currencies; to formation and operation of a business international investment; mechanisms of organization (including the legal roles of balance of payment adjustment; tariffs; and management and the providers of capital); economic integration. Prerequisite: EC 231, and (iii) laws governing an organization’s EC 232. (U)(3). Fall, spring, and summer. relationship with its employees and agents. Prerequisites: EI101 or sophomore standing. IB451, International Finance Management: (U)(3). Fall, spring, and summer. The course will develop a conceptual framework for understanding international LE365, Business Law 1: Examines various financial arrangements and introduce specific substantive areas of law affecting business tools for financial decision-making. The organizations including contracts, sales operations of the foreign exchange markets of goods, products liability, property will be considered, along with their impact on (personal, real, and intellectual), as well as the management of the firm’s foreign exchange other contemporary legal and ethical issues. exposure. Prerequisite: FN 340. (U)(3). Spring. Prerequisites: junior standing and LE262 or LE263. Fall, spring, and summer. IB460, International Organizational Behavior: Designed to develop a sophisticated Management Courses understanding of the issues in cross-cultural MG303, Leadership London: Leadership communication applied to the world of London is a seminar-style, site-based course the international manager. Topics such as taught in London, England that uses London’s the selection of international managers, resources, institutions, and history to explore organization designs with multicultural staffing, the cultural, international, historical, and cultural constraints, and different behaviors ethical issues relevant to leadership. (U)(3). exhibited in negotiations are developed Summer. in detail. Prerequisites: MG 360. (U)(3). Occasionally. MG311, Departmental Honors: This course will fulfill the departmental honors requirement IB491, International Marketing: Centers on for COB students in the University Honors the development of international marketing Program. It is designed to prepare students to strategies and tactics, analyzing the roles complete the honors thesis by teaching them of culture, government, and economics. the fundamentals of conducting academic Important regions/markets are woven into the research. Topics addressed will include discussion and cases. Prerequisites: MK 380 or developing a hypothesis, research design, MK 280. (U)(3). Fall, spring, and summer. and methods for collecting data. It will also IB495, Special Topics in International Business: familiarize students with research topics, Seminar in selected international business methods and library resources that are unique topics. Course content will vary from semester to the different areas of business. Prerequisite: to semester. (U)(3). Occasionally. junior status and enrolled in Honors Program. (U)(2). Fall.
College of Business 205 MG360, Organizational Behavior: Develops prototypes to demonstrate content learning. an understanding of individual and group There is a secondary focus on developing a behavior in organizations by examining both skill set in reflection, self- awareness, empathy, the theories that explain human behavior and creativity, and critiquing. (U)(3). Annually, their application in business and other settings. term varies. Topics covered include personality, values, motivation, leadership, communication, work Marketing Courses teams, and decision-making. Experiential MK280, Principles of Marketing: A survey learning will be emphasized. Prerequisites: of marketing planning and implementation, junior standing. (U)(3). Fall and spring. with special emphasis on product/service development and management, as well as MG380, Health Care Administration: This distribution, pricing, and promotion practices. course provides an overview of major health Not for majors in COB; not a substitute for care system components such as health status, MK 380 in COB curricula. Background in need for health care, access to healthcare economics and accounting helpful, but not and utilization, health care expenditures, required. (U)(3). Fall and spring. health care facilities, personnel, alternative delivery systems, and healthcare ethical issues. MK380, Introduction to Marketing Prerequisite: junior standing. (U)(3). Annually, Management: An introduction to term varies. contemporary marketing strategies and practices in dynamic competitive environments MG401, Independent Study: (U)(1). and the decisions marketing managers make Occasionally. to help their organizations find, get, and keep MG402, Independent Study: (U)(2). customers. Prerequisites: junior Standing and Occasionally. AC 204, EC 231, and MS 264. (U)(3). Fall, spring, and summer. MG403, Independent Study: (U)(3). Occasionally. MK381, Salesmanship and Sales Management: An applied course to study the MG490, Administrative Policy: The tasks of successful and efficient management of the the manager in formulating short- and long- personal sales process. The course will consist of run corporate strategy. Using the case method, the application of management and behavioral a framework is developed for integrating skills tools to the problem of managing a sales learned in other required business courses. department. Prerequisite: MK 280 or MK380. Prerequisite: senior standing, CBA 401, MG (U)(3). Fall and spring. 350, MG 360, MG 365, MK 380, and FN 340. (U)(3). Fall, spring, and summer. MK385, Marketing Research: Research design and collection, analysis and reporting MG495, Special Topics in Management: of data, and findings relevant to marketing Seminar in selected management topics. Course problems. Quantitative research methods; content will vary from semester to semester. (U) surveys and questionnaires; observation; (3). Occasionally. lab experimentation and field market tests; techniques of data analysis; and reporting and MG499, Honors Thesis: (U)(3). Occasionally. presentation techniques. Prerequisite: MK 380 MG501, Independent Study Management: and MS 264. (U)(3). Annually, term varies. (G)(1). Occasionally. MK386, Health Care Marketing: This course Core Courses offered by Marketing covers the application of marketing principles PCA 261-MK, Aesthetics and Design: Art to contemporary health care industry issues. is everywhere but few people acknowledge it It seeks to leverage and deepen knowledge in the form of everyday practical objects. This from the marketing core by addressing how course will study the fundamental elements standard marketing techniques apply within the of art and the principles of design and their health sector. (U)(3). Prerequisites: MK280 or interaction to create both artwork and products MK380. Spring. of use. Students should expect hands-on MK401, Independent Study: (U)(1). experiences in creating artwork and product Occasionally.
206 Butler University MK402, Independent Study: (U)(2). of culture, government, and economics. Occasionally. Important regions/markets are woven into the discussion and cases. Prerequisites: MK 380 or MK403, Independent Study: (U)(3). MK 280. (U)(3). Fall, spring, and summer. Occasionally. MK495, Special Topics in Marketing: MK471, Advertising and Promotion Seminar in selected marketing topics. Course Management: An exploration of basic content will vary for the semester. (U)(3). advertising and sales promotion concepts. Occasionally. Examines the design, management, and integration of a promotional strategy within the MK499, Honors Thesis: (U)(3). Occasionally. marketing effort of the firm. Prerequisite: MK 380. (U)(3). Fall and spring. Management Science Courses MS100, Basic Excel Skills for Business MK473, Retailing: This class will address Applications: Students learn how to develop a comprehensive set of retailing-related Excel spreadsheets to identify, define, and solve items, such as store personnel management, business problems. They develop analytical merchandising, purchasing, location, layout, skills by considering a problem and its solution financial management, and advertising/ through spreadsheet applications (functions, promotions. Class activities will include a mix IF statements, formatting, charting, database of lectures, class discussions, case analyses, functions, etc.) The final examination is based and guest speakers from the retailing industry. on the Microsoft Office User Specialist Level Prerequisite: MK 380. (U)(3). Fall. 1 certification. (P/F) only. (U)(1). Fall, spring, MK480, Marketing Management/Strategy: and summer. The capstone marketing course, designed for MS264, Statistics: Descriptive statistics students in the last semester of their academic (presentation of data, frequency distributions, program, is an integrated study of all functional measures of central tendency, and variation), areas of marketing. The marketing plan is probability theory, probability distributions, considered from a systems perspective with sampling, introduction to hypothesis testing, emphasis on system design and administration. analysis of variance, linear regression, multiple Prerequisites: MK380, MK385, two marketing regression, and correlation. Prerequisites: electives, FN340, MG350, and MG360. (U) MS100 and MA106 or MA125, or any AR (3). Fall and spring. course). (U)(3). Fall, spring, and summer. MK481, Advanced Selling Contemporary MS265, Information Technology: This course Business Environment: This class will expand explores the role of information technology the students’ understanding and ability of in global business today and emphasizes advanced sales techniques. Topics covered will the importance of website, spreadsheet, and include building long-term relationships with database technologies to information-based customers, team selling, negotiation strategies, organizations. Focus is on the need for use of multi-media presentations, and role- proper design and development of software playing. Prerequisites: MK 381 and MK 385. applications. Intermediate and some advanced (U)(3). Occasionally. software skills are covered. Projects promote MK483, Consumer Behavior: Consumer the application of these skills to a variety of behavior from the perspective of a marketing business cases. Prerequisites: MS100 and manager: 1) overview of the concepts, MA106 or MA125, or any AR course. (U)(3). theories, and models that will help the student Fall, spring, and summer. understand buyer behavior, and 2) information MS350, Operations Management: The about consumers in analyzing marketing management of routine operations such as situations and in developing and evaluating inventory for retailing/distribution and work marketing strategies. Prerequisites: MK 380. force management for service enterprises. (U) Spring. The tools needed such as forecasting, process MK491, International Marketing: Centers analysis, and activity-based costing are applied. on the development of international marketing The emphasis is on service operations with strategies and tactics, analyzing the roles background discussions of manufacturing College of Business 207 applications. Prerequisites: junior standing, AC systems, integrated hospital information 204, EC 231, MS100, and MS 264. (U)(3). systems, and control techniques. Prerequisite: Fall, spring, and summer. MS 265. (U)(3). Spring. MS370, Data Networks/Communication MS378, Data Analysis and Business Systems: The course will address networking Modeling: This course will focus on and communication topics related to the developing advanced analytical and modeling efficient and effective flow of information skills for a business environment. Topics will within the organization. The following topics include: functions, financial analysis, importing will be addressed: communications terminology data, sensitivity analysis, modeling growth, and standards, the logical design of information forecasting, and simulation. Prerequisites: flows within the organization, hardware and MS265. (U)(3). Spring. software configurations to solve business MS401, Independent Study: (U)(1). problems, and basic system trouble-shooting. Occasionally. Prerequisites: MS 265 and SE267. (U)(3). Spring. MS402, Independent Study: (U)(2). Occasionally. MS372, Database Design: The course will address database fundamentals and technology; MS403, Independent Study: (U)(3). theory and utilization of database management Occasionally. systems including assessment of data sources and uses; data modeling and applications MS465, Enterprise Information Systems: development for solving practical problems. This course focuses on: key features of a generic Prerequisites: MS 265. (U)(3). Fall and spring. ERP system; various ERP configurations related to servers, databases, and bolt-on software; MS374, Web Design and E-Commerce: This some of the leading ERP software products. In course combines hands-on experience with addition, topics related to data warehousing, website design, with knowledge of e-commerce ERP implementation risks, and security issues and Internet technologies. The focus is on the will also be covered. Prerequisites: any MS300 role of websites and e-commerce in decision- or MS400 level class, or AC325. (U)(3). Fall. making and business systems. Students will investigate how websites can be constructed MS495, Special Topics in Management to support a wide variety of objectives. Science: Seminar in selected management Prerequisite: MS 265. (U)(3). Fall. science topics. Course content will vary from semester to semester. (U)(3). Occasionally. MS375, Systems Analysis and Design: This course will address information analysis MS499, Honors Thesis: (U)(3). Occasionally. and logical specification of the system. The Risk Management Courses following topics will be addressed: basic RM350, Introduction to Risk Management: data structures and access methods, applied The focus of the course is on the management MIS development requirements, detailed of operational risks facing organizations. The logical design, physical design, data and sources, dimensions, and qualities of risk will be process modeling, implementation planning, explored along with techniques used to manage technology, and organizational behavior. risks. Prerequisites: AC203, EC231 or SW220, Prerequisite: MS 265; junior standing. (U)(3). and MS264, MA162, or MA360. (U)(3). Fall Fall and spring. and spring. MS377, Health Care Information and RM360, Insurance Company Operations: Technology Management: An introduction This course is an in-depth study of to information management and technology management issues unique to insurance (IT in the context of health care planning, operations and companies from a functional managerial decision-making and strategic perspective. Explores issues surrounding the analysis). Specific topics addressed will include operation of an insurance company by looking technology-related aspects of healthcare at underwriting strategy, choice of distribution legislation such as HIPPA, application of system, reinsurance arrangements, investments, electronic health records, decision support and claims. Prerequisites: RM350. (U)(3). Occasionally. 208 Butler University RM370, Employee Benefits and Retirement • leadership Planning: This course provides a foundation • marketing of knowledge regarding employee benefit plans. All major categories of benefits will Student Learning Objectives be covered, with an emphasis on plan The faculty of the COB has identified the design, administration, relevant government following objectives for students completing its regulations, and income tax implications. MBA curriculum. They address what students Prerequisites: AC203, EC232 or SW220, and should know, be able to do, and value. MS264 or MA162. (U)(3). Spring. 1. Identify the fundamental drivers of business and show how integrated business RM450, Derivatives Securities and Risk knowledge can be used to solve business Management: This course provides an problems. advanced treatment of options, futures, and 2. Identify the dynamics affecting business in other derivative securities, including their the international economy. theoretical and numerical valuation. Goal is 3. Display the ability to work effectively in to understand these contracts in a variety of teams. settings and understand their effect on risk 4. Practice high ethical standards in decision- exposure including exchange rate risk, interest making. rate risk, etc. Prerequisites: FN347. (U)(3). 5. Accept and support that organizational Spring. change is a natural business process. RM460, Commercial Property and Curriculum Liability Insurance: This course provides Three components comprise the MBA a foundation of knowledge regarding curriculum. commercial property and liability insurance • Foundation Core (10 credit hours): provide lines. All major categories of insurance will be the necessary background and competency covered, including a discussion of the practical in functional areas to prepare for the application of noninsurance loss prevention and graduate core courses. control techniques. Prerequisites: RM350 and • Graduate Core (25 required credit LE365. (U)(3). Occasionally. hours): offer an integrated framework on contemporary leadership perspectives and Graduate Programs management practices. Analytical tools MBA Program and ethical aspects of decision-making The master of business administration are incorporated. International business (MBA) degree is a professional degree, offered considerations are an important part of the primarily to early- and mid-career professionals coursework. The objective is to provide seeking career enhancement. an integrated management educational experience appropriate for leaders in a Requirements for Graduation dynamic business environment and a An individual path to graduation is prepared growing international economy. for each incoming student based on his or her • Concentration courses (eight credit hours): academic background. allow students to develop expertise in The program requires 33 graduate credit finance, international business, leadership hours. Students also may be required to or marketing. complete up to 10 credit hours of foundation courses, depending upon grades and the MBA Courses currency of business-related courses in their MBA410, Organizational Behavior: Provides undergraduate curriculum. Students must a broad overview of the field to develop an accumulate a minimum of two G points by understanding of the principles which govern completing a designated global elective course. human behavior in organizational settings. Students are required to achieve a 3.0 GPA Will cover such issues as motivation, group to graduate from the program. As students dynamics, communication, leadership, progress through the program, they may choose change, and culture. Emphasis will be placed to continue toward a general degree or earn one upon theory, practice, and the development or more of the following concentrations: of personal skills. (Z)(1). Fall, spring, and • finance summer. • international business College of Business 209 MBA420, Financial and Managerial faculty member. Designed to allow graduate Accounting: Conceptual introduction students to pursue in-depth studies of areas to financial accounting with emphasis on or issues related to their areas of academic wealth and income measurement, cash interest. Must have approval of program flows, and debt. Conceptual introduction to director and sponsoring faculty member prior managements accounting with emphasis on to enrollment. Graduate elective: MBA degree- basic management reports, cost patterns, and seeking students in good standing only; 1-3 measurement—including marginal income and credits by agreement with sponsoring professor. expense measurements and break-even analysis. Prerequisites: MBA 410, 420, 425, 430, 435, (Z)(2). Fall, spring, and summer. 440. (G)(1). Occasionally. MBA425, Foundations in Economics: MBA502, Independent Graduate Study in Provides an overview of microeconomics and Business: An individual research project or macroeconomics. Reviews basic economic problem investigation under supervision of a concepts of supply and demand, marginal faculty member. Designed to allow graduate analysis, aggregate demand, the workings students to pursue in-depth studies of areas of markets and how prices, wages, and or issues related to their areas of academic interest rates are determined. The economy interest. Must have approval of program as a whole is also considered with a focus on director and sponsoring faculty member prior unemployment, inflation, and monetary and to enrollment. Graduate elective: MBA degree- fiscal policies. (Z)(2). Fall, spring, and summer. seeking students in good standing only; 1-3 credits by agreement with sponsoring professor. MBA430, Foundations in Finance: This Prerequisites: MBA410, 420, 425, 430, 435, course is an introduction to the basic principles 440. (G)(2). Occasionally. of finance, including shareholder wealth maximization, the time value of money, MBA503, Independent Graduate Study in risk-return relationships, and valuation. In Business: An individual research project or addition, the course will apply these principles problem investigation under supervision of a to such topics as capital budgeting, capital faculty member. Designed to allow graduate structure, dividend policy, and financial students to pursue in-depth studies of areas planning. Prerequisites: MBA 420 must either or issues related to their areas of academic be completed before taking MBA 430 or taking interest. Must have approval of program MBA 420 concurrently with MBA 430. (Z)(1). director and sponsoring faculty member prior Fall, spring, and summer. to enrollment. Graduate elective: MBA degree- seeking students in good standing only; 1-3 MBA435, Foundations in Marketing: An credits by agreement with sponsoring professor. introduction to contemporary marketing Prerequisites: MBA410, 420, 425, 430, 435, strategies and practices. Content issues covered 440. (G)(3). Occasionally. include: (1). marketing mix allocation, (2). segmentation, targeting and positioning, MBA505, Gateway Experience: Provides (3). internal and ethical considerations in students with an introduction to the integrated marketing, (4). services marketing, and (5). nature of business. Introduces the idea of relationship marketing. (Z)(1). Fall, spring, and experiential learning and develops expectations summer. for the graduate core courses. The course will involve a hands-on experiential group exercise. MBA440, Statistical Analysis: This course P/F grading basis. Prerequisites: MBA degree- will focus on applied statistical concepts of seeking status, MBA410, 420, 425, 430, 435. descriptive statistics, probability, hypothesis (G)(1). Fall, spring, and summer. testing, simple/multiple regression, and forecasting models. The course will involve use MBA510, Leadership: Explores the history, of the computer and there will be an emphasis art, science, and practice of leadership on learning and reinforcing computer skills for in organizational settings. Such issues as data analysis. (Z)(3). Fall, spring, and summer. leadership history, change, visioning, coaching followership, and socio-technical concerns MBA501, Independent Graduate Study in will be covered. Emphasis will be placed upon Business: An individual research project or merging theory and practice and personal problem investigation under supervision of a leadership skill development. Prerequisites: 210 Butler University MBA degree-seeking status, MBA410, topics include capital budgeting, capital MBA420, MBA425, MBA430, MBA435, structure, dividend policy, derivatives, mergers and MBA505 must either be completed and acquisitions, and bankruptcy. Prerequisites: before taking MBA510 or taking MBA505 MBA degree-seeking status, MBA410, 420, concurrently with MBA510. (G)(3). Fall, 425, 430, 435, 440, and MBA505 must either spring, and summer. be completed before taking MBA530 or taking MBA505 concurrently with MBA530. (G)(3). MBA515, Legal and Ethical Operation of Fall, spring, and summer. Business: A course designed for managers to operate an entity in compliance with the legal MBA535, Marketing Management and system in an ethical manner. The focus is on Research Methods: An integrated course the practice of preventative law and managing designed to provide the student with operations in such a way as to take advantage marketing management skills, basic research of the safeguards that the legal system provides. methodology skills, and a framework to make Prerequisite: MBA degree-seeking status, decisions in a marketing context. Marketing MBA410, MBA420, MBA425, MBA430, management content issues include: 1) buyer MBA435 (G)(3). Fall, spring, and summer. behavior, 2) market segmentation, targeting and positioning, and 3) management of the MBA520, Managerial Accounting: marketing mix. Research methodology topics Application of managerial accounting include study design, data collection, and concepts, techniques and issues, emphasizing forecasting methods. Prerequisites: MBA uses of internal accounting information for degree-seeking status, MBA410, MBA420, decision making, planning or budgeting, and MBA425, MBA430, MBA435, MBA440, evaluation/control. Topics include alternative and MBA505 must either be completed cost measurement, accumulation, allocation before taking MBA535 or taking MBA505 methods, or analysis techniques (job, process, concurrently with MBA535. (G)(3). Fall, just-in-time, standard, activity-based costing, spring, and summer. cost behavior, cost-volume-profit analysis, contribution approach) that are relevant to MBA540, Operations Management and various managerial decisions (production, Systems: This course deals with managing pricing, etc.) and related issues (behavioral operations and information for strategic implications). Prerequisites: MBA degree- advantage. It deals with materials management seeking status, MBA410, MBA420, MBA425, for manufacturing and services, Japanese just- MBA430, MBA435, MBA440, and MBA505 in-time concepts, work force scheduling for must either be completed before taking service organizations, substituting information MBA520 or taking MBA505 concurrently with for inventories, the hype and realities of MBA520. (G)(3). Fall, spring, and summer. the information super-highway, and using information to advantage in an age of time- MBA525, Managerial Economics: A course based competition. Prerequisites: MBA degree- in applied microeconomics with an emphasis seeking status, MBA410, MBA420, MBA425, on business decision making. Topics include MBA430, MBA435, MBA440, and MBA505 market analysis and price determination; must either be completed before taking examination of managerial response to MBA540 or taking MBA505 concurrently with changing demand, cost, and industry MBA540. (G)(3). Fall, spring, and summer. conditions. Prerequisites: MBA degree- seeking status, MBA410, MBA420, MBA425, MBA545, Integrative Capstone Experience: MBA430, MBA435, MBA440, and MBA505 Designed to serve as a capstone experience must either be completed before taking in the graduate program. This course reviews MBA525 or taking MBA505 concurrently with key concepts from the individual disciplines MBA525. (G)(3). Fall, spring, and summer. (accounting, finance, marketing, leadership, and production) and integrates it with new MBA530, Financial Management: An material on strategic management. The analysis of the theory and practice of financial perspective is from the point of view of a management, this course expands on the topics general manager, division head, or CEO who covered in MBA430. In general, the course holds responsibility for shaping the direction focuses on how firms properly acquire and and character of the organization. The invest funds in a corporate setting. Specific College of Business 211 approach relies heavily on in-depth case analysis in such areas as: interpersonal relations, and class discussion. Prerequisites: MBA process variables, group life cycles, decision degree-seeking status, MBA505, MBA510, making, leadership emergence, and conflict MBA 515, MBA520, MBA525, MBA530, management. Attention to the effects of MBA535, MBA540. (G)(3). Fall, spring, and new communication technologies on group summer. processes also will be addressed. Prerequisite: MBA510. (G)(2). Summer. MBA551, People in Organizations: Generally, all businesses will state that human resources MBA557, Managing Change: Exposes are its most important asset. Management of students to the theory and practices necessary this asset is what, in large part, determines to plan, implement, and analyze the the success of the business. How people are effectiveness of organizational change programs. treated affects the bottom line. Topics include Explores methods which promote autonomy, performance appraisals, communications, diversity, and continuous learning. Seeks to collective bargaining, the need for “win/win,” help students become effective internal and maintaining a positive employee relation’s external change agents. Prerequisite: MBA510. climate, and other related subjects. Prerequisite: (G)(2). Spring. MBA510. (G)(2). Fall. MBA558, Perspectives on Leadership: MBA552, Managing People in Global The objective of this seminar is to examine Organizations: This course is designed to help leadership approaches/styles in an experiential, leaders of international companies develop the in-depth manner. The course includes a highly knowledge and skills they will need to interact engaged and participative exploration of effectively with people from other cultures. both business and not-for-profit organization The concept of culture, how cultures differ leadership (including site visits), as well as a from one another, and how culture influences clarification of the students’ personal styles. interactions between people in a global business Prerequisites: MBA510. (G)(2). Summer. environment will be examined. Particular MBA561, Financial Institutions and emphasis will be placed upon understanding Markets: This course covers the characteristics the implications of cultural differences and management of financial institutions. for management practice in the areas of As a foundation for this study, the course motivation, leadership, communication, examines interest rate theory and interest rate negotiation styles, conflict resolution, and risk management, the regulatory environment, human resource policies. Prerequisite: and other features of the financial markets. MBA510. (G)(2). Spring. Prerequisite: MBA530. (G)(3). Fall. MBA553, Issues in Ethics and Social MBA562, International Finance: The course Responsibility: Focuses on understanding how provides analytical financial tools to managers leaders go about the complex process of making as they operate in the international economy. decisions and solving problems. It deals with Hedging techniques are introduced and how situations get interpreted as problems and foreign investment and financing decisions addresses why some issues get decided while are examined. Prerequisite: MBA 530. (G)(3). others are ignored. It examines decision-making Spring. and problem-solving cycles to determine why some issues get immediate action while others MBA563, Seminar in Investment go through a convoluted decision process. Management: Examines the valuation of Finally, it examines the aftermath of these financial securities using traditional and processes and explores why some problems modern financial theories. Given valuation never get solved. Prerequisite: MBA510. (G) results, it also examines portfolio construction (2). Occasionally. related to maximizing return and minimizing risk. The case method is employed. Prerequisite: MBA556, Developing and Managing Teams: MBA530. (G)(3). Fall. Addresses the formation and development of self-managed or autonomous teams in MBA564, Derivatives: Futures, Options and organizational settings. Strong emphasis Swaps: The course provides an introduction placed on the theory and skill development to derivative markets. Specifically, students
212 Butler University will receive a working knowledge of futures, MBA582, Advertising and Promotion options, and swaps. This course will Management: The traditional promotion emphasize the use of derivative instruments marketing mix elements (i.e. advertising, sales in the management of financial risk exposure. promotion, public relations, and personal Calculus is not a prerequisite for this course. selling) are explored as components of an This course is an MBA finance elective. integrated marketing communications Prerequisite: MBA530. (G)(2). Summer. (IMC) strategy, with primary emphasis on advertising. The course is designed to provide MBA565, Applied Portfolio Management: an exposure to the concepts, theories, and Students serve as managers of a real dollar frameworks helpful in understanding the (approximately $1 million) investment elements of IMC such that students are portfolio. The course provides hands-on able to formulate case analysis and strategic experience in portfolio management, including planning. Additional attention is paid to investment policy statement preparation; the increasing role of technology in effective economic, industry, and company analysis; consumer communication strategy. Prerequisite: and investment strategy implementation. MBA535. (G)(2). Annually, term varies. Students will report on their performance to the Endowment and Investment Committee MBA583, Buyer Behavior and Customer of Butler University’s Board of Trustees. Driven Strategies: Introduce students to the Prerequisites: MBA563. (G)(3). Occasionally. field of buyer behavior from the perspective of a marketing manager who needs such knowledge MBA567, Financial Theory and Cases: This to develop, evaluate, and implement effective, course builds on the corporate finance theory customer-oriented strategies. The course is covered in MBA530. Additional topics such as designed to: 1) provide an overview of the option theory, risk and value creation in capital concepts, theories, and models that will help budgeting, investment-financing interactions, the student understand buyer behavior; 2) and signaling theory are addressed. The case provide exposure to the various research tools method is extensively employed to stress that organizations use to listen to the voice of application of theory and limits of theory in the customer; and 3) develop the ability to use aiding decision-making. Prerequisite: MBA530. this information in formulating and evaluating (G)(3). Occasionally. marketing strategies. Prerequisite: MBA535. MBA571, Global Business Experience: This (G)(2). Spring. course introduces students to the business and MBA587, Marketing Research: A course cultural environments of a particular foreign designed to acquaint the student with basic country through pre-trip work, a short-term marketing research methodology skills. Among study trip, and the preparation of a reflective content issues addressed in this class are: (1). paper. Designed to serve as a two-credit exploratory, descriptive, and experimental elective course, it may be counted toward any research designs; (2). primary and secondary of the areas of concentration and satisfies the data (including scanner data) collection sources two G points MBA program requirement. and methods; (3). hypothesis formulation Prerequisites: completion of seven hours of and testing (qualitative and quantitative 500-level coursework. (G)(2). Annually, term analysis methods); and (4). survey design. varies. Ethical matters and international issues are MBA581, International Marketing: incorporated across most content areas. Course Systematically analyzes the design of content includes both parametric and non- international marketing strategies and tactics parametric statistical procedures. In addition, from the perspectives of both multinational the course places heavy emphasis on how corporations and small-to-medium sized marketing managers can effectively interact exporters. Highlights and integrates the roles of with researchers, and how marketing managers culture, government, and demography in the can use research results as part of the decision- development of comparative and competitive making process in sustainable establishing advantages. Discussions of current global events competitive advantage. Prerequisite: MBA535. and important regions/markets are woven into (G)(3). Occasionally. the analyses and discussions. Practical methods of doing international marketing research are included. Prerequisite: MBA535. (G)(3). Fall. College of Business 213 MBA592, Pharmaceutical Management 3. Demonstrate broad-based professional Rotation 1: (G)(4). Occasionally. business and decision-making skills, such as critical thinking, problem-solving, oral, MBA593, Pharmaceutical Management and written communication. Rotation 2: (G)(4). Occasionally. 4. Display teamwork and leadership skills. MBA594, Special Topics: Seminar in selected 5. Apply appropriate ethical standards in topics. Course content will vary each semester. professional decision-making. Prerequisites: MBA degree-seeking status, MBA410, MBA420, MBA425, MBA430, Curriculum MBA435, MBA440. (G)(2). Occasionally. Three components comprise the MPA curriculum. MBA595, Special Topics: Seminar in selected • MPA core (17 credit hours): provide topics. Course content will vary each semester. the necessary foundation in financial Prerequisites: MBA degree-seeking status, accounting and reporting, managerial MBA410, MBA420, MBA425, MBA430, applications, auditing, and taxation. MBA435, MBA440. (G)(3). Occasionally. • Concentration (9 credit hours): allow students to develop fluency and expertise in MPA Program financial reporting or taxation. The Butler University College of Business • Elective (four credit hours): give students offers the master of professional accounting an opportunity to explore areas beyond (MPA) program for those students choosing their concentration, such as law, non- to pursue a career in public or corporate profit and government, or international accounting. It is primarily designed for students accounting. who already hold an undergraduate degree in accounting. Non-accounting majors are eligible MPA Courses to apply only if they have completed all of the MPA502, Independent Graduate Study in prerequisite courses. The MPA degree, when Accounting: An individual research project combined with an undergraduate business under supervision of a faculty member. degree, will enable students to meet the CPA Designed to allow graduate students to pursue certification requirement of 150 hours of post- in-depth studies of areas or issues related to secondary education mandated by most states. accounting. Must have approval of graduate program director and sponsoring faculty Requirements for Graduation member prior to enrollment. Course is one The program requires 30 graduate credit to three credits by agreement with sponsoring hours. These credit hours are divided into three faculty member. Prerequisites: MPA degree- categories: core (17 credit hours), concentration seeking status and permission of graduate (9 credit hours) and Electives (4 credit hours). program firector. (G)(2). Occasionally. Students must complete at least one of the designated global concentration or elective MPA508, Leadership: This course explores courses. Students are required to achieve a 3.0 the history, art, science, and practice of GPA to graduate from the program. leadership in organizational settings. Such issues as leadership history, change, visioning, Student Learning Objectives followership, small team leadership, and the The faculty of the COB has identified the role of middle management will be covered. following objectives for students completing its Emphasis will be placed upon merging theory MPA curriculum. They address what students and practice, and personal leadership skill should know, be able to do, and value. development. The application portions of this 1. Demonstrate general knowledge of course will focus on situations and scenarios advanced financial accounting, managerial common to new accounting professionals. accounting, auditing, law, tax, and other Prerequisites: MPA degree-seeking status or accounting-related business concepts. permission of graduate program director. (G) 2. Demonstrate specialized knowledge of (3). Spring. various accounting concepts, including MPA511, Accounting for Business international or multi-state financial Combinations and International Operations: accounting or tax concepts. This course introduces students to financial 214 Butler University reporting issues faced by publicly-held jurisdictional tax planning. Critical thinking corporations. Course topics include financial and written/oral communications skills are statement translation and remeasurement, enhanced through class discussions as well as consolidations, segment reporting, the content case analysis and presentation. Understanding of the Management Discussion and Analysis, of advanced tax topics is evaluated using and financial statement notes. Students will be in-class examinations. Prerequisites: MPA expected to apply the requirements of U.S. and degree-seeking status or permission of graduate international generally accepted accounting program director. (G)(3). Fall. principles and the U.S. Securities and Exchange MPA527, Advanced Managerial Accounting: Commission “Rules and Regulations.” This course uses a case-based approach to Prerequisites: AC301 and AC302 or equivalent, examine the use of managerial accounting and senior status. (G)(3). Fall. information in various business decisions. A MPA512, Accounting for Government, Not- wide range of managerial accounting topics, for-Profit and Other Entities: This course including costing systems, budgeting issues, introduces students to four different accounting cost behavior, and performance evaluation environments: governmental, not-for-profit, methods are covered. The course structure partnerships, and new basis. Students will develops critical thinking, business writing, apply governmental accounting standards, as and oral communication skills through class promulgated by the Governmental Accounting discussions, written reports, and presentations. Standards Board, and financial accounting In-class examinations may be used to measure standards written by the Financial Accounting understanding of managerial accounting topics. Standards Board to not-for-profit and Prerequisites: MPA degree-seeking status or troubled for-profit situations. Accounting for permission of graduate program director. (G) partnerships and other non-corporate structures (2). Fall. are also included in the course. Prerequisites: MPA573, Auditing and Forensic Accounting: MPA degree-seeking status. (G)(2). Spring. This course will cover a variety of facets related MPA513, Applied Financial Accounting: to Information Technology (IT) Auditing and The focus is on students learning to apply Forensic Accounting, especially fraud audits. professional financial accounting standards, The course will present tools, concepts, and at an in-depth level, to complicated financial techniques necessary to properly audit IT. It transactions. Their understanding of financial also covers forensic accounting processes and accounting measurement and reporting issues tools used in the detection and prevention of will be enhanced by the application of GAAP fraud against the company. Prerequisites: MPA to a variety of problems. Prerequisites: AC302 degree-seeking status or permission of graduate and senior status, or equivalents. (G)(3). program director. (G)(3). Spring. Spring. MPA578, Advanced Auditing: A strategic MPA515, Taxes and Business Strategy: This analysis-based auditing course in which course uses an economics-based approach to students learn to evaluate the client firm from consider how tax and non-tax factors affect its executive to its operation levels, and to business decisions. The framework developed use the evaluation results as the basis to asses is highly integrative: investment strategies risk and corporate performance. Prerequisite: and financing policies within firms are linked undergraduate degree in accounting or its through taxes. The first part of the course equivalent. (G)(3). Fall. develops the fundamental concepts that MPA579, Advanced Taxation: Taxation, represent building blocks of the framework, sale, reorganization, and liquidation of regular including: tax characteristics of alternative corporations, subchapter S corporations, savings vehicles, marginal tax rates, implicit/ limited liability organizations, and partnerships. explicit taxes, clienteles, and decision-making This course also integrates advanced tax under uncertainty. The second part applies research. Prerequisites: undergraduate business the framework to specific decision settings degree or equivalent and undergraduate tax and such as compensation planning, choice of audit or equivalent. (G)(3). Occasionally. organizational form, capital structure, tax shelters, mergers and acquisitions, and multi- College of Business 215 MPA581, International Corporation MPA589, Advanced Law: This course includes Governance and Financial Reporting: the following topics needed by candidates The course compares corporate governance taking the CPA examination: corporate and structures in different countries, and other organizational structures, debtor creditor emphasizes how legal environments affect the relationships, secured transactions, bankruptcy, enforcements of contracts and regulations. securities laws, and negotiable instruments. It highlights ownership structures and Prerequisites: MPA degree-seeking status or their implications for protecting minority permission of graduate program director. (G) shareholders. The course will relate the legal (2). Occasionally. environments and ownership structures MPA590, CPA Examination Review: This to reporting quality. Study abroad may be course prepares students for the Financial required. Prerequisites: MPA degree-seeking or Accounting and Reporting, Regulation, permission of graduate program director. (G) Auditing and Attestation, and Business (3). Spring. Environment sections of Uniform Certified MPA587, Taxation of Corporations and Public Accountants examination. The topics Partnerships: This course expands on the covered in this course include the topics listed general concepts of federal income taxation in the content specification outline as published and covers tax rules related to C Corporations by the American Institute of Certified Public and Partnerships. Students will be able to Accountants (AICPA). Prerequisites: MPA508, identify and evaluate tax issues associated MPA511, MPA513, MPA515, MPA527, with business entity decisions. This class MPA578, or permission of graduate program further develops critical thinking and oral/ director. (G)(2). Summer. written communication skills through MPA594, Special Topics: Seminar in selected classroom discussions and written case topics. Course content will vary each semester. assignments. Finally, this class allows students Prerequisites: MPA degree-seeking status or to gain familiarity in preparing corporate and permission of graduate program director (G) partnership tax returns. Prerequisites: MPA (2). Occasionally. degree-seeking status or permission of graduate program director. (G)(3). Fall.
216 Butler University
218 Butler University The College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences
Mission Statement Goals The mission of the College of Pharmacy • Education and Practice: Advance the and Health Sciences (COPHS) is to provide practice of our health care professions and effective educational experiences in the health the importance of an interdisciplinary sciences. By so doing, the college facilitates the approach by providing effective and development of life-long learners with a liberal innovative programs for undergraduate, arts foundation who are able to serve society as graduate, and professional-level learners. dedicated, competent health professionals and • Research and Scholarly Activity: community leaders. Conduct focused research and scholarly activity that is consistent with our expertise Values and tied to student experiences. • Public Health, Service, and Leadership: • Professionally focused—inspire with Foster leadership and service for students, excellence in teaching and model life- faculty, and staff through public health- long learning related community outreach, university We have a passion for our life work and and college service, and involvement in have dedicated our careers to training the professional organizations. next generation of health care providers • Employer of Choice: Create an and educators. We look for new ways to employment environment that provides improve learning, and we adapt to the need leadership, personal growth, and resources for new knowledge, skills, and attitudes. to be a desired place of employment for the We share our practical experiences with our ongoing vitality of our programs. students so that what they learn is directly • Collaboration: Develop collaborations to connected to actual patient care or to our increase the reach and effectiveness of our scholarship. We utilize real-life experiences programs and public health initiatives. wherever possible so that students develop an appreciation for the patient and societal Administration variables that add complexity to care of an Mary H. Andritz, Pharm.D., dean; Bruce D. individual or of a population. As faculty, Clayton, Pharm.D., associate dean; Bonnie K. we have developed a collaborative learning Brown, Pharm.D., assistant dean for student environment and are respectful and affairs; Pamela L. Crowell, Ph.D., department supportive of one another. chair of Pharmaceutical Sciences; Julia M. • Student focused—dedicated to our Koehler, Pharm.D., associate dean for clinical students education and external affiliations; Jane M. We are dedicated to our students and are Gervasio, Pharm.D., department chair of committed to their development, both pharmacy practice; Michael S. Roscoe Ph.D., inside and outside the classroom, with M.P.A.S., assistant dean for interprofessional teaching, advising, project oversight, and education and chair, department of health experiential learning. sciences; Jennifer A. Snyder, M.P.A.S., director • Patient focused—dedicated to our of the physician assistant program. patients and our professions Professors We are experienced health care practitioners Mary H. Andritz, Pharm.D.; Bruce D. Clayton, and investigators who exude a high regard Pharm.D.; Pamela L. Crowell, Ph.D.; Julia M. for patient care that is transmitted to our Koehler, Pharm.D.; Jennifer A. Snyder, M.P.A.S.; students. We teach others so our professions Michael A. Vance, Ph.D.; Jeanne H. Van Tyle, can excel and provide better patient care and Pharm.D.; W. Kent Van Tyle, Ph.D. research each day.
The College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences 219 Associate Professors Indianapolis College of Pharmacy affiliated Jarrett R. Amsden, Pharm.D.; Alex J. Ansara, with Butler University. With the completion of Pharm.D.; Meghan M. Bodenberg, Pharm.D.; a new pharmacy building in 1951, the college Bonnie K. Brown, Pharm.D.; Henry F. Cole, moved to the Butler campus. It celebrated Ph.D.; Nandita G. Das, Ph.D.; Sudip K. Das, the centennial of its founding in 2004. The Ph.D.; Alexandre M. Erkine, Ph.D.; Donald R original building was extensively renovated Frosch, M.S.; Dennis C. Gardner, Pharm.D.; in 2007–2009. A new addition doubled the Jane M. Gervasio, Pharm.D.; Todd W. Hrubey, building size. Teaching laboratories, research Ph.D.; Joseph K. Jordan, Pharm.D.; Laurence laboratories, classrooms, and offices were added, A. Kennedy, Ph.D.; Chad A. Knoderer, renovated, and upgraded into a state-of-the-art Pharm.D.; John A. Lucich, M.D.; Carrie M. facility. Maffeo, Pharm.D.; Laurie L. Pylitt, M.H.P.E.; In 1994, the College of Pharmacy and Carriann E. Richey-Smith, Pharm.D.; Michael Health Sciences collaborated with Methodist S. Roscoe, Ph.D.; Kevin M. Tuohy, Pharm.D. Hospital to develop a physician assistant (PA) Assistant Professors program. Today, the PA program is operated Erin L. Albert, Pharm.D., M.B.A., J.D.; solely by Butler University, which administers Kendra M. Atkinson, Pharm.D.; Kimberly all aspects of didactic training on Butler M. Beck, Ph.D.; Tracy J. Costello, Pharm.D.; University’s campus. Students now complete Medhane G. Cumbay, Ph.D.; Lauren M. a three-year professional phase of training in Czosnowski, Pharm.D.; Patricia S. Devine, classes of about 50 students each. Graduates are Pharm.D.; Stephanie L. Enz, Pharm.D.; awarded a Master of Physician Assistant Studies Hala M. Fadda, Ph.D.; Samuel L. Gurevitz, degree. Pharm.D.; Carolyn M. Jacobs-Jung, Pharm.D.; Kena J. Lanham, Pharm.D.; Larry W. Lynn, Accreditation M.D.; Annette T. McFarland, Pharm.D.; The Butler University College of Pharmacy Kristen R. Nichols, Pharm.D.; Sarah A. Nisly, and Health Sciences is a member of the Pharm.D.; Angela V. Ockerman, Pharm.D.; American Association of Colleges of Pharmacy Emily C. Papineau, Pharm.D.; Sheel M. Patel, and the Physician Assistant Education Pharm.D.; Amy S. Peak, Pharm.D.; Cathy Association. The pharmacy program is M. Ramey, Pharm.D.; Darin C. Ramsey, accredited by the Accreditation Council Pharm.D.; Jason T. Range, J.D., Ph.D.; for Pharmacy Education (ACPE), and the David J. Reeves, Pharm.D.; Laura F. Ruekert, physician assistant program is accredited by Pharm.D.; Priscilla T. Ryder, Ph.D.; Lindsay the Accreditation Review Commission on M. Saum, Pharm.D.; Michele A. Schultz, Education for the Physician Assistant (ARC- M.P.A.S.; Dane L. Shiltz, Pharm.D.; Tracy PA). L. Sprunger, Pharm.D.; Daniel P. Sturm, M.M.S.; Alison M. Walton, Pharm.D.; Jessica Licensure and Experience E. Wilhoite, Pharm.D.; Kristal L. Williams, Pharm.D.; Deborah S. Zeitlin, Pharm.D.; Requirements Jennifer S. Zorn, M.S. To become a licensed pharmacist in Indiana, Instructors a person must obtain a passing grade on Jennifer R. Guthrie, B.S.H.S.; Jennifer S. the North American Pharmacy Licensure Myers, B.S.N.; Margaret S. Stratford, Pharm.D. Examination (NAPLEX) or, with Pharmacy Board approval, reciprocate an existing license that was obtained through examination in History another state. To qualify for the NAPLEX Butler University’s College of Pharmacy and examination, a person must be a graduate of Health Sciences had its origin in 1904 with the an ACPE-accredited college of pharmacy, be founding of the Winona Technical Institute. at least 18 years of age, and be of good moral Subsequently, the pharmacy department character. Persons convicted of a felony may separated from the institute to become the not be eligible for licensure in Indiana. In order Indianapolis College of Pharmacy, one of to participate in the experiential portion of the the first pharmacy colleges in the country to curriculum, students are required to submit the adopt a four-year curriculum. In 1945, the results of a background check for felony and/
220 Butler University or misdemeanor convictions conducted by an Doctor of Pharmacy Program independent agency. Students may be restricted Student Learning Outcomes from participating at certain experiential sites as • Apply knowledge and skills to make a result of this information. appropriate decisions regarding the safe and To become licensed as a physician assistant effective use of medications or the need for in Indiana, a person must have successfully referral to other health care providers. These completed an accredited educational decisions should include consideration of program for physician assistants and must social, economic, and cultural factors. have passed the Physician Assistant National • Find, understand, analyze, evaluate, and use Certifying Examination (PANCE). Temporary information to make informed and rational certification may be granted to an individual decisions. who has graduated from an accredited • Effectively communicate pharmaceutical program but has not yet taken the certifying and health-related information and examination, or is awaiting the results of the collaborate with other health care examination. professionals to ensure the provision of quality patient care. Degree Programs • Practice independent learning and modify The College of Pharmacy and Health ideas and behaviors based on newly acquired Sciences offers the doctor of pharmacy knowledge. (Pharm.D.) degree that provides eligibility for • Manage pharmacy operations including licensure as a pharmacist. The college also offers human, facilities, and fiscal resources to a doctor of pharmacy with research emphasis, deliver quality patient care. a doctor of pharmacy with medical Spanish • Demonstrate ethical conduct in personal emphasis, a graduate program leading to a and professional settings and respect and master of science in pharmaceutical sciences exhibit empathy for patients’ differences, degree, a doctor of pharmacy/master of science values, and preferences. in pharmaceutical sciences degree, and a doctor • Promote health improvement, wellness and of pharmacy/master of business administration disease prevention. program that awards both the Pharm.D. and MBA degrees upon simultaneous completion of Medical Spanish Student Learning the respective degree requirements. The College Outcomes of Pharmacy and Health Sciences also offers a • Effectively communicate with Spanish- master of physician assistant studies (M.P.A.S.). speaking patients to elicit an accurate medical history, including relevant drug Doctor of Pharmacy Professional information. Degree • Effectively communicate in Spanish (both The College of Pharmacy and Health verbal and written) to provide requisite drug Sciences offers a doctor of pharmacy information to Spanish-speaking patients. (Pharm.D.) degree program that prepares • Effectively incorporate his/her students to become advanced pharmacy understanding of Hispanic/Latino cultural practitioners who possess the knowledge influences into patient care activities, and skills required to function as authorities including therapeutic recommendations and on the use of medicines, and who can apply patient counseling activities with Hispanic/ pharmaceutical and biomedical science to the Latino patients practical problems of drug therapy. Doctor of pharmacy practitioners are capable of Research Track Outcomes contributing to the interdisciplinary delivery • Conduct a thorough literature review and of primary health care and can function as write a concise summary of the literature drug therapy information resource specialists. relevant to a research project using Students also are prepared for specialty appropriate critical thinking and analysis professional studies and for graduate study in skills. the pharmaceutical sciences.
The College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences 221 • Using one or two laboratory techniques, • Cumulative grade point average (GPA) at conduct laboratory experiments with Butler University greater than 3.0. sufficient proficiency so as to function with • GPA greater than 3.0 in 10 selected, critical minimal supervision. prepharmacy courses listed below. • Generate, evaluate, and interpret • No grade less than C- in any of the 10 experimental data using the principles of prepharmacy courses stipulated below. For scientific research integrity. the purposes of automatic advancement, • Create and present an oral presentation none of these 10 courses may be repeated summarizing the background, methods, to improve the student’s GPA. If a student results, and conclusions of the conducted must repeat a course to satisfy a subsequent research. course prerequisite, the first grade received Doctor of Pharmacy Admission Requirements in the course is used in the calculation of Applicants to the preprofessional or the student’s advancement GPA. (NOTE: professional program who are non-native A withdrawal during the fall semester, English speakers are required to submit the sophomore year from one of the 10 classes results of the Test of Spoken English (TSE-A) used in the automatic advancement or Test of English as a Foriegn Language formula will result in loss of automatic (TOEFL) scores. advancement.) The doctor of pharmacy curriculum requires • Students must take the Pharmacy College that the student complete two preprofessional Admission Test (PCAT) no later than years and four professional years. Acceptance January of their second preprofessional into the professional phase of the pharmacy year and achieve a minimum composite program allows students to begin the first percentile score of 55 and a writing score of professional year (P1) coursework of the 3.0. six-year curriculum. All students entering the • Successful completion of an in-person fall semester of the first professional year (P1) standardized interview including must satisfactorily complete all math/science evaluation of verbal communication and preprofessional coursework prior to beginning interpersonal skills, ethical and professional their fall P1 semester. Acceptance of students characteristics, intellectual curiosity, into the professional pharmacy program by leadership and emotional maturity, respect either the automatic advancement option or the and empathy for others and creativity PharmCAS application option is contingent upon enrollment capacity limitations of the Ten courses that determine the automatic pharmacy program. The College of Pharmacy advancement GPA: and Health Sciences reserves the option to • CH105 General Chemistry modify its pharmacy program admission and • CH106 General Chemistry advancement procedures and curriculum at any • MA106 Calculus and Analytical Geometry time. Students may consult the academic affairs • BI105 Introductory Cell Biology office in the Pharmacy and Health Sciences • FYS101 First Year Seminar Building, Room 107B, (317) 940-9969 for • COM102 Public Speaking or elective PCAT applications and administration dates. • CH351 Organic Chemistry • PX311 Human Anatomy Automatic Advancement Procedure for • PX100 Health Sciences Seminar Prepharmacy Students Entering Butler • PX325 Ethical Issues in Health Care University as Freshmen Students enrolling as freshmen at Butler Eligibility for automatic advancement into University and declaring prepharmacy as their the P1 year of the professional pharmacy initial major are eligible to be automatically program ceases after the student’s review for admitted to the P1 year of the professional professional phase admission at the end of the pharmacy program upon the completion of third semester at Butler University. their third semester of Butler enrollment if they Students seeking professional pharmacy meet the following criteria: program admission by the automatic advancement option may not count more than
222 Butler University two courses transferred from another university internal and external program applicants on a or awarded through advanced placement (AP) competitive, space-available basis. This process toward the calculation of their automatic considers the student’s cumulative GPA for advancement GPA. all coursework completed at all universities, Students failing to automatically advance performance on the Pharmacy College to the professional pharmacy program will be Admissions Test (PCAT), and an attribute considered for admission to the professional assessment through an interview. Application is program on a competitive, space-available made by completion of an internal application application basis. Application for admission available from the academic affairs office, by this process must be made by completing Pharmacy and Health Sciences Building, Room an internal application available from 107B. the pharmacy dean’s office. This process Students who do not gain admission into the considers the student’s cumulative GPA for professional pharmacy program following their all coursework completed at all universities, fourth semester of Butler University enrollment performance on the Pharmacy College may continue as preprofessional pharmacy Admissions Test (PCAT), and an attribute students at Butler University to repeat the assessment through an interview. requisite coursework to improve their GPA, and/or they may retake the PCAT examination Professional Phase Application Procedure for for a maximum of six semesters. If students Transfer Students Entering Butler University elect to repeat preprofessional coursework as Preprofessional Students and/or retake the PCAT examination, they Students who enter Butler University with will be admitted into a subsequent P1 class 13 or more credit hours completed following under the admission criteria and curriculum high school graduation are classified as transfer in effect for the P1 class they will be entering, students. Students entering Butler University contingent upon program enrollment capacity. as transfer students and declaring prepharmacy To be eligible for entry into the P1 year of as their intended major are not eligible for the pharmacy program, a student must have advancement to the P1 year of the professional completed all of the preprofessional coursework pharmacy program via automatic advancement. required as prerequisites for enrollment in P1 Transfer students may apply for admission professional coursework. If students fail to into the P1 class along with all internal and achieve admission into the P1 class at the end external program applicants on a competitive, of six semesters, they will be required to change space-available basis. This process considers the their major. student’s cumulative GPA for all coursework completed at all universities, performance on Professional Phase Application Procedure for the Pharmacy College Admissions Test (PCAT), Students Transferring to Butler University and an attribute assessment through an and into the Professional Pharmacy Program interview. Application is made by completion (P1 Year) of an internal application available from the A student who enters Butler University with academic affairs office, Pharmacy and Health 13 or more credit hours completed following Sciences Building, Room 107B. high school graduation is classified as a transfer Professional Phase Application Procedure for student. Transfer students not currently Butler University Students Not Classified as enrolled at Butler University should contact Prepharmacy Students Upon Entry into the the academic affairs office in the Pharmacy and University as Freshmen (including changes Health Sciences Building, Room 107B, (317) of majors) 940-9969 for program admission information. Students enrolling at Butler University All students who satisfy the requirements as freshmen who declare a major other than to transfer to Butler University may apply for prepharmacy or COPHS exploratory are not admission into the P1 class on a competitive, eligible for the automatic advancement option space-available basis. This process considers for entry into the P1 year of the professional both the student’s cumulative GPA for all pharmacy program. Such students may apply coursework completed at all universities for admission into the P1 class along with all and performance on the Pharmacy College
The College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences 223 Admissions Test (PCAT), and an attribute Courses (Spring Semester) Credit Hours assessment through an interview. To be eligible FYS102, First Year Seminar 3 for the P1 year of the pharmacy program, a CH106, General Chemistry (with lab) 5 student must have completed all preprofessional BI105, Intro Cell Biology 3 prerequisite coursework prior to beginning his/ Elective 2 her P1 professional coursework. Because of the Core (TI, PCA, or SW) * ** 3 sequential nature of the doctor of pharmacy PWB, Physical Well Being 1 curriculum, transfer students entering the Total semester hours 17 professional phase of the program must enter the program in the fall of the P1 year. Students Second Year—Prepharmacy Credit Hours seeking transfer admission into the P1 year GHS201-209, Global and Historical Studies 3 of the pharmacy program must complete a PX311, Human Anatomy 3 PharmCAS application no later than Jan. 7 CH351, Organic Chemistry (with lab) 5 prior to the fall semester of desired P1 program PX325, Ethical Issues in Health Care 3 admission. Information on the PharmCAS Core (TI, PCA, or SW)* ** 3 application process may be obtained at Total semester hours 17 www.pharmcas.com. *TI = Text and Ideas, PCA = Perspectives in the Creative Arts., SW = The Social World, AR Doctor of Pharmacy Degree Requirements Analytical Reasoning Students are required to complete the **Students (except previously degreed students) program of study of not less than six academic must take at least one core course in each of the years with a minimum of 210 credit hours. divisions listed. Successful completion of the professional curriculum requires that the student not exceed five credit hours of coursework with earned Courses (Spring Semester) Credit Hours grades less than C (2.0) in PX and RX courses GHS201-209, Global and Historical Studies 3 numbered 300 or higher. Additionally, the BI325, Pathogenic Microbiology 3 student’s professional GPA must be 2.0 or CH352, Organic Chemistry (with lab) 5 higher. The professional curriculum consists PX315, Human Physiology 4 of those courses designated PX and RX. The PX200, Intro to Pharmacy Practice 1 proper sequence of courses must be maintained Total semester hours 16 and the prerequisites for each course satisfied. The student is responsible for making certain First Professional Year (Third Year) Credit Hours that he or she has completed all required RX301, Intro to Pharmacy Practice Experience 0 courses in the curriculum. RX312, Clinical Biochemistry 4 All didactic coursework must be completed RX316, Pathophysiology 4 before beginning the experiential rotations in BI323, Immunology 2 the P4 year of the curriculum. RX350, Intro to Pharmaceutical Care I 3 Liberal Education Elective 3 Doctor of Pharmacy Curriculum for Total semester hours 16 Classes Graduating Beginning 2014 Courses (Spring Semester) Credit Hours The college reserves the right to change the RX302 IPPE Service Learning 1 Doctor of Pharmacy curriculum at the RX314 Pharmaceutical Biotechnology 3 discretion of the college faculty. RX318, Intro to Principles of Drug Action 5 RX320, Delivery of Health Care 3 First Year—Prepharmacy Credit Hours RX324, Clinical Assessment 2 FYS101, First Year Seminar 3 RX351, Intro to Pharmaceutical Care II 4 CH105, General Chemistry (with lab) 5 Total semester hours 18 MA106, Calc and Analytical Geom I 5
Core (TI, PCA, or SW)* ** 3 PX100, Health Sciences Seminar 1 Total semester hours 17
224 Butler University Second Professional Year Credit Hours Doctor of Pharmacy with RX401, IPPE 2 0 Research Emphasis RX403, Therapeutics I Case Studies 1 RX411, Prin of Drug Action I 4 Years 1–3 as above RX413, Therapeutics I 3 Second Professional Year Credit Hours RX415, Self-care and Health Promotion I 2 RX401, IPPE 0 RX421, Introduction to Dosage Forms 4 RX403, Therapeutics I Case Studies 1 Liberal Education Elective 3 RX411, Prin of Drug Action I 4 Total semester hours 17 RX413, Therapeutics I 3 RX415, Self-care and Health Promotion I 2 Courses (Spring Semester) Credit Hours RX421, Introduction to Dosage Forms 4 RX404, Therapeutics II Case Studies 1 RX602/603 Independent Study 2-3 RX412, Prin of Drug Action II 4 Total semester hours 16-17 RX414, Therapeutics II 3 RX416, Self-care and Health Promotion II 3 Courses (Spring Semester) Credit Hours RX422, Advanced Dosage Forms 4 RX404, Therapeutics II Case Studies 1 RX432, Personnel and Financial Management 3 RX412, Prin of Drug Action II 4 Total semester hours 18 RX414, Therapeutics II 3 RX416, Self-care and Health Promotion II 3 Third Professional Year Credit Hours RX422, Advanced Dosage Forms 4 RX501, IPPE III 0 RX432, Personnel Management 3 RX503, Therapeutics III Case Studies 1 Total semester hours 18 RX511, Principles of Drug Action III 4
RX513, Therapeutics III 3 Third Professional Year Credit Hours RX522, Pharmacokinetics/Biopharm 3 RX501, IPPE 0 RX527, Biostatistics and Research Design 3 RX503, Therapeutics III Case Studies 1 RX6xx, Professional Electives 2 RX511, Principles of Drug Action III 4 Total semester hours 16 RX513, Therapeutics III 3
RX522, Pharmacokinetics/Biopharm 3 Courses (Spring Semester) Credit Hours RX527, Biostatistics and Research Design 3 RX500, Intro to Exper Rotations 1 RX, Pharmaceutical Science elective 2-3 RX504, Therapeutics IV Case Studies 1 RX634, Seminars in Pharm Sci 1 RX514, Therapeutics IV 3 Total semester hours 17-18 RX528, Advanced Drug Information 2
RX523, Clinical Pharmacokinetics 3 Courses (Spring Semester) Credit Hours RX526, Pharmacy and the Law 3 RX500, Intro to Exper Rotations 1 RXxx, Professional Electives 3 RX504, Therapeutics IV Case Studies 1 Total semester hours 16 RX514, Therapeutics IV 3 RX528, Advanced Drug Information 2 Fourth Professional Year Credit Hours RX526, Pharmacy, Policy and the Law 3 RX 6—Ten Experiential On-site Rotations 40 RX523, Clinical Pharmacokinetics 3 (4 hours each) Liberal Education Elective 3 • 7 Required Pharmacy Practice Rotations: RX609-80, Sp Top:Current • 1 General Medicine Rotation Topics in Pharm. Sci 1 • 2 Acute Care Rotations Total semester hours 17 • 2 Community Pharmacy Rotations
• 1Ambulatory Care Rotation • 1 Underserved population Rotation • 3 Elective Pharmacy Practice Rotations RX607, Pharm.D. Senior Seminar I 1 RX608, Pharm.D. Senior Seminar II 1 Total hours 42
Total Credit Hours Required for Graduation: 210 The College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences 225 Fourth Professional Year Credit Hours Doctor of Pharmacy/Master of Rotations 40 Science in Pharmaceutical Sciences • 3 Research Rotations** (12 weeks total)—May thru July Degree One of the factors that limit many doctor **(Prerequisite for Research Rotations: of pharmacy students from pursuing advanced Grade of C or better in Research Track degrees is the time commitment of 8-9 years Basic Science Courses; All three research required to complete the Pharm.D. degree rotations are to be completed consecutively) plus an advanced pharmaceutical degree. • 5 Required Pharmacy Practice Rotations: The objective of this program is to provide • 2 General Medicine, or Internal students a time- and financially-efficient way Medicine, or Family Practice Rotations for students to meet their professional goals. • 2 Community Pharmacy Rotations The curriculum for the Pharm.D./M.S. • 1Ambulatory Care Rotation dual degree integrates the existing curricula • 2 Elective Pharmacy Practice Rotations of the Pharm.D. degree and the M.S. in RX 607, PharmD Senior Seminar I 1 pharmaceutical sciences degree, allowing RX 608, PharmD Senior Seminar II 1 students seeking their doctor of pharmacy Total hours 42 degree (Pharm.D.) to simultaneously complete a master of science (M.S.) degree in Total Credit Hours Required for Graduation: pharmaceutical sciences. 212 The Pharm.D. degree allows students to work in many facets of the practice of Doctor of Pharmacy with Medical pharmacy. Offering a Pharm.D./M.S. dual Spanish Emphasis degree allows doctor of pharmacy students Students may formally declare the COPHS to pursue additional training in the area of Medical Spanish Track either as preprofessional pharmaceutical sciences research. Having a or professional phase pharmacy students. Pharm.D./M.S. dual degree will aid in the Successful completion of the COPHS Medical recruitment and retention of outstanding Spanish Track requires the completion of pharmacy students with a strong interest in a minimum of 12 credit hours of medical research. A Pharm.D./M.S. degree will also Spanish coursework taken as medical Spanish make Butler graduates more competitive for courses having the RX course designator, and positions in the pharmaceutical industry or for the 12 credit hours must include RX692, an academic positions. APPE rotation with a Spanish-language focus. Years 1-3 as above Students receiving a placement of SP305 or higher on the Spanish language placement Summer Research following P1 Year test will be awarded three hours of “back Students will engage in summer research and credit” for RX615, Introduction to Medical receive independent study credits (five credits). Spanish, upon completion of nine credit hours The intention is to have students get started on of COPHS medical Spanish courses. RX617, their respective projects. The summer research Advanced Medical Spanish, or permission of experience will last the entire summer. the instructor, is a prerequisite for the RX692 APPE rotation. The following courses may Second Professional Year Credit Hours be used to satisfy completion of the Medical RX401, Intro to Pharm Practice Experience 0 Spanish Track: RX403, Therapeutics I Case Studies 1 • RX615 Introduction to Medical Spanish RX411, Prin of Drug Action I 4 (204-level)—3 credit hours RX413, Therapeutics I 3 • RX617 Advanced Medical Spanish RX421, Introduction to Dosage Forms 4 (300-level)—3 credit hours RX415, Self-Care and Health Promotion I 2 • RX619 Medical Spanish Service Learning Liberal Education Elective 3 (300-/400-level)—3 credit hours RX634, Seminars in Pharmaceutical Sci 1 • RX611-68 Spanish Language Immersion RX 601, Independent study 1 trip to Mexico (100-300- level)—3 credit Total semester hours 19 hours • RX692 APPE Rotation—4 credit hours
226 Butler University Courses (Spring Semester) Credit Hours Completed Thesis to be submitted May of RX404, Therapeutics II Case Studies 1 graduating year. RX412, Prin of Drug Action II 4 Total credit hours required for graduation: RX414, Therapeutics II 3 232 RX416, Self-Care and Health Promotion II 3 RX422, Advanced Dosage Forms 4 Master of Science in Pharmaceutical RX432, Personnel and Financial Mgmt 3 Sciences Degree RX609, Current Topics in Pharm Sci 1 The College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences RX601, Independent study 1 offers the master of science in pharmaceutical Total semester hours 20 sciences in five areas of emphasis: pharmaceutics, pharmacology, medicinal chemistry, pharmacy Entry into the graduate program administration, and clinical sciences. The (See Graduate Studies, p. 330) program involves an intensive curriculum Summer Research following P2 year consisting of didactic courses and thesis research. RX 705/706 Research and Thesis 3 Successful completion of the M.S. in phar- Third Professional Year Credit Hours maceutical sciences degree requires successful RX501, IPPE 0 completion of at least 30 semester credit hours RX503, Therapeutics III Case Studies 1 with not less than six hours of research credit. RX511, Prin of Drug Action III 4 The research must be compiled into a thesis, RX513, Therapeutics III 3 which is presented and defended in front of the RX522, PK and Biopharmaceutics 3 committee. Details of the program are available RX713, Biostatistics and Research Design 3 under the graduate studies section on page 330. Graduate level elective 3 Master of Physician Assistant Studies RX781, Seminars in Pharmaceutical Sci 1 The College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences RX783, Intro pharmaceutical research 2 offers a master of physician assistant studies Total semester hours 20 (M.P.A.S.) degree for those completing the requirements of the physician assistant (PA) Courses (Spring Semester) Credit Hours program. PAs practice medicine under the RX500, Intro Experiential Rotations 1 supervision of licensed physicians, providing RX504, Therapeutics IV Case Studies 1 patient care services that would otherwise be RX514, Therapeutics IV 3 done by physicians. PAs perform a wide range RX523, Clinical Pharmacokinetics 3 of medical duties including obtaining medical RX526, Pharmacy, Policy and the Law 3 histories, performing physical examinations, RX528, Advanced Drug Information developing/implementing comprehensive and Literature Evaluation 2 diagnostic and patient management plans, Graduate level elective 3 providing patient education and counseling, RX701, Research and Thesis 1 ordering and interpreting diagnostic tests, RX785, Biopharmaceutical analysis 3 performing therapeutic procedures, and Total semester hours 20 prescribing medications. PAs practice in a variety of settings and specialties, with their specific Fourth Professional Year Credit Hours practice activities guided by the specialty of the 3 graduate level Research Rotations 12 supervising physician and the setting of the 7 Required Rotations: 28 practice. 2 General Medicine, or Internal Medicine, The physician assistant program requires or Family Practice Rotations completion of a two-year preprofessional 1 Community Pharmacy Rotation curriculum and a three-year professional 1 Ambulatory Care Rotation curriculum. The preprofessional curriculum, 3 Patient Care Elective Rotations (1 of 3 in addition to including the Butler core rotations must be in an acute setting) curriculum requirements, emphasizes college- RX607, PharmD Senior Seminar I 1 level preparation in mathematics and life RX608, PharmD Senior Seminar I 1 sciences. The professional phase, which begins RX782, Ethics in Research 1 with the third year, consists of a two-year RX780, Current Topics 1 preclinical component and a 12-month Total Semester Hours 44
The College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences 227 clinical component. During the preclinical Pathway 1: Automatic Advancement phase, students receive instruction in anatomy, Process physiology, pathology, social and professional Admission into Pre-Health Science/Pre-PA issues related to medical practice, techniques program of history-taking and physical assessment, To be admitted to the auto-advance, pre-health clinical medicine, pharmacology, therapeutics, science (i.e., pre-PA) program as freshmen at medical procedures, and research methods. Butler University, students will be required to The instruction is supplemented by laboratory meet the auto-advancement entrance criteria of experiences to enable students to practice what the College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences they have learned. The clinical component with regard to GPA and standardized test consists of rotations in major medical disciplines, scores. The number of students admitted as with emphasis on primary care. Students have auto-advance, pre-PA students will be limited the option of taking electives in medical and/ to approximately 30 per year, and offers of or surgical specialties, or continuing to gain admission will be made on a competitive additional primary care experience. basis. It is recommended that applications be submitted as early as possible in the admission Physician Assistant Program Student cycle. Learning Outcomes Admission into PA Program • Demonstrate core knowledge about Auto-advance, pre-PA students will be established and evolving biomedical and automatically advanced (offered admission) clinical sciences and the application of into the PA1 year of the PA Program upon knowledge to patient care. completion of their second, fall semester of • Assess, evaluate and improve patient care Butler enrollment (not including summer practices. sessions) if the requirements for automatic • Interpret and respond to the larger system advancement are met: of health care to provide patient care that is 1. Cumulative GPA at Butler University of at of optimal value. least 3.0. • Use investigatory and analytic thinking 2. No grade less than C in any course used approaches to clinical situations. to satisfy the requirements of the pre- • Display interpersonal and communication physician assistant curriculum. skills that result in effective information 3. No withdrawal from or repeat of any exchange with patients, patients’ families, course used to satisfy the requirements of physicians, professional associates, and the the pre-physician assistant curriculum. health care system. 4. Cumulative GPA (i.e. science GPA) equal • Show care that is effective, patient- to or greater than 3.0 in the following centered, timely, efficient, and equitable for courses: CH105, CH106, BI105, CH351, the treatment of health problems and the PH107, PX311. promotion of wellness. 5. No conduct code violations. • Display a high level of responsibility and sensitivity to a diverse patient population. Students are required to be enrolled full- • Conform to high standards of ethical time during the regular (i.e. fall and spring) practice and to legal/regulatory semesters and must complete all prerequisite requirements. courses by the conclusion of the second spring semester of enrollment while maintaining Eligibility and Admission compliance with the above requirements. Requirements The credit from no more than two transfer There are three pathways by which or AP courses may be substituted for any of candidates can gain admission into the the courses listed in the pre-physician assistant physician assistant program. The details of these (pre-PA) curriculum (see table below). The pathways are outlined below. official Butler GPA is not affected by the grades earned from transfer courses or associated with AP credit. However, transfer courses and/
228 Butler University or AP credit will affect the cumulative Butler Any student who fails to meet any of the GPA and science GPAs upon which eligibility above criteria will be dismissed from the determinations for auto-advancement will be automatic advancement process, but may be based according to the following guidelines: eligible to apply for admission through either of grades from accepted transfer courses will the other two pathways described below. be included in GPA calculations according Eligibility for automatic advancement into to the scale in the Butler University Student the PA1 year of the PA program ceases after Handbook, and an “A” (4.0 score) will be the student’s initial review for professional awarded for each course from which AP credit phase admission at the end of their second fall was earned and accepted. semester at Butler University. First Year (Pre-Physician Assistant Curriculum, PrePA-1): COURSES SEM COURSES SEM (FALL SEMESTER) HRS (SPRING SEMESTER) HRS FYS101 First Year Seminar-1 3 FYS102 First Year Seminar-2 3 CH105 General Chemistry (with 5 CH106 General Chemistry (with 5 lab) lab) BI105 Introductory Cell Biology 3 — Core (AR, PCA, SW, TI) 3 — Core (AR, PCA, SW, TI) 3 — Core (AR, PCA, SW, TI) 3 PWB Physical Well Being 1 BCR Butler Cultural Require- Indianapolis Community ment (BCR) Requirement Total semester hours 15 Total semester hours 14
Second Year (Pre-Physician Assistant Curriculum, PrePA-2): COURSES SEM COURSES SEM (FALL SEMESTER) HRS (SPRING SEMESTER) HRS GHS Global and Historical 3 GHS Global and Historical 3 Studies Studies (Different from fall course) CH351 Organic Chemistry-I (with 5 CH352 Organic Chemistry-II (with 5 lab) lab) PH107 Physics-I (with lab) 4 BI325 Pathogenic Microbiology 3 (with lab) — Core (AR, PCA, SW, TI) 3 — Elective Liberal Education 3 Course/s PX311 Human Anatomy 3 PX315 Human Physiology 4 BCR BCR Total semester hours 18 Total semester hours 14
General Information Regarding have been or are currently enrolled at Butler Pathways 2 and 3 University AND have completed less than 12 Pathways 2 or 3 are the processes all non- hours of credit (excluding AP or IB credits) at auto-advance students interested in applying institutions of higher learning other than Butler to the PA program must follow. Non-auto- University. Non-Butler applicants are those advance applicants will be classified as who have earned 12 or more hours of credit belonging to one of two categories: Butler and (excluding AP or IB credits) at institutions of non-Butler. Butler applicants are those who higher learning other than Butler University.
The College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences 229 Applications for the PA Program must be The criteria for admission and the policies submitted through an electronic application that guide the admission process have been processing service (CASPA). CASPA is a carefully developed and empirically derived. service of the Physician Assistant Education As such, few if any requests for exemptions Association (PAEA) and offers applicants a from the criteria/policies are granted. convenient, Web-based application service However, should an applicant feel that his/her that allows application to participating PA circumstances warrant special consideration, educational programs by completing a single the applicant may forward an appeal in writing application. The online application was (via e-mail) to the chair of the admissions specifically designed for ease and convenience. committee, Dr. John Lucich at jlucich@butler. With far less paperwork, streamlined edu. To be considered, the appeal e-mail must processing, and ongoing communication with include “Appeal Request” in the subject line, applicants, CASPA offers the ability to apply to state the policy/criteria for which an exemption multiple programs across the country. is being requested, and provide a detailed Pathways 2 and 3 are competitive. Thus, it rationale for the request. is important that applications be submitted General questions regarding the admissions as soon as possible once the application cycle process should be directed to Mary Kay Liverett opens (generally mid-April). It is also important at 317-940-6529 or [email protected]. that applicants clearly indicate on the CASPA application classes completed, those currently Pathway 2: Early Decision Process being completed and those expected to be The minimum eligibility requirements for completed by May 31 of the year in which the admission via Pathway 2 are: applicant wishes to matriculate into the PA 1. A cumulative GPA from all institutions Program. of higher learning of at least a 3.5 as Non-Butler applicants who have completed calculated per CASPA protocol. 12 hours or greater of credit (excluding AP 2. The submission of a completed application or IB credits) outside of Butler University by to CASPA by Sept. 1 and verification of the time of the submission of their completed that application by CASPA by Oct. 15 application to CASPA are required to include of the year prior to the year of desired GRE scores (School Code: 1073) at the time of enrollment into the PA Program.* It is application. These same applicants are required the applicant’s responsibility to monitor to earn a BS/BA degree or higher by May 31 of and ensure adherence to these deadlines. the year of intended matriculation into the PA The applicant’s credentials will be assessed program. Butler applicants will not be required according to the information in the to earn a BS/BA degree by May 31 and will not application at the time it was verified by be required to include GRE scores providing CASPA. As such updates to GPAs, GRE they identify themselves as a “Non-Auto- scores etc. will not be considered within an Advance, Butler Applicant” in an e-mail to Dr. application cycle. John Lucich at [email protected] by Oct. 1 3. The ability to provide evidence of (for Pathway 2 applicants) or by Nov. 15 for successful completion of the math/science Pathway 3 applicants. prerequisites (listed below) or their transfer equivalents with a grade of C- or better by The majority of communication regarding May 31 prior to matriculation into the PA invitations to interview, offers of admission, Program. See Curriculum for details. Non- etc. will be conducted by e-mail, so it is very auto-advance Butler applicants without a important that the PA Program (via CASPA) BS/BA degree must also earn C- or above has an accurate e-mail address for all applicants in ALL other courses used to satisfy the and that applicants check their e-mail accounts requirements of the pre-physician assistant on a daily basis. Generally, responses to curriculum prior to matriculation into the program requests must be accomplished within PA program. three days or less. Failure to promptly respond 4. Receipt by Butler University of a deposit by to requests may result in loss of eligibility for Feb. 1 (if offered admission). admission. *Be advised that for an application to be deemed “completed,” it must be
230 Butler University accompanied by college transcripts, letters of year of desired enrollment into the PA recommendation, GRE scores, and any other Program.* It is the applicant’s responsibility documents required for processing by CASPA. to monitor and ensure adherence to these deadlines. The applicant’s credentials will Required Math/Science Prerequisite be assessed according to the information in Courses* for Pathway 2 Applicants the application at the time it was verified General Biology [cell] (BI105) by CASPA. As such updates to GPAs, GRE General Chemistry with lab (CH105) scores etc. will not be considered within an General Chemistry II with lab (CH106) application cycle. Organic Chemistry with lab (CH351) 3. The ability to provide evidence of Organic Chemistry II with lab (CH352) successful completion of the math/science Microbiology (BI325) prerequisites (listed below) or their transfer General math course (above algebra) equivalents with a grade of C- or better by Physics (PH107) May 31 prior to matriculation into the PA Human Anatomy (PX311) Program. See Curriculum for details. Non- Human Physiology (PX315) auto-advance Butler applicants without *Equivalent transfer courses are also acceptable. a B.S./B.A. degree must also earn C- or above in ALL other courses used to satisfy Applicants satisfying the above criteria the requirements of the pre-physician are eligible to be ranked and considered for assistant curriculum prior to matriculation invitation to a “non-academic evaluation” into the PA program. (NAE). The composition of an NAE will 4. Receipt by Butler University of a deposit by typically include one or more interviews, May 1 (if offered admission). an opportunity to meet current students, * Be advised that for an application various information sessions, and any to be deemed “completed,” it must be other activities deemed desirable by the PA accompanied by college transcripts, letters of Admissions Committee. Invitations for the recommendation, GRE scores, and any other NAE will generally be issued to the most highly documents required for processing by CASPA. ranked Pathway 2 candidates near the first of November and the NAE will generally be Required Math/Science Prerequisite conducted on or about the second Saturday Courses* for Pathway 3 Applicants of November. The NAE scores and other General Biology [cell] (BI105) behavioral assessments of applicants will be General Chemistry with lab (CH105) used by the PA Admissions Committee to General Chemistry II with lab (CH106) adjust the pre-NAE rankings of candidates Organic Chemistry with lab (CH351) and will inform decisions regarding which Organic Chemistry II with lab (CH352) applicants will receive offers of admission Microbiology (BI325) and which will be wait-listed. These decisions General math course (above algebra) will generally be communicated via e-mail to Physics (PH107) applicants within 10 to 15 days of completion Human Anatomy (PX311) of the NAE. Human Physiology (PX315) *Equivalent transfer courses are also acceptable. Pathway 3: Standard Decision Process Applicants satisfying the above criteria are eligible to be ranked and considered for The minimum eligibility requirements for invitation to a “non-academic evaluation” admission via Pathway 3 are: (NAE). The composition of an NAE will 1. A cumulative GPA from all institutions of typically include one or more interviews, an higher learning of at least 3.2 as calculated opportunity to meet current students, various per CASPA protocol. information sessions, and any other activities 2. The submission of a completed application deemed desirable by the PA Admissions to CASPA by Dec. 1 of the year prior Committee. Invitations for the NAE will to the year of desired enrollment into generally be issued to the most highly ranked the PA Program and verification of that Pathway 3 candidates near the first of February, application by CASPA by Jan. 15 of the
The College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences 231 and the NAE will generally be conducted on professional courses within the current year. or about the second Saturday of February. The Professional phase PA students must earn NAE scores and other behavioral assessments a grade of C or better in all courses within of applicants will be used by the PA Admissions the professional phase for the courses to be Committee to adjust the pre-NAE rankings of considered successfully completed. PA students candidates and will inform decisions regarding may be dismissed from the college following which applicants will receive offers of admission failure of any two professional phase (AP- and which will be wait-listed. These decisions designated) courses, in addition to not adhering will generally be communicated via e-mail to to the policies listed in the COPHS Student applicants within 10 to 15 days of completion Handbook. of the NAE. Any student who is absent from clinical Requirements and deadlines for Pathways 1, rotations for three months or more must 2 and 3 are subject to change. Should a change perform an observed history and physical occur, it will be posted on the COPHS website examination on a real or simulated patient. A and the PA program will make every effort to history and physical examination is a combined communicate the change as soon as possible to assessment and is graded as such. The student all those in the application pipeline for whom must score a 70 percent or better on each email addresses are available. of these assessments before being allowed to return to clinical rotations. The student will have two opportunities, evenly spaced over a Degree Requirements two-month period of time, to pass each of these Students are required to complete 192 assessments. If unsuccessful, the student will be semester hours with a comprehensive Butler dismissed from the college. GPA of 2.0 or greater in all courses to be awarded the master of physician assistant Physician Assistant Curriculum — studies degree. All students who complete the first four years of the curriculum will be Master of Physician Assistant Studies awarded the bachelor of science in health The program reserves the right to change the sciences degree. curriculum at the discretion of the faculty. Successful completion of the professional First Year (Pre-Physician Assistant Curriculum): curriculum requires that the student not exceed Courses (Fall Semester) Credit Hours five credit hours of coursework with earned FYS101, Freshman Year Seminar 3 grades less than C (2.0) in PX and AP courses CH105, General Chemistry (with lab) 5 numbered 300 or higher. Additionally, the BI105, Introductory Cell Biology 3 student’s professional GPA must be 2.0 or Core (TI, PCA, SW or AR)* ** 3 higher. For the purposes of this calculation, PWB, Physical Well Being 1 the professional curriculum consists of those Total semester hours 15 courses designated AP or PX. The proper sequence of courses must be maintained in the Courses (Spring Semester) Credit Hours professional phase. The student is responsible FYS102, Freshman Year Seminar 3 for making certain that he or she has completed CH106, General Chemistry (with lab) 5 all required courses in the curriculum. Core (TI, PCA, SW or AR)* ** 3 The curriculum of the PA program should Core (TI, PCA, SW or AR)* ** 3 be viewed as being offered in three sections Total semester hours 16 (PA1, PA2 and PA3 years) that are individually indivisible and to be taken in an uninterrupted Second Year (Pre-Physician Assistant sequence over three years. Therefore, it is Curriculum): expected that students first matriculated into Courses (Fall Semester) Credit Hours the PA1 year will maintain simultaneous GHS, Global and Historical Studies 3 enrollment in all professional courses offered CH351, Organic Chemistry I (with lab) 5 as a component of each year’s curriculum. PH107, Physics I (with lab) 4 Students may not progress to the professional Core (TI, PCA, SW or AR)* ** 3 coursework in the next year of the program PX311, Human Anatomy 3 until they have successfully completed all Total semester hours 18
232 Butler University Courses (Spring Semester) Credit Hours Fifth Year: (Physician Assistant Curriculum): GHS, Global and Historical Studies 3 Courses (Summer 1) Credit Hours CH352, Organic Chemistry II (with lab) 5 AP540, Family Practice Rotation 6 BI325, Pathogenic Micro (with lab) 3 AP587, Core Content I 1 Elective Liberal Education Course 3 Total semester hours 7 PX315, Human Physiology 4 Total semester hours 18 Courses (Summer 2) Credit Hours AP541, Internal Medicine Rotation 6 *TI = Text and Ideas, PCA = Perspectives in the AP588, Core Content II 1 Creative Arts., SW = The Social World, AR = Total semester hours 7 Analytical Reasoning **Students (except previously degreed) must Fifth Year: (Physician Assistant Curriculum): take at least one core course in each of the Courses (Fall Semester) Credit Hours divisions listed. In addition, students are AP524, OB/GYN Rotation 6 required to complete the speaking across the AP546, Surgery Rotation 6 curriculum, writing across the curriculum, AP5--, Elective Rotation 4 Indianapolis Community Requirements, and AP589, Core Content III 1 cultural requirements for the core. AP525, Issues in Professional Practice II 1 Total semester hours 18 Third Year: (Physician Assistant Curriculum): Courses (Fall Semester) Credit hours Courses (Spring Semester) Credit Hours AP301, Physiology 5 AP542, Pediatrics Rotation 6 AP307, Pathophysiology I 5 AP543, Comm Mental Health Rotation 6 AP308, Pharmacology I 3 AP590, Core Content IV 2 AP313, Social and Behavioral Medicine 3 AP545, Emergency Medicine Rotation 6 AP350, Clinical Quality Improvement I 3 Total semester hours 20 Total semester hours 19 Total Hours—192 Courses (Spring Semester) Credit Hours The above clinical rotation schedule is just AP302, Anatomy 4 one of several possible sequences. The clinical AP309, Pathophysiology II 4 coordinator will determine individual student AP310, Pharmacology II 3 rotation schedules. All rotations are assigned AP314, Issues in Professional Practice I 2 within a designated radius of Butler University. AP351, Clinical Quality Improvement II 3 Students are responsible for providing their Total semester hours 16 own transportation.
Fourth Year: (Physician Assistant Curriculum): Pre-Professional Health Sciences Courses (Fall Semester) Credit hours AP402, Healthcare Communications I 1 Courses PX100, Health Sciences Seminar: The purpose AP404, Hist and Phys Assessment I 3 of the course is to get students involved early AP406, Diag and Ther Procedures I 3 with the college and their major and to develop AP408, Clinical Integration I 1 success skills that are applicable to all future AP410, EKG Interpretation 1 learning experiences. Emphasis is placed on use AP413, Therapeutics I 4 of campus resources, developing communication AP421, Clinical Medicine I 6 skills, and examining career choices and options. Total semester hours 19 Requisite: This course is required of all COPHS Courses (Spring Semester) Credit Hours students without a previous degree. Open to AP403, Healthcare Communications II 1 COPHS students only. (U)(1). Fall. AP405, Hist and Phys Assessment II 3AP409, PX200, Introduction to Professional Practice: Clinical Integration II 1 This course is designed to develop and enhance AP414, Therapeutics II 5 patient communication skills, professional AP417, Diag and Ther Procedures II 3 attitudes, and independent learning. The course AP422, Clinical Medicine II 6 brings awareness of socioeconomic and cultural Total semester hours 19 diversity and how it affects health outcomes. (U)
(1). Fall and spring. The College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences 233 PX210, Topics in Health and Wellness: This important to an understanding of homeostasis, course will provide an in-depth exploration of pathophysiology, and disease. Sophomore key health related topics of particular importance standing or permission. (U)(5). Spring. to college-age individuals. Topics covered in PX340, Public Health: Law & Policy: this class include nutrition, exercise, alcohol, Familiarize students with the legal and policy infectious diseases, drug use/misuse, over-the- issues involved in public health. The United counter medications and supplements, personal States has many pressing public health issues. safety, and chronic disease prevention. This Students will be exposed to major public health class is designed for freshmen and sophomore challenges and explore the laws that surround students. (U)(3). Fall. public health issues; and understand how to PX311, Human Anatomy: This course balance public needs versus individual private discusses human anatomical composition and rights. Prerequisite: Junior standing. (2)(U). organization from the level of the atom to the Spring. level of the organism. Those aspects of anatomy required for the clinical education and practice Physician Assistant (PA) Courses are emphasized. Prerequisite: BI105 or 122, or AP301, Physiology for PAs: This course BI100 for non-COPHS students. (U)(3). Fall. emphasizes those aspects of human anatomy and physiology that are most important to an PX315, Human Physiology for the Health understanding of pathophysiology, physical Sciences: A study of the functions of the human diagnosis of disease, interpretation of patient body emphasizing the actions and regulation clinical assessment, and treatment of disease. of the specific organs and organ systems, and Prerequisites: First professional year standing in how their performance is integrated in achieving the PA program. (U)(5). Fall. homeostasis. Prerequisites: Human anatomy and organic chemistry, both with passing grades. (U) AP302, Anatomy for PAs: This course (4). Spring. emphasizes those aspects of human anatomy that are most important to an understanding of PX325, Ethical Issues in Health Care: This pathophysiology, physical diagnosis of disease, course will provide students with an awareness interpretation of patient clinical assessment, of current ethics issues in health care and an and treatment of disease. Prerequisites: Grade appreciation of the gravity of these issues. The of C or better in AP301. (U)(4). Spring. associated body of knowledge will be discussed, and students will formally devise their own AP307, Pathophysiology I: This course ethical position. Open to COPHS pre-pharmacy will emphasize normal structure/ function of and pharmacy students only or by permission of human organ systems and the physiology of the instructor. (U)(3). Fall and spring. disease, of disordered function, or derangement of function seen in human disease. Prerequisite: PX334, Human Anatomy and Physiology I: First professional year standing in the PA A two semester lecture and laboratory course program. (U)(5). Fall. designed for preprofessional health students. This course begins with basic concepts and AP308, Pharmacology II: This course progresses through the organ systems with provides an introduction to the principles of emphasis placed on those aspects of human drug absorption, distribution, metabolism, anatomy and physiology that are most and excretion. In addition, the course includes important to an understanding of homeostasis, a study of the mechanisms underlying the pathophysiology, and disease. Sophomore therapeutic and adverse effects of drugs used standing or permission. (U)(5). Fall. to treat human disease. Prerequisite: First professional year standing in the PA program. PX335, Human Anatomy and Physiology II: (U)(3). Fall. A two-semester lecture and laboratory course designed for preprofessional health students. AP309, Pathophysiology II: This course is This course begins with basic concepts and a continuation of AP307, Pathophysiology I. progresses through the organ systems with Prerequisite: Grade of C or better in AP307. emphasis placed on those aspects of human (U)(4). Spring. anatomy and physiology that are most
234 Butler University AP310, Pharmacology II: This course is course emphasize a systematic and scientific a continuation of AP308, Pharmacology I. approach to problem solving. The course will Prerequisite: Grade of C or better in AP308. focus primarily on clinical quality improvement (U)(3). Spring. designs and analysis with special attention on evidence based medicine commonly used AP313, Social and Behavioral Medicine: in clinical quality improvement students. Introduction in the basic counseling skills Prerequisite: Acceptance into the professional necessary to help patients cope with illness and phase of the PA Program (U)(3). Spring. injury, follow prescribed treatment regimens, and modify patients’ attitudes and behaviors AP402, Healthcare Communication I: to more healthful patterns. This includes Prepares the physician assistant student to a functional understanding of personality communicate within the healthcare setting. development, normative responses to stress, Prerequisite: Acceptance into the professional psychosomatic manifestations of illness and phase of the PA Program. (U)(1). injury, sexuality, responses to death and dying, and behavioral patterns related to AP403, Healthcare Communications II: the maintenance and restoration of health. Prepares the physician assistant student to Prerequisite: Professional phase status in the communicate within the healthcare setting, Physician Assistant Program. (U)(3) Fall. a continuation of AP402. Prerequisite: Acceptance into the professional phase of the AP314, Issues in Professional Practice I: PA Program. (U)(1). A course designed to introduce PA students AP404, History and Physical Assessment to past, current, and emerging health care I: Prepares the physician assistant to do a delivery systems and methods of financing complete history and physical examination. health care. Also explored are issues confronting Prerequisite: PA fourth year standing and practicing professionals such as ethics, quality/ acceptance into the professional phase of the risk management, end-of-life decisions, and PA Program. (U)(3). Fall. professional liability. Prerequisite: Professional phase in the Physician Assistant Program. (U) AP405, History and Physical Assessment (2). Spring. II: Prepares the physician assistant to do a complete history and physical examination AP350, Clinical Quality Improvement I: as a continuation of AP404. Prerequisite: This course is part one of a two-part series Acceptance into the professional phase of the designed to prepare the physician assistant PA Program. (U)(4). Spring. student to apply the concepts of research design and statistical analysis within the clinical AP406, Diagnostic and Therapeutic environment. Research skills developed in Procedures 1: This course will introduce the this course will emphasize a systematic and student to clinical skills of both diagnostic scientific approach to problem solving. The and therapeutic value in order to screen for, course will focus primarily on clinical quality prevent, and treat disease entities. Prerequisite: improvement designs and analysis. The class Fourth-year standing in the Physician Assistant will provide an overview of the various steps of Program. (U)(3). Fall. the clinical research process such as problem formulation, hypothesis generation, study AP408, Clinical Integration I: This course design, measurement, data collection, and provides students with an opportunity to analysis. Additionally, there will be a focus on manage virtual patients by applying the statistical concepts. Prerequisite: Acceptance knowledge, skills, and attitudes developed into the professional phase of the PA Program. in other professional physician assistant (U)(3). Fall. coursework. (U)(1). Fall.
AP351, Clinical Quality Improvement II: AP409, Clinical Integration II: A This course is part two of a two-part series continuation of Clinical Integration I. (P/F). designed to prepare the physician assistant (U)(1). Spring. student to apply the concepts of research design and statistical analysis within the clinical AP410, EKG Interpretation: This course environment. Research skills developed in this provides students with instruction in The College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences 235 interpreting 12-lead electrocardiograms for or clinical sciences, or the application of this heart rate, rhythm, conduction system blocks, knowledge. Students will have an opportunity electrical axis, hypertrophy, ischemia, injury, to conduct research or develop a clinically- infarction, and miscellaneous drug, electrolyte, related project. Prerequisite: Enrollment in disease, and pacemaker effects. Prerequisite: the Physician Assistant Program. (G)(1). Fall, Fourth-year standing in the Physician Assistant spring, and summer. Program. (U)(1). Fall. AP502, Physician Assistant Project AP413, Therapeutics for the Physician Presentation: Students will complete the Assistant I: This course prepares the physician research/clinical project begun in AP501 and assistant to manage drug therapy for patients display communication skills that result in in certain health care settings. Prerequisite: effective information exchange with one or Fourth-year standing in the PA program more of the following groups: patients, patients’ and co-requisites of AP421 or permission of families, physicians, professional associates, instructor. (U)(4). Fall. faculty, and/or the health care system. Prerequisites: Enrollment in the Physician AP414, Therapeutics for the Physician Assistant Program. (G)(2). Fall, spring, and Assistant II: A continuation of AP413. This summer. course prepares the physician assistant to manage drug therapy for patients in certain AP525, Issues in Professional Practice II: A health care settings. Prerequisite: AP413 continuation of Issues in Professional Practice Therapeutics for PA1, AP421 Clinical I. Prerequisite: Fifth-year standing in the Medicine for PA1, AP406 Diagnostic and Physician Assistant Program. (G)(1). Fall. Therapeutic Procedures. Co requisite: AP423 Clinical Medicine for PA2 or permission of AP533, General Elective Rotation (4): This instructor. (U)(5). Spring. is a one-month rotation where students have the opportunity to gain supervised experience AP417, Diagnostic and Therapeutic in specialized areas of medical practice. Procedures II: A continuation of AP406, Alternatively, the student may elect to gain Diagnostic and Therapeutic Procedures 1. This additional experience in a primary care setting. course will introduce the student to clinical Prerequisites: Fifth year standing. (G)(4). skills of both diagnostic and therapeutic value Annually, term varies. in order to screen for, prevent, and treat disease entities. Prerequisite: Fourth-year standing AP540, Family Practice Rotation (6): This is in the Physician Assistant Program. (U)(3). a six-week rotation in a family practice setting Spring. where students provide supervised care for patients ranging in age from newborns to the AP421, Clinical Medicine for PAs I: The elderly. Patient care activities include eliciting intricacies of human disease are taught through histories, performing physicals, ordering/ a systems approach. Each unit begins with performing diagnostic tests, and formulating a review of related anatomy and physiology management plans. Prerequisite: Fifth year followed by a discussion of pathophysiology standing. (G)(6). Annually, term varies. signs and symptoms, diagnostic methods, and management. Prerequisite: Fourth year AP541, Internal Medicine Rotation (6): standing. (U)(6). Fall. This is a six-week rotation designed to expose students to the indications, limitations, AP422, Clinical Medicine for PAs II: and methods of performing diagnostic and A continuation of AP421. Prerequisites: therapeutic measures used in the treatment AP421 Clinical Medicine for PAs I, AP406 of general medical disorders. Students will Diagnostic and Therapeutic Procedures, AP413 perform patient care activities in a supervised Therapeutics for PAs I. (U)(5). Spring. clinical setting. Prerequisite: Fifth year standing. (G)(6). Annually, term varies. AP501, Physician Assistant Project: Students will demonstrate core knowledge about one or AP542, Pediatric Rotation (6): This is a more of the following: the physician assistant six-week rotation in a pediatric setting where profession, established or evolving biomedical students provide supervised care for newborns,
236 Butler University infants, children, and adolescents. Patient the scope of physician assistant practice. care activities center around assessing normal This course is especially designed to: 1) help growth and development, and diagnosing and guide and encourage the student’s systematic formulating management plans for conditions preparation for the Physician Assistant commonly encountered in the pediatric National Certification Examination (PANCE) population. Prerequisite: Fifth year standing. by means of monthly examinations; and 2) (G)(6). Annually, term varies. develop and assess the student’s competency in each of the stated “Terminal Outcomes” AP543, Community Mental Health of the P.A. Program (linked to suitability for Rotation (6): This is a six-week rotation in a clinical practice) via a combination of case mental health setting where students provide presentations and the summative evaluation. supervised care of patients being treated for Prerequisites: Fifth year standing within the PA minor psychiatric diseases and mental stresses. program. (G)(1). Summer. Patient care activities center on proper data collection, problem recognition, counseling AP588, Core Content II: This self-study techniques, and use of referral mechanisms. course allows the student to practice and Prerequisite: Fifth year standing. (G)(6). demonstrate the ability to perform independent Annually, term varies. learning regarding the principles of medical care within the scope of physician assistant practice. AP544, Obstetrics/Gynecology Rotation This course is especially designed to: 1) help (6): This is a six-week rotation in an guide and encourage the student’s systematic obstetrics/gynecology practice, where students preparation for the Physician Assistant provide supervised care for women. Patient National Certification Examination (PANCE) care activities center around assessing the by means of monthly examinations; and 2) reproductive system in pregnant and non- develop and assess the student’s competency pregnant states, and formulating management in each of the stated “Terminal Outcomes” plans for conditions commonly encountered in of the P.A. Program (linked to suitability for an obstetrics/gynecology practice. Prerequisites: clinical practice) via a combination of case Fifth year standing. (G)(6). Annually, term presentations and the summative evaluation. varies. Prerequisites: Fifth year standing. (G)(1). Summer. AP545, Emergency Medicine Rotation (6): This is a six-week rotation in a hospital AP589, Core Content III: This self-study emergency department where students provide course allows the student to practice and care for patients with conditions ranging from demonstrate the ability to perform independent non-urgent medical problems to major trauma learning regarding the principles of medical care and critical illness. Emphasis is on etiology, within the scope of physician assistant practice. evaluation, and initial treatment of common This course is especially designed to: 1) help medical and surgical conditions. Prerequisite: guide and encourage the student’s systematic Fifth year standing. (G)(6). Annually, term preparation for the Physician Assistant varies. National Certification Examination (PANCE) by means of monthly examinations; and 2) AP546, General Surgery Rotation (6): This is develop and assess the students competency a six-week rotation in a hospital setting where in each of the stated “Terminal Outcomes” students provide supervised care of patients of the P.A. Program (linked to suitability for in all ages with general surgical problems. clinical practice) via a combination of case Emphasis is on principles and concepts of presentations and the summative evaluation. surgery and surgical care as they relate to Prerequisites: Fifth year standing. (G)(1). problems encountered in primary care settings. Annually, term varies. Prerequisite: Fifth year standing. (G)(6). Annually, term varies. AP590, Core Content IV: This self-study course allows the student to practice and AP587, Core Content I: This self-study course demonstrate the ability to perform independent allows the student to practice and demonstrate learning regarding the principles of medical care the ability to perform independent learning within the scope of physician assistant practice. regarding the principles of medical care within The College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences 237 This course is especially designed to: 1) help RX312, Clinical Biochemistry and guide and encourage the student’s systematic Metabolism: The application of biochemistry preparation for the Physician Assistant to an understanding of the pathogenesis National Certification Examination (PANCE) of disease and treatment including the by means of monthly examinations; and 2) interpretation of clinical laboratory tests. develop and assess the student’s competency Prerequisites: CH351 and CH352 with passing in each of the stated “Terminal Outcomes” grades. (U)(4). Fall. of the P.A. Program (linked to suitability for clinical practice) via a combination of case RX314, Pharmaceutical Biotechnology: presentations and the summative evaluation. A course exploring the application of Prerequisites: Fifth year standing. (G)(2). biochemical and biotechnical methods in the Spring. treatment of human disease. Topics introduced include gene expression, recombinant DNA Core Courses offered by Pharmacy techniques, molecular immunology, protein SW261S-RX, Health Disparities: This course pharmaceuticals, peptidomimetics, antisense will allow undergraduate students to examine oligonucleotide therapies, and gene therapies. current population-level health issues and Prerequisites: Clinical Biochemistry, Human the unequal distribution of health through Physiology, and Microbiology. (U)(3). Spring. an introduction to the broad and exciting RX316, Pathophysiology: A study of the field of public health and health equity. The pathophysiologic processes underlying selected course will explore the varying historical, disease states with emphasis on the alteration environmental, social, cultural, and political of normal physiologic processes caused by and determinants of the health of the people of the contributing to their condition. Diseases are United States, emphasizing health of vulnerable selected based on their frequency, urgency, populations. It will provide students with a and value as a model. Prerequisites: Human unique opportunity to think critically about Physiology and Microbiology. Prerequisite or ways of identifying and addressing current corequisite: Clinical Biochemistry. (U)(4). Fall. health issues and the unequal distribution of health status throughout the population. In RX318, Intro to Principles of Drug Action: this interactive course, students are encouraged The course develops the concepts of how drugs to explore public health issues in their area of produce their effects on cells and dose-effect study and examine solutions for the same. (U) and time-effect relationships. The chemistry (3). Annually, term varies. and pharmacology of drugs that affect the autonomic nervous system are discussed. TI 262S, Self and Service: In this course, Prerequisites: RX312 Clinical Biochemistry, students will read texts that explore the self and RX316 Pathophysiology. (U)(5). Spring. the concept of service. Readings will examine the world of children and senior citizens. RX320, Delivery of Health Care: This is a Sample authors include: Alexie, Updike, and seminar course designed to introduce students Junot Diaz. Students will create oral and to multiple aspects of health care delivery. written histories of themselves and a person The purpose of this class is to understand (child or senior) they serve. This 3 credit hour terminology associated with delivery of health course is designated service learning (at least 20 care, discuss current trends/events in health hours service required) with a child or senior. care, and identify resources to allow students to (U)(3). Fall. track, evaluate, and respond to the health care environment as future practitioners. (U)(3). Pharmacy Courses Spring. RX301, Introductory Pharmacy Practice Experience I: This is a seminar course which RX324, Clinical Assessment: Methods of prepares pharmacy students for entrance into physical assessment and interviewing skills are advanced rotations. Topics will vary according presented. Normal anatomical, physiological, to section and may include professionalism, and pathophysiological processes of the human HIPPA, Indiana pharmacist intern registration, body are presented. With case illustrations, criminal background check, and ACPE students learn selected diseases and the graduation requirements. (U)(0). (P/F). Fall. interrelationship between patient interview, 238 Butler University abnormal physical and laboratory parameters of patients. Drug classes considered include and their application to the treatment and cardiovascular and renal drugs, antihistamines, monitoring of pharmacotherapy. Prerequisites: and nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs. Clinical Biochemistry and Pathophysiology or Prerequisites: RX314, RX318. (U)(4). Spring. equivalents. (U). Spring. RX413, Therapeutics I: A consideration of RX350, Introduction to Pharmaceutical the pathophysiology and therapy of selected Care 1: This course introduces the concept diseases that are commonly managed. Emphasis of pharmaceutical care and develops skills in is placed on the provision of pharmaceutical drug information retrieval, descriptive statistics, care through the selection of appropriate and medical terminology. Prerequisites: P-1 therapy, therapeutic monitoring, and the standing in the professional pharmacy program, prevention and identification of adverse drug MA106, Calculus, and Analytical Geometry I. reactions and interactions. Prerequisite: RX324, (U)(3). Fall. Pre or Corequisite: RX403, RX411. (U). Fall.
RX351, Introduction to Pharmaceutical RX414, Therapeutics II: This is a Care II: Knowledge and skill development continuation of Therapeutics I and is a focused on the pharmacist’s role in receiving, consideration of the pathophysiology and interpreting, preparing, compounding, and therapy of selected diseases that are commonly dispensing prescriptions for patients. Skills in managed. Emphasis is placed on the provision pharmaceutical calculations are also developed. of pharmaceutical care through the selection of Prerequisite: Introduction to Pharmaceutical appropriate therapy, therapeutic monitoring, Care I. (U)(4). Spring. and the prevention and identification of adverse drug reactions and interactions. Prerequisites: RX401, Introductory Pharmacy Practice RX413 with a grade of C or higher; Pre- or Experience 2: This seminar course prepares co-requisite RX412, Corequisite RX404. (U) pharmacy students for entrance into advanced (3). Spring. rotations. Topics will vary according to section and may include professionalism, HIPPA, RX415, Self-Care and Health Promotion I: Indiana pharmacist intern registration, criminal To develop, use, and evaluate self-care strategies background check, and ACPE graduation to assist patients in assessing their health status requirements. Prerequisite: RX301, (U)(0). to achieve and maintain optimal health. Topics (P/F). Fall. include nutrition, exercise, immunizations, preventative screenings, vitamins, herbals, RX403, Therapeutics 1 Case Studies: This nonprescription medications, home monitoring course uses a case-based approach to the techniques, nonpharmacological treatments, development and monitoring of therapeutic and adverse drug events (ADE) detection and plans for selected diseases. Corequisite: RX413. reporting. Prerequisite: RX301. (U)(2). Fall. Prerequisite: RX324. (U)(1). Fall. RX416, Self-Care and Health Promotion RX404, Therapeutics II Case Studies: This II: A continuation of Self-Care and Health course uses a case-based approach to the Promotion I. Prerequisites: Self-Care and development and monitoring of therapeutic Health Promotion I (RX415). (U)(3). Spring. plans for selected diseases. Corequisite: RX414. Prerequisite: RX413. Spring. RX421, Introduction to Dosage Forms: This lecture and laboratory course correlates physical RX411, Principles of Drug Action I: This properties of drugs and additives to the design course creates the drug knowledge base that of solid, liquid, and semi-solid dosage forms. can be applied to solve therapeutic problems Prerequisites: RX351. (U)(4). Fall. of patients. Selected drug categories are considered. Prerequisites: RX314, RX318. (U) RX422, Advanced Dosage Forms: This course (1). Fall. develops concepts and skills in designing and preparing rate-controlled drug delivery systems RX412, Principles of Drug Action II: This including sterile, parenteral dosage forms, and course creates the drug knowledge base that can enteral nutrition formulations. Prerequisites: be applied to solve the therapeutic problems Introduction to Dosage Forms. (U)(4). Spring.
The College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences 239 RX432, Personnel and Financial therapeutic monitoring, and the prevention Management: Personnel and resource and identification of adverse drug reactions and management and basic accounting and interactions for selected diseases. Prerequisite: marketing skills essential for pharmacy practice RX414, RX404 with a grade of C or higher. Pre management. Prerequisite: P-1 standing in the or Corequisite: RX503, RX511, RX522. (U) professional pharmacy program. (U)(3). Spring. (3). Fall.
RX500, Introduction to Experiential RX514, Therapeutics IV: This is a Rotation: This is a seminar course which continuation of Therapeutics III with an prepares the pharmacy student for the final emphasis placed on the selection of appropriate year of the professional curriculum. Topics therapy, therapeutic monitoring, and are discussed which impact the practice identification of adverse drug reactions and of pharmacy, including new treatments interactions for selected diseases. Co-requisite: and delivery systems, ethics, quality/risk RX504. Prerequisite: RX513, RX503. Co- management, malpractice/liability insurance, requisite: RX504. (U)(3). Spring. informed consent, management of medical information/patient confidentiality, third RX522, Pharmacokinetics and part, reimbursement and pharmacist/patient/ Biopharmaceutics: A consideration of the physician relationships. Prerequisites: P-3 biological and physico-chemical factors standing in pharmacy program and P-4 that affect the delivery of drug to its site of standing anticipated by May. (U)(1). Spring. action in the body and the basic principles of pharmacokinetics. Prerequisite: RX412 and RX501, Introductory Pharmacy Practice RX422. (U)(3). Fall. Experience III: This is a seminar course which prepares pharmacy students for entrance RX523, Clinical Pharmacokinetics: Clinical into the advanced rotations. Topics will Pharmacokinetics integrates serum drug vary according to section and may include concentrations in patients with the principles professionalism, HIPPA, Indiana pharmacist of biopharmaceutics, pharmacokinetics, and intern registration, criminal background pharmacodynamics to achieve therapeutic goals check, and ACPE graduation requirements. for individual patients. Prerequisite or Co- Prerequisites: RX301, RX401. (U)(0). (P/F). requisite: RX503, RX511, RX513, and RX522. Fall. Co-requisite: RX504, RX514. (U)(3). Spring.
RX503, Therapeutics III Case Studies: A RX526, Pharmacy, Policy, and the Law: case-based approach to the development and Examines the legal constraints on pharmacy monitoring of therapeutic plans for selected practice including state and federal laws and diseases. Corequisite: RX513. Prerequisite: regulations. Laws affecting the business of RX414. (U)(1). Fall. pharmacy are examined along with legend drug and controlled substance laws. Issues of RX504, Therapeutics IV Case Studies: A ordering, storage, distribution, and counseling case-studies approach to the development and are discussed. Policy analysis of pharmacy law monitoring of therapeutic plans for selected issues are explored in this course. Prerequisite: diseases. Co-requisite: RX 514. Prerequisite: P-3 standing. (U)(3). Spring. RX 513. (U)(1). Spring. RX527, Biostatistics and Research Design: RX511, Principles of Drug Action III: The The course develops the essential skills for course creates the drug knowledge base that designing research studies and for using can be applied to solve therapeutic problems statistical analysis to interpret data and to of patients. Selected drug categories are communicate inferences drawn from data considered. Prerequisites: RX318 Intro to PDA, interpretation. Prerequisite: P3 standing in the RX314 Pharmaceutical Biotechnology. (U)(4). doctor of pharmacy program. (U)(3). Fall. Fall. RX528, Advanced Drug Information and RX513, Therapeutics III: This course is a Literature Evaluation: The course develops continuation of Therapeutics II with emphasis the skills essential for drug information placed on the selection of appropriate therapy, retrieval and analysis and the formulating
240 Butler University and communicating of written responses to RX609, Special Topics in Pharmacy and drug information questions utilizing general Health Sciences: A course allowing students to references and primary literature. Prerequisite: explore contemporary topics in pharmacy and RX 513, RX 527. (U)(2). Spring. health sciences. Prerequisites and corequisites are dependent on the specific topic and level of RX601, Independent Study: Pharmacy and presentation. (U/G)(1) Annually, term varies. Health Sciences: An opportunity for qualified students to pursue investigative work in RX610, Special Topics in Pharmacy and pharmacy and health sciences. Prerequisite: Health Sciences: A course allowing students to Approval of COPHS Academic Affairs explore contemporary topics in pharmacy and Committee. Students who are on professional health sciences. Prerequisites and corequisites or university probation are not eligible for are dependent on the specific topic and level of independent study. (U/G)(1). presentation. (U/G)(2). Annually, term varies.
RX602, Independent Study: Pharmacy and RX611, Special Topics in Pharmacy and Health Sciences: An opportunity for qualified Health Science: A course allowing students to students to pursue investigative work in explore contemporary topics in pharmacy and pharmacy and health sciences. Prerequisite: health sciences. Prerequisites and corequisites Approval of COPHS Academic Affairs are dependent on the specific topic and level of Committee. Students who are on professional presentation. (U/G)(3). Annually, term varies. or university probation are not eligible for independent study. (U/G)(2). RX612, Clinical Drug Development: This course provides students with in-depth RX603, Independent Study: Pharmacy and knowledge of the pharmacist’s regulatory role Health Sciences: An opportunity for qualified in drug development and clinical investigation. students to pursue investigative work in Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. (U)(2). pharmacy and health sciences. Prerequisite: Spring. Approval of COPHS Academic Affairs Committee. Students who are on professional RX613, Clinical Research Methods: This or university probation are not eligible for course introduces students to clinical research: independent study. (U/G)(3). investigations performed on human subjects in a clinical setting. Students will develop a RX607, Doctor of Pharmacy Senior Seminar clinical protocol, discuss issues encountered I: Students will improve formal presentation during protocol implementation, and write an skills by observation and practice. Each student abbreviated clinical study report. This course will prepare and present to faculty and peers employs a “hands-on,” application-oriented a series of presentations including a formal approach to learning the clinical research seminar presentation and a poster presentation. process. (U/G)(3). Annually, term varies. Presentation preparation includes a critical review of the literature and case discussions RX614, Health Economics: This course will pertaining to issues of pharmacy practice. provide a basic understanding of modern health Seminars are (P/F) offerings. Prerequisite: P-4 economics concepts and methodologies, as standing in the pharmacy program. (P/F). (U) well as a broader view of the value of disease (1). Fall. state management and outcomes research. Prerequisite: RX713 Biostatistics and Research RX608, Doctor of Pharmacy Senior Seminar Design or permission of instructor. (U/G)(3). 2: Students will improve formal presentation Annually, term varies. skills by observation and practice. Each student will prepare and present to faculty and peers RX615, Introductory Medical Spanish: a series of presentations including a formal A focus on health care to give the students seminar presentation and a poster presentation. the opportunity to become comfortable Presentation preparation includes a critical with conversational Spanish and medical review of the literature and case discussions terminology in various pharmaceutical contexts; pertaining to issues of pharmacy practice. learn intensive vocabulary and conversation Seminars are (P/F) offerings. Prerequisite: P-4 exercises to improve their communication skills standing in the pharmacy program. (P/F). (U) with patients—a guided learn-by-doing (1). Spring. The College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences 241 approach. Prerequisites: SP204 or higher RX621, Pharmacy-Based Immunizations: on placement test, completion of SP203 or This course will prepare the student to become equivalent, or permission of instructor. (U)(3). a certified pharmacist-immunizer through Fall and spring. successful completion of the American Pharmacists Association Pharmacy-Based RX616, Critical Care: The purpose of this Immunization Deliver certificate training elective course is to develop a broad knowledge program. Prerequisite: Current fourth year base of common critical care disease states and pharmacy student, active CPR certification, management strategies as it relates specifically and willingness to practice injection technique to drug therapy. The course design will include on each other. (U)(2). Fall. a combination of both lecture and case-based classroom discussion with the focus being on RX622, Drug Disposition and Drug case discussions. Completion of all PharmD Interactions: This course will focus on the P-2 courses or permission of instructor. (U)(3). fundamentals of drug disposition, especially as Annually, term varies. they relate to drug-drug interaction, individual response to drugs, genetic composition in RX617, Advanced Medical Spanish: The relation to drug response, and factors that alter development of Spanish communication skills the body’s ability to handle drugs. Prerequisite: around various health-related themes such as: P-3 standing or permission of instructor. (U) anatomy of the human body, depression, drug (3). Spring. abuse, emergency medicine, cardiovascular disease, respiratory disease, maternity, and RX624, Substance Abuse and Drug diagnostic procedures. In addition, the student Addiction: The goal is to expose students to is required to complete a research paper in the prevalence of substance abuse and drug Spanish. Prerequisite: Completion of RX615 addition; understand the pharmacist’s role in Intro to Medical Spanish or completion of the addiction prevention, treatment and recovery; Spanish placement exam with placement at the and equip them to manage these circumstances 300 level or higher. (U)(3). Fall and spring. in their professional careers. Focus includes non-prescription, prescription, and illicit drugs RX618, Nutritional Support: This course of abuse. (U)(3). Spring. will provide exposure to the fundamentals of specialized nutrition support with emphasis RX625, Advanced Drug Delivery: Critical on management of complex patients with assessment of drug carrier systems, including multiple disease processes and co-morbid transport of drug molecules across membranes. medical conditions. Prerequisite: completion By permission only. (U)(3). Annually, term of all Pharm.D., P-2 courses or permission of varies. instructor. (U)(3). Annually, term varies. RX630, Advanced Toxicology: The principles RX619, Spanish Service Learning: This of toxicological mechanisms or drugs and course will increase medical fluency in Spanish environmental chemicals in the biological and encourage community cultural experiences. systems. Prerequisite: Clinical Biochemistry In addition to the two weekly sessions in class, or equivalent, or permission of the instructor. each student will complete the community (U/G)(3). Annually, term varies. component of 20 hours of supervised volunteer work at a Spanish Speaking Clinic. Prerequisite: RX631, Molecular Biology/Pharmacology: Medical Spanish at the 300-level. (U)(3). This course covers concepts of molecular Annually, term varies. biology in application to drug action and new drug development. Specific sections RX620, Teaching with Technology: Students cover consecutive steps leading to normal and will develop their knowledge and skills as pathological gene expression, cellular signal possible future teachers using instructional transduction/malfunction, molecular biology technology to enhance student learning. Laptop of cancer, and pharmacogenomics. Course or tablet PC with wireless access to the Butler includes introduction to current research network are required in class. Prerequisite: methodology and analysis of scientific data. (U) Professional phase standing in the pharmacy or (3). Annually, term varies. physician assistant programs. (U)(2). Fall. 242 Butler University RX632, Drug Abuse-Pharmacology, RX639, Principles of Psychiatric Chemistry and Social Aspects: This course Therapeutics: This course builds upon skills will examine from a multidisciplinary learned in Therapeutics III, providing broader perspective the phenomenon of the recreational knowledge base of psychiatric and neurologic use of mind-altering drugs like alcohol, disease states. Students will learn to provide nicotine, opioids, cocaine, and hallucinogens. the psychopharmacologic and therapeutic Prerequisite: one semester of college-level management strategies to treat these disorders biochemistry. (U/G)(3). Annually, term varies. and unique patient counseling skills essential to the development of patient relationships. RX634, Seminars in Pharmaceutical Prerequisite: RX503 and RX513. (U)(3). Sciences: Presentation of research topics in Annually, term varies. pharmaceutical sciences by graduate students, faculty, and guest speakers. By permission only. RX640, Entrepreneurship in Life Sciences: (U)(1). Annually, term varies. Entrepreneurialism in pharmacy is a course designed for pharmacy students interested in RX635, Internal Medicine Therapeutics: A learning more about the business of pharmacy capstone experience for students in their third and healthcare and how to assume ownership professional year of the curriculum; covering and responsibility for any position they choose topics encountered in a “general medicine” to accept during their professional career, setting, including community, ambulatory, and whether or not s/he technically own the inpatient hospital settings. Focus is on practical venture. (U/G)(3). Annually, term varies. implementation of general medicine principles directed at pharmacist’s point of view. Co- RX641, Pediatric Pharmacotherapy: A course requisite: RX513. (U)(3). Annually, term varies. dealing with drug therapy in the pediatric population including neonates, infants, RX636, Cardiovascular Therapeutics: This children, and adolescents. This course prepares course will develop knowledge of treatment the student to evaluate pediatric drug therapy principles of major cardiovascular conditions regimens. Prerequisite: Completion of all fourth with emphasis on reviewing and reading the year Pharm.D. courses or permission of the landmark trials for why we treat cardiovascular instructor. (U/G)(3). Annually, term varies. diseases in clinical practice. Important clinical trials, treatment, guidelines, and several RX642, Geriatric Therapeutics: A study of pharmacotherapeutic management strategies the physiologic and pharmacokinetic changes will be reviewed. Prerequisite: RX414 and that occur with aging and how these changes RX404. (U)(3). Annually, term varies. affect drug therapy. Management of disease will be discussed and evaluated. This course RX637, Drug Induced Diseases: This course will provide the student with knowledge for will introduce students to relevant adverse making therapeutic decisions in the elderly. reactions that occur with medication therapies; Prerequisite: Completion of all fourth-year focusing on identification of the drug-induced Pharm.D. courses or permission of instructor. disease and evaluation of potential causes. (U/G)(3). Annually, term varies. Students will develop skills and thought processes designed to systemically evaluate RX643, Pharmacotherapy of Renal disease states and understand treatment Disease: This elective course addresses key algorithms. Co-requisite: RX513. (U)(3). pharmacotherapy principles associated with Annually, term varies. the prevention and treatment of acute and chronic renal disease. Topics will include drug RX638, Diabetes Management: This induced acute kidney injury, contrast-induced elective provides concepts and clinical pearls nephropathy, renal dosing adjustments, of diabetes management. Students will learn anemia of chronic kidney disease, secondary to provide quality care education patients on hyperparathyroidism, and many others. self-management skills, providing therapeutic Students will also tour a dialysis center. (U/G) interventions, motivational interviewing, (2). Fall. and counseling. Students will assist in the management of patients with diabetes while maintaining patient confidentiality and privacy. (U)(3). Annually, term varies. The College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences 243 RX644, Women’s Health Issues: This cellular, and molecular perspective. This course will include discussions on health course examines the phenomenology and issues that primarily affect women. Topics neurobiological mechanisms associated with include menopause, breast cancer, silicone stress and trauma as they relate to the topics to breast implants, systemic lupus, infertility, be covered. (U)(3). Annually, term varies. contraception, pregnancy, osteoporosis, women and heart disease, and other issues causing RX650, Academic Experience Rotation: illness or death of women, including domestic This rotation provides the student pharmacist violence. Prerequisites: RX413, RX 414. Pre- or with experience in the role of the doctor of Co-requisite: RX 513. (U)(3). Annually, term pharmacy in classroom teaching and with varies. the operations of an academic institution. Prerequisite: P-4 standing. (U)(4). Annually, RX645, Pharmaceutical Literature: An term varies. exploration of sources of information applicable to the pharmaceutical sciences and a systematic RX651, Administration and Management approach to literature searches. One class Rotation: This rotation provides the student hour per week. Prerequisite: Completion of all pharmacist the opportunity to develop fourth-year Pharm.D. courses, or permission of skills in fiscal, organization, and personnel instructor. (U/G)(1). Annually, term varies. management. Prerequisite: P-4 standing. (U) (4). Annually, term varies. RX646, Ambulatory Care: The focus of this course will be on designing and developing RX652, Advanced Ambulatory Care ambulatory care pharmacy services, along Rotation: This rotation provides the student with assessing and educating the ambulatory pharmacist with further experience in care patient. Students will be introduced to application of therapeutic principles to the medication therapy management (MTM) and patient in the ambulatory setting. Prerequisite: will be given the opportunity to interact and P-4 standing. (U)(4). Annually, term varies. work with local ambulatory care pharmacists. RX654, Advanced General Medicine (U/G)(3). Spring. Rotation: This rotation stresses the pharmacist’s role in proper drug therapy, patient education, RX647, Exploring Public Health: In this drug administration techniques, and delivery interactive course, students are encouraged to of pharmacy services to hospitalized and examine, explore, and solve public health issues ambulatory patients. Prerequisite: P-4 standing. of interest and examine solutions for the same. (U)(4). Annually, term varies. It will allow students to think critically about how to identify and address current health RX655, Prescription Compounding issues from childhood immunizations to toxic Rotation: This rotation provides the student exposures in the workplace. (U)(3). Annually, pharmacist experience in the extemporaneous term varies. compounding of medicinal products and will be used for the treatment and/or prevention of RX648, Infectious Diseases disease in humans. Prerequisite: P-4 standing. Pharmacotherapy: This elective course is (U)(4). Annually, term varies. designed to enhance the students’ knowledge, skills, and experience with infectious diseases RX656, Alt Comp Med Rotation: This pharmacotherapy. The course will employ rotation provides the student pharmacist with the use of didactic lecture, case based topic experience in the use of herbal, probiotic, discussion, active learning assignments, and nutritional, and other alternative modalities. primary literature evaluation to enhance class Prerequisite: P-4 standing. (U)(4). interaction and facilitate understanding of lecture topics. (U/G)(3). Spring. RX657, Ambulatory Care Rotation: This rotation develops the student pharmacist’s RX649, Neurobiology of Stress and knowledge and problem-solving skills in the Trauma: Students will learn to understand application of therapeutic principles to the care the neuropathological effects of stress from a of patients receiving care in the ambulatory systems, developmental, neurochemical, medicine clinic. Prerequisite: P-4 standing. (U) (4). Annually, term varies. 244 Butler University RX658, Cardiology Rotation: This rotation RX665, Emergency Med/Trauma Rotation: develops the student pharmacist’s knowledge This rotation provides the student pharmacist and problem-solving skills in the application with experience in the special needs of patients of therapeutic principles to the care of patients receiving care in the emergency department. who have cardiovascular disorders. Prerequisite: Prerequisite: P-4 standing. (U)(4). Annually, P-4 standing. (U)(4). Annually, term varies. term varies.
RX659, Clinical Community Pharmacy RX666, General Medicine Rotation: A Practice Rotation: This rotation focuses hospital-based rotation utilizing faculty on detection and reporting of adverse drug experienced in general internal medicine and/ reactions, monitoring compliance, detecting or family practice. The goal of this general and evaluating drug interactions, interviewing rotation is to familiarize the student with those and history taking, how to use knowledge disease processes routinely managed by internal of pharmacology and physiology to solve medicine and family practice in the acute care problems in therapeutics and how to effectively setting. Prerequisite: P-4 standing. (U)(4). communicate. Prerequisite: P-4 standing. (U) Annually, term varies. (4). Annually, term varies. RX667, Geriatric Medicine Rotation: This RX660, Clinical Research Rotation: This rotation stresses the role of the pharmacist rotation will focus on legal considerations in in the care of the geriatric patient through conducting clinical research, protocol design, interdisciplinary activity. The student will budgetary considerations, informed consent, interact with other health care professionals peer review process, and investigational drug to optimize the care of the geriatric patient. control. Prerequisite: P-4 standing. (U/G)(4). Prerequisite: P-4 standing. (U)(4). Annually, term varies. RX661, Community Practice Rotation: This course is concentrated on the basic operational RX668, GI/Liver Renal Rotation: This skills necessary for practice in a community course is an acute care rotation that focuses on pharmacy setting. The primary focus of a specific specialty practice: GI, renal, or liver. activities will be on distribution and work flow This type of rotation will be with a practitioner in a community setting. (U)(4). Annually, term with daily activities in the identified practice varies. area. Prerequisite: Successful completion of a General Medicine Rotation. (U)(4). Annually, RX662, Critical Care Rotation: This rotation term varies. develops the student pharmacist’s knowledge and problem-solving skills in the application RX670, Home Health Care Rotation: This of therapeutic principles to the care of rotation develops the student pharmacist’s patients whose health is in critical condition. knowledge and problem-solving skills in the Prerequisite: P-4 standing. (U)(4). Annually, clinical and distributive services in the home term varies. health care environment. Prerequisite: P-4 standing. (U)(4). Annually, term varies. RX663, Disease State Mgmt Rotation: This rotation provides the student pharmacist with RX671, Industrial Pharmacy Rotation: an understanding of the drug therapy and The industrial pharmacy rotation will monitoring involved with common disease focus on developing an understanding of states and medical conditions. Prerequisite: P-4 opportunities available for the pharmacist in standing. (U)(4). Annually, term varies. the pharmaceutical industry. Prerequisite: P-4 standing. (U)(4). Annually, term varies. RX664, Drug Information Rotation: This rotation enhances the student’s skills in RX672, Infectious Diseases Rotation: communication, both verbal and written, and This rotation focuses on the proper selection the student’s skills in the retrieval, evaluation, of antimicrobial, antifungal, and antiviral and provision of drug-related information. therapy, understanding the associated disease Prerequisite: P-4 standing. (U)(4). Annually, states, patient education, and pharmacy term varies. administration issues associated with patients
The College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences 245 with infections. Prerequisite: P-4 standing. (U) in the acute care setting. Prerequisite: P-4 (4). Annually, term varies. standing. (U)(4). Annually, term varies.
RX673, Health Policy Rotation: The RX682, Pediatric Rotation: This rotation rotation introduces the student to the roles focuses on illnesses of the pediatric population, and authority of various governmental the physiologic differences in infants and and regulatory agencies that establish and children and how this affects drug therapy, how implement health care policy. Prerequisite: P-4 to solve problems in pediatric therapeutics, and standing. (U)(4). Annually, term varies. how to effectively communicate about pediatric issues. Prerequisite: P-4 standing. (U)(4). RX674, Long-Term Care Rotation: This Annually, term varies. rotation is designed to develop the student pharmacist’s knowledge and problem-solving RX683, Pharm Marketing/Sales Rotation: skills in clinical and distributive services in the This rotation provides the student long-term care environment. Prerequisite: P-4 pharmacist with an understanding of the standing. (U)(4). Annually, term varies. pharmacist’s role in industry by making use of pharmacoeconomic principles. Prerequisite: P-4 RX675, Managed Care Rotation: This standing. (U)(4). Annually, term varies. rotation provides the student pharmacist experience with the medical treatment of RX684, Pharmacoeconomics and Outcomes patients in a managed care system. Prerequisite: Research Rotation: This rotation provides P-4 standing. (U)(4). Annually, term varies. the student pharmacist experience with the utilization of pharmacoeconomic parameters RX676, Institutional Practice Rotation: This in assessing the health outcomes involved in course is concentrated on the basic operational the management of patients. Prerequisite: P-4 skills necessary for practice in an institutional standing. (U)(4). Annually, term varies. pharmacy setting. The primary focus of activities will be on distribution and work flow RX685, Pharmcokinetics Rotation: in an institutional setting. (U)(4). Annually, This rotation provides the student term varies. pharmacist experience in the monitoring of pharmacokinetically-administered medications. RX677, Neurology Rotation: This rotation Prerequisite: P-4 standing. (U)(4). Annually, develops the student pharmacist’s knowledge term varies. and problem-solving skills in the application of the therapeutic principles to the care of patients RX686, Pharmacy Systems/Tech Rotation: who have neurological disorders. Prerequisite: This rotation provides the student pharmacist P-4 standing. (U)(4). Annually, term varies. experience with the organization of a medication use system and the associated use of RX678, Nutrition Support Rotation: This technology. Prerequisite: P-4 standing. (U)(4). rotation focuses on nutritional assessment and Annually, term varies. requirements, parenteral nutrition, enteral nutrition, nutritional support for disease states, RX687, Poison Control/Toxin Rotation: and nutritional support in specific patient This rotation develops the student pharmacist’s populations. Prerequisite: P-4 standing. (U)(4). knowledge and problem-solving skills in the Annually, term varies. application of therapeutic principles to the care of patients who have ingested, or have RX679, Oncology Rotation: This rotation otherwise been exposed to, toxic substances. develops the student pharmacist’s knowledge Prerequisite: P-4 standing. (U)(4). Annually, and problem-solving skills in the application of term varies. the therapeutic principles to the care of patients who have a malignancy. Prerequisite: P-4 RX688, Pulmonary Rotation: This rotation standing. (U)(4). Annually, term varies. develops the student pharmacist’s knowledge and problem-solving skills in the application RX681, Neonatology Rotation: The rotation of therapeutic principles to the care of patients provides opportunities for the student who have pulmonary disorders. Prerequisite: pharmacist to participate in the care of neonates P-4 standing. (U)(4). Annually, term varies.
246 Butler University RX689, Veterinary Medicine Rotation: This Semester Intern Program. The experiential rotation provides experience in the care of learning portion of this program is arranged animals with an emphasis on the use of drug individually based on specific student interests. therapy to cure or prevent disease. Prerequisite: The college requires that students participating P-4 standing. (U)(4). Annually, term varies. in this program also enroll in P0355 or AH110/AH202 and at least one, one-credit RX690, Psychiatry and Neuropsychology hour Washington seminar course. Prerequisite: Rotation: This rotation is designed to provide P-4 standing. (P/F). (U)(12). Annually, term the student experience in the specialized clinical varies. area of psychiatry with an emphasis on the use of drug therapy in the group of patients. RX699, Spec Topics: Pharmacy Practice Prerequisite: P-4 standing. (U)(4). Annually, Rotation: Elective Rotation in Pharmacy term varies. Practice: An experiential course that allows students to explore new developments in RX691, Radiopharmaceutical Rotation: delivery of pharmacy services. Rotation sites This rotation provides the student pharmacist will vary depending upon the area of pharmacy experience with the use of radiopharmaceuticals practice being investigated. Prerequisite: P-4 in the diagnosis and treatment of medical standing. (U)(4). Annually, term varies. conditions. Prerequisite: P-4 standing. (U)(4). Annually, term varies. RX700, Regulatory Affairs and Pharmacovigilence Rotation: This rotation RX692, Indigent Care Rotation: This provides the student pharmacist an opportunity rotation provides the student pharmacist with to participate in and to better understand the an understanding of the special considerations various regulatory agencies and processes that involved in the delivery of health care to assure the safety and efficacy of drug therapies indigent populations. Prerequisite: P-4 available for human use. Prerequisite: P-4 standing. (U)(4). Annually, term varies. standing. (U)(4). Annually, term varies.
RX693, Pharmacy Board and Association RX701, Research and Thesis: Research toward Rotation: This rotation develops the completion of thesis in pharmaceutical sciences. student pharmacist’s understanding of the Prerequisite: GPA of 3.0 or above, exclusive of organizational structure of the pharmacy board research and thesis credits. (G)(1). Annually, and state pharmacy associations, their daily term varies. operation, and the manner in which they influence pharmacy practice. Prerequisite: P-4 RX702, Research and Thesis: Research toward standing. (U)(4). Annually, term varies. completion of thesis in pharmaceutical sciences. Prerequisite: GPA of 3.0 or above, exclusive of RX694, Surgery Rotation: This rotation research and thesis credits. (G)(1). Annually, develops the student pharmacist’s knowledge term varies. and problem-solving skills in the application of therapeutic principles to the care of patients RX703, Research and Thesis: Research toward who undergo surgery. Prerequisite: P-4 completion of thesis in pharmaceutical sciences. standing. (U)(4). Annually, term varies. Prerequisite: GPA of 3.0 or above, exclusive of research and thesis credits. (G)(2). Annually, RX695, Transplantation Rotation: This term varies. rotation develops the student pharmacist’s knowledge and problem-solving skills in the RX704, Research and Thesis: Research toward application of therapeutic principles to the completion of thesis in pharmaceutical sciences. care of patients who have undergone organ Prerequisite: GPA of 3.0 or above, exclusive of transplantation. Prerequisite: P-4 standing. (U) research and thesis credits. (G)(2). Annually, (4). Annually, term varies. term varies.
RX698, Washington, D.C. Rotation: The RX705, Research and Thesis: Research toward rotation experience provides an opportunity completion of thesis in pharmaceutical sciences. to participate in a three-month learning Prerequisite: GPA of 3.0 or above, exclusive of opportunity in the Washington, D.C. area research and thesis credits. (G)(3). Annually, arranged through the Butler-Washington term varies. The College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences 247 RX706, Research and Thesis: Research toward RX783, Introduction to Pharm Research: completion of thesis in pharmaceutical sciences. An introduction to basic principles of Prerequisite: GPA of 3.0 or above, exclusive of pharmaceutical research including formation of research and thesis credits. (G)(3). Annually, hypothesis, literature search, scientific writing, term varies. and regulatory affairs. (G)(2). Annually, term varies. RX735, Applied Statistics in Pharmaceutical Research: The application of statistics to the RX784, Experimental Design and Data main facets of pharmaceutical research, from Analysis: Approaches in experimental design research study design to data collection and and statistical analysis of data. (G)(2). Annually, analysis. Will include clinical trial design and term varies. analysis, drug utilization reviews, retrospective analyses, quality of life and cost effectiveness RX785, Biopharmaceutical Analysis: Theory studies, evaluating research literature, and practice of bioanalytical techniques in and pharmaceutical manufacturing data. chemical and molecular biology based analyses. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. (G)(3). Prerequisite: B.S. level background in Analytical Annually, term varies. Chemistry. (G)(3). Annually, term varies.
RX766, Advanced Topics in RX786, Advanced Drug Delivery: Critical Neuropharmacology: Discussions and assessment of drug carrier systems, including formal presentations covering basic concepts transport of drug molecules across membranes. and recent advances in clinical applications Prerequisite: instructor’s permission. (G)(3). of pharmacology to psychogenic disorders. Annually, term varies. Prerequisite or Corequisite: Permission of RX787, Industrial Pharm: Pref/Prod instructor. Annually, term varies. Dev: Study of physicochemical principles RX780, Current Topics in Pharmaceutical of drugs and excipient for optimization of Sciences: Discussion of current research topics bioavailability. Case studies in formulation, in pharmaceutical sciences. (G)(1). Annually, production, and evaluation of pharmaceutical term varies. products. Prerequisite: instructor’s permission. (G)(3). Annually, term varies. RX781, Seminars in Pharmaceutical Sciences: Presentation of research topics in RX788, Molecular Biology/Pharmacology: pharmaceutical sciences by graduate students, This course covers concepts of molecular faculty, and guest speakers. (G)(1). Annually, biology in application to drug action and term varies. new drug development. Specific sections cover consecutive steps leading to normal and RX782, Ethics in Research: Discussion and pathological gene expression, cellular signal case-based approaches in the ethics of research, transduction/malfunction, molecular biology publication, and reviewing of manuscripts of cancer, and pharmacogenomics. Course and grants. Include core instructional areas includes introduction to current research recommended by the NIH Office of Research methodology and analysis of scientific data. (G) Integrity. (G)(1). Annually, term varies. (3). Annually, term varies.
248 Butler University The College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences 249 250 Butler University Jordan College of the Arts
Jordan College of the Arts has a distinguished Briscoe, Ph.D.; Davis Brooks, D.M.A.; Lisa tradition extending from the year 1895, when the Brooks, D.M.A.; Ronald Caltabiano, D.M.A.; Metropolitan School of Music was founded. That Marek Cholewa; Nikolai Rimsky-Korsakov school merged in 1928 with the Indiana College Conservatory; Richard Clark, M.M.; Stanley of Music and Fine Arts to become the Arthur E. DeRusha, M.M.; Penny Dimmick, D.A.; Jordan Conservatory of Music. In 1951, after 23 William Fisher, B.A.; Jeffrey Gillespie, Ph.D.; years of close affiliation, the conservatory became Robert Grechesky, Ph.D.; Michelle Jarvis, a part of Butler University as Jordan College of M.A.; Stephan Laurent, M.F.A.; James Music. The name was changed to Jordan College Mulholland, M.M.; David Murray, M.M.; of Fine Arts in 1978, and in 2012 the name was Cynthia Pratt, M.F.A.; Owen W. Schaub, again changed to Jordan College of the Arts. Ph.D.; Michael Schelle, Ph.D.; Laurence Jordan College of the Arts is committed to Shapiro, M.M.; Douglas E. Spaniol, D.M.A.; the highest quality arts education by providing Eric Stark, D.M.A.; Diane Timmerman, M.F.A. focused professional study and fostering an Associate Professors understanding of the interrelatedness of all the Larry Attaway, B.M.; Elaina Artemiev, Ph.D.; arts in a liberal arts environment. Through this Daniel Bolin, Ed.D.; Kathleen Boyd, D.M.A.; integration we develop artist-citizens who are Frank Felice, Ph.D.; William Grubb, D.M.A.; actively engaged in the community. Melvin Jones, Ph.D.; Mary Katherine Kelton, The five academic departments/programs—art, D.M.A.; Robert Koharchik, M.F.A.; Gail arts administration, dance, music and theatre— Lewis, D.M.A.; Susan McGuire; Wendy focus on specific areas of study within their fields, Meaden, M.F.A.; Julianne Miranda, M.M.; be it the intersection of art and design in the Art Elizabeth Mix, Ph.D.; Gautam Rao, M.F.A.; Program, classical ballet in the Department of Derek Reid, B.A.; Susan Zurbuchen, M.A. Dance, or nonprofit arts management in the Arts Assistant Professors Administration Department. Patrick Hinson, B.A.; Rose Kleiman, M.A.R.; Our college arts core brings together Steve Nyktas, M.F.A.; Matthew Pivec, D.M.A.; students from all programs to explore the arts Thomas Studebaker, M.M. in the context of each other, examining mutual Artist-in-Residence in Percussion influences, parallel objectives, and similar Jon Crabiel, M.A. expressions achieved by diverse means. Instructor Through our community outreach program, Mary Anne Scott, B.M. the Butler Community Arts School, 100 Butler Staff Members students teach music and other arts to almost Amy Barnes (part-time), Catherine Bringerud, 2,000 young people in Indianapolis, most of LaKisha Cooper, Kathleen Egan, Kristin whom are on scholarship. All Jordan College of Flodder, Judy Gonzalez, Rissa Guffey, Vonna the Arts students—future artist-citizens—are Knapp, Daniel Peelor, Joy Rogers, Cathy Sipe, involved in the arts both on campus and off, Glen Thoreson, Janice Thornburgh, Karen attending concerts and exhibitions throughout Thickstun, Maren Urness Indianapolis and Central Indiana, performing for diverse audiences at Butler and on tour, and Undergraduate Degree working in arts organization throughout the country. Programs • Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) in Art + Design Jordan College of the Arts offers programs of • Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) in Dance— study leading to the degrees of bachelor of arts, Pedagogy bachelor of music, bachelor of fine arts, bachelor • Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) in Music of science and master of music. • Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) in Theatre Administration • Bachelor of Fine Arts (B.F.A.) in Dance— Ronald Caltabiano, D.M.A., dean; Michelle Performance Jarvis, M.A., associate dean • Bachelor of Music (B.M.) in Music Professors Education (choral-general, instrumental- Timothy R. Brimmer, D.A.; James Robert general, or area) Jordan College of the Arts 251 • Bachelor of Music (B.M.) in Performance related areas throughout their tenure at (piano, voice, or orchestral instrument) Butler. • Bachelor of Music (B.M.) in Composition • Bachelor of Science (B.S.) in Arts Graduate Degree Programs Administration (music, theatre or general) • Master of Music (M.M.) in Composition • Bachelor of Science (B.S.) in Dance—Arts • Master of Music (M.M.) in Conducting Administration (choral or instrumental) • Master of Music (M.M.) in Music Admission Education All prospective students must submit a • Master of Music (M.M.) in Music History Jordan College of the Arts (JCA) program • Master of Music (M.M.) in Performance application in addition to the Application for (piano, voice, or orchestral instrument) Freshman Admission before an audition or • Master of Music (M.M.) in Piano interview will be scheduled. Both applications Pedagogy must be on file two weeks prior to the audition or interview date. A personal audition is Jordan College Courses required for all dance, music, and theatre JC100, Arts Event Attendance: As an essential applicants. A personal interview and audition component of a full and varied educational or portfolio presentation and interview is also experience in the arts, undergraduate JCA available for theatre applicants. An interview majors are expected to attend arts events in is required for all arts administration general their discipline and related areas throughout students. A portfolio review and interview is their tenure at Butler. (P/F) credit. (Note: required for Art + Design students. these courses will not count toward the limit of Information on fall and spring audition permitted P/F courses.) (U)(0). Fall and spring. dates and requirements are available online at JC110, First Year Arts Experience: www.butler.edu/jca. Exploration of the interconnectedness of the Please note that all students who wish to arts through observation and attendance of be considered for JCA talent awards should art, dance, music, and theatre events. Students complete the audition or interview process early will view, review, develop critical thinking, in the year. and enhance the underpinnings of their General Academic Regulations disciplines in the arts. The course will fulfill at least two Indianapolis Art Event Attendance In addition to the general university Requirements. P/F. (U)(1). Fall. academic regulations, the following are applicable to students registered in Jordan JC200, Arts Event Attendance: As an essential College of the Arts. component of a full and varied educational • All students in the college must fulfill core experience in the arts, undergraduate JCA curriculum requirements of the University. majors are expected to attend arts events in • Forty upper-division credit hours (300- their discipline and related areas throughout 400) are required for graduation. their tenure at Butler. (P/F) credit. (Note: • Courses in the student’s major or minor these courses will not count toward the limit of receiving a grade of C- or below or taken permitted P/F courses.) (U)(0). Fall and spring. pass/fail will not count toward that major or minor. JC300, Arts Event Attendance: As an essential • All students working toward a teaching component of a full and varied educational license must meet additional requirements experience in the arts, undergraduate JCA as outlined for licensing. majors are expected to attend arts events in • All students are required to participate in their discipline and related areas throughout departmental ensembles as required by the their tenure at Butler. (P/F) credit. (Note: specific curricular guidelines. these courses will not count toward the limit of • As an essential component of a full and permitted P/F courses.) (U)(0). Fall and spring. varied educational experience in the arts, undergraduate JCA majors are expected to JC400, Arts Event Attendance: As an essential attend arts events in their discipline and component of a full and varied educational
252 Butler University experience in the arts, undergraduate JCA 6. Leadership—The art program offers majors are expected to attend arts events in the professional dexterity to promote their discipline and related areas throughout leadership by setting high standards of their tenure at Butler. (P/F) credit. (Note: achievement in initiative, innovation, and these courses will not count toward the limit of communication. Students are expected to permitted P/F courses.) (U)(0). Fall and spring. develop, articulate, and realize a personal vision. In the classroom and beyond, Art Program students strive for excellence in artistic Associate Professors creation and professional practice. Elizabeth Mix, Ph.D.; Gautam Rao, M.F.A. Assistant Professor Art Program Student Learning Steve Nyktas, M.F.A. Outcomes • Demonstrate an understanding of the basic Mission of the Program principles of Art + Design, including visual The art program educates artists to acquire vocabulary, and technical sensibility toward skills of the designer, and designers to attain the composition and materials. aesthetic eye of the artist, achieved through an • Demonstrate innovative thinking, craft. innovative, hybrid curriculum that emphasizes and sophistication in terms of aesthetic sustainable, traditional and digital materials. and technical application of materials and processes of Art + Design. Principles of the Program • Demonstrate an understanding of 1. Integration—Every course in the program connectivity of a variety of Art + Design integrates art and design, utilizing a hybrid methods, materials, techniques, and approach that combines critical thinking technologies. with processes pertinent for both arts and • Demonstrate an understanding of the designers as well as methods of creation intellectual underpinning of Art + Design that are both traditional and digital. in terms of history, process, and theory. 2. Creativity—Creativity is nurtured through • Interpret, compare, and critique their own emphasis in idea generation; with focus on and others’ work in terms of materials, responding to themes and processes rather processes, and concepts (demonstrating than fulfilling assignments, students learn critical abilities with respect to innovation, to trust their intuition and gain confidence craft, and sophistication). as authors of their own work. • Value an ethic of professionalism as 3. Flexibility—The program is designed manifested in critiques, portfolio and thesis to be flexible in response to rapidly development, community involvement, expanding career opportunities. Innovative and internships, becoming advocates for coursework allows students to strategize Art + Design. with both traditional and nontraditional materials and customize projects to their Degrees specific interests. •Bachelor of Art (B.A.) in Art + Design 4. Sustainability—The program promotes • Art + Design minor the ecological practice of reuse and repurposing of sustainable materials. General Requirements Students are provided practical experiences Applicants are admitted to the program and marketable skills to sustain a lifetime on the basis of academic acceptance by the of creativity. University and a portfolio review and interview. 5. Collaboration—Collaboration is a critical skill for future artists and designers. Requirements for the Major Collaborative environments prepare The B.A. in Art + Design requires the students to work professionally as part of a completion of 126 credit hours. In addition team—sharing, exchanging, and accepting to the University core curriculum, the student divergent viewpoints. Required internships takes required and elective courses in art and with nonprofit and corporate organizations design, a minor or concentration in another expand students’ range of collaborative discipline, as well as a wide variety of elective abilities and provide career-building courses. opportunities. Jordan College of the Arts 253 Requirements for the Minor ART303, Photography: An exploration of The 18-credit Art + Design minor consists electronic still photography as an art form. of three required courses plus three additional Digital manipulation, historical photographic courses chosen from approved electives. sources, and electronic still cameras are studied. Prerequisites: ART105, ART107, ART210 or Core Curriculum Courses mission of instructor. (U)(3). Occasionally. Offered by Art ART304, Depiction: An exploration of PCA 200-ART, Introduction to Visual Art: sequential art and book illustration methods This course combines the study of visual art and practices. The course encompasses the (art history, art criticism, and aesthetics) with study of techniques used in creating sequential studio art experience (the elements of art and art in genres such as: graphic novels, comic the principles of design put into practice). books, comic strips, children’s books, and A wide variety of media are considered, storyboards for animation. Prerequisites: including those sometimes termed “popular ART105, ART107, ART210 or permission of culture” film, television, advertising, art and instructor. (U)(3). Occasionally. web design, in addition to more traditional forms such as painting and sculpture. Students ART305, Time and Motion: This course develop a critical awareness of art and develop explores art forms that have a temporal a vocabulary with which to describe their component, including animation (flash, own and others’ work. The course work is Claymation, and stop-motion), digital primarily composed of class discussion, written imaging, video, and performance. Prerequisites: assignments and creative projects. (U)(3). Fall ART105, ART107, ART210 or permission of and spring. instructor. (U)(3). Occasionally. Art Courses ART306, Interactive: This course is an ART105, Introduction to Visual Culture: exploration of art that provokes interaction This lecture-based course provides a survey of with audiences, including web and information art and visual culture from around the world design, net art, video game design, and from prehistory to postmodernism. It also relational art. Prerequisites: ART105, ART107, presents an introduction to a variety of methods ART210 or permission of instructor. (U)(3). by which art and visual culture are customarily understood. It is designed to explore the ART308, Structure: Graphic Design: This relationship between art history and history, course provides an introduction to design between objects and key episodes in political, concepts from an artistic and structural social, and intellectual history. Prerequisite: perspective. Students are introduced to a range Major or minor or permission of instructor. (U) of design problems and the work of several (3). Fall. artists and designers. Emphasis is placed on the interplay of image, text, and creativity in ART107, Drawing: An introduction to the creating meaning. Prerequisites: ART105, fundamentals of drawing as a medium of ART107, ART210, or permission of instructor. expression. The course introduces design (U)(3). Fall and spring. principles and an appreciation of the history and practice of drawing. Prerequisite: major ART311, Function: This course is an or minor and permission of instructor. (U)(3). exploration of product and packaging design. Fall. The class covers 2D, 3D, utilitarian, and whimsical objects. Prerequisites: ART105, ART210, Process: Art+Design Exploration: ART107, ART210, or permission of instructor. This course connects art + design practices (U)(3). Occasionally. and develops students’ individual artistic sensibilities through projects including creating ART312, Design: History and Theory: This of a portfolio framework and creating a mini- course provides an introduction to the history thesis. Prerequisites: ART105, ART107 or of Modern and Postmodern Design. It is permission of instructor (U)(3). Spring. expressly designed to explore the relationship between the design disciplines (graphic design, furniture design, architecture, textile design,
254 Butler University interior design, and fashion), as well as the ART403, Independent Study: Art + Design: dialogue between design history and design Offers the qualified student the opportunity theory. Prerequisites: ART105, junior or senior to pursue a topic of individual interest. standing, or permission of instructor. (U)(3). Prerequisites: junior or senior standing and Occasionally. approval of written project proposal. (U)(3). Fall and spring. ART315, Postmodernism in the Arts: Introduction to postmodernist theory as it ART 411C, Art+Design Senior Practicum: applies to studio art, theater, dance, and music. This course centers on the creation of a new Postmodern forms of art such as installation, and comprehensive body of work based in ART video art, performance art, and happenings will + Design. The specific nature and theme will be discussed. Prerequisites: ART105, junior or be developed in consultation with the course senior standing, or permission of instructor. instructor. The course requires substantial (U)(3). written work and public presentations, fulfilling speaking across the curriculum requirements. ART322, Painting: This course will cover the In addition, students will create or refine a elements of painting, especially painting from professional portfolio. Prerequisites: Senior, observation, while introducing aesthetic issues major status. (U)(3). Spring. that pertain to the visual arts. The class will expose the student to a broad range of ideas ART 451S, Internship: Art + Design: On-the- and approaches relating to painting and the job experience or apprenticeship related to the visual arts. Prerequisites: ART105, ART107, student’s interests or degree objectives. (U)(1). ART210, or permission of instructor. (U)(3). Fall and spring. Occasionally. ART 452S, Internship: Art + Design: On- ART360, Space: The focus of this course is the the-job experience or apprenticeship related creation of three-dimensional works utilizing to the student’s interests or degree objectives. traditional and nontraditional materials. Prerequisites: junior or senior standing, Discussions, lectures, and critiques will explore minimum 25 credits in ART courses, and and emphasize concept, materials, space, approval of the program director. Majors only. form, site presentation, craft, and context. (U)(2). Fall and spring. Prerequisites: ART105, ART107, ART210 or permission of instructor. May be taken ART 453S, Internship: Art + Design: On- concurrently with ART 210. Prerequisites: the-job experience or apprenticeship related ART105, ART107, ART210 or permission to the student’s interests or degree objectives. of instructor. May be taken concurrently with Prerequisites: junior or senior standing, ART 210. (U)(3). Spring. minimum 25 credits in ART courses, and approval of the program director. Majors only. ART382, Special Topics in Art and Visual (U)(3). Fall and spring. Culture: Work in the special seminar will be centered on a specific aspect of studio art, Department of Arts art history, or visual culture. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. (U)(3). Administration Administration ART401, Independent Study: Art + Design: Susan Zurbuchen, M.A., department chair Offers the qualified student the opportunity Associate Professor to pursue a topic of individual interest. Susan Zurbuchen, M.A. Prerequisites: junior or senior standing and Assistant Professor approval of written project proposal. (U)(1). Rose Kleiman, M.A.R. Fall and spring. Staff Amy Barnes ART402, Independent Study: Art + Design: Offers the qualified student the opportunity Arts Administration to pursue a topic of individual interest. Arts Administration is a course of study Prerequisites: junior or senior standing and that prepares undergraduate students for a approval of written project proposal. (U)(3). future in the management of nonprofit arts Fall and spring. Jordan College of the Arts 255 and community organizations. The program • Demonstrate proficiency in the use of provides a strong undergraduate liberal arts current computer technologies utilized in education, a basic understanding of the business nonprofit organizations. world, and a comprehensive education in the • Demonstrate the ability to understand and disciplines of the arts. Required experiential apply the principles of arts advocacy and learning opportunities and internships provide philanthropy. essential workplace training and education. Careers include jobs in management, special Degrees events, volunteer coordination, fundraising, • Bachelor of Science (B.S.) in Arts public relations, educational programming, and Administration facilities management. • Bachelor of Science (B.S.) in Arts Administration—Music Arts Administration at Butler • Bachelor of Science (B.S.) in Arts • Multidisciplinary approach integrating Administration—Theatre dance, music, theatre, and visual arts with • Bachelor of Science (B.S.) in Dance— current issues in arts management. Arts Administration (See dance major • Educational relationships with local requirements.) cultural organizations, professional artists, educators, and administrators. Requirements for all Arts • Hands-on learning that integrates Administration Degrees classroom instruction with workplace The three components of each arts practice. administration degree are: the University core • Strong emphasis on community curriculum, the required arts administration engagement. courses, and the required arts courses for each • In-depth experience in the student’s chosen specific degree. All degrees in arts administration art form. require completion of 128 credit hours. • National internship placements. • Study-abroad opportunities. Arts Administration Courses • Comprehensive liberal arts education. AA201, Survey of Arts Administration: An • Distinguished faculty of experienced arts introduction to the field of arts administration, administrators. this course will explore the wide variety of • Cross-campus business instruction led by arts and cultural organizations and the various experts in their respective fields (public aspects of the profession within the profit and relations, economics, management, etc.). nonprofit fields. (U)(2). Spring. • One of the earliest and most comprehensive undergraduate arts AA281, Special Topics: Special topics courses administration programs in the nation. will focus on specific aspects of the arts. Topics will vary; courses are open to all students. (U) Department of Arts Administration (1) Occasionally. Student Learning Outcomes AA282, Special Topics: Special topics courses • Recognize the purposes and values of the will focus on specific aspects of the arts. Topics nonprofit arts sector as well as the essential will vary; courses are open to all students. (U) operations of a nonprofit organization. (2). Occasionally. Demonstrate this knowledge in practical applications. AA283, Special Topics: Special topics courses • Demonstrate critical thinking skills when will focus on specific aspects of the arts. Topics analyzing issues facing arts organizations. will vary; courses are open to all students. (U) • Communicate how classroom experiences, (3) Occasionally community-based learning, and creative expression have shaped your personal career AA301, Principles and Practices of Arts aspirations and value for life-long learning Administration: An introduction to the in the arts. principles and practices of arts management, • Communicate coherently, effectively, and including incorporation, board development, creatively in both written and oral formats. strategic planning, and grant writing. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. (U)(3). Fall 256 Butler University and spring. AA315, Arts in Society: This class will AA382, Special Seminar in Arts investigate the various genres of the visual and Administration: Special seminars will performing arts in relation to contemporary focus on more detailed components of arts society. Through reading, discussion, writing, administration. Seminars may include guest and creative learning activities, students speakers, research papers, presentations, and/ will learn to appreciate and accept a wide or a portfolio. Prerequisites: arts administration framework of artistic endeavors and begin to major or permission of instructor. (U/G)(2). develop an understanding of the concept of Occasionally. aesthetics. (U)(3). Annually, term varies. AA383, Special Seminar in Arts AA335, Special Events: This course provides Administration: Special seminars will students with a basic understanding of focus on more detailed components of arts the role of special events in nonprofit arts administration. Seminars may include guest and community organizations. The course speakers, research papers, presentations, and/ will cover event planning, coordination, or a portfolio. Prerequisites: arts administration and implementation utilizing written major or permission of instructor. (U/G)(3). materials, guest speakers, and project work. Occasionally. Requirements will include group and individual participation in special events in AA390, Leadership and Artistic Vision: the community. Prerequisites: Sophomore This course will introduce students to trends standing or permission of the instructor. (U) in the field of arts management and help (3). Occasionally. them gain insights into the diverse roles and responsibilities of the professional artistic AA371S, Experiential Learning: An director. Students will also explore their own opportunity for qualified students to undertake leadership skills and participate in activities to supervised field experience with an arts or identify and expand their own creative abilities related nonprofit organization. Prerequisites: and vision. Prerequisites: Junior standing and arts administration major, sophomore standing, AA301. (U)(3). Occasionally. and permission of the instructor. (U)(1). Fall and spring. AA400, Internship Preparation: Preparation and selection of internship, including resume, AA372S, Experiential Learning: An cover letter, computer skills, literacy for the opportunity for qualified students to undertake workplace, and approval of internship site. supervised field experience with an arts or Prerequisites: permission of the department related nonprofit organization. Prerequisites: chair. (U)(0). Fall and spring. arts administration major, sophomore standing, and permission of the instructor. (U)(2). Fall AA401, Arts Administration Seminar: Work and spring. in the seminar class will focus on trends in the nonprofit arts world; emphasis on marketing, AA373S, Experiential Learning: An promotions, and fundraising. Course includes opportunity for qualified students to undertake guest speakers. Prerequisites: AA301, junior supervised field experience with an arts or standing, and permission of the instructor. related nonprofit organization. Prerequisites: (U/G)(3). Fall and spring. arts administration major, sophomore standing, and permission of the instructor. (U)(3). Fall AA425, Arts, Education, and Community and spring. Engagement: This course is designed to provide students with an understanding AA381, Special Seminar in Arts of history of arts education and outreach, Administration: Special seminars will community engagement, and current trends. focus on more detailed components of arts Students will examine and evaluate existing administration. Seminars may include guest programs as well as design new ones. Course speakers, research papers, presentations, and/ includes guest speakers and field trips. or a portfolio. Prerequisites: arts administration Prerequisites: AA301 or permission of the major or permission of instructor. (U)(1). instructor. (U)(3). Fall. Occasionally.
Jordan College of the Arts 257 AA450W, Arts Administration Senior Dance at Butler Seminar: Capstone course focusing on timely • Continuing a 50-year tradition of issues in the field of arts administration. excellence in ballet, training serious and Significant writing assignments as related talented dance students, preparing them for to arts administration. Prerequisites: arts future careers in the dance arts. administration major and senior standing or • A nationally and internationally renowned arts administration major and permission of the undergraduate department that is fully instructor. (U)(3). Fall. accredited by the National Association of Schools of Dance (NASD). AA475, Arts Administration Seminar: On- • Strong technical training based on the the-job experience in an arts agency directly central focus of classical ballet. related to the student’s degree objectives. • Exposure to a wide range of techniques. Prerequisites: AA301, AA401, junior standing, • Performance in a preprofessional company. and permission of the department chair. (U)(6) • Broad exposure to academic subjects in Fall, spring, and summer. dance and in other arts. AA481, Independent Study: An opportunity • Opportunities to perform in major for the qualified student to pursue some productions in a 2,200-seat venue each investigative work upon his or her own year and also in a more intimate setting, initiative. Petition required with approval by the Howard L. Schrott Center for the Arts. the dean. (U)(1). Fall and spring. • Butler Ballet, which performs full-length classical ballets, commissioned and licensed AA482, Independent Study: An opportunity masterworks, and contemporary repertoire for the qualified student to pursue some from a variety of stylistic approaches. investigative work upon his or her own • Butler Chamber Dance, which initiative. Petition required with approval by performs experimental non-proscenium the dean. (U)(2). Fall and spring. choreographic work along with multi- disciplinary contemporary repertoire. AA483, Independent Study: An opportunity • Opportunities for students to present their for the qualified student to pursue some creativity through Student Choreographic investigative work upon his or her own Showcases and Senior Production. initiative. Petition required with approval by • Highly qualified professors who are artist- the dean. (U)(3). Fall and spring. scholars combining broad educational backgrounds with professional performing AA499, Honors Thesis: (U)(3). Fall and careers, in-depth study, choreography, and spring. teaching in the United States and abroad. • International summer study opportunities Department of Dance in Europe and Asia. Administration Larry Attaway, B.M., department chair Department of Dance Student Professors Learning Outcomes Marek Cholewa, Nikolai Rimsky-Korsakov The coursework of each of the three Conservatory; Michelle Jarvis, M.A.; Stephan degree plans in the Department of Dance is Laurent, M.F.A.; Cynthia Pratt, M.F.A. designed with the following Student Learning Associate Professors Outcomes: Larry Attaway, B.M.; Susan McGuire; Derek • Demonstrate an understanding of the Reid, B.A. intellectual underpinning of the various Assistant Professor dance techniques in terms of structure, Patrick Hinson, B.A. vocabulary, syntax, and phrasing. Staff Members • Interpret, compare, and critique the art of Kathleen Egan, Judy Gonzalez, Daniel Peelor, choreography and performance through Cathy Sipe theoretical and practical study in terms of innovation, craft, and sophistication.
258 Butler University • Demonstrate an understanding of the diverse artistic talents are recognized and valued physical and intellectual underpinning of for their unique contributions. (U)(3). Spring. the various dance techniques as manifested in execution and pedagogy. PCA221-DA, Latin Dances, African Roots: • Articulate and apply an understanding of Latin Dances, African Roots. An introduction the impact of dance in history, society, and to and overview of the national dances of Cuba, the allied arts, thus becoming advocates for Brazil, Argentina, and Peru. We will study the the art form. influence of indigenous cultures, colonization, • Incorporate the impact of other arts on and the Atlantic slave trade on the development dance through studies in music, theatre, of dances such as Samba, Rumba, Tango, and the fine arts. Capoeira, and popular dance and culture, as • Value an ethic of professionalism as well as examining current practice in light manifested through respect for appropriate of the political and social changes that have etiquette and interaction with faculty and occurred in these countries since 1900. We fellow students. will approach the course subject using films, texts, and, of course, by dancing. We will gain Degrees first hand knowledge of, and appreciation for, • Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) in Dance— dance in these cultures and how it relates to Pedagogy an appreciation of dance in our culture. All • Bachelor of Fine Arts (B.F.A.) in Dance— students are welcome. (U)(3). Fall. Performance PWB103-DA, Beginning Ballet II (non- • Bachelor of Science (B.S.) in Dance—Arts majors): Basic ballet technique in the Administration recognized classic form. For students who have • Dance minor had no previous training. Not applicable to the Requirements dance major; open to all other students. Two meetings per week. Open to students who have Applicants are admitted to the program not completed a PWB course. (U)(1). Fall. on the basis of academic acceptance by the University and an audition in ballet. PWB104-DA, Beginning Jazz: Basic All majors in dance (B.F.A., B.A., and jazz styles and forms for non-majors. No B.S.) require completion of 128 credit hours, prerequisite. Two meetings per week. Open composed of a variety of studio courses, to students who have not completed a PWB performance, and dance academics in addition course. (U)(1). Fall. to required courses in related areas such as music and theatre, and the core curriculum of PWB105-DA, Intermediate/Advanced Jazz: the University. Intermediate/Advanced jazz styles and forms The dance minor requires 24 hours in dance, for non-majors. Two meetings per week. Open 17 of which are prescribed while the other to students who have not completed a PWB seven can be taken from an approved list of course. (U)(1). Spring. dance electives. Only students with sophomore status and above and who have been previously PWB106-DA, Modern Dance (non- admitted as dance majors are eligible to apply majors): Dance technique as a combination for the minor. of movement improvisation and modern technique emphasizing qualities of movement Core Courses offered by Dance in space and time. (Not applicable to dance PCA220-DA, American Dance Black majors; open to all other students). Two Tradition: American Dance in the Black meetings per week. Open to students who have Tradition: Searching for cultural diffusion not completed a PWB course. (U)(1). Fall and in movement: This course will examine the spring. relationship between Dance and artistic development in 20th century America, focusing Courses in Dance for Non-Majors on the artistic expression of the African Unless otherwise indicated, all odd- American culture. Through examination of the numbered courses are offered in the fall and interplay between dominant and non-dominant all even-numbered courses are offered in the cultures, students can create and develop a spring. model of compassion and appreciation where Jordan College of the Arts 259 DA101, Beginning Ballet I: Basic ballet DA401, Intermediate/Advanced Ballet technique in the recognized classic form. (For (non-majors): Continuation of DA302. students who have had no previous training. Intermediate/Advanced level of ballet technique Not applicable to the dance major; open to all for non-majors. Three meetings per week. (U) other students). Two meetings per week. (U) (2). Fall. (1). Fall. DA402, Intermediate/Advanced Ballet DA102, Beginning Ballet II (non-majors): (Non-Majors): Continuation of DA 302. Continuation of DA101: Basic ballet technique Intermediate/Advanced level of ballet technique in the recognized classic form for students who for non-majors. Three meetings per week. (U) have had little previous training. Not applicable (2). Spring. to the dance major; open to all other students. Two meeting per week. (U)(1). Spring. Courses in Dance for Majors Unless otherwise indicated, all odd- DA103, Beginning Jazz: Basic jazz styles and numbered courses are offered in the fall and forms for non-majors. No prerequisite. Two all even-numbered courses are offered in the meetings per week. (U)(1). Fall. spring.
DA104, Beginning Jazz: Basic jazz styles and DA109, Professional Practices: Seminar forms for non-majors. No prerequisite. Two course designed to inform, direct, and support meetings per week. (U)(1). Spring. new students, serve as an open forum for discussion, broaden awareness, gain knowledge, DA105, Intermediate/Advanced Jazz (non- and develop skills while fostering artistic life. majors): Intermediate/Advanced jazz styles and One meeting per week. Prerequisite: Freshman forms for non-majors. Two meetings per week. dance major status. (U)(0). Fall. (U)(1). Fall. DA110, Professional Practices: Seminar DA106, Intermediate/Advanced Jazz (non- course designed to inform, direct, and support majors): Intermediate/Advanced jazz styles and new students, serve as an open forum for forms for non-majors. Two meetings per week. discussion, broaden awareness, gain knowledge, (U)(1). Spring. and develop skills while fostering artistic life. DA107, Modern Dance (non-majors): Dance One meeting per week. Prerequisite: Freshman technique as a combination of movement status and DA109. (U)(0). Spring. improvisation and modern technique emphasizing qualities of movement in space Ballet Technique Courses for Majors and time. (Not applicable to dance majors; DA111, Ballet Technique I: Recognized open to all other students). Two meetings per classic dance form of Western Europe and week. (U)(1). Fall. America. It serves in the scheme of dance training as mathematics does in the academic DA108, Modern Dance (non-majors): Dance curriculum—a discipline toward exactness and technique as a combination of movement precision of line. Includes barre and center improvisation and modern technique exercises. Placement in appropriate levels is emphasizing qualities of movement in space determined by previous training and not by the and time. (Not applicable to dance majors; year in residence. Class meets five days a week open to all other students). Two meetings per for one and one-half hours. (U)(2). Fall. week. (U)(1). Spring. DA112, Ballet Technique I Freshman: DA301, Intermediate Ballet (non-majors): Recognized classic dance form of Western Continuation of DA202 for non-majors who Europe and America. It serves in the scheme wish to further their ballet training. Three of dance training as mathematics does in the meetings per week. (U)(2). Fall. academic curriculum—a discipline toward exactness and precision of line. Includes barre DA302, Intermediate Ballet (non-majors): and center exercises. Placement in appropriate Continuation of DA202 for non-majors who levels is determined by previous training and not wish to further their ballet training. Three by the year in residence. Class meets five days a meetings per week. (U)(2). Spring. week for one and one-half hours. (U)(2). Spring. 260 Butler University DA113, Ballet Technique II Freshman: Europe and America geared specifically for the Recognized classic dance form of Western male dancer. It serves in the scheme of dance Europe and America. It serves in the scheme training as mathematics does in the academic of dance training as mathematics does in the curriculum—a discipline toward exactness and academic curriculum—a discipline toward precision of line. Includes barre and center exactness and precision of line. Includes barre exercises. Class meets five days a week for one and center exercises. Placement in appropriate and one half-hour. (U)(2). Spring. levels is determined by previous training and not by the year in residence. Class meets five days a DA127, Men’s Allegro Technique I: Specific week for one and one-half hours. (U)(2). Fall. allegro technique for men: multiple turns, beats, and grand allegro steps. Two meetings per week. DA114, Ballet Technique II: Recognized Prerequisite: male dance major. (U)(1). Fall. classic dance form of Western Europe and America. It serves in the scheme of dance DA128, Men’s Allegro Technique I: training as mathematics does in the academic Continuation of DA127. Two meetings per curriculum—a discipline toward exactness and week. Prerequisite: DA127. (U)(1). Spring. precision of line. Includes barre and center DA211, Ballet Technique I: Recognized exercises. Placement in appropriate levels is classic dance form of Western Europe and determined by previous training and not by the America. It serves in the scheme of dance year in residence. Class meets five days a week training as mathematics does in the academic for one and one-half hours. (U)(2). Spring. curriculum—a discipline toward exactness and DA115, Ballet Technique III: Recognized precision of line. Includes barre and center classic dance form of Western Europe and exercises. Placement in appropriate levels is America. It serves in the scheme of dance determined by previous training and not by the training as mathematics does in the academic year in residence. Class meets five days a week curriculum—a discipline toward exactness and for one and one-half hours. (U)(2). Fall. precision of line. Includes barre and center DA212, Ballet Technique I: Recognized exercises. Placement in appropriate levels is classic dance form of Western Europe and determined by previous training and not by the America. It serves in the scheme of dance year in residence. Class meets five days a week training as mathematics does in the academic for one and one-half hours. (U)(2). Fall. curriculum—a discipline toward exactness and DA116, Ballet Technique III: Recognized precision of line. Includes barre and center classic dance form of Western Europe and exercises. Placement in appropriate levels is America. It serves in the scheme of dance determined by previous training and not by the training as mathematics does in the academic year in residence. Class meets five days a week curriculum—a discipline toward exactness and for one and one-half hours. (U)(2). Spring. precision of line. Includes barre and center DA213, Ballet Technique II: Recognized exercises. Placement in appropriate levels is classic dance form of Western Europe and determined by previous training and not by the America. It serves in the scheme of dance year in residence. Class meets five days a week training as mathematics does in the academic for one and one-half hours. (U)(2). Spring. curriculum—a discipline toward exactness and DA119, Ballet Technique—Men Freshman: precision of line. Includes barre and center Recognized classic dance form of Western exercises. Placement in appropriate levels is Europe and America geared specifically for the determined by previous training and not by the male dancer. It serves in the scheme of dance year in residence. Class meets five days a week training as mathematics does in the academic for one and one-half hours. (U)(2). Fall. curriculum—a discipline toward exactness and DA214, Ballet Technique II: Recognized precession of line. Includes barre and center classic dance form of Western Europe and exercises. Class meets five days a week for one America. It serves in the scheme of dance and one half-hour. (U)(2). Fall. training as mathematics does in the academic DA120, Ballet Technique—Men Freshman: curriculum—a discipline toward exactness and Recognized classic dance form of Western precision of line. Includes barre and center Jordan College of the Arts 261 exercises. Placement in appropriate levels is curriculum—a discipline toward exactness and determined by previous training and not by the precision of line. Includes barre and center year in residence. Class meets five days a week exercises. Placement in classes is determined for one and one-half hours. (U)(2). Spring. by previous training and not by the year in residence. Class meets five days a week for one DA215, Ballet Technique III: Recognized and one half-hour. (U)(2). Spring. classic dance form of Western Europe and America. It serves in the scheme of dance DA227, Men’s Allegro Technique II: Specific training as mathematics does in the academic allegro technique for men: multiple turns, beats, curriculum—a discipline toward exactness and and grand allegro steps. Two meetings per week. precision of line. Includes barre and center Prerequisite: DA128. (U)(1). Fall. exercises. Placement in appropriate levels is determined by previous training and not by the DA228, Men’s Allegro Technique II: year in residence. Class meets five days a week Continuation of DA227. Two meetings per for one and one-half hours. (U)(2). Fall. week. Prerequisite: DA 227. (U)(1). Spring.
DA216, Ballet Technique III: Recognized DA313, Ballet Technique II: Intermediate classic dance form of Western Europe and level of ballet technique (see description under America. It serves in the scheme of dance DA115, 116). By placement only. (U)(2). training as mathematics does in the academic Spring. curriculum—a discipline toward exactness and precision of line. Includes barre and center DA314, Ballet Technique II: Intermediate exercises. Placement in appropriate levels is level of ballet technique (see description under determined by previous training and not by the DA115, 116). By placement only. (U)(2). year in residence. Class meets five days a week Spring. for one and one-half hours. (U)(2). Spring. DA315, Ballet Technique III: Recognized DA217, Ballet Technique IV: Advanced level of classic dance form of Western Europe and ballet technique. (See description under DA117, America. It serves in the scheme of dance 118.) Ladies will take the complete class on training as mathematics does in the academic pointe during three of the five weekly meetings. curriculum—a discipline toward exactness and (U)(3). Fall. precision of line. Includes barre and center exercises. Placement in appropriate levels is DA218, Ballet Technique IV: Advanced level of determined by previous training and not by the ballet technique. (See description under DA117, year in residence. Class meets five days a week 118.) Ladies will take the complete class on for one and one-half hours. (U)(2). Fall. pointe during three of the five weekly meetings. (U)(2). Spring. DA316, Ballet Technique III: Recognized classic dance form of Western Europe and DA219, Ballet Technique—Men Sophomore: America. It serves in the scheme of dance Recognized classic dance form of Western training as mathematics does in the academic Europe and America geared specifically for the curriculum—a discipline toward exactness and male dancer. It serves in the scheme of dance precision of line. Includes barre and center training as mathematics does in the academic exercises. Placement in appropriate levels is curriculum—a discipline toward exactness and determined by previous training and not by the precision of line. Includes barre and center year in residence. Class meets five days a week exercises. Placement in classes is determined for one and one-half hours. (U)(2). Spring. by previous training and not by the year in residence. Class meets five days a week for one DA317, Ballet Technique IV: Advanced level of and one half-hour. (U)(2). Fall. ballet technique. (See description under DA115, 116.) Ladies will take the complete class on DA220, Ballet Technique—Men Sophomore: pointe during three of the five weekly meetings. Recognized classic dance form of Western (U)(2). Fall. Europe and America geared specifically for the male dancer. It serves in the scheme of dance DA318, Ballet Technique 4: Advanced level of training as mathematics does in the academic ballet technique. (See description under DA115,
262 Butler University 116.) Ladies will take the complete class on DA419, Ballet Technique—Men Senior: pointe during three of the five weekly meetings. Advanced ballet technique geared specifically (U)(2). Spring. for the male dancer. Includes barre and center exercises. Placement in classes is determined DA319, Ballet Technique—Men Junior: by previous training and not by the year in Advanced ballet technique geared specifically residence. Class meets five days a week for one for the male dancer. Includes barre and center and one half-hour. (U)(2). Fall. exercises. Placement in classes is determined by previous training and not by the year in DA420, Ballet Technique—Men Senior: residence. Class meets five days a week for one Advanced ballet technique geared specifically and one half-hour. (U)(2). Fall. for the male dancer. Includes barre and center exercises. Placement in classes is determined DA320, Ballet Technique—Men Junior: by previous training and not by the year in Advanced level of ballet technique geared residence. Class meets five days a week for one specifically for the male dancer. Includes barre and one half-hour. (U)(2). Spring. and center exercises. Placement in classes is determined by previous training and not by the DA427, Men’s Allegro Technique IV: Specific year in residence. Class meets five days a week allegro technique for men: multiple turns, beats, for one and one half-hour. (U)(2). Spring. and grand allegro steps. Two meetings per week. Prerequisite: DA328. (U)(1). Fall. DA327, Men’s Allegro Technique III: Specific allegro technique for men: multiple turns, beats, DA428, Men’s Allegro Technique IV: and ground allegro steps. Two meetings per Continuation of DA427. Two meetings per week. Prerequisite: DA228. (U)(1). Fall. week. Prerequisite: DA 427. (U)(1). Spring.
DA328, Men’s Allegro Technique III: Pointe, Pas de Deux and Variations Continuation of DA327. Two meetings per Courses week. Prerequisite: DA327. (U)(1). Spring. DA121, Pointe I Freshmen: The specialized DA410, Ballet Technique: Same as DA415, study of ballet technique as applied to pointe DA416. One section of the course meets MWF, work. For dance majors only. Two meetings per the other TR, and TBA for one hour of credit. week. (U)(1). Fall. By placement only. (U)(1). Fall and spring. DA122, Pointe I Freshmen: The specialized DA415, Ballet Technique III: Advanced level study of ballet technique as applied to pointe of ballet technique. (See description under work. For dance majors only. Two meetings per DA115, 116.) By placement only. Meets five week. (U)(1). Spring. times per week. (U)(2). Fall. DA123, Pointe II Freshmen: Intermediate/ DA416, Ballet Technique III: Advanced level advanced level of pointe technique for dance of ballet technique. (See description under majors. By placement only. Two meetings per DA115, 116.) By placement only. Meets five week. (U)(1). Fall. times per week. (U)(2). Spring. DA124, Pointe II Freshmen: Intermediate/ DA417, Ballet Technique IV: Advanced level of advanced level of pointe technique for dance ballet technique. (See description under DA117, majors. By placement only. Two meetings per 118.) Ladies will take the complete class on week. (U)(1). Spring. pointe during three of the five weekly meetings. (U)(2). Fall. DA125, Pas de Deux I: First-year partnering technique. Required of male dance majors, by DA418, Ballet Technique IV: Advanced level of invitation only for female dance majors. (U) ballet technique. (See description under DA117, (1). Fall. 118.) Ladies will take the complete class on pointe during three of the five weekly meetings. DA126, Pas de Deux I: First-year partnering (U)(2). Spring. technique. Required of male dance majors, by invitation only for female dance majors. (U) (1). Spring. Jordan College of the Arts 263 DA221, Pointe II Sophomores: Intermediate/ B.A. and B.S. dance majors and female dance advanced level of pointe technique for Dance majors. One meeting per week. (U)(1). Fall. Majors. By placement only. Two meetings per week. (U)(1). Fall. DA326, Pas de Deux III: Intermediate/ Advanced technique of supported adagio and DA222, Pointe II Sophomores: Intermediate/ advanced repertoire required of male B.F.A. advanced level of pointe technique for Dance dance majors. By invitation only for male Majors. By placement only. Two meetings per B.A. and B.S. dance majors and female dance week. (U)(1). Spring. majors. One meeting per week. (U)(1). Spring.
DA223, Pointe III Sophomores: Advanced DA421, Pointe III Seniors: Advanced level level of pointe technique for dance majors. By of pointe technique for dance majors. By placement only. Two meetings per week. (U) placement only. Two meetings per week. (U) (1). Fall. (1). Fall.
DA224, Pointe III Sophomores: Advanced DA422, Pointe III Seniors: Advanced level level of pointe technique for dance majors. By of pointe technique for dance majors. By placement only. Two meetings per week. (U) placement only. Two meetings per week. (U) (1). Spring. (1). Spring.
DA225, Pas de Deux II: Second-year DA423, Pointe IV Seniors: Advanced partnering technique. Required of male B.F.A. professional level Pointe technique for dance dance majors, by invitation only for female majors. By placement only. Two meetings per dance majors. One meeting per week. (U)(1). week. (U)(1). Fall. Fall. DA424, Pointe IV Seniors: Advanced DA226, Pas de Deux II: Second-year professional level pointe technique for dance partnering technique. Required of male B.F.A. majors. By placement only. Two meetings per dance majors, by invitation only for female week. (U)(1). Spring. dance majors. One meeting per week. (U)(1). Spring. DA425, Pas de Deux IV: Advanced technique of supported adagio and advanced repertoire. DA321, Pointe III Juniors: Advanced level By invitation only for male and female dance of pointe technique for dance majors. By majors. One meeting per week. (U)(1). Fall. placement only. Two meetings per week. (U) (1). Fall. DA426, Pas de Deux IV: Advanced technique of supported adagio and advanced repertoire. DA322, Pointe III Juniors: Advanced level By invitation only for male and female dance of pointe technique for dance majors. By majors. One meeting per week. (U)(1). Spring. placement only. Two meetings per week. (U) (1). Spring. Modern and Improvisation Courses Unless otherwise indicated, all odd- DA323, Pointe IV Juniors: Advanced numbered courses are offered in the fall and professional level pointe technique for Dance all even-numbered courses are offered in the Majors. By placement only. Two meetings per spring. week. (U)(1). Fall. DA131, Modern Technique I: First year DA324, Pointe IV Juniors: Advanced modern technique for dance majors. Three professional level pointe technique for dance hours per week. No Prerequisite. (U)(1). Fall. majors. By placement only. Two meetings per week. (U)(1). Spring. DA132, Modern Technique I: First year modern technique for dance majors. Three DA325, Pas de Deux III: Intermediate/ hours per week. Prerequisite: DA131. (U)(1). Advanced technique of supported adagio and Spring. advanced repertoire required of male B.F.A. dance majors. By invitation only for male
264 Butler University DA231, Modern Technique II: Second-year DA242, Jazz II: Second-year jazz technique modern technique for dance majors. Three for dance majors. Three meetings per week. hours per week. Prerequisites: DA131, DA132. Prerequisite: DA241. (U)(1). Spring. (U)(1). Fall. DA247, Character Dance-Slavic: The study DA232, Modern Technique II: Second-year of Slavic dance techniques of the Polish, modern technique for dance majors. Three Russian, and Hungarian styles with emphasis hours per week. Prerequisite: DA231. (U)(1). on individual and group performance. Two Spring. meetings per week. Prerequisite: Sophomore dance major. (U)(1). Fall. DA233, Improvisation I: Exploration of basic improvisational skills in order to relinquish DA248, World Dance Technique: The the habitual movements of the trained dancer study of non-traditional dance techniques; and to find more original ways of expressing culturally-based dance idioms with emphasis ideas through dance. One meeting per week. on individual and ensemble performances. Two Prerequisite: Sophomore dance major status. meeting per week. Prerequisite: DA247. (U) (U)(1). Fall. (1). Spring.
DA331, Modern Technique III: Third-year DA341, Jazz III: Third-year Jazz technique technique for dance majors. Three meetings for dance majors. Three meetings per week. per week. Prerequisites: DA231, DA232. (U) Prerequisites: DA241, DA242. (U)(1). Fall. (1). Fall. DA342, Jazz III: Third-year Jazz technique DA332, Modern Technique III: Third-year for dance majors. Three meetings per week. technique for dance majors. Three meetings per Prerequisites: DA341. (U)(1). Spring. week. Prerequisites: DA331. (U)(1). Spring. DA344, Theatre Dance Forms: A survey DA431, Modern Technique IV: Fourth-year of theatrical dance from the early 20th modern technique for dance majors. Three century with materials designed for teaching meetings per week. Prerequisites: DA331, 332. and performance using tap, jazz, and folk (U)(1). Fall. techniques in entertainment routines. Emphasis on individual and group performance. Three DA432, Modern Technique IV: Fourth-year meetings per week. Prerequisite: Junior dance modern technique for dance majors. Three major or consent of department chair. (U)(2). meetings per week. Prerequisites: DA431. (U) Spring. (1). Spring. DA429, Contemporary Partnering: Advanced Other Dance Techniques Courses study through practical work in the principles Unless otherwise indicated, all odd- related to contemporary partnering in the 21st numbered courses are offered in the fall and century, including: balance, counterbalance, all even-numbered courses are offered in the resistance, strength building, and weight spring. distribution. Prerequisite: Completion of DA325 or DA326; enrollment in DA425/426 DA141, Jazz I: Contemporary jazz for dance preferred, mandatory for male dancers. (U)(1). majors with emphasis on Symonson technique. Fall. Two meetings per week. (U)(1). Fall. Performance Courses DA142, Jazz I: Contemporary jazz for dance Unless otherwise indicated, all odd- majors with emphasis on Symonson technique. numbered courses are offered in the fall and Two meetings per week. Prerequisite: DA 41 all even-numbered courses are offered in the (U)(1). Spring. spring.
DA241, Jazz II: Continuing study of jazz DA151, Butler Ballet—Freshman: All techniques at the Sophomore level. Three performance groups are selected by the meetings per week. Prerequisite: DA142. (U) choreographer in line with the particular needs (1). Fall. of the work being produced. Participation in Jordan College of the Arts 265 more than one group is possible. Prerequisite: student choreographers in Choreography 3, dance major. (U)(1). Fall. DA453. No prerequisite. (U)(1). Fall.
DA152, Butler Ballet—Freshman: DA351, Butler Ballet—Junior: All Continuation of DA151. Prerequisite: DA151. performance groups are selected by the (U)(1). Spring. choreographer in line with the particular needs of the work being produced. Participation in DA251, Butler Ballet—Sophomore: All more than one group is possible. Prerequisite: performance groups are selected by the DA252 or consent of department chair. (U) choreographer in line with the particular needs (2). Fall. of the work being produced. Participation in more than one group is possible. Prerequisite: DA352, Butler Ballet—Junior: Continuation DA152. (U)(1). Fall. of DA 351. Prerequisite: DA351 or consent of department chair. (U)(2). Spring. DA252, Butler Ballet—Sophomore: Continuation of DA251. Prerequisite: DA251. DA451, Butler Ballet—Senior: All (U)(1). Spring. performance groups are selected by the choreographer in line with the particular needs DA255, Butler Chamber Dance: Ensemble of the work being produced. Participation in created to perform new choreographic works more than one group is possible. Prerequisite: by the dance faculty, collaborate with similar DA352 or consent of department chair. (U) university programs or professional companies, (2). Fall. and collaborate with the community of artists of the Jordan College of the Arts among others. DA452, Butler Ballet—Senior: Continuation Each performance is an individual project with of DA451. Prerequisite: DA451 or consent of participation by audition only. Permission of department chair. (U)(2). Spring. the dance department is required. Prerequisite: DA151 and DA152, sophomore status. (U)(1). Arts Event Attendance Courses Fall and spring. Unless otherwise indicated, all odd- numbered courses are offered in the fall and DA355, Butler Chamber Dance: Ensemble all even-numbered courses are offered in the created to perform new choreographic works spring. by the dance faculty, collaborate with similar university programs or professional companies, DA190, Arts Event Attendance: New dance and collaborate with the community of artists majors and new secondary dance majors will of the Jordan College of the Arts among others. attend 10 performances in their first academic Each performance is an individual project with year. Events will be distributed among participation by audition only. Permission of art, dance, music, theatre, and arts-related the dance department is required. Prerequisite: lectures and will include on and off campus DA151 and DA152, sophomore status. (U)(1). presentations. (P/F) credit. (U)(0). Fall and Fall and spring. spring.
DA455, Butler Chamber Dance: Ensemble DA290, Arts Event Attendance: Sophomore created to perform new choreographic works dance majors and secondary dance majors by the dance faculty, collaborate with similar will attend eight performances in their second university programs or professional companies, academic year. Events will be distributed among and collaborate with the community of artists art, dance, music, theatre, and arts-related of the Jordan College of the Arts among others. lectures and will include on and off campus Each performance is an individual project with presentations. (P/F) credit. Prerequisite: participation by audition only. Permission of DA190. (U)(0). Fall and spring. the dance department is required. Prerequisite: DA151 and DA152, sophomore status. (U)(1). DA390, Arts Event Attendance: Junior dance Fall and spring. majors and secondary majors will attend six performances in their third academic year. DA311, Performance Lab: Laboratory course Events will be distributed among art, dance, for dance majors to serve as performers for music, theatre, and arts-related lectures and will 266 Butler University include on and off campus presentations. (P/F) DA264, Music for Dance: The relationship credit. Prerequisite: DA290. (U)(0). Fall and of music to dance as applied to ballet class spring. and to choreography. Two meetings per week. Prerequisite: DA263. (U)(1). Spring. DA490, Arts Event Attendance: Senior dance majors and secondary majors will attend six DA361, Choreography I: A study of the performances in their final academic year. basic building blocks in dance composition Events will be distributed among art, dance, skills: movement themes and motifs, music, theatre, and arts-related lectures and will development and variation, overall structure of include on and off campus presentations. (P/F) a choreographic piece. Prerequisites: DA233, credit. Prerequisite: DA390. (U)(0). Fall and DA261. (U)(2). Fall. spring. DA362, Choreography II: Investigation of the Dance Academics Courses relationship between choreography and music. Unless otherwise indicated, all odd- Prerequisite: DA361, DA264. (U)(2). numbered courses are offered in the fall and all even-numbered courses are offered in the DA365, Dance History I: The evolution of spring. dance from its earliest appearance to modern times; the relationship of dancing to religion, DA161, Body Placement I: A course for music, and drama. Three meetings per week dance majors explaining the proper postural (writing intensive). Prerequisite: junior dance alignment of the body utilizing one or major. (U)(3). Fall. more of the following methods: Bartenieff DA366C, Dance History II: The evolution of Fundamentals of Movement, Alexander dance from its earliest appearance to modern Technique, and Pilates Technique. (U)(1). Fall. times; the relationship of dancing to religion, DA162, Body Placement II: A course for music, and drama. Three meetings per week dance majors explaining the proper postural (writing intensive). Prerequisite: junior dance alignment of the body utilizing one or major. (U)(3). Spring. more of the following methods: Bartenieff DA453, Choreography III: The third formal Fundamentals of Movement, Alexander exposure of dance majors to the craft of Technique, and Pilates Technique. Prerequisite: composition. Advanced level of choreography DA 161. (U)(1). Spring. for small and large groups. Two meetings per DA166, Masterworks of Dance: Introduction week. Prerequisite: DA362. (U)(1). to major ballet and modern dance works, DA454, Senior Production Project: presented on video, briefly analyzed, and placed Production, rehearsal, and public presentation in context. The course also examines ways that of the choreographic project which began in information literacy is a necessary component DA453. Prerequisite: DA453. (U)(2). Spring. to academic research. No prerequisite. (U)(2). Fall and spring. DA465, Theory and Philosophy of Dance: Analysis of dance as an art form, an educational DA261, Laban Movement Analysis: device, and a vehicle for individual and group Elementary concepts in the major 20th century expression. Emphasis on concepts of aesthetic theory of movement: exploration of the judgments and criticism. Prerequisites: DA261, aspects of shape, space, and efforts (movement DA361, and DA366. (U)(1). Fall. qualities). Prerequisite: sophomore dance major or consent of department chair. (U)(2). Fall and DA466, Theory and Philosophy of Dance: spring. Analysis of dance as an art form, an educational device, and a vehicle for individual and group DA263, Music for Dance—Theory: expression. Emphasis on concepts of aesthetic Elements of music theory for dancers, covering judgment and criticism. Prerequisites: DA261, basic concepts such as meters, rhythms, key DA361, and DA366. (U)(2). signature, and basic chords. Two meetings per week. Prerequisite: sophomore dance major. (U)(1). Fall. Jordan College of the Arts 267 DA467, Design/Construction Dance DA482, Independent Study: An opportunity Costumes: Basic principles involved in the for the qualified student to pursue some preparation of design and construction of investigative work upon his or her own costumes for dance. Lecture and laboratory. (U) initiative. Approval of department chair (3). Fall. required. (U)(2). Occasionally.
DA468, Applied Dance Costuming: The DA483, Independent Study: An opportunity execution and construction of designed for the qualified student to pursue some costumes for dance. Laboratory. Prerequisite: investigative work upon his or her own consent of instructor. (U)(3). Spring. initiative. Approval of department chair required. (U)(3). Occasionally. Pedagogy, Special Studies Courses Unless otherwise indicated, all odd- DA491, Special Seminar: Work in the special numbered courses are offered in the fall and seminar shall be centered on a specific aspect of all even-numbered courses are offered in the dance. A paper may be required. By consent of spring. instructor. (U)(1). Occasionally. DA492, Special Seminar: Work in the special DA471, Teaching Analysis of Classical seminar shall be centered on a specific aspect of Technique: A practical and theoretical study of dance. A paper may be required. By consent of basic ballet techniques, preparing the student instructor. (U)(2). Spring. teacher for instructing beginning ballet. Two meetings per week. Prerequisites: junior B.A. DA493, Special Seminar: Work in the special dance major or senior B.F.A., B.S. dance major. seminar shall be centered on a specific aspect of (U)(2). Fall. dance. A paper may be required. By consent of instructor. (U)(3). Occasionally. DA472, Teaching Analysis of Intermediate and Advanced Classical Techniques: Teaching DA499, Honors Thesis: See section dealing intermediate and advanced ballet techniques to with graduation honors. (U)(3). Occasionally. skilled performers and teachers. Prerequisite: DA471. (U)(2). Spring. School of Music DA474, Teaching Analysis of Modern Administration Techniques: A practical and theoretical study Daniel P. Bolin, Ed.D., chair; Lisa Brooks, of basic modern technique, including how to D.M.A., assistant chair devise material structure a class, and work with Professors an accompanist. Prerequisites: DA471, DA Timothy R. Brimmer, D.A.; James Robert 331. (U)(2). Spring. Briscoe, Ph.D.; Davis Brooks, D.M.A.; Lisa Brooks, D.M.A.; Richard Clark, M.M.; Stanley DA476, Teaching Analysis of Jazz Technique: E. DeRusha, M.M.; Penny Dimmick, D.A.; Pedagogy of Jazz techniques (theory and Jeffrey Gillespie, Ph.D.; Robert Grechesky, practice) utilizing the Symonson technique. Ph.D.; James Mulholland, M.M.; David Prerequisites: DA241, DA242, DA471. (U)(2). Murray, M.M.; Michael Schelle, Ph.D.; Spring. Laurence Shapiro, M.M.; Douglas E. Spaniol, D.M.A.; Eric Stark, D.M.A. DA477, Dance Teaching Practicum: Associate Professors Observation and teaching in selected school Daniel Bolin, Ed.D.; Kathleen Boyd, D.M.A.; situations as a correlated school activity. Frank Felice, Ph.D; William Grubb, D.M.A.; Prerequisites: DA472, DA474, or DA476 and Melvin Jones, Ph.D.; Mary Katherine Kelton, consent of department chair. (U)(2). Fall and D.M.A.; Gail Lewis, D.M.A.; Julianne spring. Miranda, M.M. DA481, Independent Study: An opportunity Assistant Professors for the qualified student to pursue some Matthew Pivec, D.M.A.; Thomas Studebaker, investigative work upon his or her own M.M. initiative. Approval of department chair Artist-in-Residence in Percussion required. (U)(1). Occasionally. Jon Crabiel, M.A. 268 Butler University Instructor Music Preparation Mary Anne Scott, B.M. The entrance requirements in all fields of Staff Members music are similar to those adopted by the Catherine Bringerud, Vonna Knapp, Kristin National Association of Schools of Music. An Flodder, Joy Rogers, Cathy Sipe audition is required for majors. No audition is required for minors. Applicants are admitted Mission of the Program to the program on the basis of academic The mission of the School of Music is to acceptance by the University and an audition. provide the highest quality education in music within the University’s liberal arts focus to Undergraduate Degree Programs both music majors, who are preparing for • Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) in Music a professional career in music, and non- • Bachelor of Music (B.M.) in Music majors, who are enriching their human spirit. Education—choral/general and The faculty is committed to the musical instrumental/general (four-year program) development of each student in a challenging, • Bachelor of Music (B.M.) in Music nurturing, environment through excellence Education—area (five-year program) in teaching, performance, scholarship, and • Bachelor of Music (B.M.) in Performance creativity, while serving the global community. (orchestral instrument, piano, and voice The School of Music is a fully accredited major) member of the National Association of Schools • Bachelor of Music (B.M.) in Composition of Music (NASM). • Bachelor of Science (B.S.) in Arts Administration—music School of Music Student Learning Outcomes Concentration in Jazz Studies • Demonstrate an understanding of the The Concentration in Jazz Studies may be common elements and organizational earned concurrently with any music degree, patterns of music and their interaction. although it is designed primarily for the B.A. • Develop a broad knowledge of music degree. The concentration requires 24 credit literature and the historical, political, and hours, of which 21 are specified. The remaining social context within which it was created. credits are to be chosen from jazz electives. • Develop knowledge sufficient to provide musical leadership on matters of musical Areas of Emphasis interpretation. The following emphases may be added to • Perform technical skills requisite for any music degree, although they are designed artistic self-expression in at least one major primarily for the B.A. degree. At least 50 performance area at a level appropriate for percent of the credits in any concentration or the particular music concentration. emphasis must be unique to that program and • Display the ability to integrate musical may not overlap with another concentration/ knowledge and technical skills with emphasis, major or minor (except as free sensitivity to a variety of musical styles. electives). • Display growth in artistry, technical skills, • Applied Music knowledge of repertory, and collaborative • Composition competence in a variety of ways that • Music History may include but are not limited to • Music Theory ensemble participation, interdepartmental • Piano Pedagogy collaborations, and recital performances. • Appreciate the importance of personal Music Minor responsibility for developing their art. A minor in music is available through the • Support the importance of advocating for Jordan College of the Arts to students who are the value of music in society. not enrolled in a music major. It consists of 24 • Appreciate artistic expression found in semester hours, of which 14-16 are specified. other cultures and disciplines. The remaining hours are unspecified and may be taken in applied music, ensemble, music education, music history, or music theory.
Jordan College of the Arts 269 Jazz Studies Minor • Music composition students are required A minor in jazz studies is available through to pass an upper-divisional exam in the Jordan College of the Arts to students who composition. This is normally done at are not enrolled in a music major. It consists of the completion of the fourth semester of 24 semester hours, of which 22 are specified. compositional study. Specific requirements The remaining hours are unspecified and may are on file in the music office. be taken from jazz electives. • Students must pass a recital hearing before presenting an instrumental or vocal degree Music Graduation Requirements recital. Details are available from the music office. Common to all Undergraduate Music Degree Curricula Graduate Degree Programs • The last two semesters of applied study • Master of Music (M.M.) in Composition must be earned in residence at the • Master of Music (M.M.) in Conducting University. (choral or instrumental) • In most areas, students are given a choice of • Master of Music (M.M.) in Music applied instructor dependent upon teacher Education availability and approval of the chair of the • Master of Music (M.M.) in Music History School of Music. • Master of Music (M.M.) in Performance • Each student who makes use of a (piano, voice, or orchestral instrument) University-owned band or orchestral • Master of Music (M.M.) in Piano instrument is responsible for any damage Pedagogy or loss. There is also a fine for unauthorized use of University-owned instruments. • Applied Upper-Divisional Exam: An Master of Music Degrees with a upper-divisional examination is required Double Major of all music majors whose degrees Students may also earn a Master of Music require applied major study beyond the (M.M.) degree with a double major by sophomore level. Students must audition combining two of the above areas. One area for upper-level applied study during board will be declared the primary major; the other examinations following the fourth semester will be the secondary major. Applicants will of lower-level applied study. Failure to pass need to complete the relevant audition/ the upper-divisional will require repetition interview for both majors. For complete details, of lower-level applied study until such time download the M.M. degrees with a double as the exam is passed; applied credits taken major description from the School of Music during this period will count as electives website or see the School of Music office. but will not fulfill the required applied The specific admission and degree credits. A student who does not pass the requirements for each graduate degree program upper-divisional exam may reapply by the are available online at www.butler.edu/music or end of the next semester of applied study. from the School of Music office. If a student does not pass on the second See the “Graduate Studies” section of the attempt, the student may not complete Bulletin for more information on the School of a music degree that requires the applied Music graduate program. upper-divisional exam. A student must have obtained upper-level status in applied Core Courses offered by Music music in order to present a degree-required PCA241-MU, Music in Action: The arts recital. Details of the contents of this exam are a fundamental expression of the human are available from each area of applied condition and as such, a key element in study. developing an understanding of cultures. This • Music education students are required to course provides both an historical overview pass an upper-divisional exam in music of music and its development within Western education at the end of the sophomore civilization as well as an exploration of what year. Specific requirements are on file in the gives music its meaning and emotional charge. music office. Students will examine and discuss music from a variety of historical periods; attend live 270 Butler University performances; participate in written exercises Prerequisite: AM021 or consent of the and class activities relating music to the socio- instructor. (U)(1). Spring. cultural environment in which it was created; investigate the lives and ideas of leading AM23, Keyboard Skills III: Continuation composers and artists; and engage in creative of AM022 and AM021 with emphasis on projects. (U)(3). Fall and spring. harmonization, analysis, score reading, accompanying, transposition, piano ensemble, Applied Music Courses and contemporary techniques. This course Instruction is offered in the following counts toward piano requirements on degree for either undergraduate or graduate credit programs. Prerequisite: AM021 or AM022 or for music majors: bassoon, cello, clarinet, consent of the instructor. (U)(1). Fall. contrabass, euphonium, flute, guitar, harp, harpsichord, horn, organ, percussion, piano, AM24, Keyboard Skills IV: Continuation saxophone, trombone, tuba, trumpet, viola, of AM023. This course counts toward piano violin, and voice. requirements on degree programs. Prerequisite: Students who are not majoring in music AM023 or consent of the instructor. (U)(1). may study applied music as resources allow. To Spring. do so, students must complete an application AM31, Piano Major: Keyboard Skills I: requesting permission and must also be enrolled Keyboard skills for piano majors. Studies at in an approved School of Music ensemble. the keyboard focusing on transposition, chord Details are available from the School of Music progressions, melody harmonization, sight office. reading, improvisation, and score reading. (U) AM11, Keyboard Skills I: Basic piano (1). Fall. techniques, sight-reading, transposition, AM32, Piano Major: Keyboard Skills improvisation, theory, ear training, and II: Continuation of AM31. Studies at the repertoire analysis. For dance majors only. (U) keyboard focusing on transposition, chord (1). Fall. progressions, melody harmonization, sight AM12, Keyboard Skills II: Continuation of reading, improvisation, and score reading. (U) AM011. For dance majors only. Prerequisite: (1). AM011 or consent of the instructor. (U)(1). AM101, Bassoon Secondary: (U)(1). Fall and Spring. spring. AM13, Keyboard Skills III: Continuation AM102, Clarinet Secondary: (U)(1). Fall and of AM012 with emphasis on harmonization, spring. analysis of repertoire, piano ensemble, and contemporary techniques. For dance majors AM103, Euphonium Secondary: (U)(1). Fall only. Prerequisite: AM012 or consent of the and spring. instructor. (U)(1). Fall. AM104, Flute Secondary: (U)(1). Fall and AM14, Keyboard Skills 4: Continuation of spring. AM013. For dance majors only. Prerequisite: AM013 or consent of the instructor. (U)(1). AM105, Guitar Secondary: (U)(1). Fall and Spring. spring.
AM21, Keyboard Skills I: Basic piano AM106, Harp Secondary: (U)(1). Fall and techniques, sight-reading, transposition, spring. improvisation, theory, ear training, and repertoire analysis. This course does not count AM107, Piccolo Secondary: (U)(1). Fall and toward piano requirements on degree programs. spring. (U)(1). Fall. AM108, Horn Secondary: (U)(1). Fall and spring. AM22, Keyboard Skills II: Continuation of AM021. This course does not count toward AM109, Oboe Secondary: (U)(1). Fall and piano requirements on degree programs. spring. Jordan College of the Arts 271 AM111, Percussion Secondary: (U)(1). Fall AM128, Voice Class II: Basic principles and spring. of voice development and use. This class is intended for non-majors or those music majors AM112, Piano Secondary: (U)(1). Fall and for whom voice is not the primary instrument. spring. Two meetings per week. (U)(1). Spring.
AM113, Saxophone Secondary: (U)(1). Fall AM130, World Drumming Class: This course and spring. offers experiences in learning world percussion techniques and its history. Areas of percussion AM114, String Bass Secondary: (U)(1). Fall study include: Latin-American Percussion, and spring. African Percussion, Brazilian Percussion, Caribbean Percussion, Cultural History, and AM115, Trombone Secondary: (U)(1). Fall Folklore. No previous percussion experience and spring. required, instruments will be provided. Two AM116, Trumpet Secondary: (U)(1). Fall and meetings per week. (U)(1). Fall and spring. spring. AM131, Beginning Piano Class: Introductory AM117, Tuba Secondary: (U)(1). Fall and course for beginning pianists taught in a group spring. setting. (U)(1). Fall.
AM118, Viola Secondary: (U)(1). Fall and AM134, Jazz Keyboard Skills: An spring. introduction to chord theory and harmony, including basic techniques of jazz piano chord AM119, Violin Secondary: (U)(1). Fall and voicings for the solo pianist. Previous keyboard spring. experience required. (U)(1). Fall and spring.
AM120, Violoncello Secondary: (U)(1). Fall AM150, Bassoon Principal: Private and spring. instruction for students admitted to the B.S. arts administration degree. (U)(1). Fall and AM121, Voice Secondary: (U)(1). Fall and spring. spring. AM151, Bassoon Reed Making I: An AM123, Jazz Piano Secondary: (U)(1). Fall introduction to the complete process of and spring. making German-style bassoon reeds. This is a “hands-on” course. Also includes an overview AM124, Harpsichord Secondary: (U)(1). Fall of available literature, various techniques of and spring. reed-making, and styles of bassoon reeds. Prerequisite: concurrent enrollment in Applied AM125, Guitar Class I: This course is Bassoon. (U)(1). Fall and spring. designed for beginning guitar students with a passing knowledge of guitar playing, but AM152, Clarinet Principal: Private no formal guitar instruction. This course will instruction for students admitted to the B.S. stress basic fundamentals such as hand and arm arts administration degree. (U)(1). Fall and movement, chord playing, melody playing, spring. counting, sight-reading music, and the study of a wide range of music. (U)(1). Fall. AM153, Euphonium Principal: Private instruction for students admitted to the B.S. AM126, Guitar Class II: A continuation of arts administration degree. (U)(1). Fall and AM125, with emphasis on more advanced spring. techniques. (U)(1). Spring. AM154, Flute Principal: Private instruction AM127, Voice Class I: Basic principles of voice for students admitted to the B.S. arts development and use. This class is intended for administration degree. (U)(1). Fall and spring. non-majors or those music majors for whom voice is not the primary instrument. Two AM155, Guitar Principal: Private instruction meetings per week. (U)(1). Fall. for students admitted to the B.S. arts administration degree. (U)(1). Fall and spring. 272 Butler University AM156, Harp Principal: Private instruction AM171, Voice Principal: Private instruction for students admitted to the B.S. arts for students admitted to the B.S. arts administration degree. (U)(1). Fall and spring. administration degree. (U)(1). Fall and spring.
AM157, Piccolo Principal: Private instruction AM179, Oboe Principal: Private instruction for students admitted to the B.S. arts for students admitted to the B.S. arts administration degree. Fall and spring. administration degree. (U)(1). Fall and spring.
AM158, Horn Principal: Private instruction AM193, Secondary Applied Jazz Studies: for students admitted to the B.S. arts Private instruction related to the jazz idiom. administration degree. (U)(1). Fall and spring. Meets half hour per week. Program of study will be determined by the needs and interests AM161, Percussion Principal: Private of the student. Topics may include (but are instruction for students admitted to the B.S. not limited to): repertoire, melodic/harmonic/ arts administration degree. (U)(1). Fall and rhythmic vocabulary, improvisation, style, and spring. articulation. (U)(1). Fall and spring.
AM162, Piano Principal: Private instruction AM201, Bassoon Major: (U)(2). Fall and for students admitted to the B.S. arts spring. administration degree. (U)(1). Fall and spring. AM202, Clarinet Major: (U)(2). Fall and AM163, Saxophone Principal: Private spring. instruction for students admitted to the B.S. arts administration degree. (U)(1). Fall and AM203, Euphonium Major: (U)(2). Fall and spring. spring.
AM164, String Bass Principal: Private AM204, Flute Major: (U)(2). Fall and spring. instruction for students admitted to the B.S. arts administration degree. (U)(1). Fall and AM205, Guitar Major: (U)(2). Fall and spring. spring.
AM165, Trombone Principal: Private AM206, Harp Major: (U)(2). Fall and spring. instruction for students admitted to the B.S. arts administration degree. (U)(1). Fall and AM207, Piccolo Major: (U)(2). Fall and spring. spring.
AM166, Trumpet Principal: Private AM208, Horn Major: (U)(2). Fall and spring. instruction for students admitted to the B.S. AM209, Oboe Major: (U)(2). Fall and spring. arts administration degree. (U)(1). Fall and spring. AM210, Organ Major: (U)(2). Fall and spring.
AM167, Tuba Principal: Private instruction AM211, Percussion Major: (U)(2). Fall and for students admitted to the B.S. arts spring. administration degree. (U)(1). Fall and spring. AM212, Piano Major: (U)(2). Fall and spring. AM168, Viola Principal: Private instruction for students admitted to the B.S. arts AM213, Saxophone Major: (U)(2). Fall and administration degree. (U)(1). Fall and spring. spring. AM214, String Bass Major: (U)(2). Fall and AM169, Violin Principal: Private instruction spring. for students admitted to the B.S. arts administration degree. (U)(1). Fall and spring. AM215, Trombone Major: (U)(2). Fall and spring. AM170, Violoncello Principal: Private instruction for students admitted to the B.S. AM216, Trumpet Major: (U)(2). Fall and arts administration degree. (U)(1). Fall and spring. spring. Jordan College of the Arts 273 AM217, Tuba Major: (U)(2). Fall and spring. be determined by the needs and interests of the student. Topics may include (but are not AM218, Viola Major: (U)(2). Fall and spring. limited to): repertoire, melodic/harmonic/ rhythmic vocabulary, improvisation, style, and AM219, Violin Major: (U)(2). Fall and spring. articulation. (U)(2). Fall and spring.
AM220, Violoncello Major: (U)(2). Fall and AM299, Upper Divisional Examination: spring. Required of all music majors whose degrees require applied major study beyond the AM221, Voice Major: (U)(2). Fall and spring. sophomore level. Failure to pass the exam will AM222, Voice Major Lab: For music and require repetition of sophomore-level study arts administration (music) majors for whom until the exam is passed. Examination is graded voice is the principal instrument. The lab is P/F by a faculty committee. (P/F) (U)(0). Fall designed to be an adjunct to the private lesson and spring. wherein common issues such as repertoire, AM300, Recital: Preparation and presentation public performance, and career development of the required junior recital, which should be are explored. Concurrent registration in major presented during the student’s junior year. The or secondary voice is required. (U)(0). Fall and recital is graded P/F by a faculty committee. spring. (U)(0). Fall and spring. AM224, Harpsichord Major: (U)(2). Fall and AM301, Bassoon Secondary: (U)(1). Fall and spring. spring. AM226, Piano Studio Class: Piano Studio AM302, Clarinet Secondary: (U)(1). Fall and Class is a weekly workshop where piano spring. students meet as a group to share works in progress. Topics such as repertoire, performance AM303, Euphonium Secondary: (U)(1). Fall issues, style, and interpretation are explored. and spring. Texts may be required at the discretion of the instructor. Concurrent registration in AM212, AM304, Flute Secondary: (U)(1). Fall and 412, or 612 is required. Graded P/F. (U/G)(0). spring.
AM251, Bassoon Reed Making II: A AM305, Guitar Secondary: (U)(1). Fall and continuation of the study and practice of spring. German-style bassoon reed-making, focusing on finishing and testing reeds. This is a “hands- AM306, Harp Secondary: (U)(1). Fall and on” course. Also includes study of available spring. literature, various techniques of reed-making, and styles of bassoon reeds. Prerequisites: AM307, Piccolo Secondary: (U)(1). Fall and concurrent enrollment in Applied Bassoon, spring. AM151, or consent of instructor. (U)(1). Fall and spring. AM308, Horn Secondary: (U)(1). Fall and spring. AM280, Composition: Introduction to the larger musical forms of the 18th century to AM309, Oboe Secondary: (U)(1). Fall and the present; beginning exercises and study spring. of the problems in the use of contemporary AM310, Organ Secondary: (U)(1). Fall and techniques and structures. For composition spring. majors only. Requires concurrent registration in MT222. Prerequisite: MT119 or permission of AM311, Percussion Secondary: (U)(1). Fall instructor. (U)(2). Fall and spring. and spring.
AM293, Applied Jazz Studies: Private AM312, Piano Secondary: (U)(1). Fall and instruction related to the jazz idiom. Meets spring. one hour per week. Program of study will
274 Butler University AM313, Saxophone Secondary: (U)(1). Fall AM354, Flute Principal: Private instruction and spring. for students admitted to the B.S. arts administration degree. (U)(1). Fall and spring. AM314, String Bass Secondary: (U)(1). Fall and spring. AM355, Guitar Principal: Private instruction for students admitted to the B.S. arts AM315, Trombone Secondary: (U)(1). Fall administration degree. (U)(1). Fall and spring. and spring. AM356, Harp Principal: Private instruction AM316, Trumpet Secondary: (U)(1). Fall and for students admitted to the B.S. arts spring. administration degree. (U)(1). Fall and spring.
AM317, Tuba Secondary: (U)(1). Fall and AM357, Piccolo Principal: Private instruction spring. for students admitted to the B.S. arts administration degree. (U)(1). Fall and spring. AM318, Viola Secondary: (U)(1). Fall and spring. AM358, Horn Principal: Private instruction for students admitted to the B.S. arts AM319, Violin Secondary: (U)(1). Fall and administration degree. (U)(1). Fall and spring. spring. AM361, Percussion Principal: Private AM320, Violoncello Secondary: (U)(1). Fall instruction for students admitted to the B.S. and spring. arts administration degree. (U)(1). Fall and spring. AM321, Voice Secondary: (U)(1). Fall and spring. AM362, Piano Principal: Private instruction for students admitted to the B.S. arts AM323, Jazz Piano Secondary: (U)(1). Fall administration degree. (U)(1). Fall and spring. and spring. AM363, Saxophone Principal: Private AM324, Harpsichord Secondary: (U)(1). Fall instruction for students admitted to the B.S. and spring. arts administration degree. (U)(1). Fall and AM350, Bassoon Principal: Private spring. instruction for students admitted to the B.S. AM364, String Bass Principal: Private arts administration degree. (U)(1). Fall and instruction for students admitted to the B.S. spring. arts administration degree. (U)(1). Fall and AM351, Bassoon Reed Making III: spring. Advanced study of German-style bassoon AM365, Trombone Principal: Private reed-making focused on making reeds for instruction for students admitted to the B.S. upper-level bassoonists. This is a “hands-on” arts administration degree. (U)(1). Fall and course. Includes study of available literature, spring. advanced techniques of reed-making, and styles of bassoon reeds. Prerequisites: concurrent AM366, Trumpet Principal: Private enrollment in 300-level or higher Applied instruction for students admitted to the B.S. Bassoon, AM251, or consent of instructor. (U) arts administration degree. (U)(1). Fall and (1). Fall and spring. spring. AM352, Clarinet Principal: Private AM367, Tuba Principal: Private instruction instruction for students admitted to the B.S. for students admitted to the B.S. arts arts administration degree. (U)(1). Fall and administration degree. (U)(1). Fall and spring. spring. AM368, Viola Principal: Private instruction AM353, Euphonium Principal: Private for students admitted to the B.S. arts instruction for students admitted to the B.S. administration degree. (U)(1). Fall and spring. arts administration degree. (U)(1). Fall and spring. Jordan College of the Arts 275 AM369, Violin Principal: Private instruction AM411, Percussion Major: (U)(2). Fall and for students admitted to the B.S. arts spring. administration degree. (U)(1). Fall and spring. AM412, Piano Major: (U)(2). Fall and spring. AM370, Violoncello Principal: Private instruction for students admitted to the B.S. AM413, Saxophone Major: (U)(2). Fall and arts administration degree. (U)(1). Fall and spring. spring. AM414, String Bass Major: (U)(2). Fall and AM371, Voice Principal: Private instruction spring. for students admitted to the B.S. arts administration degree. (U)(1). Fall and spring. AM415, Trombone Major: (U)(2). Fall and spring. AM379, Oboe Principal: Private instruction for students admitted to the B.S. arts AM416, Trumpet Major: (U)(2). Fall and administration degree. (U)(1). Fall and spring. spring.
AM393, Secondary Applied Jazz Studies: AM417, Tuba Major: (U)(2). Fall and spring. Private instruction related to the jazz idiom. AM418, Viola Major: (U)(2). Fall and spring. Meets half hour per week. Program of study will be determined by the needs and interests AM419, Violin Major: (U)(2). Fall and spring. of the student. Topics may include (but are not limited to): repertoire, melodic/harmonic/ AM420, Violoncello Major: (U)(2). Fall and rhythmic vocabulary, improvisation, style, and spring. articulation. (U)(1). Fall and spring. AM421, Voice Major: (U)(2). Fall and spring. AM400, Recital: Preparation and presentation of the required graduation recital, which may AM422, Voice Major Lab: For music and be presented only during the last 32 hours in arts administration (music) majors for whom residence. The recital is graded P/F by a faculty voice is the principal instrument. The lab is committee. (U)(0). Fall and spring. designed to be an adjunct to the private lesson wherein common issues such as repertoire, AM401, Bassoon Major: (U)(2). Fall and public performance, and career development spring. are explored. Concurrent registration in major or secondary voice is required. (U)(0). Fall and AM402, Clarinet Major: (U)(2). Fall and spring. spring. AM424, Harpsichord Major: (U)(2). Fall and AM403, Euphonium Major: (U)(2). Fall and spring. spring. AM426, Piano Studio Class: Piano Studio AM404, Flute Major: (U)(2). Fall and spring. Class is a weekly workshop where piano students meet as a group to share works in AM405, Guitar Major: (U)(2). Fall and progress. Topics such as repertoire, performance spring. issues, style, and interpretation are explored. AM406, Harp Major: (U)(2). Fall and spring. Texts may be required at the discretion of the instructor. Concurrent registration in AM212, AM407, Piccolo Major: (U)(2). Fall and 412, or 612 is required. Graded P/F. (U)(0). spring. AM430, Piano Teaching Internship: Piano AM408, Horn Major: (U)(2). Fall and spring. teaching, under supervision, in a variety of settings and levels. Meets one hour per week. AM409, Oboe Major: (U)(2). Fall and spring. Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. (U/G)(1). Fall and spring. AM410, Organ Major: (U)(2). Fall and spring.
276 Butler University AM450, Advanced Conducting: Advanced AM502, Clarinet Secondary: (U)(1). Fall and conducting techniques, with emphasis on spring. style, analysis, and programming. Prerequisites: MT311 and MT321, or MT322 and AM503, Euphonium Secondary: (U)(1). Fall permission of department chair. (U)(2). Fall and spring. and spring. AM504, Flute Secondary: (U)(1). Fall and AM480, Composition: Exercises in the larger spring. musical forms of the 16th century to the present; problems in the use of contemporary AM505, Guitar Secondary: (U)(1). Fall and techniques and structures. For composition spring. majors only. Requires concurrent registration AM506, Harp Secondary: (U)(1). Fall and in MT422. Prerequisite: six hours of AM280 spring. or permission of the instructor. (U)(2). Fall and spring. AM507, Piccolo Secondary: (U)(1). Fall and spring. AM481, Electronic Composition: Composition of music employing electronic AM508, Horn Secondary: (U)(1). Fall and means; this may include recording, sampling, spring. sequencing, MIDI topics, and other types of electroacoustic techniques. Prerequisite: AM509, Oboe Secondary: (U)(1). Fall and MT440 and MT441. (U)(3). Fall. spring.
AM493, Applied Jazz Studies: Private AM510, Organ Secondary: (U)(1). Fall and instruction related to the jazz idiom. Meets spring. one hour per week. Program of study will be determined by the needs and interests of AM511, Percussion Secondary: (U)(1). Fall the student. Topics may include (but are not and spring. limited to): repertoire, melodic/harmonic/ rhythmic vocabulary, improvisation, style, and AM512, Piano Secondary: (U)(1). Fall and articulation. (U)(2). Fall and spring. spring.
AM494, Jazz Recital: Preparation and AM513, Saxophone Secondary: (U)(1). Fall presentation of the required jazz recital, which and spring. should be presented during the student’s final semester. The recital should demonstrate AM514, String Bass Secondary: (U)(1). Fall comprehensive understanding of material and spring. learned from the jazz studies curriculum. The AM515, Trombone Secondary: (U)(1). Fall recital is graded P/F by a faculty committee. and spring. (U)(0). Fall and spring. AM516, Trumpet Secondary: (U)(1). Fall and AM497, Advanced Performance Study: spring. Advanced study of performance techniques. Course requirements: minimum of two hours AM517, Tuba Secondary: (U)(1). Fall and of practice per day beyond what is required spring. in 400-level applied study. Typically intended for students who are preparing a senior recital AM518, Viola Secondary: (U)(1). Fall and or graduate school or professional auditions. spring. Prerequisites: AM299, concurrent enrollment in 400-level applied music, permission of AM519, Violin Secondary: (U)(1). Fall and instructor. (U)(2). Fall and spring. spring.
AM501, Bassoon Secondary: (U)(1). Fall and AM520, Violoncello Secondary: (U)(1). Fall spring. and spring.
Jordan College of the Arts 277 AM521, Voice Secondary: (U)(1). Fall and AM610, Organ Major: (U)(2). Fall and spring. spring. AM611, Percussion Major: (U)(2). Fall and AM523, Jazz Piano Secondary: (U)(1). Fall spring. and spring. AM612, Piano Major: (U)(2). Fall and spring. AM524, Harpsichord Secondary: (U)(1). Fall and spring. AM613, Saxophone Major: (U)(2). Fall and spring. AM551, Bassoon Reed Making IV: Advanced study of German-style bassoon reed-making AM614, String Bass Major: (U)(2). Fall and focused on making reeds for graduate-level spring. bassoonists. This is a “hands-on” course. Includes study of available literature, advanced AM615, Trombone Major: (U)(2). Fall and techniques of reed-making, and styles of spring. bassoon reeds. Prerequisites: concurrent AM616, Trumpet Major: (U)(2). Fall and enrollment in graduate-level Applied Bassoon, spring. AM351, or consent of instructor. (G)(1). Fall and spring. AM617, Tuba Major: (U)(2). Fall and spring.
AM593, Secondary Applied Jazz Studies: AM618, Viola Major: (U)(2). Fall and spring. Private instruction related to the jazz idiom. Meets half hour per week. Program of study AM619, Violin Major: (U)(2). Fall and spring. will be determined by the needs and interests of the student. Topics may include (but are AM620, Violoncello Major: (U)(2). Fall and not limited to): repertoire, melodic/harmonic/ spring. rhythmic vocabulary, improvisation, style, and articulation. (G)(1). Fall and spring. AM621, Voice Major: (U)(2). Fall and spring.
AM600, Advanced Conducting: Advanced AM622, Voice Major Lab: For music and conducting techniques, with emphasis on style, arts administration (music) majors for whom analysis and programming. (G)(2). Fall and voice is the principal instrument. The lab is spring. designed to be an adjunct to the private lesson wherein common issues such as repertoire, AM601, Bassoon Major: (U)(2). Fall and public performance, and career development spring. are explored. Concurrent registration in major or secondary voice is required. (G)(0). Fall and AM602, Clarinet Major: (U)(2). Fall and spring. spring. AM624, Harpsichord Major: (U)(2). Fall and AM603, Euphonium Major: (U)(2). Fall and spring. spring. AM626, Piano Studio Class: Piano Studio AM604, Flute Major: (U)(2). Fall and spring. Class is a weekly workshop where piano students meet as a group to share works in AM605, Guitar Major: (U)(2). Fall and progress. Topics such as repertoire, performance spring. issues, style, and interpretation are explored. Texts may be required at the discretion of the AM606, Harp Major: (U)(2). Fall and spring. instructor. Concurrent registration in AM212, 412, or 612 is required. Graded P/F. (G)(0). AM607, Piccolo Major: (U)(2). Fall and spring. AM634, Advanced Keyboard Harmony: Studies at the keyboard in the realization AM608, Horn Major: (U)(2). Fall and spring. of figured bass, melody harmonization, AM609, Oboe Major: (U)(2). Fall and spring. transposition, clefs, and advanced score reading. Meets one hour per week. Prerequisite:
278 Butler University Graduate status and permission of the concerts and other scheduled events is required instructor. (G)(1). of students registered for all types of vocal and instrumental organizations. Registration levels AM680, Advanced Composition: are as follows: Composition in the larger musical forms, 100 numbers—freshmen and sophomores employing complex textural and formal 300 numbers—juniors and seniors procedures. Requires concurrent registration in 500 numbers—graduates MT622. Prerequisite: six credits of AM480 or permission of the instructor. (G)(2). Fall and ES100, Fundamentals of Chamber Music: A spring. preliminary course which prepares a student for his/her remaining chamber music requirements. AM681, Advanced Electronic Composition: Topics covered include developing rehearsal Advanced techniques in the composition of strategies, how to communicate without electronic music, emphasis on larger forms, a conductor, ensemble etiquette, using computer music, production, and other technology in the rehearsal process, etc. (U)(1). advanced techniques. Prerequisite: MT440 and Fall and spring. MT441 or consent of the instructor. (G)(3). Spring. ES101, Chamber Music: (U)(1). Fall and spring. AM693, Applied Jazz Studies: Private instruction related to the jazz idiom. Meets ES102, Chamber Music: Guitar: (U)(1). Fall one hour per week. Program of study will and spring. be determined by the needs and interests of the student. Topics may include (but are not ES103, Chamber Music: Arthur Jordan limited to): repertoire, melodic/harmonic/ Saxophone Quartet: (U)(1). Fall and spring. rhythmic vocabulary, improvisation, style, and ES104-I, Jordan Jazz: A 20-member ensemble articulation. (G)(2). Fall and spring. and student organization which actively AM709, Recital: Preparation and presentation promotes vocal jazz awareness, education, of the required graduate recital. Applied major and entertainment through performance in must be completed concurrently or earlier. The the greater Indianapolis area, workshops and recital is graded P/F by a faculty committee. clinics in the Midwest, and international tours. (G)(0). Fall and spring. Membership in Jordan Jazz is open to all Butler students through annual spring auditions. (U) AM710, Conducting Recital: Recital prepared (1). Fall and spring. and conducted by the registrant. A document demonstrating historical research and analysis ES105, Chamber Singers: A select chamber of the compositions performed is required for choir specializing in a cappella repertoire or each registration. Recital to be graded P/F by a works suitable for small vocal ensemble with faculty committee. Prerequisite: permission of instrumental accompaniment. Open to all the instructor. (P/F)(G)(0). Fall and spring. Butler students through annual auditions. (U) (1). Fall and spring. AM799, Final Comprehensive Exam: Required of all graduate students in ES106, Chamber Music: Percussion performance or conducting at the end of Ensemble: A select percussion group that the final semester of study. The exam is oral performs a range of styles including classical, and will cover the major components of the contemporary, jazz, rock, ragtime, calypso, student’s coursework and the final recital Latin American, African, and Brazilian music. program. Examination to be graded P/F by a Includes performance in Steel Drum Ensemble, faculty committee. (G)(0). Fall and spring. Mallet Ensembles, Xylophone Ragtime Band and World Percussion groups. Performs both Ensemble Courses on and off campus. Open to students outside Ensembles are open to all students of the of music department by audition. (U)(1). Fall University. Contact the individual directors and spring. as listed in the semester class schedule for entrance requirements. Participation in school Jordan College of the Arts 279 ES108, New Music Ensemble: A performing ES121, University Basketball Band: (U)(1). group devoted to the growing literature of Fall. works for groups of mixed instruments and for voice. Registration requires the permission of ES122, University Symphony: An the instructor. (U)(1). Fall and spring. organization with standard symphonic instrumentation performing works from ES110, Butler Opera Theatre: An integrated traditional and contemporary literature. (U)(1). forum for the performance of music theatre Fall and spring. in its varied forms: opera, musical theatre, operetta, and review. One full length, staged ES124, Jazz Ensemble: A large jazz band of production will be offered each year, alternating flexible instrumentation specializing in the between each of the genres, with scenes performance of jazz, popular, and commercial programs on alternating semesters. Membership music. Performances include concerts, shows, by audition, freshman or sophomore status. (U) dances, ballets, and musicals. Repertoire varies (1). Fall and spring. from big band to small combo work. (U)(1). Fall and spring. ES113, Accompanying: Practical training in accompanying through regularly scheduled ES127, Jazz Combo: A group that explores class work and assigned studio participation. the repertoire for the small jazz ensemble or Prerequisite: completion of piano class “combo” emphasizing the portion of the jazz requirement or permission of the instructor. repertoire known as the “Jazz Standards” with (U)(1). Fall and spring. exploration of the music of Joe Henderson, Wayne Shorter, Cecil Taylor, Slide Hampton, ES116, University Symphonic Band: Open Benny Golson, Horace Silver, and Curtis Fuller. to all students by audition, the Symphonic Prerequisite: audition required. (U)(1). Fall and Band studies and performs the finest in band spring. repertoire from the Renaissance to the present. (U)(1). Fall and spring. ES301, Chamber Music: (U)(1). Fall and spring. ES117, University Choir: A choir of mixed voices, open to all University students who are ES302, Chamber Music: Guitar: (U)(1). Fall interested in choral singing. (U)(1). Fall and and spring. spring. ES303, Chamber Music: Arthur Jordan ES118, University Chorale: A select group Saxophone Quartet: (U)(1). Fall and spring. of mixed voices limited in membership and selected for quality of voice, musicianship, and ES304-I, Jordan Jazz: A 20-member ensemble interest. Membership by audition. (U)(1). Fall and student organization which actively and spring. promotes vocal jazz awareness, education, and entertainment through performance in ES119, University Marching Band: Rehearsals the greater Indianapolis area, workshops and of music and drill in connection with athletic clinics in the Midwest, and international tours. events. Open to all University students. (U) Membership in Jordan Jazz is open to all Butler (1). Fall. students through annual spring auditions. (U) (1). Fall and spring. ES120, University Wind Ensemble: The premiere wind and percussion organization ES305, Chamber Singers: A select chamber on campus, the Wind Ensemble is a flexible choir specializing in a cappella repertoire or instrumentation group dedicated to the study works suitable for small vocal ensemble with and performance of the finest wind repertoire instrumental accompaniment. Open to all of the last 500 years. Open to all students by Butler students through annual auditions. (U) audition, the group performs both on and off (1). Fall and spring. campus. (U)(1). Fall and spring. ES306, Chamber Music: Percussion Ensemble: A select percussion group that performs a range of styles including classical,
280 Butler University contemporary, jazz, rock, ragtime, calypso, on campus, the Wind Ensemble is a flexible Latin American, African, and Brazilian music. instrumentation group dedicated to the study Includes performance in Steel Drum Ensemble, and performance of the finest wind repertoire Mallet Ensembles, Xylophone Ragtime Band, of the last 500 years. Open to all students by and World Percussion groups. Performs both audition, the group performs both on and off on and off campus. Open to students outside campus. (U)(1). Fall and spring. of music department by audition. (U)(1). Fall and spring. ES321, University Basketball Band: (U)(1). Spring. ES308, New Music Ensemble: A performing group devoted to the growing literature of ES322, University Symphony: An works for groups of mixed instruments and for organization with standard symphonic voice. Registration requires the permission of instrumentation performing works from the instructor. (U)(1). Fall and spring. traditional and contemporary literature. (U)(1). Fall and spring. ES310, Butler Opera Theatre: An integrated forum for the performance of music theater ES324, Jazz Ensemble: A large jazz band of in its varied forms: opera, musical theatre, flexible instrumentation specializing in the operetta, and review. One full-length, staged performance of jazz, popular, and commercial production will be offered each year, alternating music. Performances include concerts, shows, between each of the genres, with scenes dances, ballets, and musicals. Repertoire varies programs on alternating semesters. Prerequisite: from big band to small combo work. (U)(1). membership by audition, junior or senior Fall and spring. status. (U)(1). Fall and spring. ES327, Jazz Combo: A group that explores ES313, Accompanying: Practical training in the repertoire for the small jazz ensemble or accompanying through regularly scheduled “combo” emphasizing the portion of the jazz class work and assigned studio participation. repertoire known as the “Jazz Standards” with Prerequisite: Completion of piano class exploration of the music of Joe Henderson, requirement or permission of the instructor. Wayne Shorter, Cecil Taylor, Slide Hampton, (U)(1). Fall and spring. Benny Golson, Horace Silver, and Curtis Fuller. Prerequisite: audition required. (U)(1). Fall and ES316, University Symphonic Band: Open spring. to all students by audition, the Symphonic Band studies and performs the finest in band ES423, Two-Piano Ensemble: Ensemble repertoire from the Renaissance to the present. experience in a specialized field of performance. (U)(1). Fall and spring. Registration is open only to juniors, seniors, and graduate students with the approval of the ES317, University Choir: A choir of mixed student’s piano teacher. (U)(1). Fall and spring. voices, open to all University students who are interested in choral singing. (U)(1). Fall and ES501, Chamber Music: (G)(1). Fall and spring. spring.
ES318, University Chorale: A select group ES502, Chamber Music: Guitar: (G)(1). Fall of mixed voices limited in membership and and spring. selected for quality of voice, musicianship, and interest. Membership by audition. (U)(1). Fall ES503, Chamber Music: Arthur Jordan and spring. Saxophone Quartet: (G)(1). Fall and spring.
ES319, University Marching Band: Rehearsals ES504, Jordan Jazz: A 20-member ensemble of music and drill in connection with athletic and student organization which actively events. Open to all university students. (U)(1). promotes vocal jazz awareness, education, Fall. and entertainment through performance in the greater Indianapolis area, workshops and ES320, University Wind Ensemble: The clinics in the Midwest, and international tours. premiere wind and percussion organization Membership in Jordan Jazz is open to all Butler Jordan College of the Arts 281 students through annual spring auditions. (G) ES518, University Chorale: A select group (1). Fall and spring. of mixed voices limited in membership and selected for quality of voice, musicianship and ES505, Chamber Singers: A select chamber interest. Membership by audition. (G)(1). Fall choir specializing in a cappella repertoire or and spring. works suitable for small vocal ensemble with instrumental accompaniment. Open to all ES519, University Marching Band: Rehearsals Butler students through annual auditions. (G) of music and drill in connection with athletic (1). Fall and spring. events. Open to all University students. (G)(1). Fall and spring. ES506, Chamber Music: Percussion Ensemble: A select percussion group that ES520, University Wind Ensemble: The performs a range of styles including classical, premiere wind and percussion organization contemporary, jazz, rock, ragtime, calypso, on campus, the Wind Ensemble is a flexible Latin American, African, and Brazilian music. instrumentation group dedicated to the study Includes performance in Steel Drum Ensemble, and performance of the finest wind repertoire Mallet Ensembles, Xylophone Ragtime Band of the last 500 years. Open to all students by and World Percussion groups. Performs both audition, the group performs both on and off on and off campus. Open to students outside campus. (G)(1). Fall and spring. of music department by audition. (G)(1). Fall and spring. ES521, University Basketball Band: (G)(1). Fall and spring. ES508, New Music Ensemble: A performing group devoted to the growing literature of ES522, University Symphony: An works for groups of mixed instruments and for organization with standard symphonic voice. Registration requires the permission of instrumentation performing works from the instructor. (G)(1). Fall and spring. traditional and contemporary literature. (G)(1). Fall and spring. ES510, Butler Opera Theatre: An integrated forum for the performance of music theater ES523, Two-Piano Ensemble: Ensemble in its varied forms: opera, musical theatre, experience in a specialized field of performance. operetta, and review. One full-length, staged Registration is open only to juniors, seniors, production will be offered each year, alternating and graduate students with the approval of the between each of the genres, with scenes student’s piano teacher. (G)(1). Fall and spring. programs on alternating semesters. Prerequisite: membership by audition, graduate status. (G) ES524, Jazz Ensemble: A large jazz band of (1). Fall and spring. flexible instrumentation specializing in the performance of jazz, popular, and commercial ES513, Accompanying: Practical training in music. Performance include concerts, shows, accompanying through regularly scheduled dances, ballets. and musicals. Repertoire varies class work and assigned studio participation. from big band to small combo work. (G)(1). Prerequisite: Completion of piano class Fall and spring. requirement or permission of the instructor. (G)(1). Fall and spring. ES527, Jazz Combo: A group that explores the repertoire for the small jazz ensemble or ES516, University Symphonic Band: Open “combo” emphasizing the portion of the jazz to all students by audition, the Symphonic repertoire known as the “Jazz Standards” with Band studies and performs the finest in band exploration of the music of Joe Henderson, repertoire from the Renaissance to the present. Wayne Shorter, Cecil Taylor, Slide Hampton, (G)(1). Fall and spring. Benny Golson, Horace Silver, and Curtis Fuller. Prerequisite: audition required. (G)(1). Fall and ES517, University Choir: A choir of mixed spring. voices, open to all University students who are interested in choral singing. (G)(1). Fall and ES530, Independent Study: Individualized spring. study of the student’s choice under the guidance of a music faculty member. 282 Butler University Prerequisite: graduate status and approval percussion. The examination is graded P/F. (U) of written project proposal. (G)(1). Fall and (0). Fall and spring. spring. ME101, Foundations in Music Education I: An ES531, Independent Study: Individualized introduction to the field of music education and study of the student’s choice under the the music education program at Butler University. guidance of a music faculty member. Class content, activities, and assignments are Prerequisite: graduate status and approval designed to assist students in the beginning to of written project proposal. (G)(2). Fall and define their professional goals and to assess their spring. individual qualifications for entrance into the field. On-site experiences with K-12 students is Music Education Courses required. Additionally, students will experience Note: Student teaching with the guidance basic musicianship through Dalcroze and Laban of the cooperating teacher and University activities. (U)(2). Fall. supervisors. Students register through the College of Education for ED425 and 426. ME102, Foundations in Music Education II: A continuation of ME101 with additional ME70, Instrumental Proficiency Exam: Brass: work in instrumental and vocal techniques and A music education major in the instrumental conducting. Continuation of field experiences and emphasis or in the area degree may be exempt work in Dalcroze and Laban pedagogies. (U)(2). from the instrumental proficiency examination Spring. (performance and written) by earning a B average in the instrumental techniques classes and by ME160, Practicum in Music Education: successfully passing the proficiencies in each area: Supervised observation and participation in brass, woodwinds, strings, and percussion. The a teaching setting with K-12 students under examination is graded P/F. (U)(0). Fall and spring. the supervision of an approved instructor. A minimum of 12 lab hours and a final portfolio ME71, Instrumental Proficiency Exam: is required. By permission only. This class is Woodwind: A music education major in the repeatable for credit one time. (U)(1). Fall and instrumental emphasis or in the area degree may spring. be exempt from the instrumental proficiency examination (performance and written) by ME161, Practicum in Music Education: earning a B average in the instrumental techniques Supervised observation and participation in classes and by successfully passing the proficiencies a teaching setting with K-12 students under in each area: brass, woodwinds, strings, and the supervision of an approved instructor. A percussion. The examination is graded P/F. (U) minimum of 24 lab hours and a final portfolio (0). Fall and spring. is required. By permission only. This class is repeatable for credit one time. (U)(2). Fall and ME72, Instrumental Proficiency Exam: String: spring. A music education major in the instrumental emphasis or in the area degree may be exempt ME191, String Techniques I: Teaching from the instrumental proficiency examination techniques and materials of the string group. The (performance and written) by earning a B average class includes a performance lab and will meet two in the instrumental techniques classes and by days per week for 50 minutes. (U)(1). Fall. successfully passing the proficiencies in each area: ME192, String Techniques II: Continuation of brass, woodwinds, strings, and percussion. The String Techniques I with additional instruments examination is graded P/F. (U)(0). Fall and spring. and techniques. The class includes a performance ME73, Instrumental Proficiency Exam: lab and will meet two days a week for 50 minutes. Percussion: A music education major in the (U)(1). Spring. instrumental emphasis or in the area degree may ME193, Percussion Techniques: Teaching be exempt from the instrumental proficiency techniques and materials of percussion examination (performance and written) by instruments. The class includes a performance lab earning a B average in the instrumental techniques and will meet two days per week for 50 minutes. classes and by successfully passing the proficiencies (U)(1). Fall and spring. in each area: brass, woodwinds, strings, and Jordan College of the Arts 283 ME232, Music for Special Education: reading session will occur through the course of Introduction to the assessment of learning the semester. (U)(2). Occasionally. abilities, remedial music strategies, the role of music education in prescriptive programming, ME345, Exploring the Digital Arts: Music: and interdisciplinary planning. (U)(2). An exploration into digital technologies as they Occasionally. impact music professions. Students complete music projects (modules) using the World ME291, Brass Techniques I: Teaching Wide Web, audio and video media, and MIDI techniques and materials of the brass instruments. technologies. Graduate students complete more The class includes a performance lab and will rigorous parallel modules and portfolios. (U)(2). meet two days per week for 50 minutes. (U)(1). Fall and spring. Fall. ME346, Advanced Digital Arts for Music ME292, Brass Techniques II: Continuation Education: An advanced survey of digital of Brass Techniques I with additional brass technologies as they impact music and music instruments and techniques. The class includes a education. Students complete projects and performance lab and will meet two days per week teach using the World Wide Web, audio and for 50 minutes. (U)(1). Spring. video media, and MIDI technologies. Graduate students complete more rigorous parallel modules ME299, Music Education Upper Divisional and portfolios. Prerequisite: ME345 or consent of Examination: Required of all music education the instructor. (U)(3). Occasionally. majors. At the conclusion of the sophomore year, the student must submit a developmental ME351, Methods and Materials of Music: For portfolio and successfully complete an interview/ the elementary classroom teacher, methods and audition with the music education faculty, materials of music through listening, singing, including a piano/ sight-singing proficiency exam. music creativity, and the playing of classroom Examination is graded P/F. (U)(0). Spring. instruments (not applicable to a music major). (U)(3). Occasionally. ME 325-C, General Music Methods: Elementary: Objectives and pedagogical ME360, Practicum in Music Education: approaches to music classes in elementary Supervised observation and participation in schools, grades K-5. Current issues and trends a teaching setting with K-12 students under will be addressed in relation to state and national the supervision of an approved instructor. A standards. A review of various teaching models minimum of 12 lab hours and a final portfolio through field experience in approved schools is is required. By permission only. This class is required. Prerequisite: successful completion of repeatable for credit one time. (U)(1). Fall and AM299 and ME 299. (U)(3). Fall. spring.
ME 326I, General Music Methods: Secondary: ME361, Practicum in Music Education: A study of the objectives and pedagogical Supervised observation and participation in approaches to non-performance music classes in a teaching setting with K-12 students under secondary schools, grades 6-12. Current issues and the supervision of an approved instructor. A trends will be addressed in relation to state and minimum of 24 lab hours and a final portfolio national standards. A review of various teaching is required. By permission only. This class is models through field experience in approved repeatable for credit one time. (U)(2). Fall and schools is required. Concurrent enrollment in spring. ME424 or ME426. Prerequisite: successful completion of AM299 and ME299. (U)(2). ME380, Special Seminar: A course that addresses Spring. a specific aspect of music education. (U)(1). Fall and spring. ME335, Vocal Jazz Pedagogy and Literature: This course is offered to students seeking ME381, Special Seminar: A course that knowledge in vocal jazz pedagogy and literature addresses a specific aspect of music education. (U) and will focus upon all aspects of teaching vocal (2). Fall and spring. jazz in the classroom. An extensive vocal jazz
284 Butler University ME382, Special Seminar: A course that addresses ME413, Teaching the Young Singer: Students a specific aspect of music education. (U)(3). Fall will learn pedagogical techniques for working and spring. with young students: basic vocal anatomy, breath, resonance, an understanding of registration ME391, Woodwind Techniques I: Teaching and an even scale, articulation, diction, and techniques and materials of the clarinet and flute. vocal exercises designed to correct certain The class includes a performance lab and will vocal problems. The second component of the meet two days per week for 50 minutes. (U)(1). course will be exploring appropriate repertoire Fall. for younger voices. Prerequisite: junior, senior, graduate standing, or consent of the instructor. ME392, Woodwind Techniques II: Teaching (U/G)(2). Occasionally. techniques and materials of the oboe, bassoon, and saxophone(s). The class includes a ME414, Jazz Pedagogy: Preparation for performance lab and will meet two days per week successful teaching experiences in jazz at the for 50 minutes. (U)(1). Spring. middle, high school, and beginning college levels. Students will gain insight into performance and ME400, Independent Study: An opportunity for rehearsal techniques for jazz ensembles and into the qualified student to pursue some investigative approaches for teaching jazz theory, history, and work upon his or her own initiative. Prerequisite: improvisation. An additional project is required permission of the department chair and instructor. for graduate credit. (U/G)(2). Occasionally. (U)(1). Fall and spring. ME417, Piano Pedagogy I: An investigation ME401, Independent Study: An opportunity for of teaching materials at all levels of instruction. the qualified student to pursue some investigative Information regarding studio organization work upon his or her own initiative. Prerequisite: and business practices. The class will include permission of the department chair and instructor. a discussion of learning styles and motivation (U)(2). Fall and spring. theories. Prerequisite: junior, senior, or graduate status, or permission of the instructor (U/G)(3). ME402, Independent Study: An opportunity for Occasionally. the qualified student to pursue some investigative work upon his or her own initiative. Prerequisite: ME418, Piano Pedagogy II: A study of permission of the department chair and instructor. keyboard performance practices in the different (U)(3). Fall and spring. style eras. Consideration of interpretation in a wide cross-section of piano literature. Includes a ME407, Instrumental Pedagogy: In this consideration of the relevant technique and its course students will develop an understanding pedagogy. Prerequisite: junior, senior, or graduate of techniques of instrumental pedagogy, become status, or permission of the instructor. (U/G)(3). familiar with available repertoire and teaching Occasionally. materials, and investigate issues related to private instruction. Requirements include written and ME419, Piano Pedagogy—Psychology of experiential assignments, and a final paper for Teaching: A discussion of learning, teaching, graduate credit. (U/G)(2). Occasionally. and motivation theories applied specifically to piano instruction. An extra project is required ME411, Marching Band Techniques: for graduate credit. Prerequisite: junior, senior, or Fundamentals and techniques needed to develop graduate status, or permission of the instructor. and maintain a marching band. An extra project (U/G)(3). Occasionally. will be required for graduate credit. (U/G)(2). Occasionally. ME420, Piano Pedagogy: Style and Interpretation: A study of keyboard performance ME412, Vocal Pedagogy: Physiology of the practices in the different style eras. Consideration human voice and its development from early of interpretation in a wide cross-section of piano childhood through adulthood. Attention to literature. An extra project is required for graduate appropriate literature and exercises suitable to credit. Prerequisite: junior, senior, or graduate vocal development, vocal repair, and maintenance. status, or permission of the instructor. (U/G)(3). Prerequisite: junior, senior, or graduate standing. Occasionally. (U/G)(2). Occasionally. Jordan College of the Arts 285 ME421, Current Trends in Piano Pedagogy: ME499, Honors Thesis: (U)(3). Fall and spring. Consideration of the latest trends and advances in research and electronic/computer technology ME511, History and Philosophy of Music related to piano teaching. (U/G)(3). Occasionally. Education: The nature of music learning throughout history, with emphasis on the ME424, Comprehensive Instrumental Music aesthetic and educational philosophies that guide Techniques: A study of the philosophies, school music instruction. (G)(3). Occasionally. techniques, and materials for developing a comprehensive instrumental music program ME520, Piano Pedagogy—Style and in secondary schools, grades 5-12. Practical Interpretation: A study of keyboard performance experience teaching a laboratory band and practices in the different style eras. Consideration orchestra. Concurrent enrollment in ME326 and of interpretation in a wide cross-section of piano ME425. Prerequisite: successful completion of literature. Requirements include a graduate AM299 and ME299. (U)(2). Spring. level final paper or research project. (G)(3). Occasionally. ME425, Administration of the School Music Program: This course examines the organizational ME521, Piano Pedagogy Workshop skills and legal issues necessary for administering Presentation: Presentation of a three-hour public a school music program at the elementary and workshop for piano teachers dealing with current secondary level. Concurrent registration with pedagogical issues. Prerequisite: graduate status or either ME424 or ME426. Prerequisite: successful permission of the instructor. Graded P/F. (G)(0). completion of AM299 and ME299. (U)(1). Fall and spring. Spring. ME530, Independent Study: An opportunity for ME426, Comprehensive Choral Music the qualified student to pursue some investigative Techniques: A study of the philosophies, work upon his or her own initiative. Prerequisite: techniques, and materials for developing graduate status and permission of the department a comprehensive choral music program in chair and instructor. (G)(1). Fall and spring. secondary schools, grades 5-12. A review of various teaching models through field experience ME531, Independent Study: An opportunity for in approved schools is required. Concurrent the qualified student to pursue some investigative enrollment in ME326 and ME425. Prerequisite: work upon his or her own initiative. Prerequisite: successful completion of AM299 and ME299. graduate status and permission of the department (U)(2). Spring. chair and instructor. (G)(2). Fall and spring.
ME432, Kodaly and Orff in the Classroom: ME532, Independent Study: An opportunity for Materials and procedures utilizing the principles the qualified student to pursue some investigative of the Kodaly and Orff approaches. An extra work upon his or her own initiative. Prerequisite: project will be required for graduate credit. graduate status and permission of department Prerequisite: ME325. (U/G)(2). Occasionally. chair and instructor. (G)(3). Fall and spring.
ME443, Wind Instrument Repair: Minor ME545, Exploring the Digital Arts: Music: repairs of wind instruments. What to do and An exploration into digital technologies as they what not to attempt in repairing. (U/G)(1). impact music professions. Students complete Occasionally. music projects (modules) using the World Wide Web, audio and video media, and MIDI ME480, Music Teacher Education Seminar: technologies. Graduate students complete more Senior seminar will address issues of classroom rigorous parallel modules and portfolios. (G)(2). and rehearsal management, assessment and Fall and spring. evaluation, administrative aspects of a school music program, music in general education, music ME546, Advanced Digital Arts for Music teaching techniques and pedagogy. Concurrent Education: An advanced survey of digital registration in student teaching (ED425 and technologies as they impact music and music ED426) is required. (U)(1). Fall and spring. education. Students complete projects and teach using the World Wide Web, audio and video media, and MIDI technologies. Graduate 286 Butler University students complete more rigorous parallel modules ME799, Final Comprehensive Exam: Required and portfolios. Prerequisite: ME545 or consent of of all graduate students in music education or the instructor. (G)(3). Occasionally. piano pedagogy at the end of the final semester of study. The exam is oral and will cover the major ME552, Psychology of Music Learning: An components of the student’s coursework and interdisciplinary study of music learning and thesis, if applicable. Examination to be graded effect. Perception, learning theory, affective and P/F by a faculty committee. (P/F)(G)(0). Fall and physiological responses to music will be addressed. spring. (G)(3). Occasionally.
ME560, Practicum in Music Education: Modern Language Diction Courses ML206, English and Italian Diction for Supervised observation and participation in Singers: Phonetic training for accurate a teaching setting with K-12 students under pronunciation and artistic performance of the supervision of an approved instructor. A English and Italian vocal literature according minimum of 12 lab hours and a final portfolio to the rules governing standard stage diction/ is required. By permission only. This class is puro italiano. Training includes application of repeatable for credit one time. (G)(1). Fall and the International Phonetic Alphabet. (U)(2). spring. Spring. ME561, Practicum in Music Education: ML306, German Diction for Singers: Supervised observation and participation in Phonetic training for accurate pronunciation a teaching setting with K-12 students under and artistic performance of German Lieder and the supervision of an approved instructor. A operatic arias according to the rules governing minimum of 24 lab hours and a final portfolio Buhnen-Aussprache (German stage diction). is required. By permission only. This class is Prerequisite: ML206 or permission of the repeatable for credit one time. (G)(2). Fall and instructor. (U)(2). Occasionally. spring. ML308, French Diction for Singers: Phonetic ME580, Special Seminar: Work in the special training for accurate pronunciation and artistic seminar shall be centered on any specific problem performance of French art songs and operatic wherein advanced music education is a factor. arias according to the rules governing accepted Essentially a research course, with students and French stage diction (la diction soutenue). faculty working together to collect and interpret Prerequisite: ML206 or permission of the all available material. Prerequisite: senior or instructor. (U)(2). Occasionally. graduate status. (G)(1). Fall and spring. ML400, Graduate Lyric Diction Review: ME581, Special Seminar: Work in the special This course is designed for graduate music seminar shall be centered on any specific problem students majoring in vocal performance or wherein advanced music education is a factor. choral conducting who have not had sufficient Essentially a research course, with students and previous study in foreign languages/foreign faculty working together to collect and interpret language diction to pass the Graduate Foreign all available material. Prerequisite: senior or Language Diction proficiency exam. The graduate status. (G)(2). Fall and spring. class also may be taken as an elective by an ME582, Special Seminar: Work in the special undergraduate upper classman majoring in seminar shall be centered on any specific problem music with a vocal emphasis (excluding vocal wherein advanced music education is a factor. performance majors) who would like some Essentially a research course, with students and background in foreign language diction for faculty working together to collect and interpret singers. (U/G)(2). Fall. all available material. Prerequisite: senior or graduate status. (G)(3). Fall and spring. Music History Courses MH111, Historical Survey of Music: An ME759, Thesis: A scholarly paper embodying the introduction to western music, including results of the student’s research in some field of popular and jazz music and its comparison to music education. (G)(3). Fall and spring. non-western folk and art music. Serious avant-
Jordan College of the Arts 287 garde music of the west also will be included. department chair and instructor. (U)(1). Fall Prerequisite: dance major status (U)(3). Fall and spring. and spring. MH401, Independent Study: An opportunity MH305, Music History and Literature I: for the qualified student to pursue some A study of the evolution of music from its investigative work upon his or her own primitive origins through the Middle Ages and initiative. Prerequisite: permission of the Renaissance. (U)(2). Spring. department chair and instructor. (U)(2). Fall MH 306W, Music History and Literature II: A and spring. study of evolution of music from the Baroque era through the Classical Period. (U)(3). Fall. MH402, Independent Study: An opportunity for the qualified student to pursue some MH307, Music History and Literature III: investigative work upon his or her own A study of the language of music and its social initiative. Prerequisite: permission of the meanings from the 19th century to the present. department chair and instructor. (U)(3). Fall (U)(3). Spring. and spring.
MH308, World Music: Basic concepts of MH405, American Music: Music in ethnomusicology and a survey of world musics, the United States from the 17th century including class performance. Music culture to the present. Course limited to music areas studied will be selected from these: majors. Prerequisite: MH306 or concurrent Indonesia, India, Ireland, West Africa, Latin registration. (U/G)(3). Occasionally. America, Egypt and the Middle East, China, and the Jewish Diaspora. Prerequisite: MT 102 MH406, Graduate Music History Review: (U)(2). Fall and spring. This survey intends to assure a master’s level proficiency in central ideas and representative MH320, Honors Thesis Preparation: compositions from Classical Antiquity through This course introduces students to the contemporary concert and popular music, professional methodologies of musicology including jazz. (U/G)(3). Spring. and ethnomusicology. Students will have the opportunity to refine their writing skills and to MH 408-I, History and Literature of Jazz: develop the research strategies necessary to ask Historical development of jazz styles, from and answer vital questions about music. This their folk origins through contemporary course fulfills the departmental honors course experimental styles. (U/G)(3). Occasionally. requirement for music students enrolled in the University Honors Program. (U)(1). MH410, Final Music History Paper: The culminating project for the emphasis in music MH380, Special Seminar: A research course history. P/F. (U)(0). Fall and spring. in music history with students and faculty working together to collect and interpret MH412, The Art Song: The rise of the material. (U)(1). Fall and spring. art song. A study of the works of the leading composers in the idiom. (U/G)(2). MH381, Special Seminar: A research course Occasionally. in music history with students and faculty working together to collect and interpret MH415, Piano Literature: A survey of the material. (U)(2). Fall and spring. solo literature of the piano and its predecessors, beginning with early clavier music and MH382, Special Seminar: A research course continuing through Baroque, Classical, in music history with students and faculty Romantic, and early 20th Century literature. working together to collect and interpret Prerequisite: junior, senior, or graduate material. (U)(3). Fall and spring. status, or permission of instructor. (U/G)(3). Occasionally. MH400, Independent Study: An opportunity for the qualified student to pursue some MH416, Piano Literature 2: A continuation investigative work upon his or her own of MH415. A survey of Romantic and 20th initiative. Prerequisite: permission of the century piano literature, beginning with 288 Butler University Schubert and continuing through Bartok, to the Golden Age (1933–1949), the Silver Age Schoenberg, and post-1950 compositions. (1950–1980), and contemporary films. Also Prerequisite: senior status or permission of the included are studies of music for animation instructor. (U/G)(3). Occasionally. (features, cartoons), 1930s–1940s movie house serials, experimental films and documentaries, MH430, History and Literature of the Wind “art films,” and 20th century European Band: Survey of the history and literature cinema (German, Italian, French, Japanese, of the wind band from the Renaissance to Scandinavian). (U/G)(3). Summer. the present. Lecture, readings, and listening assignments. Graduate students will be required MH454, History of Rock and Roll: This to submit one additional research paper and a course investigates the roots of rock music program notes project. (U/G)(3). Occasionally. (minstrel shows, jazz, blues, etc.), provides an in-depth look at rock’s golden age (the 1950s), MH440, Survey of American Musical and introduces a number of rock’s subgenres, Theatre: A history and survey of the including the British Invasion, Motown/Soul, significant repertoire and style development Heavy Metal, and Punk/New Wave. Active in American Musical Theatre. Students will listening and sociological/historical perspectives carefully examine books, lyrics, and music of are covered. (U/G)(3). Summer. masterworks, as well as attend and critique live performances. Prerequisite: junior, senior, MH499, Honors Thesis: (U)(3). Fall and or graduate standing or consent of instructor. spring. (U/G)(3). Occasionally. MH500, Music Before 1400: A survey of MH441, Special Studies in Opera Literature: Greek music, plainsong, secular monody, and Examination of selected operatic literature polyphonic music beginning with organum drawn from local and regional professional- and ending with the works of Machaut and quality productions. Two or three operas will Landini. Prerequisite: graduate status. (G)(3). be studied in-depth and experienced in live Occasionally. performance. Class presentations and term papers will focus on filling any historical/ MH501, Music of the Renaissance: Music stylistic gaps. Prerequisite: junior, senior, or and musicians from the Burgundian School in graduate standing, or consent of instructor. the 15th century to the vocal and instrumental (U/G)(3). Occasionally. music of the late 16th century. Prerequisite: graduate status. (G)(3). Occasionally. MH442, Special Studies in Vocal Literature: Cantata and Oratorio: Course designed to MH502, Music of the Baroque Era: introduce students to the standard cantata Music and musicians through the vocal and oratorio solo repertoire drawn from and instrumental forms from the end of masterworks from the 17th–20th centuries. the 16th century to the middle of the 18th Prerequisite: junior, senior, or graduate century. Prerequisite: graduate status. (G)(3). standing, or consent of instructor. (U/G)(3). Occasionally. Occasionally. MH503, Music of the Classic Period: Music MH451, Survey of the Symphony: and musicians from the Rococo through Haydn The evolution of the symphony from and Mozart and their contemporaries to the the Mannheim group to modern times. early music of Beethoven. Prerequisite: graduate Prerequisite: MH306. Offered alternate years. status. (G)(3). Occasionally. (U/G)(3). Occasionally. MH504, Music of the Romantic Period: The MH452, Survey of Chamber Music: Romantic Period from its genesis in the classical Chamber music from Haydin to the present period through the development of nationalism with particular consideration of the piano trio up to the 20th century. Prerequisite: graduate and the string quartet. Prerequisite: MH306. status. (G)(3). Occasionally. Offered alternate years. (U/G)(3). Occasionally. MH505, Modernist Music, 1894–1951: MH453, History of Film Music: Survey of Representative styles of music of the first part film music from the early 20th century “silent” Jordan College of the Arts 289 of the 20th century from the standpoint of problem wherein advanced music history and form, tonal organization, thematic material, literature are factors. Essentially a research and instrumental devices. Prerequisite: graduate course, with students and faculty working status. (G)(3). Occasionally. together to collect and interpret all available material. Prerequisite: senior or graduate status. MH506, Post-Modern Music, 1945–Present: (G)(1). Fall and spring. Contemporary music with emphasis on avant-garde ideas, objectives, and techniques. MH581, Special Seminar: Work in the special Particular attention will be devoted to the seminar shall be centered on any specific works of certain composers such as Cage, problem wherein advanced music history and Stockhausen, and Partch. Prerequisite: graduate literature are factors. Essentially a research status. (G)(3). Occasionally. course, with students and faculty working together to collect and interpret all available MH510, Seminar in Choral Literature: This material. Prerequisite: senior or graduate status. course will focus on major works for chorus (G)(2). Fall and spring. and orchestra, typically one style period per semester, striving to broaden the student’s MH582, Special Seminar: Work in the special knowledge of major choral works and increase seminar shall be centered on any specific the student’s ability to communicate in a problem wherein advanced music history and scholarly fashion about music. Weekly student literature are factors. Essentially a research presentations, a term paper, and final oral course, with students and faculty working presentation are required. Prerequisite: graduate together to collect and interpret all available status or permission of the instructor. (G)(3). material. Prerequisite: senior or graduate status. Spring. (G)(3). Fall and spring.
MH520, Research in Music: An introduction MH729, Thesis: A scholarly paper in to the special problems involved in musical some field of music history and literature. research and a survey of methods and materials Prerequisite: graduate status. (G)(3). Fall and available. Throughout the semester students spring. will be expected to complete specific research assignments. Prerequisite: graduate status. (G) MH799, Final Comprehensive Exam: (3). Fall. Required of all graduate students in music history at the end of the final semester of study. MH530, Independent Study: Individualized The exam is oral and will cover the major study of the student’s choice under the components of the student’s coursework and guidance of a music faculty member. thesis. Examination to be graded P/F by a Prerequisite: graduate status and approval of faculty committee. (G)(0). Fall and spring. written project proposed. (G)(1). Fall and spring. Music Theory Courses MH531, Independent Study: Individualized MT100, Elements of Music: A basic course study of the student’s choice under the in theory involving notation, scales, intervals, guidance of a music faculty member. chords, and ear training, including the use of Prerequisite: graduate status and approval of the keyboard. Will not count toward the music written project proposed. (G)(2). Fall and major. (U)(3). Spring. spring. MT101, Theory I: An introduction to MH532, Independent Study: Individualized the principles of music analysis, including study of the student’s choice under the functional harmony, part writing, and form. guidance of a music faculty member. Prerequisite: completion or current enrollment Prerequisite: graduate status and approval of in MT100, or permission of the instructor. (U) written project proposed. (G)(3). Fall and (3). Fall. spring. MT102, Theory II: An introduction to MH580, Special Seminar: Work in the special the principles of music analysis, including seminar shall be centered on any specific functional harmony, part writing, and form. Prerequisite: completion or currently enrolled 290 Butler University in MT101 or permission of the instructor. (U) works. Requires concurrent registration in (3). Spring. MT119, AM280, AM480, or AM680. (U)(1).
MT111, Aural Skills I: Singing, writing, and MT299, Upper Divisional Examination— auditory recognition of melodic and harmonic Composition: Required of all bachelor of materials, melodies, and rhythms. Prerequisite: music and bachelor of arts music majors whose Concurrent enrollment in, or successful degrees require music composition study completion of MT101. (U)(1). Fall. beyond the sophomore level. Failure to pass the exam will require a change of major to a MT112, Aural Skills II: Continuation of non-composition related music or non-music MT111. Prerequisites: MT111 and concurrent degree. Examination is graded P/F by a faculty enrollment in or successful completion of committee. (U)(0). Spring. MT102. (U)(1). MT307, Choral Arranging: Arranging MT119, Introduction to Composition: A folk songs for the various combinations of basic introduction to composition through voices available in the school and professional study and “imitation” of selected composers fields; choral effects; accompaniment writing. and styles. Technique, craftsmanship, and Prerequisite: MT202. (U)(2). Spring. attention to artistic and practical detail are emphasized through weekly assignments MT308, Orchestration: Ranges, transposition, and a final, large chamber composition. For color, and technical nature of the orchestral composition majors only. Requires concurrent instruments; basic principles of orchestral registration in MT222. Prerequisite: permission writing; texture and balance of standard of instructor. (U)(3). Fall. orchestral combinations. Prerequisite: MT202. (U)(3). Spring. MT201, Theory III: Advanced theory including counterpoint and chromatic harmony MT311, Basic Conducting: The fundamentals and 20th century analysis. Prerequisites: of conducting, including the basic beat patterns completion or currently enrolled in MT102 and the accepted methods of indicating and MT111. (U)(3). Fall. meter, tempo, volume, and style. Prerequisite: MT202. (U)(2). Fall. MT202, Theory VI: Advanced theory including counterpoint, chromatic harmony, MT313, Form and Analysis: A concise review and 20th century analysis. Prerequisites: of forms and procedures viewed as dynamic Completion or currently enrolled in MT112 processes. Approaches to analytical problems, and MT201. (U)(3). Spring. techniques, and methods of presenting the results of an analysis. Prerequisite: MT202. (U) MT211, Aural Skills III: Signing, writing, (3). Spring. and auditory recognition of more complex melodic, harmonic, and rhythmic materials. MT317, Counterpoint: Contrapuntal Prerequisites: Completion or currently enrolled techniques from late Renaissance through 20th in MT112 plus concurrent enrollment in or century. Selected representative composers will successful completion of MT201. (U)(1). Fall. be included with emphasis on works of J.S. Bach. Prerequisite: MT202. (U)(3). Fall. MT212, Aural Skills IV: Continuation of MT211. Prerequisites: Completion or currently MT319, Introduction to Composition: An enrolled in MT211 plus concurrent enrollment introduction to the techniques of composition in or successful completion of MT202. (U)(1). with emphasis on writing smaller forms in both Spring. traditional and contemporary styles. For non- composition majors only. Prerequisite: MT202 MT222, Composition Seminar: A course or permission of instructor. (U)(3). where student composers can present their works for peer critique, faculty can present MT321, Instrumental Conducting: The major contemporary musical works for analysis, fundamentals of instrumental conducting and visiting guest composers can present their with emphasis on style and interpretation. Prerequisite: MT311. (U)(2). Spring. Jordan College of the Arts 291 MT322, Choral Conducting: The Prerequisite: permission of the department fundamentals of vocal conducting including chair and instructor. (U)(2). Fall and spring. choral techniques, voice testing, diction, rehearsal techniques and program building; MT402, Independent Study: An opportunity emphasis on style and interpretation of choral for the qualified student to pursue some music. Prerequisite: MT311. (U)(2). Spring. investigative work on his or her own initiative. Prerequisite: permission of the department MT333, Jazz Theory and Ear Training: chair and instructor. (U)(3). Fall and spring. This course will focus on understanding jazz improvisation and composition through the MT406, Graduate Music Theory Review: study of harmony, chord and scale function, This course provides practice with basic analytic form, rhythm, meter, and articulation. principles in application to music from the Transcribed solos and compositions by jazz baroque era to the present. Emphasis is given to masters will be studied. Development of aural review of harmonic and formal conventions of skills will also be emphasized. Prerequisite: the common-practice era, with some attention MT102. (U)(2). Occasionally. to post-tonal repertoire and other areas of review as may be needed. Prerequisite: MT202 MT335, Jazz Keyboard: This course is a or equivalent. (U/G)(3). Fall. practical study of jazz piano technique and the study of jazz piano players and styles in an MT408, Composition Recital: Preparation historical context. This will include voicings for and presentation of the required graduation the ii-V progression, recognition of form, the recital, which may be presented only blues progression, and chord substitutions. (U) during the last 32 hours in residence. This (2). Occasionally. recital is to be approved four weeks prior to performance; performance of student’s original MT339, Jazz Arranging: Practical study of composition(s) to be graded P/F by a faculty the techniques of arranging for small and large committee. (U)(0). Fall and spring. ensembles in jazz style including: instruments, notation, form, voicing, and part and score MT409, Final Composition Project: The preparation. Prerequisite: MT333. (U)(2). culminating project for the emphasis in Occasionally. composition. (P/F). (U)(0). Fall and spring.
MT380, Special Seminar: A research course in MT410, Final Music Theory Paper: The music theory with students and faculty working culminating project for the emphasis in music together to collect and interpret available theory. P/F. (U)(0). Fall and spring. material. (U)(1). Fall and spring. MT421, Professional Topics in Music MT381, Special Seminar: A research course in Composition: An introduction to professional music theory with students and faculty working skills necessary for composers including together to collect and interpret available knowledge of copyright, publishing, publicity, material. (U)(2). Fall and spring. collection of royalties, and grant writing skills. An extra project will be required for graduate MT382, Special Seminar: A research course in credit. (U/G)(1). Spring. music theory with students and faculty working together to collect and interpret available MT422, Composition Seminar: A course material. (U)(3). Fall and spring. where student composers can present their works for peer critique, faculty can present MT400, Independent Study: An opportunity major contemporary musical works for analysis, for the qualified student to pursue some and visiting guest composers can present their investigative work on his or her own initiative. works. Requires concurrent registration in Prerequisite: permission of the department MT119, AM280, AM480, or AM680. (U)(1). chair and instructor. (U)(1). Fall and spring. MT440, Introduction to Electronic Music: MT401, Independent Study: An opportunity Introduction to the topic of electronic music; for the qualified student to pursue some its history, its underlying principles and science; investigative work on his or her own initiative. and an introduction to composing music in 292 Butler University a recording studio. Basic editing, musique MT530, Independent Study: Individualized concrete, and synthesis are emphasized. study of the student’s choice under the Prerequisites: MT202 or consent of the guidance of a music faculty member. instructor. (U/G)(2). Fall and spring. Prerequisites: graduate status and approval of written project proposed. (G)(1). Fall and MT441, Advanced Electronic Music: spring. Continuation of MT440—advanced topics focus on compositional techniques, advanced MT531, Independent Study: Individualized computer sequencing, interactive media study of the student’s choice under the composition, and some theatrical sound design. guidance of a music faculty member. Prerequisite: MT440. (U/G)(2). Spring. Prerequisites: graduate status and approval of written project proposed. (G)(2). Fall and MT444, Jazz Improvisation I: A practical spring. course in the development of improvisational skills, as well as the concepts necessary in the MT532, Independent Study: Individualized jazz tradition. Prerequisite: MT202. (U/G)(2). study of the student’s choice under the Occasionally. guidance of a music faculty member. Prerequisites: graduate status and approval MT445, Jazz Improvisation II: A of written project proposed. (G)(3). Fall and continuation of Jazz Improvisation I. spring. Transcription, song memorization, and CD reviews become the focus. Prerequisite: MT444 MT550, Pedagogy of Music Theory: (U/G)(2). Occasionally. Philosophies of theory instruction, a discussion of the nature of the theory curriculum, of MT499, Honors Thesis: (U)(3). Fall and musicianship goals, methods, and texts. spring. Includes practice teaching, observation, and curriculum design. (G)(3). Occasionally. MT509, Analysis of Music Since 1900: Discussion of fundamental trends in musical MT580, Special Seminar: Work in the special structure and new tonality, such as those seminar shall be centered on any specific of Debussy, Schoenberg, Bartok, Copland, problem wherein advanced music theory is a Avante-garde, and Minimalism. Prerequisite: factor. This is essentially a research course, with MT202 or equivalent. (G)(3). Occasionally. students and faculty working together to collect and interpret available material. Prerequisite: MT510, Analysis of Tonal Music: senior or graduate status. (G)(1). Fall and Introduction to and practice with analytic spring. techniques appropriate for tonal music. Includes attention to Schenkerian analysis, MT581, Special Seminar: Work in the special rhythmic theories, and generative theories of seminar shall be centered on any specific Fred Lerdahl and others. Prerequisite: MT202 problem wherein advanced music theory is a or equivalent. (G)(3). Occasionally. factor. This is essentially a research course, with students and faculty working together to collect MT513, Analysis in Relation to and interpret available material. Prerequisite: Performance: A study of musical structure senior or graduate status. (G)(2). Fall and as a basis for understanding the content and spring. presentation of standard literature. Prerequisite: MT202 or equivalent. (G)(3). Fall. MT582, Special Seminar: Work in the special seminar shall be centered on any specific MT517, Advanced Counterpoint: Melodic, problem wherein advanced music theory is a harmonic, and rhythmic contrapuntal practices factor. This is essentially a research course, with from the isorhythmic motet to aleatoric music; students and faculty working together to collect examination of representative literature and and interpret available material. Prerequisite: writing in selected styles. Prerequisite: MT317 senior or graduate status. (G)(3). Fall and or equivalent. (G)(3). Occasionally. spring.
Jordan College of the Arts 293 MT603, Graduate Conducting Seminar: Why Study Theatre? This seminar course is designed to give choral • The Department of Theatre is fully graduate students the knowledge and capability accredited by NAST (National Association to investigate and articulate various aspects of of Schools of Theatre). choral music including a discussion of major • Butler Theatre students develop their works, genres, historical trends, composers, own voices through rigorous study contrasting styles, harmonic language, and and collaborative practice. We prepare instrumentation. The course also explores students to push the boundaries of theatre writings by various leading choral scholars. (G) and integrate their theatre training into (1). Fall. purposeful lives. • With the practical conditions for theatre MT622, Composition Seminar: A course artists constantly evolving, the Butler where student composers can present their University Department of Theatre offers works for peer critique, faculty can present students the experience, skills, and major contemporary musical works for analysis, initiative to navigate a rapidly changing and visiting guest composers can present their environment and pursue their aspirations works. Requires concurrent registration in with determination and purpose. Butler MT119, AM280, AM480, or AM680. (G)(1). Theatre’s distinctive, collaborative work extends beyond the curriculum, offering MT708, Composition Recital: Preparation a depth and breadth of research, practice, and presentation of the required graduate and experience. recital. Performance of student’s original • The curriculum is designed to educate the composition(s) to be graded P/F by a faculty whole person and to prepare future theatre committee. (G)(0). Fall and spring. artists to enter and transform the field or MT709, Thesis: Composition: An original apply knowledge, communication, and composition in on of the larger forms. Graded problem-solving skill regardless of their P/F. (G)(0). Fall and spring. eventual profession. Within the frame of Butler University’s liberal education, our MT729, Thesis: Theory: A scholarly paper practice-based, international tradition in some field of music theory. (G)(3). Fall and surpasses a conventional academic spring. approach, bringing students into dialogue with extraordinary artists and institutions MT799, Final Comprehensive Exam: worldwide. Required of all graduate students in • Complementing a faculty of international composition of music theory at the end professionals, the department maintains of the final semester of study. The exam is relationships with significant guest artists, oral and will cover the major components the Indiana Repertory Theatre, the Phoenix of the student’s coursework and the thesis. Theatre, and Heartland Actors’ Repertory Examination to be graded P/F by a faculty Theatre. We continue a unique partnership committee. (G)(0). Fall and spring. with the Moscow Art Theatre School, as well as study programs at destinations Department of Theatre around the world. Administration • The Christel DeHaan Visiting Diane Timmerman, M.F.A., department chair International Theatre Artist Program is a Professors unique and exciting program that connects William Fisher, M.F.A. equivalent; Owen Butler students with prominent theatre Schaub, Ph.D.; Diane Timmerman, M.F.A. artists from around the world. Associate Professors • Our goal is to contribute to a community Elaina Artemiev, Ph.D.; Robert Koharchik, of citizen artists who are broadly and M.F.A.; Wendy Meaden, M.F.A. rigorously prepared to work effectively Staff Members and innovatively across artistic approaches, LaKisha Cooper; Angie Malone, M.F.A.; Cathy venues and technologies, and by extension Sipe, master electrician; Glen Thoreson, B.F.A. to engage in the continuing conversation about what it means to be human.
294 Butler University Department of Theatre Student of freshmen and sophomores in the theatre Learning Outcomes program. This is a (P/F) course and must be • Demonstrate proficiency in theatre successfully completed four times to meet processes including play analysis, graduation requirements in the theatre major. performance technologies, design, and Open to theatre majors only. (U)(1). (P/F). Fall directing. and spring. • Demonstrate the ability to apply theatre TH105, Theatre as a Visual Art: Introductory processes in production. foundation course exploring the principles of • Demonstrate an understanding of design in stage productions. In addition to theatre in relationship to historical regular class sessions, students will be required and contemporary contexts, as well to attend theatre productions in the region and as its historical and contemporaneous exhibitions at local art galleries. Open to theatre relationship to other art forms. majors and non-majors. (U)(3). Spring. • Demonstrate an understanding of the collaborative nature of theatre. TH110, Introduction to Acting: Scene study • Demonstrate ability to assess quality in including basic techniques of performance with works of theatre. experience in preparation and presentation. (U). Fall and spring. Degrees • B.A. in Theatre TH111, Acting I: Theories and principles of • B.S. in Arts Administration—Theatre acting as an art including flexible physical and • Minor in Theatre vocal techniques. Enrollment by audition only. Audit only with consent of instructor. Open to Requirements for the Major theatre majors only. (U)(3). Fall. Applicants are admitted to the program on the basis of academic acceptance by the TH112, Acting II: Fundamentals of University and an audition or portfolio performance preparation. Includes the presentation and interview. The B.A. in theatre preparation and class presentation of a series requires completion of 124 credit hours. In of scenes selected from major theatrical works. addition to the University core curriculum, the Prerequisite: TH111. Audit only with consent student takes courses in the analysis, history, of instructor. (U)(3). Spring. technique, and production of theatre. The TH113S, Idea of Theatre I: Introductory B.S. in arts administration—theatre requires foundation course exploring the theory and completion of a total of 128 credit hours practice of performance with a particular focus including business, administration, and theatre on the Indianapolis community. Required of courses. all freshmen theatre majors. Open to Theatre Requirements for the Minor majors and minors only. (U)(3). ICR Fall. The minor in theatre requires 24 credit hours TH123, Stage Makeup: This course introduces in theatre, 11 of which are stipulated, with the the student to the fundamentals of makeup remaining hours selected from a list of theatre application for stage. Weekly projects include courses. No audition is required. research, analysis, documentation of design Alpha Psi Omega, Omicron Cast is the plan, application, and evaluation. Emphasis Butler chapter of the National Theatre is on defining the face as part of a character Honorary Dramatic Society. through understanding of research, materials, Auditions for mainstage productions are and techniques. (U)(3). Fall. limited to majors. Any Butler student may audition for student-directed productions. TH200, Production Fundamentals: Introduction to the study and practice of Theatre Courses theatrical production. Exploration of the inter- TH100, Professional Theatre Practices: relationship of theatrical production design Development of professional rehearsal, and technology to performance. Laboratory performance, and production techniques and experience included. Open to theatre majors discipline. Enrollment in this course is required only. (U)(2). Fall and spring. Jordan College of the Arts 295 or permission of instructor. One semester. TH201, Stage Movement I: TH201, Stage Prerequisite: TH201. (U)(2). Spring. Movement I is a foundation course addressing actor’s body as primary instrument and TH212, Stage Movement III: Advanced Stage movement as discreet element in training Movement techniques and skills. Prerequisite: performance. Included studies: physical TH201 and TH210. (U)(1). Spring. alignment, articulation, coordination, and kinesthetic ability, preparation, relaxation, TH213, Acting III: Analysis of the verse availability, and concentration techniques for structure of Shakespeare and his contemporaries actors. Limited to theatre majors or permission with application in language usage through of instructor. One semester, required. (U)(2). performance. Prerequisites: TH111, 112. (U) Fall and spring. (3). Fall.
TH202, Voice for the Actor I: Vocal TH220, Stage Management: This course production techniques for theatrical introduces students to the skills and techniques performance with an emphasis on the speaking employed by the professional stage manager. It voice. Limited to theatre majors. (U)(2). Fall. is required for all students who wish to stage manage or assist on Butler Theatre productions. TH203, Voice for the Actor II: Vocal Theatre majors only, or by permission of the production techniques for theatrical instructor. (U)(2). Fall and spring. performance with an emphasis on the speaking voice. Prerequisite: TH202. (U)(2). Spring. TH231, Stagecraft: Planning, construction, and painting of scenery for the theatre. TH204, Vocal Music for Theatre Majors: Instruction in drafting, hand and power tools, Vocal music skills for theatre majors in and light industrial fabrication techniques. preparation for stage audition. Course will Laboratory component included. Prerequisite: address repertoire of Broadway musical and arts TH200 or permission of instructor. Open to songs appropriate for musical theatre auditions. theatre majors and non-majors. (U)(3). Spring. For theatre majors only. (U)(2). Occasionally. TH232, Stage Lighting I: Study and TH205, Vocal Music for Theatre Majors II: application of the principles of lighting for the Course will address music skills and repertoire stage: properties of light, control of light, and appropriate for musical theatre auditions. effect of light upon the play. (U)(3). Fall. Prerequisite: TH204 or permission of the instructor. (U)(2). Occasionally. TH233, Costume Technologies I: For majors and anyone interested in costume construction. TH208, Text Analysis: TH 208, Text Analysis Prerequisite for internship in costume. Course is a foundational course focusing on approaches includes: fabric preparation, reading a pattern, to reading plays analytically for the purpose of cutting a project, basic construction skills, stage presentation. This course will introduce standard finishing techniques. Both lab and and teach specific techniques for text analysis wardrobe crew hours included. Prerequisite: as an initial step in the process of theatre TH200 or permission of instructor. (U)(3). Fall production. (U)(3). Spring. and spring.
TH210, Stage Movement II: TH210, Stage TH300, Professional Theatre Practice: Movement II is focused on the study of Development of professional rehearsal, physical practices and techniques for the stage performance, and production techniques and actor, including the continuation of studies discipline. Enrollment in this course is required from TH201 Stage Movement I in physical of juniors or seniors in the theatre program. articulation, locomotion, coordination, and This is a (P/F) course and must be successfully character and text integration for actors. completed four times to meet graduation The course will include skill-based etudes, requirements in the theatre major. Open to movement improvisation, and movement Theatre majors only. (U)(1). Fall and spring. composition. Limited to theatre majors
296 Butler University TH302, Voice for the Actor III: Advanced TH331, Scenography: Advanced problems in vocal production technique, with an theatre technology, new materials, production emphasis on a variety of topics including the planning, and introduction to scenography. International Phonetic Alphabet, speech, and Prerequisite: TH105, TH231. (U)(3). Fall and dialects. (U/G)(3). Fall. spring.
TH 314C, Acting IV: Development of TH333, Play Analysis: This course provides preparation and performance skills in acting, the advanced theatre student experience in with an emphasis on character study and applying techniques of play analysis to specific ensemble acting for the modern theatre. areas of theatre production. (U)(3). Fall and Prerequisites: TH111, 112, 213. (U) Spring. spring.
TH 320S, Service Learning in Schools: TH380, Special Seminar: Work in the seminar Provides the student with experience in shall be centered on any specific problem teaching theatre activities to middle school wherein theatre or drama is a factor. Open to age children. Develops skills in planning, theatre majors only. (U)(1). Fall and spring. organization, and implementation of group activities. (U). Fall. TH381, Special Seminar: Work in the seminar shall be centered on any specific problem TH322, History of Theatre I: Development wherein theatre or drama is a factor. Open to of early European theatre and drama from theatre majors only. (U)(2). Fall and spring. antiquity to Moliere. (U). Fall. TH382, Special Seminar: Work in the seminar TH323, History of Theatre II: Development shall be centered on any specific problem of American theatre and drama from the wherein theatre or drama is a factor. Open to colonial period to 1917 and the rise of the art theatre majors only. (U)(3). Fall and spring. theatre. (U) Spring. TH385, Dramatic Literature I: The course TH324, Survey of Historical Costume: An will investigate significant dramatic works historical survey of dress and how it relates from the major periods of Western playwriting to theatrical costuming. Alternate years. This activity. Prerequisite: junior or senior status. course counts toward theatre major elective Open to theatre majors only. (U)(3). Fall. requirement. (U)(3). Spring. TH400, Independent Study: An opportunity TH325, Costume Design: This course for the qualified student to pursue some introduces the qualities, tools, and process of investigative work on his or her own initiative. design. We study the visual elements of design, Permission of department chair and instructor. their place in theatrical productions, and our Open to theatre majors only. (U)(1). Fall and responses to them. Students will do script and spring. character analysis and research, make design choices, render, and present their work. Open TH401, Independent Study: An opportunity to theatre majors only. Prerequisite: TH105. for the qualified student to pursue some (U)(3). Fall and spring. investigative work on his or her own initiative. Permission of department chair and instructor. TH326, Advanced Makeup Projects: Creating Open to theatre majors only. (U)(2). Fall and and executing makeups involving advanced and spring. complex techniques. Prerequisite: TH123. (U) (3). Spring. TH402, Independent Study: An opportunity for the qualified student to pursue some TH330, Theatre Graphics: Drafting and investigative work on his or her own initiative. rendering techniques for scenic and lighting Permission of department chair and instructor. design. Development of theatrical designs Open to theatre majors only. (U)(3). Fall and through ground plans, front elevations, spring. working and line drawings. Consideration of both manual and CAD techniques. TH403, Senior Project: A capstone course Prerequisite: TH200, 231, 232. (U)(3). Spring. to provide students with the opportunity to Jordan College of the Arts 297 extend their skills in a particular area of theatre and execution. Ensemble acting is stressed. discipline. Required of all seniors who are not Prerequisites: TH314 and junior or senior engaged in honors thesis, senior internship, standing. (U)(3). Fall and spring. double major, or who completed BSI in the summer before senior year. (U)(1). Fall and TH419, Acting for the Camera: Acting spring. technique and scene work for the television camera. Explores differences in performance TH404, Senior Project: A capstone course technique required by the stage and the to provide students with the opportunity to television camera. Prerequisite: junior standing extend their skills in a particular area of theatre in the theater program or permission of discipline. Required of all seniors who are not instructor. (U)(3). Occasionally. engaged in honors yhesis, senior internship, double major, or who completed BSI in the TH420, Audition and Portfolio: Performance: summer before senior year. (U)(2). Fall and Development of audition and portfolio spring. presentation techniques with emphasis on performance track. Requires a public TH405, Senior Project: A capstone course presentation of auditions or portfolios to provide students with the opportunity to developed in class. Prerequisite: junior or senior extend their skills in a particular area of theatre standing in the theatre program and permission discipline. Required of all seniors who are not of the department. May be taken for senior engaged in honors thesis, senior internship, project credit if taken in the senior year. (U)(3). double major, or who completed BSI in the Fall and spring. summer before senior year. (U)(3). Fall and spring. TH421, Audition and Portfolio: Production: Development of audition and portfolio TH410, Acting Seminar I: Advanced study presentation techniques with an emphasis in one acting technique. Prerequisite: junior or on production track. Requires a public senior status. Open to theatre majors only. (U) presentation of auditions or portfolios (3). Fall and spring. developed in class. Prerequisite: junior or senior standing in the theatre program and permission TH411, Stage Directing I: Techniques of department. May be taken for senior project necessary for the direction of plays on credit if taken in the senior year. (U)(3). Fall primarily the proscenium stage: composition, and spring. picturization, pantomimic dramatization, rhythm, and movement. Directorial techniques TH422, History of Theatre III: Development required for arena theatre, three-quarter, of European theatre and drama from the and thrust stage also will be considered. English Restoration to World War I. (U)(3). Prerequisites: Junior status and TH111, 112, Occasionally. 231, 232, and 333. (U)(3). Fall. TH423, History of Theatre IV: Development TH412, Stage Directing II: The selection of American theatre and drama from the and interpretation of plays for production; immediate post World War 1 era to the new casting, the rehearsal period, and conduct of millennium. (U)(3). Occasionally. the rehearsal; and the director’s responsibility and relationship to the cast, the crew, and the TH424, History of Theatre V: Development audience. Prerequisite: TH411. (U)(3). Spring. of European theatre and drama in the 20th century. (U)(3). Occasionally. TH414, Seminar in Theatre Management: An introductory study of managerial functions TH 426W, Playwriting and Screenwriting: and practices in theatre arts. Prerequisite: junior Writing for theater and film. Primary goals will or senior. (U)(3). Fall. be to learn scriptwriting fundamentals and to explore one’s own style and voice as a writer. TH416, Acting Seminar II: In-class Students of all writing experience are welcome. preparation and presentation of major plays (U)(3). Fall. with emphasis on character study, development,
298 Butler University TH482, Special Seminar: Work in the seminar requires 10 hours per weeks. Open to theatre shall be centered on any specific problem majors only. (U)(3). Fall and spring. wherein theatre or drama is a factor. Open to theatre majors only. (U)(3). Fall and spring. TH498, Internship in Theatre: Professional internship with equity theatres under the TH495, Internship in Theatre: Professional supervision of departmental faculty and the internship with equity theatres under the staff of the designated theatre. Normally supervision of departmental faculty and the requires 20 hours per week. Open to Theatre staff of the designated theatre. Open to theatre majors only. (U)(6). Fall and spring. majors only. (U)(0). Fall and spring. TH499, Honors Thesis: Prerequisite: approval TH496, Internship in Theatre: Professional of instructor. Open to theatre majors only. (U) internship with equity theatres under the (3). Fall and spring. supervision of departmental faculty and the staff of the designated theatre. Normally
Jordan College of the Arts 299
College of Communication
The College of Communication began Kristen Hoerl, Ph.D., Suzanne Reading, Ph.D. operation on June 1, 2010, drawing together CCC-SLP; Carolyn Richie, Ph.D.; Kristin three departments from two Butler colleges: the Swenson, Ph.D.; Christine Taylor, M.A.; Nancy Department of Communication Studies and Whitmore, Ph.D. the Eugene S. Pulliam School of Journalism, Assistant Professors both from Liberal Arts and Sciences, and Ian Z. Anderson, M.F.A.; Casey Kelly, Ph.D,; the Department of Media Arts, from the Srikanta Mishra, Ph.D., CCC-A; Jessica Moore, Jordan College of the Arts. The college offers Ph.D.; Erin Ortiz, Ph.D.; Mark Rademacher, undergraduate degrees with long histories Ph.D.; Kevin Wang, Ph.D. at the University which at the same time are Senior Clinical Faculty at the cutting edge of the disciplines and Mary Gospel, Ph.D., CCC-SLP industries. All of the majors provide a blending Clinical Faculty of theory and application with active internship Ann Bilodeau, M.S., CCC-SLP, director of the opportunities as well as clinical experience Butler Speech-Language Clinic where appropriate. The curricula also Professional Practice Faculty emphasize opportunities for active involvement Loni McKown, M.S.; Carrie Rector, M.S. in production in a wide range of media Instructors platforms and outlets. Cutler Armstrong, M.S.; Scott Bridge, M.S.; Janis Crawford, M.A.; Armando Pellerano, Our Mission M.S.; The Butler University College of Staff Communication will prepare students for Melissa Friedman, administrative secretary; success in our digital and global society. Mark Harris, technical services coordinator; Students will develop the ability to critically Eric Esterline, M.A., multimedia coordinator; analyze and synthesize human and mediated Annette Lee, assistant to the dean; Maggie communication, and learn to speak, write, McGlynn, administrative secretary and create responsible messages across dynamic communication contexts and media College Requirements for platforms. Outstanding faculty who are active Graduation scholars and leading professionals will deliver To fulfill graduation requirements, students programs. The curriculum will reflect the must complete 126 credit hours, complete centrality of communication as a basic human a minimum of 40 hours at the 300 course right. Our innovative, experiential approach level or above, complete the College of to discipline-based education will empower Communication core requirements (see below graduates to excel in their chosen profession for details), complete required courses in the and postgraduate studies. The strong grounding selected major, complete required courses for a in liberal and creative arts will prepare our minor or 12-hour concentration outside of the graduates to be socially responsible and major, and maintain a minimum cumulative civically engaged leaders in their careers and GPA of 2.0. communities. • College of Communication Core For additional information, visit Requirements www.butler.edu/ccom. COM101 Rhetoric and the American Administration Democratic Tradition: This course Gary Edgerton, Ph.D., dean; Suzanne Reading, provides a foundation in the study of Ph.D., associate dean rhetoric, including the construction, Professors performance, and analysis of rhetorical Kwadwo Anokwa, Ph.D.; Kenneth Creech, acts. Students will learn the rhetorical Ph.D.; Ann M. Savage, Ph.D. canon (invention, arrangement, style, Associate Professors memory, and delivery) and how the canon Rose Campbell, Ph.D.; Margaretha Geertsema applies to democratic tradition. (U)(3). Sligh, Ph.D.; Allison Harthcock, Ph.D.; Every semester. College of Communication 301 SW266 Media Literacy: This course is Degree Majors and Minors an exploration of the cultural implications • Communication Sciences and Disorders of electronic media. Through systematic • Digital Media Production analysis of the grammar of mediated • Journalism messages, students develop sensitivity • Media, Rhetoric, and Culture to and a critical understanding of the • Organizational Communication and interplay between popular culture and Leadership electronic media, i.e., how mediated • Recording Industry Studies messages influence our lifestyles, attitudes, • Strategic Communication: Public Relations and values, and reflect who we are. (U)(3). and Advertising Every semester. Communication Sciences and One course designated Communication and Culture from the list below. Disorders (CSD) Program CSD338 Language and Culture Administration JR417 International Communication Mary Gospel, Ph.D., CCC-SLP JR418 Global Views: Gender and Media MRC354 Gender and Communication Why Study Communication MRC365W Media and Cultural Sciences and Disorders? Criticism CSD Mission Statement: The ability to MRC376 Film, Culture, and Criticism communicate is one of our greatest human MRC481 Technologies of the Body gifts. It is a fundamental human right and plays MRC468 Women and Rock a central role in the dignity and value of human MRC470 Sports, Media and Culture life. The remarkable ability to communicate MRC330 Representations of Race and allows us to realize our human potential Difference and connect with other people. Problems MRC420 Queering Film with communication have a great impact MRC482 Voices of Dissent and Social on all aspects of life. The Communication Change Sciences and Disorders (CSD) Program at ORG359 Intercultural Communication Butler is dedicated to educating students so • Foreign Language Requirement that they may assist those who experience Students in the College of Communication communication disorders. must demonstrate competence in a foreign language by earning at least six hours of Why Study CSD at Butler? credit in one foreign language at the 200 There are excellent reasons to obtain the level or above. Foreign language courses are CSD degree at Butler. Our students receive offered at the 100-level for students in need a strong foundation in basic courses that of preparation for more advanced study. prepares them for success in graduate school. Although 100-level courses do not satisfy Our students have had outstanding success the foreign language requirement, they do in gaining admission into prestigious and count as credit hours toward the degree. All competitive graduate programs throughout first-year students must take a placement the United States. Our undergraduate students examination. Further information is have many opportunities for experiential available in the Department of Modern learning. Students provide treatment for Languages, Literatures, and Cultures in speech and language disorders through the the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. Butler University Speech-Language Clinic American Sign Language also fulfills the and through the Butler Aphasia Community. language requirement. Students should Students also provide speech, language and contact the Communication Sciences and hearing screening services to area schools. Disorders Program for more information. In addition, students engage in research and teaching activities with faculty mentors, and work with other professionals in the Indianapolis community through internships.
302 Butler University Finally, the CSD degree at Butler leads to high- • CSD339, Linguistics demand careers in speech-language pathology, • CSD360S, Communication Science audiology, and speech science. Practicum For additional information, visit • CSD363S, Community Screening www.butler.edu/communication-disorders. Practicum • CSD397, 398, 399, Directed Research in CSD Program Student Learning Communication Disorders Outcomes • CSD401, 402, 403, Independent Study • CSD404, 5, Internship • Demonstrate foundational knowledge • CSD433, Aural Rehab of biological, physical, social sciences, • CSD436, Neurogenic Communication mathematics, and cultural diversity. Disorders • Demonstrate knowledge of normal • CSD437, Language Disorders in Children structures, processes, and development • CSD460S, Butler Aphasia Community needed for the human communication • CSD475, Teaching Practicum in CSD system. • CSD480, 481, Topics in CSD (fluency • Demonstrate foundational knowledge disorders, voice disorders, medical SLP, about ethical issues and research methods advanced study in aphasia) in communication sciences and disorders. • Observe and study various communication *Elective credit only if not taken to fulfill LAS disorders and basic treatment strategies. language requirement • Demonstrate knowledge required for acceptance into a Communication Sciences and Disorders graduate program. Courses CSD138, American Sign Language I: An Degree introduction to the language of signs and • Major in Communication Sciences and finger spelling. Receptive and expressive skills Disorders (CSD) emphasized. The course will present stories, poems, and readings that exist in deaf culture. Requirements for the CSD Major (U)(3). Fall. (36 credit hours) CSD139, American Sign Language II: A Required CSD Courses: 27 credit hours continuation of CSD138. An introduction (All required courses are 3 credit hours) to the language of signs and finger spelling. • CSD231, Introduction to Communication Receptive and expressive skills emphasized. Sciences and Disorders The course will present stories, poems, and • CSD240, Phonetics readings that exist in deaf culture. Prerequisite: • CSD332, Language Development CSD138. (U)(3). Spring. • CSD333, Anatomy and Physiology of Speech and Hearing CSD231, Introduction to Communication • CSD334, Speech Science Sciences and Disorders: Introduction to the • CSD335, Phonological Development and field of communication sciences and disorders Disorders which includes phonetics, speech science, • CSD336, Fundamentals of Audiology speech-pathology, and audiology. Common • CSD356W, Communication Research speech and language disorders, their causes, Methods treatment, and general clinical procedures will • CSD485C, Capstone: Ethics and be covered. (U)(3). Fall and spring. Professional Development CSD238S, American Sign Language III: Elective CSD Courses: 9 credit hours Emphasis on competency in signing, both • CSD238S, American Sign Language III* receptive and expressive. Use of videos to gain • CSD239S, American Sign Language IV* insight into deaf culture. Prerequisite: CSD138, • CSD337, Clinical Procedures 139 or equivalent. (U)(3). Fall. • CSD338, Language and Culture
College of Communication 303 CSD239S, American Sign Language IV: interaction. Prerequisites: CSD332, CSD335. A continuation of CSD238. Emphasis on (U)(3). Fall and spring. competency in signing, both receptive and expressive. Use of videos to gain insight into CSD339, Linguistics: Linguistics is the deaf culture. Prerequisite: CSD238. (U)(3). systematic study of language from its Spring. sounds (phonetics and phonology), words (morphology), and sentences (syntax), to its CSD240, Introduction to Phonetics: An meaning (semantics). In addition to examining introduction to the study of the sounds of language itself, this course will cover aspects of spoken language, this course will focus on language use such as language change, and the articulatory, acoustic, linguistic, and clinical role of language in society. (U)(3). Spring. phonetics. Accurate transcription of the English language using International Phonetic alphabet CSD356W, Communication Research will be emphasized. This course will serve as Methods: Introduces students to the an important foundation for future course application of social science and quantitative work in both normal and disordered speech methodology for communication research. processes. In keeping with the Liberal Arts and Work includes problem analysis, research Sciences tradition, this course will take the design, data collection, data analysis, and scientific approach to various aspects of human scientific writing. Prerequisites: CSD majors communication. (U)(3). Spring. only, junior or senior standing, or permission of the instructor. (U)(3). Fall. CSD332, Language Development: Major theoretical approaches to language acquisition, CSD 360S, Communication Science the perspectives and nature of language, normal Practicum: Laboratory practice in the diagnosis and abnormal language behavior, and basic and treatment of speech and language disorders. management will be considered. Prerequisite: Prerequisites: Cum GPA 3.0, minimum grade CSD240 (U)(3). Spring. of B in CSD337, completed 25 hours of observation or permission of the instructor. (U) CSD333, Anatomy and Physiology of Speech (3). Fall and spring. and Hearing: Introduction to the anatomical and physiological bases of the speech and CSD363S, Community Screening Practicum: hearing mechanisms. (U)(3). Fall. This course focuses on speech, language, and hearing assessment of preschool and CSD334, Speech Science: The physical school-age children. Students will learn to characteristics of speech sounds and administer speech and language screening psychophysical processes involved in speech and tests, pure-tone audiometric testing, and hearing. (U)(3). Spring. impedance audiometry. Students will develop professional behaviors, including CSD335, Phonological Development and collaboration and scheduling with teachers Disorders: Phonological development and and administrators, collecting accurate data, speech characteristics are the focus. Testing and and interacting appropriately with young management of disorders will be discussed. children. In addition, students will be able Prerequisite: CSD240. (U)(3). Fall. to apply classroom knowledge in evaluating typical and disordered communication skills. CSD336, Fundamentals of Audiology: This course will include an introduction to Introduction to the field of audiology including speech and hearing screening instruments, the study of the physiology and pathology of community work, weekly journal entries, and the human ear. Rehabilitation management will a follow-up evaluation, which will provide be discussed. Prerequisites: CSD333, CSD334. feedback about developing clinical skills. This (U)(3). Spring. course is a combination of lecture/discussion CSD337, Clinical Procedures: Introduction and practicum. The students will average about to therapy with emphasis upon behavioral three hours of classroom discussion and four observation, description of behavior, good hours of practicum. Prerequisite: Minimum planning, cause-effect relationships, and clinical cumulative GPA of 3.0, minimum grade of
304 Butler University B in CSD335, and minimum grade of B in CSD460S, Butler Aphasia Community: CSD336, or permission of the instructor in Students gain classroom knowledge and clinical consultation with the program director. (U)(3). experience with adults who have aphasia. Fall and spring. Prerequisites: CSD337 and CSD436 and senior standing. (U)(3). Fall and spring. CSD399, Directed Research in Communication Disorders: This course CSD475, Teaching Practicum in CSD: provides an opportunity to gain hands-on Qualified students work with faculty on the research experience. Students earn course development and presentation of the course credit as they engage in directed research curriculum. Student responsibilities may with communication faculty. Activities may include preparation and organization of course include data collection, data analysis, and/or materials, management of small group projects, presentation of results. Pre-requisite: permission assistance with class discussion, and tutoring. of instructor. (U)(3). May be repeated to six Prerequisites: junior or senior standing, hours total. (U)(3). Fall and spring. satisfactory completion of the course for which student will be assisting, and permission of the CSD401, Independent Study: An opportunity instructor. (U)(3). Fall and spring. for the qualified student to pursue a topic of special interest. Prerequisite: permission of CSD481, Topics in Communication Science department head. (U)(1). Fall and spring. Disorders: An in-depth study of a particular topic in the field of communication chosen CSD402, Independent Study: An opportunity from the areas represented by the upper for the qualified student to pursue a topic of division courses in the department. (U)(3). Fall special interest. Prerequisite: permission of and spring. department head. (U)(2). Fall and spring. CSD485C, Capstone: Ethics and Professional CSD403, Independent Study: An opportunity Development: A capstone course for majors for the qualified student to pursue a topic of in Communication Sciences and Disorders special interest. Prerequisite: permission of (CSD). In this course students will read about department head. (U)(3). Fall and spring. and discuss professional issues and ethics. They CSD404, Communication Internship: will prepare a portfolio of their undergraduate Offers the qualified student the opportunity work which will be suitable for submission with for supervised work experience in a setting graduate program applications. Prerequisite: related to communication studies. Prerequisite: Senior Standing. (U)(3). Fall. permission of department head. (U)(3). Fall CSD499, Honors Thesis: (U)(3). Fall and and spring. spring. CSD433, Aural Rehabilitation: The study of theoretical bases for rehabilitative audiology Creative Media and and principles of clinical application for pediatric and adult populations. Prerequisite: Entertainment Program Administration CSD 336. (U)(3). Fall. Kenneth Creech, Ph.D., Fairbanks Chair in CSD436, Neurogenic Communication Communications and program director Disorders: An investigation of the neurological processes involved in communication The Creative Media and Entertainment disorders. Includes aphasia and cerebral palsy. program offers majors in digital media Prerequisite: junior or senior standing or production and recording industry studies. permission of instructor. (U)(3). Spring. Each major is designed to prepare graduates for a life in their profession offering real-world CSD437, Language Disorders in Children: experience and industry-focused coursework. Description and diagnosis of various language disorders in children and procedures for therapeutic management. Prerequisite: CSD332. (U)(3). Spring.
College of Communication 305 Recording Industry Studies • Students demonstrate a mastery of the technologies required in Recording Why study the Recording Industry? Industry Studies and learn to appreciate the The recording industry is a major role of media in a global society. component in the world of entertainment and • Students learn an appreciation for the communication, and this is an exciting time to evolutionary nature of their changing be a part of it. The industry is rapidly changing, discipline and the ethical responsibilities and opportunities for you to shape the future incumbent upon media professionals. of audio and sound design abound. You will have the opportunity to combine your love of Requirements for the Major music, recording, and producing to prepare for • CME107, Music Skills for the Recording a challenging and rewarding professional career. Industry • CME109, Survey of the Recording Why study the Recording Industry Industry at Butler? • CME201, Audio Production Imagine yourself sitting behind a professional • CME220, Audio Lab audio console as you prepare to record a group • CME222, History of the Recording of musicians who are set up in the studio. Or, Industry you may be choosing sound effects to be edited • CME252, Theories and Techniques of into a film that you and other classmates are Sound Recording producing as a semester-long project. You may • CME320, Audio Independent Study also find yourself negotiating with the manager • CME352, Business Aspects of the of a local string quartet on behalf of Butler’s Recording Industry record label as you prepare for the release of • CME354, Advanced Audio Production the group’s latest CD. You can do all of these • CME452, Entertainment Media and the things and more when you study the recording Law industry at Butler. • CME454, Seminar in Recording Industry Small class size and quality faculty make • CME455, In-Training in Recording collaborative work possible from the first Industry year of study. Students start immediately in the major working on industry standard Related Required Courses hardware and software in class. There are • MT100, Elements of Music many opportunities within the curriculum • MK280, Introduction to Marketing for experiential hands-on learning both in • MT440, Introduction to Electronic Music our home studios and out in the workplace through internships. Students benefit from Total Hours Required For Graduation 126 Butler’s proximity to Indianapolis and all the entertainment venues a city of this size offers. Requirements for the Minor in RIS • CME109, Survey of the Recording Recording Industry Studies Student Industry Learning Outcomes • CME201, Audio Production • Students explore ways of knowing • CME222, History of the Recording in Recording Industry Studies (RIS) Industry finding, synthesizing, and understanding • CME252, Theories and Techniques of information in their field. Sound Recording • Students demonstrate an understanding • CME352, Business Aspects of the of the link between aesthetics and Recording Industry communication and are expected to be able to communicate effectively in written, oral, Directed Electives (6 credit hours) and mediated forms. • CME107, Music Skills for the Recording • Students demonstrate the ability to work Industry in collaboration with others and to develop • CME220, Audio Lab leadership potential. • CME320, Audio Independent Study • CME353, Audio for Video and Television • CME354, Advanced Audio Production 306 Butler University • CME454, Seminar in Recording Industry • Students demonstrate a mastery of the • CME455, In-Training in Recording technologies required in Digital Media Industry Production and learn to appreciate the role of media in a global society. Total hours for the minor 21 • Students learn an appreciation for the evolutionary nature of their changing Digital Media Production discipline and the ethical responsibilities incumbent upon media professionals.
Why study Digital Media Requirements for the Major in Digital Media Production? Production Digital Media Production is integral to the • CME106, Survey of Digital Media world of entertainment and communication. Production Studying digital media theory and technique • CME201, Audio Production provides the knowledge you need to move from • CME202, Multi-Camera Studio preproduction through finished project. You Production will also understand how to deliver your work • CME212, Writing for Electronic Media online or in traditional media. Digital Media • CME215, Video Editing Production allows you to use your creative • CME219, Design for the Web talent and understanding of a digital workflow • CME305, Electronic Field Production to build a career in the communication and • CME306, Multimedia Design and entertainment fields. Production • CME310, Directing the Narrative Why study Digital Media • CME415, Advanced Editing Production at Butler? • CME432, Electronic Media Law and Imagine designing, shooting, and editing Regulation or CME452, Entertainment your first project and distributing it online. Media and the Law Butler provides the small class size and quality • CME457, Media Project Design and faculty that make collaborative work possible Management from the first year of study. Students work on Butler University Core Requirements industry standard hardware and software in College of Communication Requirements class. There are many opportunities within Total Hours Required for Graduation: 126 the curriculum for experiential hands-on Requirements for the Minor in Digital learning in production facilities on campus Media Production and out in the workplace through internships. • CME106, Survey of Digital Media Additionally, students benefit from Butler’s Production proximity to Indianapolis and all media and • CME201, Audio Production corporate venues a city of this size offers. • CME202, Multi-Camera Studio Production • CME219, Design for the Web Digital Media Production Student Directed electives (9 credit hours) Learning Outcomes • CME212, Writing for Electronic Media • Students explore ways of knowing in • CME215, Video Editing Digital Media Production finding, • CME305, Electronic Field Production synthesizing, and understanding • CME306, Multimedia Design and information in their field. Production • Students demonstrate an understanding • CME415, Advanced Editing of the link between aesthetics and • CME457, Media Project Design and communication and are expected to be able Management to communicate effectively in written, oral, Total Hours Required for the Minor: 21 and mediated forms. • Students demonstrate the ability to work in collaboration with others and to develop leadership potential.
College of Communication 307 Courses CME219, Design for the World Wide Web: CME106, Survey of Digital Media: The course focuses on concepts and techniques An introduction to the history, concepts, of creating elements of a website, posting the techniques and trends in digital media. This site to the Web and maintenance of the site. course introduces the student to the world Prerequisite: CME106. (U)(3). Fall. of multimedia creation and its foundational principles. Students also learn to use some of CME220, Audio Lab: Independent Study: the basic tools of digital media. Prerequisites: This lab is designated as an opportunity for digital media production majors, journalism students who have completed MDA201 to hone majors, and DMP minors or permission of the basic audio recording, mixing, and editing skills. instructor. (U)(3). Fall and spring. Prerequisite: non-majors must have permission of the instructor. (U)(1). Fall and spring. CME107, Music Skills for Recording Industry Studies: An introductory course in music theory CME222, History of the Recording Industry: for the recording industry studies major. Specific This course examines the development of the topics include commercial music styles, music technology, business practices, rise, and decline notation, melody, rhythm, chords, and basic of the major record labels; the emergence of aural and keyboarding skills as they apply to digital recording; and significance of the musical the recording industry. Prerequisites: MT100 styles, genres, and historical figures important in or successful completion of a music theory the development of the recording industry. (U) placement exam. (U)(3). Fall. (3). Fall.
CME109, Survey of the Recording Industry: CME252, Theories and Techniques of Sound An introduction to the world of recording and Recording: The second audio production music production. This course will include the course. Emphasis on developing critical listening history of the recording industry, its current skills, microphone techniques, outboard gear, state, and where it may be headed in the near digital, and analog recording. Prerequisites: future. (U)(3). Fall. CME201 or permission of the instructor. (U) (3). Spring. CME130, Production Lab: Students participate in labs supporting the development CME290, Seminar in Media Arts: A of programming for distribution by the group or individual study of the problems, department. (U)(1).. Fall and spring. achievements, and opportunities in the fields of digital production, media, and cultural studies, CME201, Audio Production: Techniques of electronic journalism, or recording industry producing audio for broadcasting and related studies. Class will be conducted through fields. Editing, microphone placement, and research, discussion, and/or individual reports. sound recording will be studied. Non-majors (U)(3). Annually, term varies. must have permission of program director. (U) (3). Fall and spring. CME300, Honors Special Project: Preparation for honors thesis proposal. Taken in conjunction CME202, Multi-Camera Studio Production: with any 300 or 400 level MDA course. An introduction to the in-studio video Student’s independent inquiry that goes beyond production process. Basic camera operation, current course curriculum and individualized directing, and editing procedures will be covered. interactions with instructors are encouraged. Prerequisites: digital media production majors Fulfills program area honors course requirement. and minors or permission of instructor. (U)(3). Prerequisites: junior honors status. (U)(0). Fall Fall and spring. and spring.
CME215, Video Editing: This course CME302, Video Production II: Advanced introduces the student to the world of video studio production techniques including graphics, editing. Editing concepts and practice will be lighting, and production of program material. combined with discussion of editing aesthetics. Prerequisite: CME 202. (U)(3). Spring. Prerequisite: CME106 or permission of the instructor. (U)(3). Fall.
308 Butler University CME305, Electronic Field Production: The publishing, performing rights organizations, focus of this course is on cinematic techniques royalties, agents/ managers, and contracts. and aesthetics. Students will learn how to Prerequisite: CME109 or permission of properly use camera, microphones, and lights instructor. (U)(3). Spring. on location. The techniques and aesthetics involved in post-production will also be covered. CME353, Audio for Video and Television: Prerequisites: CME202 and CME215. (U)(3) Practical applications of all aspects of sound from Fall. pre- to post-production; location sound; boom audio and live miking techniques; music editing CME306, Multimedia Design and Production and sound design. Prerequisite: MDA201, 252, I: This course will introduce the student to the and 352. (U)(3). Spring. concepts, techniques, and trends in multimedia creation. Students will learn some of the basic CME354, Advanced Audio Production: This tools used in multimedia authoring to meet the course will give students the opportunity to producer’s communication goals. Prerequisites: expand upon their knowledge of an experience MDA106, MDA201, MDA202, MDA205, with recording, editing, mixing, and mastering MDA215, MDA219 and junior standing. (U) of projects, including the use of DAWs (Digital (3). Fall. Audio Workstations). Prerequisites: CME252 or permission of instructor. (U)(3). Annually, term CME310, Directing the Narrative: Explores varies. the translation of the written script to screens both large and small. Topics for discussion CME360, Recording Industry Practicum: include: the evolving roll of the director in Students will work in groups to write, perform, the creative process, the impact of emerging produce, record, and mix original content for technologies on the craft, and the business of Indianapolis based non-profit organizations. filmmaking. Students will utilize skills acquired The material produced will be suitable for in CME202 and CME305 in the production student portfolio use. Part of the class will also of a substantial final project. Prerequisites: be devoted to résumés, interviewing, and finding CME202 and CME305. (U)(3). Spring. employment after graduation. Prerequisites: CME320, 352. (U)(3). Spring. CME311, Genres in Cinema: This course examines specific styles, movements, and periods CME390, Seminar in Creative Media and in the history of cinema. One specific genre Entertainment: A group or individual study of will be studied during the course of an entire the problems, achievements, and opportunities semester. (U)(3). Occasionally. in the fields of digital production, media and cultural studies, electronic journalism, CME320, Audio Lab: Multi-track or recording industry studies. Class will be Independent Study: This lab is designated conducted through research, discussion, and/ as an opportunity for students to work in the or individual reports. Prerequisites: sophomore recording studio on multi-track projects such as or junior standing. Non-majors must have complete songs or collections of songs by small permission of the program director. (U)(3). to medium groups or ensembles. Prerequisites Annually, term varies. CME201, CME220. (U)(1). Fall and spring. CME400, Independent Study: An opportunity CME330, Production Laboratory: Students for the qualified student to pursue some participate in labs supporting the development investigative work on his or her own initiative. of programming for distribution by the Permission of department chair and instructor. department. Can be taken concurrently with (U)(1). Fall and spring. MDA 331. (U)(1).. Fall and spring. CME401, Independent Study: An opportunity CME352, Business Aspects of the Recording for the qualified student to pursue some Industry: This course will give students the investigative work on his or her own initiative. opportunity to expand upon their knowledge of Permission of department chair and instructor. recording industry business trends and practices. (U)(2). Fall and spring. Topics to be covered include copyright, music
College of Communication 309 CME402, Independent Study: An opportunity CME460, RIS Capstone-Advanced Audio for the qualified student to pursue some Production: In this portfolio-building capstone investigative work on his or her own initiative. course, students will be granted the opportunity Permission of department chair and instructor. to apply advanced microphone theory and (U)(2). Fall and spring. techniques as well as advanced signal processing and mixing techniques while working in small CME415, Advanced Video Editing: This groups to produce, engineer, and mix songs continues to develop concepts, techniques, and by Butler record label artists. Prerequisites: principles introduced in CME215. Prerequisite: CME352, 360. (U)(3). Spring. CME215. (U)(3). Spring. CME461, RIS Capstone-Record Label and CME432, Law and Regulation of Electronic Music Publishing Operations: In this capstone Media: A study of the laws, regulations, and course, senior Recording Industry Studies policies affecting the electronic media, including students gain experience and make industry broadcasting, cable, and developing electronic contacts through the Butler record label and media. Prerequisite: senior standing. Non-majors music publishing company. Topics include how must have permission of the program director. sound recordings and compositions are exploited (U)(3). Fall. and how royalties are generated, collected, and distributed; finding and signing talent. CME452, Entertainment Media and the Prerequisites: CME352, 360. (U)(3). Spring. Law: A survey of the major legal and business issues encountered by professionals in the CME475, Internship in Creative Media entertainment industry. Cases and problems will and Entertainment: On the job experience address intellectual property, music licensing, in a facility directly related to the student’s and other issues related to recording, film, degree objectives. Prerequisite: junior or senior broadcasting, and new media. Prerequisite: standing, 25-30 credits in major and approval of senior standing. Non-majors must have the program director. Majors only. (U)(6). Fall permission of the program director. (U)(3). and spring. Spring. CME490, Seminar in Creative Media and CME455, In-Training: In-training: On-the- Entertainment: A group or individual study of job experience in a facility directly related to the the problems, achievements, and opportunities student’s degree objective. Prerequisite: senior in the fields of digital production, media status. Majors only, with approval and approval and cultural studies, electronic journalism, of the program director. (U)(3). Fall and spring. or recording industry studies. Class will be CME457, Digital Media Project Design and conducted through research, discussion, and/or Management: This course builds the foundation individual reports. Prerequisites: junior or senior for creating and authoring digital media for all standing. Non-majors must have permission of delivery systems through successful planning program director. (U)(3). Annually, term varies. and project management. This course guides CME499, Honors Thesis: (U)(3). Fall and the student through the development process, spring. project design, and management that would be followed with any client when developing Eugene S. Pulliam School a communication plan involving the use of multimedia communication. This course is a of Journalism Administration “capstone” course, designed to put to practice Nancy Whitmore, Ph.D., director all the concepts and skills of a student into a focused, professional-grade project. Prerequisites: CME106, 201, 202, 215, 219, 305, 306 and Why Study Journalism? senior standing. For senior majors only. (U)(3). A journalism degree prepares you for a variety Spring. of challenging careers in the ever-changing and expanding world of mass communications.
310 Butler University The job market for journalism graduates is Indianapolis and throughout the country. vast because today virtually every successful Instructors with academic and professional organization—from the media to corporations, experience who know students’ first names will nonprofits and government entities—needs help them realize their goals. smart content producers with multimedia Journalism Program Student journalism skills. With a journalism degree, Learning Outcomes you will acquire professional skills that allow Students majoring in journalism at Butler you to tell stories and present information and will learn to produce professional-quality stories entertainment in a variety of ways and across and programming for a variety of audiences a variety of media. And with its emphasis on in a variety of media formats. In the process, source development, public records research, and students will develop professional skills, investigation, journalism is an excellent major for competencies, and knowledge in the following students who plan to attend law school. In short, areas: your journalism degree will apply no matter • Source development, interviewing, where your career path leads. observational reporting, documentary/ public records, research, and investigation. Why Study Journalism at Butler? • Critical analysis, skeptical thinking, From their first year to their last, journalism complex reasoning, and evaluation. students at Butler actively engage in a • Writing, visual communication and multimedia, learning environment that is design, audio and video communication, rich in hands-on experiences. Through these on-camera delivery, and online/interactive experiences, students develop sound critical communication. reasoning skills and learn to investigate, gather • Multimedia software programs appropriate information, and create content that can be to the field of journalism. disseminated across media platforms and • Team-building and collaboration. technologies. • Professional, ethical, and legal standards Butler journalism students spend three and responsibilities of the field. semesters working in the field, covering actual • Application of relevant analytical and news beats, and pursuing long-form, in-depth theoretical frameworks to the practice of stories in the Indianapolis metro area. All journalism in the U.S. and around the student-produced work is published on the globe. program’s website—IndianapolisNewsBeat. com—and is often picked up by news outlets Degrees across the state via a collaboration with the • Major in Journalism Hoosier State Press Association. In addition, • Minor in Journalism extensive opportunities exist, regardless of class year, to work for and participate in student- operated media organizations. All of these Requirements for the Major opportunities foster leadership, entrepreneurial One course in media technology: skills, independent judgment, and professional • CME106, Survey of Digital Media standards. They also allow students to apply One introductory course in print journalism: their creativity to media products and explore • JR112, News Writing: Print all forms of media—broadcast, print, online, Two introductory courses in electronic visual, social, etc.—to broaden employment journalism: opportunities. • JR113, News Writing: Electronic Internship opportunities in Indianapolis— • JR213, Electronic Journalism the nation’s 26th largest media market—and Two courses in multimedia journalism: Washington, D.C.—the nation’s 8th largest • JR212, Multimedia Journalism I media market—are also a large part of the • JR312, Multimedia Journalism II program, as well as an extensive alumni One course in visual communication or network of successful professionals in broadcast journalism: • JR311, Visual Storytelling and Design or • JR313, Advanced Reporting for Electronic Media
College of Communication 311 One practicum course: JR310, Producing Television News: • JR350, Media Internship, 3 hours or Techniques of producing, shooting, and editing • JR353, Media Internship, 6 hours news for television. Prerequisite: JR213. (U) One capstone course: (3). Spring. • JR412, In-depth Journalism Four conceptual courses: JR311, Visual Storytelling and Design: • JR409, Media Economics and Regulation Focuses on the art of telling a story through a • JR414, Mass Communication Law variety of digital techniques, media, and design • JR417, International Communication principles. Prerequisites: C- or above in JR212 • JR420, Mass Communication Ethics or JR213. (U)(3). Spring.
Plus 9 hours of additional communication JR312, Multimedia Journalism II: Coverage courses in an area of specialization. of city, state, and federal government, school board meetings, and courts in a converged media environment. Prerequisites: C- or above Requirements for the Minor in JR212 and JR213. (U)(3). Fall and spring. A minor in journalism consists of 18 credit hours in journalism, six of which are at the JR313, Advanced Reporting for Electronic 300- and 400-level. Media: The course concentrates on advanced reporting techniques for the electronic media. Courses Emphasis is placed on writing and on-air JR112, News Writing Print: This course presentation as well as strong production values. introduces the student to the techniques of Prerequisites: JR113, JR213 or permission of gathering, writing, and editing news for print the instructor. (U)(3). Spring. media. No prerequisites. (U)(3). Fall, spring, and summer. JR315, News Photography: A professional journalism course teaching the importance of JR113, News Writing Electronic: This course the visual image for communicating ideas and introduces the student to the techniques information with emphasis on the development of gathering, writing and editing news for of photojournalistic skills. Instruction covers broadcast media. The emphasis is on broadcast basic photographic concepts, digital camera style, basic aspects of writing news for radio, handling, and the aesthetics of photography. and television and broadcast news operations. Prerequisite: C- or above in JR112. (U)(3). Fall. (U)(3). Fall and spring. JR316, News Photography II: Advanced work JR212, Multimedia Journalism I: The in news photography. Prerequisite: C- or above application of beat reporting assignments in a in JR315 or the permission of the instructor. converged media environment. Prerequisite: C- (U)(3). Occasionally. or above in JR112, JR113, and CME106. (U) (3). Fall and spring. JR317, Editorial Writing: The nature and purpose of newsprint and electronic editorials. JR213, Electronic Journalism: This course Prerequisite: C- or above in JR112. (U)(3). concentrates on television reporting skills. Spring. Students learn to use portable cameras, audio equipment, and lighting equipment to gather JR333, Performance Lab: Students engage and produce news stories for television. in hands-on experiential learning using Prerequisite: JR113. (U)(3). Fall and spring. departmental facilities and equipment. (U)(1). Fall and spring. JR309, Feature Writing: Writing the feature story, interviewing, personality profiles, and the JR350, Media Internship: Supervised training human interest story. Prerequisite: C- or above that requires 15+ hours of work a week in in JR112. (U)(3). Spring. an internship directly related to the student’s degree and career objectives. Prerequisites: Journalism: JR212 and JR213. (U)(3). Fall and spring.
312 Butler University JR352, Post Media Internship: Supervised those factors that direct and constrain the training at a previous internship. Prerequisites: media. Prerequisites: junior or senior standing. C- or above in two JR350 classes with different (U)(3). Spring. positions and approval of the director. (P/F). (U)(1). Fall and spring. JR412, In-depth Journalism: This capstone experience focuses on creating an in-depth, JR353, Media Internship: Supervised training long-form reporting project that is disseminated that requires 30+ hours of work a week in in one of a variety of media formats depending an internship directly related to the student’s on the career interest and special skills of the degree and career objectives. Prerequisites: student. Prerequisite: C- or above in JR312. Journalism: JR212 and 213. (U)(6) Fall and (U)(3). Spring. spring. JR414, Mass Communication Law: Study JR355, Sports Journalism: The course will of the major legal standards underlying the provide a foundation for reporting and writing free speech clause of the first amendment about sports in an urban setting. Prerequisite: and the major legal issues confronting mass C- or above in JR112. (U)(3). Fall. communicators, including libel, privacy, access to information, journalist privilege, free press/ JR357, Web Design: The introductory course fair trial, commercial speech, and intellectual in Web Design focuses on website development property law. Prerequisite: junior or senior techniques and skills. Students will learn standing. (U/G)(3). Fall and spring. Web-based software and other critical Web basics. The course includes writing for the JR415, History and Literature of Journalism: Web, design, and layout, and best practices. The historical development of the press and Prerequisite: C- or above in JR112. (U)(3). the literature of the field. Historical trends and Spring. press freedom, from colonial times to present. Prerequisites: junior or senior standing (U/G) JR401, Independent Study: Provides (3). Occasionally. opportunity for qualified students to pursue a topic of individual interest. Open to juniors JR416, Mass Communications in Society: and seniors. (U)(1). Fall and spring. The role of the mass media and its social determinants, government and social utility, JR402, Independent Study: Provides ethics, values, and problems. Prerequisites: opportunity for qualified students to pursue junior or senior standing. (U/G)(3). a topic of individual interest. Open to juniors Occasionally. and seniors. (U)(2). Fall and spring. JR417, International Communication: JR403, Independent Study: Provides Study of critical issues in international opportunity for qualified students to pursue communication in an era of globalization. a topic of individual interest. Open to juniors Prerequisite: senior standing or permission of and seniors. (U)(3). Fall and spring. the director. (U/G)(3). Fall and spring.
JR407, Sportscasting: The course concentrates JR418, Gender and Media: Global Views: on advanced techniques in sports coverage for This course focuses on the representation the electronic media. Emphasis is placed on and participation of women and other writing and on-air presentation as well as strong disempowered groups in global media. Students production values. Prerequisites: JR313 (U) will study media that are produced, distributed, (3). Fall. and consumed across national boundaries as well as media in a national context, thereby JR409, Media Economics and Regulation: increasing their awareness of inequalities This course provides an overview of the and avenues for media activism. (U)(3). economic and regulatory concepts that have Occasionally. a distinct application on the structure and performance of media industries and focuses on
College of Communication 313 JR420, Mass Communication Ethics: This innovative program highlights the spirit This course focuses on the application of of a liberal arts education in partnership with ethical frameworks to ethical dilemmas faced preparation for a variety of exciting careers by the converged news media and mass related to media and communication, as well communication professionals. Student develop as graduate or law school. The MRC Program skills in analyzing ethical issues and making provides a bridge that enables students to ethical decisions. (U)(3). Spring. infuse practice with theory, and activism with scholarship, to demonstrate a commitment JR427, Special Topics in Journalism: to social justice and diversity. Faculty are an Thematic study of contemporary topics and enthusiastic group of well-published teacher- issues in journalism. May be repeated when scholars who are active in research and topics change. Prerequisite: permission of scholarship and who frequently present their director. (U)(3). Fall. work at national and international conferences. MRC students will have the opportunity to JR499, Honors Thesis: (U)(3). Fall and work closely with these faculty members on spring. teaching or research. Media, Rhetoric and Culture Media, Rhetoric and Culture Program Program Student Learning Outcomes Students will: Why study Media, Rhetoric • Acquire skills in and demonstrate systematic and innovative inquiry into the and Culture? production, reception, and circulation of Media, Rhetoric, and Culture is a dynamic public and mass-mediated communication. program that focuses on the analytical study of • Demonstrate an understanding of human and mediated communication. Studies historical, theoretical, and critical in MRC will prepare students for careers as perspectives as they apply to a variety of analysts and evaluators of rhetoric and media public and mass-mediated messages. messages, skills that are useful in a variety • Interpret, evaluate, and critique the of professions, including in government, at symbolic and shared processes of meaning nonprofits, and in private industry. This pro- making. gram will also prepare students for a graduate • Analyze how identity and power affect education in the social sciences, humanities, communication globally and locally. and law. No matter what career path, MRC will • Develop an appreciation of the value of enable students to be competitive contributors communication to promote community in a challenging marketplace and educate engagement and social justice. them on diversity to become thoughtful and • Demonstrate the ability to advocate responsible citizens in an increasingly mediated, appropriately and effectively in professional globalized world. The major and minor are and public contexts. valuable complements to other majors in the College of Communication and to several Degrees program across campus. • Major in Media, Rhetoric, and Culture • Minor in Media, Rhetoric, and Culture Why study Media, Rhetoric and Culture at Butler? Requirements for the Major The MRC Program at Butler is a unique The following courses are required: interdisciplinary program that combines • SW266-COM, Media Literacy perspectives from critical theory, media studies, • MRC310, Media and Cultural Theory or and rhetoric—fields of study that complement MRC315, Rhetorical Theory each other but are often separated in more • MRC398, Argumentation and Advocacy traditional communication programs. As such, • MRC465W, Communication and Cultural the program serves as a showcase for synergy. Criticism
314 Butler University Four courses from the following electives: MRC315, Rhetorical Theory: This course • MRC308, History of Film examines key theories and theoretical debates • MRC330, Representations of Race and within rhetorical studies. These areas may Difference include: rhetoric’s role in defining humanity, • MRC354, Gender and Communication culture, and the public sphere, power and • MRC368, Media and Politics communication, marginal groups and public • MRC376, Film, Culture, and Criticism discourse, gender/sex and rhetoric, the • MRC420, Queering Film influence of critical theory, and emerging • MRC462, Influence in Public Culture communication technologies and rhetorical • MRC463, Freedom of Speech and theory. (U)(3). Spring. Democracy • MRC468, Women and Rock MRC330, Representations of Race and • MRC470, Sports, Media and Culture Difference: Course investigates representations • MRC481, Technologies of the Body of race and racism in media culture and public • MRC482, Voices of Dissent and Social discourse. Race is a social fiction, yet remains Change a force in our history, culture, and lives. Course examines how we discuss racism and Requirements for the Minor represent race on news, film, and television. The MRC minor consists of 18 hours. The Prerequisite: Sophomore or above or permission following four courses are required: of instructor. (U)(3). Spring. • COM265, Media Literacy MRC352, Rhetorical Criticism: Introduction • MRC310, Media and Cultural Theory or to critical and interpretive research methods in MRC315, Rhetorical Theory rhetorical analysis and criticism. (U)(3). • MRC398, Argumentation and Advocacy • MRC465W, Communication and Cultural MRC354, Gender and Communication: Criticism This class examines communication practices in shaping and being shaped by gender. The Two courses from any 300/400-level courses study of gender and communication in public listed as part of the major. discourse, families, interpersonal relationships, organizations, and media are examined. We Courses explore how communication creates, (re) MRC308, History of Film: A survey of the produces, sustains, and sometimes challenges cinema from its birth in 1895 to the present, the meaning of gender and communication examining the medium from artistic, cultural, practices. (U)(3). Spring. and business perspectives. The course will look at noted personalities, at seminal films and at MRC368, Media and Politics: This both American and foreign movies. Readings, course investigates the connections between lecture and discussion, exams, and viewing of politics and the mass media. With the rapid numerous film clips. (U)(3). Fall. expansion of news outlets and the increasing amount of money involved, the increasing MRC310, Media and Cultural Theory: interdependency between politics and the This course surveys the development of mass media has become a source of fascination and communication and cultural theory and current concern. Prerequisite: Junior or senior standing. trends in the field. Prerequisite: Sophomore or (U)(3). Fall. above or permission of instructor. (U)(3). Fall. MRC376, Film, Culture and Criticism: MRC311, American Motion Pictures (1929– Introduces the concepts of film criticism. The present): The American motion picture from course considers the grammars of composition, the early talkies to the present with emphasis continuity, and editing; the conventions primarily on the ’30s, ’40s, and ’50s. Films and and variations involving narrative; and people responsible for major advances in theory the implications of film for understanding and techniques. Required readings, viewing, social relations based on gender, race, and and analysis of films, lectures, and discussion. class. Prerequisites: Sophomore or above or (U)(3). permission of instructor. (U)(3). Spring.
College of Communication 315 MRC390, Special Topics: An in-depth study MRC 465W, Communication and Cultural of a particular topic in the field of media, Criticism: Students will analyze mediated rhetoric, and culture. May be repeated when and popular culture texts from a critical- the topics change. (U)(3). Fall and spring. cultural perspective (semiotics, Marx, ideology, feminism). Through writing and reading in MRC398, Argumentation and Advocacy: critical theory and media studies, students will This course acquaints students to principles explore media representations of race, gender, and skills of effective argumentation pertinent sexuality, class, and other identity categories. to a variety of situations including politics, Prerequisites: Junior or senior standing or entertainment, and advertising. Students permission of instructor. (U)(3). critically examine the uses of advocacy in contemporary public culture and develop MRC466, Audience, Community and arguments about a contemporary public Fandom: Using qualitative research methods issue. Prerequisites: Sophomore or above or (data collection, field work, interviewing), permission of instructor. (U)(3). students will explore the relationship of audiences and fans with mediated texts. MRC412, Advocacy: Designed to acquaint Prerequisite: Junior or senior standing or students with key authors and issues involved permission of instructor. (U)(3). Fall. in the study of argumentative discourse in the public arena. Projects in analysis and synthesis MRC468, Women and Rock: Within a of arguments, research, and refutation. (U)(3). feminist studies framework, this course explores women’s past roles in the development of music MRC420, Queering Film: From a critical- within Western culture and more specifically cultural studies perspective, this course will rock ’n roll. While considering the intersections critically examine gay, lesbian, bisexual, of gender with race, class, and sexual transgender, and queer (GLBTQ) images orientation, we will also critically examine the in film. Examines both historical and current state of women in rock. Prerequisite: contemporary examples while recognizing Junior or senior standing. (U)(3). Spring. cultural conditions and industry restrictions imposed on queer life and images. Prerequisites: MRC470, Sports, Media and Culture: This Junior or senior standing or permission of class is a critical study of mediated sports and instructor. (U)(3). Spring. their relationship to society. The class will examine the major issues and controversies MRC462, Influence in Public Culture: This surrounding sports and their cultural impact. course examines the roll of communication and Prerequisite: Junior or senior standing. (U)(3). rhetoric in public and political life. It explores Spring. the concept of “public culture” as something constituted in discourse yet shaped by material MRC481, Technologies of the Body: As the forces: speeches, advertisements, television, body is always a site of power relations, it can music, art, literature, and those communicative be “read” to express a particular culture’s desires forces that actively constitute our concept of and anxieties. We will examine the technologies the “public sphere.” (U)(3). Fall. that we employ to alter, change, and “perfect” the human body in order to meet the demands MRC463, Freedom of Speech and and desires of contemporary life. (U)(3). Fall. Democracy: This course examines the relationship between freedom of speech, the MRC482, Voices of Dissent and law, and democratic citizenship. This includes Social Change: This course explores the an examination of the role of free speech and communication strategies that activists have the dissent in American democracy, critical and used to challenge the political and social rhetorical analysis of the First Amendment, injustices of their time. Case studies include Supreme Court cases, and discourses that women’s suffrage, civil rights, free speech, and complicate our understanding of free speech. anti-globalization movements. Prerequisite: Prerequisites: Junior or senior standing or Junior or senior standing or permission of permission of instructor. (U)(3). Fall. instructor. (U)(3). Fall.
316 Butler University MRC490, Special Topics: An in-depth study course offerings. The Indianapolis location of a particular topic in the field of media, offers students access to a variety of internships rhetoric, and culture. May be repeated when and experiences that prepare them to begin a topics change. (U)(3). Fall and spring. professional career immediately after graduation or facilitate their transition into graduate study MRC491, Internship: Offers students the in communication, business, health, technology, opportunity for a supervised educational work or legal programs, among others. In addition, experience in a setting pertinent to media, students in the Organizational Communication rhetoric, and culture. Prerequisite: Majors only and Leadership Program may take advantage (U)(1). Fall and spring. of the many co-curricular activities offered in the College of Communication, including MRC493, Internship: Offers students the Lambda Pi Eta communication honor society, opportunity for a supervised educational work Butler’s nationally recognized Speaker’s Lab, the experience in a setting pertinent to media, Butler Speech and Debate team, The Collegian rhetoric, and culture. Prerequisite: Majors only newspaper, and many other activities designed (U)(3). Fall and spring. to enhance social, academic, and professional development. MRC496, Independent Study: An The Organizational Communication and opportunity for qualified students to pursue a Leadership Program encourages students to think topic of individual interest. Prerequisite: Junior synergistically by requiring courses designed to or senior standing or permission of program build global expertise in communication theory, director. (U)(3). Fall and spring. critical thinking, analytical reasoning, and professional practice. The program also offers Organizational Communication students the opportunity to develop specific and Leadership expertise in organizational communication, Administration interpersonal and professional relationship Jessica Moore, Ph.D., program director management, social networks, and new technologies, ethics, and leadership. Whether Why Study Organizational students are considering local, national, or international positions and whether they are Communication and Leadership? interested in nonprofit or Fortune 500 careers, Organizational Communication and the Organizational Communication and Leadership is a major for the 21st century. Leadership Program offers a wide range of Successful organizations are often the result opportunities for students hoping to become the of people who understand the importance leaders of the future. of building and maintaining relationships, effectively communicating with organizational stakeholders, leveraging innovation wisely and Organizational Communication ethically, and leading with excellence. In short, and Leadership Learning successful organizations are the result of leaders Outcomes who communicate effectively. • Demonstrate the ability to communicate appropriately and effectively in a variety of Why Study Organizational interpersonal, group, organizational, and Communication and Leadership public settings. at Butler? • Apply the research methods appropriate In addition to Butler’s reputation for for studying human communication and excellence, faculty talents, location, and co- leadership. curricular activities make the Organizational • Demonstrate how and explain why Communication and Leadership Program at to engage in socially responsible Butler an excellent place to jumpstart students’ communication and leadership. education and professional careers. The • Analyze major theoretical approaches Organizational Communication and Leadership to the study of interpersonal, group, Program is built upon the expertise of faculty organizational, public and leadership with academic backgrounds and professional communication. expertise that match the program’s innovative College of Communication 317 • Demonstrate the ability to create and ORG315, Business and Professional implement appropriate and effective Communication: Instruction and training in organizational communication in the preparation and delivery of professional professional contexts. presentations, including multimedia Requirements for the Organizational techniques, management of meetings, Communication and Leadership interviewing, small group communication, and interpersonal and organizational Major communication. (U)(3). • ORG 301 Advanced Public Speaking or • ORG 315 Business & Professional Comm ORG350, Communication Theory: An • STR327 Research Methods introduction to contemporary models of • ORG350 Communication Theory communication and to experimental and field • ORG351 Small Group Communication research dealing with human communication. • MRC352 Rhetorical Criticism (U)(3). • ORG354 Interpersonal Communication • ORG358 Communication Ethics ORG351, Small Group Communication: • ORG362 Leadership and Communication Theory and practice in group discussion, • MRC398 Argumentation and Advocacy leadership, decision making, and interpersonal • ORG470 Organizational Communication communication in small groups. (U)(3). • ORG485 Senior Seminar (Rotating Topic) ORG353, Interpersonal Communication: • ORG404 Internship or The study of recent theory and practice COM404 Internship governing dyadic interactions in conversations In addition to major course requirements, and relationships. Writing intensive. (U)(3). students may need additional courses to meet ORG355, Communication Consulting: the college diversity requirement as well as earn Survey of communication consultancy, the minimum number of upper-level courses including assessment (audit) of communication needed to graduate at Butler. needs for clients; techniques of learning, training, and teaching; assessment and To meet the college diversity requirement, reporting of training outcomes; and how to students must take: become a consultant. (U)(3). • MRC 354 Gender and Communication or • ORG359 Intercultural Communication or ORG357, Health Communication: • MRC482 Voices of Dissent or This course introduces the student to • course designated by program director. communication issues involved in health care delivery systems, public health information Courses dissemination, and care-giver/recipient ORG215, Speech For Business: Competent interpersonal interactions. (U)(3). communicators are able to gather information through reading and listening and to convey ORG358, Communication Ethics: Study ideas through oral and written means. of ethical standards for communication. This course is designed to give students an Topics include standards for informative introduction to business communication and persuasive communication, problems of and the standards for effective professional advocacy, and plagiarism. (U)(3). communication. (U)(2). ORG359, Intercultural Communication: ORG270, Introduction to Organizational The purpose of this course is to lead students Communication: The course introduces to acquire the concepts and skills needed to students to the subfield of organizational effectively manage communicative encounters communication in communication studies, in which intercultural factors make a difference. with emphasis on the study of institutionalized (U)(3). patterns of interaction, which are typically ORG362, Leadership and Communication: planned, sequential, and systematic within This course introduces students to the complex organizations. No prerequisites. (U) theories and practices of leadership from a (3). communication perspective. Students will learn concepts of interpersonal, organizational, 318 Butler University public, and team leadership. Concepts of between these disciplines. The Strategic power, diversity, charisma, and ethics will be Communication Program, however, recognizes featured. Leadership styles of both historical that it is necessary for majors to understand and contemporary leaders will be examined. the synergistic nature of advertising and (U)(3). public relations to succeed in the strategic communication field. But success in strategic ORG470, Organizational Communication: communication relies on more than this, of Study and application of concepts from course. Program courses are rigorous, highly communication and organizational theory to interactive, and experiential. Students are functions and processes of communication not only introduced to concepts, processes, in business and professional organizations; and theories, but also are challenged to emphasis on speech communication apply their knowledge to solve real-world in interview, conference, network, and strategic communication challenges through organizational contexts. (U)(3). problem-based learning and service-learning ORG481, Topics in Communication Studies: opportunities, and national-level public An in-depth study of a particular topic in the relations and advertising competitions. Courses field of communication chosen from the areas are also small, typically less than 18 students, represented by the upper division courses in the and led by passionate and dedicated professors. department. (U)(3). Strategic Communication students also learn outside of the classroom as active participants ORG485, Senior Seminar in in the various extracurricular opportunities the Communication Studies: Capstone course program offers. Through participation in the in Communication Studies. Working in Public Relations Student Society of America consultation with a faculty member, students chapter and its student-run PR firm, advertising will complete a major research project and club, and an internship program that connects present their senior portfolio. Prerequisite: students with a diverse array of Indianapolis senior standing. (U)(3). Spring. businesses, advertising and public relations agencies, and nonprofit organizations, students Strategic Communication gain the real-world knowledge necessary for a Program: Public Relations successful career. and Advertising Strategic Communication Program Administration Student Learning Outcomes Rose Campbell, Ph.D., program director • In keeping with the liberal arts tradition, students majoring in Strategic Why Study Strategic Communication? Communication will gain a broad- Strategic communication emphasizes the based education that emphasizes an creation and distribution of socially responsible, understanding of the larger cultural context research-supported, and theoretically sound in which strategic communication occurs. targeted communication messages for both • On a practical level, students will also internal and external audiences. Strategic gain the theoretical foundation and communication majors, therefore, learn the industry-relevant skills to create and theories and skills required for successful produce effective oral, written, and visual written, visual, and oral communication. In communication messages for distribution addition, majors gain valuable skills related via a diversity of media, including print, to research, strategic thinking, and problem broadcast, and digital platforms. solving that will serve them well in professional • To achieve these ends, students learn to careers or graduate school. research, analyze, select, and organize relevant data and information; they learn Why Study Strategic Communication and apply relevant analytical or theoretical at Butler? frameworks to professional practices and While numerous programs offer courses situations; they critique and evaluate the in advertising and public relations, few have effectiveness of communication messages; successfully merged their curriculum to they work collaboratively to achieve desired reflect the increasing blurring of the lines College of Communication 319 goals; and they integrate communication One course in international communication: technology effectively into all of these • JR417, International Communication efforts. • JR418, Gender and Media: Global Views • Further, as the Strategic Communication • COM359, Intercultural Communication Program emphasizes the production of • or current equivalents socially responsible messages, students learn One course in communication theory: to appreciate and respect the professional, • COM350, Contemporary Communication ethical, and legal standards that govern our Theory field. • MRC310, Media and Cultural Theory • MRC315, Rhetorical Theory Degrees • MRC462, Influence in Public Culture • or current equivalents • Major in Strategic Communication with specializations in Public Relations or Advertising Requirements for Public • Minor in Strategic Communication Relations Specialization • All STR major requirements plus Requirements for the Major • STR328W Public Relations Writing • STR128, Promotional Writing I or course Two courses in public relations and related equivalent areas: • STR222, Principles of Strategic • STR341, Bateman Case Study Communication Competition • STR228, Promotional Writing II • STR342, Strategic Communication for • STR251, Design and Production for Nonprofits Practicum Strategic Communication • STR356, Sports Promotion • STR324W, Ethics and Case Studies in • STR357, Hospitality and Tourism Strategic Communication Promotion • STR327, Research Methods for Strategic • AA301, Principles and Practices of Arts Communication Administration • STR329, Strategic Media Planning • COM315, Business and Professional • STR350, Strategic Communication Speaking Internship • COM318, Workshop in Presentational • STR424S, Public Communication Speaking Campaigns • MRC398, Argumentation and Advocacy or One elective course in STR: • Other courses selected with permission of • STR321, Advertising Practices program director • STR322, Advertising Copywriting • STR328W Public Relations Writing Requirements for • STR332, Advertising Campaigns (Spring) Advertising Specialization • STR341, Bateman Case Study • All STR major requirements plus: Competition • STR321, Advertising Practices • STR342, Strategic Communication for Two courses in advertising and related areas: Nonprofits Practicum • STR322, Advertising Copywriting • STR356, Sports Promotion • STR332, Advertising Campaigns (Spring) • STR357, Hospitality and Tourism • STR356, Sports Promotion Promotion • STR357, Hospitality and Tourism • STR426, Special Topics in Strategic Promotion Communication • STR426, Special Topics in Strategic One course in media law: Communication • JR414, Mass Communication Law • COM315, Business and Professional • CME432, Law and Regulation of the Speaking Electronic Media • MK280, Principles of Marketing • CME452, Entertainment Media and the • MRC398, Argumentation and Advocacy Law • Other courses selected with permission of • or current equivalents program director 320 Butler University Requirements for the Minor in of public relations and advertising; emphasis Strategic Communication on professional quality, effective writing for a • STR128, Promotional Writing I or course variety of audiences across a number of media equivalent channels, both print and digital, including • STR222, Principles of Strategic social media. Prerequisites: STR128 or JR112 Communication and STR222. (U)(3). Fall and spring. • STR228, Promotional Writing II STR251, Design and Production for • STR251, Production and Design for STR: This course is an introduction to the Strategic Communication principles and practice of graphic design for One of the following courses: strategic communication. Students will learn • STR324W, Ethics and Case Problems in foundational design techniques with critical Strategic Communication thinking, typography, and an introduction to • STR327, Research Methods for Strategic concept development. Prerequisite: C- or above Communication in STR222. (U)(3). Fall and spring. One elective course in STR: • STR321, Advertising Practices STR321, Advertising Practices: This course • STR322, Advertising Copywriting introduces the student to the practice of • STR328W Public Relations Writing advertising in agencies and organizations, • STR331, Advertising Campaigns (Fall) including analyses of agency functions. • STR332, Advertising Campaigns (Spring) Students study audience analysis, diversity in • STR341, Bateman Case Study advertising, creative briefs, copywriting, and Competition strategic concept development for advertising. • STR342, Strategic Communication for Prerequisite: C- or above in STR222, STR228, Nonprofits Practicum STR251, and STR327. (U)(3). Annually, term • STR356, Sports Promotion varies. • STR357, Hospitality and Tourism Promotion STR322, Advertising Copywriting: This • STR426, Special Topics in Strategic course is an in-depth examination of creative Communication strategy and advertising copywriting, with a practical emphasis on the application of concepts, principles, and techniques to Courses develop persuasive copy tailored to various STR128, Promotional Writing I: Introduces communication media. Prerequisite: C- or students to strategic communication better in STR222, STR228 and STR251 (U) writing in a converged media environment, (3). Fall and spring. while instilling the important values and responsibilities that underlie communication in STR 324W, Ethics and Case Problems in a digital world. Prerequisites: none. (U)(3). Fall, STR: Ethical approaches in public relations spring, and summer. and advertising are examined using the case study method. The intensive-writing STR222, Principles of Strategic course emphasizes best practices in strategic Communication: A survey of strategic communication for internal and external communication for students interested in publics, as socially responsible global citizens public relations and advertising. Course and professional practitioners. Prerequisites: emphasizes the strategic communication C- or above in STR222 and STR228. (U)(3). industry, including its history, functions, Fall and spring. theories, ethics, and relations to marketing products, ideas, organizations, and people, and STR327, Research Methods for STR: the components of strategic communication Principles and exploration of qualitative and campaigns. Prerequisite: C- or above in quantitative methods for research employed STR128 or JR112. (U)(3). Fall, spring, and in planning, monitoring, and evaluating summer. public relations and advertising projects and campaigns. Prerequisite: C- or above in STR228, Promotional Writing II: STR222 and STR228 (U)(3). Fall and spring. Applications of strategic communication writing at the intermediate level, for the fields College of Communication 321 STR 328W, Public Relations Writing: STR352, Post Strategic Communication Advanced public relations writing, with Internship: Supervised strategic an emphasis on strategic public relations communication training in an internship. techniques for internal and external audiences Students work 15+ hours per week in an across multiple media channels including internship directly related to their degree and print, digital, and social media. Prerequisite: career objectives. Prerequisites: C- or above C- or above in STR222 and STR228. (U)(3). in two semesters of STR350 at different Annually, term varies. internship sites. (U)(1). Fall, spring, and summer. STR329, Strategic Media Planning: An introduction to media planning and media STR353, Strategic Communication relations for students interested in public Internship: Supervised strategic relations and advertising. Course emphasizes: communication training that requires 30+ media fragmentation; the concepts, theories, hours of work a week in an internship directly and strategies involved in planning, buying, related to the student’s degree and career and pitching messages in traditional and new objectives. This course also is used for the DC media; and the development of strategic media program internship credit. Prerequisites: C- or plans. Prerequisite: C- or above in STR222 and above in STR222, STR228, STR251, and STR228. (U)(3). Fall and spring. STR327. (U)(6) Fall, spring, and summer. STR332, Advertising Campaigns (AAF STR356, Sports Promotion: Overview of National Student Adv Comp): The American sports promotion, with particular emphasis on Advertising Federation’s National Student team sports. Course includes exploration of Advertising Competition will provide the promotions, sponsorships, ticket sales, media students with real-world experience by relations, community relations, and event creating a fully-developed strategic advertising management. Additionally, the interrelationship campaign plansbook for a corporate sponsor. of team, media, corporate, and civic Prerequisites: Permission of instructor. (U)(3). communities will be explored. Prerequisite: Spring. C- or above in STR222 and STR228. (U)(3). Spring. STR341, Bateman Case Study Competition: Student teams develop and implement a STR357, Hospitality and Tourism communication campaign for a national client Promotion: This course introduces students in the Public Relations Society of America’s to the field of hospitality and tourism with the annual Bateman competition. Prerequisite: key objective to prepare students for careers in Permission of instructor. (U)(3). Spring. this field. Students will learn essential strategic communication methods to promote cities and STR342, Strategic Communication for attract more tourists and convention groups. Nonprofits: This course helps students Prerequisite: C- or above in STR222 and hone skills while developing professional- STR228. (U)(3). Fall. quality communication tactics that will be published in a variety of media, distributed to STR401, Independent Study: Provides target audiences or staged and presented as a opportunity for qualified students to pursue special event. Communication activities are a topic of individual interest. Open to juniors implemented for a nonprofit selected by the and seniors. (U)(1). Fall, spring, and summer. instructor(s). Prerequisite: Junior standing and permission of instructor. (U)(3). Occasionally. STR402, Independent Study: Provides opportunity for qualified students to pursue STR350, Strategic Communication a topic of individual interest. Open to juniors Internship: Supervised strategic and seniors. (U)(2). Fall, spring, and summer. communication training that requires 15+ hours of work per week in an internship STR403, Independent Study: Provides directly related to the student’s degree and opportunity for qualified students to pursue career objectives. Prerequisite: C- or above in a topic of individual interest. Open to juniors STR222, STR228, STR251 and STR327. (U) and seniors. (U)(3). Fall, spring, and summer. (3). Occasionally.
322 Butler University STR 424CS, Public Communication STR426, Special Topics in Strategic Campaigns: Application of research-based Communication: Thematic study of strategic communication campaign methods contemporary topics and issues in strategic to address specific client problems and communication. May be repeated when topics opportunities for nonprofit organizations. The change. Prerequisite: Permission of director. service-learning course integrates the theories (U/G)(3). Fall, spring, and summer. and skills required for professional practice; the course serves as the capstone course for STR499, Honors Thesis: (U)(3). Annually, the major and fulfills both the ICR and term varies. Speaking Across the Curriculum requirements. Prerequisite: C- or better in STR222, STR228, To earn upper-level credits, students may select STR251, STR324W, and STR327. (U)(3). Fall guided electives in STR or in courses across the and spring. college and University.
College of Communication 323 324 Butler University Graduate Studies
Graduate education has been an integral part Experiential Program for Preparing School of Butler University since 1932. Over the years, Principals (EPPSP) our programs have evolved to meet the growing Master of Science in Education needs of an increasingly educated and diverse (Contact: Marilyn Sudsbury) society. Graduate level courses are offered Effective Teaching and Leadership Program in a number of departments for personal (METL): Master of Science in Education enrichment, and may lead to advanced degrees (Contact: Brooke Kandal-Cisco) or new professional credentials. School Counseling: Master of Science in School Counseling Contact Information (Contact: Brandie Oliver) Office of Graduate Admission Butler University College of Business 4600 Sunset Ave. www.butler.edu/business-mba Indianapolis, IN 46208-3485 (Holcomb Building, Room 120, 940-9221) Local: (317) 940-8100 Master of Business Administration Toll free: (888) 940-8100 Master of Professional Accounting Fax: (317) 940-8150 Email: [email protected] Jordan College of the Arts Web: www.butler.edu/admission (Contact: Lisa Brooks, Lilly Hall, Room 221, CEEB code: 1073 940-9064) www.butler.edu/academics/graduate-jca Contact the Office of Admission in Master of Music in: Robertson Hall at (317) 940-8100 for Composition application forms for graduate study. A list Conducting (choral or instrumental) of available programs and detailed program Music Education information may be found in the Graduate Music History Programs section at the end of this chapter, on Music Theory Butler’s website, or you may contact any of the Performance (piano, voice or orchestral colleges or departments listed below: instrument) Piano Pedagogy College of Liberal Arts and Sciences M.M. degree with a double major www.butler.edu/academics/graduate-las Master of Arts in English College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences (Contact: Lee Garver, Jordan Hall, Room 308, (Contact: Sudip Das, Pharmacy and Health 940-9859) Sciences Building, Room 353, 940-9134) Master of Fine Arts in Creative Writing www.butler.edu/academics/graduate-cophs (Contact: Andrew Levy, Jordan Hall, Room Master of Science in Pharmaceutical Sciences 308, 940-9859) Concentrations: pharmaceutics, pharmacology, Master of Arts in History medicinal chemistry, pharmacy administration, (Contact: Paul Hanson, Jordan Hall, Room and clinical sciences 349, 940-9680) Master of Science in Pharmaceutical Sciences/ Doctor of Pharmacy degrees College of Education Doctor of Pharmacy/Masters of Business (Graduate Studies Office, Jordan Hall, Room Administration (in collaboration with the 246, 940-9501) College of Business) www.butler.edu/coe/graduate/programs Master of Physician Assistant Studies Accelerated Alternative Program: Initial Licensure in Mild Intervention (P–12) (Contact: Theresa Meyer)
Graduate Studies 325 General Information university in the United States or other country Graduate Non-Degree-Seeking in which English is the official language. Butler seniors desiring to take graduate Admission courses may make special arrangements with A person holding a baccalaureate degree the dean of the college in which the graduate from a regionally accredited college or degree is to be earned. Credit for such courses university who wishes to enroll in graduate will not be recorded on a graduate record until courses at Butler University for purposes the bachelor’s degree is awarded and the student other than obtaining an advanced degree (e.g. has been admitted to a graduate program. for teacher licensure, to transfer to another Note: Students must be degree-seeking MBA or institution, or for self-enrichment), may file MPA admits to be eligible to enroll in College a non-degree application. Application forms of Business graduate-level courses. may be obtained from and submitted to the Students intending to work toward an Office of Admission. An official transcript with advanced degree must satisfy the prerequisites an attached baccalaureate degree posted must for the program. If prerequisites are to be be mailed directly from the issuing institution completed, the student may, under some to the Office of Admission. Applications and circumstances, be admitted with a stipulation supporting materials must be received one week that the courses be completed satisfactorily. If prior to the first day of the term. not admitted, a student may, depending on the If a non-degree student chooses to enter a college, enroll as a non-degree student while graduate degree program, the student must completing the prerequisites. complete a graduate degree-seeking application and follow the application procedures for that graduate program. Check with the Office of Applying for Graduate Admission Admission for exact dates. A maximum of 12 Applications may be obtained from the graduate credit hours completed as a non- Office of Admission and on Butler’s website. degree student may be applied toward the To be considered for admission to Butler selected degree program. Prospective students University’s graduate programs, all candidates should check with the individual college must submit the following: regarding their policy to non-degree candidacy. • The Application for Graduate Admission, accompanied by the non-refundable Graduate Degree-Seeking Admission application fee. Former Butler students are The following information generally is not required to submit the application fee. applicable to all graduate programs. For If a student applies online, the application exceptions and special requirements, refer to fee is waived as well. the Graduate Programs section for additional • An official transcript from each college admission requirements by college. or university previously attended must be Admission is based upon undergraduate mailed directly from the issuing institution. grades and other information as may be International students must hold a required for a specific program. Some programs degree from a school recognized by the may require standardized test scores (i.e. government or educational ministry within GMAT, MAT, GRE, etc.) in order to be the country. considered for graduate admission. These • International students also must provide test scores are valid for five years. Prospective official financial documentation as students may visit the departmental website required by the Bureau of Citizenship of their respective programs in order to obtain and Immigration Services and the U.S. more information regarding standardized test Department of State. requirements and waivers. • Students whose first language is not Students whose first language is not English English must meet a minimum level must demonstrate English proficiency by of proficiency in the English language taking either the TOEFL or IELTS exams. This and submit proof of this proficiency to requirement may be waived, however, if the the Office of Admission, unless they student has already received a baccalaureate or have already received a baccalaureate equivalent degree from a regionally accredited or equivalent degree from a regionally accredited university in the United States 326 Butler University or other country in which English is limits, graduate work taken at a regionally the official language. Minimum English accredited institution may be transferred and proficiency can be met by the following: applied toward the degree. Note: College of • Test of English as Foreign Language Business graduate transfer credits must be (TOEFL) indicating a minimum from an AACSB-accredited institution. In score of 213 (computer-based test), 79 order for credit to be transferred, a prospective (Internet-based test) or 550 (paper- student must receive a grade of an A or B. All based test), coursework must be approved by the student’s • Students not applying for the masters of Butler University academic advisor. Subject to science in pharmaceutical science may these restrictions, up to nine semester hours choose to meet English proficiency by may be transferred in 30-hour programs and completing the International English up to 12 hours may be transferred in 36-hour Language Training System (IELTS) and longer programs. The student should with a score of 6.0. file a transfer credit form with the Office of • Additional requirements for programs in Registration and Records for acceptance of each college, if any, are listed below. transfer credits. • All application materials become the property of Butler University. Transcripts Time Limitations received from other institutions will not Beginning at the time when their first be returned to the student or released to graduate degree-applicable course is taken, another institution or third party. students in 30-hour programs have five years to complete the degree requirements, and Renewed Enrollment students in longer programs have seven years to complete degree requirements. Any student whose attendance is interrupted by one academic year or more who wishes to return to the same academic program must file Degree Requirements an Application for Renewed Enrollment with Thesis/project: Some graduate programs the Office of Registration and Records. may require a thesis. Generally, three credit Students enrolled in a graduate program at hours are allotted for a thesis/project, Butler University 10 or more years ago must although six-hour projects may be authorized. submit a new degree-seeking application (see Regulations governing the preparation and Applying for Graduate Admission) and meet submission of the thesis are available from the current admission requirements. college in which the work is being done. If a Students seeking enrollment into a new comprehensive examination also is required, degree program or degree level must submit a half of the examination is allotted for the thesis new degree-seeking application (see Applying defense. Students may contact their respective for Graduate Admission) and meet current graduate program to see if their specific admission requirements. program requires a thesis. Only coursework taken subsequent to the Grade point average: Students must achieve new admission will be counted toward degree a grade average of B or better in all graduate requirements. All academic records, however, courses attempted. Courses in which a student will be maintained so that the transcripts will earns a C-, D or F will not be counted toward reflect all of the studies and cumulative grade degree requirements. While grades below a point average undertaken at Butler University. C are not counted toward the completion An official transcript for any college work of degree requirements, they are counted taken since a student’s last enrollment at Butler in determining the student’s grade point must be mailed directly from the issuing average. In no case may a student take more institution to the Office of Registration and than 12 credit hours in excess of the degree Records. requirements in order to satisfy the foregoing grade point requirement. Any graduate student, Graduate Transfer Credit whether degree-seeking or non-degree-seeking, who fails to make satisfactory progress in the All work toward a graduate degree should coursework may be declared academically be completed at Butler. However, under ineligible for additional enrollment. special circumstances and within certain Graduate Studies 327 Student Status previous recipients given preference. Graduate Full time: An individual must take a assistantships will be limited to a two-year minimum of nine and a maximum of 12 credits period for each recipient. Each student is of graduate-eligible courses per semester in required to pay regular tuition and maintain order to be considered a full-time student. approved health insurance during the course A petition could be filed for consideration of study. There is no assurance of financial of lesser credits for the final semester before assistance for any admitted applicant. graduation. International students with F1 visa The freedom to leave the program, for any status can be admitted for full-time status only. reason and at any time, will be available to all A maximum of four years would be allowed to students; however, untimely withdrawal from complete all the degree requirements. the program causes financial and emotional Part time: Prospective students should distress to the University community. contact their respective program to determine Therefore, to protect the University’s the feasibility of part-time enrollment for investment, it is the policy that any student timely completion of the degree. accepting the stipend as graduate assistant is • Applicants must comply with all admission expected to complete the M.S. program. Any requirements. such student leaving the program prior to • Professionals admitted in the program completion and without compelling reason must take a minimum of three credit will be required to pay back the full amount hours per semester and complete all degree of the stipend that has been awarded by the requirements within a maximum of seven University. years, with the didactic coursework being completed within five years of entry in the Conduct Code program. All graduate students are expected to comply • Research toward the thesis for the with the “Rights and Responsibilities” section M.S. in pharmacy and health sciences of the Butler University Student Handbook. program must be independent of research Graduate students enrolled in the programs of projects ongoing at the student’s place of the College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences employment and be publishable under an will also be expected to comply with the affiliation with Butler University. Professional Conduct Code outlined in the • Research must be conducted during the College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences Student course of the program. Handbook. • Part-time students will not be eligible for any financial assistance from Butler College of Liberal Arts and University. • The research advisor for the M.S. in Sciences pharmacy and health sciences program Master of Arts; Master of Fine Arts must be a full-time COPHS faculty (M.A., M.F.A.) English member. (M.A.) History The graduate program of the College Financial Assistance of Liberal Arts and Sciences consists of a A limited number of stipends in the form 30-hour program, including a thesis, or a of graduate assistantships will be provided non-thesis option of 36 hours, depending upon to qualified full-time graduate students departmental requirements. The departments conducting research in COPHS laboratories. offering graduate programs in the College of Graduate assistants will be required to work up Liberal Arts and Sciences should be consulted to 20 hours per week on campus on projects for specific requirements. assigned by the director of the graduate Admission: In addition to the general program, subject to valid immigration status. requirements of all candidates for graduate A full-time student must maintain a minimum admission (see Applying for Graduate cumulative GPA of 3.0 and show satisfactory Admission), students should refer to the progress in his/her research project in order application for admission for additional to qualify for financial assistance. Stipends materials needed for specific programs. will be competitively awarded every year, with
328 Butler University College of Education Applications are accepted throughout the Master of Science (M.S.) year. Students will be admitted to begin during the fall, spring, or summer terms. Admission: In addition to the general Completed applications (including all requirements of all candidates for graduate required materials) should be on file in the admission (see Applying for Graduate Office of Admission by the deadline date Admission), students should submit the printed on the application and listed below: following materials to the Office of Admission: • July 1 for fall term • GRE score of 291 or higher or MAT- • Nov. 15 for spring term scaled score of 396 or higher. Exceptions: • March 15 for summer term 1) Students who have already completed a master’s degree; 2) students whose Degree Requirements: The program undergraduate cumulative GPA is 3.0 or requires 33 graduate credit hours. Students may higher; or 3) students who have 15 hours also be required to complete up to 10 credit graduate work with a 3.5 GPA or higher. hours of foundation courses, depending upon • Additional materials required as indicated grades and the currency of business-related on the Application for Graduate courses in their undergraduate curriculum. Admission. Students must accumulate a minimum of two G points by completing a designated global College of Business elective course. Students are required to achieve Master of Business Administration a 3.0 GPA to graduate from the program. As students progress through the program, they (MBA) may choose to continue toward a general The faculty of the COB has identified the degree or earn one or more of the following following objectives for students completing its concentrations: finance, international business, MBA curriculum. They address what students leadership, marketing. should know, be able to do, and value: Identify Curriculum: Three components comprise the fundamental drivers of business and show the MBA curriculum: Foundation Core (10 how integrated business knowledge can be credit hours): provide the necessary background used to solve business problems. Identify the and competency in functional areas to prepare dynamics affecting business in the international for the graduate core courses. Graduate Core economy. Display the ability to work effectively (25 required credit hours): offer an integrated in teams. Practice high ethical standards in framework on contemporary leadership their decision-making. Accept and support perspectives and management practices. that organizational change is a natural business Analytical tools and ethical aspects of decision process. making are incorporated. International business Admission: The MBA admission committee considerations are an important part of the takes a holistic approach to the admission coursework. The objective is to provide an process. Factors that are considered include integrated management educational experience undergraduate record, GMAT score, career appropriate for leaders in a dynamic business experience and letters of reference. However, we environment and a growing international do require applicants to achieve an acceptable economy. Concentration courses (8 credit GMAT score to be admitted to the program. hours): allow students to develop expertise in In addition to the general requirements of all finance, international business, leadership, or candidates for graduate admission (see Applying marketing. for Graduate Admission), students should submit the following materials to the Office of Master of Professional Accounting Admission: • two letters of reference (MPA) • a Graduate Management Admission The Butler University College of Business Test (GMAT) score sent directly by the offers the Master of Professional Accounting Education Testing Service (MPA) program for those students choosing • a current résumé to pursue a career in public or corporate accounting. It is primarily designed for students who already hold an undergraduate degree in
Graduate Studies 329 accounting. Non-accounting majors are eligible academia, and/or in obtaining advanced degrees. to apply only if they have completed all of the Admission: Applicants are required to prerequisite courses. The MPA degree, when possess a basic degree in chemical, biological, or combined with an undergraduate business pharmaceutical sciences, or other appropriate degree, will enable students to meet the CPA degrees. Following admission, any applicant certification requirement of 150 hours of post- identified to be deficient by the Research and secondary education, mandated by most states. Graduate Review Committee with a bachelor’s- Admission: Students are admitted to the level background in chemical or biological MPA program in Fall. There are two options sciences will be required to take courses in regarding admission requirements for the the respective areas in addition to the M.S. in MPA program. Option 1: Degree-seeking pharmaceutical sciences requirements. application, cumulative GPA of 3.0, and GPA Requirements: of 3.0 in AC301, AC302, AC325, and one • Bachelor’s degree in appropriate discipline upper-level accounting elective. Option 2: with a minimum 3.0 GPA or equivalent Degree-seeking application, GMAT, and two (official transcript required). letters of recommendation. The application • Aptitude tests (official scores must be deadline is July 1, but Butler students are received from Educational Testing Services, encouraged to apply in January before the start New Jersey). of their full-time internship. • Test of English as Foreign Language Degree Requirements: The program (TOEFL) (not required of anyone with a requires 30 graduate credit hours. These credit U.S. bachelor’s degree). hours are divided into three categories: core (17 • A TOEFL score of 550 (paper-based credit hours), concentration (nine credit hours), test), 213 (computer-based test) and electives (four credit hours). Students must or 79 (Internet-based test) meets complete at least one of the designated global Butler University’s English language concentration or elective courses. Students are proficiency requirements. Butler’s required to achieve a 3.0 GPA to graduate from TOEFL school code is 1073. the program. • Graduate Record Examination (GRE). Curriculum: Three components comprise Each applicant is required to submit a GRE the MPA curriculum. MPA core (17 credit score. The minimum GRE cutoff score for hours): provide the necessary foundation admission for each year will be determined in financial accounting and reporting, by the Research and Graduate Committee. managerial applications, auditing, and taxation. • Brief résumé. Concentration (nine credit hours): allow • Personal statement indicating a specific area students to develop fluency and expertise in of research interest and career goals. financial reporting or taxation. Elective (four • Three letters of recommendation credit hours): give students an opportunity evaluating the applicant’s ability to to explore areas beyond their concentration, complete the program successfully. such as law, nonprofit and government, or • International students must meet the international accounting. financial independence criteria established by the University. Each applicant is evaluated based on a College of Pharmacy and comprehensive review of undergraduate Health Sciences transcripts, statement of purpose, letters of recommendation, previous research experience, Master of Science in Pharmaceutical and GRE score. International applicants Sciences Degree will be interviewed over the telephone and The College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences domestic candidates may be invited for a (COPHS) offers the Master of Science (M.S.) in campus interview. Quality publications or pharmaceutical sciences in five areas of emphasis: other scholarly experience, although not pharmaceutics, pharmacology, medicinal required, serve to strengthen the application. chemistry, pharmacy administration, and clinical For international students, admission is sciences. The mission of the master’s program is valid subject to obtaining appropriate visa to educate students for pursuing research careers credentials. Meeting minimum admission in the pharmaceutical/biomedical industry or in requirements does not ensure admission. 330 Butler University The admission process will follow two • As mentioned before, the research advisor steps, 1) preliminary inquiry, 2) formal must be a full-time COPHS faculty application with required non-refundable member. fees. The response to the preliminary inquiry will be issued by either the admission office Financial Assistance or the Department of Pharmaceutical The College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences; however, the formal application Sciences does not normally provide can ONLY be made to the admission office scholarships or tuition waivers for M.S. of Butler University. After initial screening, students. Depending on the availability of the admissions office will forward the external funding, a limited number of partial eligible applications to the Department of tuition stipends in the form of graduate Pharmaceutical Sciences for the decision. The assistantships will be provided to qualified, director of the graduate program at COPHS, in full-time graduate students conducting discussion with the interested research faculty, research in COPHS laboratories. Graduate will send the recommendations for admission assistants will be required to work up to 20 to the admission office. hours per week on campus on projects assigned by the Director of the Graduate Program, Student Status subject to valid immigration status. A full- Full time: A full-time student must be time student must maintain a minimum taking a minimum of nine and a maximum cumulative GPA of 3.0 and show satisfactory of 12 credits of graduate-eligible courses per progress in his/her research project to qualify semester. If a graduate student is registered for financial assistance. Tuition stipends will only for research and thesis courses (RX701- be competitively awarded every year, with 706) that apply toward the completion of the previously awarded students given preference. research projects, the student is considered to Graduate assistantships will be limited to be enrolled full-time, although the number a two-year period for each recipient. Each of credits enrolled may be below the normal student is required to pay regular tuition or full-time course load. A Reduced Course discounted tuition and maintain approved Load (RCL) authorization form must be health insurance during the course of study. submitted by the respective F-1 student under There is no assurance of financial assistance for any circumstance when a graduate student is any admitted applicant. taking fewer than nine credits. A maximum of The freedom to leave the program, for any four years is allowed to complete all the degree reason and at any time, will be available to all requirements. students; however, untimely withdrawal from Part time: Working professionals may the program causes financial and emotional pursue the M.S. in pharmaceutical sciences on distress to the University community. a part-time basis. The conditions are: Therefore, to protect the University’s • The applicants must comply with all investment, it is the policy that any student admission requirements. accepting the tuition stipend as a graduate • Professionals admitted into the program assistant is expected to complete the M.S. must take a minimum of three credits program. Any such student leaving the program per semester and complete all degree prior to completion and without compelling requirements within a maximum of seven reasons will be required to pay back the full years, with the didactic coursework being amount of the stipend that has been awarded completed within five years of entry in the by the University, with the only exception being program. compelling medical reasons. • Research towards the M.S. thesis must be independent of research projects ongoing Curriculum at the student’s place of employment and The master’s program is an intensive must be publishable under an affiliation curriculum of didactic courses and thesis with Butler University. research. Successful completion of the M.S. in • Research must be conducted during the pharmaceutical sciences degree will require at course of the program. least 30 semester credit hours with not fewer • Part-time students will not be eligible than six hours of research credit. The findings for any financial assistance from Butler University. Graduate Studies 331 of the research must be compiled into a thesis Elective Courses (minimum of 6 and defended with an oral presentation and credits) an oral examination by the thesis committee. RX 630, Advanced Toxicology: The principles Coursework is as follows: of toxicological mechanisms or drugs and environmental chemicals in the biological Required Core Courses for Emphasis systems. Prerequisite: Clinical Biochemistry or Areas of Pharmaceutics, Pharmacology equivalent, or permission of instructor. (U/G) and Medicinal Chemistry (3). Variable. (total 12 credits) RX632, Drug Abuse-Pharmacology, RX780, Current Topics in Pharmaceutical Chemistry, and Social Aspects: This course Sciences: Discussion of current research topics will examine from a multidisciplinary in pharmaceutical sciences (G)(1). Variable. perspective the phenomenon of the recreational use of mind-altering drugs like alcohol, RX781, Seminars in Pharmaceutical nicotine, opioids, cocaine, and hallucinogens. Sciences: Graduate students, faculty, and Prerequisite: one semester of college-level guest speakers present research topics in biochemistry. (U/G) (3). Spring. pharmaceutical sciences. (G)(1). Variable. RX786, Advanced Drug Delivery: Critical Each student will be enrolled in one credit assessment of drug carrier systems, including hour of Current Topics in Pharmaceutical transport of drug molecules across membranes. Sciences or Seminar in Pharmaceutical Sciences Prerequisite: instructor’s permission. (G)(3). per semester, for a minimum of four total Variable. credits in the program. Each student is required to present at least two seminars as part of his/ RX787, Industrial Pharmacy: Preformulation her master’s program, one of which may be the and Product Development: Study of thesis defense. Students must enroll in RX781 physicochemical principles of drugs and during the semester in which their seminar excipients for optimization of bioavailability. presentation will take place, and RX780 during Case studies in formulation, production, the remaining semesters. Regardless of the and evaluation of pharmaceutical products. course in which the student is enrolled, all Prerequisite: instructor’s permission. (G)(3). graduate students are required to attend all Variable. graduate seminars presented in COPHS. RX788, Molecular Pharmacology: This RX782, Ethics in Research: Discussion and course covers concepts of molecular biology case-based approaches in the ethics of research, in application to drug action and new publication, and reviewing of manuscripts and drug development. Specific sections cover grants. Included are core instructional areas consecutive steps leading to normal and recommended by the NIH Office of Research pathological gene expression, cellular signal Integrity. (G)(1). Variable. transduction/malfunction, molecular biology of cancer, and pharmacogenomics. Course RX783, Introduction to Pharmaceutical includes introduction to current research Research: An introduction to basic principles methodology and analysis of scientific data. (G) of pharmaceutical research including formation (3). of hypothesis, literature search, scientific writing, and regulatory affairs. (G)(2). Variable. Additional elective courses will be included as per the recommendation of the Research and RX784, Experimental Design and Data Graduate Review Committee. Analysis: Approaches in experimental design Deficiencies in curricular background and statistical analysis of data. (G)(2). Variable. may be addressed by requiring appropriate RX785, Biopharmaceutical Analysis: Theory undergraduate courses as determined by and practice of bioanalytical techniques in the thesis committee and/or director of the chemical and molecular biology-based analyses. graduate program. Additional coursework and/ Prerequisite: B.S. level background in Analytical or research credits to fulfill the requirements Chemistry. (G)(3). Variable. of the M.S. degree will be determined by the thesis committee. 332 Butler University Academic Progress Thesis Defense The Research and Graduate Review The student will present an open seminar Committee will evaluate the academic progress and appear for an oral examination by the thesis of M.S. students. Master’s students must committee. The committee will recommend maintain a minimum cumulative GPA of the graduation of the student to the faculty and 3.0 for satisfactory continuation of study. to the dean of COPHS subject to satisfactory Students with a cumulative GPA below 3.0 completion of the didactic courses and other will be placed on probation. Any appeal for requirements. non-research course grade disputes and/or A student failing in the open seminar or disciplinary action should be submitted to the the oral examination may appear for a second Research and Graduate Review Committee. A opportunity to complete the specific part of the decision by the Research and Graduate Review thesis defense. Committee can be appealed to the COPHS Academic and Professional Affairs Committee. Student Ownership of A decision of the thesis committee on the thesis Intellectual Property and the thesis defense will be considered final. For students who help create a copyrightable A grade of INCOMPLETE will be assigned work or patentable invention with one or more for Research and Thesis (RX701-706) at the University employees (faculty and/or staff), end of the respective semester until the thesis the following guidelines from the University’s defense is complete, as it is difficult to justify Intellectual Property Manual may help you the research outcomes based on the student’s determine when the University has certain performance for a particular semester. rights in a work or invention you have been involved in producing while at Butler. If the Research Proposal work or invention was created or conceived A research proposal summarizing the goals, with the “substantial use” of University objectives, and a timeline of the research resources, then the work or invention may be project must be submitted within one year of subject to University ownership and control, admission of the student. The proposal must with the student and/or faculty member having be approved by the thesis committee and the certain rights as spelled out in the University director of the graduate program. Intellectual Property Policy. For example, rights in a patentable Classified or Proprietary Study invention arising from a student’s participation Each M.S. student is required to submit a in a faculty research project that makes thesis and present an open seminar on his/her “substantial use” of University resources will research findings. In addition, the student is be owned by the University, with any income required to disseminate the research findings from the patents being shared between at national meetings and submit manuscript(s) the University, faculty, and student as set for publication. Therefore, in order to protect forth in the University Intellectual Property the student’s interest, it is not advisable to Policy. The policy thereby establishes the involve him/her in any classified or proprietary means and incentive for commercialization research. of the invention. As another example, if a student creates copyrightable subject matter M.S. Thesis in collaboration with a faculty member for Each student is required to submit a thesis a project produced at the direction of the prepared on the research findings. The thesis University, the work is considered to be a “work should be compiled following the format made for hire” under the U.S. Copyright Act, provided. and ownership rights vest with the University. However, the ownership of copyrightable Publication works that are not produced at the direction The research project should aim at of the University, even those created with publication of the findings in peer-reviewed “substantial use” of University resources, will research journals and submission of the work as generally continue to be owned by the creators preliminary data for extramural funding by the of the work with some rights being reserved for research advisor. the University.
Graduate Studies 333 While the above is a general overview with 2. The application for graduate admission. some examples, please do not hesitate to ask This is available online or from the a faculty member for guidance, or refer to the University Graduate Admissions Office. Butler University Intellectual Property Manual, There is a $35 application fee; this fee is available at www.butler.edu/birs/websnap/ waived if the application is filed online. documents/IPPmanual.pdf, for the specific Former Butler students are also not guidelines. Additionally, the Butler Institute for required to submit the application fee. Research and Scholarship is a valuable resource 3. An official transcript from each college to help with questions related to these matters, or university previously attended. These and can help ensure that any intellectual must be mailed directly from the issuing property is properly protected and given the institution to the University Graduate best opportunity to be commercialized. Admissions Office. An undergraduate Master of Physician Assistant Studies (See degree must be completed before graduate the College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences study can begin. If the undergraduate chapter for more information.) degree is other than music, the Pharm.D./M.S. in Pharmaceutical requirements of Butler’s bachelor of arts Sciences (See the College of Pharmacy degree will be used by the director of and Health Sciences chapter for more graduate music studies, together with information.) the appropriate faculty, to create an individualized plan of study, including any remedial work. Remedial work may also be Jordan College of the Arts required in other instances depending upon the undergraduate degree and the graduate Master of Music degree program. • Composition 4. The Graduate Record Examination (GRE) • Conducting (choral or instrumental track) General Test. Admission decisions are • Music Education (thesis or non-thesis based on a number of factors including track) undergraduate GPA, audition/interview • Music History results, letters of recommendation, • Performance (piano, voice, or orchestral and GRE scores. Typical GRE scores instrument) (middle 50 percent) for Butler master • Piano Pedagogy (thesis or non-thesis track) of music students are 970-1270 (verbal plus quantitative) and 4.5-5.0 (analytical M.M. Degrees with a Double Major writing). Students may also earn an M.M. degree • This requirement is waived for applicants with a double major by combining two of who have an earned master’s degree in any the above areas. One area will be declared the field. primary major; the other will be the secondary • To take the GRE, students may visit GRE. major. Applicants will need to complete the org or take the exam at a Sylvan Learning relevant audition/interview for both majors. Center. One location in Indianapolis is For complete details, see M.M. Degrees with a 2727 E. 86th St.; (317) 257-7546. Butler’s Double Major on the JCA website. GRE code is 1073. 5. Three letters of recommendation. The A. Admission Requirements letters must be on letterhead that reflects Applications for graduate admission in the place of employment of the person music must be completed by Feb. 15. Students providing the recommendation; the applying after Feb. 15 may be considered recommender should comment on the if space is available. Standard admission applicant’s musical and academic abilities. requirements (included for every degree plan): The letters should be sent to: 1. The School of Music Graduate Application Office of Graduate Admissions, Butler is available through the University University, 4600 Sunset Ave., Indianapolis, Graduate Admission Office. The IN 46208-3485 application should be mailed directly to the 6. For international students, a TOEFL score director of graduate music studies. of 550 (paper-based test), 213 (computer- based test), or 79 (Internet-based test) is 334 Butler University required. In addition, the applicant must musicology faculty of the School of Music. demonstrate financial resources sufficient Performance: An audition is required; an to meet all education and living expenses audition tape, preferably a video recording, prior to visa issuance. Additional details are may be sent in lieu of a live audition. A list available from the admission office at (317) of audition requirements is available from the 940-8100 or toll-free at (888) 940-8100. School of Music admissions office and listed • If the undergraduate degree is from an below. American university, or from a country Piano Pedagogy (both tracks): A live where English is the official language, audition/interview is required. Applicants there is no TOEFL requirement. This should plan to play from memory selections requirement is also waived for students from at least three of the following areas: who successfully complete the highest level J. S. Bach: prelude and Fugue or larger of English instruction at the American work; classical sonata by Haydn, Mozart, or Language Academy (ALA). Also acceptable Beethoven; significant work from the Romantic is an IELTS (International English period; Standard 20th-century work. You Language Training System) score of 6.0. will also be asked to sight-read as part of this • To clarify, the U.S. Bureau of Citizenship audition. Each audition/interview is scheduled and Immigration Services and the U.S. for 30 minutes. Department of State require non- • A 45-60 minute DVD demonstrating immigrant students to demonstrate teaching abilities must be sent to the financial resources sufficient to meet all director of graduate music studies, education and living expenses for at least postmarked no later than one week before one year of study prior to visa issuance. the audition date.
Specific Additional Admission B. M.M. Performance Audition Requirements, by Degree: Requirements Composition: The candidate must submit Each audition includes a short interview. scores and recordings of his/her original music. Voice: Prepare 30 minutes of memorized In addition, the applicant must arrange for a repertoire from which the audition personal interview with the composition faculty committee will choose. The audition will last of the School of Music. approximately 20 minutes. Repertoire must Conducting—Choral: An audition, include at least one selection in French, Italian, including both conducting and a solo and German, as well as one aria from opera or performance on either piano or in voice, oratorio. Repertoire should represent various is required; a videotape of the applicant periods and styles. Auditioners should bring a conducting a rehearsal or performance (front copy of undergraduate transcripts (unofficial) view) may be substituted for the live audition. and a résumé detailing his/her performance In addition, the applicant must arrange for a history and repertoire. Auditioners may bring personal interview with the choral conducting their own accompanist or, with sufficient faculty of the School of Music. notice, one will be provided. Conducting—Instrumental: An audition Strings: Be prepared to play for 20-30 or videotape of a recent performance is required minutes, with repertoire representing at least to be approved by the instrumental conducting three different periods (Baroque, Classic, faculty of the School of Music. Romantic, 20th century). No accompanist Music Education (both tracks): The will be provided or required, however you may applicant must arrange for a personal interview bring your own accompanist if you choose. At with the music education faculty of the School least one piece must be memorized. Sight- of Music. reading may also be included in your audition. Music History: A document representing The audition will include a short interview. undergraduate music history work is required Brass and Woodwinds: Students should and should be submitted to the director of be prepared to play entire work(s) from the graduate music studies along with the School standard repertoire. Selected works should of Music application. In addition, the applicant be musically and technically advanced, i.e., must arrange for a personal interview with the suitable as major works on a senior recital. An
Graduate Studies 335 accompanist is strongly recommended. Etudes, count as elective credit in the student’s scales, arpeggios, and orchestral excerpts may degree plan, but will not fulfill specific also be included. Students should confer with course area requirements. the faculty member with whom they wish • All incoming graduate students, including to study about specific requirements and Butler University graduates, are required appropriate repertoire. to take the appropriate exams. More Piano Performance: Applicants should plan information concerning these exams is sent to play from memory selections from at least to all incoming students. three of the following areas: J. S. Bach: Prelude and Fugue or larger work; Classical sonata Non-degree Graduate Students by Haydn, Mozart, or Beethoven; significant • A person holding a baccalaureate degree work from the Romantic period; standard from a regionally accredited college or 20th-century work. You will also be asked to university who wishes to take graduate sight-read as part of this audition. work for purposes other than obtaining an C. Acceptance advanced degree (e.g., for teacher licensure • The Graduate Office of Admission will to transfer to another institution, or for notify each applicant by mail as to whether self-enrichment) may file a non-degree admission has been granted. Any qualifying application. Application forms may be conditions will be indicated in the obtained from and submitted to the Office acceptance letter. of Graduate Admission, and are also • Upon admission, a student is assigned to available online. an academic advisor. • An official transcript with a baccalaureate • To change from one music degree program degree posted must be mailed directly from to another, a student must submit a new the issuing institution to the Office of graduate application to the Office of Graduate Admission. Applications must be Graduate Admission and be admitted into received one week prior to the first day of that program. class. • Students who do not enter with a • If a non-degree student chooses to enter bachelor’s degree in music will be required a graduate degree program, the student to complete the coursework required for must complete a graduate degree-seeking Butler’s Bachelor of Arts degree in music application and follow the applicable in addition to the graduate coursework admission procedures for the appropriate prescribed for their degree program. major. D. Diagnostic Exams • All non-degree students are urged to • The Graduate Music Diagnostic Exams are become degree-seeking by the time they administered prior to the start of classes, have completed 9-12 semester hours of and are required for placement purposes. graduate credit. A student can petition the The following exams are administered: director of graduate music studies to have • music theory—required of all degree plans up to 12 hours of non-degree work applied • music history—required of all degree plans toward the degree program. • diction—required of vocal performance and choral conducting majors Complete details of the Graduate Program • translation—required of music history in Music, including the specific requirements majors. The student may choose either for each degree and major, are available online French or German; a dictionary may be or from the School of Music office. used. • A student who does not pass one or all of Note: The College of Business MBA and these exams will be required to take the MPA graduate programs do not permit non- required remedial course in their area of degree-status graduate students to enroll in deficiency within the first 12 credit hours graduate-level courses. of coursework. These remedial courses
336 Butler University
338 Butler University Trustees, Faculty, and Administration
Board of Trustees Rollin Dick Consultant Chairman MH Equity Investors LLC Indianapolis, IN Craig E. Fenneman ’71 Owner and CEO Julie Russell Dilts ’92 Southern Bells Inc. Counsel Indianapolis, IN Roche Diagnostics Corporation Indianapolis, IN Vice Chairman Keith W. Burks MBA ’90 John B. Dunn ’77 Partner Community Leader Bindley Capital Partners Greenwood Village, CO Indianapolis, IN Keith R. Faller ’71 MBA ’78 Gary Aletto Executive Vice President (Retired) Owner and CEO WellPoint, Inc. Bright Sheet Metal Carmel, Indiana Indianapolis, IN Dr. Thomas Fischer ’75 Dennis Bassett MBA ’79 Orthopedic Surgeon Chairman Indiana Hand to Shoulder Center Chase Indiana Indianapolis, IN Indianapolis, IN Ronald Langston Kathryn G. Betley Principal Community Leader Langston Global Enterprises LLC Indianapolis, IN Washington, D.C.
Gary D. Butkus ’88 James P. Lill ’70 Director, Health Education CEO Eli Lilly and Company Mid American Group Inc. Indianapolis, IN Westmont, IL
John D. Cooke ’62 Betty Lofton ’51 Managing Director, Senior Institutional Community Leader Investments Consultant Indianapolis, IN Wells Fargo Advisors Indianapolis, IN Judge Jane Magnus-Stinson ’79 U.S. District Judge for the Southern District Richard Cummings ’73 of Indiana President-Programming, Radio Division Indianapolis, IN Emmis Communications Corporation Burbank, CA Steve McKenzie ’83 President James M. Danko, Ex-Officio McKenzie Design LLC President Suwanee, GA Butler University Indianapolis, IN Bryan A. Mills President and CEO Claude Davis Jr. ’83 Community Health Network President and CEO Indianapolis, IN First Financial Bancorp Cincinnati, OH Trustees, Faculty, and Administration 339 Jamie Phillippe Stephen Briganti ’64 Vice President President and CEO Development and Donor Services Statue of Liberty – Ellis Island Foundation Chicago Community Trust New York, NY Chicago, IL Clarence Crain ’73 Robert N. Postlethwait MBA ’74 Program Directors, Education Department President (retired) Lilly Endowment Inc. Neuroscience Product Group Brownsburg, IN Eli Lilly and Company Zionsville, IN Keith J. DeTrude ’76 Executive Vice President Jatinder-Bir Singh “Jay” Sandhu ’87 Shepherd Insurance and Financial Services President Carmel, Indiana NYX Inc. Northville, MI Thomas Elrod ’70 President of Markeing and Entertainment Howard L. Schrott ’76 (Retired) President Inspirations, Inc. Schrott Consulting Winter Park, FL San Francisco, CA Edwin J. Goss Howard Shearon ’61 Chairman and CEO (Retired) Partner (Retired) American States Insurance Companies Ernst & Young LLP Tucson, AZ Indianapolis, IN Michael R. Henderson Joshua Smiley Chairman and CEO Senior Vice President Diversified Investment LLC CFO Lilly Research Laboratories (Family Investments) Eli Lilly and Company Indianapolis, IN Indianapolis, IN Judith K. Johnson ’61 Steven F. Walker Senior Counsel (Retired) Chairman and CEO Hunton & Williams LLP Walker Information Inc. Dallas, TX Indianapolis, IN Thomas A. King ’66 James P. White Thomas A. King Consulting Professor Emeritus of Law Indianapolis, IN Indiana University Robert H. McKinney Thomas E. Reilly Jr. School of Law Chairman of the Board (Retired) Indianapolis, IN Reilly Industries Inc. Billie Lou Wood ’51 Indianapolis, IN Community Leader Dr. Paul E. Schmidt Indianapolis, IN Consultant Cardiovascular Diseases Trustees Emeriti (Adult Cardiology) Indianapolis, IN Hugh A. Barker Chairman and CEO (retired) Rev. Jean M. Smith ’65 PSI Energy (now Duke Energy, Inc.) Program Director (Retired) Indianapolis, IN Lilly Endowment Inc. Indianapolis, IN
340 Butler University Richard L. Stohler ’63 Mary H. Andritz, dean, College of Pharmacy President (Retired) and Health Sciences. B.S. Pharmacy, University CSPI Inc. of Pittsburgh, 1973; Pharm.D., University of Tampa, FL Buffalo, 1975
Kwadwo Anokwa, professor of Faculty 2013–2015 communication. B.A. University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee, 1975; M.A. University of Daniel Abbott, assistant professor of Wisconsin, Madison, 1977; Ph.D. Michigan education. B.S. Butler University, 1977; M.S. State University, 1991 Indiana University, 2003; Ph.D. ibid. 2012 Alexander J. Ansara, associate professor of Nicholas Abel, assistant professor of education. Pharmacy Practice. B.S (biology), University of B.A. University of Northern Iowa, 2001; M.Ed. Cincinnati, 1998; B.S. Pharmacy, University University of Hawaii-Manoa, 2004; Ed.D. of Cincinnati, 2001; Pharm.D., University of Minnesota State University-Mankato, 2013 Cincinnati, 2002; Internal Medicine Specialty Residency, St. Luke’s Hospital, St. Louis, 2003 Susan Adams, assistant professor of education. B.A. Indiana State University, 1985; M.S. Priscilla Arling, associate professor of Indiana University, 2006; Ph.D., ibid., 2012 management information systems. B.S. (information systems) Virginia Commonwealth Susan Adamson, assistant professor of University, 1980; MBA University of Missouri, education. B.S.E. Lesley College, 1973; M.S.E. 2000; Ph.D. University of Minnesota, 2006 Indiana University, 1998; PhD. ibid., 2004 Cutler Armstrong, instructor in Jose Roberto Alexander Quintanilla Aguilar, communication. B.S. Butler University, 1999; assistant professor of Spanish. B.S. University M.S. ibid., 2003 of El Salvador, 1997; Maestría, Escuela de Lexicografia Hispánica, Madrid, Spain 2001; Elaina Artemiev, associate professor of theatre. M.A. West Virginia University, 2004; Ph.D. M.F.A. Russian State Theatre Institute, 1983; University of Florida ABD ibid.; Ph.D. Russian Academy of Theatre Art-GITIS, 2008 Olujide Akinbo, associate professor of chemistry. B.S. University of Ibadan, 1986; Kendra M. Atkinson, assistant professor M.S. ibid., 1989; Ph.D. Northern Illinois of Pharmacy Practice. Pharm.D., Butler University, 1997 University, 2004; Residency, Clarian Health Partners, Indianapolis, Ind., 2005; Specialty Erin L. Albert, assistant professor of Pharmacy Residency, Clarian Health, Indianapolis, Ind., Practice. B.S. Pharmacy, Butler University, 2006 1994; MBA, Concordia University, 2001; Pharm.D., Shenandoah University, 2005, JD, Larry Attaway, department chair and Indiana University, 2012 associate professor of dance. B.M. Florida State University, 1971 Jarrett R. Amsden, associate professor of pharmacy practice. Pharm.D., West Craig W. Auchter, associate professor of Virginia University School of Pharmacy, political science and director, Peace Studies 2001; Residency, Palmetto Health Richland program. B.A. Antioch College, 1973; M.A. Memorial Hospital, 2002; Specialty Residency University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, in Infectious Diseases, West Virginia 1986; Ph.D. ibid., 1994 University Hospitals, 2003; Infectious Diseases Pharmacology Research Fellow, University of Adam Azman, instructor in chemistry, B.A. Arkansas for Medical Sciences, 2003 Xavier University, 2005; Ph.D. University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, 2010 Ian Anderson, assistant professor of communication. B. Mus. Oberlin Conservatory of Music, 1998; MFA Middle Tennessee State University, 2009 Trustees, Faculty, and Administration 341 Dan Barden, professor in English and Kathleen Boyd, associate professor of music. director of creative writing. B.A. University of B.M. Oberlin Conservatory of Music, 1992; California, Berkeley, 1983; M.F.A. Columbia M.M. State University of New York at Stony University, 1990 Brook, 1994; Diploma, Hochschulle für Musik Hannover, 1995; Fulbright Scholarship, ibid., Chad Bauman, department chair and associate 1999–2000; D.M.A. State University of New professor in religion. B.A. Goshen College, York at Stony Brook, 2000 1996; M.Div. Princeton Theological Seminary, 1999; Ph.D. Princeton Theological Seminary, Margaret A. Brabant, professor of political 2005 science. B.A. San Francisco State University, 1985; M.A. University of Virginia, 1988; Ph.D. Kimberly M Beck, assistant professor of ibid., 1991 pharmaceutical sciences. B.S. Pharmacy, Butler University, 1986; Ph.D. The Ohio State Donald Braid, director, Center for Citizenship University, 1991 and Community, lecturer in English and Change and Tradition. B.S. University of Brooke Beloso, assistant professor of Gender, Illinois, 1978; M.A. Indiana University, 1990; Women and Sexuality Studies, B.A. American Ph.D. ibid., 1996 University, 1998; Ph.D. Emory University, 2008 Scott Bridge, instructor in communication. B.S. Butler University, 1982; M.S. ibid., 1991 Robert B. Bennett Jr., department chair and professor of business law. A.B. Davidson Timothy R. Brimmer, professor of music. College, 1977; JD University of Georgia School B.M. Central Michigan University, 1980; M.E. of Law, 1980 Northern Michigan University, 1982; D.A. Ball State University, 1989 Bruce L. Bigelow, professor of geography. B.A. Syracuse University, 1965; M.A. Pennsylvania James Robert Briscoe, professor of music. B.S. State University, 1970; Ph.D. Syracuse University of Alabama, 1972; M.A. University University, 1978 of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, 1974; Ph.D. ibid., 1979 Ann Bilodeau, clinical faculty and director of the Butler Speech-Language Clinic. B.S. Davis H. Brooks, professor of music. B.F.A. Purdue, 1982; M.S. Purdue, 1984 Pennsylvania State University, 1975; M.M. Yale University, 1977; D.M.A. State University of Stephen Bloom, professor of education. B.A. New York at Stony Brook, 1986 University of Northern Iowa, 1973; M.A.Ed. ibid., 1984; Ph.D. University of Iowa, 1987 Kathryn Brooks, associate professor of education. B.S. Indiana University, 1994; M.S. Meghan M. Bodenberg, associate professor Indiana University, 2002; Ph.D. Kansas State of pharmacy practice. Pharm.D., Butler University, 2006 University, 2000; Residency-PGY-1, Clarian Health Partners, Inc 2001; Residency-PGY-2, Lisa Evans Brooks, professor of music. ibid 2002 B.M. West Virginia University, 1980; M.M. ibid.1981, D.M.A. State University of New John Neil Bohannon III, professor of York at Stony Brook, 1990 psychology, W. A. Dunn Distinguished Professor. A.B. Fairfield University, 1970; Bernadette K. Brown, assistant dean for M.A. University of Hartford, 1972; Ph.D. student affairs, College of Pharmacy and State1975 University of New York at Stony Brook, Health Science and associate professor of pharmacy practice; B.S. Purdue University, Daniel Bolin, School of Music chair and 1979; Pharm.D. ibid., 1981 associate professor of music. B.M. Butler University, 1970; M.M. ibid., 1975; Ed.D. Christine A. Buck Taylor, associate Indiana University, 1988 professor of communication. B.A. Michigan State University 1982; M.A. Georgia State 342 Butler University University, 1988 Christopher Bungard, assistant professor Richard A. Clark, professor of music and of classical studies. B.A. Denison University, director of instrumental activities. B.M. 2002; M.A. The Ohio State University, 2004; Manhattan School of Music, 1986; M.M. ibid., Ph.D. ibid., 2008 1988
Andrew J. Butler, visiting assistant professor Bruce D. Clayton, associate dean and professor of paychology. B.A. Butler University, 2006; of pharmacy practice. B.S. University of Ph.D. Indiana University, 2012 Nebraska–Lincoln, 1970; Pharm.D. University of Michigan, 1973; Residency, University Hilary Buttrick, assistant professor of business Hospital, Ann Arbor, Mich., 1974 law. B.A. DePauw University, 1999; JD, Indiana University School of Law-Indianapolis, Krista M.C. Cline, assistant professor of 2002 sociology. B.S. Northern Illinois University, 2001; M.A. ibid., 2003; Ph.D. Purdue Craig Caldwell, associate professor of University, 2007 management, department chair for Marketing and Management; B.B. Anderson University, Joseph Rocky Colavito, professor of English. 1988; MBA Virginia Polytechnic Institute and B.A. St. Bonaventure University, 1982; M.A. State University, 1993; Ph.D. University of ibid., 1984; Ph.D. University of Arizona, 1992 Pittsburgh, 2003 Kenneth D. Colburn Jr., professor of Ronald Caltabiano, dean, Jordan College of sociology. B.A. Rutgers University, 1972; M.A. the Arts and professor of music. B.M. The York University (Canada), 1974; Ph.D. ibid., Juilliard School, 1982; M.M. ibid., 1983; 1980 D.M.A. ibid., 1988 Henry F. Cole, professor of pharmacology. B.S. Rose Campbell, associate professor of Ohio Northern University, 1962; M.S. The communication; program director, strategic Ohio State University, 1964; Ph.D. ibid., 1968 communication; B.S. University of Kansas, 1988; M.S. Purdue University, 1993; Ph.D. Joshua Cole, instructor of mathematics. B.A. ibid., 1998 University of Dallas, 2004; M.A. University of Notre Dame, 2008; Ph.D. ibid., 2010 Terri Carney, department chair, Moden Languages, Literatures and Cultures, professor John S. Cornell, associate professor of history. of Spanish. B.A. Cornell University, 1987; B.A. Princeton University, 1980; M.Phil. Yale M.A./M.A.T. SUNY– Binghamton, 1989; University, 1985; Ph.D. ibid., 1990 Ph.D., University of Kansas, 1999 Deborah Corpus, professor of education. Tim Carter, director, Center for Urban B.S. Butler University, 1974; M.S. Indiana Ecology. B.S. University of Tennessee, 2000; University, 1977; Ed.D. ibid., 1985 Ph.D. University of Georgia, 2006 Tracy J. Costello, assistant professor of Zhi-Hong Chen, professor of computer science pharmacy practice. Pharm.D. Butler University, and software engineering. B.S. South China 2008; Postgraduate: Pharmacy Practice Institute of Technology, 1982; M.S. ibid., Residency–Community Health Network, 2009; 1985; M.A. Wayne State University, 1988; PGY2 Residency in Pharmacotherapy ibid, Ph.D. ibid., 1991; M.A. ibid., 1993 2010
Sally Childs-Helton, Special Collections Rebecca Cramer, assistant professor of Librarian/University Archivist and Associate education. B.A. California Baptist University, Professor. B.M.E. East Carolina University, 1999; M.A. University of California-Riverside, 1976; M.A. Indiana University, 1980; M.L.S. 2006; Ph.D. Indiana University-Bloomington ibid., 1981; Ph.D. ibid., 1990 (ABD)
Marek Cholewa, professor of dance. Nikolai Rimsky Korsakov Conservatory, St. Petersburg, Russia Trustees, Faculty, and Administration 343 Janis Crawford, instructor in communication Sudip K. Das, associate professor and studies. B.S. Ball State University, 1982; M.A. director of research and graduate programs in ibid., 1983 pharmaceutical sciences. B.Pharm, Jadavpur University, 1981; M. Pharm, Jadavpur Jon Crabiel, artist-in-residence in percussion. University, 1983; Ph.D. in Pharmaceutics, B.A. Eastern Illinois University, 1992; M.A. Jadavpur University, 1988; Postgraduate ibid., 1995 Scholar in Pharmaceutical Technology, University of Ghent, 1986; Postdoctoral Kenneth Creech, professor of communication. Research Fellow, University of Queensland, Fairbanks Chair in Communications. B.S. 1991 University of Cincinnati, 1972; M.A. ibid., 1973; Ph.D. Wayne State University, 1978 Jason Davidson, instructor of management information science. B.S. in telecommunica- Pamela L. Crowell, chair and professor of tions, Butler University, 2001; MBA Morehead pharmaceutical sciences. Ph.D. University State University, 2008 of Wisconsin, 1988; Postgraduate: Human Oncology, University of Wisconsin, 1991 Vivian Deno, associate professor of history. B.A. California State University, 1995; M.A. Medhane G. Cumbay, assistant professor of California State University, Irvine, 1996; pharmacology. B.S. Oregon State University, Ph.D., ibid., 2002 MGMT 1995; Ph.D. Purdue University, 2004 Stanley E. DeRusha, professor of music. B.S. Roberto Curci, associate dean and professor University of Wisconsin–Milwaukee, 1968; of finance, Eugene R. Ratliff Endowed Chair M.M. University of Wisconsin–Madison, 1973 in Finance. B.S. ICESI University Columbia, 1989; B.B.A. ibid., 1991; MBA University of Patricia S. Devine, assistant professor of Miami, 1993; Ph.D. University of Texas Pan- pharmacy practice. B.S. in pharmacy, Butler American, 1999 University, 1986. Pharm.D. Shenandoah University, 2008 Lauren M Czosnowski, assistant professor of pharmacy practice. B. Pharm.Sci. Purdue Penny Dimmick, professor of music. B.S. University, 2006; Pharm.D. ibid, 2006; Taylor University, 1978; M.M. Ball State Residency PGY-1, Methodist University University, 1980; D.A. ibid., 1994 Hospital, Memphis, TN, 2007; Residency PGY-2—Internal Medicine, ibid, 2008 Rebecca Dolan, director, Friesner Herbarium. B.S. University of Michigan, 1978; Ph.D. Michael Dahlie, assistant professor of English, University of Georgia, 1983 B.A. Colorado College, B.A. Colorado College, 1992; M.A. University of Wisconsin, Madison, Thomas E. Dolan, professor of biological 1995; M.F.A. Washington University, 1999. sciences. B.A. University of the South, 1973; Ph.D. University of Georgia, 1983 Robert H. I. Dale, department chair and professor of psychology. B.S. McGill University, Steven D. Dolvin, associate professor of 1971; M.A. Dalhousie University, 1975; B.A. finance. B.A. Malone College, 1995; MBA Oxford University, England, 1979; M.A. ibid., Miami University, 1997; M.S. University of 1979; Ph.D. University of Western Ontario, Kentucky, 2003; Ph.D. ibid., 2004 1979 Courtney Droms, assistant professor of Nandita G. Das, associate professor of marketing. B.S. in marketing and international pharmaceutical sciences. B. Pharm. Banaras business, Georgetown University, 1999; Ph.D., Hindu University, 1988; M.Pharm, Banaras University of South Carolina, 2009 Hindu University, 1990; Ph.D. University of Pittsburgh, 1995 Katharina Dulckeit, professor of philosophy. B.A. University of California at Davis, 1975; M.A. ibid., 1978; Ph.D. ibid., 1985
344 Butler University Lacey P. Echols, instructor, coordinator, Hala M. Fadda, assistant professor of mathematics support services. B.A. University pharmaceutical sciences. M.Pharm. University of Texas at Austin, 1970; M.A.T. Duke of London, 2002; Ph.D. ibid., 2007; Post University, 1971 Graduate Fellowships: University of London, 2007–2010, Purdue University, 2011 Gary R. Edgerton, dean, College of Communication, and professor of Lisa Farley, assistant professor. B.S. University communication. B.A. College of the Holy of Wisconsin-River Falls, 1988; M.S. University Cross, 1974; M.A. University of Massachusetts, of Wyoming-Laramie, 1989; Ed.D. Ball State 1979; Ph.D. University of Massachusetts, 1981 University, 2005
Elise Edwards, department chair of History Frank Felice, associate professor of music and Anthropology associate professor of composition. B.M. Concordia College, anthropology. B.A. Stanford University, 1991; 1984; M.M. Butler University; 1992, Ph.D. M.A. University of Michigan, 1996; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1998 ibid., 1996 Stephanie Fernhaber, assistant professor of Stephanie L. Enz, assistant professor of management. B.A. in business management pharmaceutical sciences and lab coordinator. and Spanish, Ripon College, 1997; MBA B.S. Pharmacy, The Ohio State University, Marquette University, 1999; Ph.D. Indiana 1988; Pharm.D., Shenandoah University, 2008 University, 2006
Tamara Y. Erkina, research assistant professor Richard E. Fetter, associate professor of of pharmaceutical sciences. M.S. Leningrad (St. marketing. B.A. Otterbein College, 1973; CPA, Petersburg) State University, 1982; M.B. A. in 1979; MBA Indiana University, 1985; Ph.D. Biotechnology Patent Law, ibid, 1992, Ph.D., ibid., 1994 Russian Academy of Sciences, St. Petersburg, 2010 Zachary Finn, clinical professor of risk management and insurance, B.S., Insurance Alexandre M. Erkine, associate professor of and Risk Management, Indiana State pharmaceutical sciences. Ph.D. Leningrad (St. University, 2000; M.S., Management, Florida Petersburg) State University, Russia, 1987; State University, 2007 Post Graduate: Leningrad State University 1990, Three University of Amsterdam 1991, William Fisher, professor of theatre. B.A., University of Guelph 1993, Louisiana State Indiana University, 1979; M.F.A. equivalent, University 1998 L’Ecole de Mime Etienne Decroux
Eric Esterline, CCOM multi-media Hilene Flanzbaum, director of MFA program coordinator, teaching staff. B.S. Butler and Allegra Stewart Professor of English. University, 1998; M.S. Indiana University, B.A. Brandeis University, 1980; M.A. Johns 2010 Hopkins University, 1982; Ph.D. University of Pennsylvania, 1991 Kelli Esteves, program coordinator and assistant professor of education. B.A. Hope Ryan Flessner, assistant professor of education. College, 1999; M.A. Western Michigan B.S. Butler University, 1997; M.A. Teachers University, 2003; Ed.D. ibid., 2007 College, Columbia University, 2002; Ph.D. University of Wisconsin-Madison, 2008 John Esteb, associate professor of chemistry. B.S. Michigan State University, 1995; Ph.D. Christopher Forhan, associate professor of University of Massachusetts, 2001 English and director of creative writing. B.A, 1982., M.F.A. University of Virginia, 1987 Shelley Etnier, associate professor of biological sciences. B.S. University of Tennessee, Kathie Freed, instructor of mathematics. B.A. Knoxville, 1991; Ph.D. Duke University, 1999 Butler University, 1976; M.S. ibid., 1979
Trustees, Faculty, and Administration 345 Donald R. Frosch, associate professor and Jane M. Gervasio, department chair and research coordinator in Physician Assistant associate professor of pharmacy practice. B.S. Program. B.S. Physician Assistant Studies, Butler University, 1988; Pharm.D. Butler University of Wisconsin-Madison, 1983; M.S. University, 1995; Critical Care-Nutrition Finch University of Health Sciences, 2003 Support Residency, University of Tennessee — Memphis, 1996; Fellowship — Metabolic Bryan Furuness, instructor in first year Support, ibid. 1998 seminar program. B.A. Indiana University, 1997; M.F.A. Warren Wilson College, 2008 Brian Giesler, associate professor of psychology. B.A. Cornell University, 1987; Shelly Furuness, program coordinator and Ph.D. University of Texas, 1993 assistant professor of education. B.S. Indiana University, 1997; M.S. Butler University, 2005, Jeffrey Gillespie, professor of music. B.M. Ph.D., Indiana University, 2008 Birmingham–Southern College, 1982; M.A. Eastman School of Music, 1986; Ph.D. Indiana Irune del Rio Gabiola, assistant professor of University, 1996 Spanish. B.A. Universidad de Deusto, Spain 1999; M.A. University of Illinois, Urbana- Amanda C. Gingerich, assistant professor Champaign, 2002; Ph.D. ibid., 2008 of psychology. B.A., Gettysburg College, 1998; M.A., Towson University, 2001; M.A., Mary Frances Gaede, Scholarly University of Virginia, 2004; Ph.D. ibid., 2008 Communication Librarian and Assistant Professor. B.A. The University of Texas at Kathy A. Paulson Gjerde, associate professor Austin, 2011; M.S. ibid, 2013 of economics. B.A. Emory University, 1989; M.S. Purdue University, 1991; Ph.D. ibid., John W. Gaisser, associate professor of 1993 mathematics and actuarial science. A.B. Wabash College, 1965; M.A. Indiana University, 1967; Stuart S. Glennan, associate dean, LAS, Ph.D. ibid., 1971; A.S.A. 1981 professor of philosophy. B.A. Yale University, 1985; M.A. University of Chicago, 1988; Dennis C. Gardner, associate professor of Ph.D. ibid., 1992 pharmacy practice. B.S. Pharmacy Purdue University, 1972; Pharm.D. Mercer University, Liliana Goens, instructor of Spanish. B.A. 1976; Residency, Shands Teaching Hospital, Andes University, Colombia, 1981; M.A. Saint University of Florida, 1973 Michael’s College, 1984
Lee Garver, director, graduate English Jason Goldsmith, associate professor in program and associate professor of English. English. B.A. University of Michigan, 1991; B.A. Northwestern University, 1988; M.A. M.A. University of Virginia, 1999; Ph.D., University of Chicago, 1989; Ph.D. ibid., 2001 ibid., 2004
Margaretha Geertsema Sligh, associate Mary Gospel, senior clinical faculty and professor of communication, B.BK. Potchef- department chair, Communication Sciences stroom University, South Africa, 1994; M.A. and Disorders. B.A. Indiana University, 1981; Washington State University, 2001; Ph.D. M.A. Indiana University, 1982; Ph.D. Indiana University of Texas, 2005 University, 1990
George Geib, professor of history. B.A. Kelsie Graham, instructor of mathematics, Purdue University, 1961; M.A. University of B.S. Marietta College, 2009; M.A. Bowling Wisconsin, 1963; Ph.D. ibid., 1969 Green State University, 2011
Erin Gerecke, instructor in biological sciences. Robert Grechesky, professor of music. B.A. B.A. Carleton College, 1994; Ph.D. Indiana Rutgers University, 1970; M.M. University of University, 1999 Wisconsin, 1972; Ph.D. ibid., 1985
346 Butler University Peter Grossman, professor of economics, Lutheran Theological Seminary at Gettysburg, Efroymson Chair of Economics, B.A. 2001; Ph.D. Union Theological Seminary and Columbia University, 1970; M.A. Washington Presbyterian School of Christian Education, University, 1990; Ph.D. ibid., 1992 2007
William Grubb, associate professor of music Patrick Hinson, assistant professor of dance. (cello). B.S. The Juilliard School, 1975; M.M. B.A. Marymount Manhattan College, 1991 ibid., 1976; D.M.A. ibid., 1981 Arthur Hochman, program coordinator and Samuel L. Gurevitz, assistant professor of professor of education. B.A. University of health sciences. B.S. Butler University, 1978; Illinois, 1979; M.A. Lesley College, 1981; Pharm.D., Purdue University, 1999 Ed.M. Teachers College, Columbia, 1987; Ed.D. ibid., 1989 Ankur Gupta, associate professor of computer science and software engineering. B.S. Kristen Hoerl, associate professor of University of Texas, Dallas, 2000; M.S. ibid. communication. B.A. The Pennsylvania State 2000; Ph.D. Duke University, 2007 University, 1997; M.A. The University of Texas at Austin, 2000; Ph.D. ibid., 2005 Janice Gustaferro, Catalog Librarian and Assistant Professor. B.S. Northwestern Angela Hofstetter, instructor in English. University, 1981; M.L.A. The Ohio State M.A. Indiana University, 1997; Ph.D. Indiana University, 1991; M.L.S. Indiana University University Bloomington, 2009 Purdue University- Indianapolis, 2004 Karen Holmes, instructor in mathematics. Jennifer R. Guthrie, instructor, director of B.A. St. Olaf College, 1992; M.S. University of experiential education in the health sciences North Carolina, 1995; Ph.D. North Carolina program. B.S. Natural Sciences, Xavier State University, 1999 University 1998; B.S.H.S. Butler University, 2000 Geoffrey C. Hoops, professor of chemistry. B.A. Grinnell College, 1989; Ph.D. University Richard Halstead, instructor of management, of Michigan, 1995 B.S. University of Rhode Island, 1973; MBA Babson College 1976; C.P.A. Todd Hopkins, associate professor in chemistry. B.S. University of North Carolina Xianming Han, department chair and at Wilmington, 1991; Ph.D. University of professor of physics and astronomy. B.S. Virginia, 1997 University of Science and Technology of China, 1982; M.S. University of Colorado, 1986; Jay Howard, dean, College of Liberal Arts Ph.D. ibid., 1989 and Sciences, and professor of sociology. B.A. Indiana University, South Bend, 1988; M.A. Paul R. Hanson, professor of history. B.A. University of Notre Dame, 1990; Ph.D. ibid., Stanford University, 1974; M.A. University of 1992 California, Berkeley, 1976; Ph.D. ibid., 1981 Barbara Howes, Science Librarian and Allison Harthcock, associate professor of Associate Professor. B.A. Indiana University, communication. B.A. Missouri Southern State 1974; M.L.S. ibid., 1975; M.B.A. Butler College, 1993; M.A. Bowling Green State University, 1986 University, 1994; Ph.D. University of Missouri, 2003 Todd W. Hrubey, associate professor of pharmaceutical chemistry and biochemistry. Nathanael R. Hauck, assistant professor of B.S. Muskingum College, 1982; Ph.D. biological sciences. B.S. Cornell University, University of Nebraska–Lincoln, 1987; Post 1998; Ph.D. Michigan State University, 2004 Graduate: Indiana University School of Medicine, 1990 Brent A. Hege, instructor in philosophy. B.A. Gettysburg College, 1998; M.A. The Trustees, Faculty, and Administration 347 Carolyn M. Jacobs-Jung, Assistant Professor History, Butler University, 1981; MBA, Butler of Pharmacy Practice, Pharm. D., Purdue University, 2003; EdD, Graduate Theological University 2009; Postgraduate: Pharmacy Foundation at Oxford, 2004 Practice Residency Wishard Health Services/ Purdue University, Indianapolis (2010), PGY2 Thomas Keller, program coordinator and Pharmacotherapy Residency, Community professor of education. B.A. University of Health Network/Butler University, Indianapolis Northern Iowa, 1977; M.A. ibid., 1980; Ed.D. 2011 ibid., 1997
Michelle Jarvis, associate dean, Jordan College Anne Kelly, associate professor of accounting. of the Arts and professor of dance. B.A. Butler B.B.A. (accounting) University of Cincinnati, University, 1973; M.A. ibid., 1976 1977; M.B.A. ibid., 1981; Ph.D. (accounting) ibid., 1986 Terri R. Jett, associate professor of political science. B.A. California State University- Casey R. Kelly, assistant professor in Hayward, 1991; M.P.A. ibid., 1994; Ph.D. communication. B.A. Gonzaga University, Auburn University, 1998 2001; M.A. Wake Forest University, 2003; Ph.D. University of Minnesota, 2009 R. Jeremy Johnson, assistant professor of chemistry. B.S. Messiah College, 2002; Ph.D. Mary Katherine Kelton, associate professor University of Wisconsin-Madison, 2007 of music. B.S. University of Alabama, 1982; B.M. ibid., 1983; M.M. University of Texas at William W. Johnston, department chair and Austin, 1985; D.M.A. ibid., 1992 professor of mathematics. B.S. Wake Forest University, 1982; Ph.D. University of Virginia, Laurence A. Kennedy, associate professor of 1988 pharmacy administration. B.S. Massachusetts College of Pharmacy, 1976; M.S. University of Melvin Jones, associate professor of music. Georgia, 1982; Ph.D. ibid., 1985 B.A. Florida State University, 1994; M.M. University of Texas at Austin, 1996; M.M. Suneeta Kercood, associate professor of University of Akron, 1998; Ph.D. Indiana education. B.A. Osmania University, India, University, Bloomington, 2004 1990; M.A. Annamali Univeristy, India, 1992; Ph.D. Purdue University, 2000 Joseph K. Jordan, associate professor of pharmacy practice. B.G.S. Indiana University, Barry E. King, associate professor of 1996; B.A. Purdue University, 1998; management. B.A. University of Missouri, M.S. Purdue University, 1999; Pharm.D. 1968; M.S. Washington University, 1971; Midwestern University, Arizona 2003; Ph.D. Indiana University, 1979 Postgraduate, St. Vincent Hospital, 2004; Drug Information Specialty Residency, Clarian Kathryn W. King, instructor in marketing. Health Partners, Inc., 2005. B.B. University of Colorado, 1977; MBA ibid., 1978 Brooke Kandel-Cisco, assistant professor of education. B.A. Goshen College, 1997; M.Ed. Jill Kirby, assistant professor in risk University of Houston, 2002; Ph.D. Texas management and insurance. B.S. in A&M University, 2009 mathematics, University of Michigan, 1989; M.S.F. in finance, DePaul University, 2004; Paul Kanczuzewski, instructor of Spanish. M.S. in economics, University of Kentucky, B.A. University of Michigan, 2000; M.S. 2008: Ph.D. ibid., 2010 Walsh College of Business, 2002; M.A. Indiana University, 2005; Ph.D. candidate, Indiana Joseph L. Kirsch, John Hume Reade Professor University, 2013 in the Sciences, professor of chemistry and program director, engineering dual-degree Jim Keating, instructor in global and historical program. B.S. Butler University, 1964; M.A. studies. B.A. Ball State University; M.A. in University of Illinois, 1966; Ph.D. ibid., 1968
348 Butler University Rose Kleiman, assistant professor of arts Duane Leatherman, associate professor of administration. B.A. Earlham College, 1970; mathematics. B.A. Anderson College, 1968; M.A.R. Christian Theological Seminary, 1972 M.A. Ball State University, 1975; M.A. ibid., 1981 Chad A. Knoderer, associate professor of pharmacy practice and director for clinical and Debra Lecklider, associate dean and associate health outcomes research. Pharm.D. Butler professor of education. B.S. Ball State, 1977; University, 1999; Residency, Clarian Health M.S. Indiana University, 1995; Ph.D. Indiana Partners, Indianapolis; Specialty Residency, State, 2004 Riley Hospital for Children, Indianapolis, IN 2001 Tracy LeGreve, instructor of chemistry. B.S. University of Wisconsin–LaCrosse, 2003; Julia M. Koehler, associate dean for clinical Ph.D. Purdue University, 2008 education and external affiliations and professor of pharmacy practice. Pharm.D. Purdue Andrew Gordon Levy, department chair University, 1997; Residency, Indiana University, and Edna Cooper professor of english. 1998 B.A. Brown University, 1984; M.A. Johns Hopkins University, 1986; Ph.D. University of Robert Koharchik, associate professor of Pennsylvania, 1991 theatre. B.S. Ball State University, 1990; M.F.A. Boston University, 1993 Lindsay K. Lewellyn, assistant professor of biology. B.S. University of North Carolina, Dan W. Kosik, associate professor of physics Chapel Hill, 2003; Ph.D. University of and astronomy. B.S. Michigan State University, California, San Diego, 2010 1973; Ph.D. Ohio University, 1980 Gail Lewis, associate professor of music. B.M. Jennifer R. Kowalski, assistant professor of Capital University, 1985; M.M. Eastman biological sciences. B.S. University of Notre School of Music, 1987; D.M.A. University of Dame, 2000; Ph.D. Harvard University, 2006 Wisconsin–Madison, 1995
Mary Krohn, instructor of mathematics. Shannon Lieb, professor of chemistry. B.S. B.S. Mary Washington College, 1997; M.S. Lock Haven State College, 1970; Ph.D. Purdue Clemson University, 1999; Ph.D. ibid., 2004 University, 1980
Lynne A. Kvapil, assistant professor of classical Tara T. Lineweaver, associate professor of studies. B.A. University of Iowa, 1998; M.A. psychology. B.A. Butler University, 1991; University of Arizona, 2001; M.A. University M.S. Georgia Institute of Technology, 1994; of Cincinnati, 2004; Ph.D. ibid., 2012 Ph.D. San Diego State University/University of California, San Diego, 1999 Larry Lad, associate professor of management. B.S. Michigan State University, 1974; MBA Panagiotis K. Linos, professor of computer Boston University, 1981; Ph.D. ibid., 1985 science and software engineering. B.S. Uni- versity of Athens, 1975; M.S. Wayne State Kena J. Lanham, assistant professor of University, 1985; Ph.D. ibid., 1990 pharmacy practice. Pharm.D. University of Kentucky, 2008, Postgraduate: Pharmacy Thomas Litkowski, instructor of economics; Practice Residency–St. Joseph Hospital, B.A. Economics, Salisbury State College, Lexington, KY; PGY2 Cardiology Residency– Salisbury, MD, 1973; M.A., Applied UK HealthCare, Lexington, Ky, 2009 Economics, American University, Washington, D.C., 1979; CFP Curriculum, American Stephan Laurent, professor of dance. B.F.A. College, Philadelphia, PA, 1999. Southern Methodist University, 1974; M.F.A. ibid., 1979
Trustees, Faculty, and Administration 349 Xiaoqing Liu, assistant professor of Chinese. Meredith L. McAllister, associate professor of B.S. Yantai Teacher’s College, Yantai, education. B.A. Albion College, 1997; M.A. China, 1992; M.A. Tianjin Foreign Studies Western Michigan University, 2001; M.A. University, China, 2001; M.A. University Western Michigan University, 2002; Ph.D. of Massachusetts, 2004; Ph.D. University of Indiana University, 2004 South Carolina, Columbia Siobhán McEvoy-Levy, department chair and Elisa Lucchi-Riester, instructor of Spanish. associate professor of political science. B.A. The B.A. University of Rome, 2001; M.A. Indiana Queen’s University of Belfast, 1991; M.Phil. University Purdue University, 2007 University of Cambridge, 1992; Ph.D. ibid., 1998 John A. Lucich, associate professor of health sciences; B.A. Indiana University, 1980; M.D. Annette T. McFarland, assistant professor of ibid., 1984; Internal Medicine Residency, St. pharmacy practice. Pharm.D. Butler University, Vincent Hospital, 1987 1998; Residency, St. Vincent Hospital, Indianapolis, Ind., 1999 Alessandra Lynch, instructor of English. B.A. Sarah Lawrence College, 1986; M.F.A. Richard McGowan, instructor in ethics in University of Iowa, 1988 business law. B.A. Colgate University, 1971; M.A. Washington State University, 1976; Larry W. Lynn, assistant professor of Health Ph.D. Marquette University, 1985 Sciences and medical director of the physician assistant program. B.S., Ball State University, James McGrath, associate professor of religion 1983: M.D. Indiana University, 1987; and Clarence Larue Goodwin Chair in New Residency, Riley Children’s Hospital, 1990 Testament Language and Literature. B.D. University of London, 1995; Ph.D. University Robert D. Mackoy, associate professor of of Durham, England, 1998 marketing B.A. University of Illinois, 1975; MBA University of California at Berkeley, Susan McGuire, associate professor of dance 1981; Ph.D. Michigan State University, 1994 Jim McKneight, instructor of management Carrie M. Maffeo, associate professor of and business law. B.S. in management, Purdue pharmacy practice and director of health University, 1982; JD Indiana University, 1985; education center. Pharm.D. Butler University, CPA 1997; Specialty Residency, University of Southern California, Los Angeles, 1998 Loni Smith McKown, professional practice faculty in communication. B.A. Wheaton Sakthi Mahenthiran, Carl Doty professor of College, 1976; M.S. Northwestern University, accounting, professor of accounting. MBA 1977 Temple University, 1989; Ph.D. ibid., 1991 LuAnne McNulty, associate professor of Robert S. Main, professor of economics. B.A. chemistry. B.S. Furman University, 1993; Wabash College, 1966; Ph.D. University of University of South Carolina, 1993–1995; California–Los Angeles, 1973 Ph.D., University of Virginia, 1999
Joel M. Martin, associate professor of Daniel McQuiston, associate professor of psychology. B.S. University of Pittsburgh, marketing. B.S. Indiana University, 1973; MBA 1993; M.S. University of Memphis, 1998; Bowling Green State University, 1979; Ph.D. Ph.D. ibid., 2000 The Ohio State University, 1985
Matt Maurer, professor of education. B.S. Iowa Wendy Meaden, associate professor of theatre. State University, 1979; M.S. ibid., 1983; Ph.D. B.A. Bates College, 1986; M.F.A. Indiana ibid., 1990 University, 1991
350 Butler University Marva Meadows, instructor in biology. Sc.B. of Iowa, 1982; M.A. Indiana University, 1985; Brown University, 1981; M.S. Washington Ph.D. ibid., 1988 University, 1984; ABD Rutgers University David Murray, professor of music. B.M. Hartt Antonio V. Menendez, professor of sociology. Music School, 1980; M.M. West Texas State B.A. Université de Paris, France, 1978; University, 1987 M.A.ibid., 1983; Ph.D. University of Notre Dame, 1991 Jennifer S. Myers, Instructor, health sciences program. B.S.N. Olivet Nazarene University, Julianne Miranda, associate professor of music. 1994 B.M., Indiana University South Bend, 1989. M.M., Indiana University Bloomington, 1992 Sally Neal, Associate Dean for Public Services and Associate Professor. B.A. Indiana Srikanta K. Mishra, assistant professor in University, 1988; M.L.S. ibid., 1993 Communication Sciences and Disorders. B.A. University of Calcutta, India, 2001; M.S. Stephen Nelson, instructor in management University of Mysore, India, 2005; Ph.D. information systems. B.S. Purdue University, University of Southhampton, UK, 2009 1974; M.B.A. Indiana University, 1988
Elizabeth Mix, associate professor of art. A.A. Susan S. Neville, Demia Butler Professor of Lakewood Community College, 1988; B.A. English. B.A. DePauw University, 1973; M.F.A. University of Minnesota, 1990; M.A. ibid., Bowling Green State University, 1976 1991; Ph.D. ibid., 1994 Kristen R. Nichols, Assistant Professor Jessica Moore, assistant professor of of Pharmacy Practice , Pharm.D., Butler communication. BS University of North Texas, University 2009; Postgraduate: Pharmacy 1995; M.A. ibid., 1997; Ph.D. University of Practice Residency, IU Health, Indianapolis; Texas at Austin, 2007 PGY2 residency, IU Health Riley Hospital for Children, Indianapolis, 2011 Paul Morgan, instructor in chemistry. B.S. California University of Pennsylvania, 1993; Sarah A. Nisly, assistant professor of pharmacy Ph.D. University of Pittsburgh, 2006 practice. Pharm.D. University of Kansas, 2005; Residency, Greenville Hospital System, Judith Harper Morrel, executive director of Greenville, S.C.; Internal Medicine Specialty Center for High Achievement and Scholarly Residency, University of Tennessee–Knoxville, Engagement and professor of mathematics. 2007 B.A. University of Mississippi, 1968; M.A. University of Georgia, 1970; Ph.D. ibid., 1976 Katherine B. Novak, department chair and professor of sociology. B.A. Indiana University, Kathryn A. Morris, provost and professor of 1987; M.A. ibid., 1991; Ph.D. ibid., 1997 psychology. B.A. Gettysburg College, 1992; M.A. University of Texas at Austin, 1994; Steve Nyktas, assistant professor, art program. Ph.D. ibid., 1996 B.F.A. Albion College 2002; M.A. Purdue University 2004; M.F.A. Northwestern James Mulholland, professor of music. B.S. University, 2007 Louisiana State University, 1957; M.M. ibid., 1959 Angela V. Ockerman, assistant professor of pharmaceutical sciences. B.S. Pharmacy Butler Gabriela Muniz, associate professor of Spanish. University, 1990, Pharm.D., Shenandoah B.A. Universidad de Interamericana, 1996; University, 2008 M.A. Texas A&M University, Kingsville, 2000; Ph.D. University of California, Davis, 2006 James W. Odom, instructor in communication. A.A.S. Public Information Community College Brian W. Murphy, professor of physics of the Air Force; B.A. Butler University, and astronomy and director, J.I. Holcomb 1990; M.S. ibid., 1992; M.S. Media Arts and Observatory and Planetarium. B.S. University Sciences, Indiana University, 2003 Trustees, Faculty, and Administration 351 Brandie Oliver, assistant professor of Catherine Pangan, assistant professor of education. B.A. Butler University, 1996; M.S. education. B.S. Indiana State, 1995; M.S. ibid., 2007; Ed.D. Argosy University, 2012 Butler University, 1999, Ed.D. Columbia University, Teachers College, 2007 Alison O’Malley, assistant professor of psychology. B.A. Butler University, 2004; M.A Emily Papineau, assistant professor of The University of Akron, 2006; Ph.D. The pharmacy practice. Pharm.D., Butler University of Akron, 2009 University, 2004; Residency, St. Vincent Hospital, 2005; Primary Care Specialty Su-Mei Ooi, assistant professor of political Residency, Community Health Network, science, B.L. University College, London, Indianapolis, 2006 1998; M.A., National University of Singapore 1999; Ph.D. University of Toronto, 2010 Sheel M. Patel, assistant professor of pharmacy practice. B.SS, Philadelphia College of Robert Oprisko, visiting instructor in Pharmacy, 1998; Pharm.D., Philadelphia international studies, B.A. Indiana University, College of Pharmacy, 1999; Residency, 2002; M.A. Purdue University, 2008; ABD University of Pittsburg Medical Center, 2000 Purdue University Amy S. Peak, associate professor of pharmacy Gonzalo Ordonez, associate professor in practice and director of advisement. Pharm.D. physics and astronomy. B.S. Monterrey Butler University, 1997; Residency, St. Vincent Institute of Technology, 1991; Ph.D. University Hospitals and Health Services, 1998 of Texas at Austin, 1997 Armando Pellarano, instructor in strategic Stacy O’Reilly, department chair and professor communication; B.A. Southern Illinois of chemistry. B.A. Transylvania University, University at Carbondale, 1988; M.S. Indiana 1991; Ph.D. University of North Carolina, University, IUPUI campus, 2002. Chapel Hill, 1996 Josh Petrusa, Associate Dean for Technical Erin Ortiz, assistant professor of Services and Assistant Professor. B.A. DePaul communication. B.A. SUNY Plattsburgh, University, 2004; M.L.I.S. University of 2002; M.A. Duquesne University, 2006; Ph.D. Illinois, 2007 University of Utah, 2011 Matthew Pivec, assistant professor of music. Charissa Osborne, instructor in biological B.M. University of Wisconsin, Eanclaire, 2000; sciences. B.S. Butler University, 1995; Ph.D. M.M. Eastman School of Music, 2003; D.M.A. Clemson University, 2001 ibid. 2006
Gregory E. Osland, professor of marketing. Jennifer L. Poor, associate dean for student B.S. Iowa State University, 1974; MBA affairs, Liberal Arts and Sciences and senior University of Colorado, 1982; Ph.D. Michigan instructor in physics and astronomy. B.A. State University, 1993 Wittenberg University, 1982; M.S. College of William and Mary, 1984; Ph.D. ibid., 1991 Margaret Padgett, associate professor of management. B.A. Hanover College, 1981; Tiberiu Popa, associate professor in MBA Michigan State University, 1988; Ph.D. philosophy. Licentiate University of Bucharest, ibid., 1988 1994; M.A. University of Bucharest, 1995; Ph.D. University of Pittsburgh, 2005 Robert J. Padgett, associate professor of psychology. B.A. Hanover College, 1983; M.A. Jon Porter, instructor in global and historical Wayne State University, 1986; Ph.D. ibid., studies. A.B. Wabash College, 1990; M.Phil. 1989 St. Andrews University, Scotland, 1992; Ph.D. University of Nottingham, England, 1997 Sarah Painitz, visiting assistant professor of German. B.A. Muhlenberg College, 1997; Ph.D. University of Virginia, 2007 352 Butler University Cynthia Pratt, professor of dance. B.A. Gautam Rao, associate professor of art. B.F.A. Virginia Intermont College, 1979; M.F.A. Boston University, 1999; M.F.A., University of Temple University, 1989 Pennsylvania, 2002
Peter Prescott, assistant professor of business Suzanne Reading, associate dean, College of law. B.A. Augustana College, 1992; M.S. The Communication and associate professor in University of Chicago, 1993; M.P.A. The communication sciences and disorders. B.A. University of Texas in Austin, 1999; JD The Augustana College, 1969; M.S. University University of Houston Law Center, 2006 of Michigan, 1970; Ph.D. University of Maryland, 1976 Robert Pribush, professor of chemistry. B.S. University of Delaware, 1968; Ph.D. University David J. Reeves, assistant professor of of Massachusetts, 1972 pharmacy practice, Wayne State University 2006; Postgraduate: Pharmacy Practice Laurie L. Pylitt, associate professor of Residency- William Beaumont Hospital, Royal pharmacy practice. B.S., Indiana University, Oak, Mich.; Oncology Pharmacy Residency- 1973; P.A. Certification, IUPU Ft. Wayne, Karmanos Cancer Center, Detroit; BCOP 1976; MHPE., University of Chicago Health Sciences, 1983 Derek Reid, associate professor of dance. B.A. Butler University, 1987 Mark Rademacher, assistant professor of communication. B.S. University of Tennessee, Carriann E. Richey-Smith, associate professor 2000; M.A. University of Wisconsin-Madison, of pharmacy practice and director of Post- 2005; Ph.D. ibid., 2009 Graduate Education, B.S. (biology) Indiana University, 1994; Pharm.D. Butler University, Cathy M. Ramey, assistant professor, 1999 Pharm.D. University of Florida, 2008 Carolyn Richie, associate professor of John D. Ramsbottom, visiting professor, communication. B.A. University of Western global and historical studies and history. Ontario, Canada, 1997; M.Sc. Edinburgh B.A. Williams College, 1974; B.A. Oxford University, Scotland, UK, 1998; Ph.D. Indiana University, 1976; Ph.D. Yale University, 1987 University, 2004
Mary Macmanus Ramsbottom, associate William Rieber, professor of economics. B.A. provost and associate professor of history. B.A. Duquesne University, 1971; MBA ibid., 1974; Mount Holyoke College, 1975; Ph.D. Yale Ph.D. University of Pittsburgh, 1979 University, 1987 Rebecca Ries, instructor of English, B.A. Darin C. Ramsey, associate professor of Indiana University, 1972; M.A. Butler pharmacy practice. B.S., Western Kentucky University, 1992 University, 1996; Pharm.D. Butler University, 2002; Residency, Roudebush VA Medical Larry W. Riggs, professor of French. B.A. Center, Indianapolis, Ind.; Specialty Residency, University of California, Santa Barbara, 1967; 2003; Family Medicine, Clarian Health M.A. ibid., 1969; Ph.D. ibid., 1976 Partners, Inc., 2004 Juan Pablo Rodriguez, assistant professor of Jason T. Range, assistant professor of pharmacy Spanish, B.A. University of Valladolida, Spain, practice and director of grants and budgets. 2002; M.A. West Virginia University, 2004; B.A., Michigan State University, 1982; JD Ph.D., University of Florida, Gainesville, 2009. University of Detroit, 1985; MEd., Wayne State University, 2003; Graduate Certificate, Michael S. Roscoe, assistant dean for Wayne State University, 2007; PhD, Wayne interprofessional education, associate professor State University, 2011 of health sciences. B.S. Butler University, 1994; M.S. (biology) Purdue University, 1996; B.S.
Trustees, Faculty, and Administration 353 (physician assistant) 1999; M.P.A.S. University Zachary A. Scarlett, assistant professor of of Nebraska, 2001; Ph.D. TUI University, Chinese history. B.A. The College of New 2009 Jersey, 2005; M.A. Northeastern University, 2007; Ph.D. ibid., 2011 Pamela Rouse, instructor of accounting. B.S. Indiana University, 1983; MBA ibid., 1988 Owen W. Schaub, professor of theatre. B.A. Hofstra University, 1963; M.A. Indiana Laura F. Ruekert, assistant professor of University, 1968; Ph.D. Kent State University, pharmacy practice. Pharm.D. St. Louis College 1978 of Pharmacy, 2006; Residency, University of Minnesota Medical Center, Minneapolis, 2007 Michael Schelle, professor of music and artist in residence (composition). B.A. Villanova Virginia A. Rumph, Serials Librarian and University, 1971; B.S. Butler University, 1974; Associate Professor. B.S. Butler University, M.M. Hartt School of Music, University 1972; MBA ibid., 1974; M.L.S. Indiana of Hartford, 1976; Ph.D. University of University, 1978 Minnesota, 1980
Travis J. Ryan, department chair and associate Katherine M. Schmid, associate professor professor of biological sciences. B.S. Western of biological sciences. B.S. University of Carolina University, 1993; M.S. Western Maryland, 1977; M.A. Brandeis University, Carolina University, 1995; Ph.D. University of 1982; Ph.D. University of Maryland, 1987 Missouri, 2000 Michele A. Schultz, assistant professor Priscilla T. Ryder, assistant professor of of health sciences. B.A. University of pharmacy practice, B.S. San Francisco, Massachusetts–Amherst, 1984; A.S., Albany CA, 1978; M.P.H. University of California Medical College–Hudson Valley, 1986; Berkley, 1992; Ph.D. University of Maryland, M.P.A.S. University of Nebraska, 2012 Baltimore, 2007 Marvin B. Scott, professor of sociology. B.A. Carmen M. Salsbury, professor of biological Johnson C. Smith University, 1966; M.Ed. sciences and director, Science, Technology, and University of Pittsburgh, 1968; Ph.D. ibid., Society program. B.S. Trinity University, 1987; 1970 Ph.D. University of Kansas, 1993 Mary Anne Scott, instructor of music. B.M. Michael Samide, associate professor of Wheaton College Conservatory chemistry. B.S. Wheaton College, 1993; Ph.D. Indiana University, 1998 Sholeh Shahrokhi, assistant professor of anthropology. B.A. University of California, James F. Sander, associate professor of Santa Cruz, 1994; M.A. University of accounting. B.A. Colorado State University, California, Berkeley 2002; Ph.D. ibid., 2008 1974; M.S. DePaul University, 1978; Ph.D. University of Illinois, 1987; C.P.A Sonali Shah, instructor of management information systems, B.S. Hons Information Lindsay M. Saum, Assistant Professor Systems, 1998; Ph.D. Brunel University, 2002 of Pharmacy Practice, Pharm.D., Butler University (2009); Postgraduate: Pharmacy Sholeh Shahrokhi, assistant professor of Practice Residency, IU Health, Indianapolis, history, B.A. University of California, Santa IN (2010); PGY2 residency in Geriatrics, Cruz, 1994; M.A. University of California, Charleston Area Medical Center, Charleston, Berkeley, 2002; Ph.D. ibid, 2008 WV, 2011 Laurence Shapiro, professor of music and Ann M. Savage, professor in communication. artist in residence (violin). B.S. University of B.S. Medaille College, 1988; M.A. Indiana Delaware, 1974; M.A. University of Evansville, State University, 1991; Ph.D. Bowling Green 1975 State University, 1998
354 Butler University Prem L. Sharma, professor of mathematics. Tracy L. Sprunger, assistant professor of B.A. Panjab University, 1961; M.A. ibid., 1963; pharmacy practice, B.S. (biology) Hanover Ph.D. Indian Institute of Technology, 1973 College, 1997; B.S. (pharmacy) University of Cincinnati, 2001; Pharm.D. University of Ena Goodrich Shelley, dean, College of Cincinnati, 2002; Residency, Clarian Health Education, and professor of education. B.S. Partners, 2003; Family Medicine Specialty Indiana State University, 1973; M.S. ibid., Residency, Clarian Health Partners, 2004 1976; Ph.D. ibid., 1981 Ania Spyra, assistant professor of English. B.A. James L. Shellhaas, professor of biological University of Silesia, Poland, 1998; M.A. ibid., sciences. B.S. The Ohio State University, 1972; 2000; Ph.D. University of Iowa, 2008 M.S. ibid., 1974; Ph.D. ibid., 1977 Robert Stapleton, instructor in English. B.A. Dane L. Shiltz, assistant professor of pharmacy California State University, Long Beach, 1995; practice; Pharm.D. University of Iowa 2007; M.F.A. ibid., 1997 Postgraduate: Pharmacy Practice Residency- Department of Veteran Affairs, Milwaukee, Eric Stark, professor of music. A.B. Wabash Wisconsin 2008, PGY2 Specialty Residency- College, 1988; M.M. Indiana University 1991; Internal Medicine, Clarian Health Partners, D.M.A. ibid., 2001 Indianapolis Amanda Starkel, Information Commons & Deborah Skinner, associate professor of e-Learning Librarian and Assistant Professor. marketing. B.S. The Ohio State University, B.A. Bethel College, 2008; M.LS. Indiana 1982; MBA Kent State University, 1984; Ph.D. University, 2009 ibid., 1994 Sheryl-Ann Stephen, assistant professor in Ageeth Sluis, associate professor of history finance, B.Comm St. Mary’s University, 1992; and director, Gender, Women, and Sexuality MBA ibid., 1994; Ph.D. University of Texas at Studies program. BA. University of Arizona, Arlington, 2008 1993; M.A. University of Wyoming, 1997; Ph.D. University of Arizona, 2006 Margaret S. Stratford, instructor in pharmacy practice, B.S. Biological Sciences, University Scott Smith, instructor of global and historical of Southern California, 1982; Pharm.D., studies. B.A. University of California Berkley, University of Southern California, 1986 1984; M.A. Indiana University, 2000; Ph.D Indiana University, 2011 Marilyn Strawbridge, professor of education. B.S. Indiana University, 1973; M.S. Butler Jennifer A. Snyder, professor of health sciences University, 1977; Ed.D. Indiana University, and program director, physician assistant 1983 program. B. S. Ball State University, 1992; B.S. Butler University, 1997; Master of Physician Michelle Stigter, director, Modern Language Assistant Studies, University of Nebraska, 1999 Center and instructor in German. B.A. University of Massachusetts, Amherst, 1992; Jonathan P. Sorenson, department chair and M.A. Brigham Young University, 1996; professor of computer science and software engineering. B.S. Valparaiso University, 1986; Andrew M. Stoehr, assistant professor of M.S. University of Wisconsin, Madison, 1987; biology. B.S. Indiana University, 1994; M.S. M.A. ibid., 1989; Ph.D. ibid., 1991 Auburn University, 1999; Ph.D.University of California, Riverside, 2006 Douglas E. Spaniol, professor of music. B.M. University of Illinois at Urbana–Champaign, Sheridan Stormes, Music and Fine Arts 1990; M.M. ibid., 1992; D.M.A. The Ohio Librarian and Associate Professor. B.M. Butler State University, 1998; Postgraduate Diploma University, 1976; M.M. ibid., 1981; M.L.S. in Advanced Studies, Royal Northern College Indiana University, 1982 of Music, Manchester, England
Trustees, Faculty, and Administration 355 Thomas Studebaker, assistant professor of M.S. Golden Gate University, 1986; Ph.D. music, B.M. Illinois State University, 1987; University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, M.M. Curtis Institute of Music, 1992 1993
Daniel P. Sturm, assistant professor of health Paula A. Trillo, post-doctoral instructor, B.S. sciences. B.S. in zoology, Eastern Illinois University of California, San Diego, 1998; University, 1995; M.M.S. in Physician Assistant Ph.D. University of Montana, 2008 Studies, Midwestern University, 1997 Kevin M. Tuohy, associate professor of Thomas Studebaker, assistant professor of pharmacy practice. B.S. Pharmacy Rutgers, music. B.M. Illinois State University (Normal), 1995; Pharm.D. Rutgers University, 2001; 1987; M.M. Curtis Institute of Music, 1992 Postgraduate: Residency, Clarian Health Partners, 2002; Family Medicine Specialty Eloise Sureau-Hale, associate professor in Residency, Clarian Health Partners, 2003 French and director, International Studies program. University of Poitiers, France, 1998; Robin Turner, assistant professor of political M.A. University of Memphis, 1999; Ph.D. science. B.A. Duke University, 1995; M.A. Washington University, 2004 University of California-Berkeley, 2002; Ph.D. University of California-Berkeley, 2009 Susan Sutherlin, instructor of English and director of peer tutoring. B.A. Barnard College/ Karel A. Updyke, associate professor of Columbia University; M.A. Butler University, accounting. B.S. Indiana State University, 1986 1980; MBA ibid., 1981; Ph.D. Purdue University, 1987, CPA Scott G. Swanson, associate professor of history. B.A. Yale University, 1973; M.A. Paul R. Valliere, professor of religion, Cornell University, 1976; Ph.D. ibid., 1988 McGregor Professor of the Humanities. B.A. Williams College, 1965; M.A. Columbia Brynnar Swenson, associate professor of University/Union Theological Seminary, 1968; English. B.A. University of Minnesota, 1995; Ph.D. ibid., 1974 M.A. ibid., 2000; Ph.D. ibid., 2008 Harry van der Linden, professor of Kristin Swenson, assistant professor of philosophy. B.S. University of Utrecht, communication. B.A. University of Redlands, The Netherlands, 1972; M.A. University of 1995; M.A. University of Central Missouri, Groningen, The Netherlands, 1978; Ph.D. 1999; Ph.D. University of Minnesota, 2006 Washington University, 1985
William K. Templeton, associate dean and Jeanne H. Van Tyle, professor of pharmacy professor of finance. B.A. Findlay College, practice. B.S. Butler University, 1974; M.S. 1978; MBA Indiana University, 1983; Ph.D. ibid., 1980; Pharm.D. Mercer University, 1976 Kent State University, 1990 W. Kent Van Tyle, professor of pharmacology. Christian Throckmorton, Captain, military B.S. Butler University, 1967; M.S. The Ohio science instructor/ROTC cadre. B.S. Ball State State University, 1969; Ph.D. ibid., 1972 University, 1996 Sylvie Vanbaelen, professor of French. Licence, Diane Timmerman, department chair and Catholic University of Louvain, Belgium, 1986; professor of theatre. B.A. Southern Illinois Diplome, ibid., 1987; M.A. Indiana University, University, 1983; M.F.A. Indiana University, 1992; Ph.D. ibid., 1996 1993 Michael A. Vance, professor of pharmacology. William D. Terando, department chair B.S. Northeastern University, 1971; Ph.D. and associate professor of accounting, B.S. ibid., 1981 California State University at Hayward, 1979;
356 Butler University Philip Villani, associate professor of biological 1983; M.A The Ohio State University, 1990; sciences. B.S. University of Wisconsin, M.L.S. Indiana University Purdue University- Platteville, 1991; Ph.D. University of Indianapolis, 2006 California, Riverside, 1998 Linda M. Willem, professor of Spanish. Betty Rebecca G. Wahl, assistant professor of Blades Lofton Chair in Spanish. B.S. University mathematics. B.S. University of Oregon, 1989; of Wisconsin, Milwaukee, 1971; M.A. ibid., M.S. San Jose State University, 1992; Ph.D. 1977; Ph.D. University of California, Los Purdue University, 1997 Angeles, 1988
William P. Walsh, professor of English. B.A. Jessica E. Willhoite, assistant professor University of California, Riverside, 1962; M.A. of pharmacy practice. Pharm.D. Purdue ibid., 1964; Ph.D. ibid., 1971 University 2008; Postgraduate: Pharmacy Practice Residency-St. Vincent Hospital, Alison M. Walton, assistant professor for Indianapolis 2009, PGY2 Ambulatory Care pharmacy practice. Pharm D., Ohio Northern Specialty Residency-St. Vincent Hospital, University, Raabe College of Pharmacy, 2006; Indianapolis 2010 Residency, Deaconess Hospital, Evansville, Ind., 2007; Specialty Residency in Family Chuck Williams, dean, College of Business Medicine, Clarian Health Partners, Inc. 2008 and professor of management. B.S. Valparaiso University, 1981; MBA Michigan State Kevin Wang, assistant professor of University, 1986; Ph.D. ibid. 1990 communication, B.A. University of Washington, 2003; M.C.D.M., ibid., 2005; Denise Williams, assistant professor of Ph.D. University of Minnesota, 2011 management. B.A. in economics and manage- ment, Spelman College; MBA, University of William Watts, associate professor of English. Pennsylvania; M.A. in organizational behavior B.A. Carleton College, 1980; M.A. Boston and human resource management, Indiana University, 1985; Ph.D. ibid., 1990 University; Ph.D., ibid., 2011.
Jonathan Webster, assistant professor of Kristal L. Williams, assistant professor of mathematics. B.S. Rose-Hulman Institute of pharmacy practice. Pharm.D. Xavier University, Technology, 2012; M.S. The University of 1998; Residency, University of Kentucky Illinois, Urbana-Champaign, 2004; Ph.D. Medical Center, 2000; Residency, University University of Calgary, Canada, 2010 of Washington/Harborview Medical Center, 2001; Plein Fellow for Excellence in Pharmacy Carl Weinberg, visiting assistant professor Education, 2002 in history. B.A. Brown University, 1983; M.A. American University, 1988; Ph.D. Yale Anne Wilson, professor of chemistry. B.A. University, 1995 Oberlin College, 1989; Ph.D. University of Utah, 1994 Mindy M. Welch, program coordinator and associate professor of education. B.S. Butler Christopher J. Wilson, assistant professor of University, 1979; M.S. Indiana University, mathematics. B.M.E. Indiana University, 2000; 1986; Ph.D. University of South Carolina- M.A. ibid., 2003, Ph.D. ibid., 2011 Columbia, 2008 George Wilson, assistant professor of Nancy J. Whitmore, associate professor of accounting. B.A The University of Memphis, communication, director, Eugene S. Pulliam 2001; Ph.D. University of Georgia, 2006 School of Journalism. B.S. University of Nebraska at Omaha, 1989; M.A. ibid., 1995; Hongjiang Xu, assistant professor of Ph.D Michigan State University, 2001 management information systems. B.A. Renmin University of China, 1995; M.A. Teresa Williams, Business Librarian and University of Queensland, 1998; Ph.D. Associate Professor. B.S. Indiana University, University of Southern Queensland, 2004
Trustees, Faculty, and Administration 357 Deborah S. Zeitlin, assistant professor of Shannon Cagle-Dawson, B.S., adjunct pharmacy practice. Pharm D. Butler University, instructor in communication 1994; Residency, Medical College of Virginia Daniel Calanni, MBA, adjunct instructor in Hospitals, 1995; Specialty Residency, Spanish University of Illinois at Chicago, 1996 Barbara Campbell, Ph.D., adjunct instructor in English Jennifer S. Zorn, assistant professor of health Glenn Carlstrand, M.A., adjunct instructor in sciences. B.A., Hanover, 1995; M.S., Finch communication sciences and disorders University, 1999 Sally Childs-Helton, Ph.D., adjunct instructor in music Susan Zurbuchen, department chair and Donald Coffin, Ph.D., adjunct instructor in associate professor of arts administration. B.A. economics Lakeland College, 1970; M.A. University of Klint Crawford, MBA, adjunct instructor in Minnesota–Minneapolis 1972 management Mari Brockmann Dannemaier, M.A., adjunct Adjunct Faculty instructor of anthropology Alicia Dillingham, M.A., CCC-SLP, adjunct To implement its academic program, instructor in communication sciences and the University depends primarily on its disorders regular faculty. However, when either need Benjamin Drury, M.A., adjunct instructor in or an unusual opportunity arises, it invites sociology outstanding people whose specialized Mindy Dunn, M.A., adjunct instructor in knowledge and experience qualify them English to teach certain courses. The following are Joe Eckelbarger, Ph.D., adjunct instructor of representative of the adjunct and part-time chemistry faculty at Butler University. Jeremy Eglen, JD, adjunct instructor of computer science Frederic Allamel, Ph.D., adjunct instructor in Jeremiah P. Farrell, M.A., assistant professor French and anthropology emeritus of mathematics Marc Allan, M.A., adjunct instructor in Thomas Flowers, MBA, executive in residence communication Mark Foglesong, Ph.D., executive in residence Jill Alsop, M.A., adjunct instructor in Spanish Richard Forsythe, MBA, adjunct instructor in Thomas Alsop, M.A., adjunct instructor in finance Spanish Ed Friel, B.S., executive in residence Anna Baxer, M.A., adjunct instructor in Ryan Fuhrmann, MBA, adjunct instructor in German finance Eric Bedel, M.B.A., adjunct instructor in David Futrell, Ph.D., adjunct instructor in management management Douglas Boles, JD, adjunct instructor in Mark Gilgallon, M.M., adjunct instructor in marketing voice Leah Bovell, D.B.A., adjunct instructor in William Gilmartin, M.A., adjunct instructor marketing in classical studies Nicholas Brightman, M.M., adjunct instructor John Goodson, B.F.A., adjunct instructor in in saxophone dance Anna Briscoe, M.M., adjunct instructor in Ron Gress, B.S., executive in residence piano Ingeborg Groot, adjunct instructor in business Donald Broad, JD, adjunct instructor in English to international students business law Sayuri Guelce, B.M., adjunct instructor in Richard Brown, M.S., adjunct instructor in music physics and astronomy and associate director, Mark Harris, B.S., adjunct instructor in J.I. Holcomb Observatory and Planetarium communication Michael Burroughs, B.A., adjunct instructor Ralph Hatcher, M.D., adjunct associate in computer science professor of pharmacy and health sciences Laura Byram, M.A., adjunct instructor in Kristine Healey, B.S. adjunct assistant dance professor of pharmacy 358 Butler University Craig Hetrick, M.M., adjunct instructor in Patrick Murphy, Ph.D., adjunct assistant percussion professor of pharmacy Troy Hill, B.A., adjunct instructor in Wendy Muston, B.M., adjunct instructor in communication harp Katherine Hitchens, Pharm.D., adjunct Mark Newman, adjunct instructor in arts assistant professor in pharmacy administration Richard Hofstetter, JD, adjunct instructor of Nate Partenheimer, B.S., adjunct instructor in business law computer science Paul Hutslar, M.A., adjunct instructor in Lisa Pearo, Ph.D., adjunct instructor in mathematics marketing Christine Iott, M.S., adjunct instructor in Jeff Queen, M.M., adjunct instructor in music mathematics Megan Query-Roth, M.S.W., adjunct Rhoda Israelov, M.S., executive in residence instructor of sociology Steven Keltner, B.S., PA-C, adjunct instructor Marvin Recht, B.B.A., executive in residence in health sciences Ralph V. Reiff, M.Ed, adjunct instructor in Gala Kennedy, B.A., adjunct instructor in athletic training health sciences Natalia Restrepo, M.A., adjunct instructor in Robert Kirk, Ph.D., adjunct instructor in Spanish economics Steven Rickards, D.M.A., adjunct instructor Bobbi Klein, M.A., adjunct instructor in in voice Spanish Timothy Robinson, JD, adjunct instructor in Theodore Kuhn, M.A., adjunct instructor in business law economics Chris Rockey, B.S., adjunct assistant professor Jennifer Ladner, adjunct instructor in dance in health sciences (physician assistant Jason Lantzer, Ph.D., adjunct instructor of program) history and global and historical studies Jared Rodin, M.M., adjunct instructor in Jim Lindgren, M.A., adjunct instructor in trombone communication Judy Roseth, M.A., adjunct instructor in Micah Ling, M.A., adjunct instructor in Spanish English Laura Rodman, MBA, adjunct instructor in Joshua Lingenfelter, MBA, adjunct instructor economics in arts administration Achille Rossi, B.M. adjunct instructor in John Lucas, MBA, adjunct instructor in clarinet management information systems Rosanna Ruffo, Kirov Ballet School diploma, Allison Lynn, adjunct instructor for the M.F.A. adjunct instructor in dance program Robert Rush, MBA, adjunct instructor in Rusty McKay, MBA, executive in residence finance Patrick Meister, Ph.D., adjunct in economics Timothy Sanborn, D.M., adjunct instructor Lucila Mena, Ph.D., adjunct instructor in in music Spanish Sandy Sasso, D.Min, adjunct instructor in James Miles, B.A., M.S., F.S.A., M.A.A.A., religion F.L.M.I., C.P.C.U., adjunct instructor of Stephen Schelonka, MBA, adjunct instructor actuarial science in accounting Allen Miller, B.M., adjunct instructor in Steve Schubert, M.A., adjunct instructor in trumpet Spanish JoAnna Mitchell-Brown, Ph.D., adjunct Robert F. Schultz, M.A. adjunct instructor in instructor in political science strategic communication Jenny Mobley, M.M., adjunct instructor in Eric A. Scudder, B.A. adjunct instructor in music communication Karen Moratz, M.M., adjunct instructor in Michael Simmons, MBA, adjunct instructor in flute marketing David Morton, MBA, adjunct in marketing Cathy Sipe, adjunct instructor in dance and Moraima Mundo Rios, M.A., adjunct theatre instructor in Spanish Christine Smith, M.A., adjunct instructor in English Trustees, Faculty, and Administration 359 Don Joseph Smith, M.M., adjunct instructor James W. Berry, professor of biological sciences in music John W. Best, professor of education Malcolm Smith, D.M.A., adjunct instructor John Beversluis, professor of philosophy in oboe John Bloom, professor of education Marla Smith, Ph.D., adjunct instructor in Roger W. Boop, professor of education. psychology Larry P. Bradley, professor of English Marietta Stalcup, adjunct instructor in Merle W. Carlson, professor of chemistry management Louis Chenette, professor of music and former Jane Surges, M.S., executive in residence dean of the Jordan College of Fine Arts Brett Terrell, B.M., adjunct instructor in guitar Malcolm Clark, professor of religion Karen Thickstun, M.M., adjunct instructor John K. Colbert, professor of music education in music Paul Coleman, professor of education Glen Thoreson, B.F.A., adjunct instructor in David L. Daniell, professor of biological theatre sciences Jerry Toomer, Ph.D., executive in residence William Dawn, associate professor of Jessica Trinosky, adjunct librarian marketing Scott Troyer, M.S., executive in residence Glenna DeBrota, associate professor of Karen Valencic, B.S., executive in residence education Lorraine Vavul, MBA, executive in residence H. Marshall Dixon, professor of physics Brandt Voight, JD, adjunct instructor in Jack Eaton, professor of music and former business law dean of the Jordan College of Fine Arts Jim Walker, M.A., adjunct instructor in Jack L. Engledow, professor of marketing English Jack Fadely, professor of education Mark A. Walpole, M.S.A., adjunct instructor Milton L. Farber Jr., professor of history in strategic communication Grace Farrell, “Rebecca Clifton Reape” Gary Walters, B.S., adjunct instructor in jazz professor of English Whitten Watson, Ph.D., adjunct instructor in Jeremiah P. Farrell, assistant professor of philosophy mathematics Cheryl West, M.M., J.D., adjunct instructor in Irving Fine, associate professor of Spanish music education Royce Flood, professor of communication Virgil G. Whitmeyer II, Ph.D., adjuncy studies instructor in philosophy Bobby Fong, professor of English Charles Williams, B.S., executive in residence Gwen Fountain, professor of economics Melissa Williams, M.M., adjunct instructor in Stephen Glover, associate professor of music low brass Ronald W. Goodman, professor of education Roberta Wong, B.S., adjunct instructor in Barbara Ann Greenburg, associate professor of dance physical education David J. Woods, B.S. adjunct instructor in Mariellen Griffith, professor of education communication Sam Guerriero, professor of education Xinjian Xue, Ph.D., adjunct instructor in Xandra Lou Hamilton, professor of physical statistics education Timothy Zimmer, Ph.D., adjunct in Ann C. Harper, professor of radio and economics television James S. Hauss, associate professor of physical Emeriti Faculty education Peter B. Henderson, professor of computer Andre Aerne, professor of music science and software engineering Peter Alexander, professor of music and former J. William Hepler, professor of psychology dean of the Jordan College of Fine Arts Robert F. Hessong, professor of education Victor E. Amend, professor of English Harry E. Hicks, distinguished professor of Howard G. Baetzhold, professor of English accounting and business law Bernard F. Barcio, adjunct instructor in Latin George Hoffmann, professor of political Sally Bell Beck, professor of psychology science James E. Berger, professor of pharmacology Janos Horvath, professor of economics
360 Butler University Monique Hyde, associate professor of French Paula Saffire, associate professor of classics Florence Redding Jessup, professor of Spanish O. LeRoy Salerni, professor of medicinal Henriette J. Kaplan, professor of education chemistry Robert C. Karn, professor of biological Beverly Sandmann, professor of pharmacy sciences Robert A. Sandmann, professor of pharmacy Susan M. Kenyon, professor of anthropology Philip St. John, professor of zoology Harry Kerwin, associate professor of dance Willi Schwoebel, associate professor of Sidney Kilsheimer, professor of chemistry German Thomas E. Kooremann, professor of Spanish Eugenia Scott, professor of education Margriet Lacy, professor of French Sharon Searles, professor of music Joseph Lamberti, professor of education Michael Sells, professor of music and former Henry Leck, associate professor of music dean of the Jordan College of Fine Arts Art Levin, professor of journalism Margaret A. Shaw, professor of pharmacy Cindy Loser, associate professor of Stuart L. Silvers, professor of education communication studies Robert K. Stalcup, instructor, journalism Michael Maloney, associate professor of Albert Steiner, professor of classical languages biological sciences Roland G. Usher, professor of history and Joseph Marcheggiani, associate professor of political science accounting David H. Waite, professor of communication David S. Mason, professor of political science Martha S. Waller, professor of English Thomas F. Malone, director, Holcomb James T. Watt, Allegra Stewart Professor of Research Institute English. Martha Jane Meyer, professor of education Thomas Harold Weeks, professor of education Richard W. Miller, professor of biological Wayne Wentzel, professor of music sciences Jackson B. Wiley, director, University Donald P. Minassian, professor of Orchestra and professor of music mathematics and actuarial science George Willeford, associate professor of theatre William W. Neher, interim dean, College of Lucinda M. Wilson, associate professor of Communication, distinguished professor of education communication studies Robert G. Wirthlin, assistant professor of William Ney, M.A., founder and director of business administration the speech-language pathology program Burrton G. Woodruff, professor of psychology (now communication sciences and disorders) Bernard Wurger, assistant professor of theatre Joseph M. Nygaard, dean, graduate studies Willard F. Yates, professor of biological and research and professor of education sciences J. Deane Orris, professor of management Rochelle Zide-Booth, associate professor of Richard Osborne, professor of music dance Stephen A. Perrill, professor of biological sciences Emeriti Administration Florence M. Phariss, associate professor of French Sondrea Ozolins, Registrar Constantine Poulimas, associate professor of William H. Templeman, vice president and music treasurer of business affairs Daniel W. Pugh, associate professor of theatre Rich Tirman, director of Counseling Center
Trustees, Faculty, and Administration 361 University Administration Office of the President President James Danko Chief of Staff and Director of Public Safety, Chief of Police Benjamin Hunter Director, Conferences and Special Events Beth Alexander General Counsel Claire Konopa Aigotti
Academic Affairs Provost and Vice President for Academic Affairs Kathryn A. Morris Associate Provost Mary Macmanus Ramsbottom Dean, College of Business Chuck Williams Dean, College of Communication Gary Edgerton Dean, College of Education Ena Shelley Dean, College of Liberal Arts and Sciences Jay Howard Dean, College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences Mary Andritz Dean, Jordan College of the Arts Ronald Caltabiano Dean, Libraries Julie Miller Director, Academic Budgets and Special Projects Cheryl Jensen Director, Global Education Monte Broaded Executive Director, Center for High Achievement Judith Harper Morrel and Scholarly Engagement (CHASE) Director, Butler Institute for Research Theresa Bailey and Scholarship Director, Center for Citizenship and Community Donald Braid Director, Center for Faith and Vocation Judith Cebula Director, eLearning and Senior Director, Julianne Miranda Center for Academic Technology Director, Internship and Career Services Gary Beaulieu Director, Institutional Research and Assessment Nandini Ramaswamy Director, Learning Resource Center Jennifer Griggs Director, Student Disability Services Michele Atterson Registrar Michele Neary
Athletics Vice President and Director, Athletics Barry Collier
Clowes Memorial Hall* Executive Director, Clowes Memorial Hall Elise Kushigian Director, Operations Karen Steele Director, Marketing Joshua Lingenfelter
Enrollment Management Vice President, Enrollment Management Thomas Weede Dean of Admission Scott Ham Director, Admission Aimee Scheuermann Director, Financial Aid Melissa Smurdon
Finance and Administration Vice President, Finance and Administration Bruce Arick Controller Susan Westermeyer Executive Director, Financial Planning and Budgeting Robert Marcus Director, Budget Kathy Hankins Director, Copy, Print and Mail Services Chris Davis
362 Butler University Human Resources* Executive Director, Human Resources and Title IX Coordinator La Veda Howell Director, Compensation and Organizational Development Elaine Johnson Director, Employment, Training and Development Lisa Walton Director, Benefits and HIRS Dawn Pruim
Information Technology* Chief Information Officer Scott Kincaid Senior Director, Support Services Joe Ader Senior Director, Technology Development Randy DelPrince Senior Director, IT Partnership Joe Indiano Director, Network and Infrastructure Chad Miller
Operations* Executive Director, Operations Rich Michal Director, Maintenance Services Jerry Carlson Director, Building Services Dick Hamm Director, Planning, Design & Construction Craig Hardee Campus Engineer Amanda Doenges Manager, Environmental Programs & Safety Craig Barnhart
Student Affairs Vice President, Student Affairs Levester Johnson Dean, Student Services Sally Click Director, Athletic Bands and Spirit Programs David McCullough Director, Counseling and Consultation Services Keith Magnus Director, Diversity Programs Valerie Davidson Director, Greek Life Rebekah Druetzler Director, Programs for Leadership and Caroline Huck-Watson Service Education (PuLSE) Director, Recreation Scott Peden Director, Residence Life Karla Cunningham
University Advancement Vice President, Advancement Shari Alexander Richey Executive Director, Alumni and Engagement Programs Rachael Burt Executive Director, Constituent Services Michele Miller Executive Director, Development and Capital Campaigns Betsy Weatherly Senior Director, Annual Giving Brieanna Quinn Senior Director, Corporate and Foundation Relations Lori Norris Director, Alumni and Parent Programs Nicole Mazelin Director, Development and Alumni Services Vari Arceo Director, Donor Relations Megan Madia
Marketing and Communications Vice President, Marketing and Communications Matt Mindrum Director, Public Relations Courtney Tuell Director, Print Marketing and Communications Sally Cutler Director, Web Marketing Communications Michael Kaltenmark
*Inclusive to Finance and Administration Division
Trustees, Faculty, and Administration 363 Subject Abbreviation Index
Course descriptions for the subjects below start on the noted page.
Page Subject Course Description Page Subject Course Description 256 AA Arts Administration 312 JR Journalism 199 AC Accounting 28 LC Learning Resource Center 19 AI Air Force ROTC 205 LE Legal Ethics 271 AM Applied Music 80 LT Latin 101 AN Anthropology 121 MA Mathematics 234 AP Physician Assistant 209 MBA Master Business 9 AR Analytic Reasoning Administration 254 ART Art 283 ME Music Education 148 AS Astronomy 205 MG Management 71 BI Biology 287 MH Music History 75 CH Chemistry 206 MK Marketing 79 CLA Classical Studies 287 ML Modern Language Diction 308 CME Creative Media and 214 MPA Master Professional Entertainment Accounting 126 CN Chinese 315 MRC Media, Rhetoric and 200 COB Business Culture 301 COM Communication Studies 207 MS Management Science 82 CS Computer Science 290 MT Music Theory 303 CSD Communication Sciences 8 NW The Natural World and Disorders 318 ORG Organizational 260 DA Dance Communication and 18 DC Washington DC Semester Leadership 88 DD Dual Degree Engineering 9 PCA Perspectives in the IUPUI Creative Arts 86 EC Economics 177 PE Physical Education 170 ED Education 145 PH Physics 203 EI Entrepreneurship & 137 PL Philosophy Innovation 149 PO Political Science 91 EN English 155 PS Psychology 279 ES Ensemble 233 PX Pre-Professional Health 125 FL Foreign Languages Science 203 FN Finance 9 PWB Physical Well Being 126 FR French 141 RL Religious Studies 7 FYS First Year Seminar 208 RM Risk Management 103 GE Geography 238 RX Pharmacy 8 GHS Global and Historical 20 RZ Army ROTC Studies 85 SE Software Engineering 80 GK Greek 162 SO Sociology 128 GR German 130 SP Spanish 97 GWS Gender, Women and 158 ST Science, Technology Sexuality Studies and Society 15 HN Honors Courses 321 STR Strategic Communication: 105 HST History Public Relations and 204 IB International Business Advertising 117 IL Irwin Library 9 SW The Social World 110 IM Individualized Major 295 TH Theatre 116 IS International Studies 9 TI Texts and Ideas
364 Butler University Index
A Law and Ethics 205 Academic Programs 12 Management 205 Accounting 197, 199 Management information systems 198 Actuarial Science 117 Management Science 207 Adjunct Faculty 358 Marketing 199, 206 Administration MBA Program 209 Emeriti Administration 361 MPA Program 214 University Administration 362 Risk Management 208 Admission 39 College of Communication 301 Advanced Placement 125 Communication Sciences and Disorders Advanced Placement (AP) 39 (CSD) 302 African Studies 67 Creative Media and Entertainment 305 Air Force ROTC 19 Digital Media Production 307 Analytic Reasoning (AR) 8 Journalism 310 Anthropology 98, 100 Media, Rhetoric and Culture 314 Army ROTC 20 Organizational Communication and Art 253 Leadership 317 Arts Administration 255 Recording Industry Studies 306 Astronomy 144 Speech-Language Clinic 302 Atherton Union 33 Strategic Communication Program: Public Athletic Events 37 Relations Athletic Grant-In-Aid 53 and Advertising 319 Audit for Enrichment (AFE) 45 College of Education 167 Educational Placement 167 B Effective Teaching and Leadership Program Band and Spirit Programs 36 (METL) 184 Biological Sciences 67 Experiential Program for Preparing School Board of Trustees 339 Principals (EPPSP) 183 Business Services 50 Graduate Initial Licensure Program Butler Cultural Requirement 10 (GILP) 188 Butler Grant 54 Human Movement and Health Science Education 177 School Counseling Program 190 C College of Liberal Arts and Sciences 63 Center for Citizenship and Actuarial Science 117 Community (CCC) 22 African Studies 67 Center for Faith and Vocation 22 Anthropology 98, 100 Center for Global Education 23 Astronomy 144 Center for High Achievement and Scholarly Biological Sciences 67 Engagement 23, 25 Chemistry 74 Center for Urban Ecology 23 Chinese 126 Chemistry 74 Classical Studies 78 Chinese 126 Computer Science and Software Classical Studies 78 Engineering 81 College Level Examination Program Economics 85 (CLEP) 39 Engineering Dual-Degree Program College of Business 195 (EDDP) 88 Accounting 197, 199 English Language and Literature 89 Economics 197, 201 French 124 Entrepreneurship and Innovation 198, 203 Gender, Women, and Sexuality Studies 95 Finance 198, 203 Geography 98, 103 International Business 198, 204 German 124 Index 365 History 98, 104 Effective Teaching and Leadership Program History and Anthropology 98 (METL) 184 Individualized Major Program 109 Efroymson Diversity Center (DC) 34 International Studies 110 Emeriti Administration 361 Irwin Library 117 Emeriti Faculty 360 Mathematics 117 Engineering Dual-Degree Program M.F.A. in Creative Writing 94 (EDDP) 88 Modern Languages, Literatures English Language and Literature 89 and Cultures 123 M.F.A. in Creative Writing 94 Neuroscience 133 Entrepreneurship and Innovation 198, 203 Peace Studies 133 Environmental Programs 33 Philosophy 135 Experiential Program for Preparing School Physics 144 Principals (EPPSP) 183 Political Science 148 Exploratory Studies 28 Psychology 153 Religion 139 F Science, Technology and Society 156 Faculty 341 Sociology and Criminology 159 Adjunct Faculty 358 Spanish 124 Emeriti Faculty 360 College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences 219 Federal Direct Loan 54 Doctor of Pharmacy Professional Federal Direct PLUS Loan 55 Degree 221 Federal Pell Grant 54 Pharmacy 238 Federal Perkins Loan 54 Physician Assistant 234 Finance 198, 203 Physician Assistant Studies 227 Financial Aid 53 Pre-Professional Health Sciences 233 Athletic Grant-In-Aid 53 Communication Sciences and Disorders Butler Grant 54 (CSD) 302 Federal Direct Loan 54 Speech-Language Clinic 302 Federal Direct PLUS Loan 55 Computer Science and Software Federal Pell Grant 54 Engineering 81 Federal Perkins Loan 54 Concentrations 12 Freshman Academic Scholarships 53 Consortium for Urban Education 60 Grants 54 Core Curriculum 7 Indiana State Grants 54 Counseling and Consultation Services JCA Audition Awards 53 (CCS) 35 Leave of Absence 55 Creative Media and Entertainment 305 Loans 54 Outside Scholarships 55 D Private Education Loans 55 Dance 258 Study Abroad 18 Dean’s List 60 Withdrawal 56 Degrees 12 First Year Seminar (FYS) 7 Department of Public Safety 33 French 124 Digital Media Production 307 Courses 126 Dining Services 35 Freshman Academic Scholarships 53 Diversity Programs 33 Efroymson Diversity Center (DC) 34 G International Student Services 34 Gender, Women, and Sexuality Studies 95 Doctor of Pharmacy Professional Degree 221 Geography 98, 103 German 124 E Courses 128 Economics 85, 197, 201 Gifted and Talented 45 Educational Placement 167 Global Adventures in the Liberal Arts (GALA) 17
366 Butler University Global and Historical Studies (GHS) 8 L Grade Reports 61 Law and Ethics 205 Grading System 59 Learning Resource Center 27 Graduate Initial Licensure Program Leave of Absence 55 (GILP) 188 Libraries 31 Graduate Studies 325 Irwin Library 31 Graduation 61 Lilly Science Library 32 Graduation Honors 14 Lilly Science Library 32 Grants 54 Living-Learning Centers 42 Greek Life 36 Loans 54 H M Health and Recreation Complex 34 Majors 12 Health Education and Outreach Programs Management 205 Office 34 Management information systems 198 Health Services 34 Management Science 207 History 98, 104 Marketing 199, 206 History and Anthropology 98 Mathematics 117 Honors Mathematics Tutoring Lab 30 Graduation Honors 14 MBA Program 209 University Honors Program 14 Media, Rhetoric and Culture 314 Human Movement and Health Science M.F.A. in Creative Writing 94 Education 177 Minors 13 Modern Language Center 30 I Modern Languages, Literatures Indianapolis Community Requirement 10 and Cultures 123 Indiana State Grants 54 Advanced Placement 125 Individualized Major Program 109 Chinese 126 Information Technology 29 French 124 International Baccalaureate (IB) 39 German 124 International Business 198, 204 Spanish 124 International Education MPA Program 214 Financial Aid 18 Music 268 Global Adventures in the Liberal Arts (GALA) 17 N International Exchange Programs 17 Neuroscience 133 Semester in Spain Program 17 Non-degree 44 Study Abroad Programs 17 Audit for Enrichment (AFE) 45 Tuition 18 Gifted and Talented 45 International Exchange Programs 17 Shortridge-Butler Early College Program 45 International Student Services 34 Visiting Students 45 International Studies 110 Internship and Career Services 26 O Irwin Library 31, 117 Organizational Communication and Leadership 317 J Outside Scholarships 55 JCA Audition Awards 53 Jordan College of the Arts 251 P Art 253 Pass/Fail Option 60 Arts Administration 255 Peace Studies 133 Dance 258 Perspectives in the Creative Arts (PCA) 9 Music 268 Pharmacy 238 Theatre 294 Philosophy 135 Journalism 310 Physical Well Being (PWB) 9 Index 367 Physician Assistant 234 Student Affairs 33 Physician Assistant Studies 227 Student Disability Services 29 Physics 144 Study Abroad Political Science 148 Financial Aid 18 Pre-Health Professions 26 Global Adventures in the Liberal Arts Pre-Law 26 (GALA) 17 Pre-Professional Health Sciences 233 International Exchange Programs 17 Pre-seminary 26 Programs 17 Private Education Loans 55 Semester in Spain Program 17 Programs for Leadership and Service Education Tuition 18 (PuLSE) 36 Study Abroad Programs 17 Psychology 153 T R Texts and Ideas (TI) 9 Recording Industry Studies 306 Theatre 294 Recreation Department 35 The Natural World (NW) 8 Refund Schedule 49 The Social World (SW) 9 Registration 60 Transfer Students 42 Religion 139 Trustees Emeriti 340 Renewed enrollment 44 Tuition Repeat Policy 59 Graduate 47 Residence Life 35 Refund Schedule 49 Risk Management 208 Study Abroad 18 ROTC Programs 18 Undergraduate 47 Air Force ROTC 19 Withdrawals 49 Army ROTC 20 U S University Honors Program 14 School Counseling Program 190 University Police Department (BUPD) 33 Science, Technology and Society 156 Semester in Spain Program 17 V Shortridge-Butler Early College Program 45 Victim Advocate 33 Sociology and Criminology 159 Visiting Students 45 Spanish 124 Courses 130 W Speakers Lab 31 Washington Learning Semester 18 Speaking Across the Curriculum 10 Withdrawal 56 Speech-Language Clinic 302 Withdrawals 49 Spiritual Life 36 Writers’ Studio 31 Strategic Communication Writing Across the Curriculum 10 Program: Public Relations and Advertising 319
368 Butler University About Butler University 369 Butler’s mission is to provide the highest quality of liberal and professional education and to integrate the liberal arts with professional education, by creating and fostering a stimulating intellectual community built upon interactive dialogue and inquiry among students, faculty, and staff. 4600 Sunset Ave. Indianapolis, IN 46208-3485